Larsen Toubro Infotech Limited 2015 DRHP PDF

1
DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS

Dated April 12, 2016
(The Draft Red Herring Prospectus will be updated
upon filing with the RoC)
Please read Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013
Book Built Issue
LARSEN & TOUBRO INFOTECH LIMITED

Our Company was incorporated at Mumbai on December 23, 1996 as L&T Information Technology Limited, a public limited company under the Companies Act, 1956. Our
Company obtained the certificate of commencement of business on March 25, 1997. The name of our Company was subsequently changed to Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited
and the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai, issued a fresh certificate of incorporation on June 25, 2001. For further details, see “History and Certain Corporate
Matters” on page 153.
Registered Office: L&T House, Ballard Estate, Mumbai 400 001; Tel: (91 22) 6752 5656; Fax: (91 22) 6752 5893
Corporate Office: L&T Technology Center, Gate No.5, Saki Vihar Road, Powai, Mumbai 400 072; Tel: (91 22) 6776 6776; Fax: (91 22)2858 1130
Contact Person: S. K. Bhatt, Company Secretary and Compliance Officer; E-mail: [email protected]; Website: www.lntinfotech.com
Corporate Identity Number: U72900MH1996PLC104693
OUR PROMOTER: LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED
PUBLIC OFFER OF UP TO 17,500,000 EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF ` 1 EACH (THE “EQUITY SHARES”) OF LARSEN & TOUBRO INFOTECH LIMITED
(OUR “COMPANY”) FOR CASH AT A PRICE OF ` [●] PER EQUITY SHARE (INCLUDING A SHARE PREMIUM OF ` [●] PER EQUITY SHARE) AGGREGATING UP
TO ` [●] MILLION (THE “OFFER”) THROUGH AN OFFER FOR SALE BY OUR PROMOTER, LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED (THE “SELLING SHAREHOLDER”).
THE OFFER WOULD CONSTITUTE [●] % OF OUR POST-OFFER PAID-UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL.
THE FACE VALUE OF THE EQUITY SHARES IS ` 1 EACH. THE PRICE BAND AND THE MINIMUM BID LOT WILL BE DECIDED BY OUR COMPANY AND THE
SELLING SHAREHOLDER IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS (THE “BRLMs”) AND WILL BE ADVERTISED IN [●] EDITIONS
OF [●], [●] EDITIONS OF [●] AND [●] EDITIONS OF [●] (WHICH ARE WIDELY CIRCULATED ENGLISH, HINDI AND MARATHI NEWSPAPERS, MARATHI BEING
THE REGIONAL LANGUAGE OF MAHARASHTRA, WHERE THE REGISTERED OFFICE OF OUR COMPANY IS LOCATED), EACH WITH WIDE CIRCULATION
AT LEAST FIVE WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID/OFFER OPENING DATE AND SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE BSE LIMITED (“BSE”) AND THE
NATIONAL STOCK EXCHANGE OF INDIA LIMITED (“NSE”) FOR THE PURPOSE OF UPLOADING ON THEIR WEBSITES.
In case of any revision to the Price Band, the Bid/Offer Period will be extended by at least three additional Working Days after such revision of the Price Band, subject to the Bid/Offer
Period not exceeding 10 Working Days. Any revision in the Price Band and the revised Bid/Offer Period, if applicable, will be widely disseminated by notification to the BSE and the
NSE, by issuing a press release, and also by indicating the change on the websites of the BRLMs and at the terminals of the Syndicate Members.
In terms of Rule 19(2)(b)(iii) of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, as amended (the “SCRR”), this is an Offer for at least 10% of the post-Offer paid-up equity share
capital of our Company. The Offer is being made in accordance with Regulation 26(1) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2009, as amended (the “SEBI Regulations”), through the Book Building Process wherein not more than 50% of the Offer shall be allocated on a proportionate basis to
Qualified Institutional Buyers (“QIBs”), provided that our Company and the Selling Shareholder may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors on a discretionary basis,
out of which one-third shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds only, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the Anchor Investor Allocation
Price, in accordance with the SEBI Regulations. 5% of the QIB Portion (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion) shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds
only, and the remainder of the QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIB Bidders (other than Anchor Investors), including Mutual Funds, subject
to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. Further, not less than 15% of the Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Non-Institutional Bidders and
not less than 35% of the Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual Bidders in accordance with the SEBI Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the
Offer Price. All potential investors, other than Anchor Investors, are required to mandatorily utilise the Application Supported by Blocked Amount (“ASBA”) process providing details
of their respective bank account which will be blocked by the Self Certified Syndicate Banks (“SCSBs”), to participate in this Offer. For details, see “Offer Procedure”beginning on 413.
RISKS IN RELATION TO THE FIRST OFFER
This being the first public issue of our Company, there has been no formal market for the Equity Shares. The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹ 1 each and the Floor Price is [●] times
the face value and the Cap Price is [●] times the face value.The Offer Price (determined and justified by our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs as
stated under “Basis for Offer Price”beginning on page101) should not be taken to be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares after the Equity Shares are listed. No assurance
can be given regarding an active or sustained trading in the Equity Shares or regarding the price at which the Equity Shares will be traded after listing.
GENERAL RISKS
Investment in equity and equity-related securities involve a degree of risk and investors should not invest any funds in the Offer unless they can afford to take the risk of losing their
investment. Investors are advised to read the risk factors carefully before taking an investment decision in the Offer. For taking an investment decision, investors must rely on their own
examination of our Company and the Offer, including the risks involved. The Equity Shares in the Offer have not been recommended or approved by the Securities and Exchange Board
of India (“SEBI”), nor does SEBI guarantee the accuracy or adequacy of the contents of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Specific attention of the investors is invited to “Risk Factors”
beginning on page 19.
COMPANY’S AND SELLING SHAREHOLDER’S ABSOLUTE RESPONSIBILITY
Our Company, having made all reasonable inquiries, accepts responsibility for and confirms that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains all information with regard to our Company and
the Offer, which is material in the context of the Offer, that the information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is true and correct in all material aspects and is not misleading
in any material respect, that the opinions and intentions expressed herein are honestly held and that there are no other facts, the omission of which makes this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
as a whole or any of such information or the expression of any such opinions or intentions misleading in any material respect. Further, the Selling Shareholder accepts responsibility that
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains all information about itself as the Selling Shareholder in the context of the Offer for Sale and assumes responsibility for statements in relation
to itself included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
LISTING
The Equity Shares offered through the Red Herring Prospectus are proposed to be listed on the BSE and the NSE. Our Company has received an ‘in-principle’ approval from the BSE and
the NSE for the listing of the Equity Shares pursuant to letters dated [●] and [●], respectively. For the purposes of the Offer, the Designated Stock Exchange shall be the [●].
BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS REGISTRAR TO THE OFFER
Citigroup Global Markets India Private Limited Kotak Mahindra Capital Company Limited ICICI Securities Limited Link Intime India Private Limited
1202, 12th Floor, First International Financial Centre 1st Floor, 27 BKC, Plot No. 27, G Block ICICI Center C-13, Pannalal Silk Mills Compound
G-Block, Bandra Kurla Complex Bandra Kurla Complex H.T. Parekh Marg, Churchgate L.B.S. Marg, Bhandup (West)
Bandra East, Mumbai 400 051 Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051 Mumbai 400 020 Mumbai 400078
Tel: (91 22) 6175 9999 Tel: (91 22) 4336 0000 Tel: (91 22) 2288 2460 Tel: (91 22) 6171 5400
Fax: (91 22) 6175 9961 Fax: (91 22) 6713 2447 Fax: (91 22) 2282 6580 Fax: (91 22) 2596 0329
E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected]
Website:www.online.citibank.co.in/rhtm/ Website: http://investmentbank.kotak.com Website: www.icicisecurities.com Website : www.linkintime.co.in
citigroupglobalscreen1.htm Investor grievance e-mail: Investor grievance e-mail: Investor grievance e-mail:
Investor grievance e-mail: [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
Contact person: Gursartaj Singh Nijjar Contact person: Ganesh Rane Contact persons: Prem Dcunha / Anurag Byas Contact person: Shanti Gopalkrishnan
SEBI registration number: INM000010718 SEBI registration number: INM000008704 SEBI registration number: INM000011179 SEBI registration number: INR000004058
BID/OFFER PROGRAMME
BID/OFFER OPENS ON [●] *
BID/OFFER CLOSES ON [●]**
*Our Company and the Selling Shareholder may, in consultation with the BRLMs, consider participation by Anchor Investors in accordance with the SEBI Regulations. The Anchor Investor Bid/Offer Period shall be
one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
** Our Company and the Selling Shareholder may, in consultation with the BRLMs, consider closing the Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI
Regulations.
Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I: GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 3
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ......................................................................................................... 3
CERTAIN CONVENTIONS, PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL, INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA .... 15
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ........................................................................................................ 18
SECTION II: RISK FACTORS ........................................................................................................................ 19
SECTION III: INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................... 48
SUMMARY OF INDUSTRY ........................................................................................................................... 48
SUMMARY OF OUR BUSINESS ................................................................................................................... 54
SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................. 61
THE OFFER ..................................................................................................................................................... 73
GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................... 74
CAPITAL STRUCTURE ................................................................................................................................. 84
OBJECTS OF THE OFFER .............................................................................................................................. 99
BASIS FOR OFFER PRICE ........................................................................................................................... 101
STATEMENT OF TAX BENEFITS .............................................................................................................. 105
SECTION IV: ABOUT OUR COMPANY ..................................................................................................... 110
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................. 110
OUR BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................................ 123
REGULATIONS AND POLICIES ................................................................................................................. 151
HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS ................................................................................ 153
OUR SUBSIDIARIES .................................................................................................................................... 158
OUR MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................................. 164
OUR PROMOTER AND PROMOTER GROUP ........................................................................................... 180
GROUP COMPANIES ................................................................................................................................... 188
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS ......................................................................................................... 204
DIVIDEND POLICY ..................................................................................................................................... 205
SECTION V: FINANCIAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................... 206
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 206
FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS .................................................................................................................... 324
MANAGEMENT’ S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS ............................................................................................................................................... 326
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION ................................................................................................. 357
SECTION VI: LEGAL AND OTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................. 358
OUTSTANDING LITIGATION AND MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS ..................................................... 358
GOVERNMENT AND OTHER APPROVALS ............................................................................................. 387
OTHER REGULATORY AND STATUTORY DISCLOSURES .................................................................. 389
SECTION VII: OFFER INFORMATION ..................................................................................................... 405
TERMS OF THE OFFER ............................................................................................................................... 405
OFFER STRUCTURE .................................................................................................................................... 408
OFFER PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................... 413
RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES ............................................... 457
SECTION VIII: MAIN PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION............................................ 458
SECTION IX: OTHER INFORMATION ..................................................................................................... 469
MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION ........................................................ 469
DECLARATION ............................................................................................................................................ 471

3
SECTION I: GENERAL
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus uses certain definitions and abbreviations which, unless the context otherwise
indicates or implies, shall have the meanings provided below. References to any legislation, act, regulation, rules,
guidelines or policies shall be to such legislation, act, regulation, rules, guidelines or policies as amended from time
to time.
General Terms
Term Description
“our Company” or “the Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited, a company incorporated under the
Company” Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at L&T House, Ballard
Estate, Mumbai 400 001
“we”, “us” or “our” Unless the context otherwise indicates or implies, refers to our Company
together with its Subsidiaries
Company Related Terms
Term Description
Articles of Association/ AoA Articles of Association of our Company, as amended
Auditors/ Statutory Auditors Sharp & Tannan, Chartered Accountants
Befula Investments Befula Investments (Proprietary) Limited
Board/ Board of Directors Board of directors of our Company or a duly constituted committee thereof
Chevron Chevron USA, Inc.
Citibank Citicorp North America, Inc.
Director(s) Director(s) of our Company
ESOP Scheme, 2000 Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited Employee Stock Ownership Scheme and
Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited Employee Stock Ownership Scheme Rules
of 2000 as amended pursuant to board resolutions dated September 9, 2003,
September 29, 2005, May 10, 2008, January 13, 2011 and July 17, 2013
ESOP Scheme, 2015 Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited Employee Stock Option Scheme, 2015 and
the Employee Stock Option Scheme, 2015 Rules
Equity Shares Equity shares of our Company of face value of ₹ 1 each
Existing Employee Stock Option ESOP Scheme, 2000 and U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
Plans
GDA Technologies GDA Technologies Limited
GDA Scheme Scheme of amalgamation of GDA Technologies with our Company. For
details, see “History and Certain Corporate Matters- Schemes of arrangement-
Scheme of amalgamation entered into between GDA Technologies and our
Company, which has been filed with the Bombay High Court and the Madras
High Court” on page 156
GDA USA GDA Technologies Inc., USA
Group Companies Companies which are covered under the applicable accounting standards and
also other companies as considered material by our Board
ISRC Information Systems Resource Centre Private Limited
ISRC Scheme Scheme of amalgamation of ISRC with our Company, as amended. For details,
see “History and Certain Corporate Matters - Schemes of arrangement-
Scheme of amalgamation entered into between ISRC and our Company” on
page 156
Key Management Personnel Key management personnel of our Company in terms of the SEBI Regulations
and the Companies Act, 2013 and disclosed in “Our Management” from pages
172 to 173

4
Term Description
L&T CTL L&T Cutting Tools Limited
L&T IDPL L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited
L&T Infotech Austria Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH
L&T Infotech Canada Larsen & Toubro Infotech Canada Ltd.
LTIFST L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc.
L&T Infotech GmbH Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH
L&T Infotech LLC Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC
L&T Infotech South Africa Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
L&T Infotech Spain L&T Information Technology Spain, Sociedad Limitada
L&T Larsen & Toubro Limited
L&T Infotech Shanghai L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co. Limited
L&T International FZE Larsen & Toubro International FZE
LTTSL L&T Technology Services Limited
MoA/ Memorandum of Memorandum of Association of our Company, as amended
Association
Promoter The promoter of our Company is Larsen & Toubro Limited. For details, see
“Our Promoter and Promoter Group” from pages 180 to 181
Promoter Group Persons and entities constituting the promoter group of our Company in terms
of Regulation 2(1)(zb) of the SEBI Regulations. For details, see “Our Promoter
and Promoter Group” from pages 184 to 187
Restated Financial Statements Financial information prepared by the management of our Company from its
audited financial statements (prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP) and
prepared in accordance with the requirements of (a) sub-clause (i), (ii) and (iii)
of clause (b) of Sub-section (1) of Section 26 of Chapter III of the Companies
Act, 2013 read with rule 4 of Companies (Prospectus and Allotment of
Securities) Rules, 2014; and (b) relevant provisions of the SEBI Regulations
Registered Office Registered office of our Company located at L&T House, Ballard Estate,
Mumbai 400 001
Registrar of Companies /RoC The Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai
Shareholders Shareholders of our Company
Subsidiaries Subsidiaries of our Company, namely, L&T Infotech Financial Services
Technologies Inc., Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH, Larsen & Toubro
Infotech Canada Ltd., Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary)
Limited, Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH, L&T Information
Technology Spain, Sociedad Limitada, Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC, L&T
Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co. Limited and GDA
Technologies Limited
Trademark License Agreement Trademark license agreement dated August 20, 2015 entered into between our
Company and our Promoter, and amendment agreement dated September 22,
2015 entered into between our Company and our Promoter
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006 Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited Employee Stock Ownership Scheme - 2006
U.S Stock Option Sub-Plan
Offer Related Terms
Term Description
Acknowledgement Slip The slip or document issued by the Designated Intermediary to a Bidder as
proof of registration of the Bid cum Application Form
Allot/ Allotment/ Allotted Unless the context otherwise requires, transfer of the Equity Shares offered by
the Selling Shareholder pursuant to the Offer for Sale to the successful Bidders
Allotment Advice Note or advice or intimation of Allotment sent to the Bidders who have been or
are to be Allotted the Equity Shares after the Basis of Allotment has been

5
Term Description
approved by the Designated Stock Exchange
Allottee A successful Bidder to whom the Equity Shares are Allotted
Anchor Investor A Qualified Institutional Buyer, applying under the Anchor Investor Portion in
accordance with the requirements specified in the SEBI Regulations and the
Red Herring Prospectus
Anchor Investor Allocation Price Price at which Equity Shares will be allocated to Anchor Investors in terms of
the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus, which will be decided by our
Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs
Anchor Investor Application Form used by an Anchor Investor to make a Bid in the Anchor Investor Portion
Form and which will be considered as an application for Allotment in terms of the
Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus
Anchor Investor Bid/ Offer Period One Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date, on which Bids by
Anchor Investors shall be submitted and allocation to Anchor Investors shall be
completed
Anchor Investor Offer Price Final price at which the Equity Shares will be Allotted to Anchor Investors in
terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus, which price will be
equal to or higher than the Offer Price but not higher than the Cap Price.
The Anchor Investor Offer Price will be decided by our Company and the
Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs
Anchor Investor Portion Up to 60% of the QIB Portion which may be allocated by our Company and
the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs, to Anchor Investors
on a discretionary basis
One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual
Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or
above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price
Application Supported by An application, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders to make
Blocked Amount or ASBA a Bid and authorising an SCSB to block the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account
ASBA Account A bank account maintained with an SCSB and specified in the ASBA Form
submitted by ASBA Bidders for blocking the Bid Amount mentioned in the
ASBA Form
ASBA Bid A Bid made by an ASBA Bidder
ASBA Bidders Bidders except Anchor Investors
ASBA Form An application form, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders
which will be considered as the application for Allotment in terms of the Red
Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus
Banker(s) to the Offer / Escrow Banks which are clearing members and registered with SEBI as bankers to an
Collection Bank(s) offer and with whom the Escrow Account will be opened, in this case being [●]
Basis of Allotment Basis on which Equity Shares will be Allotted to successful Bidders under the
Offer and which is described in “Offer Procedure” from pages 444 to 447
Bid An indication to make an offer during the Bid/Offer Period by a Bidder
pursuant to submission of the ASBA Form, or during the Anchor Investor Bid/
Offer Period by an Anchor Investor, pursuant to submission of the Anchor
Investor Application Form, to purchase the Equity Shares at a price within the
Price Band, including all revisions and modifications thereto as permitted
under the SEBI Regulations. The term “Bidding” shall be construed
accordingly.
Bid Amount Highest value of optional Bids indicated in the Bid cum Application Form and
payable by the Bidder or blocked in the ASBA Account of the ASBA Bidders,
as the case maybe, upon submission of the Bid
Bid cum Application Form Anchor Investor Application Form or the ASBA Form, as the context requires
Bid/ Offer Closing Date Except in relation to any Bids received from the Anchor Investors, the date
after which the Designated Intermediaries will not accept any Bids, which shall
be notified in [●] editions of the English national newspaper [●], [●] editions

6
Term Description
of the Hindi national newspaper [●], and [●] edition of the Marathi newspaper
[●] (Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, where the Registered
Office is located), each with wide circulation
Our Company and the Selling Shareholder may, in consultation with the
BRLMs, consider closing the Bid/ Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day
prior to the Bid/ Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI Regulations
Bid/ Offer Opening Date Except in relation to any Bids received from the Anchor Investors, the date on
which the Designated Intermediaries shall start accepting Bids, which shall be
notified in [●] editions of the English national newspaper [●], [●] editions of
the Hindi national newspaper [●], and [●] edition of the Marathi newspaper [●]
(Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, where the Registered
Office is located), each with wide circulation
Bid/ Offer Period Except in relation to any Bids received from Anchor Investors, the period
between the Bid/ Offer Opening Date and the Bid/ Offer Closing Date,
inclusive of both days, during which prospective Bidders can submit their Bids,
including any revisions thereof
Bid Lot [●]
Bidder Any prospective investor who makes a Bid pursuant to the terms of the Red
Herring Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form and unless otherwise
stated or implied, includes an Anchor Investor
Bidding Centers Centres at which the Designated Intermediaries shall accept the Bid cum
Application Forms, i.e, Designated Branches for SCSBs, Specified Locations
for Syndicate, Broker Centres for Registered Brokers, Designated RTA
Locations for RTAs and Designated CDP Locations for CDPs
Book Building Process Book building process, as provided in Schedule XI of the SEBI Regulations, in
terms of which the Offer is being made
Broker Centres Broker centres notified by the Stock Exchanges where Bidders can submit the
ASBA Forms to a Registered Broker
The details of such Broker Centres, along with the names and contact details of
the Registered Brokers are available on the websites of the respective Stock
Exchanges (www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com)
Book Running Lead Managers or Book running lead managers to the Offer, being Citigroup Global Markets
BRLMs India Private Limited, Kotak Mahindra Capital Company Limited and ICICI
Securities Limited
CAN/ Confirmation of Allocation Notice or intimation of allocation of the Equity Shares sent to Anchor
Note Investors, who have been allocated Equity Shares, after the Anchor Investor
Bid/ Offer Period
Cap Price Higher end of the Price Band, above which the Offer Price and Anchor
Investor Offer Price will not be finalised and above which no Bids will be
accepted
Citi Citigroup Global Markets India Private Limited
Client ID Client identification number maintained with one of the Depositories in
relation to the demat account
Collecting Depository Participant A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act, 1996,
or CDP registered with SEBI and who is eligible to procure Bids at the Designated
CDP Locations in terms of circular no. CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015
dated November 10, 2015 issued by SEBI
Cut-off Price Offer Price finalised by our Company and the Selling Shareholder in
consultation with the BRLMs
Only Retail Individual Bidders are entitled to Bid at the Cut-off Price. QIBs
and Non-Institutional Bidders are not entitled to Bid at the Cut-off Price
Demographic Details Details of the Bidders including the Bidders’ address, name of the Bidders’
father/husband, investor status, occupation and bank account details

7
Term Description
Designated Branches Such branches of the SCSBs which shall collect the ASBA Forms, a list of
which is available on the website of SEBI at
http://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/home/list/5/33/0/0/Recognised-Intermediaries
or at such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time
Designated CDP Locations Such locations of the CDPs where Bidders can submit the ASBA Forms.
The details of such Designated CDP Locations, along with names and contact
details of the Collecting Depository Participants eligible to accept ASBA
Forms are available on the websites of the respective Stock Exchanges
(www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com)
Designated Date Date on which funds are transferred by the Escrow Collection Bank(s) from the
Escrow Account or the amounts blocked by the SCSBs are transferred from the
ASBA Accounts, as the case may be, to the Public Offer Account or the
Refund Account, as appropriate, after the Prospectus is filed with the RoC
Designated Intermediaries Members of the Syndicate, Sub-Syndicate/Agents, SCSBs, Registered Brokers,
CDPs and RTAs, who are authorized to collect Bid cum Application Forms
from the Bidders, in relation to the Offer
Designated RTA Locations Such locations of the RTAs where Bidders can submit the ASBA Forms to
RTAs.
The details of such Designated RTA Locations, along with names and contact
details of the RTAs eligible to accept ASBA Forms are available on the
websites of the respective Stock Exchanges (www.bseindia.com and
www.nseindia.com)
Designated Stock Exchange [●]
Draft Red Herring Prospectus / This Draft Red Herring Prospectus dated April 12, 2016 issued in accordance
DRHP with the SEBI Regulations, which does not contain complete particulars of the
price at which the Equity Shares will be Allotted and the size of the Offer
Eligible NRI(s) NRI(s) from jurisdictions outside India where it is not unlawful to make an
offer or invitation under the Offer and in relation to whom the Bid cum
Application Form and the Red Herring Prospectus will constitute an invitation
to purchase the Equity Shares
Escrow Account Account opened with the Escrow Collection Bank(s) and in whose favour the
Anchor Investors will transfer money through NEFT/RTGS/direct credit in
respect of the Bid Amount when submitting a Bid
Escrow Agreement Agreement to be entered into by our Company, the Selling Shareholder, the
BRLMs, the Registrar to the Offer and the Escrow Collection Bank(s) and the
Refund Bank(s) for collection of the Bid Amounts from the Anchor Investors
and where applicable, refunds of the amounts collected from the Anchor
Investors, on the terms and conditions thereof
First Bidder Bidder whose name shall be mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form or the
Revision Form and in case of joint Bids, whose name shall also appear as the
first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names
Floor Price Lower end of the Price Band, subject to any revision thereto, at or above which
the Offer Price and the Anchor Investor Offer Price will be finalised and below
which no Bids will be accepted
General Information Document/ General Information Document prepared and issued in accordance with the
GID circular (CIR/CFD/DIL/12/2013) dated October 23, 2013 notified by SEBI
suitably modified and included in “Offer Procedure” beginning on page 422
I-Sec ICICI Securities Limited
Kotak Kotak Mahindra Capital Company Limited
Maximum RIB Allottees Maximum number of RIBs who can be allotted the minimum Bid Lot. This is
computed by dividing the total number of Equity Shares available for
Allotment to RIBs by the minimum Bid Lot
Mutual Fund Portion 5% of the QIB Portion (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion), or 175,000

8
Term Description
Equity Shares which shall be available for allocation to Mutual Funds only
Mutual Funds Mutual funds registered with SEBI under the Securities and Exchange Board of
India (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996
Non-Institutional Bidders or NIIs All Bidders that are not QIBs or RIBs and who have Bid for Equity Shares for
an amount of more than ₹ 200,000 (but not including NRIs other than Eligible
NRIs)
Non-Institutional Portion Portion of the Offer being not less than 15% of the Offer consisting of
2,625,000 Equity Shares which shall be available for allocation on a
proportionate basis to Non-Institutional Bidders, subject to valid Bids being
received at or above the Offer Price
Non-Resident A person resident outside India as defined under FEMA and includes a non –
resident Indian, FIIs, FVCIs and FPIs
Offer Agreement Agreement dated April 12, 2016 amongst our Company, the Selling
Shareholder and the BRLMs pursuant to which certain arrangements are
agreed to in relation to the Offer
Offer/ Offer for Sale Offer for sale of up to 17,500,000 Equity Shares by the Selling Shareholder at
the Offer Price aggregating up to ₹ [●] million in terms of the Red Herring
Prospectus
Offer Price Final price at which the Equity Shares will be Allotted to ASBA Bidders in
terms of the Red Herring Prospectus
The Offer Price will be decided by our Company and the Selling Shareholder
in consultation with the BRLMs on the Pricing Date
Price Band Price band of a minimum price of ₹ [●] per Equity Share (Floor Price) and the
maximum price of ₹ [●] per Equity Share (Cap Price), including any revisions
thereof
Price Band and the minimum Bid Lot size for the Offer will be decided by our
Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs and will
be advertised, at least five Working Days prior to the Bid/ Offer Opening Date,
in [●] editions of the English national newspaper [●], [●] editions of the Hindi
national newspaper [●], and [●] edition of the Marathi newspaper [●] (Marathi
being the regional language of Maharashtra, where the Registered Office is
located), each with wide circulation
Pricing Date Date on which our Company and the Selling Shareholder, in consultation with
the BRLMs, will finalise the Offer Price
Prospectus Prospectus to be filed with the RoC after the Pricing Date in accordance with
Section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013, and the SEBI Regulations containing,
inter alia, the Offer Price that is determined at the end of the Book Building
Process, the size of the Offer and certain other information including any
addenda or corrigenda thereto
Public Offer Account Account opened with the Public Offer Account Bank(s) to receive monies from
the Escrow Account(s) and the ASBA Accounts on the Designated Date
Public Offer Account Bank Bank(s) with whom the Public Offer Account for collection of Bid Amounts
from Escrow Account and ASBA Accounts will be opened, in this case being
[●]
QIB Category / QIB Portion Portion of the Offer (including the Anchor Investor Portion) being not more
than 50% of the Offer consisting of 8,750,000 Equity Shares which shall be
allocated to QIBs (including Anchor Investors)
Qualified Institutional Buyers or Qualified institutional buyers as defined under Regulation 2(1)(zd) of the SEBI
QIBs / QIB Bidders Regulations
Red Herring Prospectus or RHP The red herring prospectus to be issued by our Company in accordance with
Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the provisions of the SEBI
Regulations, which will not have complete particulars of the price at which the
Equity Shares will be offered and the size of the Offer including any addenda

9
Term Description
or corrigenda thereto
The red herring prospectus will be registered with the RoC at least three
Working Days before the Bid/ Offer Opening Date and will become the
Prospectus upon filing with the RoC after the Pricing Date
Refund Account(s) Account opened with the Refund Bank(s), from which refunds, if any, of the
whole or part of the Bid Amount to the Anchor Investors shall be made
Refund Bank(s) [●]
Registered Brokers Stock brokers registered with the stock exchanges having nationwide
terminals, other than the Members of the Syndicate and eligible to procure Bids
in terms of Circular No. CIR/CFD/14/2012 dated October 4, 2012 issued by
SEBI
Registrar and Share Transfer Registrar and share transfer agents registered with SEBI and eligible to procure
Agents or RTAs Bids at the Designated RTA Locations in terms of circular no.
CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015 issued by SEBI
Registrar to the Offer or Registrar Link Intime India Private Limited
Retail Individual Bidders/ RIBs Individual Bidders, who have Bid for the Equity Shares for an amount not
more than ₹ 200,000 in any of the bidding options in the Offer (including
HUFs applying through their Karta and Eligible NRIs) and does not include
NRIs other than Eligible NRIs)
Retail Portion Portion of the Offer being not less than 35% of the Offer consisting of
6,125,000 Equity Shares which shall be available for allocation to RIBs in
accordance with the SEBI Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at
or above the Offer Price
Revision Form Form used by Bidders to modify the quantity of the Equity Shares or the Bid
Amount in any of their Bid cum Application Forms or any previous Revision
Form(s).
QIB Bidders and Non-Institutional Bidders are not allowed to withdraw or
lower their Bids (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at
any stage. RIBs can revise their Bids during the Bid/Offer Period and withdraw
their Bids until Bid/Offer Closing Date
Self Certified Syndicate Bank(s) Banks registered with SEBI, offering services in relation to ASBA, a list of
or SCSB(s) which is available on the website of SEBI at
http://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/home/list/5/33/0/0/Recognised-Intermediaries
and updated from time to time
Selling Shareholder Larsen & Toubro Limited
Share Escrow Agent Share escrow agent appointed pursuant to the Share Escrow Agreement namely
[●]
Share Escrow Agreement Agreement dated to be entered into amongst our Company, the Selling
Shareholder, the BRLMs and the Escrow Agent in connection with the transfer
of Equity Shares under the Offer for Sale by the Selling Shareholder and credit
of such Equity Shares to the demat accounts of the Allottees
Specified Locations Bidding centers where the Syndicate shall accept Bid cum Application Forms
Syndicate Agreement Agreement to be entered into amongst our Company, the Selling Shareholder,
the BRLMs and the Syndicate Members in relation to collection of Bid cum
Application Forms by the Syndicate
Syndicate Members Intermediaries registered with SEBI who are permitted to carry out activities as
an underwriter, namely [●]
Syndicate or Members of the BRLMs and the Syndicate Members
Syndicate
Underwriters [●]
Underwriting Agreement Agreement among our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Underwriters
to be entered into on or after the Pricing Date
Working Day All days other than second and fourth Saturday of the month, Sunday or a

10
Term Description
public holiday, on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business;
provided however, with reference to (a) announcement of Price Band; and (b)
Bid/Offer Period, shall mean all days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public
holidays, on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business; and (c)
the time period between the Bid/ Offer Closing Date and the listing of the
Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges, shall mean all trading days of Stock
Exchanges, excluding Sundays and bank holidays, as per the SEBI Circular
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL/CIR/P/2016/26 dated January 21, 2016
Technical/ Industry Related Terms/ Abbreviations
Term Description
ACV Annual Contract Value
AIM Analytics and Information Management
AML Anti-Money Laundering
AO Application Outsourcing
BFS Banking and Financial Services
BFSI Banking, Financial Services and Insurance
BI/ DW Business Intelligence and Data Warehousing
BPM Business Process Management
CADM Custom Application Development and Management
CCAR Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review Regulations
COE Centers of Excellence
CIO Chief Information Officer
CIS Customer Interaction And Support
CRM Customer Relationship Management
DW Data Warehousing
Delivery Centres Our Company’s delivery centres and proximity centers
EOU Export Oriented Unit
EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction
ER&D Engineering, Research and Development
FATCA U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of 2010
GIC Global In-house Centres
IaaS Infrastructure as a Service
ICT Information and Communication Technology
IT Information Technology
IMS Infrastructure Management Services
ioT Internet of Things
IT-BPM Information Technology and Business Process Management
ITIL IT Infrastructure Library
Kanban A knowledge management method to achieve operational efficiencies
KPI Key Performance Indicator
KYC Know Your Client
MSA Master Service Agreement
OTT Over-The-Top
O&M Operation and Maintenance
PES Business Our Company’s Product Engineering Services Business
R&D Research and Development
SaaS Software as a Service
10

11
Term Description
SAP Systems, Applications and Products
SEZ Special Economic Zone
SMAC Social, Mobile, Analytics and Cloud
STORRM Search, Tag, Optimise, Retrieve, Repurpose and Monetise
STPI Software Technology Parks of India
STPI Scheme Software Technology Parks of India scheme
T&M Time and Material
UXD User Experience Design
USCIS U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services
Conventional and General Terms or Abbreviations
Term Description
AGM Annual General Meeting
AIF Alternative investment funds as defined in and registered with SEBI under the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investment Funds)
Regulations, 2012
Arbitration Act Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
AS/ Accounting Standards Accounting Standards issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
BCW Act Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Service) Act, 1996
BSE BSE Limited
Bn/ bn Billion
Bonus Act Payment of Bonus Act, 1965
CAD Canadian Dollar
CAGR Compounded Annual Growth Rate
CCI Competition Commission of India
CDSL Central Depository Services (India) Limited
CENVAT Central Value Added Tax
CESTAT Customs, Excise and Service Tax Appellate Tribunal
CIN Corporate Identity Number
CIT Commissioner of Income Tax
CPC Code of Civil Procedure, 1908
CrPC Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973
Category I Foreign Portfolio FPIs who are registered as “Category I foreign portfolio investors” under the
Investors SEBI FPI Regulations
Category II Foreign Portfolio FPIs who are registered as “Category II foreign portfolio investors” under the
Category III Foreign Portfolio FPIs who are registered as “Category III foreign portfolio investors” under the
Companies Act Companies Act, 2013 and Companies Act, 1956, as applicable
Companies Act, 1956 Companies Act, 1956 (without reference to the provisions thereof that have
ceased to have effect upon notification of the sections of the Companies Act,
2013) along with the relevant rules made thereunder
Companies Act, 2013 Companies Act, 2013, to the extent in force pursuant to the notification of
sections of the Companies Act, 2013, along with the relevant rules made
thereunder
Competition Act Competition Act, 2002
Contract Labour Act Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970
DIN Director identification number
11

12
Term Description
DIPP Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India
DP ID Depository participant identification
DP/ Depository Participant A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act
Depositories NSDL and CDSL
Depositories Act Depositories Act, 1996
ECB External Commercial Borrowings
EGM Extraordinary General Meeting
EPF Act Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
EPS Earnings per share
ESI Act Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948
Employees’ Compensation Act Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923
FCNR Account Foreign currency non-resident account
FDI Foreign direct investment
FDI Policy Consolidated Foreign Direct Investment Policy notified by the DIPP under D/o
IPP F. No. 5(1)/2015-FC-1 dated May 12, 2015, effective from May 12, 2015
FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, read with rules and regulations
thereunder
FEMA Regulations Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person
Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000
FII(s) Foreign institutional investors as defined under the SEBI FPI Regulations
FPI(s) Foreign portfolio investors as defined under the SEBI FPI Regulations
FIPB Foreign Investment Promotion Board
FIR First Information Report
FVCI Foreign venture capital investors as defined and registered under the SEBI
FVCI Regulations
Financial Year/ Fiscal/ FY Unless stated otherwise, the period of 12 months ending March 31 of that
particular year
GAAR General Anti-Avoidance Rules
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GIR General Index Register
GoI or Government Government of India
GST Goods and Services Tax
Gratuity Act Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
HUF Hindu Undivided Family
ICAI The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
ICDS Income Computation and Disclosure Standards
ICSI The Institute of Company Secretaries of India
IEC Importer Exporter Code
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards
IPC Indian Penal Code, 1860
Income Tax Act Income-tax Act, 1961
Ind AS Indian Accounting Standards
India Republic of India
Indian GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in India
Industrial Disputes Act Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
IPO Initial public offering
IRDAI Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India
IST Indian Standard Time
12

13
Term Description
IT Information Technology
JMFC Judicial Magistrate First Class
km Kilometres
Legal Metrology Act Legal Metrology Act, 2009
Legal Metrology Rules Legal Metrology (Packaged Commodities) Rules, 2011
LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate
Listing Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2015
MAT Minimum Alternate Tax
Mn Million
Mutual Fund (s) Mutual Fund (s) means mutual funds registered under the SEBI (Mutual
Funds) Regulations, 1996
N.A./ NA Not Applicable
NAV Net Asset Value
NBFC Non-banking financial company registered with the RBI
NEFT National Electronic Fund Transfer
Negotiable Instruments Act Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
NHAI National Highways Authority of India
NHPC National Hydroelectric Power Corporation
NR Non-resident
NRE Account Non-Resident External Account
NRI An individual resident outside India who is a citizen of India or is an ‘Overseas
Citizen of India’ cardholder within the meaning of Section 7(A) of the
Citizenship Act, 1955
NRO Account Non-Resident Ordinary Account
NSDL National Securities Depository Limited
NSE The National Stock Exchange of India Limited
OCB/ Overseas Corporate Body A company, partnership, society or other corporate body owned directly or
indirectly to the extent of at least 60% by NRIs including overseas trusts, in
which not less than 60% of beneficial interest is irrevocably held by NRIs
directly or indirectly and which was in existence on October 3, 2003 and
immediately before such date had taken benefits under the general permission
granted to OCBs under FEMA. OCBs are not allowed to invest in the Offer
p.a. Per annum
P/E Ratio Price/ Earnings Ratio
PAN Permanent Account Number
PAT Profit After Tax
PLR Prime Lending Rate
R&D Research and Development
RBI The Reserve Bank of India
RoNW Return on Net Worth
₹/ Rs./ Rupees/ INR Indian Rupees
RTGS Real Time Gross Settlement
SCRA Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956
SCRR Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957
SEBI The Securities and Exchange Board of India constituted under the SEBI Act,
1992
SEBI Act Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992
SEBI AIF Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investment Funds)
Regulations, 2012
13

14
Term Description
SEBI FII Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Institutional Investors)
Regulations, 1995
SEBI FPI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors)
Regulations, 2014
SEBI FVCI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Venture Capital Investors)
Regulations, 2000
SEBI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2009
SEBI VCF Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Venture Capital Funds) Regulations,
1996
SICA Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985
SPV Special purpose vehicle
Sq. ft. Square feet
STT Securities transaction tax
State Government The government of a state in India
Stock Exchanges The BSE and the NSE
TDS Tax deducted at source
Takeover Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and
Takeovers) Regulations, 2011
UK United Kingdom
U.S./ USA/ United States United States of America
US GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
USD/ US$ United States Dollars
U.S. Securities Act U.S. Securities Act, 1933
VAT Value-Added Tax
VCFs Venture capital funds as defined in and registered with SEBI under the SEBI
VCF Regulations
Wealth Tax Act Wealth-tax Act, 1957
ZAR South African Rand
The words and expressions used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as is assigned to such terms
under the SEBI Regulations, the Companies Act, the SCRA, the Depositories Act and the rules and regulations
made thereunder.
14

15
CERTAIN CONVENTIONS, PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL, INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
Certain Conventions
All references to “India” in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to the Republic of India and all references to the
“U.S.”, “USA” or “United States” are to the United States of America.
Unless stated otherwise, all references to page numbers in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to the page
numbers of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Financial Data
Unless stated otherwise, the financial information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is derived from our
unconsolidated and consolidated Restated Financial Statements as of and for the nine months ended December 31,
2015 and December 31, 2014 and Financial Years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011. These
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP and the Companies Act and restated under
the SEBI Regulations.
In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any discrepancies in any table between the total and the sums of the amounts
listed are due to rounding off. All figures in decimals have been rounded off to the second decimal and all
percentage figures have been rounded off to one decimal place and accordingly there may be consequential changes
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, we have disclosed certain figures in
USD without translation into Rupees, to ensure accurate representation (as such translations may be misleading).
Our Company’s financial year commences on April 1 and ends on March 31 of the next year; accordingly, all
references to a particular financial year, unless stated otherwise, are to the 12-month period ended on March 31 of
that year.
Reference in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus to the terms Fiscal Year or Financial Year is to the 12 months ended
on March 31 of such year, unless otherwise specified. Indian GAAP differs from accounting principles and auditing
standards with which prospective investors may be familiar in other countries, including IFRS and the reconciliation
of the financial information to other accounting principles and auditing standards has not been provided. Our
Company has not attempted to explain those differences or quantify their impact on the financial data included in
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and investors should consult their own advisors regarding such differences and
their impact on our Company’s financial data. See “Risk Factors” from pages 43 to 44 for risks involving
differences between Indian GAAP and other accounting principles and auditing standards and risks in relation to Ind
AS. The degree to which the financial information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will provide
meaningful information is entirely dependent on the reader’s level of familiarity with Indian accounting policies and
practices, Indian GAAP, the Companies Act and the SEBI Regulations. Any reliance by persons not familiar with
Indian accounting policies, Indian GAAP, the Companies Act, the SEBI Regulations and practices on the financial
disclosures presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus should accordingly be limited.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, any percentage amounts, as set forth in “Risk Factors”, “Our Business”,
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages 19, 123 and
326, respectively, and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus have been calculated on the basis of the
unconsolidated and consolidated Restated Financial Statements of our Company.
Currency and Units of Presentation
All references to:
 “CAD” are to Canadian Dollar, the official currency of Canada;
 “Rupees” or “₹” or “INR” or “Rs.” or “Re” are to Indian Rupee, the official currency of the Republic of
India; and
 “USD” or “US$” are to United States Dollar, the official currency of the United States.
15

16
 “ZAR” is the South African Rand, the official currency of South Africa.
Except otherwise specified, our Company has presented certain numerical information in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus in “million” units. One million represents 1,000,000 and one billion represents 1,000,000,000.
Exchange Rates
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains conversion of certain other currency amounts into Rupees that have
been presented solely to comply with the SEBI Regulations. These conversions should not be construed as a
representation that these currency amounts could have been, or can be converted into Rupees, at any particular rate
or at all.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information with respect to the exchange rate between the
Rupee and other currencies:
(in ₹)
Currency As on December As on March 31, As on March As on March 31, As on March
31, 2015 2015 31, 2014 2013 31, 2012
1 CAD* 47.65 49.02 54.25 53.38(1) 51.04(2)
(3) (4)
1 USD** 66.33 62.59 60.10 54.39 51.16(5)
(3) (4)
1 EUR** 72.50 67.51 82.58 69.54 68.34(5)
(6) (1)
1 ZAR* 4.28 5.13 5.66 5.90 6.64(2)
*Source: Bloomberg reference rate
**Source: RBI reference rate
(1) Exchange rate as on March 29, 2013, as Bloomberg reference rate is not available for March 31, 2013,
and March 30, 2013 being a Sunday and Saturday, respectively
(2) Exchange rate as on March 30, 2012, as Bloomberg reference rate is not available for March 31, 2012
being a Saturday
(3) Exchange rate as on March 28, 2014, as RBI reference rate is not available for March 31, 2014, March 30,
2014 and March 29, 2014 being a public holiday, a Sunday and a Saturday, respectively.
(4) Exchange rate as on March 28, 2013, as RBI reference rate is not available for March 31, 2013, March 30,
2013 and March 29, 2013 being a Sunday, a Saturday and a public holiday, respectively
(5) Exchange rate as on March 30, 2012, as RBI reference rate is not available for March 31, 2012 being a
Saturday.
(6) Exchange rate as on March 28, 2014, as Bloomberg reference rate is not available for March 31, 2014,
March 30, 2014 and March 29, 2014 being a public holiday, a Sunday and a Saturday, respectively.
Industry and Market Data
Unless stated otherwise, industry and market data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been obtained or
derived from publicly available information as well as various industry publications and sources.
Industry publications generally state that the information contained in such publications has been obtained from
publicly available documents from various sources believed to be reliable but their accuracy and completeness are
not guaranteed and their reliability cannot be assured. Accordingly, no investment decisions should be made based
on such information. Although we believe the industry and market data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is
reliable, it has not been independently verified by us, the Selling Shareholder or the BRLMs or any of their affiliates
or advisors. The data used in these sources may have been re-classified by us for the purposes of presentation. Data
from these sources may also not be comparable.
The extent to which the market and industry data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is meaningful depends
on the reader’s familiarity with and understanding of the methodologies used in compiling such data. There are no
16

17
standard data gathering methodologies in the industry in which business of our Company is conducted, and
methodologies and assumptions may vary widely among different industry sources.
Such data involves risks, uncertainties and numerous assumptions and is subject to change based on various factors.
Accordingly, investment decisions should not be based solely on such information.
Definitions
For definitions, see “Definitions and Abbreviations” beginning on page 3. In “Main Provisions of Articles of
Association” beginning on page 458, defined terms have the meaning given to such terms in the Articles of
Association. In “Statement of Tax Benefits” beginning on page 105, defined terms have the meaning given to such
terms in the Statement of Tax Benefits. In “Financial Statements” beginning on page 206, defined terms have the
meaning given to such terms in the Financial Statements.
17

18
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains certain “forward-looking statements”. These forward-looking
statements generally can be identified by words or phrases such as “aim”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”,
“estimate”, “intend”, “objective”, “plan”, “project”, “will”, “will continue”, “will pursue”, “seek to” or other words
or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe our Company’s strategies, objectives, plans,
prospects or goals are also forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks,
uncertainties and assumptions about us that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated
by the relevant forward-looking statement.
Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements due to risks or
uncertainties associated without expectations with respect to, but not limited to, regulatory changes pertaining to the
industries in which our Company operates and our ability to respond to them, our ability to successfully implement
our strategy, our growth and expansion, technological changes, our Company’s exposure to market risks, general
economic and political conditions in India which have an impact on its business activities or investments, the
monetary and fiscal policies of India, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange
rates, equity prices or other rates or prices, the performance of the financial markets in India and globally, changes
in domestic laws, regulations and taxes and other changes in its industry. Certain important factors that could cause
actual results to differ materially from our Company’s expectations include, but are not limited to, the following:
 failure to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in order to keep pace with
rapid changes in technologies and the industries we focus on;
 pricing pressure due to intense competition in the market for IT services;
 exchange rate fluctuations in the various currencies in which we do business;
 failure to predict our revenues, expenses and profitability due to significant fluctuation in relation thereto;
 dependence of our revenue to a large extent on a limited number of clients and concentration of our clients
in certain industries and geographical regions; and
 failure to attract, retain and manage the transition of our management team and other skilled professionals.
For further discussion on factors that could cause the actual results to differ from the expectations, see “Risk
Factors”, “Our Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” on pages 19, 123 and 326, respectively. By their nature, certain market risk related disclosures are only
estimates and could be materially different from what actually occurs in the future. As a result, actual gains or losses
could materially differ from those that have been estimated.
We cannot assure investors that the expectation reflected in these forward-looking statements will prove to be
correct. Given these uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking
statements and not to regard such statements as a guarantee of future performance.
Forward-looking statements reflect the current views of our Company as of the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and are not a guarantee of future performance. These statements are based on the management’s beliefs
and assumptions, which in turn are based on currently available information. Although we believe the assumptions
upon which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of these assumptions could prove to be
inaccurate, and the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions could be incorrect. Neither our
Company, our Directors, the Selling Shareholder, the BRLMs nor any of their respective affiliates or advisors have
any obligation to update or otherwise revise any statements reflecting circumstances arising after the date hereof or
to reflect the occurrence of underlying events, even if the underlying assumptions do not come to fruition. In
accordance with the SEBI Regulations, our Company and the BRLMs will ensure that investors in India are
informed of material developments from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until the time of the grant of listing
and trading permission by the Stock Exchanges. The Selling Shareholder will ensure that investors are informed of
material developments in relation to statements and undertakings made by the Selling Shareholder in the Red
Herring Prospectus until the time of grant of listing and trading permission by the Stock Exchanges.
18

19
SECTION II: RISK FACTORS
An investment in the Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all information in
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an
investment in the Equity Shares. In addition, the risks set out in this section may not be exhaustive and additional
risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or which we currently deem to be immaterial, may arise or may
become material in the future. If any one or a combination of the following risks or other risks that are not currently
known or are now deemed immaterial actually occurs, our business, prospects, results of operations and financial
condition could suffer, the trading price of the Equity Shares could decline and you may lose all or part of your
investment. Unless specified in the relevant risk factor below, we are not in a position to quantify the financial
implication of any of the risks mentioned below. Any potential investor in the Equity Shares should pay particular
attention to the fact that we are subject to extensive regulatory environments that may differ significantly from one
jurisdiction to another. In making an investment decision, prospective investors must rely on their own examinations
of us on a consolidated basis and the terms of the Offer, including the merits and the risks involved. Prospective
investors should consult their tax, financial and legal advisors about the particular consequences of investing in the
Offer. For further details, see “Our Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations” beginning on pages 123 and 326, respectively, as well as the other financial and
statistical information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. If our business, results of operations or
financial condition suffers, the price of the Equity Shares and the value of your investments therein could decline.
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of
certain factors, including the considerations described below and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
For further details, see “Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page 18.
In this section, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to our “Company” or to “we”, “us” and “our”
refers to Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited and our Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Unless otherwise stated
or the context otherwise requires, the financial information used in this section is derived from our consolidated
Restated Financial Statements.
INTERNAL RISK FACTORS
Risks related to our Company and our industry
1. Our Company, our Directors, Subsidiaries, Promoter and Group Companies are involved in certain legal
and other proceedings.
Our Company, and our Directors, Subsidiaries, Promoter and Group Companies are currently involved in a number
of legal proceedings. These legal proceedings are pending at different levels of adjudication before various courts
and tribunals. The summary of outstanding litigation in relation to criminal matters, direct tax matters, indirect tax
matters, action by regulatory/ statutory authorities against our Company, and our Directors, Subsidiaries, Promoter
and Group Companies have been set out below. The summary of the outstanding matters include outstanding
matters involving our Promoter and Group Companies which exceed ₹2,500 million and other outstanding matters
involving our Company, Subsidiaries and Directors which exceed ₹375 million and details of pending criminal
litigation, actions taken by regulatory or statutory authorities and direct and indirect tax matters involving our
Company and our Directors, Subsidiaries, Promoter and Group Companies.
Litigation against our Company
19

20
Nature of the cases No. of cases outstanding Amount involved

(in ₹million)
Criminal matters 2 Not quantifiable
Direct tax matters 23 847.60
Indirect tax matters 34 429.37
Action by regulatory/ statutory authorities 2 5.65
Other matters exceeding ₹375 million Nil Nil
Litigation against our Subsidiaries

(in ₹million)
Criminal matters Nil Not quantifiable
Direct tax matters 3 5.77
Indirect tax matters Nil Nil
Action by regulatory/ statutory authorities Nil Nil
Litigation against our Directors

(in ₹million)
Direct tax matters Nil Nil
Indirect tax matters Nil Nil
Action by regulatory/ statutory authorities 3 1
Litigation against our Promoter

(in ₹million)
Direct tax matters 39 16,664.47
Indirect tax matters 463 35,474.47
Actions taken by regulatory/statutory authorities 35 9358.19
Other matters exceeding ₹2,500 million 2 10,617.50
Litigation against our Group Companies

(in ₹million)
Direct tax matters 76 1,910.72
Indirect tax matters 151 9026.12
Action by regulatory/ statutory authorities 5 4.17
20

21

(in ₹million)
Other matters exceeding ₹2,500 million 2 13,711.50
Note: The amounts indicated above (wherever quantifiable) are approximate amounts.
For further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments” beginning on page 358.
Decisions in any of the aforesaid proceedings adverse to our interests may have a material adverse effect on our
business, future financial performance and results of operations. If the courts or tribunals rule against our Company,
and our Directors, Subsidiaries, Promoter and Group Companies, we may face monetary and/or reputational losses
and may have to make provisions in our financial statements, which could increase our expenses and our liabilities.
2. Our business will suffer if we fail to anticipate and develop new services and enhance existing services in
order to keep pace with rapid changes in technology and the industries on which we focus.
The IT services market is characterised by rapid technological changes, evolving industry standards, changing client
preferences, and new product and service introductions that could result in product obsolescence and short product
life cycles. Our future success will depend on our ability to anticipate these advances, enhance our existing offerings
or develop new service offerings to meet client needs, in each case, in a timely manner. We may not be successful in
anticipating or responding to these advances on a timely basis, or at all. If we do respond, the services or
technologies we develop may not be successful in the marketplace. We may also be unsuccessful in stimulating
customer demand for new and upgraded services, or seamlessly managing new service introductions or transitions.
Our failure to address the demands of the rapidly evolving IT environment, particularly with respect to emerging
technologies, and technological obsolescence, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition. In addition, our success also depends on our ability to proactively manage our
portfolio of technology alliances.
Additionally, during the regular course of operating our business, we may adjust our future plans as a result of our
research, experience, technology evolution and market demand. Accepting unforeseen business opportunities may
also result in a business model change. We cannot guarantee that any adjustment in our future plans will become
successful or be more successful than our current business model. A shift in our plans may result in the use of other
technologies. Other technologies may in the future prove to be more efficient and/or economical to us than our
current technologies. We cannot guarantee that any change in technology will become successful or be more
successful than our current technology.
3. Intense competition in the market for technology services could affect our pricing, which could reduce our
share of business from clients and decrease our revenues and profitability.
We operate in an intensely competitive industry that experiences rapid technological developments, changes in
industry standards, and changes in customer requirements. Our competitors include large IT consulting firms,
captive divisions of large multinational technology firms, large Indian IT services firms, in-house IT departments of
large corporations, in addition to numerous smaller local competitors in the various geographic markets in which we
operate.
The technology services industry is experiencing rapid changes that are affecting the competitive landscape. We
may face competition from companies that increase in size or scope as the result of strategic mergers or acquisitions,
which may result in larger competitors with significant resources that benefit from economies of scale and scope.
These transactions may include consolidation activity among global technology majors, hardware manufacturers,
software companies and vendors, and service providers. The result of any such vertical integration may be greater
integration of products and services and a larger portfolio of services on offer, in each case, relative to what was
previously offered by such independent vendors. Our access to such products and services may be reduced as a
result of such an industry trend and we may otherwise become disadvantaged relative to our potentially more
circumscribed service portfolio.
21

22
Such events could have a variety of negative effects on our competitive position and our financial results, including
reducing our revenue, increasing our costs, lowering our gross margin percentage and requiring us to recognise
impairments on our assets.
If our competitors develop and implement methodologies that yield greater efficiency and productivity, they may be
able to offer services similar to ours at lower prices without adversely affecting their profit margins. Even if our
offerings address industry and client needs, our competitors may be more successful at selling their services. If we
are unable to provide our clients with superior services and solutions at competitive prices or successfully market
those services to current and prospective clients, our business, results of operations and financial condition may
suffer. In addition, some of our competitors have added offshore capabilities to their service offerings. These
competitors may be able to offer their services using the offshore and onsite model more efficiently than we can
through our global delivery model. For further details, see “Our Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138
to 139. Further, a client may choose to use its own internal resources rather than engage an outside firm to perform
the types of services we provide. We cannot be certain that we will be able to sustain our current levels of
profitability or growth in the face of competitive pressures, including competition for skilled technology
professionals and pricing pressure from competitors employing an on-site/ offshore business model.
We may face competition in countries where we currently operate, as well as in countries in which we expect to
expand our operations and may have limited or no experience. We also expect additional competition from
technology services firms with current operations in other countries and regions, such as China, the Philippines,
Eastern Europe and Latin America, which have competitive cost structures. Many of our competitors have
significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources, generate greater revenues, have more extensive
existing client relationships and technology partners and have greater international brand recognition than we do.
We may be unable to compete successfully against these competitors, or may lose clients to these competitors. There
is a risk that increased competition could put downward pressure on the prices we can charge for our services and on
our operating margins. Additionally, we believe that our ability to compete also depends in part on factors outside of
our control, such as the price at which our competitors offer comparable services, and the extent of our competitors’
responsiveness to their clients’ needs.
4. Our revenues, expenses and profitability may be subject to significant fluctuation and hence may be difficult
to predict. This increases the likelihood that our results of operations could fall below the expectations of
investors and market analysts, which could cause the market price of the Equity Shares to decline.
Our revenues, expenses and profitability are likely to vary significantly in the future from period to period.
Factors which result in fluctuations in our revenues, expenses and profits include:
 the size, complexity, timing, pricing terms and profitability of significant contracts, as well as changes in
the corporate decision-making processes of our clients;
 the business or financial condition of our clients or the economy generally, or any developments in the IT
sector in macro-economic factors, which may affect the rate of growth in the use of technology in business,
type of technology spending by our clients and the demand for our services;
 the high concentration of orders in a limited number of countries, particularly the United States and the
concentration of orders in certain industries;
 the seasonal changes that may affect the mix of services we provide to our clients or the relative proportion
of revenue;
 fluctuations in exchange rates;
 the effect of increased wage pressure in India and other countries in which we operate;
 the size and timing of our facilities’ expansion;
 the proportion of projects that are performed at clients’ sites compared to work performed at offshore
facilities;
 our ability to expand sales to our existing customers and increase sales of our services to new customers, of
whom some may be reluctant to change their current IT systems due to the high costs already incurred on
implementing such systems and/or the potential disruption it would cause with personnel, processes and
infrastructures; and
 our ability to forecast accurately our clients’ demand patterns to ensure the availability of trained
employees to satisfy such demand.
22

23
A significant portion of our total operating expenses, particularly expenses related to personnel and facilities, are
fixed in advance of any period. As a result, unanticipated variations in the size and scope of projects, as well as
unanticipated cancellations, contract terminations or the deferral of contracts or changes occurring as a result of our
clients reorganising their operations, or unanticipated variations in the number and timing of projects or employee
utilisation rates, or the accuracy of estimating resources required to complete ongoing projects, may cause
significant variations in operating results in any particular period. In addition, demands for higher compensation
could lead to employee disputes and, potentially, work stoppages or slowdowns.
As a result, unanticipated variations to our projects in the manner and with the effects as mentioned above may
cause significant variations in our results of operations in any particular quarter. Our pricing remains competitive
and clients remain focused on cost reduction and capital conservation and cost management limitations may not be
sufficient to negate pressure on pricing and utilisation rates. We may not be able to sustain our historical levels of
profitability.
Therefore, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful
and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. It is indeed possible that in the future some of
our periodic results of operations may be below the expectations of investors and market analysts, and the market
price of the Equity Shares could decline.
5. Exchange rate fluctuations in various currencies in which we do business could negatively impact our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although our reporting currency is in Rupees, we transact a significant portion of our business in several other
currencies, primarily USD and Euro. Approximately 94.9%, 95.8% and 95.3% of our revenue from operations in the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Years 2015 and 2014, respectively, were derived from sales
outside of India. However, a large portion of our costs are in Rupees. Approximately, 41.8%, 41.3% and 41.4% of
our total operating expenses in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Years 2015 and 2014,
respectively, were incurred in Rupees. The exchange rate between the Rupee and foreign currencies has fluctuated
significantly in recent years and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Any significant appreciation of the Rupee
against foreign currencies in which we do business can fundamentally affect our competitiveness in the long-term.
As our financial statements are presented in Rupees, such fluctuations could have a material impact on our reported
results. Our clients generally demand that all risks associated with such fluctuations are borne by us.
In order to mitigate our foreign exchange risks, we have a long-term hedging policy. We hedge the major currencies
in which we transact business (for example, the US dollar and the Euro) by entering into forward contracts. For a
discussion of the accounting policy in relation to our forward contracts, see “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies – Foreign Currency
Transactions” and “Annexure IVB: Significant Accounting Policies – 13. Foreign Currency Transactions” in our
consolidated Restated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding forward contracts with
notional amount of ₹53,492.44 million and outstanding unhedged foreign currency receivables, including firm
commitments and highly probable forecast transactions, of ₹32,293.72 million, and outstanding unhedged foreign
currency payables, including firm commitments and highly probable forecast transactions, of ₹24,495.85 million.
Further, we have incurred indebtedness in currencies other than in Rupee including in the form of external
commercial borrowings and may incur further such indebtedness in the future, which creates foreign currency
exposure in respect of our cash flows and ability to service such debt. As mentioned above, the exchange rate
between the Rupees and foreign currencies has fluctuated significantly in recent years and is likely to continue
fluctuating in the future. If the value of the Rupee declines, the size of our debt and interest expenses in currencies
other than Rupees may increase. This will adversely impact our net income. We also experience other market risks,
including changes in the interest rates related to our borrowings. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce
or mitigate these risks where possible. However, if our strategies to reduce market risks (including through the use
of derivative instruments) are not successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be
adversely impacted.
6. Our revenues are highly dependent on clients primarily located in North America and Europe, as well as on
clients concentrated in certain industries, notably banking and financial services, insurance, energy and
process, and consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals. Our revenues are also dependent on
23

24
two service lines; therefore, an economic slowdown or factors that affect the economic health of North
America or Europe, these industries or these service lines could adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, 69.4% and 68.6%, respectively of our
revenue from continuing operations were derived from our North America segment. In the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, 17.1% and 17.9%, respectively of our revenue from continuing
operations were derived from our Europe segment. If the economy in North America or Europe is or becomes
volatile or uncertain or conditions in the global financial market were to deteriorate, if there are any changes in laws
applicable to us, or if any restrictive conditions are imposed on us or our business, or if the values of the currencies
in which we do business decline, pricing of our services may become less favourable for us and our clients located
in these geographies may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly. Reduced spending on IT
services may lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.
Further, we are exposed to certain risks due to concentration of clients in certain key industries, notably banking and
financial services, insurance, energy and process and consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals, which
represented 26.9%, 20.5%, 12.9% and 9.3%, respectively, of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 and 27.1%, 20.0%, 16.2% and 9.3%, respectively, of our revenue from continuing
operations in Financial Year 2015. Further, revenues from our application development, maintenance and
outsourcing and enterprise solutions service lines amounted to 41.9% and 24.2%, respectively, of our revenue from
continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 43.4% and 24.8%, respectively, of our
revenue from continuing operations in Financial Year 2015. Any significant decrease in the revenues or revenue
growth of any one of these industries or service lines, or widespread changes in any such industries or service lines,
may reduce or alter the demand for our services and adversely affect our revenue and profitability. Further, any
significant consolidation within the industries in which our clients operate may consequently affect our clients’
ability in that industry to continue using our services.
7. Challenges in relation to immigration may affect our ability to compete for, and provide services to, clients
in the United States and/or other countries, partly because we may be required to hire locals instead of using
our existing work force, which could result in lower profit margins, delays in, or losses of, client
engagements and otherwise adversely affect our ability to meet our growth, revenue and profit projections.
We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to penalties in relation to employment visa violations in the
future.
Our employees who work onsite at client facilities or at our facilities in the United States on temporary or extended
assignments typically must obtain visas. If United States immigration laws change and make it more difficult for us
to obtain non-immigrant visas (i.e., H-1B and L-1 visas) for our employees, our ability to compete for and provide
services to our clients in the United States could be impaired. For instance, in December 2015, the United States
Congress substantially increased the visa fees on the H-1B and L-1 visas, which will increase our costs going
forward. Further, in response to past terrorist attacks in the United States, the USCIS and the U.S. Department of
State have increased their level of scrutiny in reviewing visa applications and work petitions and have decreased the
number of such visas granted. Immigration laws in the United States and in other countries are subject to legislative
changes, as well as to variations in the standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and
economic conditions. It is difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws,
or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or reviewing work visas for our technology professionals,
despite the fact that there may be ongoing shortages of such professionals in some of the countries in which we do
business.
The United States is currently considering further restrictive immigration reforms, which may have a substantial
impact on our business model and practices, costs, hiring practices or capacity to complete client projects and which
may result in an increase in the cost of us doing business in the United States as a result of having to recruit more
local United States employees or paying higher wages to deputed personnel. We cannot be certain that we will
continue to be able to obtain any or a sufficient number of H-1B and L-1 visas for our employees on the same
timeframe as we currently maintain.
Besides the United States, immigration laws in other countries in which we seek to obtain visas or work permits may
require us to meet certain other legal requirements as conditions to obtaining or maintaining entry visas, such as
24

25
maintaining a defined ratio of local to foreign employees. The inability of project personnel to obtain necessary
visas or work permits could delay or prevent our fulfilment of client projects, which could hamper our growth and
cause our revenue and/or profits to decline.
Similarly, certain countries and organisations have expressed concerns about a perceived connection between
outsourcing to offshore locations and the loss of jobs domestically. With high domestic unemployment levels in
many countries and increasing political and media attention on the outsourcing of services internationally by
domestic corporations, there have been concerted efforts in many countries to enact new laws to restrict offshore
outsourcing or impose restrictions on companies that outsource. For example, periodically, restrictive outsourcing
legislation has been considered by federal and state authorities in the United States. In the event that any of these
measures become law, our ability to do business in these jurisdictions could be adversely impacted, which, in turn,
could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Moreover, from time to time, negative experiences associated
with offshore outsourcing, such as theft and misappropriation of sensitive client data, have been publicised,
including reports involving service providers based in India. Our current or prospective clients may elect to perform
certain services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring services from onshore to offshore service
providers to avoid harmful publicity or any negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore
service provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends towards offshore outsourcing would
seriously harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that provide services from within the countries in
which our clients operate.
To the extent we experience delays due to immigration restrictions, we may encounter client dissatisfaction, project
and staffing delays in new and existing engagements, project cancellations, project losses, higher project costs and
loss of revenue, resulting in decreases in profits and a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows. Due to these immigration delays, we may also need to perform more work
onsite, or hire more resources locally, thus reducing our gross margins and overall profitability.
In the past, we have been subject to penalties in relation to employment visa violations and have received legal
notices alleging violations. While we aim to comply with applicable law and have established procedures in relation
thereto, including in relation to employment visa compliance, given the nature of our business, we cannot assure you
that we will not be subject to such penalties in the future, which could adversely affect our business, financial
8. Our pricing structures do not accurately anticipate the cost and complexity of performing our work and if
we are unable to manage costs successfully, then certain of our contracts could be or become unprofitable.
We negotiate pricing terms with our clients utilising a range of pricing structures and conditions. Depending on the
particular contract, we may use time-and-materials pricing, pursuant to which we typically invoice on a monthly
basis for the services that we provide to our clients. We also enter into fixed-price arrangements, pursuant to which
we provide a defined scope of work over a fixed timeline for a capped fee. In certain instances, we enter into time-
and-materials pricing arrangements, but with the inclusion of fixed-price elements for certain specified services. In
the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, 55.8% and 59.7%, respectively of our services
revenue from continuing operations were on a time-and-materials basis. In the nine months ended December 31,
2015 and Financial Year 2015, 44.2% and 40.3%, respectively of our services revenue from continuing operations
were on a fixed-price basis.
Our ability to improve or maintain our profitability is dependent on managing our costs successfully. Our cost
management strategies include maintaining appropriate alignment between the demand for our services and our
resource capacity, optimising the costs of service delivery through business process digitalisation and deployment of
tools, and effectively leveraging our sales and marketing and general and administrative costs. We also have to
manage additional costs to replace solutions or services in the event our clients are not satisfied in relation thereto
and believe we have failed to properly understand their needs and develop solutions accordingly. Our pricing
structure is highly dependent on our internal forecasts and predictions about our projects and the potential demand
for our projects and services by our clients, which might be based on limited data and could be inaccurate. Although
we use our specified software engineering processes and rely on our past project experience to reduce the risks
associated with estimating, planning and performing fixed-price projects, we bear the risks of cost overruns,
completion delays and wage inflation in connection with these projects. We have taken actions to reduce certain
costs, including increasing productivity from fixed costs such as better utilisation of existing facilities, investing in
25

26
business process digitalisation and relocating non-client-facing employees to lower-cost locations. There is no
guarantee that these, or other cost-management efforts, will be successful, that our efficiency will be enhanced, or
that we will achieve desired levels of profitability.
If we do not accurately estimate the resources required, costs and timing for completing projects, future rates of
wage inflation and currency exchange rates, or if we fail to complete our contractual obligations within the
contracted timeframe, our contracts could prove unprofitable for us or yield lower profit margins than anticipated.
There is a risk that we will underprice our contracts, fail to accurately estimate the costs of performing the work or
fail to accurately assess the risks associated with potential contracts. In particular, any increased or unexpected costs,
or wide fluctuations compared to our original estimates or delays, or unexpected risks we encounter in connection
with the performance of this work, including those caused by factors outside of our control, could make these
contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which could adversely impact our profit margin.
9. Some of our client contracts contain benchmarking and most favoured customer provisions which, if
triggered, could result in lower contractual revenues and profitability in the future.
Some of our client contracts contain benchmarking and most favoured customer provisions. 15 contracts entered
into by our Company have clauses with benchmarking provisions as of December 31, 2015. These contracts
contributed ₹9,340.0 million and ₹11,212.60 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial
Year 2015, respectively, representing 21.8% and 22.6% of our revenue from continuing operations for such periods
respectively. 21 contracts entered into by our Company have clauses with most favoured provisions as of December
31, 2015. These contracts contributed ₹ 12,973.4 million and ₹15,738.9 million in the nine months ended December
31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively, representing 30.2% and 31.7% of our revenue from continuing
operations for such periods respectively. The benchmarking provisions allow a customer in certain circumstances to
request a study prepared by an agreed-upon third party, typically an industry expert, comparing our pricing,
performance and efficiency gains for delivered contract services against the comparable services of an agreed-upon
list of other service providers. Based on the results of the benchmark study and depending on the reasons for any
unfavourable variance, we may be required to reduce our pricing for future services or to improve the quality of
services to be performed for the remainder of the contract term or impose higher service levels, which could have an
adverse impact on our revenues and results. Most favoured customer provisions require us to give existing
customers updated terms in the event that we enter into more competitive agreements with certain other customers
for similar services, which limits our ability to freely enter into agreements and could have an adverse impact on our
revenues and results.
10. Our Company has amended the ESOP Scheme 2000 and changed the vesting schedule and exercise period
of options and has exercised discretion with respect to the vesting and exercise of certain options; any of
these actions have resulted in and may continue to result in claims under the Existing Employee Stock
Option Plans that may adversely impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of
operations.
In terms of the ESOP Scheme, 2000, the grant and vesting of options to employees is not automatic but at the
discretion of the management of our Company. Further, the ESOP Scheme, 2000 also allowed our Company to
decide the vesting and subsequent exercise dates for the options granted thereunder. Our Company has amended the
ESOP Scheme, 2000, from time to time to, inter-alia, defer the vesting of options granted under the ESOP Scheme,
2000 until the date of the IPO and provided that our Company can fix the first exercise date prior to the date of its
IPO. For further details on our employee stock option plans, see “Capital Structure” from pages 91 to 96.
Certain of our former and current employees have raised queries in relation to the vesting (including the exercise of
discretion in relation to vesting), exercise and cancellation of options, eligibility letters, grant letters and intimation
about amendments made to the ESOP Scheme, 2000. Further, we have received legal notices from two of our former
employees claiming with respect to inter alia their entitlement to a certain number of options under the Existing
Employee Stock Option Plans. Our Company is addressing these claims and notices and there can be no assurance
that these will be satisfactorily resolved. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Development”
on page 359. In the event that former or current employees raise any further queries, issue notices, make claims or
initiate litigation in relation to any matter pertaining to the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans, our Company
may have to spend management time and incur costs in addressing these queries, notices, claims and litigation.
26

27
In terms of the ESOP Scheme, 2000, upon resignation, the employee will be allowed to exercise only options vested
prior to his or her resignation. Accordingly, our Company has lapsed unvested options with the employees who have
resigned from our Company. For the purposes of vesting and exercise of deferred options by former employees in
one jurisdiction, based on legal advice, our Company has exercised its discretion in determining that the former
employees in this particular jurisdiction will be allowed to exercise their deferred options and accordingly, our
Company has re-instated the options exercisable by such former employees. However, with respect to former
employees in other jurisdictions, our Company has exercised its discretion to not to issue deferred options to the
former employees in such jurisdictions. These former employees have raised and may continue to raise queries,
issue notices, make claims or initiate litigation and our Company may have to spend management time and incur
costs in addressing these queries, notices, claims and litigation.
As of the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, 86,984 options are vested and unexercised by 11 existing
employees of our Company and 479,992 options are vested and unexercised by 126 former employees of our
Company. These former employees have either left our Company or are retired or deceased. The option holders,
who are allowed to exercise the options, may not have sufficient financial resources to pay the grant price for the
exercise of options. There could also be significant tax, levies and other financial obligations on the option holders
upon the exercise of options and the employees may face difficulties in exercising the options. There could also be
tax related obligations on our Company relating to withholding tax and other claims and levies outside India
including any tax liabilities which are not paid by the option holders on account of deferment or any claims in this
regard.
Further, whilst we have maintained records of our former employees, there are 20 former employees of our
Company who hold 22,065 options exercisable into 22,065 Equity Shares who we have been unable to locate and
106 former employees who hold 457,927 options and have not exercised their options. There is no assurance that we
will be able to locate all our eligible former employees and that the options will be exercised by former employees
within the period of exercise determined by our Company.
Pursuant to the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans, our Company has granted options to its employees in India
and other jurisdictions between April 2001 and April 2010. our Company is required to comply with applicable laws
and regulations in various jurisdictions in the world where its present and former employees are located (including
India and the U.S) in relation to the stock option plans and the grant, vesting and issue of stock options and equity
shares, including complying with private placement, foreign exchange, employment and taxation laws and
regulations. There can be no assurance that our Company has been and will be able to comply with the applicable
laws and regulations (including any filing, registration, notice and other compliance requirement) of these
jurisdictions. Our Company obtained shareholders’ approval under the Companies Act, 1956 for the issue and
allotment of equity shares under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans. The Companies Act, 2013 has become
effective after the grants were made and before issue and allotment of Equity Shares to our former and current
employees. The regulatory authorities may take the view that Sections 42 and 62 of the Companies Act, 2013 are
applicable to the allotment of Equity Shares pursuant to exercise of options and impose penalties or take other
adverse action against our Company in the future.
Any of the above issues and any other issues under our stock options plans may divert management time, cause us to
incur costs and adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
11. Our revenue depends to a large extent on a limited number of clients, and our revenue could decline if we
lose a major client.
We currently derive a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of corporate clients. The loss of a
major client or a significant reduction in the services performed for a major client could result in a significant
reduction of our revenue. Significant pricing or margin pressure exerted by our large clients would also adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our largest client accounted for 15.5%, 14.1%,
13.1% and 16.3%, of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and
Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our ten largest IT services clients accounted for approximately
52.8%, 50.5%, 47.5% and 48.5% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31,
2015 and Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The volume of work we perform for specific clients
27

28
may vary from year to year, particularly since we typically are not the exclusive external IT service provider for
these clients. Thus, any major client during one year may not provide the same level of revenue in a subsequent
year. Our large clients may terminate their work orders with us, with or without cause, and with or without notice, at
any time, and our other major clients may terminate their contracts with us at their discretion, with notice. If any one
or more of our work orders or client contracts are terminated, our revenue and profitability could be materially and
adversely affected.
The contribution of revenue from new clients to our total revenue from continuing operations is typically small for
the first year. This is because new engagements typically begin with lesser volume of business, which is expected to
gradually grow over a period of time. For the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Fiscal Year 2015, revenue
from new clients contributed 2.1% and 1.9%, to our total revenue from continuing operations, respectively.
There are a number of factors, other than our service performance, that could cause the loss of a client, such as
reduction in our clients’ IT budgets due to macroeconomic factors or otherwise, shifts in corporate priorities and
political or economic factors or changes in their outsourcing strategies such as moving to client in-house IT
departments. There is significant competition for the services we provide and we are typically not an exclusive
service provider to our large clients. Further, our client agreements do not provide for any minimum purchase
requirements from our major clients while a given client may view our profit margins as high and demand a
reduction in pricing terms. These factors may not be predictable or under our control. If we were to lose one of our
major clients or have a significantly lower volume of business from them, our revenue and profitability could be
reduced. We cannot assure you that our large clients will not terminate their arrangements with us or significantly
change, reduce or delay the amount of services ordered from us, any of which would reduce our revenues.
12. Wage increases in India may diminish our competitive advantage against companies located in the United
States and Europe and may reduce our profit margins.
Our wage costs in India have historically been lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for
comparably skilled employees, and this has been one of our competitive advantages. However, wage increases in
India may prevent us from sustaining this competitive advantage and may negatively affect our profit margins. We
may need to increase the levels of our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to retain talent. Unless
we are able to continue to increase the efficiency and productivity of our employees over the long term, wage
increases may reduce our profit margins. Furthermore, increases in the proportion of employees with less
experience, or sources of talent from other low cost locations could also negatively affect our profits.
13. Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain favourable employee utilisation.
Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by the utilisation of our employees. We define
utilisation as an individual’s full time equivalent hours divided by total billable full time employment hours, with
such total billable hours being in respect of a given project. In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and
Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the utilisation of our employees (excluding trainees) was 75.2%, 75.8%,
73.6% and 71.9%, respectively. If we are not able to maintain high employee utilisation, our profit margin and
profitability may suffer. Our utilisation rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
 loss or reduction of business from clients;

 our ability to transition employees from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate
new employees;
 maintaining effective oversight over personnel and offices;
 our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount in each of
our geographies and workforces;
 our ability to obtain visas for employees on time, or at all;
 our ability to manage attrition; and
 our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other non-chargeable
activities.
28

29
Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy
demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner
and potentially cause us to pay penalties or lose contracts or clients.
14. Our success depends in large part upon the strength of our management team and other highly skilled
professionals. If we fail to attract, retain and manage transition of these personnel, our business may be
unable to grow and our revenue could decline.
The continued efforts of the senior members of our management team and other highly skilled professionals are
critical to our success. Our ability to execute project engagements and to obtain new clients depends in large part on
our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled professionals, especially senior management personnel,
senior technical personnel, project managers and software engineers.
The attrition rates of our employees globally for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Years
2015, 2014 and 2013 were 18.5%, 19.5%, 13.2% and 12.3%, respectively. If we cannot hire and retain additional
qualified personnel, our ability to bid on and obtain new projects and to continue to expand our business will be
impaired and our revenue could decline. We believe that there is significant competition within our industry for
professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer, particularly in the locations in which we
have operations. We may not be able to hire and retain enough skilled and experienced employees to replace those
who leave. Increasing competition for technology professionals may also impact our ability to retain personnel.
Changes in government policies may also affect our ability to attract, hire and retain personnel. Additionally, we
may not be able to reassign or train our employees to keep pace with continuing changes in technology, evolving
standards and changing client preferences. Furthermore, our ability to attract and retain highly skilled professionals
is dependent on the compensation we offer them. If we are unable to offer them higher compensation, we may be
unable to attract or retain them. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely
affected if we are unable to manage employee hiring and attrition to achieve a stable and efficient workforce
structure.
Further, there have been certain significant changes and re-organisation of our senior management recently
including the appointment of the new Chief Operating Officer, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Business Officer – Tech, Media, CRP & Digital – Americas and Chief Business Officer and Manufacturing &
ERP – Americas. For further details of the Chief Operating Officer and the Managing Director and the Chief
Executive Officer, see “Our Management – Brief Biographies of Key Management Personnel” and “Our
Management – Brief Biographies of Directors” on pages 173 and 167, respectively. We may continue to have
changes in the senior management in the future. The new senior management personnel may take decisions which
may result in various changes to our business and operations and we cannot assure you that such changes would
enhance our business prospects and would not adversely affect our business and results of operations.
15. Any inability to manage our growth could disrupt our business and reduce our profitability.
Our business has grown over the years as has the number of employees that we employ. We expect such growth to
continue and that it will place significant demands on our management team and other resources. This will require
us to continue to develop and improve our administrative, operational, financial, systems and other internal controls.
As a result of our growing operations, we face and expect to continue to face challenges such as:
 maintaining an effective internal control system and properly training employees to mitigate the risk of
individuals engaging in unlawful or fraudulent activity or otherwise exposing us to unacceptable business
risks;
 adhering to and further improving our service standards;
 maintaining high levels of client satisfaction;
 successfully expanding the range of services offered to our clients;
 developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational,
communications and other internal systems, including data management in our IT applications and
management information systems;
 our significant investments in recent years and going forward to keep pace with technological changes, i.e.,
digital solutions, achieving delayed or lower than expected benefits;
29

30
 preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment;

 assimilating and integrating disparate IT systems, personnel and employment practices, and operations of
acquired companies (if any);
 recruiting, training and retaining sufficient skilled technical, marketing and management personnel;
 loss of our current market share as a result of low barriers of entry in the IT industry, which may result in
increased competition from entities that are able to offer cheaper and as such, potentially more attractive
services;
 managing our procurement, supply chain and vendor management processes;
 co-activating work among off-shore and on-site and project teams and maintaining high resource utilisation
rates; and
 integration of any acquisition made by us.
Moreover, the costs involved in entering and establishing ourselves in new and emerging markets, and expanding
such operations, may be higher than expected and we may face significant competition in these regions. We may
also face additional risks in setting up operations in new and emerging markets in which we have no prior operating
history or have no experience of conducting business.
Emerging markets, including Africa, Eastern Europe and the Middle East, are subject to greater risks than more
developed markets. The Middle East region is experiencing ongoing instability, which has affected our growth
therein. The political, economic and market conditions in many emerging markets present risks that could make it
more difficult to operate our business successfully and expand into emerging markets. These risks include:
 political, social and economic instability, including wars, acts of terrorism, guerilla activities, insurrection,
political unrest, boycotts, sanctions and business restrictions;
 the macroeconomic climate, including high rates of inflation;
 any downgrading of the sovereign debt ratings of the countries in which we operate by an international
rating agency;
 foreign exchange rate fluctuations, the imposition of currency controls and restrictions on the right to
convert or repatriate currency or export assets;
 nationalisation or other expropriation of private enterprises and land;
 international business practices that may conflict with other customs or legal requirements to which we are
subject, including anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws;
 protectionist and other adverse public policies, including local content requirements, import/export tariffs,
increased regulations or capital investment requirements;
 a lack of well-developed legal systems which could make it difficult for us to enforce our contractual rights
and an inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights;
 logistical and communications challenges;
 difficulty in developing any necessary partnerships with local businesses on commercially acceptable terms
and/or a timely basis;
 difficulties in staffing (including attracting and retaining qualified technical and other personnel), managing
operations and ensuring the safety of our employees;
 greater risk of uncollectable accounts and longer collection cycles;
 being subject to the jurisdiction of foreign courts, including uncertainty of judicial processes and difficulty
enforcing contractual agreements or judgments in foreign legal systems or incurring additional costs to do
so; and
 introduction or changes to indigenisation and empowerment programmes.
Our inability to manage our expansion and related growth in these new and emerging markets or regions may have
an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
16. We may face difficulties in providing end-to-end business solutions for our clients that could cause clients to
discontinue their work with us, which, in turn, could adversely impact our business, financial condition and
results of operations. We may also be required to pay damages for deficient services or for violating
intellectual property rights.
30

31
As we have increased the breadth of our service offerings, we have engaged in larger and more complex projects
with our clients. This requires us to establish closer relationships with our clients, develop a thorough understanding
of their operations, and take higher commercial risks in our contracts with such clients, including penalty clauses in
our agreements and larger upfront investments. Our ability to establish such relationships will depend on a number
of factors, including the proficiency of our IT professionals and our management personnel. Our failure to
understand and successfully implement our clients’ requirements, the domain and country-specific laws and
regulations which govern the services that we provide, or our failure to deliver services which meet the requirements
specified by our clients, could result in termination of client contracts, reputational harm and/or imposition of
penalties or the payment of damages pursuant to litigation against us for deficient services. We may also be subject
to damages for violating or misusing our clients’ intellectual property rights or for breaches of third-party
intellectual property rights or confidential information in connection with services to our clients. Furthermore, our
contracts often contain provisions pursuant to which we indemnify our clients for such third-party breaches of
intellectual property pursuant to our contracts. Our inability to provide services at contractually-agreed service levels
or inability to prevent violation or misuse of the intellectual property of our clients or that of third parties could
cause significant damage to our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Additionally, all of our contracts with our major clients are governed by foreign laws. Consequently, we
may incur higher costs of litigation in relation to such contracts. Further, we may incur additional costs in remedying
any deficient service that we may provide (if any). Additionally, we may experience financial losses in contracts
which are based on assumptions which are not realised. We may also be subject to loss of clients due to dependence
on alliance partners, subcontractors or third party vendors.
Many of our contracts also require us to indemnify the clients if the services levels set out in the contracts are not
met or maintained. Third-party providers of software that we license may subject us to claims or litigation to seek
damages for violating their licenses and intellectual property rights which could require us to pay damages, enter
into expensive license arrangements or modify our products and services. We may also face litigation or incur
additional fees and be required to pay damages for violating contractual terms, misuse or excessive use of our
license to intellectual property rights, which could cause significant damage to our reputation and adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Larger projects may involve multiple engagements, stakeholders, components or stages, and there is a risk that a
client may choose not to retain us for subsequent stages or may cancel or delay subsequent planned engagements.
Dissatisfied clients might seek to terminate existing contracts prior to the completion of the services or relationship
and/or invoke bank guarantees or earnest money deposits issued as a security for performance. This may further
damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new contracts with current and prospective clients. We
may also experience terminations, cancellations or delays as a result of the business or financial condition of our
clients or the economy generally, as opposed to factors related to the quality of our services. Such cancellations or
delays make it difficult to plan for project resource requirements and inaccuracies in such resource planning may
have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, such projects may
involve multiple parties in the delivery of services and require greater project management efforts, which may
increase our costs and adversely affect our results of operations.
17. If we are unable to collect our dues and receivables from, or invoice our unbilled services to, our clients, our
results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for
work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short
cycles. We maintain provisions against receivables and unbilled services. Actual losses on client balances could
differ from those that we currently anticipate and as a result we might need to adjust our provisions. There is no
guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as a
potential credit crisis in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our clients,
including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy. Such conditions could cause clients to
delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default on their payment obligations to us, all of
which could increase our receivables. Timely collection of fees for client services also depends on our ability to
complete our contractual commitments and subsequently bill for and collect our contractual service fees. If we are
unable to meet our contractual obligations, we might experience delays in the collection of, or be unable to collect,
our client balances, and if this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In
31

32
addition, if we experience delays in billing and collection for our services, our cash flows could be adversely
affected.
18. If there is a change in tax regulations, our tax liabilities may increase and thus adversely affect our
financial position and results of operations. We would indeed realise lower tax benefits if the special tax
holiday scheme for units set up in special economic zones is substantially modified.
Taxes and other levies imposed by the central or state governments in India that affect our industry include customs
duties, excise duties, value added tax, income tax, service tax and other taxes, duties, surcharges and cess introduced
from time to time. The central and state tax scheme in India is extensive and subject to change from time to time.
Any adverse changes in any of the taxes levied by the central or state governments may adversely affect our
competitive position and profitability. Currently, we claim certain tax benefits under the Income Tax Act, relating to
various business activities, which decrease our overall effective tax rates. There can be no assurance that these tax
incentives will continue to be available to us in the future. The non-availability of these tax incentives could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Currently, we qualify for a deduction from taxable income on profits attributable to our status as an exporter from
SEZs or from the operation of units located in SEZs. The tax deduction for the export of software development
services from SEZs is available for 15 years, commencing from the year in which the SEZ commences its
operations. The tax deduction for a unit in a SEZ is equal to 100% of profits from the export of services for the first
five years from the commencement of operations in the SEZ, and thereafter is equal to 50% of profits from the
export of services for a subsequent period of five years, and 50% for the remaining five years subject to meeting
specified re-investment conditions and earmarking of specified reserves in the last five years. These tax benefits will
not be available if our operations are no longer located in a SEZ, or if we fail to comply with the conditions
specified under the SEZ Rules, 2006 or the Income Tax Act. Further as per Finance Bill 2016, this deduction will
not be available for SEZ units that commenced their operations on or after April 1, 2020. As per the SEZ Rules,
2006, SEZ units are required to generate positive net foreign exchange within five years of the commencement of
our operations in the SEZ. If we fail to generate positive net foreign exchange within five years, or thereafter fail to
maintain it, we will be subject to penalties under the Indian Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992
or the Indian Foreign Trade Act, 1992. The maximum penalty that may be imposed is equal to five times the gross
value of the goods and services that we purchase with duty exemptions. We are subject to a MAT at a fixed rate as
prescribed from time-to-time on our net profits as adjusted by certain prescribed adjustments. Where any tax is paid
under MAT, such tax will be eligible for adjustment against regular income tax liability computed under the Income
Tax Act, for the following ten years as MAT credit. We cannot assure you that the Indian central government will
continue these special tax exemptions or that we will continue to qualify for such tax benefits and other incentives.
If we no longer receive these tax benefits and other incentives, or if the MAT rate of taxation is increased, our
financial results may be adversely affected.
The Government has proposed two major reforms in Indian tax laws, namely the goods and services tax, and
provisions relating to GAAR. As regards the implementation of the goods and service tax, the Government has not
yet announced the date from which it will be applicable. The goods and services tax would replace the indirect taxes
on goods and services, such as central excise duty, service tax, customs duty (excluding basic customs duty), central
sales tax, state VAT, entertainment tax, luxury tax, purchase tax and surcharge currently being collected by the
central and state governments. As regards GAAR, the provisions have been introduced in the Finance Act, 2012 and
will apply (as per the Finance Act, 2015) in respect of any assessment year beginning on or after April 1, 2018. The
GAAR provisions intend to catch arrangements declared as “impermissible avoidance arrangements”, which
includes any arrangement, the main purpose or one of the main purposes of which is to obtain a tax benefit and
which satisfies at least one of the following tests: (i) creates rights, or obligations, which are not ordinarily created
between persons dealing at arm’s length; (ii) results, directly or indirectly, in misuse, or abuse, of the provisions of
the Income Tax Act; (iii) lacks commercial substance or is deemed to lack commercial substance, in whole or in
part; or (iv) is entered into, or carried out, by means, or in a manner, which are not ordinarily employed for bona fide
purposes. If GAAR provisions are invoked, then the tax authorities have wide powers, including denial of tax
benefit or a benefit under a tax treaty. As the taxation system is intended to undergo significant overhaul, its
consequent effects on our Company cannot be determined at present and there can be no assurance that such effects
would not adversely affect our Company’s business and future financial performance.
19. Any increase in or realisation of our contingent liabilities could adversely affect our financial condition.
32

33
As of December 31, 2015, our Restated Financial Statements disclosed and reflected the following contingent
liabilities:
Particulars Amount
(in ₹million)
Income tax liability that may arise in respect of our Company, which is currently subject to an appeal 1,507.60
Corporate guarantee given on behalf of our Subsidiaries 5,745.57
Service tax refund disallowed, in respect of which our Company is in the process of filing an appeal 10.82
Sales tax liability, in respect of which our Company is in appeal 1.28
Legal notices served by a vendor for unpaid dues, disputed by the company 0.02
Total 7,265.29
For further details of certain matters which comprise our contingent liabilities, see “Financial Statements” beginning
on page 206.
If at any time we are compelled to realise all or a material proportion of these contingent liabilities, it would have a
material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
20. Our business is based on the trust and confidence of our customers and any damage to that trust and
confidence whether in relation to our personnel or our brand may materially and adversely affect our
business, future financial performance and results of operations.
We are dedicated to earning and maintaining the trust and confidence of our customers, and we believe that the good
reputation created thereby, and inherent in the “Larsen & Toubro” or the “L&T” brand name, is essential to our
business. As such, any damage to our reputation, or that of the “Larsen & Toubro” or the “L&T” brand name, could
substantially impair our ability to maintain or grow our business. In addition, any action on the part of any of the
companies in the L&T group that negatively impacts the “Larsen & Toubro” or the “L&T” brand could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the past, fraudsters have sent
out invites for recruitment for our Company and have collected money from applicants. Such incidents of fraud may
harm our reputation and could materially and adversely affect our business and reputation. For further details, see
“Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments - Litigation involving our Company - Litigation filed by our
Company – Criminal matters” on page 360.
21. Adverse changes to our relationships with key alliance partners could adversely affect our revenues and
results of operations.
We have alliances with companies whose capabilities complement our own. A significant portion of our service
offerings are based on technology or software provided by our alliance partners. The priorities and objectives of our
alliance partners may differ from ours. As most of our alliance relationships are non-exclusive, our alliance partners
are not prohibited from competing with us or aligning more closely with our competitors. In addition, our alliance
partners could experience reduced demand for their technology or software, including in response to changes in
technology, which could lessen related demand for our services. If we do not obtain the expected benefits from our
alliance relationships for any reason, we may be less competitive, our ability to offer attractive service offerings to
our clients may be negatively affected, and our revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected.
22. We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by system failures, disclosure of confidential
information or data security breaches, which could harm our reputation and cause us to lose clients.
Many of our contracts involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses and provide
benefits to our clients that may be difficult to quantify. Any failure in a client’s system could result in a claim for
substantial damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for such failure. In addition, we often have access to,
or are required to collect and store, confidential client data. We face a number of threats to our data centres and
networks such as unauthorised access, security breaches and other system disruptions. It is critical to our business
that our infrastructure remains secure and is perceived by customers to be secure.
We seek to rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and
authentication necessary to effect secure online transmission of confidential client information. Despite our security
33

34
measures, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or
developments may result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms that we use to protect sensitive customer
transaction data. Breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved
dissemination of confidential customer data could expose us, our customers or the individuals affected to a risk of
loss or misuse of this information, or cause interruptions in our operations. We may be required to expend
significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches, to alleviate problems caused by or to
investigate such breaches, all of which could subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of
our brand name.
Although we attempt to limit our contractual liability for consequential damages in rendering our services, many of
our client agreements do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality and we cannot be assured that
such limitations on liability will be enforceable in all cases, or that they will otherwise protect us from liability for
damages. Moreover, if any person, including any of our employees or former employees or subcontractors,
penetrates our network security or misappropriates sensitive data, we could be subject to significant liability from
our clients or from our clients’ customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws.
Unauthorised disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our
computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of assets containing confidential information or otherwise, could
render us liable to our clients for damages, damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.
A successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage or
results in changes to our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of a large deductible or
co-insurance requirement, could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. We may also be liable to
our clients for damages or termination of contract if we are unable to address disruption in services to them with
adequate business continuity plans and/or for non-compliance with our clients’ information security policies and
procedures.
23. Disruptions in telecommunications could harm our service model, which could result in a reduction of our
revenue.
A significant element of our business strategy is to continue to leverage and expand our onshore and offshore
Delivery Centres. We believe that the use of a strategically located network of Delivery Centres provides us with
cost advantages, the ability to attract highly skilled personnel from various regions of India and the world, the ability
to service clients on a regional and global basis and the ability to provide services to our clients 24 hours a day,
seven days a week. Part of our service model is to maintain active voice and data communications between our main
office in Mumbai, our clients’ offices, and our software development and support facilities. Although we maintain
redundancy facilities and leased lines, any significant loss in our ability to transmit voice and data through leased
lines and telephone communications due to, among others, human errors, natural disasters, failure of third party
service providers in ensuring hardware and software are compliant, could result in a disruption in business, thereby
hindering our performance or our ability to complete client projects on time. This, in turn, could lead to a material
adverse effect on our business results of operations or financial condition.
24. We may engage in acquisitions that may not be successful or meet our expectations.
We have acquired and in the future may acquire or make investments in complementary businesses, technologies,
services or products, or enter into strategic partnerships or joint ventures with parties that we believe can provide
access to new markets, capabilities or assets. The acquisition and integration of new businesses subjects us to many
risks and we can provide no assurances that any such acquisition will be successful or meet our expectations. If it
does not, we may suffer losses, dilute value to shareholders, may not be able to take advantage of appropriate
investment opportunities or complete transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us. Our management may
also need to divert their attention in integrating such new businesses, which may affect the quality of operational
standards and our ability to retain businesses of our existing clients. We could also have difficulty in integrating the
acquired products, services, solutions or technologies into our operations. Any business that we acquire may also
have unidentified liabilities, that may be transferred to us upon such acquisition. We may face litigation or other
claims arising out of our acquisitions, including disputes with regard to earn-outs or other closing adjustments.
These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, and increase our
expenses. Changes in competition laws in India and abroad could also impact our acquisition plans by prohibiting
potential transactions which could otherwise be beneficial for us.
34

35
Despite our due diligence process, we may fail to discover significant issues around a target company’s intellectual
property, service offerings, customer relationships, employee matters, accounting practices or regulatory
compliances. We may also fail to discover liabilities that are not properly disclosed to us or we may inadequately
assess in our due diligence efforts liabilities that may arise out of regulatory non-compliance, contractual obligations
or breaches. We cannot predict or guarantee that our efforts will be effective or will protect us from liability. If we
are unable to obtain indemnification protection or other contractual protections or relief for any material liabilities
associated with our acquisitions or investments, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be
harmed.
Further, if we were to acquire non-controlling investments in companies, these may include investments in non-
marketable securities of early stage companies that carry a significant degree of risk and may not become liquid for
several years from the date of investment. These investments may not generate financial returns or may not yield the
desired business outcome. The success of our investment in a company is sometimes dependent on the availability
of additional funding on favourable terms or a liquidity event such as an initial public offering. We may record
impairment charges in relation to our strategic investments which will have a negative impact on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Further, the amount of goodwill and intangible assets in our Restated Financial Statements has increased
significantly in recent years, primarily on account of acquisitions. Goodwill as well as acquisition-related intangibles
are subject to periodic impairment review at least annually. Impairment testing may lead to impairment charges in
the future. Any significant impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
25. Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements,
and violation of these regulations could harm our business.
Since we provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting,
legal requirements on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, the
environment (including electronic waste), tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, anti-corruption, whistle
blowing, internal and disclosure control obligations, data protection and privacy and labour relations and certain
regulatory requirements that are specific to our clients’ industries. Non-compliance with these regulations in the
conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of
profits, prohibitions on doing business and have an adverse impact on our reputation. Gaps in compliance with these
regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our clients could also result in exposure to
monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavourable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process
information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Many countries
also seek to regulate the actions that companies take outside of their respective jurisdictions, subjecting us to
multiple and sometimes competing legal frameworks in addition to our home country rules. Due to the varying
degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to
defend us and preserve our rights. We could also be subject to risks to our reputation and regulatory action on
account of any unethical acts by any of our employees, partners or other related individuals.
We have a number of employees located outside of India. We are subject to risks relating to compliance with a
variety of national and local laws, including multiple tax regimes, labour laws, and employee health, safety, wages
and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims
against us by current or former employees individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful
terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labour law or other alleged conduct. We may
also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of
breach of non-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’ former employment agreements with such
third parties or claims of breach by us of their intellectual property rights. Our failure to comply with applicable
regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
26. Our work with government clients exposes us to additional risks inherent in the government contracting
environment.
35

36
Our clients include governmental entities such as ministries of the Central Government and national as well as state
level public sector undertakings. Our government work carries various risks inherent in the government contracting
process, which may affect our operating profitability. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
 government contracts are often subject to more extensive scrutiny and publicity than contracts with
commercial clients. Negative publicity related to our government contracts, regardless of its accuracy, may
further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new contracts among governmental and
commercial entities;
 participation in government contracts could subject us to stricter regulatory requirements which may
increase our compliance costs;
 delays in payment due to time taken to complete internal processes;
 political and economic factors such as pending elections, changes in leadership among key governmental
decision makers, revisions to governmental tax policies and reduced tax revenues can affect the number
and terms of new government contracts signed;
 terms and conditions of government contracts tend to be more onerous and are often more difficult to
negotiate than those for commercial contracts; and
 government contracts may not include a cap on direct or consequential damages, which could cause
additional risk and expense in these contracts.
27. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us against all potential losses to which we may be
subject, and this may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our insurance policies cover loss to data protection, cyber extortion, physical loss or damage to our property and
equipment arising from a number of specified risks and certain consequential losses, including network interruption,
arising from the occurrence of an insured event under the policies. We have insurance policies to cover our assets
against losses from fire and other risks to our properties. We also maintain insurance policies against third party
liabilities, including a commercial general liability policy and a cyber-risk protector policy, professional technology
liability policy, each with worldwide coverage, in addition to group insurance and medical insurance policies for the
benefit of our employees, employment practice liability insurance, and such other insurance policies as required by
applicable law and/or contract. In addition, we may obtain project-specific insurance coverage for higher-risk
projects. We are also covered for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance procured by our Promoter.
Notwithstanding the insurance coverage that we carry, the occurrence of an event that causes losses in excess of the
limits specified in our policies, or losses arising from events not covered by insurance policies, could materially
harm our financial condition and future results of operations. There can be no assurance that any claims filed will be
honored fully or timely under our insurance policies. Also, our financial condition may be affected to the extent we
suffer any loss or damage that is not covered by insurance or which exceeds our insurance coverage.
28. Our risk management policies and procedures may not adequately address unidentified or unanticipated
risks, including exchange rate and interest rate risk.
We are exposed to various forms of operational, legal and regulatory risks. We have entered into various
hedging transactions in relation to our financial obligations. Factors such as exchange rates, interest rates, the
availability and cost of credit, creditworthiness of counterparties and the liquidity of the global financial markets
could significantly affect our financial position. Many of the hedging and other risk management strategies
that we utilise also involve transactions with financial services counterparties. The failure of these counterparties
to settle or the perceived weakness of these counterparties may impair the effectiveness of our hedging and other
risk management strategies. For further details on exchange rate risks, see “Risk Factors - Exchange rate
fluctuations in various currencies in which we do business could negatively impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations” on page 23.
36

37
To the extent we incur floating rate indebtedness, changes in interest rates may increase our cost of borrowing and
impact our profitability. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental, monetary and
tax policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors beyond our control.
Interest rate increases could result in our interest expense increasing, which may result in operating losses for us.
Additionally, if the interest rates for our borrowings increase significantly, our cost of funds will increase which
could adversely impact our results of operations, planned capital expenditures and cash flows.
As we seek to expand the scope of our operations, we also face the risk that we will be unable to develop risk
management policies and procedures that are properly designed for those new business areas or to manage the
risks associated with the growth of our existing businesses. Inability to develop and implement effective risk
management policies may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
29. We will continue to be controlled by our Promoter after the completion of the Offer.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoter holds 94.96% of our entire pre-Offer share
capital. Furthermore, after the completion of this Offer, our Promoter will control, directly or indirectly, more than
75% of our outstanding Equity Shares. As a result, our Promoter will continue to exercise significant control over
us, including being able to control the composition of our board of directors and determine decisions requiring
simple or special majority voting, and our other shareholders will be unable to affect the outcome of such voting.
Our Promoter may take or block actions with respect to our business, which may conflict with our interests or the
interests of our minority shareholders, such as actions which delay, defer or cause a change of our control or a
change in our capital structure, merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, or which
discourage or encourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of
us.
In addition, and in the event of any such change of control, merger, consolidation, takeover or other business
combination involving us, a transfer of shares by our Promoter, or actions such as a preferential allotment to any
investor or a conversion of any convertible instruments which could result in us ceasing to be a part of L&T group,
our ability to leverage the “Larsen & Toubro” brand may be adversely affected and the benefits of being a L&T
group company, which includes access to capital and human resources (particularly key managerial personnel and
other employees who are deputed to our company), access to our Promoter’s global network, various operational
synergies, use of premises owned by our Promoter and our ability to leverage business from other L&T group
companies, may no longer be possible and as a result of which, could materially and adversely affect our business,
future financial performance and results of operations. Additionally, many of our client contracts also contain
clauses on termination of the contract in the event of a change of control of our Company.
We cannot assure you that our Promoter will act in our interest, or in the interests of minority shareholders, while
exercising their rights in such entities.
30. We are yet to receive or renew certain approvals or licenses required in the ordinary course of business, and
the failure to obtain them in a timely manner or at all may adversely affect our operations.
We require certain approvals, licenses, registrations and permissions for operating our business, some of which have
expired and for which we have either made or are in the process of making an application for obtaining the approval
or its renewal. The following approvals are required but have not been obtained by us as of the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus: (i) the commercial registration certificate pertaining to the branch of our Company located at
Oman; and (ii) VAT registration to be filed by our recently incorporated Subsidiaries, L&T Infotech Austria. For
further details and for details in relation to pending approvals, see “Government Approvals” on page 388. Further,
the approvals that we have obtained stipulate certain conditions requiring our compliance. We have also filed an
application for compounding with the RBI in relation to investments in L&T Infotech Canada in 2005 through our
overseas branch and filing requirements under the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Any Foreign
Security) Regulations, 2004. If we fail to obtain any of these approvals or licenses, or renewals thereof, in a timely
manner, or at all, our business may be adversely affected.
37

38
31. Compliance with, and changes in labour laws and regulations could materially and adversely affect our
business, future financial performance and results of operations, while we face further labour risks, such as
the risk of our employees joining a labour union and engaging in collective bargaining.
Our workforce consists of employees, outsourced personnel and personnel retained on a contractual basis. As of
December 31, 2015, our workforce comprised 21,073 employees. Our full-time employees are employed by us and
are entitled to statutory employment benefits, such as retirement benefits. For further details, see “Our Business–
Human Resources” from pages 147 to 149.
We are subject to various labour laws and regulations governing our relationships with our employees and
contractors, including in relation to minimum wages, working hours, overtime, working conditions, hiring and
terminating the contracts of employees and contractors, contract labour and work permits.
We cannot assure you that we will be in compliance with current and future health and safety and labour laws and
regulations at all times, and any potential liability arising from any failure to comply therewith (such as a change of
law which requires us to treat (and extend benefits to) our outsourced personnel, and personnel retained on a
contractual basis, as being full-time employees), could materially and adversely affect our business, future financial
performance and results of operations.
Currently, our employees are not members of a labour union. We can give you no assurance that they will not, in the
future, join a labour union, or eventually wish to engage in collective bargaining. In the event of a labour dispute,
protracted negotiations and/or strike action may impair our ability to carry on our day-to-day operations which could
materially and adversely affect our business, future financial performance and results of operations.
32. We do not own our registered office and certain office premises from which we operate.
We do not own the premises in which our registered office and certain office premises are situated. The registered,
corporate and certain office premises are owned by our Promoter and certain other office premises are owned by
other third parties. We cannot assure you that we will own, or have the right to occupy, these premises in the future,
or that we will be able to continue with the uninterrupted use of these premises, which may impair our operations
and adversely affect our financial condition. For further details of our premises, see “Our Business – Property” on
page 150.
Furthermore, some of the lease agreements and leave and license agreements may not be adequately stamped or
registered with the registering authority of the appropriate jurisdiction. An instrument not duly stamped, or
insufficiently stamped, shall not be admitted as evidence in any Indian court or may attract a penalty as prescribed
under applicable law, which may have a material adverse effect on the continuance of our operations and business.
33. We have entered into, and will continue to enter into, related party transactions.
We have entered into and may in the course of our business continue to enter into transactions specified in the
financial results contained in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus with related parties that include our Promoter and
companies forming part of our Group Companies. For further details in relation to our related party transactions, see
“Related Party Transactions” on page 204. While we believe that all such transactions have been conducted on an
arm’s length basis, there can be no assurance that we could not have achieved more favourable terms had such
transactions not been entered into with related parties. Furthermore, it is likely that we may enter into related party
transactions in the future. The Companies Act, 2013 has brought into effect significant changes to the Indian
company law framework, including specific compliance requirements such as obtaining prior approval from audit
committee, the board of directors and shareholders for certain related party transactions. There can be no assurance
that such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial
34. One of our Promoter Group entities, LTTSL, operates in a similar line of business as us, which may lead to
competition with such Promoter Group entity and could potentially result in a loss of business opportunity
for our Company.
38

39
Our Promoter Group entity, LTTSL, is involved in the engineering services and products business. LTTSL provides
innovative design and development solutions and end-to-end engineering services in industries such as industrial
products, transportation, aerospace, telecommunication, hi-tech and the process industry. Specific services that
LTTSL offers include mechanical engineering, embedded systems, engineering process services and product
lifecycle management, as well as proprietary solutions in engineering data analytics, power electronics, machine-to-
machine and the ioT. We have recently sold our PES Business to LTTSL. For further details, see “Our Business –
Notable Developments” from pages 137 to 138. Some of our competitors provide, under a single company and with
the same management, the engineering services that are currently separately provided by LTTSL and us. While we
currently do not provide the engineering services provided by LTTSL, we may in the future decide to provide such
engineering services and have to compete with LTTSL for business, services and employees. Our Promoter owns
100% of the shares of LTTSL. Our Promoter may have conflicts of interest with our interests or the interests of our
shareholders and favour LTTSL in certain situations, or not direct opportunities to us. Any of the above may impact
35. We do not own the “L&T” trademark and logo. Our Trademark License Agreement may be terminated
under certain circumstances. In addition, we may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property
since a number of our trademarks, logos and other intellectual property rights may not be registered and
therefore do not enjoy any statutory protection. Further, we may be subject to claims alleging breach of
third party intellectual property rights.
Third parties may infringe our intellectual property, causing damage to our business prospects, reputation and
goodwill. Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate and any third party claim on any of
our unprotected brands may lead to erosion of our business value and our operations could be adversely affected.
We may need to litigate in order to determine the validity of such claims and the scope of the proprietary rights of
others. Any such litigation could be time-consuming and costly and a favourable outcome cannot be guaranteed. We
may not be able to detect any unauthorised use or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce or protect our
intellectual property. We cannot assure you that any unauthorised use by third parties of the trademarks will not
similarly cause damage to our business prospects, reputation and goodwill.
Further, the “L&T” trademark is registered in favour of our Promoter. Pursuant to the Trademark License
Agreement, among our Company and our Promoter, we have been granted a global non-exclusive, non-transferrable
license to use the “L&T” trademark and logo for a consideration payable by each of the licensees of 0.25% of
revenue, or 5% of profit after tax, whichever is lower, plus applicable taxes and duties. The payment of such
consideration shall be made on an annual basis, unless otherwise agreed among the parties. This consideration is
payable to our Promoter from Financial Year 2016 onwards. The Trademark License Agreement can be terminated
by either of the parties thereto upon 120 days’ prior written notice in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, the
Trademark License Agreement can also be terminated by any party upon change in management control of the
licensee or if the shareholding of the licensor in our Company falls below 51% or upon breach of the terms of the
Trademark License Agreement by the licensee. In the event that the Trademark License Agreement is terminated,
we may have to discontinue the use of the “L&T” trademark and logo which may materially and adversely affect our
reputation, business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects.
36. Our Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offer for Sale. Our Promoter is the Selling
Shareholder and will receive the entire proceeds from the Offer for Sale.
This Offer is an Offer for Sale of up to 17,500,000 Equity Shares by our Promoter. The entire proceeds from the
Offer for Sale will be paid to our Promoter and our Company will not receive any such proceeds. For further details,
see “Capital Structure” and “Objects of the Offer” beginning on pages 84 and 99, respectively.
37. Our Promoter, Directors and Key Managerial Personnel are interested in our Company other than
reimbursement of expenses or normal remuneration or benefits.
Our Promoter is interested in our Company to the extent it has promoted our Company and to the extent of its
shareholding and the dividends payable if any, licensing of the “L&T” trademark, recovering remuneration from our
Company paid to deputed employees, leasing of certain properties in our favour and providing certain other services
in the ordinary course of business, including business support services in respect of infrastructure facilities and
human resources’ services and shared services in respect of employees’ pay roll. We cannot assure you that there
39

40
will not be a conflict in interest between our Company and our Promoter and our Directors and Key Managerial
Personnel in the future.
38. Some of our Group Companies have incurred losses in the last preceding financial year, based on their last
audited financial statements available.
Some of our Group Companies have incurred losses in the last preceding financial year, based on their last audited
financial statements available. For further details of our loss making Group Companies, see “Group Companies –
Loss making Group Companies” from pages 202 to 203. We cannot assure you that our Group Companies will not
incur losses in the future.
39. Our debt financing agreements contain restrictive covenants that may adversely affect our business, credit
ratings, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
Certain debt financing agreements that we have entered into contain restrictive covenants and/or events of default
that limit our ability to undertake certain types of transactions. Certain of our debt financing agreements also include
various conditions and covenants that require us to obtain lender consents prior to carrying out certain activities or
entering into certain transactions. These debt financing agreements also require us to maintain certain financial
covenants including in relation to maintenance of minimum net debt to EBITDA ratio, minimum tangible net worth,
minimum fixed asset cover and maximum net gearing. Typically, restrictive covenants under our financing
documents relate to obtaining prior consent of the lenders for, amongst others:
 refraining from changing our financial year end from the date we have currently adopted;
 refraining from reducing our Promoter’s shareholding in our Company to below 51%;
 refraining from selling, letting out, transferring or disposing off all or substantial part of our assets; and
 refraining from declaring dividends or distributing profits except where the instalments of principal and
interest payable to a particular lender is being paid regularly and there are no irregularities in relation
thereto.
We cannot assure you that we have complied with all such restrictive covenants in a timely manner or at all or that
we will be able to comply with all such restrictive covenants in the future. A failure to observe the restrictive
covenants under our debt financing agreements or to obtain necessary consents required thereunder may lead to the
termination of our credit facilities, levy of default interest, acceleration of all amounts due under such facilities and
the enforcement of any security provided in relation thereto. Any acceleration of amounts due under such debt
financing agreements may also trigger cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions under our other debt financing
agreements. If the obligations under any of our debt financing agreements are accelerated, we may have to dedicate
a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments under such debt financing agreements,
thereby reducing the availability of cash for our working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes.
Further, during any period in which we are in default, we may be unable to raise, or may face difficulties raising,
further financing. In addition, in such eventuality, other third parties may have concerns over our financial position.
Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our business, credit ratings, prospects, results of operations and
financial condition. Moreover, any such action initiated by our lenders could result in the price of the Equity Shares
being adversely affected.
40. Our Company, Promoter and Group Companies have unsecured loans that may be recalled by the lenders at
any time.
Our Company, Promoter and Group Companies currently have availed unsecured loans which may be recalled by
their lenders at any time. In the event that any lender seeks a repayment of any such loan, our Promoter and Group
Companies would need to find alternative sources of financing, which may not be available on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all. We may not have adequate working capital to undertake new projects or complete the
ongoing projects. As a result, any such demand may materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows,
financial condition and results of operations. For further details on financing arrangements entered into by our
Company, please see “Financial Indebtedness” from pages 324 to 325.
41. Our Company has issued Equity Shares in the last 12 months at a price which may be lower than the Offer
Price.
40

41
Our Company has issued Equity Shares in the last 12 months, including in connection with exercise of options under
the Existing Employee Stock Option Scheme, which may be at a price lower than the Offer Price. For further details,
see “Capital Structure” on page 97. Our Company may continue to issue Equity Shares, including under the
Existing Employee Stock Option Scheme and ESOP 2015, at a price below the market price of Equity Shares at the
time of issuance.
EXTERNAL RISK FACTORS
42. The markets in which we operate are subject to the risk of earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, storms and other
natural and manmade disasters.
Some of the regions that we operate in are prone to earthquakes, floods, tsunamis, storms and other natural and
manmade disasters. In the event that any of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we may sustain
damage to our operations and properties, suffer significant financial losses or be unable to complete our client
engagements in a timely manner, if at all. For example, snowstorms in the northeastern part of the United States in
January and February of 2014 resulted in airport and business closures which affected our ability to conduct
business with, and generate revenue from, clients in that region during the said period. Further, in the event of a
natural disaster, we may also incur costs in redeploying personnel and property.
In addition, if there is a major earthquake, flood or other natural disaster in any of the locations in which our
significant customers are located, we face the risk that our customers may incur losses, or sustained business
interruption, which may materially impair our ability to provide services to our customers and may limit their ability
to continue their purchase of products or services from us. A major earthquake, flood or other natural disaster in the
markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. For instance, the floods in Chennai in November 2015 affected the operations of our Delivery Centres
and disaster recovery centre in Chennai, which in turn affected our overall business and financial condition.
Risks related to investments in India
43. Changing laws, rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of tax laws and
regulations, may adversely affect our business and financial performance.
Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by changes in law, or interpretations of existing
laws, rules and regulations, or the promulgation of new laws, rules and regul ations in India, applicable to us and our
business.
The governmental and regulatory bodies in India may notify new regulations and/or policies, which may require us
to obtain approvals and licenses from the government and other regulatory bodies, or impose onerous requirements
and conditions on our operations, in addition to those which we are undertaking currently. Any such changes and the
related uncertainties with respect to the implementation of new regulations may have a material adverse effect on
The application of various Indian and international sales, value-added and other tax laws, rules and regulations to
our services, currently or in the future, may be subject to interpretation by applicable authorities, and if amended/
notified, could result in an increase in our tax payments (prospectively or retrospectively) and/or subject us to
penalties, which could affect our business operations. Further, the Government has proposed a comprehensive
national GST regime that will combine taxes and levies by the Central and state Governments into a unified rate
structure. The implementation of this new structure may be affected by any disagreement between certain state
Governments, which could create uncertainty. Any such future amendments may affect our overall tax efficiency,
and may result in significant additional taxes becoming payable.
Furthermore, the Finance Act of 2015, which came into force in May 2015, and the Finance Bill 2016 which is yet
to be approved, introduces certain changes in relation to existing tax legislation. The changes introduced include
hike in service tax rates, changes to the Cenvat Credit Rules of 2004, changes in excise duty rates and amendments
to the Customs Act of 1952. We cannot predict the impact of the changes introduced in the Finance Act of 2015 and
proposed in the Finance Bill 2016 on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
41

42
In addition, if international tax reforms such the Base Erosion and Profit Sharing (“BEPS”) measures of the
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development are adopted by India, we may be subject to enhanced
disclosure and compliance requirements and a resultant increase in our costs related to such compliance.
44. Our business is substantially affected by prevailing economic, political and other prevailing conditions in
India.
Our Company is incorporated in India, and the majority of our assets and employees are located in India. As a result,
we are highly dependent on prevailing economic conditions in India and our results of operations are significantly
affected by factors influencing the Indian economy. Factors that may adversely affect the Indian economy, and
hence our results of operations, may include:
 any increase in Indian interest rates or inflation;
 any exchange rate fluctuations;
 any scarcity of credit or other financing in India, resulting in an adverse impact on economic conditions in
India and scarcity of financing for our expansions;
 prevailing income conditions among Indian consumers and Indian corporations;
 volatility in, and actual or perceived trends in trading activity on, India’s principal stock exchanges;
 changes in India’s tax, trade, fiscal or monetary policies;
 political instability, terrorism or military conflict in India or in countries in the region or globally, including
in India’s various neighbouring countries;
 occurrence of natural or man-made disasters;
 prevailing regional or global economic conditions, including in India’s principal export markets; and
 other significant regulatory or economic developments in or affecting India or its IT sector.
Any slowdown or perceived slowdown in the Indian economy, or in specific sectors of the Indian economy, could
adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition and the price of the Equity Shares.
45. We may be affected by competition law in India and any adverse application or interpretation of the
Competition Act could adversely affect our business.
The Competition Act was enacted for the purpose of preventing practices that have or are likely to have an adverse
effect on competition in India and has mandated the CCI to separate such practices. Under the Competition Act, any
arrangement, understanding or action, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable
adverse effect on competition is void and attracts substantial penalties.
Further, any agreement among competitors which, directly or indirectly, involves determination of purchase or sale
prices, limits or controls production, or shares the market by way of geographical area or number of subscribers in
the relevant market is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect in the relevant market in India and shall be
void. The Competition Act also prohibits abuse of a dominant position by any enterprise. On March 4, 2011, the
Indian central government notified and brought into force the combination regulation (merger control) provisions
under the Competition Act with effect from June 1, 2011. These provisions require acquisitions of shares, voting
rights, assets or control or mergers or amalgamations that cross the prescribed asset and turnover based thresholds to
be mandatorily notified to, and pre-approved by, the CCI. Additionally, on May 11, 2011, the CCI issued the
Competition Commission of India (Procedure for Transaction of Business Relating to Combinations) Regulations,
2011, as amended, which sets out the mechanism for implementation of the merger control regime in India.
42

43
The Competition Act aims to, among other things, prohibit all agreements and transactions which may have an
appreciable adverse effect in India. Consequently, all agreements entered into by us could be within the purview of
the Competition Act. Further, the CCI has extra-territorial powers and can investigate any agreements, abusive
conduct or combination occurring outside of India if such agreement, conduct or combination has an appreciable
adverse effect in India. However, the impact of the provisions of the Competition Act on the agreements entered into
by us cannot be predicted with certainty at this stage. We are not currently party to any outstanding proceedings, nor
have we received notice in relation to non-compliance with the Competition Act or the agreements entered into by
us. However, if we are affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the
Competition Act, or any enforcement proceedings initiated by the CCI, or any adverse publicity that may be
generated due to scrutiny or prosecution by the CCI or if any prohibition or substantial penalties are levied under the
Competition Act, it would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
46. Indian law limits our ability to raise capital outside of India and may limit the ability of others to acquire us,
which could prevent us from operating our business or entering into a transaction that is in the best
interests of our shareholders.
As an Indian company, we are subject to exchange controls that regulate borrowing in foreign currencies. Such
regulatory restrictions limit our financing sources for our business and hence could constrain our ability to obtain
financings on competitive terms and refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, we cannot assure you that any
required regulatory approvals for borrowing in foreign currencies will be granted to us without onerous conditions,
or at all. Limitations on foreign debt may have an adverse effect on our business growth, financial condition and
results of operations.
47. Significant differences exist between Indian GAAP, used throughout our financial information and other
accounting principles with which investors may be more familiar.
As stated in the report of our auditors included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our financial statements are
prepared and presented in conformity with Indian GAAP, consistently applied during the periods stated, except as
provided in such reports, and no attempt has been made to reconcile any of the information given in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus to any other principles or to base it on any other standards. Indian GAAP differs from
accounting principles and auditing standards with which prospective investors may be familiar in other countries,
including IFRS.
Accordingly, the degree to which the financial information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will
provide meaningful information is dependent on your familiarity with Indian GAAP and the Companies Act, 2013.
Any reliance by persons not familiar with Indian GAAP on the financial disclosures presented in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus should accordingly be limited.
48. Public companies in India, including us, are required to prepare financial statements under Ind AS and
compute Income Tax under the Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (the “ICDS”). The
transition to Ind AS and ICDS in India is very recent and we may be negatively affected by such transition.
India has decided to adopt the “Convergence of its existing standards with IFRS” and not IFRS. These “IFRS based/
synchronised Accounting Standards” are referred to in India as Ind AS. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs,
Government, has through a notification dated February 16, 2015, set out the Ind AS and the timelines for their
implementation. Accordingly, our Company is required to prepare its financial statements in accordance with Ind
AS from April 1, 2016. Given that Ind AS is different in many respects from Indian GAAP under which our
financial statements are currently prepared, our financial statements for the period commencing from April 1, 2016
may not be comparable to our historical financial statements.
There can be no assurance that the adoption of Ind AS will not affect our reported results of operations or financial
condition. In addition, our management is devoting and will continue to need to devote time and other resources for
the successful and timely implementation of Ind AS. Any failure to successfully adopt Ind AS may have an adverse
effect on the trading price of the Equity Shares and/or may lead to regulatory action and other legal consequences.
Moreover, our transition to Ind AS reporting may be hampered by increasing competition and increased costs for
the relatively small number of Ind AS-experienced accounting personnel available as more Indian companies begin
43

44
to prepare Ind AS financial statements. Any of these factors relating to the use of Ind AS may adversely affect our
financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, the Ministry of Finance has issued a notification dated March 31, 2015 notifying ICDS which creates a
new framework for the computation of taxable income. ICDS came into effect from April 1, 2015 and are applicable
to Financial Year 2016 onwards and will have impact on computation of taxable income for Financial Year 2016
onwards. ICDS deviates in several respects from concepts that are followed under general accounting standards,
including Indian GAAP and Ind AS. For example, where ICDS-based calculations of taxable income differ from
Indian GAAP or Ind AS-based concepts, the ICDS-based calculations have the effect of requiring taxable income to
be recognized earlier, increasing overall levels of taxation or both. In addition, ICDS is applicable for the
computation of income for tax purposes but is not applicable for the computation of income for MAT, which our
Company currently pays. Further, pursuant to ICDS, premia earned on forward contracts becomes taxable on
settlement and not at the time of earning. See also “Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Nine months ended December 31, 2015 Compared to
Nine months ended December 31, 2014 – Tax Expenses” beginning on page 206 and from pages 340 to 341,
respectively. There can be no assurance that the adoption of ICDS will not adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
49. We may be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights in India. Unauthorised use of our
intellectual property may result in the development of technology, products or services which compete with
our products. We may also be subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement.
Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and
trademark laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual
property. However, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorised use of our
intellectual property. Furthermore, the laws of India do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as laws in
certain other countries (including the United States). Therefore, our efforts to protect our intellectual property may
not be adequate. Our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products or
services. Unauthorised parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our products, services or proprietary
information.
The misappropriation or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our
management and employees, reduce our revenue and increase our expenses. The competitive advantage that we
derive from our intellectual property may also be diminished or eliminated. We may need to litigate to enforce our
intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such
litigation could be time-consuming and costly. As the number of patents, copyrights and other intellectual property
rights in our industry increases, and as the coverage of these rights increases, we believe that companies in our
industry will face more frequent infringement claims. Defending against these claims, even if not meritorious, could
be expensive and divert our attention and resources from operating our Company. Also, there can be no assurance
that, as our business expands into new areas, we will be able to independently develop the technology necessary to
conduct our business or that we can do so without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others.
Although we believe that our intellectual property rights do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of any
other party, infringement claims may be asserted against us in the future. If we become liable to third parties for
infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and be forced to
develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications or products that contain the
infringing technology. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain a license on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Further, we may be required to provide indemnification to clients for third-
party breaches of intellectual property pursuant to our contracts with such parties.
50. Investors may have difficulty enforcing foreign judgments against us or our management
We are a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of India. Substantially, all of our directors and
executive officers are residents of India and a substantial portion of our assets and such persons are located in India.
As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process upon us or such persons outside of India,
or to enforce judgments obtained against such parties outside of India.
44

45
Recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments is provided for under Section 13 of CPC on a statutory basis.
Section 13 of the CPC provides that foreign judgments shall be conclusive regarding any matter directly adjudicated
upon, except: (i) where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) where the
judgment has not been given on the merits of the case; (iii) where it appears on the face of the proceedings that the
judgment is founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognise the law of India in cases to
which such law is applicable; (iv) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to
natural justice; (v) where the judgment has been obtained by fraud; and (vi) where the judgment sustains a claim
founded on a breach of any law then in force in India. Under the CPC, a court in India shall, upon the production of
any document purporting to be a certified copy of a foreign judgment, presume that the judgment was pronounced
by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless the contrary appears on record. However, under the CPC, such
presumption may be displaced by proving that the court did not have jurisdiction.
India is not a party to any international treaty in relation to the recognition or enforcement of foreign judgments.
Section 44A of the CPC provides that where a foreign judgment has been rendered by a superior court, within the
meaning of that Section, in any country or territory outside of India which the Indian central government has by
notification declared to be in a reciprocating territory, it may be enforced in India by proceedings in execution as if
the judgment had been rendered by the relevant court in India. However, Section 44A of the CPC is applicable only
to monetary decrees not being of the same nature as amounts payable in respect of taxes, other charges of a like
nature or of a fine or other penalties.
We have been advised by our Indian counsel that the United States and India do not currently have a treaty
providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and
commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in
the United States on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United
States, would not be enforceable in India. However, the party in whose favour such final judgment is rendered may
bring a new suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in the United States.
The suit must be brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other
suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India.
It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action was brought
in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce a foreign judgment if that court were of the
view that the amount of damages awarded was excessive or inconsistent with public policy or Indian practice. It is
uncertain as to whether an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments that would contravene or violate Indian
law. However, a party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain approval from the RBI
under the Indian Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, to execute such a judgment or to repatriate any amount
recovered.
Risks Related to the Equity Shares
51. The trading volume and market price of the Equity Shares may be volatile following the Offer.
The market price of the Equity Shares may fluctuate as a result of, among other things, the following factors, some
of which are beyond our control:
 quarterly variations in our results of operations;

 results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
 results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;
 changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by research
analysts and investors;
 a change in research analysts’ recommendations;
 announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint operations or
capital commitments;
 announcements by third parties or governmental entities of significant claims or proceedings against us;
 new laws and governmental regulations applicable to our industry;
 additions or departures of key management personnel;
 changes in exchange rates;
45

46
 changes in the price of oil or gas;

 fluctuations in stock market prices and volume; and
 general economic and stock market conditions.
Changes in relation to any of the factors listed above could adversely affect the price of the Equity Shares.
52. Currency exchange rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on the value of the Equity Shares,
independent of our results of operations.
The exchange rate between the Rupee and the USD and other foreign currencies has changed considerably in recent
years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Rupee and other
currencies may affect the value of a non-resident investor’s investment in the Equity Shares.
A non-resident investor may not be able to convert Rupee proceeds into USD or any other currency or the rate at
which any such conversion may occur could fluctuate. In addition, our market valuation could be seriously harmed
by the devaluation of the Rupee, if United States or other non-resident investors analyse our value based on the USD
equivalent of our financial condition and results of operations.
For historical exchange rate fluctuations, see “Certain Conventions, Presentation of Financial, Industry and Market
Data” on page 16.
53. Future issuances or sales of the Equity Shares could significantly affect the trading price thereof.
Our future issuances of Equity Shares (including under ESOPs) or the disposal of Equity Shares by our Promoter or
any of our other principal shareholders or the perception that such issuance or sales may occur, including to comply
with the minimum public shareholding norms applicable to listed companies in India, may significantly affect the
trading price of the Equity Shares. There can be no assurance that we will not issue further Equity Shares or that the
shareholders will not dispose of, pledge or otherwise encumber the Equity Shares. Any future issuances could also
dilute the value of your investment in our Company.
54. You may be subject to Indian taxes arising out of capital gains on the sale of the Equity Shares.
Capital gains arising from the sale of equity shares in an Indian company are generally taxable in India. Any gain
realised on the sale of listed equity shares on a stock exchange held for more than 12 months will not be subject to
capital gains tax in India if STT has been paid on the transaction. STT will be levied on and collected by an Indian
stock exchange on which the equity shares are sold. As such, any gain realised on the sale of equity shares held for
more than 12 months by an Indian resident, which are sold other than on a recognised stock exchange and as a result
of which no STT has been paid, will be subject to capital gains tax in India. Further, any gain realised on the sale of
equity shares held for a period of 12 months or less will be subject to capital gains tax in India. Capital gains arising
from the sale of equity shares will be exempt from taxation in India in cases where an exemption is provided under a
treaty between India and the country of which the seller is a resident. Generally, Indian tax treaties do not limit
India’s ability to impose tax on capital gains. As a result, residents of other countries may be liable for tax in India
as well as in their own jurisdictions on gains arising from a sale of equity shares.
55. Rights of shareholders under Indian law may be more limited than under the laws of other jurisdictions.
Our Articles of Association, regulations of our board of directors, Indian laws governing our corporate affairs, the
validity of corporate procedures, directors’ fiduciary duties and liabilities, and shareholders’ rights may differ
from those that would apply to a company in another jurisdiction. Shareholders’ rights under Indian law may not be
as extensive as shareholders’ rights under the laws of other countries or jurisdictions. Investors may have more
difficulty in asserting their rights as a shareholder in our Company than as a shareholder of a company in another
jurisdiction.
56. Foreign investors are subject to foreign investment restrictions under Indian laws which limit our ability to
attract foreign investors, which may adversely impact the market price of the Equity Shares.
46

47
Under the foreign exchange regulations currently in force in India, transfers of shares between non-residents and
residents are freely permitted (subject to certain restrictions) if they comply with the pricing guidelines and reporting
requirements specified by the RBI. If the transfer of shares, which are sought to be transferred, is not in compliance
with such pricing guidelines or reporting requirements or falls under any of the exceptions referred to above, then
the prior approval of the RBI will be required. Additionally, shareholders who seek to convert the Rupee proceeds
from a sale of shares in India into foreign currency and repatriate that foreign currency from India will require a no
objection/tax clearance certificate from the income tax authority. We cannot assure investors that any required
approval from the RBI or any other Indian government agency can be obtained on any particular terms, or at all. For
further details, see “Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities” on page 457.
Prominent Notes:
1. Public offer of up to 17,500,000 Equity Shares for cash at a price of ₹ [●] per Equity Share (including a share
premium of ₹ [●] per Equity Share) aggregating up to ₹ [●] million through an Offer for Sale by the Selling
Shareholder. The Offer would constitute [●] % of our post-Offer paid-up Equity Share capital.
2. As of December 31, 2015, our Company’s net worth was ₹ 19,645.13 million as per our Company’s
unconsolidated Restated Financial Statements and ₹ 21,128.58 million as per our Company’s consolidated
3. As of December 31, 2015, the net asset value per Equity Share was ₹116.30 as per our Company’s
unconsolidated Restated Financial Statements and was ₹ 125.08 as per our Company’s consolidated Restated
Financial Statements and the book value per Equity Share was ₹ 116.30 as per our Company’s unconsolidated
Restated Financial Statements and was ₹ 125.08 as per our Company’s consolidated Restated Financial
Statements.
4. The average cost of acquisition of Equity Shares by our Promoter is ₹ 8.33. For details, see “Capital Structure”
from pages 85 - 86. The average cost of acquisition per Equity Share by our Promoter has been calculated by
taking the average of the amounts paid by our Promoter to acquire Equity Shares.
5. For details of related party transactions entered into by our Company with our Group Companies in the last
financial year, see “Related Party Transactions” on page 204.
6. There has been no financing arrangement whereby our Promoter Group, directors of our Promoter, our
Directors and their relatives have financed the purchase by any other person of securities of our Company other
than in normal course of the business of the financing entity during the period of six months immediately
preceding the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
7. Except as disclosed in the “Group Companies” and “Related Party Transactions” on pages 201 and 204, none
of our Group Companies have business interest or other interests in our Company.
8. For any complaints, information or clarifications pertaining to the Offer, investors may contact the BRLMs
who have submitted the due diligence certificate to SEBI.
47

48
SECTION III: INTRODUCTION
SUMMARY OF INDUSTRY
The following information includes extracts from publicly available information, industry reports, data and statistics
and has been extracted from official sources and other sources that we believe to be reliable, but which has not been
independently verified by us or the BRLMs, or any of our or their respective affiliates or advisers.
The data may have been re-classified by us for the purpose of presentation. Industry sources and publications
generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be
reliable, but their accuracy, completeness and underlying assumptions are not guaranteed and their reliability
cannot be assured, and, accordingly, investment decisions should not be based on such information. Industry
sources and publications are also prepared based on information and estimates as of specific dates and may no
longer be current or reflect current trends. Such information, data and estimates may be approximations or use
rounded numbers.
All references to years in the section below are to calendar years unless specified otherwise.
Investors should note that this is only a summary of the industries in which we operate and does not contain all
information that should be considered before investing in the Equity Shares. Before deciding to invest in the Equity
Shares, prospective investors should read this entire Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the information in
“Risk Factors” and “Financial Statements” beginning on pages 19 and 206, respectively. An investment in the
Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk. For a discussion of certain risks in connection with an investment in
the Equity Shares, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19.
The Global IT-BPM Industry – overview and trends in 2015
In 2015, the global economy was characterized by volatility and turmoil. According to NASSCOM, developed and
emerging countries experienced multiple headwinds as economic growth almost stagnated, global terrorism
increased, inflationary pressures continued to build up, turbulence in currency and equity markets prevailed,
commodity prices declined and unemployment continued to remain high. NASSCOM notes that, at the same time,
the role of technology has also undergone a significant change and technology is no longer exclusive only to the
corporate sector. Consumers, leveraging mobile and “24X7” connectivity, are now the key influencing forces
shaping technology spend. Governments have also begun to use technology as the platform for citizen outreach and
government-to-citizen services. As a result, technology is emerging as integral to all businesses, to all parts of
businesses, to the government machinery and to consumers. Globally, the cumulative capital investment in
technology is estimated to have reached USD 6 trillion in 2014. However, the global technology industry also faced
a challenging environment in 2015. Industrialized and commoditized products are now a part of the technology
industry as are multiple disruptive digital technologies. NASSCOM notes that the shift towards digital is inevitable.
Incremental expenditures over the next decade may be driven by digital technologies. (Source: The IT-BPM Sector
in India: Strategic Review 2016, NASSCOM, February 2016 (the “NASSCOM Report”)
According to NASSCOM, these factors have also impacted global technology spend. Worldwide information
technology and business process management (“IT-BPM”) spend in 2015 (excluding hardware) was clearly
impacted by the volatility in global currencies resulting in a near flat growth of 0.4 per cent (USD 1.2 trillion) in
2015. Information technology (“IT”) services saw a slight decline in growth (-0.2 per cent). A shift to cloud-based
applications has led to a decline in traditional IS outsourcing and Network and Desktop Outsourcing (“NDOS”)
businesses, thereby impacting overall IT services growth. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
In such a scenario, NASSCOM notes that packaged software in 2015 saw a near-flat growth of 0.2 per cent (at USD
386 billion), largely due to the impact of the US dollar strengthening against other currencies. However, a positive
factor for this segment was that enterprises continued to invest in packaged software, with APAC, MEA and
LATAM expected to drive growth. Worldwide business process management (“BPM”) spend saw an approximately
three per cent growth over 2014 with analytics services emerging as the largest driver. According to NASSCOM,
customers are beginning to expect analytics as part of bundled BPM services. Verticalised offerings of horizontal
services is another important trend driving global BPM spend. Hardware saw a 6.6 per cent growth approximately,
driven by higher consumption of mobile devices and tablets. Global ER&D spend reached approximately USD 1.5
48

49
trillion, a growth of approximately 4 per cent over 2014. As represented in the chart below, software products, IT
and BPM services continued to lead. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
IT-BPM sector wise spend (USD billion)
Software & services: Flat growth in 2015
2014 2015 1,498

1,440
USD 1.2
* 2015 trillion*
1,075
1,008
652 650
385 386
181 186
IT services BPM Packaged Hardware ER&D

Growth 0.4% software
-0.2% 2.9% 0.2% 6.5% 4.0%
In 2015, Asia-Pacific saw the fastest growth in total contract value of IT-BPM contracts with a 106 per cent growth
compared to 2014 (see chart below) (Source: NASSCOM Report).
2015: APAC sees fastest growth

100%=USD 159 billion
3%
Y-o-Y Growth
10%
Americas 50%
Europe 4%
26% 61%
106%
APAC
RoW -48%
49

50
NASSCOM notes that 2015 saw continued demand for overall global sourcing, which grew by 8.5 per cent over
2014 (see chart below).
Global sourcing: An >USD 160 billion market
USD billion
8.5%
162-166
148-153
65-67
60-62
97-99
88-91
2014 2015E
IT sourcing Business process sourcing
New delivery centers for global sourcing added in 2015 recorded a growth of approximately 12.7 per cent compared
to the additions in 2014, with approximately 26.6 per cent of the new additions being in India (see chart below).
(Source: NASSCOM Report)
New delivery centers set up in 2014 and 2015

Over one-fourth of new delivery centres set up in India
nos. 2014 2015
100%= 150 and 169
48
45
41
38
30 30
26
21
14 15
5 6
India Europe Rest of Asia Latin America Philippines Africa
The Indian IT-BPM Industry – Overview and trends
Overview
According to NASSCOM, the Indian IT-BPM industry is projected to grow at 8.5 per cent in fiscal year 2016, an
addition of USD 11 billion. The aggregate growth rate has been affected by the strengthening of the US dollars
against the Indian rupee, which is projected to bring the domestic market growth rate down to approximately 3.2 per
cent. (see chart below). (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Indian IT – BPM Industry – Revenues1
50

51
Revenue1: Added ~ USD 11 billion over FY2015

USD billion
Growth
8.5%
143
132
35
34
108
98
14 ~17
FY2015 FY2016E
Exports Domestic eCommerce
Notes: E: Estimate; 1) Includes hardware; eCommerce numbers shown separately
Source: NASSCOM
Notes:
1. Includes hardware; domestic market numbers include eCommerce market.
E: Estimate
The table below shows the revenues for the various segments of the Indian IT-BPM domestic and export revenue for
fiscal year 2014, fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2016 (estimated):
USD billion FY2014 FY2015 FY2016E

Exports Domestic Total Exports Domestic Total Exports Domestic Total
IT services1 49 12 61 55 13 69 61 14 75
BPM 20 3 24 22 4 26 24 4 28
Packaged software, ER&D 18 4 21 20 4 24 22 4 27
and product
development1,2
Hardware 0.4 13 13 0.4 13 14 0.4 13 14
TOTAL IT-BPM 88 32 119 98 34 132 108 35 143
eCommerce & mobile - 10 10 - 14 14 - 17 17
apps
Notes:
E: Estimate
1
Offshore Software Product Development (OSPD), which was earlier included with IT services, has now been re-classified under ER&D and
product development.
2
Includes Packaged software, OSPD, Engineering R&D and product development
3
eCommerce & mobile apps revenues have been indicated as a separate sector.
Due the changes above, these numbers are not comparable with those published earlier. Source: NASSCOM
NASSCOM notes that exports (including hardware) are likely to record a 10.9 per cent growth to reach
approximately USD 61 billion in fiscal year 2016, up by approximately USD 6 billion compared to the last fiscal
year. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
The table below shows the break-up of the amount of exports (in US dollar terms) of the various segments for Fiscal
Year 2014, 2015 and 2016:
51

52

Project based 25 28 30
IT consulting 1 1 2
Systems integration 1 2 2
Custom application development 18 20 22
Network consulting and integration 1 1 1
Software Testing 4 4 5
Outsourcing 21 24 26
Application management 6 7 7
IS outsourcing 9 11 12
Others 5 6 7
Support and Training 4 4 4
Software deploy and support 3 3 3
Hardware deploy and support 0.2 0.2 0.3
IT education and training 1 1 1
TOTAL 49 55 61
Note:
E: Estimate
Source: NASSCOM
The chart below shows the estimated contribution of the various sectors to Indian IT-BPM exports for fiscal year
2016:
2% 2% 2%
3%
BFSI
5% Hi-Tech/Telecom
Manufacturing
10% 41% Retail
Healthcare
Travel & Transportation
16%
Construction & Utilities
MPE
Others
18%
The chart below shows the share of Indian IT-BPM exports to various countries in fiscal year 2016:
52

53
2%
8%
11%
USA
UK
Continental Europe
17% APAC
62%
RoW
53

54
SUMMARY OF OUR BUSINESS
Investors should note that this is only a summary of our business and does not contain all information that should be
considered before investing in the Equity Shares. Before deciding to invest in the Equity Shares, prospective
investors should read this entire Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the information in “Risk Factors” and
“Financial Statements” beginning on pages 19 and 206, respectively. An investment in the Equity Shares involves a
high degree of risk. For a discussion of certain risks in connection with an investment in the Equity Shares, see
“Risk Factors” beginning on page 19.
Overview
We are one of India’s global IT services and solutions companies. In 2015, NASSCOM ranked us as the sixth
largest Indian IT services company in terms of export revenues. We were amongst the top 20 IT service providers
globally in 2015 according to the Everest Group’s PEAK Matrix for IT service providers. Our clients comprise some
of the world’s largest and well-known organisations, including 43 of the Fortune Global 500 companies.
We offer an extensive range of IT services to our clients in diverse industries such as banking and financial services,
insurance, energy and process, consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals, media and entertainment, hi-
tech and consumer electronics and automotive and aerospace. Our range of services includes application
development, maintenance and outsourcing, enterprise solutions, infrastructure management services, testing, digital
solutions and platform-based solutions. We serve our clients across these industries, leveraging our domain
expertise, diverse technological capabilities, wide geographical reach, an efficient global delivery model, thought
partnership and “new age” digital offerings.
We were incorporated in 1996 and are headquartered in Mumbai, India. We leverage the strengths and heritage of
our Promoter, Larsen & Toubro Limited, a leading Indian conglomerate in engineering, construction,
manufacturing, finance and technology. The L&T group provides us with access to professionals with deep industry
knowledge in the sectors in which we do business. We have also inherited from the L&T group it’s corporate and
business culture and corporate governance practices, which in our view places us in good stead in relation to our
business. In addition, we benefit from our “Business-to-IT Connect” model, which we derive from the commonality
of business verticals with our Promoter. For further details, see “Our Business – Our Competitive Strengths – Strong
domain focus enabling Business-to-IT Connect” on page 124.
Our growth has been marked by significant expansion of business verticals and geographies in which we do
business. Besides India, we provide services globally and the percentage of our revenue from continuing operations
from North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and the rest of the world amounted to 69.4%, 17.1%, 2.2% and 6.2% for
the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 68.6%, 17.9%, 2.4% and 6.9%, for Financial Year 2015,
respectively. As of December 31, 2015, we had 22 Delivery Centres and 44 sales offices globally.
As part of a business restructuring exercise conducted by our Promoter, all engineering services businesses of our
Promoter have been consolidated under a separate subsidiary of our Promoter, LTTSL. As part of this restructuring,
on January 1, 2014, we sold and transferred the assets and liabilities of our PES Business to LTTSL. Our PES
Business was responsible for the operations of our telecom cluster, providing IT services and solutions to our clients
in the telecommunication sector. For further details on our PES Business, see “Our Business – Notable
Developments” on page 137.
Our revenue from continuing operations increased by a CAGR of 20.4% from ₹34,278.57 million in Financial Year
2013 to ₹49,680.94 million in Financial Year 2015. Our revenue from continuing operations increased by 16.8%
from ₹36,755.38 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 to ₹42,937.93 million in the nine months
ended December 31, 2015. Our USD revenue from continuing operations comprise amounts in foreign currencies
across our operations, excluding the United States, that are converted into USD using the month-end/day-end
exchange rates for the relevant period. In USD terms, our revenue from continuing operations increased by a CAGR
of 13.4% from USD 630.0 million in Financial Year 2013 to USD 809.9 million in Financial Year 2015. In USD
terms, our revenue from continuing operations increased by 9.4% from USD 601.3 million in the nine months ended
December 31, 2014 to USD 657.5 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015. Our net profit from
continuing operations increased by a CAGR of 22.1%, from ₹5,100.38 million in Financial Year 2013 to ₹7,600.05
54

55
million in Financial Year 2015. Our net profit from continuing operations increased by 26.7% from ₹5,429.67
million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 to ₹6,877.89 million in the nine months ended December 31,
2015. Our total number of employees increased by 23.0%, from 15,833 as of March 31, 2013 (excluding employees
of our PES Business) that has been consolidated under a separate subsidiary of our Promoter (see “Our Business –
Notable Developments” on page 137) to 19,479 as of March 31, 2015. Our total number of employees was 21,073 as
of December 31, 2015.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our principal competitive strengths are as follows:
Strong domain focus enabling Business-to-IT Connect
We are among the few IT service providers that are part of a diversified business conglomerate. We are part of the
L&T group, whose businesses span multiple industry segments. We benefit from the expertise and experience of the
L&T group in verticals such as hydrocarbons, heavy engineering, oil and gas and automotive and aerospace. This
provides us with the benefit of strong domain experience and understanding of businesses that operate in these
verticals, which assists us in developing and delivering IT services and solutions that benefit our clients in these
verticals and differentiates us from our competitors. We refer to this as our “Business-to-IT Connect” model and
believe that this is a key strength for us.
Our “Business-to-IT Connect” model primarily leverages the domain experience and institutional knowledge of the
L&T group across industries to assist us in developing and delivering IT services and solutions that benefit our
clients. Our Business-to-IT Connect model is supplemented by the knowledge sharing of subject matter experts from
L&T group companies to facilitate the development of solutions driven by business context and domain knowledge.
We believe that our Business-to-IT Connect proposition provides us with an advantage over our competitors in that
we are able to capitalise on strategic opportunities at a faster pace due to the readily available domain and
institutional knowledge at our disposal. Over the past ten years, we have built a strong domain orientation across our
business verticals in the way we approach our clients with solutions to their business objectives and the way we
deliver services to them.
For example, we were able to use our Business-to-IT Connect model in relation to the IT services that we provided
to a global automotive original equipment manufacturer for the establishment of a “smart factory” initiative.
Subsequent to our request, our parent company disseminated its knowledge on smart factories to us to capture
machine information and effectively use digital technologies in relation thereto. Specifically, L&T teams presented
to us on the methodologies, approaches and solutions relevant to this engagement which was very helpful for our
employees in delivering services to our client.
Strong parentage and brand equity of our Promoter
The “L&T” brand is one of the most well-respected brands in India, which we believe provides us with a
competitive advantage, particularly in: attracting talent and new clients; benefiting from our Promoter’s global
network; exploring potential business opportunities; best corporate governance practices; accessing capital; and
establishing ourselves as a thought partner with the top management of many global corporations. We have and shall
continue to capitalise on the ability to engage with and obtain work from strategic global clients, vendors and
partners of the L&T group. This differentiates us from our market competitors that are standalone companies, as we
are able to take advantage of exposure to L&T group relationships that are familiar with and trust our Promoter’s
brand. Our Promoter’s parentage has contributed towards our growth in the IT services industry, and will continue to
help us achieve our strategic objectives.
Established long-term relationships with our clients
Client relationships are the core of our business. Our clients include many leading businesses, including 43 of the
Fortune Global 500 companies. Our track record of delivering an extensive range of solutions using our global
delivery model, demonstrable industry and technology expertise, and sensitivity to our clients’ feedback, has helped
us forge strong relationships with our major clients. For example, in Financial Year 2015, we had twenty clients who
55

56
generated above USD 10 million in revenue, eight clients who generated above USD 20 million in revenue and three
clients who generated above USD 50 million in revenue which is reflective of such strong client relationships.
We have a history of high client retention and derive a significant proportion of our revenues from repeat business
(defined as repeat business generated in the preceding Financial Year) built on our successful execution of prior
engagements. In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013 we generated
97.9%, 98.1%, 96.9% and 97.5%, respectively, of our revenue from continuing operations from existing clients
across a range of business verticals. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, we had been engaged with over 100
clients for more than three years and had been doing business with two of our largest clients for over ten years. In
order to improve our service delivery and facilitate repeat business, we carry out regular surveys, which is important
for us to ensure a high level of client satisfaction through continued feedback. We strive to be flexible to our clients’
business needs and requirements, in part through our Thought Partnership ™ program, which is a strategic level
programme, designed for us to work with executive officers and business leaders from our clients in terms of
addressing their current issues and business needs, such as reducing run costs, re-aligning IT with business changes,
and helping envision their future technological needs in line with projected business trends.
We have an active and institutionalised approach for managing client relationships. We engage our clients by having
a collaborative sales and marketing model where our sales, solutions and delivery teams participate in the sales
process. While our sales and account managers assist our clients in day-to-day account management, members of
our executive team also help manage strategic client accounts. These relationships have helped us better understand
our clients’ business needs and enabled us to provide effective solutions to meet these needs.
Extensive portfolio of IT services and solutions
We have an extensive portfolio of IT services that we offer our clients to address their different business and
technology needs. We have continuously invested in broadening our IT service portfolio to span consulting, IT
services and software platform-based services, which we tailor to our clients’ specific needs and industries in which
they do business. Our suite of business solutions includes technology consulting, enterprise solutions, systems
integration, custom application development, application maintenance and production support, infrastructure
management, independent testing and validation, Cloud ecosystem integration and business platforms and solutions.
The solutions that we provide our clients are technology agnostic. In other words, we do not advocate a particular
technology/product and offer the solutions most appropriate to the needs of our clients.
We believe that our extensive portfolio of IT services and solutions enables us to grow our client relationships and
scope of engagements, as well as instill our clients with confidence in our ability to address their diverse and
dynamic business needs.
Focus on emerging technologies
We look to assist our clients to “engage the future” through our focus on emerging technologies. We invest in new
technologies and track new business trends, and believe that every industry will increasingly adopt digital as a key
component of its overall IT solutions and services expenditures. We define our digital business as solutions and
services offered to clients through the fusion of “new age” technologies for disruptive business transformations,
including as part of our Thought Partnership™ programme. Such transformations are enabled by creating innovative
business models leading to enhancing client experiences and greater operational efficiencies. Some of the
technologies that we consider as “new age” include:
 Social
 Mobile
 AIM
 Cloud Computing
 Big Data
 ioT
 Enterprise Integration
 Business Process Digitalisation
56

57
 User Experience
 Cognitive Computing
Over the past few years, we have aligned our existing areas of expertise and have created focused initiatives in
developing capabilities in emerging technologies, which we eventually intend to offer under a specific brand. In the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, our digital solutions service line represented 11.2%
and 9.5%, respectively of our revenue from continuing operations.
Our investment in the digital practice is focused on providing our clients with a competitive edge, as well as giving
us a competitive advantage in the market. Our digital assets have received multiple industry recognitions. For
example, in 2015, the World Innovation Congress recognised our “ServiceFirstTM” application (which provides for
aftermarket service management across service ecosystems) as the “most innovative Cloud platform as a service”.
Moreover, in 2015, the NetApp® Innovation Awards recognised us for our efforts in “innovation in big data”. In
2016, the World Innovation Congress recognised our “MyCar” application (which is a cloud-based application that
remotely connects customers to their cars and enables them to manage all information relating to their cars) as the
“most innovative product of the year”; our “MediaHub” digital media management platform (which provides cloud-
based storage and media conversion) as the “most promising new product technology”; and our “Financial Crime
EDD Automation Solution” (which provides automated financial crime enhanced due diligence) as the “best
innovation in information technology”.
Track record of established processes and executing large, end-to-end, mission critical projects
We believe that we have a reputation for delivering high quality IT solutions and services, as well as timely project
completion within agreed cost parameters. We have expanded our offshore, onshore and near shore presence, thus
growing and developing our global delivery model and the services it provides, which are, as a result, sufficiently
flexible to be adapted to respond to our clients’ objectives, particularly with respect to security, scalability and cost.
Our Company has a track record of executing a number of large, end-to-end, mission critical projects in diverse
business areas and technology domains for clients. For examples, see “Our Business – Our Clients – Key Client
Relationships” from pages 142 to 143. As part of our execution of large and complex projects, we leverage our
expertise in providing comprehensive project/ programme management through our global delivery model (see “Our
Business - Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139) and our clients benefit from our experience in multiple
technologies, industry knowledge, project management expertise and proprietary software engineering tools
developed in-house. Our Company has successfully competed globally to win projects and our success in such
engagements has enhanced our recognition in the global marketplace.
Strong management culture
We have built a strong management culture, which has been influenced by our Promoter’s core values and work
ethic. Since we started doing business, our Promoter has instilled in us its sense of purpose and passion in the
manner in which it does business, and we cherish and live by those values. Our management culture is collaborative
and team-oriented, which is inherent in the way we do business and we believe this is a source of competitive
advantage.
Our management team comprises seasoned technology professionals with global experience, as well as professionals
with deep experience in the domains of our clients, which has helped us deliver strong financial performances
consistently. We believe that this blend, together with a strong management culture, helps our management team
develop deep insights, anticipate trends in the market, and devise and execute our company’s strategy effectively.
Conducive work environment to attract and retain talent
People are critical to our business and our ability to grow, depends to a large extent on our ability to attract, train,
motivate and retain employees. We have a highly skilled, well-trained and diverse employee base, which provides us
with the flexibility to adapt to the needs of our clients and the technical requirements of the various projects that we
undertake.
We are recognised as a preferred employer in the Indian IT services industry. In 2015, NASSCOM ranked us among
the top 20 IT BPM employers in India. Moreover, in 2015, we won five awards from the World HRD Congress in
57

58
relation to our Indian operations, including training organisation of the year, best leadership development for middle
management, best leadership development program for top management, and most innovative use of training and
development as an HR initiative for OD. We are committed to the development of expertise and know-how of our
employees, as demonstrated by regular technical seminars and training sessions organised by us. We focus on
performance management, providing input on leadership qualities, mentoring and periodic reviews for career
alignment and planning.
Our Business Strategies
The key elements of our business strategies are as follows:
Focus on a targeted client portfolio
We intend to continue building long-term sustainable business relationships with our existing clients to generate
greater revenues. This involves inter alia increasing the scope of engagements with our existing clients; selling
additional services to them; deploying project managers, delivery specialists and other professionals to provide
value-added business solutions; and eventually become a thought partner with them in terms of their existing and
future business needs by identifying priority solutions in consultation with industry experts.
As part of the foregoing strategy, we plan to have an optimal client portfolio to better focus and serve our clients
across the geographies and industries in which we do business. We have a track record of high client retention and
as our client relationships mature and deepen, we seek to expand the scope of services offered to those clients to
achieve incremental revenue growth. Our ability to establish and strengthen client relationships and expand the
scope of services we offer to clients will help us grow our revenues and profits.
Targeting higher total contract values
We are targeting clients who have the potential to offer opportunities with large total contract values. We intend to
originate large engagements by either identifying opportunities with our existing client accounts or by targeting new
clients whose existing engagements with IT vendors will be up for renewal. We plan to achieve a higher value client
portfolio by focusing on annuity applications and infrastructure management service deals, which tend to be long-
term in nature. As part of this strategy, we will need to provide clients with greater pricing flexibility and
optionality; further develop our client-specific, industry-specific, technological and other solutions required for
larger engagements; provide end-to-end services, improve our service delivery across our global delivery model;
capitalise on our strengths, such as our Business-to-IT Connect model and leverage our Promoter’s parentage; build
additional and more holistic relationships with globally well-known software vendors and other partners; and engage
in tailored marketing campaigns for specific client accounts. Furthermore, we are in the process of investing in and
building sales operations capabilities to establish standardised processes to facilitate our targeting of larger and
higher-value client engagements. We believe that the foregoing will enable us to deliver greater value-added IT
solutions to our clients’ businesses and increase our share of their IT expenditures.
Continue to focus on emerging technologies
We regularly track new technologies, industry segments and market trends in the IT solutions market and believe
that digitalisation will increasingly become systematically critical in the future. We plan to further enhance our
digital platforms, build industry and technology frameworks, the ‘internet of things’, business process digitalisation
and end-to-end digital transformational delivery capabilities. With respect to business process digitalisation, we plan
to further develop automation tools providing greater value-added propositions to our clients to bring about business
processing efficiency for them. We have established business relationships with a number of players in the digital
space and, in addition to our existing capabilities, such relationships will further enable us to develop complex
ecosystems along with our partners as a value-added proposition to our clients. Further, we plan to invest seed
capital in startups, which will allow us to benefit from their innovation capabilities and digital offerings. We believe
this will help us enhance our digital offerings and in turn, give a platform and opportunity to scale up to startups. In
addition, as part of our strategic focus in India, we are inter alia positioning ourselves to cater to “Smart Cities”
opportunities that we have identified therein.
58

59
Expand our focus on infrastructure management service offerings
Our IMS service practice offers a wide spectrum of end-to-end services covering IT infrastructure consulting,
design, managed services, migration services, operational support, desktop support, and Cloud enablement, hosting
and migration. We aim to leverage our “Business 1st™” approach with respect to IMS, which provides extensive
services to clients inter alia using application development, maintenance, support and testing services, which
collectively assist our clients automate their business processes through customised service delivery plans that are
aligned with their business needs and objectives. Similar to our approach in relation to emerging technologies, we
have agreements with a number of players in delivering our IMS service offerings in a technologically-agnostic way.
This approach is beneficial to our clients and helps establish our credibility with them with a view to eventually
becoming their thought partners and long-term service providers.
In addition, we are currently looking for strategic acquisition opportunities in relation to our IMS business. We are
specifically looking to acquire a complementary business, technology, service or product that can provide us with
access to new markets, capabilities or assets in relation thereto.
Expand our geographical presence
We market and distribute our solutions directly through our global delivery model (see “Our Business – Global
Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139). We have historically been dependent on North America and Europe for
most of our revenues. In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, revenues originating
from North America represented 69.4% and 68.6%, respectively of our revenue from continuing operations. In the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, revenues originating from Europe represented
17.1% and 17.9%, respectively of our revenue from continuing operations. While we intend to continue expanding
our presence in the United States and Europe, we also plan to expand our geographical reach in other markets that
we have identified as having potential, including Australia, Singapore, Japan, South Africa, India and the Middle
East. We are in the process of augmenting our teams in these markets to further explore the opportunities therein.
With respect to our operations in South Africa, the Nordic region and the Middle East, we view these regions as
gateways to the rest of Africa, Eastern Europe/the Baltic region and the Middle East/North Africa region,
respectively. As such, we intend to allocate resources to these markets not only for pure-play market opportunities
therein, but also as stepping-stones to other client opportunities that we can identify through greater regional
experience, expertise and client referrals. For example, in South Africa, we recruit local nationals to assist in our
market penetration efforts, in addition to complying with local regulatory requirements. In the Middle East, we
intend to leverage the strong presence of the L&T group, which is engaged in the oil and gas, construction and
transportation sectors.
We have identified Germany, France and the Nordic region as important markets for us going forward and we would
like to enhance our capabilities and address gaps in language capability, industry expertise, technical expertise and
geographic coverage in these countries. As such, we are also currently contemplating pursuing strategic acquisitions
in these markets.
Strengthen our brand name in the Indian and global IT services market
The “L&T” brand is well-established as one of India’s most prominent conglomerates and we have benefited from
such parentage. At the same time, we intend to further strengthen our “L&T Infotech” brand by continuing to deliver
high quality services to our clients, enhancing our market positions in the markets in which we do business and
becoming a thought partner with our clients.
Accordingly, we have engaged in a number of brand building exercises, and intend to continue strengthening our
brand in the IT services marketplace through brand building efforts, communication and promotional initiatives,
such as interacting with industry research organisations and prominent publications, industry analysts, participating
in industry events, public relations and investor relations efforts. We also plan to conduct various customised client
events, including seminars, roundtables and breakfast sessions on identified industry or technology specific themes
with a view to delivering a focused message on our capabilities, experience and value proposition relevant to the
specific theme. In addition, we connect with academia through our campus connect programmes and look to further
build our brand by attracting the best talent.
59

60
We believe that an established record of excellence, the foregoing initiatives and the listing of the Equity Shares will
enhance the visibility of our brand name, contribute to our recruitment and retention initiatives and strengthen our
recognition as a leader in the Indian IT services industry.
Focus on greater internal operational efficiency
We plan to continue developing and investing in frameworks, accelerators, in-house proprietary solutions and
customised software processes to drive efficiencies internally. We also plan to increase our profitability by
streamlining our cost structure with a focus on high employee utilisation and optimising resource mix. We have a
specific department to identify and implement direct cost reductions in our operations. To this end, business process
digitalisation is important in streamlining our cost structure to make us more operationally efficient. We plan to
automate various project delivery processes as well as internal IT service processes to enhance human productivity
and once various tools are developed in relation thereto, we plan to institutionalise their usage across our business
units, which will provide us with the appropriate business platform to be more efficient. We also plan to introduce
specific business process digitalisation initiatives in relation to our business verticals and service lines for us to
realise operational cost savings. We believe that the foregoing initiatives will allow us to move up the value chain
with respect to services offered.
60

61
SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth the summary financial information derived from:
a. The unconsolidated Restated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014,
2013, 2012 and 2011 and nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014; and
b. The consolidated Restated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013,
2012 and 2011 and nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
The financial statements referred to above are presented under “Financial Statements” beginning on page 206. The
summary financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with these financial statements, the
notes thereto and “Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations” beginning on pages 206 and 326, respectively.
61

62
RESTATED UNCONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
₹ Million
Particulars As at 31 December As at 31 March
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
EQUITY AND
LIABILITIES
Shareholders’ funds
Share capital 168.92 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
Reserves and surplus 19,476.21 16,727.09 19,093.28 14,522.83 12,168.69 10,116.06 11,003.34
Total equity 19,645.13 16,888.34 19,254.53 14,684.08 12,329.94 10,277.31 11,164.59
Share application money 7.60 - - - - - -

pending allotment
Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings - 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
Deferred tax liabilities (net) 926.03 260.66 76.84 180.34 - - -
Other long-term liabilities 1,089.02 710.37 538.35 729.11 1,256.88 2,022.19 815.66
Long-term provisions 116.61 109.44 103.71 131.06 94.30 51.25 36.23
2,131.66 1,220.55 857.79 1,306.80 1,713.08 2,525.66 851.89
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings 344.81 1,583.69 1,897.48 673.84 1,582.93 1,976.84 2,378.47
Current maturities of long- 147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
term borrowings
Trade payables 3,389.59 2,712.52 2,528.52 2,255.70 1,891.40 1,720.74 1,719.29
Other current liabilities 3,947.80 2,552.36 1,599.53 3,632.68 2,472.89 1,652.98 745.40
Short-term provisions 3,467.28 2,685.59 2,791.97 2,371.85 1,782.82 1,604.69 2,118.98
11,296.49 9,674.24 8,956.39 9,067.21 7,850.67 7,011.78 6,962.14
TOTAL EQUITY AND 33,080.88 27,783.13 29,068.71 25,058.09 21,893.69 19,814.75 18,978.62
LIABILITIES
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Fixed assets
Tangible assets 2,752.51 2,514.53 2,617.02 2,610.36 2,225.54 2,170.15 1,662.76
Intangible assets 567.01 502.90 755.47 332.21 316.14 301.47 253.84
Capital work-in-progress 93.42 176.97 47.63 88.13 462.06 74.33 82.84
Intangible assets under 237.34 420.34 195.37 418.27 321.15 210.07 113.90
development
3,650.28 3,614.74 3,615.49 3,448.97 3,324.89 2,756.02 2,113.34
Non-current investments 3,150.32 3,953.11 3,953.11 3,146.15 4,019.29 4,037.28 4,077.67
Deferred tax asset (net) - - - - 57.93 20.29 57.48
Long-term loans and 3,914.67 2,384.39 2,387.26 2,534.84 1,931.57 1,355.39 1,783.75
advances
10,715.27 9,952.24 9,955.86 9,129.96 9,333.68 8,168.98 8,032.24
Current assets
Current investments 504.56 624.05 622.32 1,402.11 217.30 355.59 1,030.75
Trade receivable 9,450.67 7,890.22 10,314.39 8,495.82 7,233.99 6,266.71 4,661.99
Unbilled revenue 4,190.47 3,290.32 1,434.59 1,064.61 1,014.02 821.66 1,142.06
Cash and bank 2,777.93 1,351.55 1,334.34 1,455.40 1,135.87 1,229.35 1,312.75
Short-term loans and 5,441.98 4,674.75 5,407.21 3,510.19 2,958.83 2,972.46 2,798.83
advances
22,365.61 17,830.89 19,112.85 15,928.13 12,560.01 11,645.77 10,946.38
TOTAL ASSETS 33,080.88 27,783.13 29,068.71 25,058.09 21,893.69 19,814.75 18,978.62
62

63
RESTATED UNCONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF PROFITS AND LOSSES
₹ Million
Particulars Apr’15 - Apr’14 - 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Income
Revenue from operations 40,942.49 34,977.05 47,444.03 46,439.40 36,134.21 29,595.55 22,837.41
Other income 2,603.77 528.95 887.80 (810.92) 167.35 89.99 710.09
Total income 43,546.26 35,506.00 48,331.83 45,628.48 36,301.56 29,685.54 23,547.50
Expenses
Employee benefit expenses 25,167.06 20,982.76 28,064.72 26,456.57 21,085.73 17,700.80 14,153.66
Operating expenses 4,506.44 3,263.09 4,605.35 4,207.52 2,877.76 2,233.79 1,928.47
Sales, administration and 4,511.14 3,823.22 5,224.97 5,123.26 4,125.00 3,466.23 3,091.93
other expenses
34,184.64 28,069.07 37,895.04 35,787.35 28,088.49 23,400.82 19,174.06
Operating profit 9,361.62 7,436.93 10,436.79 9,841.13 8,213.07 6,284.72 4,373.44
Finance cost 116.77 82.49 104.18 297.69 197.67 358.03 92.56
Depreciation on tangible 484.94 471.07 659.89 502.68 452.77 408.07 385.29
assets
Amortisation of intangible 284.04 159.32 247.41 180.23 169.70 157.77 209.70
assets
885.75 712.88 1,011.48 980.60 820.14 923.87 687.55
Profit before extraordinary 8,475.87 6,724.05 9,425.31 8,860.53 7,392.93 5,360.85 3,685.89
items and tax
Profit from continuing 8,475.87 6,724.05 9,425.31 8,282.58 6,625.04 5,360.85 3,685.89
operations before tax
Tax expense for continuing
operations
Current tax 1,113.64 1,211.55 1,602.82 1,650.04 1,621.05 1,276.01 603.04
Deferred tax 471.71 30.59 92.87 238.27 (37.65) 37.19 (46.31)
1,585.35 1,242.14 1,695.69 1,888.31 1,583.40 1,313.20 556.73
operations after tax
Profit from discontinued - - - 577.95 767.89 - -
Tax expense for
discontinued operations
Current tax - - - 127.05 193.83 - -
Profit from discontinued - - - 450.90 574.06 - -
Net profit before 6,890.52 5,481.91 7,729.62 6,845.17 5,615.70 4,047.65 3,129.16
extraordinary item
Extraordinary item (net of - - - 2,177.88 - - -
tax)
Net profit after tax before 6,890.52 5,481.91 7,729.62 9,023.05 5,615.70 4,047.65 3,129.16
restatement adjustments
Restatement adjustment:
Change in accounting
policy
Amortisation of cost of long- - 6.35 6.35 9.52 (15.87) 11.62 33.08
term projects
63

64

Dec’15 Dec’14
extraordinary item as
restated
Extraordinary item (net of - - - 2,177.88 - - -
tax) as restated
Net profit after tax as 6,890.52 5,488.26 7,735.97 9,032.57 5,599.83 4,059.27 3,162.24
restated
64

65
RESTATED UNCONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
A. Cash flow from operating
activities
Net profit before tax as 8,475.87 6,730.40 9,431.66 8,870.05 7,377.06 5,372.47 3,718.97
restated (excluding
extraordinary items)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation 768.98 630.39 907.30 682.91 622.47 565.84 594.99
Employees stock options (141.29) - - 2.28 7.38 19.21 43.03
amortised
Interest (net) 30.22 4.54 38.23 10.34 45.54 29.67 (1.99)
Unrealised foreign exchange (958.38) (399.69) (558.20) (536.06) (700.13) (362.69) (409.84)
loss (gain)
(Profit) on sale of current (41.15) (81.86) (119.62) (60.48) (84.47) (82.42) (106.66)
investments
Diminution in value of - - - - - - 0.03
investment
Dividend received (176.07) - - - - - -
(Profit)/loss on sale of fixed 0.50 0.05 3.16 (3.46) (2.88) (3.39) (12.23)
assets
Operating profit before 7,958.68 6,883.83 9,702.53 8,965.58 7,264.97 5,538.69 3,826.30
working capital changes
Changes in working capital
(Increase)/decrease in trade (1,841.25) (1,573.78) (2,226.73) (1,454.27) (1,204.56) (1,197.83) (967.11)
receivables
(Increase)/decrease in other 507.41 128.64 (44.55) (580.58) 419.65 (219.17) (546.15)
receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade & 1,941.91 450.66 1,016.45 1,333.56 390.03 160.16 1,112.49
other payables
(Increase)/decrease in 608.07 (994.48) (1,254.83) (701.29) (394.88) (1,256.84) (400.77)
working capital
Cash generated from 8,566.75 5,889.35 8,447.70 8,264.29 6,870.09 4,281.85 3,425.53
operations
Direct taxes paid (1,827.40) (1,884.63) (2,643.01) (2,133.42) (2,040.89) (1,032.32) (740.16)
Net cash from operating 6,739.35 4,004.72 5,804.69 6,130.87 4,829.20 3,249.53 2,685.37
activities (excluding
B. Cash flow from investing

activities
Purchase of fixed assets (804.52) (824.01) (1,114.24) (957.94) (1,244.81) (1,232.17) (907.94)
Sale of fixed assets 27.64 15.52 24.99 154.40 56.36 27.05 57.17
(Purchase)/sale of current 229.25 859.92 899.41 (1,124.33) 242.76 797.97 615.75
investments(net)
Disinvestment in subsidiary - - - 1,202.97 - - -
Investment in subsidiaries (4.17) (806.96) (806.96) (329.83) (2.01) - (2,806.32)
Dividend received from 176.07 - - - - - -
subsidiary
Interest received 14.13 12.14 17.99 84.18 41.69 47.18 64.88
65

66

Dec’15 Dec’14
Net cash (used in)/from (361.60) (743.39) (978.81) (970.55) (906.01) (359.97) (2,976.46)
investing activities before
extra-ordinary items
Extraordinary Items
Proceeds from sale of PES - - - 3,796.97 - -
business (net)
Loss on winding up of - - - (1,202.97) - -
subsidiary
Net cash (used in)/from (361.60) (743.39) (978.81) 1,623.45 (906.01) (359.97) (2,976.46)
investing activities after
extra ordinary items
C. Cash flow from financing

activities
Proceeds from issue of share 58.45 - - - - - -
capital (including share
application money)
Proceeds from/(repayment) of (1,717.76) 717.90 1,040.09 (984.57) (445.38) 64.28 1,947.66
borrowings
Interest paid (44.35) (16.68) (56.22) (94.52) (87.23) (76.85) (62.89)
Dividend paid (2,987.99) (3,499.13) (4,805.25) (5,514.75) (3,031.50) (2,547.75) (1,515.75)
Tax on dividend paid (260.97) (567.27) (1,125.56) (840.95) (452.56) (412.64) (304.89)
Net cash (used in)/from (4,952.62) (3,365.18) (4,946.94) (7,434.79) (4,016.67) (2,972.96) 64.13
financing activities
Net increase in cash and 1,425.13 (103.85) (121.06) 319.53 (93.48) (83.40) (226.96)
cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents 1,334.34 1,455.40 1,455.40 1,135.87 1,229.35 1,312.75 1,539.71
at 31 March of previous
year
Increase in Cash and Cash 18.46 - - - - - -
Equivalents on
amalgamation as on 1st
April 2015
Cash and cash equivalents 2,777.93 1,351.55 - - - - -
at 31 December
Cash and cash equivalents - - 1,334.34 1,455.40 1,135.87 1,229.35 1,312.75
at 31 March
66

67
RESTATED CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
₹ Million
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital 168.92 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
Reserves and surplus 20,959.66 18,191.71 20,102.23 15,941.68 13,226.74 10,892.35 11,196.48
Total equity 21,128.58 18,352.96 20,263.48 16,102.93 13,387.99 11,053.60 11,357.73
Share Application money pending 7.60 - - - - - -
Allotment
Minority interest 5.61 3.35 3.88 1.98 1.21 - -
Long-term borrowings - 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
Deferred tax liabilities 1,108.10 455.88 238.03 413.85 207.20 118.28 27.42
Other long-term liabilities 1,089.02 710.37 538.35 729.11 1,256.88 2,022.19 815.66
Long-term provisions 116.61 113.92 103.71 131.06 94.30 51.25 36.23
2,313.73 1,420.25 1,018.98 1,540.31 1,920.28 2,643.94 879.31
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings 344.81 1,583.69 1,897.48 700.70 1,853.88 2,179.62 2,157.23
Current maturities of long-term 147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
borrowings
Trade payables 3,507.37 2,943.61 2,719.47 2,414.80 2,065.18 2,015.02 2,079.83
Other current liabilities 4,041.68 2,676.31 1,723.48 3,735.89 2,520.34 1,712.33 836.66
Short-term provisions 3,580.68 2,742.55 2,815.44 2,376.64 1,786.04 1,618.44 2,127.06
11,621.55 10,086.24 9,294.76 9,361.17 8,346.07 7,581.94 7,200.78
TOTAL EQUITY AND 35,077.07 29,862.80 30,581.10 27,006.39 23,655.55 21,279.48 19,437.82
LIABILITIES
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Fixed assets
Tangible assets 2,887.80 2,683.26 2,749.82 2,794.65 2,449.87 2,263.44 1,718.90
Intangible assets 3,528.58 4,242.36 4,084.52 3,693.11 4,540.84 4,058.70 3,514.13
Intangible assets under development 255.69 442.32 198.45 472.74 940.34 975.15 679.68
6,778.49 7,551.24 7,086.12 7,054.93 8,414.27 7,397.84 5,995.55
Non-current investments - - - - - 20.00 60.39
Deferred tax asset 1.89 9.82 10.29 1.89 59.07 21.30 58.06
Long-term loans and advances 3,914.67 2,407.60 2,439.79 2,534.84 1,931.57 1,366.79 1,794.73
10,695.05 9,968.66 9,536.20 9,591.66 10,404.91 8,805.93 7,908.73
Current assets
Current investments 860.37 961.97 1,035.51 1,687.77 486.63 570.51 1,031.39
Inventory - - - - - - 3.08
Trade receivable 9,909.80 8,631.90 10,901.16 9,309.86 7,410.52 6,845.50 5,260.25
Unbilled revenue 4,300.39 3,494.51 1,544.50 1,194.16 1,333.45 895.05 1,177.61
67

68

2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Cash and bank 3,750.14 1,973.71 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09 1,462.41
Short-term loans and advances 5,561.32 4,832.05 5,554.52 3,633.83 2,826.32 2,841.40 2,594. 35
24,382.02 19,894.14 21,044.90 17,414.73 13,250.64 12,473.55 11,529.09
TOTAL ASSETS 35,077.07 29,862.80 30,581.10 27,006.39 23,655.55 21,279.48 19,437.82
68

69
RESTATED CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF PROFITS AND LOSSES
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Income
Other income 2,478.83 604.32 915.00 (833.18) 221.04 95.84 715.11
Total income 45,416.76 37,459.11 50,695.36 48,371.80 38,735.43 31,915.99 24,626.87
Expenses
Employee benefit expenses 27,146.97 22,668.70 29,242.73 27,581.57 22,485.93 18,635.30 14,485.50
Operating expenses 3,673.73 2,789.25 4,885.63 4,891.51 2,920.00 2,575.28 2,217.97
Sales, administration and other 4,659.93 4,143.57 5,607.43 5,259.07 4,403.55 3,711.94 3,270.19
expenses
35,480.63 29,601.52 39,735.79 37,732.15 29,809.48 24,922.52 19,973.66
Finance cost 116.77 82.50 104.19 305.34 208.12 342.42 96.48
Depreciation on tangible assets 550.84 531.45 741.55 589.03 508.88 449.80 406.28
Amortisation of intangible assets 758.32 601.16 837.85 710.72 722.80 598.83 400.47
1,425.93 1,215.11 1,683.59 1,605.09 1,439.80 1,391.05 903.23
Profit before extraordinary items 8,510.20 6,642.48 9,275.98 9,034.56 7,486.15 5,602.42 3,749.98
and tax
Profit from continuing operations 8,510.20 6,632.76 9,266.26 8,541.36 6,778.37 5,602.42 3,749.98
before tax
Tax expense for continuing
operations
Current tax 1,133.74 1,214.70 1,630.45 1,681.03 1,631.00 1,289.27 641.48
Deferred tax 498.57 (11.61) 35.76 261.85 46.99 119.79 (54.27)
1,632.31 1,203.09 1,666.21 1,942.88 1,677.99 1,409.06 587.21
Profit from continuing operations 6,877.89 5,429.67 7,600.05 6,598.48 5,100.38 4,193.36 3,162.77
after tax
Profit from discontinued - 9.72 9.72 493.20 707.78 - -
Tax expense for discontinued
operations
Current tax - 1.69 1.69 129.25 191.54 - -
Profit for the year before minority 6,877.89 5,437.70 7,608.08 6,962.43 5,616.62 4,193.36 3,162.77
interest
Net profit before extraordinary 6,876.16 5,436.33 7,606.18 6,961.66 5,616.07 4,193.36 3,162.77
item
Extraordinary item (net of tax) - 79.08 79.08 3,002.42 - - -
Net profit after tax before 6,876.16 5,515.41 7,685.26 9,964.08 5,616.07 4,193.36 3,162.77
Restatement adjustments:
Changes in accounting policies
Amortisation of goodwill - - - (85.08) 137.06 132.89 107.77

Provision for tax - - - - - (6.39) 6.39
Amortisation of cost of long- term - 6.35 6.35 9.52 (15.87) 11.62 33.08
projects
- 6.35 6.35 (75.56) 121.19 138.12 147.24
69

70

Dec’15 Dec’14
Extraordinary item
Goodwill written off - - - (605.10) - - -
Net profit before extraordinary 6,876.16 5,442.68 7,612.53 6,886.10 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
item as restated
Extraordinary item (net of tax) as - 79.08 79.08 2,397.32 - - -
restated
Net profit after tax as restated 6,876.16 5,521.76 7,691.61 9,283.42 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
70

71
RESTATED CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
A. Cash flow from
operating activities
restated (excluding
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and 1,309.16 1,132.61 1,579.41 1,384.83 1,094.62 915.74 698.98
amortisation
amortised
Interest (net) 25.97 (0.97) 33.42 27.26 67.70 26.66 (0.35)
Unrealised foreign (888.31) (351.60) (568.72) (516.63) (202.23) (375.36) (444.51)
exchange loss (gain)
investments
investment
(Profit)/loss on sale of 0.51 - 7.18 (1.81) (2.98) (3.32) (12.23)
fixed assets
Foreign currency (54.95) 96.54 (80.26) 51.72 524.13 (403.14) 75.45
translation reserve
Changes in working
capital
(Increase)/decrease in (1,779.64) (1,576.63) (1,979.71) (1,906.36) (1,048.97) (1,217.42) (973.39)
trade receivables
(Increase)/decrease in - - - - - 3.08 0.19
inventory
(Increase)/decrease in 512.44 65.89 (107.57) (833.78) 470.82 (266.73) (605.55)
other receivables
Increase/(decrease) in 1,884.98 470.24 1,164.84 1,332.60 (241.25) 79.21 1,260.40
trade & other payables
(Increase)/decrease in 617.78 (1,040.50) (922.44) (1,407.54) (819.40) (1,401.86) (318.35)
working capital
operations
activities before extra-
ordinary item
activities
Purchase of fixed assets (1,078.84) (1,641.24) (1,964.04) (1,183.28) (2,535.83) (1,638.52) (3,758.50)
investments (net)
Net cash (used in)/from (801.12) (784.34) (1,122.58) (1,996.31) (2,241.75) (971.17) (3,017.66)
investing activities
71

72

Dec’15 Dec’14
before extraordinary
items
Extraordinary item
Proceeds from sale of PES - 93.95 93.95 3,799.62 - - -
Business(net)
Net cash (used in)/from (801.12) (690.39) (1,028.63) 1,803.31 (2,241.75) (971.17) (3,017.66)
extraordinary items
C. Cash flow from
Issue of Share 58.45 - - - - - -
Capital(including share
application)
Proceeds (1,717.76) 691.04 1,013.23 (1,228.66) (377.21) 488.31 1,489.98
from/(repayment) of
borrowings
Interest paid (44.35) (16.70) (56.23) (102.17) (97.68) (61.25) (66.81)
Dividend paid (2,987.99) (3,499.13) (4,805.25) (5,514.75) (3,031.50) (2,547.75) (1,515.75)
Proceeds from issue of - - - - 1.21 - -
shares to minority
shareholders
Net cash (used in)/from (4,952.62) (3,392.06) (4,973.81) (7,686.53) (3,962.11) (2,533.33) (397.47)
Net increase in cash and 1,740.93 384.60 420.10 395.39 (127.37) (141.32) (321.05)
cash equivalents
Cash and cash 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09 1,462.41 1,783.46
equivalents at 31 March
of previous year
Cash and cash 3,750.14 1,973.71 - - - - -
equivalents at 31
December
Cash and cash - 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09 1,462.41
equivalents at 31 March
72

73
THE OFFER
Offer of Equity Shares(1) Up to 17,500,000 Equity Shares
Of which
A) QIB portion(2)(3) 8,750,000 Equity Shares
Of which
(i) Anchor Investor Portion Up to 5,250,000 Equity Shares
(ii) Balance available for allocation to QIBs other than Up to 3,500,000 Equity Shares
Anchor Investors (assuming Anchor Investor Portion is
fully subscribed)
Of which
Available for allocation to Mutual Funds only (5% of 175,000 Equity Shares
the QIB category (excluding the Anchor Investor
Portion))
Balance of QIB category for all QIBs including Mutual Funds 3,325,000 Equity Shares
B) Non-Institutional Category(3) Not less than 2,625,000 Equity Shares
C) Retail Category(3) Not less than 6,125,000 Equity Shares
Equity Shares pre and post Offer
Equity Shares outstanding prior to the Offer 169,816,188 Equity Shares

Equity Shares outstanding after the Offer [●] Equity Shares
(1) The Equity Shares held by the Selling Shareholder in the Offer have been held by them for more than a period of one year as on date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The Offer has been authorised by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to its board resolution passed on July 31,
2015.
(2) Our Company and the Selling Shareholder, in consultation with the BRLMs, may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Category to Anchor
Investors on a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI Regulations. One third of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for
domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price.
For further details, see “Offer Procedure” beginning on page 413.
(3) Under-subscription, if any, in any category, except in the QIB Category, would be allowed to be met with spill over from any other category
or combination of categories at the discretion of our Company and the Selling Shareholder, in consultation with the BRLMs and the
Designated Stock Exchange.
Allocation to investors in all categories, except the Retail Category and the Anchor Investor Portion, if any, shall be
made on a proportionate basis.
73

74
GENERAL INFORMATION
Our Company was incorporated as L&T Information Technology Limited on December 23, 1996 at Mumbai as a
public limited company under the Companies Act, 1956. The RoC issued the certificate of incorporation dated
December 23, 1996. Our Company received the certificate of commencement of business on March 25, 1997.
Subsequently, the name of our Company was changed to Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited pursuant to a special
resolution passed by our Shareholders at the EGM held on June 11, 2001. Pursuant to the change of name, a fresh
certificate of incorporation was issued to our Company by the RoC on June 25, 2001.
For details of the business of our Company, see “Our Business” on page 123.
Registered Office of our Company
L&T House
Ballard Estate
Mumbai 400 001
Tel: (91 22) 6752 5656
Fax: (91 22) 6752 5893
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.lntinfotech.com
Corporate Identification Number: U72900MH1996PLC104693
Registration Number: 104693
Corporate Office of our Company
L&T Technology Center

Gate No.5, Saki Vihar Road
Powai
Mumbai 400 072
Tel: (91 22) 6776 6776
Fax: (91 22) 2858 1130
Address of the RoC
Our Company is registered with the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra, situated at 100, Everest, Marine Drive,
Mumbai 400 002.
Board of Directors
The Board of our Company comprises the following Directors as on the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus:
Name Designation DIN Address

A. M. Naik Non-Executive Chairman 00001514 High Trees, 54 Pali Hill, Bandra (W),
Mumbai 400 050
Sanjay Jalona Chief Executive Officer and 07256786 79/9, Sunny Brooks, Sarjapur Road,
Managing Director Bengaluru 560 035
S. N. Subrahmanyan Non-Executive Director 02255382 E-116, 16th Cross Street, Besant Nagar,
Chennai 600 090
R. Shankar Raman Non-Executive Director 00019798 Flat no. 123, 12th Floor, Kalpataru Royale,
Plot no. 110, Road no. 29, Off Sion Circle,
Sion (East), Mumbai 400 022
Samir Desai Independent Director 01182256 7050 NW 126 Terrace, Parkland, Florida
33076, United States of America
M. M. Chitale Independent Director 00101004 4/46, Vishnuprasad Society, Shahaji Raje
Marg, Vile Parle (East), Mumbai 400 057
74

75
Name Designation DIN Address

Vedika Bhandarkar Independent Director 00033808 B-8, Sea Face Park, 50 Bhulabhai Desai
Road, Mumbai 400 026
Arjun Gupta Independent Director 07320919 980 East Hopkins Avenue, Aspen
Colorado 81611, United States of America
For further details of our Directors, see “Our Management” from pages 164 to 168.
Chief Financial Officer
A. K. Sonthalia
L&T Technology Center
Powai
Mumbai 400 072
Tel: (91 22) 6776 6776
Fax: (91 22) 2858 1130
Company Secretary and Compliance Officer

S. K. Bhatt
L&T Technology Center,
Powai
Mumbai 400 072
Tel: (91 22) 6776 6776
Fax: (91 22) 2858 1130
Investors can contact the Compliance Officer, the BRLMs or the Registrar to the Offer in case of any pre-
Offer or post-Offer related problems, such as non-receipt of letters of Allotment, non-credit of Allotted
Equity Shares in the respective beneficiary account, non-receipt of refund orders and non-receipt of funds by
electronic mode.
All grievances may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer with a copy to the relevant Designated Intermediary
with whom the Bid cum Application Form was submitted. The Bidder should give full details such as name of the
sole or first Bidder, Bid cum Application Form number, Bidder DP ID, Client ID, PAN, date of submission of the
Bid cum Application Form, address of the Bidder, number of the Equity Shares applied for and the name and
address of the Designated Intermediary where the Bid cum Application Form was submitted by the Bidder.
Further, the Bidders shall also enclose a copy of the Acknowledgement Slip duly received from the Designated
Intermediaries in addition to the documents/information mentioned hereinabove.
Book Running Lead Managers
Citigroup Global Markets India Private Limited Kotak Mahindra Capital Company Limited
1202, 12th Floor 1st Floor, 27 BKC, Plot No. 27, G Block
First International Financial Centre, G-Block Bandra Kurla Complex
Bandra Kurla Complex Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051
Bandra East Tel: (91 22) 4336 0000
Mumbai 400 051 Fax: (91 22) 6713 2447
Tel: (91 22) 6175 9999 E-mail: [email protected]
Fax: (91 22) 6175 9961 Website: http://investmentbank.kotak.com
E-mail: [email protected] Investor grievance e-mail: [email protected]
Website:www.online.citibank.co.in/rhtm/citigroupglob Contact person: Ganesh Rane
alscreen1.htm SEBI Registration No.: INM000008704
75

76
Investor grievance e-mail: [email protected]

Contact person : Gursartaj Singh Nijjar
SEBI registration number: INM000010718
ICICI Securities Limited

ICICI Centre, H.T. Parekh Marg
Churchgate
Mumbai 400 020
Tel : (91 22) 2288 2460
Fax : (91 22) 2282 6580
Investor grievance e-mail:
[email protected]
Website: www.icicisecurities.com
Contact persons: Prem Dcunha / Anurag Byas
SEBI Registration No.: INM000011179
Syndicate Members
[●]
Indian Legal Counsel to our Company
Cyril Amarchand Mangaldas

5th Floor, Peninsula Chambers
Peninsula Corporate Park
Ganpatrao Kadam Marg
Lower Parel
Mumbai 400 013
Tel: (91 22) 2496 4455
Fax: (91 22) 2496 3666
Indian Legal Counsel to the BRLMs
S&R Associates
One Indiabulls Centre
1403, Tower 2B
841 Senapati Bapat Marg
Lower Parel
Mumbai 400 013
Tel: (91 22) 4302 8000
Fax: (91 22) 4302 8001
International Legal Counsel to the BRLMs
Clifford Chance Pte Ltd

12 Marina Boulevard
25th Floor, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 3
Singapore 018 982
Tel: (65) 6410 2200
Fax: (65) 6410 2288
Auditors to our Company
Sharp & Tannan

Ravindra Annexe, 194
Churchgate Reclamation
76

77
Dinshaw Vachha Road

Churchgate, Mumbai 400 020
Tel: (91 22) 2204 7722/ (91 22) 6633 8343
Fax: (91 22) 6633 8352
Firm registration number: 109982W
Peer review number: 007154
Escrow Collection Bank(s)
[●]
Public Offer Account Bank(s)
[●]
Refund Bank(s)
[●]
77

78
Lenders to our Company
Citibank N.A. Standard Chartered Bank
First International Financial Centre (FIFC) Crescenzo, C38/39, G-Block,

Bandra Kurla Complex 6th Floor,
Bandra (East) Opp. MCA Club
Mumbai 400 051 Bandra Kurla Complex,Bandra (East)
Tel: (91 22) 6175 5268 Mumbai 400 051
Fax: (91 22) 4006 5847 Tel: (91 22) 6115 8389 / 98200 02020
E-mail: [email protected] Fax: (91 22) 6115 7800
Website: www.citibank.co.in E-mail: [email protected]
Contact person: Nandini Basu Website: www.standardchartered.com
Contact person: Ramesh Nainani
BNP PARIBAS Barclays Bank PLC
BNP Paribas House 801/808 Ceejay House,

Bandra Kurla Complex Shivsagar Estate, Dr. A. Besant Road,
Bandra (East) Worli
Mumbai 400 051 Mumbai 400 018
Tel: (91 22) 6196 4000 Tel: (91 22) 6719 6000
Fax: (91 22) 6196 5057 Fax: (91 22) 6719 6187
E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.bnpparibas.co.in Website: www.barclays.in
Contact person: Sonal Shah Contact person: Taranjit Jaswal
Bank of America N.A. The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation

Limited
18th Floor, Express Towers
Nariman Point 52/60, M G Road
Mumbai 400 021 Fort
Tel: (91 22) 6632 3000 Mumbai 400 001
Fax: (91 22) 2287 0981 Tel: (91 22) 2268 1110
E-mail: [email protected] Fax: (91 22) 4914 6200
Website: www.bofaml.com/en-us/content/apac- E-mail: [email protected]
india.html Website: www.hsbc.co.in
Contact person: Nishit Baid Contact person: Ameet Sheth
JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Mumbai Branch
J.P. Morgan Tower, 7th Floor

Off CST Road, Kalina
Santacruz East
Mumbai 400 098
Tel: (91 22) 6157 3755
Fax: (91 22) 6157 3911
Website: www.jpmorgan.com
Contact person: PD Singh
Bankers to our Company
Citibank N.A. Standard Chartered Bank
First International Financial Centre (FIFC) Crescenzo, C38/39, G-Block
78

79
Bandra Kurla Complex 6th Floor

Bandra (East) Opp. MCA Club
Mumbai 400 051 Bandra Kurla Complex
Tel: (91 22) 6175 5268 Bandra (East)
Fax: (91 22) 4006 5847 Mumbai 400 051
E-mail: [email protected] Tel: (91 22) 6115 8389 / 98200 02020
Website: www.citibank.co.in Fax: (91 22) 6115 7800
Contact person: Nandini Basu E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.standardchartered.com
Contact person: Ramesh Nainani
Barclays Bank PLC ICICI Bank Limited
801/808 Ceejay House ICICI Bank Towers

Shivsagar Estate, Dr. A. Besant Road Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East)
Worli, Mumbai 400 018 Mumbai 400 051
Tel: (91 22) 6719 6000 Tel: (91 22) 2653 6555
Fax: (91 22) 6719 6187 Fax: (91 22) 2653 1374
E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.barclays.in Website: www.icicibank.com
Contact person: Taranjit Jaswal Contact person: Pankaj Agrawal
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking

Corporation Limited
52/60, M G Road
Fort, Mumbai 400 001
Tel: (91 22) 2268 1110
Fax: (91 22) 4914 6200
Website: www.hsbc.co.in
Contact person: Ameet Sheth
Registrar to the Offer
Link Intime India Private Limited
C-13, Pannalal Silk Mills Compound

L.B.S. Marg, Bhandup (West)
Mumbai 400078
Tel: (91 22) 6171 5400
Fax: (91 22) 2596 0329
Investor grievance e-mail: [email protected]
Website : www.linkintime.co.in
Contact person: Shanti Gopalkrishnan
SEBI registration number: INR000004058
Self Certified Syndicate Banks
The list of banks that have been notified by SEBI to act as the SCSBs for the ASBA process is provided on the
website of SEBI at http://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/home/list/5/33/0/0/Recognised-Intermediaries and updated from
time to time. For a list of branches of the SCSBs named by the respective SCSBs to receive the ASBA Forms from
the Designated Intermediaries, please refer to the above-mentioned link.
Registered Brokers
79

80
The list of the Registered Brokers, including details such as postal address, telephone number and e-mail address, is
provided on the websites of the BSE and the NSE at
http://www.bseindia.com/Markets/PublicIssues/brokercentres_new.aspx?expandable=3 and
http://www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/ipo_mem_terminal.htm, respectively, as updated from time
to time.
Registrar and Share Transfer Agents
The list of the RTAs eligible to accept ASBA Forms at the Designated RTA Locations, including details such as
address, telephone number and e-mail address, is provided on the websites of the BSE and the NSE at
http://www.bseindia.com/Static/Markets/PublicIssues/RtaDp.aspx?expandable=6 and
http://www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/asba_procedures.htm, respectively, as updated from time to
time.
Collecting Depository Participants
The list of the CDPs eligible to accept ASBA Forms at the Designated CDP Locations, including details such as
name and contact details, is provided on the websites of the BSE and the NSE at
http://www.bseindia.com/Static/Markets/PublicIssues/RtaDp.aspx?expandable=6 and
http://www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/asba_procedures.htm, respectively, as updated from time to
time.
Experts
Except as stated below, our Company has not obtained any expert opinions:
Our Company has received written consent from the Statutory Auditors namely, Sharp & Tannan, Chartered
Accountants to include their name as required under Section 26(1)(a)(v) of the Companies Act, 2013 in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus and as an “expert” defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013 in respect of the
report of the Auditors dated April 10, 2016 on the Restated Financial Statements, and the statement of tax benefits
dated April 9, 2016 included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and such consent has not been withdrawn as on
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. As the Equity Shares in the Offer will not be registered under the U.S.
Securities Act, any references to the term “expert” herein and the Statutory Auditor’s consent to be named as an
“expert” to the Offer are not in the context of a U.S. registered offering of securities.
Monitoring Agency
The Offer being an offer for sale, our Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offer and is not required to
appoint a monitoring agency for the Offer.
Appraising Entity
No appraising agency has been appointed in respect of any project of our Company.
Inter-se allocation of Responsibilities:
The following table sets forth the inter-se allocation of responsibilities for various activities among the BRLMs for
the Offer:
Sr. Activity Responsibility Co-

No. ordination
1. Capital structuring with the relative components and Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Citi
formalities, such as composition of debt and equity, type of
instruments, etc
2. Pre Offer – Due Diligence on our Company, DRHP Drafting, Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Citi
and compliance and completion of prescribed formalities with
80

81
Sr. Activity Responsibility Co-

No. ordination
the Stock Exchanges, RoC and SEBI including finalisation of
Prospectus and RoC filing
3. Coordinating approval of all statutory advertisement and Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Kotak
publicity material other than statutory advertisement as
mentioned above including corporate advertisement, brochure,
etc
4. Appointment of Bankers to the Offer, printers, public relations Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec I-Sec
agency and other intermediaries viz. Registrar etc
5. Preparation of the roadshow presentation Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Citi

6. Preparation of FAQ Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Citi
7. International Institutional marketing which will cover, inter Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Citi
alia,
 Finalising the list and division of investors for one to one
meetings; and
 Finalizing road show schedule and investor meeting
schedules
8. Domestic Institutional marketing which will cover, inter alia, Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Kotak
 finalising domestic road show schedule and investor
meeting schedules
9.  Conduct Non-Institutional Marketing of the Offer; and Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec I-Sec
 Finalising Media and Public Relations Strategy
10.  Conduct Retail Marketing of the Offer; Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec
 Finalising centers for holding conferences for brokers etc.;
 Finalising collection centers; and
 Follow-up on distribution of publicity and Offer material
including form, prospectus and deciding on the stationery
11. Finalisation of pricing in consultation with our Company and Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Citi
the selling shareholders (if any)
12. Managing the book, co-ordination with the Stock Exchanges for Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec Kotak
book building software, bidding terminals and mock trading
13. Post-Bidding activities - management of escrow accounts, co- Citi, Kotak, and I-Sec I-Sec
coordinating underwriting, co-ordination of non-institutional
allocation, announcement of allocation and dispatch of refunds
to Bidders, etc
Credit Rating
As this is an issue of Equity Shares, there is no credit rating for the Offer.
Trustees
81

82
As this is an offer of Equity Shares, the appointment of trustees is not required.
Book Building Process
Book building, in the context of the Offer, refers to the process of collection of Bids from investors on the basis of
theRed Herring Prospectus within the Price Band, which will be decided by our Company and the Selling
Shareholder, in consultation with the BRLMs, and which shall be notified in [●] editions of the English national
newspaper [●], [●] editions of the Hindi national newspaper [●], and [●] edition of the Marathi newspaper [●]
(Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, where the Registered Office is located), each with wide
circulation at least five Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date. The Offer Price shall be determined by
our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs after the Bid/Offer Closing Date.
All Bidders, except Anchor Investors, can participate in the Offer only through the ASBA process.
In accordance with the SEBI Regulations, QIBs Bidding in the QIB Portion and Non-Institutional Bidders
Bidding in the Non-Institutional Portion are not allowed to withdraw or lower the size of their Bids (in terms
of the quantity of the Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage. Retail Individual Bidders can revise
their Bids during the Bid/Offer Period and withdraw their Bids until the Bid/Offer Closing Date. Further,
Anchor Investors cannot withdraw their Bids after the Anchor Investor Bid/Offer Period. Allocation to the
Anchor Investors will be on a discretionary basis.
For further details, see “Offer Structure” and “Offer Procedure” beginning on pages 408 and 413, respectively.
Illustration of Book Building Process and Price Discovery Process
For an illustration of the Book Building Process and the price discovery process, see “Offer Procedure – Part B –
Basis of Allocation - Illustration of Book Building Process and Price Discovery Process “ on page 443.
Underwriting Agreement
After the determination of the Offer Price and allocation of Equity Shares, but prior to the filing of the Prospectus
with the RoC, our Company and the Selling Shareholder propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement with the
Underwriters for the Equity Shares proposed to be offered through the Offer. The Underwriting Agreement is dated
[●]. Pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the obligations of the Underwriters will be several and
will be subject to certain conditions specified therein.
The Underwriters have indicated their intention to underwrite the following number of Equity Shares:
(This portion has been intentionally left blank and will be completed before filing the Prospectus with the RoC.).
Name, address, telephone number, fax number Indicative number of Equity Amount
and e-mail address of the Underwriters Shares to be underwritten underwritten
(₹in million)
[●] [●] [●]
The above-mentioned is indicative underwriting and will be finalised after pricing and actual allocation and subject
to the provisions of the SEBI Regulations.
In the opinion of our Board of Directors (based on certificates provided by the Underwriters), the resources of the
Underwriters are sufficient to enable them to discharge their respective underwriting obligations in full. The
Underwriters are registered with SEBI under Section 12(1) of the SEBI Act or registered as brokers with the Stock
Exchange(s). The Board of Directors/ Committee of Directors, at its meeting held on [●], has accepted and entered
into the Underwriting Agreement mentioned above on behalf of our Company.
Allocation among the Underwriters may not necessarily be in proportion to their underwriting commitment.
Notwithstanding the above, the Underwriters shall be severally responsible for ensuring payment with respect to the
Equity Shares allocated to investors procured by them. In the event of any default in payment, the respective
82

83
Underwriter, in addition to other obligations defined in the Underwriting Agreement, will also be required to
procure purchases for or purchase of the Equity Shares to the extent of the defaulted amount in accordance with the
Underwriting Agreement. The Underwriting Agreement has not been executed as on the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus and our Company and the Selling Shareholder intend to enter into an Underwriting Agreement
with the Underwriters after the determination of the Offer Price and allocation of Equity Shares, but prior to the
filing of the Prospectus with the RoC.
83

84
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Equity Share capital of our Company as at the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is set forth below:
(In ₹, except share data)

Aggregate value at face Aggregate value at
value Offer Price
A AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL
240,000,000 Equity Shares(1) 240,000,000
B ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP CAPITAL

BEFORE THE OFFER
169,816,188 Equity Shares(1) 169,816,188
C PRESENT OFFER IN TERMS OF THIS DRAFT RED

HERRING PROSPECTUS
Offer for Sale of up to 17,500,000 Equity Shares(2) 17,500,000 [●]
D ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP CAPITAL

AFTER THE OFFER
[●] Equity Shares [●]
E SECURITIES PREMIUM ACCOUNT

Before the Offer 1,241,950,789
After the Offer 1,241,950,789
(1) On September 4, 2015, the Bombay High Court had approved the ISRC Scheme. In accordance with the ISRC Scheme, with effect from
September 21, 2015, the authorised share capital of our wholly owned subsidiary, ISRC, had been added to the authorised share capital of
our Company and accordingly, the authorised share capital of our Company is ₹ 240,000,000. No Equity Shares were issued pursuant to
the ISRC Scheme. For details, see “History and Certain Corporate Matters” on page 156.
(2) The Offer for Sale has been authorised by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to its board resolution passed on July 31, 2015. The Equity
Shares to be offered in the Offer have been held for a period of at least one year prior to the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and hence are eligible for being offered for sale in the Offer.
Changes in the Authorised Share Capital of our Company
1. The initial authorised share capital of our Company was sub-divided from ₹ 150,000,000 comprising of
15,000,000 equity shares of ₹ 10 each to ₹ 150,000,000 comprising of 30,000,000 equity shares of face
value of ₹ 5 each with effect from March 31, 2002 pursuant to a resolution passed by our Shareholders on
March 30, 2002.
2. The authorised share capital of our Company of ₹ 150,000,000 divided into 30,000,000 equity shares of
face value of ₹ 5 each was increased to ₹ 152,500,000 divided into 30,500,000 equity shares of ₹ 5 each
with effect from June 1, 2003 pursuant to a resolution passed by our Shareholders on May 6, 2003.
3. The authorised share capital of our Company of ₹ 152,500,000 divided into 30,500,000 equity shares of ₹ 5
each was increased to ₹ 163,750,000 divided into 32,750,000 Equity Shares of ₹ 5 each pursuant to a
resolution passed by our Shareholders on December 7, 2006.
4. The authorised share capital of our Company was sub-divided from ₹ 163,750,000 comprising of
32,750,000 equity shares of ₹ 5 each to ₹ 163,750,000 comprising of 163,750,000 Equity Shares of ₹ 1
each pursuant to a resolution passed by our Shareholders on June 22, 2015.
5. The authorised share capital of our Company of ₹ 163,750,000 divided into 163,750,000 Equity Shares of ₹
1 each was increased to ₹ 200,000,000 divided into 200,000,000 Equity Shares of ₹ 1 each pursuant to a
resolution passed by our Shareholders on June 22, 2015.
84

85
6. The authorised share capital of our Company of ₹ 200,000,000 divided into 200,000,000 Equity Shares of ₹
1 each was increased to ₹ 240,000,000 divided into 240,000,000 Equity Shares of ₹ 1 each with effect from
September 21, 2015, pursuant to the approval of the ISRC Scheme by the Bombay High Court vide its
order dated September 4, 2015.
Notes to the Capital Structure
1. Equity Share Capital history of our Company
(a) The history of the equity share capital of our Company is provided in the following table:
Date of No. of Face Issue Price Reason for Consideration Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative
Allotment equity value (including allotment No. of equity paid-up securities
of equity shares (₹) premium if shares Equity premium
shares Allotted applicable) capital (₹)
(₹) (₹)
December 7 10 10 Subscription to Cash 7 70 -
23, 1996 the
Memorandum(1)
March 30, 14,999,993 10 10 Rights issue(2) Cash 15,000,000 150,000,000 -
1998
March 31, Pursuant to the resolution passed by our Shareholders on March 30, 2002, our Company sub-divided its equity
2002 shares from face value of ₹ 10 each to face value of ₹ 5 each with effect from March 31, 2002. Therefore, the
cumulative number of equity shares pursuant to sub-division was 30,000,000 of face value of ₹ 5 each.
March 28, 2,250,000 5 530 Rights issue(3) Cash 32,250,000 161,250,000 1,181,240,000
2007
June 22, Pursuant to the resolution of our Shareholders on June 22, 2015, our Company sub-divided its equity shares
2015 from face value of ₹ 5 each to face value of ₹ 1 each. Therefore, the cumulative number of Equity Shares
pursuant to sub-division is 161,250,000.
Quarter 7,665,736 1 ₹ 2 to Allotment of Cash 168,915,736 168,915,736 1,224,422,841
ended ₹ 153.83 Equity Shares
December under the
31, 2015 Existing
Employee Stock
Option Plans(4)
Quarter 900,452 1 ₹ 2 to Allotment of Cash 169,816,188 169,816,188 1,241,950,789
ended ₹ 153.83 Equity Shares
March 31, under the
2016 Existing
Employee Stock
Option Plans(5)
(1) Seven share certificates for one equity share each were issued to our Promoter and six individuals who held the
equity shares of our Company as nominees of our Promoter, pursuant to the board resolution passed on January
13, 1997.
(2) 14,999,993 equity shares were allotted by our Company to our Promoter by way of rights issue pursuant to board
resolution passed on March 30, 1998.
(3) 2,250,000 equity shares were allotted by our Company to our Promoter by way of rights issue pursuant to board
resolution passed on March 28, 2007. The equity shares of our Company were partly paid at the time of allotment
and a payment of ₹ 235.55 per equity share was made on application. Subsequently, calls for such partly paid
equity shares of our Company were made for the remaining amount in the tranches of ₹ 90.00, ₹ 71.94, ₹ 98.15
and ₹ 34.35 per equity share and the equity shares were fully paid up on September 15, 2009.
(4) An aggregate of 7,665,736 Equity Shares have been allotted by our Company under the Existing Employee Stock
Option Plans on November 10, 2015, November 25, 2015, December 5, 2015 and December 15, 2015. The
allotment has been made to 208 existing employees and 233 former employees of our Company as of date of the
allotment.
(5) An aggregate of 900,452 Equity Shares have been allotted by our Company under the Existing Employee Stock
Option Plans on January 18, 2016. The allotment has been made to 61 existing employees and 121 former
employees of our Company as of date of the allotment.
(b) The details of the Equity Shares allotted for consideration other than cash:
Our Company has not allotted any Equity Shares for consideration other than cash.
2. History of the Equity Share Capital held by our Promoter
85

86
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoter holds 161,250,000 Equity Shares,
constituting 94.96% of the issued, subscribed and paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company. The
details regarding our Promoter’s shareholding is set out below.
(a) Build-up of our Promoter’s shareholding in our Company
Set forth below is the build-up of the shareholding of our Promoter since incorporation of our
Company:
Date of the Nature of No. of equity Nature of Face Issue Price/ Percentage Percentage
Transaction Transaction shares Consideration Value Transfer of the pre- of the post-
(₹) Price per Offer capital Offer capital
Equity (%) (%)
Share (₹)
December Subscription to 7 Cash 10 10 0.00 [●]
23, 1996 the
Memorandum(1)
March 30, Rights issue 14,999,993 Cash 10 10 8.83 [●]
1998
March 28, Rights issue 2,250,000(2) Cash 5 530 1.32(2) [●]
2007
Total 161,250,000(3) 94.96(3) [●]
(1) This includes six individuals who held the equity shares of our Company as nominees of our Promoter. However, on
March 30, 1998, one equity share was transferred by each of Sudhakar Kulkarni, Mohan Wagh, A.M. Naik, Anumolu
Ramakrishna, Mohan Karnani, Y. M. Deosthalee each to the joint shareholding of Sudhakar Kulkarni and our
Promoter, Mohan Wagh and our Promoter, A.M. Naik and our Promoter, Anumolu Ramakrishna and our Promoter,
Mohan Karnani and our Promoter, Y. M. Deosthalee and our Promoter, respectively.
(2) Pursuant to the resolution passed by our Shareholders on March 30, 2002, our Company sub-divided its equity
shares from face value of ₹10 each to face value of ₹ 5 each with effect from March 31, 2002. Therefore, the
cumulative number of equity shares held by our Promoter (including equity shares held jointly as nominees of our
Promoter) as on March 28, 2007 was 32,250,000 equity shares which represented 100% of the then existing paid-up
capital of our Company .
(3) Pursuant to the resolution passed by our Shareholders on June 22, 2015, our Company sub-divided its equity shares
from face value of ₹ 5 each to face value of ₹ 1 each. Therefore, the cumulative number of Equity Shares held by our
Promoter as on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is 161,250,000 which represents 94.96% of the existing
pre-Offer capital.
The equity shares allotted by our Company to our Promoter on December 23, 1996 and March 30,
1998 were fully paid-up as on the respective dates. The equity shares allotted by our Company to
our Promoter on March 28, 2007 were fully paid up on September 15, 2009. Our Promoter has
confirmed to our Company and the BRLMs that the Equity Shares held by our Promoter which
shall be locked-in for a period of three years as Promoter’s contribution have been financed from
its internal accruals and no loans or financial assistance from any bank or financial institution has
been availed by them for this purpose. As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none
of the Equity Shares held by our Promoter are pledged.
(b) Details of Promoter’s contribution and lock-in:
Pursuant to the SEBI Regulations, an aggregate of 20% of the fully diluted post-Offer Equity
Share capital of our Company held by our Promoter, except for the Equity Shares offered under
the Offer for Sale, shall be locked in as minimum Promoter’s contribution for a period of three
years from the date of Allotment and our Promoter’s shareholding in excess of 20% shall be
locked in for a period of one year. The details of the Equity Shares which are eligible for such
lock-in for a period of three years from the date of Allotment are set out in the following table:
Date of the Nature of No. of Nature of Face Issue Price/ No. of Percentage Date up to
Transaction Transaction Equity Consideration Value Transfer Equity of the pre- which the
Shares (₹) Price per Shares Offer capital Equity
Equity locked- (%) shares are
Share (₹) in subject to
lock-in
[●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
86

87
Date of the Nature of No. of Nature of Face Issue Price/ No. of Percentage Date up to
Transaction Transaction Equity Consideration Value Transfer Equity of the pre- which the
Shares (₹) Price per Shares Offer capital Equity
Equity locked- (%) shares are
Share (₹) in subject to
lock-in
Total [●]
The minimum Promoter’s contribution has been brought in to the extent of not less than the
specified minimum lot and from the persons defined as ‘promoter’ under the SEBI Regulations.
Our Company undertakes that the Equity Shares that are being locked-in are not ineligible for
computation of Promoter’s contribution in terms of Regulation 33 of the SEBI Regulations. In this
connection, we confirm the following:
(i). The Equity Shares offered for Promoter’s contribution have not been acquired in the last
three years for (a) consideration other than cash and revaluation of assets or capitalisation
of intangible assets; or (b) bonus shares out of revaluation reserves or unrealised profits
of our Company or bonus shares issued against Equity Shares which are otherwise
ineligible for computation of Promoter’s contribution;
(ii). The Promoter’s contribution does not include any Equity Shares acquired during the
preceding one year and at a price lower than the price at which the Equity Shares are
being offered to the public in the Offer;
(iii). Our Company has not been formed by the conversion of a partnership firm into a
Company;
(iv). The Equity Shares held by the Promoter and offered for Promoter’s contribution are not
subject to any pledge; and
(v). All the Equity Shares held by the Promoter are held in dematerialised form.
Other requirements in respect of lock-in:
In addition to 20% of the fully diluted post-Offer shareholding of our Company held by our
Promoter and locked-in for three years as specified above and other than the Equity Shares
Allotted pursuant to the Offer for Sale and Equity Shares allotted to the existing employees of our
Company under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans, the entire pre-Offer equity share
capital of our Company, will be locked-in for a period of one year from the date of Allotment.
The Equity Shares held by our Promoter which are locked-in for a period of one year from the date
of Allotment may be pledged only with scheduled commercial banks or public financial
institutions as collateral security for loans granted by such banks or public financial institutions,
provided that such pledge of the Equity Shares is one of the terms of the sanction of such loans.
The Equity Shares held by our Promoter which are locked-in may be transferred to and amongst
the Promoter Group entities or to any new promoter or persons in control of our Company, subject
to continuation of the lock-in in the hands of the transferees for the remaining period and
compliance with the Takeover Regulations, as applicable.
Lock-in of the Equity Shares to be Allotted, if any, to the Anchor Investors
Any Equity Shares allotted to Anchor Investors Portion shall be locked-in for a period of 30 days
from the date of Allotment.
3. Shareholding of our Promoter and Promoter Group in our Company
87

88
Our Promoter holds 161,250,000 Equity Shares, equivalent to 94.96% of the total Equity Share capital of
our Company. Our Promoter Group does not hold any Equity Shares in our Company. A. M. Naik, one of
the directors of our Promoter, holds 871,875 Equity Shares in our Company.
4. Shareholding Pattern of our Company
The table below presents the shareholding pattern of our Company as on the date of filing of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus:
88

89
Category Category of Nos. of No. of fully No. of No. of Total nos. Sharehol Number of Voting Rights held in No. of Shareholding , Number of Number of Number of
(I) shareholder shareholder paid up equity Partly shares shares held ding as a each class of securities Shares as a % Locked in Shares equity shares
(II) s (III) shares held paid- underl (VII) % of (IX) Underlying assuming full shares pledged or held in
(IV) up ying =(IV)+(V)+ total no. Outstandin conversion of (XII) otherwise dematerialized
equity Deposi (VI) of shares g convertible encumbered form
shares tory (calculat convertible securities ( as a (XIII) (XIV)
held Receip ed as per No of Voting Rights Total securities percentage of No. As a % No. As a %
(V) ts SCRR, Class eg: X Class Total as a (including diluted share (a) of total (a) of total
(VI) 1957) eg:y % of Warrants) capital) Shares Share s
(VIII) As (A+B (X) (XI)= held (b) held (b)
a % of + C) (VII)+(X) As a
(A+B+C % of
2) (A+B+C2)
(A) Promoter & 1 161,250,000 0 0 161,250,000 94.96 161,250,000 0 161,250,000 94.96 0 94.96 0 NA 161,250,000
Promoter
Group
(B) Public 852 8,566,188 0 0 8,566,188 5.04 8,566,188 0 8,566,188 5.04 0 5.04 0 NA 7,261,518
(C) Non 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 NA 0
Promoter-
Non Public
(C1) Shares 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 NA 0
underlying
DRs
(C2) Shares held 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 NA 0
by Employee
Trusts
Total 853* 169,816,188 0 0 169,816,188 100.00 169,816,188 0 169,816,188 100.0 0 100 0 NA 168,511,518
0
* This includes five additional folios held by certain Shareholders of our Company.
89

90
5. The list of top 10 Shareholders of our Company and the number of Equity Shares held by them are
set forth below:
(a) The top 10 Shareholders as on the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are as
follows:
Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder No. of Equity Shares Percentage (%)
(face value of ₹ 1 each)*
1. L&T 161,250,000 94.96
2. A. M. Naik 871,875 0.51
3. V. K. Magapu 420,000 0.25
4. Y. M. Deosthalee 281,250 0.17
5. Vina Badami 140,000 0.08
6. Vivek Shiroor 138,000 0.08
7. Makarand Deolalkar 128,937 0.08
8. Shrinivasan Venkataraman 125,000 0.07
9. Kavindra Sharma 114,687 0.07
10. Hae Ryong Jeong 111,250 0.06
Total 163,580,999 96.33
*This does not include the Equity Shares that the Shareholders will be entitled to upon exercise of options
under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans.
(b) The top 10 Shareholders 10 days prior to the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
are as follows:
Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder No. of Equity Shares Percentage (%)
(face value of ₹ 1 each)*
1. L&T 161,250,000 94.96
2. A. M. Naik 871,875 0.51
3. V. K. Magapu 420,000 0.25
4. Y. M. Deosthalee 281,250 0.17
5. Vina Badami 140,000 0.08
6. Vivek Shiroor 138,000 0.08
7. Makarand Deolalkar 128,937 0.08
8. Shrinivasan Venkataraman 125,000 0.07
9. Kavindra Sharma 114,687 0.07
10. Hae Ryong Jeong 111,250 0.06
Total 163,580,999 96.33
*This does not include the Equity Shares that the Shareholders will be entitled to upon exercise of options
under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans.
(c) The top 10 Shareholders two years prior to the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
are as follows:
Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder No. of equity shares (face Percentage (%)
value of ₹ 5 each)
1. L&T 32,250,000 100.00
Total 32,250,000 100.00
(1) This included 12 equity shares held by six holders jointly as nominees of our Promoter, out of which two equity shares
are held by A. M. Naik, K. Venkataramanan, N. Hariharan, R. N. Mukhija, V. K. Magapu and R. Shankar Raman each,
jointly as nominees of our Promoter.
90

91
6. Existing Employee Stock Option Plans
Our Company has granted 12,935,449 options after adjustment of sub-division of equity shares of our
Company from face value of ₹5 each to ₹1 each to the eligible employees under the ESOP Scheme, 2000
and U.S Sub-Plan, 2006 (collectively, the “Existing Employee Stock Option Plans”). For certain risks in
relation to the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans, see “Risk Factors” from pages 26 to 27.
ESOP Scheme, 2000
The ESOP Scheme, 2000 was constituted pursuant to the resolution passed by our Board. The issue of
equity shares under the ESOP Scheme, 2000 was approved by our shareholders on March 13, 2000 for
issue of equity shares not exceeding in the aggregate five per cent of the issued equity shares of our
Company, as may be outstanding, from time to time. On December 16, 2005, the shareholders approved
issue of equity shares under the ESOP Scheme, 2000 not exceeding in the aggregate five per cent of the
issued equity shares of our Company as on March 31, 2005 excluding equity shares already approved to be
issued on March 13, 2000. The ESOP Scheme, 2000 provides for issue of options to all the eligible
employees of our Company (including directors), our Subsidiaries, our holding company and subsidiaries
of our holding company.
The objective of the ESOP Scheme, 2000 is to reward those employees who contribute significantly to our
Company’s profitability and shareholder’s value as well as encourage improvement in performance and
retention of talent. The ESOP Scheme, 2000 provides that implementation and continuation of the ESOP
Scheme, 2000 shall always be the sole discretion and prerogative of the Compensation Committee (now
referred to as the “Nomination and Remuneration Committee”). The grants and vesting is also at the sole
discretion of the Compensation Committee. Our Company has also issued eligibility letters to certain
employees which specify the eligibility of such employees to be granted certain options subject to the terms
and conditions of the ESOP Scheme, 2000.
The ESOP Scheme, 2000 has been amended on September 9, 2003, September 29, 2005, May 10, 2008,
January 13, 2011 and July 17, 2013 by the resolutions passed by our Board and by the Compensation
Committee on September 9, 2003, June 28, 2005, April 1, 2008, January 12, 2011 and July 17, 2013. These
amendments have not been separately shared with each of the eligible employees. Some of the important
amendments made to the ESOP Scheme, 2000 are set out below:
(a) Exercise date which was originally stipulated to be every half year was amended to be the date
determined by the Compensation Committee prior to the IPO of our Company and was referred to as
the First Exercise Date;
(b) Exercise period which was originally stipulated to be seven years from the date of grant was amended
to five years from date of grant or two years from date of retirement;
(c) Introduction of exit mechanism with fixed rate of return;
(d) Employees who resign may exercise vested options on exercise date or alternatively, exit mechanism
can be availed within 90 days from the date of resignation. The employee who has resigned and who
has not opted for exit mechanism within such period can exercise the options only on the First
Exercise Date and not earlier;
(e) For options granted from April 1, 2005, first vesting would be on later of April 1, 2009 or IPO of our
Company;
(f) For options already granted where vesting was due on April 1, 2006 and October 1, 2006, vesting was
deferred to April 1, 2009 and October 1, 2009, respectively, or till the IPO of our Company,
whichever is later;
(g) For options granted from April 1, 2005, no vesting is allowed if the employee resigns before vesting,
however, exit mechanism can be availed within 90 days of resignation;
(h) If the employee joins a competitor, vested options will not be allowed to be exercised and only exit
mechanism will be allowed to be exercised;
(i) In case of retirement before vesting, unvested options would be considered vested and exit option
could also be availed. However, all unvested options will be vested subject to discretion of the
management based on consistent past performance and/or such other criteria as deemed fit by the
Management;
91

92
(j) Vesting will be based on the consistent performance of the employee and/or such other criteria as may
be deemed fit by the management of our Company; and
(k) Under the ESOP Scheme, 2000, the vesting was to commence one year after the date of grant at the
rate of 25% of grant each year unless otherwise provided. For options granted but not yet vested as of
January 13, 2011, vesting will commence prior to the date of IPO of our Company or a date
determined by the Compensation Committee and vesting of remaining options shall be made every
year at the rate of 25%.
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
The U.S Sub-Plan, 2006 was constituted pursuant to the resolution of the Board and our shareholders
passed on December 6, 2006 and December 7, 2006, respectively. The main objective of the U.S Sub-Plan,
2006 is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to the employees of
our Company, its holding company and its subsidiaries to promote the success of our Company’s business
and to enable the employees to share in the growth and prosperity of our Company by providing them with
an opportunity to purchase stock in our Company.
By way of resolution passed by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of our Company on
September 16, 2015, the First Exercise Date was decided to be September 28, 2015 and the eligible former
and existing employees had a right to exercise options vested under the Existing Employee Stock Option
Plans no later than two months from the effective date of the letter issued for exercise of options. Upon
expiry of two months from the date of dispatch of the letter, there were certain existing employees and
former employees who had not confirmed exercise of their options under the Existing Employee Stock
Option Plans. Our Company has provided various extensions for ensuring exercise of the options under the
Existing Employee Stock Option Plans and the last extension period expired on January 15, 2016. As of the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, 86,984 options are vested and unexercised by 11 existing
employees (“Existing Employees”) and 479,992 options are vested and unexercised by 126 former
employees (“Former Employees”). Our Company has intimated to the Former Employees and Existing
Employees that the period of exercise of outstanding options has been presently closed by our Company
and shall be re-opened subject to discretion of the management of our Company.
With respect to outstanding options with former employees, our Company has applied for an exemption
from SEBI from the requirements of Regulation 26(5)(b) of the SEBI Regulations by way of its letter dated
April 12, 2016, and upon receipt of exemption from SEBI, our Company may allow the former employees
of our Company to exercise their options under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans in the future.
The following table sets forth the particulars of the options granted under the Existing Employee Stock
Option Plans as on the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus:
Particulars Details
Options granted ESOP Scheme, 2000:
12,415,049 options of ₹ 1 each
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006:
520,400 options of ₹ 1 each
The pricing formula ESOP Scheme, 2000:
The Compensation Committee shall determine the grant price at the time of granting
options.
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006:
The Board or the Compensation Committee shall determine the exercise price, provided that
such price shall not be less than the fair market value per Equity Share on the date of grant
of options.
92

93
Particulars Details
In case the employee, as on the date of grant holds more than 10% of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of our Company, its holding company or its
subsidiaries, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per
Equity Share on the date of grant of options.
Exercise price of options ESOP Scheme, 2000
 2,003,262 options at ₹ 5 per option
 10,411,787 options at ₹ 2 per option
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
 520,400 options at USD 2.4 per option

(1)
Total options vested ESOP Scheme, 2000
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
Options exercised(1) ESOP Scheme, 2000
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
Total number of Equity Shares ESOP Scheme, 2000

that would arise as a result of
full exercise of options already 2,432,766 Equity Shares
granted (net of cancelled
options) U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
143,650 Equity Shares
Options ESOP Scheme, 2000

forfeited/lapsed/cancelled(1)
1,722,945 options
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
69,900 options
Variation in terms of options For details amendments to ESOP Scheme, 2000, see “Capital Structure - Existing Employee
Stock Option Plans – ESOP Scheme, 2000”
Money realised by exercise of ₹ 69.28 million

options
Options outstanding (in force) ESOP Scheme, 2000
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
Employee wise details of

options granted to
(i) Senior managerial See Note 1 below
personnel, i.e.
Directors and key
management
personnel
93

94
Particulars Details
(ii) Any other employee See Note 2 below

who received a grant
in any one year of
options amounting to
5% or more of the
options granted
during the year.
(iii) Identified employees Nil
who are granted
options, during any
one year equal to
exceeding 1% of the
issued capital
(excluding
outstanding warrants
and conversions) of
our Company at the
time of grant.
Fully diluted EPS on a pre- Before extraordinary April 2015 to December Financial Year 2015
Issue basis on exercise of items 2015*
options calculated in Consolidated 42.15 45.17
accordance with Accounting Unconsolidated 42.24 45.91
Standard (AS) 20 ‘Earning Per
Share’ After extraordinary items April 2015 to December Financial Year 2015
2015*
Consolidated 42.15 45.64
Unconsolidated 42.24 45.91
Note:* Earning per share for the nine months period April’15 to December’15 is not
annualised.
Difference between employee ESOP Scheme, 2000

compensation cost calculated
using the intrinsic value of Set out below is the summary of differences of the fair valuation which had been adopted
stock options and the employee for the employees compensation under ESOP, 2000:
compensation cost that shall
have been recognised if our 1. There is no ESOP related compensation charges which have been debited to
Company had used fair value of consolidated profit and loss of our Company for the Financial Year 2015 and therefore,
options and impact of this there would be no impact due to fair value of options.
difference on profits and EPS
of our Company for the last 2. If the fair value had been employed, the ESOP related compensation charges which
three financial years have been debited to consolidated profit and loss of our Company for the Financial
Year 2014 would have been lower by and profits would have been higher by ₹ 0.79
million.
Diluted EPS before extraordinary item at face value of ₹ 1 per share would have
increased from ₹ 40.86 to ₹ 40.87.
3. If the fair value had been employed, the ESOP related compensation charges which
have been debited to consolidated profit and loss of our Company for the Financial
Year 2013 would have been lower by and profits would have been higher by ₹ 2.01
million.
Diluted EPS before extraordinary item at face value of ₹ 1 per share would have
increased from ₹ 34.04 to ₹ 34.06.
Weighted-average exercise ESOP Scheme, 2000

prices and weighted-average
fair values of options shall be Weighted average exercise price – ₹ 2 at face value of ₹ 1
disclosed separately for options
whose exercise price either
equals or exceeds or is less than Weighted average fair value – ₹ 115.65 at face value of ₹ 1
the market price of the stock for
the last three financial years
Description of the method and ESOP Scheme, 2000
significant assumptions used
during the year to estimate the Model used Black-Scholes Method
fair values of options, including Weighted average risk free interest rate 6.08%
94

95
Particulars Details
weighted-average information, Weighted average expected Options life 2.5 years

namely, risk-free interest rate, Weighted average expected volatility 38.82%
expected life, expected Weighted average expected dividends per ₹ 29.94
volatility, expected dividends share of face value of ₹ 1
and the price of the underlying
share in market at the time of The expected volatility has been calculated entirely based on historic volatility IT Index, as
grant of the option for the last historical data of our Company is not available being an unlisted company.
three financial years
Vesting schedule ESOP Scheme, 2000
For details of vesting schedule, see “Capital Structure - Existing Employee Stock Option
Plans – ESOP Scheme, 2000”
U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
Vesting of options granted shall be in terms of the option agreement entered into between
the employees of GDA and our Company (the “Option Agreement”).
In terms of the Option Agreement, the options shall vest and be exercisable during its terms
of five years as follows:
(i) 20% of the options granted on December 1, 2007, provided the Employee has
enjoyed continuous status as an employee of our Company between the date of grant
of options and December 1, 2007; and
(ii) 20% of the options granted at the end of each 12 full months of continuous status as
an employee of our Company following December 1, 2007 until the option is not
fully vested.
Lock-in Nil
Impact on profits and EPS of ESOP Scheme, 2000

the last three years if our
Company had followed the Our Company has not granted any options in the Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013. Our
accounting policies specified in Company has accounted for ESOP charges as per guidance note on Accounting for
Regulation 15 of the SEBI Employee Share-based Payments issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
ESOP Regulations in respect of
options granted in the last three U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
years
Our Company has not granted any options in the Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Aggregate number of Equity ESOP Scheme, 2000

Shares intended to be sold by
holders of Equity Shares Employees holding Equity Shares at the time of listing of the Equity Shares pursuant to the
allotted on exercise of options Offer, may sell the Equity Shares issued in connection with the exercise of options granted
granted under ESOP Scheme, under the ESOP Scheme, 2000 within a period of three months from the date of listing of
2000, within three months after the Equity Shares.
the listing of Equity Shares
pursuant to the Issue and U.S Sub-Plan, 2006
quantum of Equity Shares
arising out of or allotted under Employees holding Equity Shares at the time of listing of the Equity Shares pursuant to the
2006 U.S Sub-Plan intended to Offer, may sell the Equity Shares issued in connection with the exercise of options granted
be sold within three months under the U.S. Sub-Plan, 2006 within a period of three months from the date of listing of the
after the date of listing, by Equity Shares.
Directors, senior managerial
personnel and employees
having Equity Shares issued
under ESOP Scheme, 2000
amounting to more than 1% of
the issued capital of our
Company
(1) In terms of the Employee Stock Option Plans, our Company, in the past, had considered certain options lapsed which were
unvested at the time of separation of the employees from our Company. The Board of our Company, vide its resolution dated
July 27, 2015, approved re-instatement of 51,616 unvested options granted to 20 ex-employees in the United States issued under
ESOP Scheme, 2000 (which had been considered lapsed in the previous Financial Years) at a grant price originally issued ( ₹ 25
or ₹ 10 as applicable) each convertible into 51,616 equity shares of face value of ₹ 5 each (258,080 equity shares of after
adjustment of split of equity shares of our Company from face value from ₹ 5 each to ₹ 1 each). The Nomination and
95

96
Remuneration Committee of our Company, vide its resolution dated September 24, 2015, approved vesting of these options. Our
Company considers these options as deferred options as such options would have been vested in the ex-employee during the
course of employment, if vesting and exercise of options had not been deferred due to various amendments made in the ESOP
Scheme, 2000. Out of these options, as of date, 36,125 options (after adjustment of sub-division) held by four former employees
of our Company are yet to be exercised.
Note 1: Details regarding options granted under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans to the senior managerial personnel
i.e. Directors and Key Management Personnel of our Company are set forth below:
Name of senior managerial Total Number of Total Number of Options Total Number of Options
personnel Options Granted Cancelled/Forfeited Outstanding
ESOP Scheme, 2000

A.M. Naik 1,800,000 Nil 928,125
Note 2: Employee who received a grant in any one year of options amounting to 5% or more of the options granted during the
year, under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans are set forth below
Name of Employee No. of Options Granted

ESOP Scheme, 2000
A. M. Naik Granted options amounting to more than 5% of the total options granted during the year in
the each of Financial Years 2002 to 2011
Y. M. Deosthalee Granted options amounting to more than 5% of the total options granted during the year in
the each of Financial Years 2007 to 2011
New Employee Stock Option Plan
Pursuant to the resolution passed by our Board on July 27, 2015 and by our shareholders on September 14,
2015, our Company has instituted the Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited Employee Stock Option Scheme,
2015 (“ESOP Scheme, 2015”) for issue of options to eligible employees which may result in issue of
Equity Shares of up to 80,62,500 equity shares of face value of ₹ 1 each. The eligible employees include
permanent employees (including executive directors and non-executive directors but excluding the
independent directors) of our Company and subsidiaries or our holding company. The vesting of options
granted under the ESOP Scheme, 2015 will commence one year after the date of grant of options at the rate
of 20% of total options granted each year, or at such other rates as may be fixed by the Board and may
extend up to five years from the date of grant of options, unless otherwise varied in accordance with the
Employee Stock Option Scheme, 2015 Rules framed under the ESOP Scheme, 2015. The exercise period
for the options granted under the ESOP Scheme, 2015 would be seven years (84 months) from the date of
grant of options or six years from the date of first vesting or three years (36 months) from the date of
retirement/death, whichever is earlier, subject to any change as may be approved by the Board. The
exercise price may be decided by our Board, in such manner, during such period, in one or more tranches
and on such terms and conditions as it may deem fit, provided that the exercise price per option shall not be
less than the par value of the equity share of our Company and shall not be more than the market price as
defined in the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 (the “ESOP Regulations”) and
shall be subject to compliance with accounting policies under the ESOP Regulations. As of date, no options
have been issued under the ESOP Scheme, 2015.
7. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not allotted any Equity Shares
pursuant to any scheme approved under Sections 391 to 394 of the Companies Act, 1956.
8. For details in relation to Equity Shares held by our Directors and Key Management Personnel, see “Our
Management” on page 170 and 173, respectively.
9. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the BRLMs and their respective associates (in
accordance with the definition of “associate company” as provided under Section 2(6) of the Companies
Act, 2013) do not hold any Equity Shares in our Company.
10. Other than Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans, our Company has
not issued any Equity Shares at a price that may be lower than the Offer Price during the last one year.
96

97
11. Except as disclosed below, none of the members of our Promoter Group, the directors of the Promoter, or
our Directors and their immediate relatives have purchased or sold any Equity Shares or the equity shares
of our Company or any of our Subsidiaries, during the period of six months immediately preceding the date
of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with SEBI:
Date of the Name of the Promoter/ Total no. of Aggregate Percentage of

transaction shareholder Promoter Equity Shares considerati pre-Offer
Group/ transferred on (in ₹) capital
Director
March 28, R. Shankar Raman* Our Director 10 Nil Negligible

2016 and director of
our Promoter
*Held jointly as a nominee of our Promoter
12. As of the date of the filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the total number of our Shareholders is
853 (including five additional folios held by certain Shareholders of our Company).
13. Neither our Company nor any of our Directors have entered into any buy-back and/or standby
arrangements for purchase of Equity Shares from any person. Further, the BRLMs have not made any buy-
back and/or standby arrangements for purchase of Equity Shares from any person.
14. Except for the options granted under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans and the ESOP Scheme
2015, there are no outstanding warrants, options or rights to convert debentures, loans or other instruments
into the Equity Shares as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
15. Our Company has not issued any Equity Shares out of its revaluation reserves.
16. Except for issue of the Equity Shares pursuant to the exercise of the options granted pursuant to the
Existing Employee Stock Option Plans and the New Employee Stock Option Plan and their consequent
conversion into Equity Shares, our Company presently does not intend or propose to alter its capital
structure for a period of six months from the Bid/Offer Opening Date, by way of split or consolidation of
the denomination of Equity Shares or further issue of Equity Shares (including issue of securities
convertible into or exchangeable, directly or indirectly for Equity Shares) whether on a preferential basis or
by way of issue of bonus shares or on a rights basis or by way of further public issue of Equity Shares or
qualified institutions placements or otherwise.
17. All Equity Shares allotted pursuant to the Offer will be fully paid up at the time of Allotment and there are
no partly paid up Equity Shares as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
18. The Offer is being made through the Book Building Process wherein not more than 50% of the Offer shall
be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to QIBs, provided that our Company and the Selling
Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Category to Anchor
Investors on a discretionary basis. 5% of the QIB Category (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion) shall
be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only, and the remainder of the QIB
Category shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIB Bidders (other than Anchor
Investors), including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price.
Further, not less than 15% of the Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Non-
Institutional Bidders and not less than 35% of the Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual
Bidders in accordance with the SEBI Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the
Offer Price. Under-subscription if any, in any category, except in the QIB Category, would be allowed to
be met with spill over from any other category or a combination of categories at the discretion of our
Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs and the Designated Stock
Exchange. All potential investors, other than Anchor Investors, are mandatorily required to utilise the
ASBA process by providing details of their respective bank accounts which will be blocked by the SCSBs
to the extent of the respective Bid Amounts, to participate in the Offer. For further details, see “Offer
Procedure” beginning on page 413.
97

98
19. Any over-subscription to the extent of 10% of the Offer can be retained for the purposes of rounding off to
the nearest multiple of minimum allotment lot.
20. There have been no financing arrangements whereby our Promoter Group, the directors of the Promoter,
our Directors and their relatives have financed the purchase by any other person of securities of our
Company, during a period of six months preceding the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
21. Except for issue of the Equity Shares pursuant to the exercise of the options granted pursuant to the
Existing Employee Stock Option Plans and the New Employee Stock Option Plan, there will be no further
issue of Equity Shares whether by way of issue of bonus shares, preferential allotment, rights issue or in
any other manner during the period commencing from filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus until the
Equity Shares have been listed on the Stock Exchanges.
22. There shall be only one denomination of the Equity Shares, unless otherwise permitted by law. Our
Company shall comply with such disclosure and accounting norms as may be specified by SEBI from time
to time.
98

99
OBJECTS OF THE OFFER
The objects of the Offer are to achieve the benefits of listing the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges and to carry
out the sale of up to 17,500,000 Equity Shares by the Selling Shareholder. The listing of the Equity Shares will
enhance our brand name and provide liquidity to the existing shareholders. The listing will also provide a public
market for the Equity Shares in India. Our Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offer.
Offer Expenses
The total Offer related expenses are estimated to be approximately ₹ [●] million. The Offer related expenses consist
of listing fees, fees payable to the BRLMs, underwriting fees, selling commission, legal counsel, Registrar to the
Offer, Public Offer Account Bank(s) including processing fee to the SCSBs for processing Bid cum Application
Forms submitted by ASBA Bidders procured by the Members of the Syndicate and submitted to SCSBs, brokerage
and selling commission payable to Registered Brokers, RTAs and CDPs, printing and stationery expenses,
advertising and marketing expenses and all other incidental expenses for listing the Equity Shares on the Stock
Exchanges. All expenses with respect to the Offer will be borne by the Selling Shareholder. Payments, if any, made
by our Company in relation to the Offer shall be on behalf of the Selling Shareholder and such payments will be
reimbursed by the Selling Shareholder to our Company. The break-up for the Offer expenses is as follows:
Activity Estimated As a % of total As a % of

Expense1 estimated Offer total Offer
(₹ million) expense(1) size1
Fees payable to BRLMs [●] [●] [●]
Selling commission and processing fees for SCSBs(2) [●] [●] [●]
Selling commission and bidding charges for the Syndicate Members, [●] [●] [●]
Registered Brokers, RTAs and CDPs(3)(4)
Fees payable to Registrar to the Offer [●] [●] [●]
Printing and stationary expenses [●] [●] [●]
Advertising and marketing expenses
Others: [●] [●] [●]
i. Listing fees;
ii. SEBI, BSE and NSE processing fees;
iii. Fees payable to Legal Counsels; and
iv. Miscellaneous.
Total Offer Expenses [●] [●] [●]
(1) Amounts will be finalized at the time of filing the Prospectus and on determination of Offer Price and other details
(2) Selling commission payable to the SCSBs on the portion for Retail Individual Investors and Non-Institutional Investors
which are directly procured by the SCSBs, would be as follows:
Portion for Retail Individual Investors* [●]% of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable service tax)
Portion for Non-Institutional Investors* [●]% of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable service tax)
* Amount Allotted is the product of the number of Equity Shares Allotted and the Offer Price.
Processing fees payable to the SCSBs on the portion for Retail Individual Bidders and Non-Institutional Bidders which
are procured by the members of the Syndicate/sub-Syndicate/Registered Broker/RTAs/ CDPs and submitted to SCSB for
blocking, would be as follows.
Portion for Retail Individual Bidders* ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable service tax)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders* ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable service tax)
*For each valid applications.
(3) Selling commission on the portion for Retail Individual Bidders and the portion for Non-Institutional Bidders which are
procured by Syndicate Members (including their sub Syndicate Members) would be as follows:
Portion for Retail Individual Investors* [●]% of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable service tax)
Portion for Non-Institutional Investors* [●]% of the Amount Allotted (plus applicable service tax)
* Amount Allotted is the product of the number of Equity Shares Allotted and the Offer Price.
99

100
(4) Bidding Charges payable to the Registered Brokers, RTAs and CDPs on the portion for Retail Individual Investors and
Non-Institutional Investors which are directly procured by the Registered Broker or RTAs or CDPs and submitted to
SCSB for processing, would be as follows:
Portion for Retail Individual Investors* ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable service tax)
Portion for Non-Institutional Investors* ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable service tax)
*Based on valid applications.
*Amount of bidding charges payable to Registered Brokers, RTAs / CDPs shall be determined on the basis of
applications which have been considered eligible for the purpose of Allotment. In order to determine to which RTAs /
CDPs the commission is payable to, the terminal from which the bid has been uploaded will be taken into account. The
bidding charges payable shall be subject to total commission payable being maximum of ₹ [●] plus applicable service
tax.
Monitoring of Utilisation of Funds
Since the Offer is an offer for sale and our Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offer, our Company is
not required to appoint a monitoring agency for the Offer.
100

101
BASIS FOR OFFER PRICE
The Offer Price will be determined by our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs,
on the basis of assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares offered through the Book Building Process and
on the basis of quantitative and qualitative factors as described below. The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹ 1
each and the Offer Price is [●] times the lower end of the Price Band and [●] times the face value at the higher end
of the Price Band. Investors should also refer to “Our Business”, “Risk Factors”, “Financial Statements” and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on pages
123, 19, 206 and 326, respectively, to have an informed view before making an investment decision.
Qualitative Factors
Some of the qualitative factors which form the basis for computing the Offer Price are:
A. Strong domain focus enabling Business to IT Connect;
B. Strong parentage and brand equity of our Promoter;
C. Established long-term relationships with our clients;
D. Extensive portfolio of IT services and solutions;
E. Focus on emerging technologies;
F. Track record of established processes and executing large, end-to-end, mission critical projects;
G. Strong management culture; and
H. Conducive work environment to attract and retain talent.
For further details, see “Our Business–Our Competitive Strengths” from pages 124 to 126.
Quantitative Factors
The information presented below relating to our Company is based on the unconsolidated and consolidated Restated
Financial Statements.
Some of the quantitative factors which may form the basis for calculating the Offer Price are as follows:
I. Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share (“EPS”) (Face value of ₹ 1 each), as adjusted for change in
capital:
On an unconsolidated basis:
Year ended Basic EPS (₹) Diluted EPS (₹) Weight
March 31, 2015 47.98 45.91 3

March 31, 2014 42.51 40.68 2
March 31, 2013 34.73 33.23 1
Weighted Average 43.95 42.05
For the nine months period ended December 31, 2015 the Basic EPS was ₹ 42.53 and the Diluted EPS was
₹ 42.24 on a unconsolidated basis (not annualized)
101

102
On a consolidated basis:
Year ended Basic EPS (₹) Diluted EPS (₹) Weight
March 31, 2015 47.21 45.17 3

March 31, 2014 42.70 40.86 2
March 31, 2013 35.58 34.04 1
Weighted Average 43.77 41.88
For the nine months period ended December 31, 2015 the Basic EPS was ₹ 42.44 and the Diluted EPS was
₹ 42.15 on a consolidated basis (not annualized).
Notes:
1. The face value of each Equity Share is ₹ 1.

2. All share data has been adjusted for events of sub-division of Equity Shares–
 Pursuant to the resolution of our Shareholders on March 30, 2002, our Company sub-divided its equity
shares from face value of ₹ 10 each to face value of ₹ 5 each, with effect from March 31, 2002.
 Pursuant to the resolution of our Shareholders on June 22, 2015, our Company sub-divided its equity
shares from face value of ₹ 5 each to face value of ₹ 1 each.
3. Basic and diluted earnings per Equity Share are computed in accordance with Accounting Standard 20 ‘Earnings
per Share’ notified by Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006 (as amended).
4. The above statement should be read with significant accounting policies and notes on Restated Financial
Statements as appearing in the Financial Statements.
5. Basic EPS (₹) is Net profit attributable to equity shareholders divided by Weighted average number of Equity
Shares outstanding during the year / period. Subsequent to March 31, 2015, our Board has, in its meeting held on
June 22, 2015, approved the split of each equity share of face value ₹ 5 to five equity shares of face value ₹ 1
each. Accordingly, the accounting ratios post such split of equity shares has been disclosed.
II. Price/Earning (“P/E”) ratio in relation to Price Band of ₹ [●] to ₹ [●] per Equity Share:
Particulars P/E at the lower end of the P/E at the higher end of the
Price Band (no. of times) Price Band (no. of times)
Based on basic EPS for the year/
period ended March 31, 2015 on a [●] [●]
unconsolidated basis
Based on basic EPS for the year/
period ended March 31, 2015 on a [●] [●]
consolidated basis
Diluted EPS for the year/ period
ended March 31, 2015 on a [●] [●]
unconsolidated basis
Diluted EPS for the year/ period
ended March 31, 2015 on a [●] [●]
consolidated basis
Industry P/E ratio*
Average: 20.4x
Highest: 25.1x
Lowest: 17.7x
102

103
* Source: The highest and lowest Industry P/E shown above is based on the Industry peer set
provided below under “Comparison with Listed Industry Peers”. The Industry composite has been
calculated as the arithmetic average P/E of the Industry peer set provided below, based on
consolidated EPS numbers. For further details, see “Basis for Offer Price - Comparison with Listed
Industry Peers” hereunder.
III. Average Return on Net Worth (“RoNW”)
As per unconsolidated Restated Financial Statements:
Financial Year ended / Period ended RoNW (%) Weight

March 31, 2015 45.59 3
March 31, 2014 50.75 2
March 31, 2013 49.54 1
Weighted Average 47.97
For the nine months period ended December 31, 2015 the unconsolidated RoNW was 35.43% (not
annualized)
As per consolidated Restated Financial Statements:
Financial Year ended / Period ended RoNW (%) Weight

March 31, 2015 41.87 3
March 31, 2014 46.70 2
March 31, 2013 46.95 1
Weighted Average 44.33
For the nine months period ended December 31, 2015 the consolidated RoNW was 33.2% (not annualized)
Notes:
Return on net worth (%) is Net profit attributable to equity shareholders divided by Average net worth
excluding preference share capital (average for two years).
IV. Minimum Return on Increased Net Worth required for maintaining pre-issue EPS as at March 31,
2015 is:
There will be no change in the Net Worth post-Offer, as the Offer is by way of Offer for Sale by the Selling
Shareholder.
V. Net Asset Value per Equity Share (Face value of ₹ 1 each)
1. Net asset value per Equity Share as on March 31, 2015 on an unconsolidated basis is ₹ 119.41.
2. Net asset value per Equity Share as on March 31, 2015 on a consolidated basis is ₹ 125.66.
3. Net asset value per Equity Share as on December 31, 2015 on an unconsolidated basis is ₹116.30
4. Net asset value per Equity Share as on December 31, 2015 on a consolidated basis is ₹125.08
As the Offer consists only of an offer for sale by the Selling Shareholder, there will be no change in the
NAV post-Offer.
Offer Price: ₹ [●]
VI. Comparison with Listed Industry Peers
103

104
Name of Unconsolidated/ Face EPS (₹ per share) (9) NAV (₹ P/E RONW
(11) (12)
company Consolidated value per
(₹ per Basic Diluted share)
(10)
share)
Tata Consolidated 1 101.35 101.35 264.3 25.1 39.5%

Consultanc
y Services
Limited(1)
Infosys Consolidated 5 108.26 108.25 444.0 20.5 26.0%
Limited (2)
Wipro Consolidated 2 35.28 35.18 150.9 17.8 25.1%
Limited (3)
HCL Consolidated 2 52.09 51.79 172.9 17.7 33.3%
Technologi
es Limited
(4)
Tech Consolidated 5 27.46 26.74 129.2 22.9 24.5%

Mahindra
Limited(5)
Hexaware Consolidated 2 13.05 12.94 47.5 18.6 28.9%
Technologi
es Limited
(6)
Mindtree Consolidated 10 64.14 63.85 240.3 20.3 29.4%

Limited (7)
Note:
1) Financials for TCS are for the year ending March 31, 2015 and sourced from Annual Report 2015.
2) Financials for Infosys sourced from Annual Report as of March 31, 2015.
3) Financials for Wipro sourced from Annual Report as of March 31, 2015.
4) Financials for HCL Technologies sourced from Annual Report as of June 30, 2015.
5) Financials for Tech Mahindra sourced from Annual Report as of March 31, 2015.
6) Financials for Hexaware Technologies sourced from Hexaware BSE Filing dated February 04, 2016
7) Financials for Mindtree sourced from Annual Report as of March 31, 2015.
8) Net worth for the companies has been computed as sum of share capital, minority interest and reserves.
Share Application Money pending allotment not included as part of Net Worth.
9) Basic and Diluted EPS refer to basic and diluted EPS sourced from the annual reports of the companies.
10) NAV is computed as the closing net worth of the companies, computed as per Note 8, divided by the closing
outstanding number of fully paid up equity shares as sourced from the annual reports for the company.
11) P/E Ratio has been computed as the closing market prices of the companies on the BSE Limited sourced from
the BSE website as of financial year end of each company divided by the basic EPS as described in Note 9.
12) RoNW for Peers have been computed as net profit after tax (including minority interest) divided by the
average net worth of preceding two financial years of these companies as per Note 8.
VII. The Offer price is [●] times of the face value of the Equity Shares.
The Offer Price of ₹ [●] has been determined by our Company and the Selling Shareholder, in consultation
with the BRLMs, on the basis of demand from investors for Equity Shares through the Book Building
Process and, is justified in view of the above qualitative and quantitative parameters.
Investors should read the above mentioned information along with “Risk Factors”, “Our Business”, “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Financial Statements” on pages 19,
123, 326 and 206, respectively, to have a more informed view. The trading price of the Equity Shares could decline
due to the factors mentioned in the “Risk Factors” and you may lose all or part of your investments.
104

105
STATEMENT OF TAX BENEFITS
Statement of possible special tax benefits available to the Company (including its relevant Subsidiaries) and
its Shareholders under the applicable laws in India
To
The Board of Directors
Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited
Mumbai – 400 001,
India.
Dear Sirs,
Sub: Statement of possible Special Tax Benefits (the “Statement”) available to Larsen & Toubro Infotech
Limited (including its relevant subsidiaries) and its shareholders under Securities and Exchange Board of
India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations 2009 (“the Regulations”)
We hereby confirm that the enclosed annexure, prepared by Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited (“the Company”)
states the possible special tax benefits available to the Company (including its relevant subsidiaries) and the
shareholders of the Company under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (“Act”), presently in force in India (i.e. including
amendments made by Finance Act 2015, applicable for the Accounting year 2015-16, relevant to the Assessment
year 2016-2017 along with amendments made by Finance Bill 2016, applicable for the Accounting year 2016-17,
relevant to the Assessment year 2017-18). Several of these benefits are dependent on the Company or its
shareholders fulfilling the conditions prescribed under the relevant provisions of the Act. Hence, the ability of the
Company or its shareholders to derive the tax benefits, as above, is dependent upon fulfilling such conditions, which
based on the business imperatives, the Company or its shareholders may or may not choose to fulfill.
The benefits discussed in the enclosed Annexure cover only Special tax benefits and do not cover general tax
benefits. Special tax benefits are benefits which are generally not available for all companies. Further, the
preparation of the contents stated is the responsibility of the Company’s management. We are informed that this
Statement is only intended to provide general information to the investors and hence is neither designed nor intended
to be a substitute for professional tax advice. In view of the nature of individual tax consequences and the changing
tax laws, each investor is advised to consult his or her own tax consultant with respect to the specific tax
implications arising out of their participation in the issue.
Our views are based on the existing provisions of tax law and its interpretations, which are subject to change or
modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory, administrative, or judicial decisions. Any such changes, which
could also be retroactive, could have an effect on the validity of our views stated herein. We assume no obligation to
update this statement on any events subsequent to its issue, which may have a material effect on the discussions
herein.
Our confirmation is based on the information, explanations and representations obtained from the Company and on
the basis of our understanding of the business activities and operations of the Company (including its relevant
subsidiaries).
We do not express an opinion or provide any assurance as to whether:
 the Company (including its relevant subsidiaries) will continue to obtain these benefits in future; or
 the conditions prescribed for availing the benefits, where applicable, have been/would be met with; and
 the revenue authorities/courts will concur with the views expressed herein.
As per our report attached

SHARP & TANNAN
105

106
Chartered Accountants
Firm’s Registration No. 109982W
Firdosh D. Buchia
Partner
Membership No: 38332
Mumbai
Date: April 9, 2016
106

107
ANNEXURE TO THE STATEMENT OF POSSIBLE SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS AVAILABLE TO

LARSEN & TOUBRO INFOTECH LIMITED (‘THE COMPANY’) (INCLUDING ITS RELEVANT
SUBSIDIARIES) AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS UNDER THE APPLICABLE TAX LAWS IN INDIA
Outlined below are the possible special tax benefits available to the Company (including its relevant
subsidiaries) and its shareholders under the current Indian tax laws (including amendments made by Finance Act
2015, applicable for the Accounting year 2015-16 relevant to the Assessment year 2016-17 along with
amendments made by Finance Bill 2016, applicable for the Accounting year 2016-17, relevant to the
Assessment year 2017-18).
These benefits are dependent on the Company (including its relevant subsidiaries) or its shareholders fulfilling
the conditions prescribed under the relevant tax laws. Hence, the ability of the Company (including its relevant
subsidiaries) or its shareholders to derive the special tax benefits is dependent upon fulfilling such conditions,
which based on business imperatives it faces in the future, it may not choose to fulfill.
1. Special tax benefits available to the Company
i. Direct taxes:
As per section 10AA of the Act, an unit set up in a Special Economic Zone (‘SEZ’), which
begins to manufacture or produce articles or things or provide any services during the
previous year relevant to any assessment year commencing on or after the 1st day of April
2006, will be entitled to deduction as follows:
A. 100 per cent of the profits and gains derived from export of articles or things
manufactured or produced or any services provided from its unit set up in a SEZ for a
period of 5 consecutive assessment years beginning with the assessment year relevant
to the previous year in which such unit begins to manufacture or produce such
articles or things or provide services, as the case may be;
B. 50 per cent of such profits and gains for further 5 assessment years; and
C. thereafter for another 5 consecutive assessment years, the Company will be entitled
to a deduction of such amount not exceeding 50 per cent of the profit as is debited to
Profit & Loss Account of the previous year in respect of which the deduction is to be
allowed and credited to a special reserve viz. “Special Economic Zone Reinvestment
Reserve Account” to be created and utilized for the purpose of the business of the
Company in the manner laid down in section 10AA (2) of the Act.
The benefit for all 15 years will be available subject to fulfilment of conditions prescribed by
the section.
Note: However, the aforesaid deduction is not available while computing tax liability of the
Company under section 115JB of the Act i.e. Minimum Alternative Tax (‘MAT’) provisions.
Nonetheless, such MAT paid/ payable on the book profits of the Company computed in terms
of the provisions of Act would be eligible for credit against tax liability arising under normal
provisions of the Act.
Further, such credit would not be allowed to be carried forward and set off beyond 10th
assessment year immediately succeeding the assessment year in which such credit becomes
allowable.
Further, it is proposed in the Finance Bill, 2016 to amend sub-section (1) of section 10AA of
the Act so as to provide that the deduction under this section is available only for those units
which begins to carry out the above referred activity before the assessment year commencing
on the 1st day of April, 2021. After approval of the Finance Bill, this amendment will take
effect from 1st April, 2017 and will, accordingly, apply in relation to the assessment year
2017-2018 and subsequent years.
ii. Indirect taxes:
107

108
A. In respect of software development centers of the Company registered under the

Software Technology Park (‘STP’) Scheme, following benefits are available subject
to fulfilment of specified conditions and procedures prescribed under the relevant
legislations:
a. Specified goods listed in the relevant notifications under the Customs Act,
1962, which are in the nature of capital equipment, office equipment, spares
and components etc., imported by the STP unit are exempt from customs
duty.
b. Specified goods listed in the relevant notifications under the Central Excise
Act, 1944 which are in the nature of capital equipment, office equipment,
spares and components etc., procured within India by the STP unit are
exempt from central excise duty.
c. Under Service Tax regulations, any taxable service may be exported without
payment of service tax.
d. Cenvat credit could be claimed in respect of input services used to provide

taxable output services
B. Under the Special Economic Zone Act (SEZ), 2005, following indirect tax benefits
would be available subject to fulfilment of specified conditions and procedures:
a. Exemption from any duty of customs, under the Customs Act, 1962 or the
Custom Tariff Act, 1975 or any other law, on goods imported into, or
service provided in a SEZ unit for carrying out authorized operations.
b. Exemption from any duty of customs, under the Customs Act, 1962 or the
Custom Tariff Act, 1975 or any other law, on goods exported from, or
service provided from a SEZ unit to any place outside India.
c. Exemption from any duty of excise, under the Central Excise Act, 1944 or
the Central Excise Tariff Act, 1985, on goods brought from DTA to a SEZ
Unit to carry on the authorized operations.
d. Drawback or such other benefits as may be admissible from time to time on

goods brought or services provided from the DTA into a SEZ unit or
services provided in a SEZ unit by the service providers located outside
India to carry on the authorized operations.
e. Exemption from service tax on taxable services provided to carry on the

authorized operations to SEZ Unit.
f. Exemption from the levy of taxes on the inter-state sale or purchase of

goods other than newspapers under the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 if such
goods are meant to carry on the authorized operations in SEZ.
2. Special tax benefits available to the subsidiaries of the Company
There are no special tax benefits in India available to the subsidiaries of the Company.
3. Special tax benefits available to the shareholders of the Company
There are no Special tax benefits available to the shareholders of the Company.
Notes:
1. All the above benefits are as per the Current Tax Laws and any change or amendment in the
laws/regulation, which when implemented would impact the same.
2. The special tax benefits are subject to several conditions and eligibility criteria which need to be
examined for precise tax implications.
108

109
3. Wealth tax is abolished by Finance Act 2015 with effect from April 1, 2015 and will accordingly not
apply, in relation to the assessment year 2016-17 and subsequent assessment years.
109

110
SECTION IV: ABOUT OUR COMPANY
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The following information includes extracts from publicly available information, industry reports, data and
statistics and has been extracted from official sources and other sources that we believe to be reliable, but
which has not been independently verified by us or the BRLMs, or any of our or their respective affiliates or
advisers.
The data may have been re-classified by us for the purpose of presentation. Industry sources and publications
generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be
reliable, but their accuracy, completeness and underlying assumptions are not guaranteed and their reliability
cannot be assured. Industry sources and publications are also prepared based on information and estimates as
of specific dates and may no longer be current or reflect current trends. Such information, data and estimates
may be approximations or use rounded numbers. Prospective investors must rely on their own examination of
the information provided in “Industry Overview” section including the risks involved. You should consult your
advisors about particular consequences of investing in the Offer.
All references to years in the section below are to calendar years unless specified otherwise.
The Global IT-BPM Industry – overview and trends in 2015
In 2015, the global economy was characterized by volatility and turmoil. According to NASSCOM, developed
and emerging countries experienced multiple headwinds as economic growth almost stagnated, global terrorism
increased, inflationary pressures continued to build up, turbulence in currency and equity markets prevailed,
commodity prices declined and unemployment continued to remain high. NASSCOM notes that, at the same
time, the role of technology has also undergone a significant change and technology is no longer exclusive only
to the corporate sector. Consumers, leveraging mobile and “24X7” connectivity, are now the key influencing
forces shaping technology spend. Governments have also begun to use technology as the platform for citizen
outreach and government-to-citizen services. As a result, technology is emerging as integral to all businesses, to
all parts of businesses, to the government machinery and to consumers. Globally, the cumulative capital
investment in technology is estimated to have reached USD 6 trillion in 2014. However, the global technology
industry also faced a challenging environment in 2015. Industrialized and commoditized products are now a part
of the technology industry as are multiple disruptive digital technologies. NASSCOM notes that the shift
towards digital is inevitable. Incremental expenditures over the next decade may be driven by digital
technologies. (Source: The IT-BPM Sector in India: Strategic Review 2016, NASSCOM, February 2016 (the
“NASSCOM Report”)
According to NASSCOM, these factors have also impacted global technology spend. Worldwide information
technology and business process management (“IT-BPM”) spend in 2015 (excluding hardware) was clearly
impacted by the volatility in global currencies resulting in a near flat growth of 0.4 per cent (USD 1.2 trillion) in
2015. Information technology (“IT”) services saw a slight decline in growth (-0.2 per cent). A shift to cloud-
based applications has led to a decline in traditional IS outsourcing and Network and Desktop Outsourcing
(“NDOS”) businesses, thereby impacting overall IT services growth. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
In such a scenario, NASSCOM notes that packaged software in 2015 saw a near-flat growth of 0.2 per cent (at
USD 386 billion), largely due to the impact of the US dollar strengthening against other currencies. However, a
positive factor for this segment was that enterprises continued to invest in packaged software, with APAC, MEA
and LATAM expected to drive growth. Worldwide business process management (“BPM”) spend saw an
approximately three per cent growth over 2014 with analytics services emerging as the largest driver. According
to NASSCOM, customers are beginning to expect analytics as part of bundled BPM services. Verticalised
offerings of horizontal services is another important trend driving global BPM spend. Hardware saw a 6.6 per
cent growth approximately, driven by higher consumption of mobile devices and tablets. Global ER&D spend
reached approximately USD 1.5 trillion, a growth of approximately 4 per cent over 2014. As represented in the
chart below, software products, IT and BPM services continued to lead. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
IT-BPM sector wise spend (USD billion)
110

111
Software & services: Flat growth in 2015
2014 2015 1,498

1,440
USD 1.2
* 2015 trillion*
1,075
1,008
652 650
385 386
181 186
IT services BPM Packaged Hardware ER&D

Growth 0.4% software
-0.2% 2.9% 0.2% 6.5% 4.0%
In 2015, Asia-Pacific saw the fastest growth in total contract value of IT-BPM contracts with a 106 per cent
growth compared to 2014 (see chart below) (Source: NASSCOM Report).
2015: APAC sees fastest growth

100%=USD 159 billion
3%
Y-o-Y Growth
10%
Americas 50%
Europe 4%
26% 61%
106%
APAC
RoW -48%
NASSCOM notes that 2015 saw continued demand for overall global sourcing, which grew by 8.5 per cent over
2014 (see chart below).
111

112
Global sourcing: An >USD 160 billion market

USD billion
8.5%
162-166
148-153
65-67
60-62
97-99
88-91
2014 2015E
IT sourcing Business process sourcing
New delivery centers for global sourcing added in 2015 recorded a growth of approximately 12.7 per cent
compared to the additions in 2014, with approximately 26.6 per cent of the new additions being in India (see
chart below). (Source: NASSCOM Report)
New delivery centers set up in 2014 and 2015

Over one-fourth of new delivery centres set up in India
nos. 2014 2015
100%= 150 and 169
48
45
41
38
30 30
26
21
14 15
5 6
India Europe Rest of Asia Latin America Philippines Africa
The Indian IT-BPM Industry – Overview and trends
Overview
According to NASSCOM, the Indian IT-BPM industry is projected to grow at 8.5 per cent in fiscal year 2016,
an addition of USD 11 billion. The aggregate growth rate has been affected by the strengthening of the US
dollars against the Indian rupee, which is projected to bring the domestic market growth rate down to
approximately 3.2 per cent. (see chart below). (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Indian IT – BPM Industry – Revenues1
112

113
Revenue1: Added ~ USD 11 billion over FY2015

USD billion
Growth
8.5%
143
132
35
34
108
98
14 ~17
FY2015 FY2016E
Exports Domestic eCommerce
Notes: E: Estimate; 1) Includes hardware; eCommerce numbers shown separately
Source: NASSCOM
Notes:
1. Includes hardware; domestic market numbers include eCommerce market.
E: Estimate
The table below shows the revenues for the various segments of the Indian IT-BPM domestic and export
revenue for fiscal year 2014, fiscal year 2015 and fiscal year 2016 (estimated):

Exports Domestic Total Exports Domestic Total Exports Domestic Total
IT services1 49 12 61 55 13 69 61 14 75
BPM 20 3 24 22 4 26 24 4 28
Packaged software, 18 4 21 20 4 24 22 4 27
ER&D and product
development1,2
Hardware 0.4 13 13 0.4 13 14 0.4 13 14
TOTAL IT-BPM 88 32 119 98 34 132 108 35 143
eCommerce & mobile - 10 10 - 14 14 - 17 17
apps
Notes:
E: Estimate
1
Offshore Software Product Development (OSPD), which was earlier included with IT services, has now been re-classified under ER&D
and product development.
2
Includes Packaged software, OSPD, Engineering R&D and product development
3
eCommerce & mobile apps revenues have been indicated as a separate sector.
Due the changes above, these numbers are not comparable with those published earlier. Source: NASSCOM
NASSCOM notes that exports (including hardware) are likely to record a 10.9 per cent growth to reach
approximately USD 61 billion in fiscal year 2016, up by approximately USD 6 billion compared to the last
fiscal year. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
The table below shows the break-up of the amount of exports (in US dollar terms) of the various segments for
Fiscal Year 2014, 2015 and 2016:
113

114

Project based 25 28 30
IT consulting 1 1 2
Systems integration 1 2 2
Custom application development 18 20 22
Network consulting and integration 1 1 1
Software Testing 4 4 5
Outsourcing 21 24 26
Application management 6 7 7
IS outsourcing 9 11 12
Others 5 6 7
Support and Training 4 4 4
Software deploy and support 3 3 3
Hardware deploy and support 0.2 0.2 0.3
IT education and training 1 1 1
TOTAL 49 55 61
Note:
E: Estimate
Source: NASSCOM
The chart below shows the estimated contribution of the various sectors to Indian IT-BPM exports for fiscal
year 2016:
2% 2% 2%
3%
BFSI
5% Hi-Tech/Telecom
Manufacturing
10% 41% Retail
Healthcare
Travel & Transportation
16%
Construction & Utilities
MPE
Others
18%
The chart below shows the share of Indian IT-BPM exports to various countries in fiscal year 2016:
114

115
2%
8%
11%
USA
UK
Continental Europe
17% APAC
62%
RoW
Trends
According to NASSCOM, the IT services sector in India has grown over two-fold in the last five years and is
expected to reach revenues worth USD 75 billion in fiscal year 2016, with a growth rate of 9 per cent over fiscal
year 2015.
Exports
Of the total Indian IT services market in fiscal year 2016, revenues from exports contributed 81 per cent. The
exports market grew at 10.3 per cent during the fiscal year 2016 to reach USD 61 billion. (Source: NASSCOM
Report)
Domestic
According to NASSCOM, domestic business contributed 19 per cent of the total revenue of Indian IT services
market. NASSCOM notes that the domestic market witnessed a growth of 3.9 per cent to reach USD 14 billion
in fiscal year 2016. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
The charts below shows the expected increase in revenues of the Indian IT services industry from fiscal year
2015 to fiscal year 2016 respectively:
IT services, the biggest segment for the industry
USD billion
75
9%
69
14
13
61
55
FY2015 FY2016E
Export Domestic
NASSCOM notes that IT services has come a long way from providing cost arbitrage to managing IT from a
business perspective and providing enterprise digital transformation. Not only has the overall understanding of
business improved, services are now more closely aligned and customized to the needs of individual customers
in every industry and focused on providing business outcomes. The effect of digitization and automation has
115

116
pervaded all the key service areas, converting from process and delivery driven to strategic and transformational
solution providers. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
The IT services exports segment is estimated to have added over 76,000 employees in fiscal year 2016, at a
growth rate of 6.2 per cent over previous year. According to NASSCOM, nearly half of the additions made
during the year to the IT segment were attributed to the export segment. Over the years, people with specific
skillsets have been gaining credence in the sector. With SMAC and other emerging technologies playing a
crucial role in the growth of the industry, skill requirements too have undergone various changes. Requirement
for people with cloud and mobile technology capabilities, business intelligence and data analytical skills along
with domain knowledge have gone up substantially. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Growth of India as an IT-BPM Service Delivery Location
The Indian IT-BPM industry grew from an approximately USD 1 million industry size in the 1980s to a nearly
USD 143 billion industry in fiscal year 2016. Further, the industry has gone from employing less than a million
people in the 1980s to emerging as India’s largest private sector employer with approximately 3.7 million
employees. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
According to NASSCOM, there are certain key factors, which define India’s attractiveness as a key IT-BPM
service destination:
A connected and a digital ready market. An increasing population of 1.2 billion people with a large potential
middle class and large numbers of mobile phone subscribers and mobile internet present a hard-to-ignore end
user market for the world. The government of India is expected to invest heavily in digital investments (such as
Digital India, eGovernance).
Maturity – Excellence in business delivery: Over the last quarter of a century of its existence, India’s IT-BPM
has succeeded in creating a worldwide presence – onshore, offshore, nearshore – for its customers. Present in
over 78 countries through about 670 offshore development centres, this industry boasts approximately 75 per
cent of Fortune 500 enterprises as its customers. The industry landscape consists of over 16,000 firms ranging
from multi-billion dollar firms to start-ups that are emerging as the hotbed for innovation and disruptive
services.
High volume of diverse, employable talent: India currently has over 6 million graduates; its IT-BPM employee
base for fiscal year 2016 is estimated at 3.7 million people, the largest private sector employer.
World’s fastest growing “digital hub”: Digitally skilled employees number 250,000 – analytics (90,000),
mobility (70,000) and cloud & social media (70,000).
Digital at the core of innovation:

 Product innovation: 3rd largest base globally; >4,200 start ups; 1,200 start ups in 2015; 250per cent
growth in funding in B2B space over last year
 Business innovation: New business models, differentiated pricing strategy; shift from size to business
agility
 Process innovation: Business process alignment, technology advancement to enhance customer impact,
efficiency to transformation and process driven service excellence
Key emerging industry trends
The table below shows the evolution of the Indian IT-BPM industry over the past four decades in terms of
various metrics:
116

117
Indian IT-BPM: On track to achieve its USD 225 billion

target by 2020
2010-2015
2000-2010
1990-2000
1980-1990
Revenue1
1 >8 ~78 143
(USD billion)
Employees1 KEY HIGHLIGHTS
0.06 0.34 2.3 ~3.7
(million)
Indian IT-BPM industry: A vibrant
No. of f irms 1 <1,000 ~2,000 10,000-12,000 >16,000 landscape:
• Total revenue: USD 143 billion
(FY2016)
GDP share1 ~1% 1.8% 6.1% 9.3%
• Largest private sector employer:
Exports 2 3.7 million
<5% 10.5% 26% >45%
share
• Of strategic importance: Share in
Global sourcing 1 GDP - 9.3 per cent; share in
- - 47% 56% services exports - >45 per cent
share
• Industry has transf ormed itself
Value addition • Low-end support • Standardisation, • End-to-end • Bimodal IT f rom a back-of fice services
& development productivity services • Digital BU
provider to a partner in business
• T&M pricing improvement • Non-linear growth • Automation
transformation
• Non-critical • Strategic platf orms
f unctions partnerships • IoT, smart tech,
innovation
• Project-based • Pay-as-you-use
• Outcome based,
• Fixed cost, T&M risk-reward
• Start-up
ecosystem
Enabling the Smart

Cost arbitrage Collaboration Value addition
Enterprise
Notes: 1) Data given for FY1991, FY2000, FY2010, FY2016 2) Share in total services exports
Source: NASSCOM
Presentation title 7
Trends in the exports markets
According to NASSCOM, exports in fiscal year 2016 are estimated at USD 108 billion, a 10.3 per cent annual
growth. ER&D and product development continued to be the fastest growing segment at 12.6 per cent driven by
trends around IoT/connected devices and customers’ demands for disruptive innovation. IT services are
expected to grow at the same rate as overall exports. Demand for SMAC technologies is pushing the need to
modernise legacy systems and cloud solutions. BPM exports, at an approximately 9 per cent year-on-year
growth, are being driven by BPaaS, mobility and advanced analytics. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Trends in the domestic market
The growth in domestic IT services was driven by IS outsourcing, cloud services and increasing adoption from
all customer segments – government, enterprise, consumers and SMBs. The government’s digital India and e-
governance agenda has given a boost to the domestic sector in an enormous way. The government’s expected
investments in digitization, infrastructure improvement, implementing technology in healthcare, manufacturing
and agriculture sectors is expected to provide an opportunity of around USD 5.9 billion to the IT services sector.
The e-governance agenda of reforming government through technology by enabling customer services,
providing electronic delivery of services through e-education, e-healthcare etc is also expected to be a major
demand driver. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Key growth drivers for the IT industry in 2015
Set forth below are some of the key growth drivers for the IT industry in 2015:
Traditional verticals continued to drive growth
According to NASSCOM, global IT services spend dropped approximately 0.2 per cent in 2015, to reach USD
650 billion in dollar terms. There are various factors that are responsible for this like large declines in the price
of oil, currency fluctuations, volatility in equity and investment markets. Also, NASSCOM notes that traditional
and matured verticals like BFSI, manufacturing and telecom continue to drive growth whereas share of verticals
like healthcare and retail increased as SMAC adoption across industries increased. ISO and System integration
growth dropped while owing to the adoption of SMAC technologies, CADM and IT consulting grew
117

118
marginally. The segment was also affected by commoditization, increasing demand for cloud platform services
and decrease in hardware maintenance services. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Cost reduction and business efficiency
According to NASSCOM, driven by increased competition, some firms took the route of restructuring their
businesses to improve profits and reduce costs, while some looked at inorganic growth and collaboration and
investing in SMAC. NASSCOM notes that the global IT sourcing market grew at 9-10 per cent in 2015
compared to last year, with India accounting for 67 per cent of the overall sourcing market. The year was
marked by spinoffs, buyouts, divestitures and focused acquisitions among service providers which helped
bolster the bottom line for the vendors and their customers. Driven by increased competition, some firms took
the restructuring of businesses route to improve profits and reduce costs, while some looked at inorganic growth
and collaboration, and investing in social media, analytics, and cloud. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Trends of IT spend in key verticals
Banking
ISG notes that the banking industry worldwide is in a state of flux. In Europe a lower economic outlook, low
interest rates, increasing regulation and regulatory penalties continued to impact the financial performance of
large banks in 2014. In the Asia Pacific, and particularly in India growth in new bank licenses and grants of
differentiated banking licenses such as payment banks is expected to drive outsourcing spending. Ever-changing
and increasing regulations, escalating compliance costs and higher capital requirements are impacting banks’
profitability and return ratios. That creates pressure to reduce operating costs and improve return ratios. Banks
now also need to cater to the millennial generation, which has demonstrated a preference for alternate and
emerging channels. These pressures are driving outsourcing spend in the vertical, apart from spending related to
compliance initiatives. (Source: Momentum – Market trends and insights report - 2015 Vertical Industries
Report, Information Services Group, June 2015 (the “ISG Report”))
Set forth below are some key trends relating to IT spending in the banking sector:
New age customers in focus, innovation in demand: ISG notes that “millennials” are one of the largest customer
segments for most retail banks. Clients are interested in partnering with service providers that have developed
specific capabilities in segmenting customers based on transaction history; can enable custom offerings; and can
help engage, mine and retain their millennial clientele better. (Source: ISG Report)
Higher cost of compliance: Banks continue to face challenges in meeting regulatory compliance requirements.
These requirements have been driving outsourcing spend for the last few years in the vertical. ISG observes that
mature clients in the vertical are engaging with service providers that enable them to optimize compliance
spending through automation and other efficiency enhancements. (Source: ISG Report)
Regional banks an area of opportunity for smaller service providers: Regional banks continue to invest in
automation, process and productivity enhancements and in alternate channels. Their focus on productivity
improvement and cost rationalization provide a huge opportunity for smaller service providers to make inroads
into this market and help first time outsourcers. (Source: ISG Report)
Competition from non-traditional firms lead to new investments: Non-bank lenders have made significant
inroads into core banking activities such as lending and payments over the last few years. These firms include
microfinance, insurance companies, venture capital and private equity firms, asset management firms, and peer-
to-peer lending companies. Such competition from new age firms is forcing banks to invest in new and alternate
channels, as well as data management and predictive analytics platforms. They are also optimising processes for
quicker turnaround of business requests and lowering transaction costs for the end customer while ensuring
stickiness and higher lifetime value. (Source: ISG Report)
Manufacturing
Semiconductors
ISG observes that there are different outsourcing drivers within the semiconductors vertical depending on the
particular company’s value chain position. Foundries are most focused on driving costs out of operations.
Scalability and cost savings are strong selling points for these clients. Design houses are driven by research and
development. When selling to that segment, service providers should emphasize their ability to improve speed-
118

119
to-market. ISG observes a need to embrace and offer new products and services — including ones related to
mobility, automation, analytics, X-as-a-service, other cloud technologies, information security, the ioT, social
media and other emerging technologies — is a major influence on business activity and outsourcing within
companies across the tech sector. Although specific outsourcing engagements vary by industry, the drivers are
the same: the need to enhance innovation and protect profitability because customer preferences and the
competition are changing quickly. (Source: ISG Report)
Materials
ISG observes that economic volatility is continuing to drive focus on cost reduction in this sector. Clients are
very particular about cost reduction and there is huge demand to convert most capital expenditure to operational
expenditure. Engineering services has become a prerequisite capability for heavy engineering specific verticals
such as materials. ISG observes that IT and BPO service providers may get invited to execute engineering
services contracts due to their existing relationships with the CIO office. But in the long run client retention
demands deep engineering domain expertise. Service providers that bring in partner firms in the engineering
space stand a good chance to win and retain clients. (Source: ISG Report)
Conglomerates
ISG notes that cost-cutting and operational efficiency represent key drivers in this sector. There is opportunity
for conglomerates to be successful by increasing efficiency through outsourcing in areas such as product design
and product management. It is important that service providers showcase their capability to provide business-
specific solutions that address the client’s business risk while helping them reduce cost. Emphasis is also placed
on service providers being able to display global delivery capabilities that can address both the client’s local
requirement and risk in transition from one cost-effective location to the other. (Source: ISG Report)
Construction
ISG notes that the need to modernize infrastructure, centralise operations and manage capital expenditures are
prominent challenges facing this sector. As such, there is a need to invest in outsourcing in technology areas
such as scaleable software solutions, collaborative solutions, cloud-based building information modelling
platforms and analytics. (Source: ISG Report)
Retail
ISG notes that outsourcing has been increasing in the retail vertical during the past few years as the nature of the
business continues to change and retailers aggressively seek to reduce costs. (Source: ISG Report)
Set forth below are some key trends relating to IT spending in the retail sector:
Increased spending on outsourcing among mid-sized retailers: ISG notes that retail companies with revenue in
the range of USD2 billion to USD5 billion have significantly increased their level of activity in terms of
sourcing. ISG notes that there were multiple outsourcing transactions in 2014, especially in the specialty retail
business. (Source: ISG Report)
Need for integrated solutions: Retail clients are looking at applications and infrastructure together, and they are
looking at a single provider to source both. Clients are seeking value in consolidating and giving everything to
one service provider so that they can develop a more meaningful relationship even if the firm is smaller.
(Source: ISG Report)
Service providers lack integrated capability: Service providers in the retailing industry have been investing in
domain capability and hiring consulting resources. However, there is a bit of an integration challenge for service
providers, even though some are promoting an integrated story of offering one platform that will run all systems,
whether it is applications or infrastructure. (Source: ISG Report)
Emergence of niche players: Many smaller companies have emerged as specialists in areas of social media,
analytics and mobility solutions for retailers. Clients are relying more on hiring specialist firms that can roll out
their mobility rather than the traditional service providers, which are unable to offer end-to-end services in these
areas. (Source: ISG Report)
119

120
Greater enthusiasm toward the cloud: Since retail companies want to reduce operating expenses and maximize
savings, and also want to deliver seamless experiences to their customers, cloud computing is a good fit.
Aerospace
Many firms in the aerospace segment are enthusiastic about the civil aviation segment, with new airlines coming
to the market. The stress on research and development and innovation is driving engineering services. ISG
observes that clients are partnering with service providers that are flexible and offer managed services and risk-
sharing models. Service providers are advised to be flexible and work with clients through new engagement
models like gainsharing, while enhancing their engineering services and product development capabilities.
Media
ISG notes that there are two distinct outsourcing client profiles within the media industry. ISG classifies the two
types as “mature” and “immature” outsourcing companies. Mature, experienced outsourcers mostly have
already undergone major transformation programmes and currently are concentrating on adjusting their
outsourcing engagements to provide incremental savings. Large, transformational opportunities exist at
“immature” clients, but these companies are very circumspect about outsourcing. They often do not accept the
premise that an outside firm can manage operations better than they can do it themselves. These potential clients
are challenging to win, but they offer large potential rewards for service providers because of the scope of
opportunity. (Source: ISG Report)
Where media companies fall on the maturity scale often relates directly to how much they have embraced
digitalization, which has disrupted the industry. Media companies that are on the front edge of offering digital
content through mobile and other channels also tend to be the companies that have undergone transformation
and outsource most extensively. Conversely, digital laggards tend to be vertically integrated and manage most of
their IT and back-office functions in-house. (Source: ISG Report)
ISG observes that there is a market for cloud storage services in the vertical. The amount of content that media
companies produce is exploding because of their need to support different distribution channels. Investing to
expand traditional infrastructure becomes cost-prohibitive as storage needs scale, which has led to a strong
demand for cloud storage that ISG expects to continue. Outsourcing service providers can promote the new
ideas, services and technologies the media industry needs. ISG observes that specialized digital services are a
powerful lead-in for winning attention and new business in the vertical. There is strong current demand for
content management systems and services that can span all delivery channels (such as mobile, web, print and
podcast/audio). (Source: ISG Report)
Set forth below are the key trends in certain service offerings for 2015:
Custom Application Development and Management
According to NASSCOM, custom application development and management (“CADM”) has seen a greater than
11 per cent CAGR in revenues over the past five years. India’s share in the global CADM market is
approximately 30 per cent. Further, approximately 95 per cent of the IT firms operating in India offer CADM
services. NASSCOM notes that CADM is expected to see approximately 10 per cent growth in exports for fiscal
year 2016 compared to fiscal year 2015. CADM is expected to have the highest share in IT services export (48
per cent) for fiscal year 2015. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
NASSCOM notes that the growth in CADM is driven by specialized services. The chart below shows the
expected growth in CADM for fiscal year 2016, compared to fiscal year 2015:
120

121
CADM: Continues to be the highest shareholder

at >48 per cent
9.8%
29.1
26.5
FY2015 FY2016E
NASSCOM notes the below key trends in relation to CADM:
 Increasing number of firms are using custom application development as a means to enhance customer
service with tailored solutions. The need to be differentiate their company and competitors and the need
to comply with regulations and industry mandates are driving growth in the segment
 CADM services using cloud computing, mobility considered as a strategic toll to enhance business
processes and improve customer satisfaction and acquisition.
 Revenue from maintenance is significant as a substantial share of customer IT budgets is spent on

keeping the business running.
 Enterprise applications becoming increasingly consumer oriented-mobile and on-the-go; applications’

delivery mechanism shifting to cloud-based environment vis-a-vis earlier when it was on client’s LAN or
intranet.
 Demand for migration, porting and re-platforming of traditional on premise application to SaaS from
both clients and ISVs provide significant opportunity. (Source: NASSCOM Report)
Testing
NASSCOM notes that software testing is expected to see approximately 12 per cent growth in exports for fiscal
year 2016 compared to fiscal year 2015. Testing is expected to have an 8 per cent share in IT services export for
fiscal year 2016. Testing has seen an approximately 15 per cent CAGR in revenues over the past five years.
The chart below shows the expected growth in growth in testing for fiscal year 2016, compared to fiscal year
2015:
121

122
Software Testing: Digital transformation and increased

focus on quality driving growth
11.7%
4.8
4.3
FY2015 FY2016E
NASSCOM notes the below key trends in relation to Testing:
According to NASSCOM, agile testing is growing in acceptance even though it is yet to fully mature.
Additionally, crowdsourced testing is gaining popularity and testing automation as well as data management are
adapting to the new technology demands. NASSCOM notes that key drivers for third party and GICs are cloud
based testing, IP-led testing, testing-as-a-service, automated testing and testing in domain-specific niche services
along with transformational programs using SMAC and IoT. (Source: NASSCOM Report)]
Digital
NASSCOM notes the below trends in relation to emerging technologies and digitization:
According to NASSCOM there is a gradual shift from traditional landscape towards digital technology and the
service providers need to re-examine their business models, talent requirements and overall organisation.
NASSCOM notes that automation in the traditional IT services business could affect revenues in the medium
term, which can be replaced by new digital services with early adopters of automation believing that almost a
fifth of them reported achieving cost savings of more than 15 per cent from intelligent process automation.
(Source: NASSCOM Report)]
122

123
OUR BUSINESS
In this section, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to our “Company” or to “we”, “us” and
“our” refers to Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited and our Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Unless
otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the financial information used in this section is derived from
our consolidated Restated Financial Statements.
Overview
largest Indian IT services company in terms of export revenues. We were amongst the top 20 IT service
providers globally in 2015 according to the Everest Group’s PEAK Matrix for IT service providers. Our clients
comprise some of the world’s largest and well-known organisations, including 43 of the Fortune Global 500
companies.
We offer an extensive range of IT services to our clients in diverse industries such as banking and financial
services, insurance, energy and process, consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals, media and
entertainment, hi-tech and consumer electronics and automotive and aerospace. Our range of services includes
application development, maintenance and outsourcing, enterprise solutions, infrastructure management
services, testing, digital solutions and platform-based solutions. We serve our clients across these industries,
leveraging our domain expertise, diverse technological capabilities, wide geographical reach, an efficient global
delivery model, thought partnership and “new age” digital offerings.
We were incorporated in 1996 and are headquartered in Mumbai, India. We leverage the strengths and heritage
of our Promoter, Larsen & Toubro Limited, a leading Indian conglomerate in engineering, construction,
manufacturing, finance and technology. The L&T group provides us with access to professionals with deep
industry knowledge in the sectors in which we do business. We have also inherited from the L&T group it’s
corporate and business culture and corporate governance practices, which in our view places us in good stead in
relation to our business. In addition, we benefit from our “Business-to-IT Connect” model, which we derive
from the commonality of business verticals with our Promoter. For further details, see “Our Business – Our
Competitive Strengths – Strong domain focus enabling Business-to-IT Connect” on page 124.
business. Besides India, we provide services globally and the percentage of our revenue from continuing
operations from North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and the rest of the world amounted to 69.4%, 17.1%, 2.2%
and 6.2% for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 68.6%, 17.9%, 2.4% and 6.9%, for Financial Year
2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, we had 22 Delivery Centres and 44 sales offices globally.
As part of a business restructuring exercise conducted by our Promoter, all engineering services businesses of
our Promoter have been consolidated under a separate subsidiary of our Promoter, LTTSL. As part of this
restructuring, on January 1, 2014, we sold and transferred the assets and liabilities of our PES Business to
LTTSL. Our PES Business was responsible for the operations of our telecom cluster, providing IT services and
solutions to our clients in the telecommunication sector. For further details on our PES Business, see “Our
Business – Notable Developments” from pages 137 to 138.
Our revenue from continuing operations increased by a CAGR of 20.4% from ₹34,278.57 million in Financial
Year 2013 to ₹49,680.94 million in Financial Year 2015. Our revenue from continuing operations increased by
16.8% from ₹36,755.38 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 to ₹42,937.93 million in the nine
months ended December 31, 2015. Our USD revenue from continuing operations comprise amounts in foreign
currencies across our operations, excluding the United States, that are converted into USD using the month-
end/day-end exchange rates for the relevant period. In USD terms, our revenue from continuing operations
increased by a CAGR of 13.4% from USD 630.0 million in Financial Year 2013 to USD 809.9 million in
Financial Year 2015. In USD terms, our revenue from continuing operations increased by 9.4% from USD
601.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 to USD 657.5 million in the nine months ended
December 31, 2015. Our net profit from continuing operations increased by a CAGR of 22.1%, from ₹5,100.38
million in Financial Year 2013 to ₹7,600.05 million in Financial Year 2015. Our net profit from continuing
operations increased by 26.7% from ₹5,429.67 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 to
₹6,877.89 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015. Our total number of employees increased by
23.0%, from 15,833 as of March 31, 2013 (excluding employees of our PES Business) that has been
consolidated under a separate subsidiary of our Promoter (see “Our Business – Notable Developments” on from
123

124
pages 137 to 138) to 19,479 as of March 31, 2015. Our total number of employees was 21,073 as of December
31, 2015.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our principal competitive strengths are as follows:
Strong domain focus enabling Business-to-IT Connect
We are among the few IT service providers that are part of a diversified business conglomerate. We are part of
the L&T group, whose businesses span multiple industry segments. We benefit from the expertise and
experience of the L&T group in verticals such as hydrocarbons, heavy engineering, oil and gas and automotive
and aerospace. This provides us with the benefit of strong domain experience and understanding of businesses
that operate in these verticals, which assists us in developing and delivering IT services and solutions that
benefit our clients in these verticals and differentiates us from our competitors. We refer to this as our
“Business-to-IT Connect” model and believe that this is a key strength for us.
Our “Business-to-IT Connect” model primarily leverages the domain experience and institutional knowledge of
the L&T group across industries to assist us in developing and delivering IT services and solutions that benefit
our clients. Our Business-to-IT Connect model is supplemented by the knowledge sharing of subject matter
experts from L&T group companies to facilitate the development of solutions driven by business context and
domain knowledge.
We believe that our Business-to-IT Connect proposition provides us with an advantage over our competitors in
that we are able to capitalise on strategic opportunities at a faster pace due to the readily available domain and
institutional knowledge at our disposal. Over the past ten years, we have built a strong domain orientation across
our business verticals in the way we approach our clients with solutions to their business objectives and the way
we deliver services to them.
For example, we were able to use our Business-to-IT Connect model in relation to the IT services that we
provided to a global automotive original equipment manufacturer for the establishment of a “smart factory”
initiative. Subsequent to our request, our parent company disseminated its knowledge on smart factories to us to
capture machine information and effectively use digital technologies in relation thereto. Specifically, L&T
teams presented to us on the methodologies, approaches and solutions relevant to this engagement which was
very helpful for our employees in delivering services to our client.
Strong parentage and brand equity of our Promoter
The “L&T” brand is one of the most well-respected brands in India, which we believe provides us with a
competitive advantage, particularly in: attracting talent and new clients; benefiting from our Promoter’s global
network; exploring potential business opportunities; best corporate governance practices; accessing capital; and
establishing ourselves as a thought partner with the top management of many global corporations. We have and
shall continue to capitalise on the ability to engage with and obtain work from strategic global clients, vendors
and partners of the L&T group. This differentiates us from our market competitors that are standalone
companies, as we are able to take advantage of exposure to L&T group relationships that are familiar with and
trust our Promoter’s brand. Our Promoter’s parentage has contributed towards our growth in the IT services
industry, and will continue to help us achieve our strategic objectives.
Established long-term relationships with our clients
Client relationships are the core of our business. Our clients include many leading businesses, including 43 of
the Fortune Global 500 companies. Our track record of delivering an extensive range of solutions using our
global delivery model, demonstrable industry and technology expertise, and sensitivity to our clients’ feedback,
has helped us forge strong relationships with our major clients. For example, in Financial Year 2015, we had
twenty clients who generated above USD 10 million in revenue, eight clients who generated above USD 20
million in revenue and three clients who generated above USD 50 million in revenue which is reflective of such
strong client relationships.
We have a history of high client retention and derive a significant proportion of our revenues from repeat
business (defined as repeat business generated in the preceding Financial Year) built on our successful execution
of prior engagements. In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013
we generated 97.9%, 98.1%, 96.9% and 97.5%, respectively, of our revenue from continuing operations from
124

125
existing clients across a range of business verticals. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, we had been engaged
with over 100 clients for more than three years and had been doing business with two of our largest clients for
over ten years. In order to improve our service delivery and facilitate repeat business, we carry out regular
surveys, which is important for us to ensure a high level of client satisfaction through continued feedback. We
strive to be flexible to our clients’ business needs and requirements, in part through our Thought Partnership ™
program, which is a strategic level programme, designed for us to work with executive officers and business
leaders from our clients in terms of addressing their current issues and business needs, such as reducing run
costs, re-aligning IT with business changes, and helping envision their future technological needs in line with
projected business trends.
We have an active and institutionalised approach for managing client relationships. We engage our clients by
having a collaborative sales and marketing model where our sales, solutions and delivery teams participate in
the sales process. While our sales and account managers assist our clients in day-to-day account management,
members of our executive team also help manage strategic client accounts. These relationships have helped us
better understand our clients’ business needs and enabled us to provide effective solutions to meet these needs.
Extensive portfolio of IT services and solutions
We have an extensive portfolio of IT services that we offer our clients to address their different business and
technology needs. We have continuously invested in broadening our IT service portfolio to span consulting, IT
services and software platform-based services, which we tailor to our clients’ specific needs and industries in
which they do business. Our suite of business solutions includes technology consulting, enterprise solutions,
systems integration, custom application development, application maintenance and production support,
infrastructure management, independent testing and validation, Cloud ecosystem integration and business
platforms and solutions. The solutions that we provide our clients are technology agnostic. In other words, we
do not advocate a particular technology/product and offer the solutions most appropriate to the needs of our
clients.
We believe that our extensive portfolio of IT services and solutions enables us to grow our client relationships
and scope of engagements, as well as instill our clients with confidence in our ability to address their diverse
and dynamic business needs.
Focus on emerging technologies
We look to assist our clients to “engage the future” through our focus on emerging technologies. We invest in
new technologies and track new business trends, and believe that every industry will increasingly adopt digital
as a key component of its overall IT solutions and services expenditures. We define our digital business as
solutions and services offered to clients through the fusion of “new age” technologies for disruptive business
transformations, including as part of our Thought Partnership ™ programme. Such transformations are enabled by
creating innovative business models leading to enhancing client experiences and greater operational efficiencies.
Some of the technologies that we consider as “new age” include:
 Social
 Mobile
 AIM
 Cloud Computing
 Big Data
 ioT
 Enterprise Integration
 Business Process Digitalisation
 User Experience
 Cognitive Computing
Over the past few years, we have aligned our existing areas of expertise and have created focused initiatives in
developing capabilities in emerging technologies, which we eventually intend to offer under a specific brand. In
the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, our digital solutions service line
represented 11.2% and 9.5%, respectively of our revenue from continuing operations.
Our investment in the digital practice is focused on providing our clients with a competitive edge, as well as
giving us a competitive advantage in the market. Our digital assets have received multiple industry recognitions.
For example, in 2015, the World Innovation Congress recognised our “ServiceFirstTM” application (which
125

126
provides for aftermarket service management across service ecosystems) as the “most innovative Cloud
platform as a service”. Moreover, in 2015, the NetApp® Innovation Awards recognised us for our efforts in
“innovation in big data”. In 2016, the World Innovation Congress recognised our “MyCar” application (which is
a cloud-based application that remotely connects customers to their cars and enables them to manage all
information relating to their cars) as the “most innovative product of the year”; our “MediaHub” digital media
management platform (which provides cloud-based storage and media conversion) as the “most promising new
product technology”; and our “Financial Crime EDD Automation Solution” (which provides automated
financial crime enhanced due diligence) as the “best innovation in information technology”.
Track record of established processes and executing large, end-to-end, mission critical projects
We believe that we have a reputation for delivering high quality IT solutions and services, as well as timely
project completion within agreed cost parameters. We have expanded our offshore, onshore and near shore
presence, thus growing and developing our global delivery model and the services it provides, which are, as a
result, sufficiently flexible to be adapted to respond to our clients’ objectives, particularly with respect to
security, scalability and cost.
Our Company has a track record of executing a number of large, end-to-end, mission critical projects in diverse
business areas and technology domains for clients. For examples, see “Our Business – Our Clients – Key Client
Relationships” on page 143. As part of our execution of large and complex projects, we leverage our expertise
in providing comprehensive project/ programme management through our global delivery model (see “Our
Business - Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139) and our clients benefit from our experience in
multiple technologies, industry knowledge, project management expertise and proprietary software engineering
tools developed in-house. Our Company has successfully competed globally to win projects and our success in
such engagements has enhanced our recognition in the global marketplace.
Strong management culture
We have built a strong management culture, which has been influenced by our Promoter’s core values and work
ethic. Since we started doing business, our Promoter has instilled in us its sense of purpose and passion in the
manner in which it does business, and we cherish and live by those values. Our management culture is
collaborative and team-oriented, which is inherent in the way we do business and we believe this is a source of
competitive advantage.
Our management team comprises seasoned technology professionals with global experience, as well as
professionals with deep experience in the domains of our clients, which has helped us deliver strong financial
performances consistently. We believe that this blend, together with a strong management culture, helps our
management team develop deep insights, anticipate trends in the market, and devise and execute our company’s
strategy effectively.
Conducive work environment to attract and retain talent
People are critical to our business and our ability to grow, depends to a large extent on our ability to attract,
train, motivate and retain employees. We have a highly skilled, well-trained and diverse employee base, which
provides us with the flexibility to adapt to the needs of our clients and the technical requirements of the various
projects that we undertake.
We are recognised as a preferred employer in the Indian IT services industry. In 2015, NASSCOM ranked us
among the top 20 IT BPM employers in India. Moreover, in 2015, we won five awards from the World HRD
Congress in relation to our Indian operations, including training organisation of the year, best leadership
development for middle management, best leadership development program for top management, and most
innovative use of training and development as an HR initiative for OD. We are committed to the development of
expertise and know-how of our employees, as demonstrated by regular technical seminars and training sessions
organised by us. We focus on performance management, providing input on leadership qualities, mentoring and
periodic reviews for career alignment and planning.
Our Business Strategies
The key elements of our business strategies are as follows:
Focus on a targeted client portfolio
126

127
We intend to continue building long-term sustainable business relationships with our existing clients to generate
greater revenues. This involves inter alia increasing the scope of engagements with our existing clients; selling
additional services to them; deploying project managers, delivery specialists and other professionals to provide
value-added business solutions; and eventually become a thought partner with them in terms of their existing
and future business needs by identifying priority solutions in consultation with industry experts.
As part of the foregoing strategy, we plan to have an optimal client portfolio to better focus and serve our clients
across the geographies and industries in which we do business. We have a track record of high client retention
and as our client relationships mature and deepen, we seek to expand the scope of services offered to those
clients to achieve incremental revenue growth. Our ability to establish and strengthen client relationships and
expand the scope of services we offer to clients will help us grow our revenues and profits.
Targeting higher total contract values
We are targeting clients who have the potential to offer opportunities with large total contract values. We intend
to originate large engagements by either identifying opportunities with our existing client accounts or by
targeting new clients whose existing engagements with IT vendors will be up for renewal. We plan to achieve a
higher value client portfolio by focusing on annuity applications and infrastructure management service deals,
which tend to be long-term in nature. As part of this strategy, we will need to provide clients with greater
pricing flexibility and optionality; further develop our client-specific, industry-specific, technological and other
solutions required for larger engagements; provide end-to-end services, improve our service delivery across our
global delivery model; capitalise on our strengths, such as our Business-to-IT Connect model and leverage our
Promoter’s parentage; build additional and more holistic relationships with globally well-known software
vendors and other partners; and engage in tailored marketing campaigns for specific client accounts.
Furthermore, we are in the process of investing in and building sales operations capabilities to establish
standardised processes to facilitate our targeting of larger and higher-value client engagements. We believe that
the foregoing will enable us to deliver greater value-added IT solutions to our clients’ businesses and increase
our share of their IT expenditures.
Continue to focus on emerging technologies
We regularly track new technologies, industry segments and market trends in the IT solutions market and
believe that digitalisation will increasingly become systematically critical in the future. We plan to further
enhance our digital platforms, build industry and technology frameworks, the ‘internet of things’, business
process digitalisation and end-to-end digital transformational delivery capabilities. With respect to business
process digitalisation, we plan to further develop automation tools providing greater value-added propositions to
our clients to bring about business processing efficiency for them. We have established business relationships
with a number of players in the digital space and, in addition to our existing capabilities, such relationships will
further enable us to develop complex ecosystems along with our partners as a value-added proposition to our
clients. Further, we plan to invest seed capital in startups, which will allow us to benefit from their innovation
capabilities and digital offerings. We believe this will help us enhance our digital offerings and in turn, give a
platform and opportunity to scale up to startups. In addition, as part of our strategic focus in India, we are inter
alia positioning ourselves to cater to “Smart Cities” opportunities that we have identified therein.
Expand our focus on infrastructure management service offerings
Our IMS service practice offers a wide spectrum of end-to-end services covering IT infrastructure consulting,
design, managed services, migration services, operational support, desktop support, and Cloud enablement,
hosting and migration. We aim to leverage our “Business 1st™” approach with respect to IMS, which provides
extensive services to clients inter alia using application development, maintenance, support and testing services,
which collectively assist our clients automate their business processes through customised service delivery plans
that are aligned with their business needs and objectives. Similar to our approach in relation to emerging
technologies, we have agreements with a number of players in delivering our IMS service offerings in a
technologically-agnostic way. This approach is beneficial to our clients and helps establish our credibility with
them with a view to eventually becoming their thought partners and long-term service providers.
In addition, we are currently looking for strategic acquisition opportunities in relation to our IMS business. We
are specifically looking to acquire a complementary business, technology, service or product that can provide us
with access to new markets, capabilities or assets in relation thereto.
Expand our geographical presence
127

128
We market and distribute our solutions directly through our global delivery model (see “Our Business – Global
Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139). We have historically been dependent on North America and Europe
for most of our revenues. In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, revenues
originating from North America represented 69.4% and 68.6%, respectively of our revenue from continuing
operations. In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, revenues originating from
Europe represented 17.1% and 17.9%, respectively of our revenue from continuing operations. While we intend
to continue expanding our presence in the United States and Europe, we also plan to expand our geographical
reach in other markets that we have identified as having potential, including Australia, Singapore, Japan, South
Africa, India and the Middle East. We are in the process of augmenting our teams in these markets to further
explore the opportunities therein.
With respect to our operations in South Africa, the Nordic region and the Middle East, we view these regions as
gateways to the rest of Africa, Eastern Europe/the Baltic region and the Middle East/North Africa region,
respectively. As such, we intend to allocate resources to these markets not only for pure-play market
opportunities therein, but also as stepping-stones to other client opportunities that we can identify through
greater regional experience, expertise and client referrals. For example, in South Africa, we recruit local
nationals to assist in our market penetration efforts, in addition to complying with local regulatory requirements.
In the Middle East, we intend to leverage the strong presence of the L&T group, which is engaged in the oil and
gas, construction and transportation sectors.
We have identified Germany, France and the Nordic region as important markets for us going forward and we
would like to enhance our capabilities and address gaps in language capability, industry expertise, technical
expertise and geographic coverage in these countries. As such, we are also currently contemplating pursuing
strategic acquisitions in these markets.
Strengthen our brand name in the Indian and global IT services market
The “L&T” brand is well-established as one of India’s most prominent conglomerates and we have benefited
from such parentage. At the same time, we intend to further strengthen our “L&T Infotech” brand by continuing
to deliver high quality services to our clients, enhancing our market positions in the markets in which we do
business and becoming a thought partner with our clients.
Accordingly, we have engaged in a number of brand building exercises, and intend to continue strengthening
our brand in the IT services marketplace through brand building efforts, communication and promotional
initiatives, such as interacting with industry research organisations and prominent publications, industry
analysts, participating in industry events, public relations and investor relations efforts. We also plan to conduct
various customised client events, including seminars, roundtables and breakfast sessions on identified industry
or technology specific themes with a view to delivering a focused message on our capabilities, experience and
value proposition relevant to the specific theme. In addition, we connect with academia through our campus
connect programmes and look to further build our brand by attracting the best talent.
We believe that an established record of excellence, the foregoing initiatives and the listing of the Equity Shares
will enhance the visibility of our brand name, contribute to our recruitment and retention initiatives and
strengthen our recognition as a leader in the Indian IT services industry.
Focus on greater internal operational efficiency
We plan to continue developing and investing in frameworks, accelerators, in-house proprietary solutions and
customised software processes to drive efficiencies internally. We also plan to increase our profitability by
streamlining our cost structure with a focus on high employee utilisation and optimising resource mix. We have
a specific department to identify and implement direct cost reductions in our operations. To this end, business
process digitalisation is important in streamlining our cost structure to make us more operationally efficient. We
plan to automate various project delivery processes as well as internal IT service processes to enhance human
productivity and once various tools are developed in relation thereto, we plan to institutionalise their usage
across our business units, which will provide us with the appropriate business platform to be more efficient. We
also plan to introduce specific business process digitalisation initiatives in relation to our business verticals and
service lines for us to realise operational cost savings. We believe that the foregoing initiatives will allow us to
move up the value chain with respect to services offered.
128

129
Operations
We have organised our business into industrial and services clusters to service the market with a focus on
business verticals, achieving greater delivery efficiency by cross-utilising resources within similar business
verticals, and generally providing management with greater bandwidth for review and control.
Our Business Verticals
We combine our range of service offerings with industry-specific experience to provide services to clients
engaged in various business verticals.
The following table presents the percentage contribution of our various business verticals to our revenue from
continuing operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for Financial Years 2015,
2014 and 2013:
Percentage of our revenue from continuing

operations
Nine months
ended December
31, Financial Year
Business Verticals 2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
Banking and Financial Services ..................................................... 26.9% 27.1% 27.1% 26.0% 29.1%
Insurance........................................................................................20.5% 19.9% 20.0% 18.8% 17.9%
Energy and Process ........................................................................ 12.9% 16.5% 16.2% 22.0% 20.8%
Consumer Packaged Goods, Retail and Pharmaceuticals .............. 9.2% 9.4% 9.3% 8.4% 7.3%
Hi-Tech and Consumer Electronics ............................................... 5.3% 7.0% 6.9% 7.4% 10.0%
Automotive and Aerospace............................................................ 6.8% 5.4% 5.7% 4.2% 3.5%
Media and Entertainment ............................................................... 6.1% 5.4% 5.4% 4.6% 4.3%
12.3%
Others* .......................................................................................... 9.3% 9.4% 8.6% 7.1%
100%
Total .............................................................................................. 100% 100% 100% 100%
* Includes plant equipment, utilities, engineering and construction and travel and logistics.
Banking and Financial Services
We deliver end-to-end IT solutions to our BFS clients. This business vertical contributed 26.9% and 27.1% of
our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015,
respectively. According to the Everest Group’s Banking Application Outsourcing Service Providers’ PEAK
Matrix Assessment published in 2015, we were positioned as a “major contender” in respect of our market
success (as measured by the ACV of large active AO deals, the number of large active AO deals and our yearly
vertical specific AO revenue growth) and our delivery capabilities, among banking-application outsourcing
service providers.
Our BFS clients are primarily based in the North America, Europe, the Asia Pacific, South Africa and India. Our
largest client in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015 was Citibank and
accounted for 15.5% and 14.1%, respectively of our revenue from continuing operations for such periods. For
further details, see “Our Business – Our Clients – Key Client Relationships – Our relationship with Citibank” on
page 143.
Our core service offerings in this business vertical are:

Capital Markets and Investment Banking: We provide business solutions, capital markets and investment
banking IT services across the financial and securities industries. We have experience in working with global
financial institutions to develop their IT solutions for pre-trade, trade and post-trade processes. Our areas of
expertise include custody and settlement, asset servicing, transfer agency and income statement reporting.
Wealth and Asset Management: We deliver wealth and asset management IT services across various asset
classes in functional areas such as portfolio management, private banking and fund accounting. Our SaaS- based
transfer agency solution, Unitrax®, is used by fund houses in Canada.
129

130
Corporate and Retail Banking: We offer corporate and retail banking IT services and solutions to corporate
financial institutions in various areas, including CRM, enterprise data management platform mobility, mobile
banking, customer centric channel banking, cash management, trade finance, lending, leasing, payments and
cards.
Finance, Risk and Compliance: We offer a range of services, including consolidation of financial data across
multiple banking entities and the development of IT solutions for in house financial reporting, risk management,
and regulatory compliance in areas including KYC, AML, Basel regulatory framework, CCAR and FATCA.
We also provide the following “new-age” service offerings to our clients in this business vertical:
Digital Transformation: We implement large digital channels transformation programmes to deliver consistent
banking experience across multiple digital channels. We leverage smart devices and our UXD to enhance user
experience.
Front to Back Automation: Our IT services enable banks to reduce their total cost of ownership by implementing
technologies such as machine learning, robotics automation, digitisation and business process management. We
leverage our solutions to enhance operational efficiencies and data management.
IT Simplification: We provide thought partnership to clients’ CIOs for application portfolio rationalisation,
legacy modernisation and decommissioning services.
Development Operations Digital Delivery: We offer strong expertise in development operations execution to
respond to the business needs of global banks leveraging Cloud, application lifecycle management and remote
layer management tools.
Customer Centric Modeling: We specialise in consolidating data residing in disparate systems to create a central
source of information and offer a complete view of banks’ customers.
Centralised Risk Based Testing: We specialise in setting up centralised testing COE to accelerate automation,
improve operational efficiency, predictability and reduce our clients’ costs.
Business 1st™ Production Assurance: Our “Business 1st™ Approach” and global delivery model enables CIOs to
consolidate and streamline their run-the-bank operations, enhance productivity, introduce automation and reduce
total cost of ownership. For further details, see “Our Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139.
Insurance
We provide industry-specific insurance offerings, including consulting, IT solutions and services across the
insurance value chain, with a focus primarily on property and casualty, life and pensions, health market
segments, reinsurance sales, administration and policy matters. This business vertical contributed 20.5% and
20.0% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial
Year 2015, respectively. According to the Everest Group’s IT Outsourcing in Global Insurance – Service
Provider Landscape with PEAK Matrix Assessment 2015, we were positioned as a “star performer” and a
“major contender” in respect of our market success (as measured by the ACV of large active AO deals, the
number of large active AO deals and our yearly vertical specific AO revenue growth) and our delivery
capabilities among insurance IT outsourcing service providers.
Our insurance clients include carriers, brokers, reinsurers, intermediaries and independent software vendors. Our
“domain-focused” technology teams enable us to deliver on a wide range of service offerings for our clients.
Some of these service offerings include:
Consulting Capabilities: Our domain experts equipped with our assessment toolkits, benchmarking models and
KPI dashboards can effectively map a client’s insurance landscape relative to the industry and recommend
process/technology enhancements to elevate such client’s positioning.
Operational Efficiency: Our capabilities in business process management and automation, platform
modernisation/replacement and infrastructure optimisation enable clients to streamline processes to reduce their
total costs of operations.
130

131
Customer Experience: Our digital capabilities enhance customer experience by providing consistent look and
feel across different channels and devices. Our UXD and styling enable clients to improve their branding.
Advanced Analytics: Our capabilities in prescriptive analytics, locational intelligence, and text and speech
analytics elevate a client’s capability to communicate with customers and provide customised products through
real time feedback and usage monitoring.
Technology Currency Management: Our technology factories and assessment toolkits provide a comprehensive
evaluation of the operational environment and any specific requirements, versioning and risk assessment of our
clients’ applications and servers and recommend portfolio rationalisation and decommissioning services.
Fraud Control: Our data analysis frameworks and KPI dashboards provide our clients with details on
geographic impact, categories and techniques of fraud practices to minimise losses.
Some of our key solutions include:
 iCEOn: A SaaS-based pay-per-use platform for insurance community ecosystem.

 AccuRUSI: An underwriting workbench enabling efficiency in underwriting process.
Our IT service offerings and solutions are provided for the business areas of:
Claims Optimisation: Our comprehensive sets of toolkits, frameworks and solutions such as digital adjuster
analytics for straight-through-processing and automatic allocation enable our clients to improve their operational
efficiencies and reduce cycle times.
Underwriting Profitability Improvement: Our underwriting solutions facilitate integration with multiple internal
and external systems to facilitate workflow automation across the underwriting lifecycle. These solutions
leverage advancements in technologies such as location intelligence, business analytics, collaboration and
mobility.
Distribution Effectiveness: Our portals for agent and partner collaboration, digital assistance for field staff and
channel management solutions provide flexibility and adaptability to our client’s distribution models.
We work in collaboration with various industry bodies, insurance product companies, technology companies,
industry analysts and technical partners. We have expertise in product development and maintenance, which has
enabled us to implement the global delivery model for software products in relation to end-to-end software
lifecycles. For further details, see “Our Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139.
Energy and Process
We offer end-to-end energy and process software solutions and consultancy for our energy and process business
vertical services mainly in three sub-verticals: oil and gas, mining and process manufacturing. This business
vertical contributed 12.9% and 16.2% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively.
Our energy and process global clients include, integrated oil companies, national oil companies, petrochemical,
process and mining companies and oil field services organisations. Chevron was one of our largest clients in the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015 and accounted for 5.9% and 7.0% of our
revenue from continuing operations for such periods. For further details, see “Our Business – Our Clients – Key
Client Relationships – Our relationship with Chevron” on page 143.
Our IT service offerings are in the following key business areas:
Oil & Gas Upstream: We provide IT services pertaining to:
 Geophysical and geological data management;

 Digital oilfield;
 PetroTech services – production optimisation and hydrocarbon accounting; and
 Information management.
Oil & Gas Midstream: We offer IT services to our midstream customers pertaining to:
131

132
 Energy trading and risk management;

 Supply chain management; and
 Pipeline management.
Oil & Gas Downstream: Our solutions and services in the downstream are spread across refinery, consulting,
retail/marketing and operations. We offer IT services pertaining to:
 Digital refinery;
 Secondary fuel distribution;
 Fuel retail solutions;
 Enterprise asset management; and
 Regulatory compliance management.
Process Manufacturing: Our integrated solutions for the chemicals and process industry connects supply chains
to plant processes, production equipment and shop-floor control. We offer IT services pertaining to:
 Structured and unstructured data management for process manufacturing planning, batch tracking and
traceability, compliance with manufacturing standards;
 Process automation;
 Inventory and asset management; and
 Remote monitoring.
Mining: We offer IT services to our customers in the mining industry pertaining to:
 Drill and blast planning;

 Explosives management and tracking;
 Blast movement monitoring;
 Mine design and modeling;
 Geological data management;
 Fleet management system; and
 Mining and ore beneficiation.
We provide the following key IT service offerings to our clients across the value chain in the oil and gas,
process and the mining industry:
Enterprise solutions: We offer a complete basket of services for enterprise solutions (SAP and JD Edwards)
implementation, consolidation, migration and global support across the upstream and downstream segments.
IT for Large Capital Projects: We leverage our Promoter’s rich experience in executing large oil and gas and
EPC projects in delivering efficiency in terms of both cost and time through the effective utilisation of IT-based
solutions.
IT for Operations: We offer services in the operations space, leveraging our Promoter’s experience in providing
control and automation solutions to the energy and petrochemical industry, and provide the following IT
services:
 Process automation;
 Inventory and asset management;
 Asset performance management;
 Regulatory compliance;
 Remote operation monitoring; and
 Manufacturing execution system.
Consumer Packaged Goods, Retail and Pharmaceuticals
We provide IT solutions and services to our clients across the consumer packaged goods, retail, and
pharmaceutical industries. This business vertical contributed 9.2% and 9.3% of our revenue from continuing
operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively. Our clients in
132

133
these industries include global consumer goods companies, retail chains and global manufacturers of medical
devices, pharmaceuticals and consumer goods.
We leverage the engineering, manufacturing, process automation and supply chain management practices of our
Promoter to provide Business-to-IT Connect for manufacturers of consumer packaged goods, pharmaceuticals
and medical devices. We work closely with our digital solutions and services practice to provide solution
accelerators in focused areas, including retail analytics, Cloud platform migration and consumer experience
management. We have capabilities for accelerated enterprise solutions rollouts and a global delivery model in
highly regulated industries, including food and drug manufacturing.
Hi-Tech and Consumer Electronics
We offer extensive IT solutions and services to our clients in the hi-tech and consumer electronics industries
through domain-based offerings to various clients, including semi-conductor manufacturers, foundry
manufacturers, original equipment manufacturers, contract manufacturers, solar equipment manufacturers,
retailers and distributors. This business vertical contributed 5.3% and 6.9% of our revenue from continuing
operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively.
Our solutions and services enable semiconductor manufacturing companies to optimise their supply chain
process, including supply chain planning cycle optimisation, wafer map analysis, in-memory yield management,
and multi-dimensional analytics and reporting solutions. We have several solutions which were developed in-
house, that specifically address our clients’ needs in the hi-tech and consumer electronics industries.
Automotive and Aerospace
We offer a variety of software services and IT solutions to automotive and aerospace manufacturers and
suppliers across the value chain, including research and development, sourcing and operations, distribution and
logistics, sales and marketing, after-sales and customer service. This business vertical contributed 6.8% and
5.7% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial
Year 2015, respectively.
In the aerospace and defense practice, we leverage experience from our parent’s heavy engineering division to
utilise our Business-to-IT Connect model, which enhances the operational efficiencies we provide across the
business value chain. We have developed industry-specific solutions within this industry practice, such as
warranty management, product traceability and serialisation, product cost and buyer analytics, dealer business
management, field force mobility, field service management, engineering-to-order, bid management, voice of
customer programme leveraging social media, Big Data using telematics, mobility-based solutions and ioT,
which provides connectivity to enable objects to exchange data.
Media and Entertainment
We have experience in delivering specialised, industry-focused solutions in segments, including cable and
broadcasting, filmed entertainment, music, print and publishing, information services, and marketing and
advertising. Our media and entertainment clients include publishers, digital content producers and broadcasters,
such as a U.S.-based global leader in media and entertainment and a U.S.-based global mass media company
specialising in cinema and cable television. This business vertical contributed 6.1% and 5.4% of our revenue
from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively.
According to Zinnov’s Media and Entertainment Global Service Providers Rating – 2015, we were positioned in
the “leadership zone” for the broadcasting segment and were recognised for our capabilities in the new media,
education, entertainment, marketing and advertisement, information services and publishing segments.
Our experience spans across key business processes, including procure to pay, order to cash, digital media
supply chain comprising linear and non-linear content packaging and distribution, linear and digital
advertisement sale management, rights and royalty management, consumer analytics, content monetisation and
content-led e-commerce. We leverage alliances with industry players on a case-by-case basis to enhance our
domain expertise in developing customised solutions. We offer IT solutions in industry-specific areas, including
OTT broadcasting, digital transformation audit, digital advertising insight, digital vault and STORRM, event
and talent management, and social analytics platforms.
Others
133

134
Our other business verticals contributed 12.3% and 9.4% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively and primarily comprise of:
Plant Equipment
We offer comprehensive IT solutions and services to address the specific needs of our clients in the plant
equipment industry in relation to discrete manufacturing.
Our customised industry-specific solutions encompass areas such as supply chain management, warranty
management, shop-floor-to-top-floor integration and productivity improvement, serialisation and traceability,
and production analytics. We have developed various industry-specific capabilities within this business vertical,
including construction and mining machinery, electronic and electrical equipment, and industrial machinery and
components. Our plant equipment clients include plant equipment and industrial machinery companies, such as
a U.S.-based supplier of industrial and environmental machinery and a U.S.-based multinational conglomerate
serving customers in the commercial aerospace, defense and building industries.
Utilities, Engineering and Construction
We offer software solutions and consultancy services across various phrases of the engineering, construction
and procurement value chain, from proposal to award; project planning and design to take-off; procure to pay;
execution to delivery; and project financials.
We have also developed industry-specific capabilities in various industries within the utility practice, including
power plant generation, transmission and distribution, and retail. Our utilities, engineering and construction
clients include energy retailers and utility companies, including our Promoter and a U.S.-based midstream
company.
Travel and Logistics
We offer IT solutions and services to clients in the travel and logistics industries by leveraging our domain
expertise across the aviation, shipping, surface transportation and logistics segments. Our travel and logistics
client profile comprises logistics and transport service providers and airport operators.
Our Service Lines
We have expertise in service offerings that address a diverse range of our clients’ IT requirements. The
following table presents our IT service lines and their percentage contribution to our revenue from continuing
operations for the periods indicated:
Percentage of our revenue from continuing

operations
Nine months
ended December
31, Financial Year
Service Lines 2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
Application Development, Maintenance and Outsourcing ................ 41.9% 43.7% 43.4% 43.0% 43.3%
Enterprise solutions ........................................................................... 24.2% 25.1% 24.8% 27.5% 26.8%
Infrastructure Management Services ................................................. 8.8% 8.5% 8.7% 8.0% 7.4%
Testing ............................................................................................... 10.0% 9.2% 9.5% 8.5% 7.5%
Digital Solutions* .............................................................................. 11.2% 9.3% 9.5% 7.5% 7.9%
Platform-Based Solutions .................................................................. 3.9% 4.2% 4.1% 5.5% 7.1%
Total .................................................................................................. 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

* Digital Solutions includes AIM, Enterprise Integration and Mobility
Application Development, Maintenance and Outsourcing
We provide application development and maintenance services over the entire IT life cycle for various business
verticals. This service line contributed 41.9% and 43.4% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively and includes the following services:
134

135
Application Development: We design and develop new applications and systems, and enhance existing
applications and systems to meet the specific requirements of our clients. Our application development services
span across the entire software development life cycle in our identified business verticals. Our application
development services are offered based on both fixed-price and time-and-materials pricing models.
Application Maintenance and Support: We provide a wide range of application maintenance and support
services, including 24x7 production support, application enhancement, upgrading of application platforms and
database migration. Our IT services are designed to ensure the availability of systems for maximum usage,
reduce maintenance and support requirements, improve scalability and increase throughput by improving
productivity over time.
Application Outsourcing: We provide application outsourcing services to our clients, including a four-phase
outsourcing approach (i.e., assessment, transition, steady state and transformation (continuous improvement)).
We use our proprietary frameworks and four-tier governance model to ensure that engagements follow
stakeholders’ expectations, through a resource management model, which caters to planned ramp-ups for
ongoing client requirements and fast-track ramp-ups for peak resource requirements on short notice. Overall,
our global delivery model can be tailored to meet our clients’ dynamic needs. For further details, see “Our
Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139.
We leverage our solution frameworks developed in-house, which are specifically designed to facilitate
governance and operations management in providing application development and maintenance services. The
framework helps to manage transition and steady state operations of an offshore centric application development
and support services engagement. Some of the tools in the framework include: transition workbench; project
management system; request management system; problem tracking system; defect tracking system; time
booking system; service level management; and a management utility for strategic information and control.
Enterprise solutions
Our enterprise solutions’ service line provides solutions to clients using SAP, Oracle and Microsoft platforms
across our business verticals, such as energy and process, high-tech and consumer electronics, automotive and
aerospace, plant equipment and industrial machinery. This service line contributed 24.2% and 24.8% of our
revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015,
respectively.
SAP
We offer a comprehensive suite of services covering the entire SAP life cycle. Our IT service offerings include
implementation, global roll-outs, application maintenance and support, technical and functional upgrades,
database migration and solution consulting services. We also assist our clients realise business transformations.
By virtue of our domain experience, we build customised solutions on the SAP platform for our clients globally,
such as for fuel management systems for power generation companies and sales and profitability cockpits for
consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceutical clients.
We partner with SAP across various geographies. Our consulting services guide clients throughout the
enterprise solution life cycle.
Oracle
As an Oracle worldwide platinum partner, we have access to the latest Oracle solutions, preferential treatment
with respect to technical support, as well as can on-license Oracle solutions to our clients. We combine technical
and industry-specific capabilities, including proprietary tools, accelerators and proven methodologies, to deliver
business solutions to enable our clients to realise economic returns on their Oracle investments.
We offer IT service capabilities covering: consulting, global template design; implementation; rollouts; change
management; instance consolidation; upgrades/migrations; integration; testing; training; maintenance; and
support. We focus on innovation and excellence by investing and operating a dedicated CoE across various
Oracle products to develop innovative solutions in emerging technologies, including in the digital space.
Microsoft
We are a Microsoft partner offering services in Microsoft dynamics products: Microsoft Dynamics CRM and
enterprise solutions.
135

136
Infrastructure Management Services
Our IMS line assists our clients design, build and operate their critical ICT infrastructure. This service line
contributed 8.8% and 8.7% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31,
2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively.
Our Business 1st™ methodology that we use for our IMS service line enables us to customise our support services
in accordance with the complex business needs of our clients. Our processes are certified for ISO/IEC 20000-
1:2011 and assessed at CMMI-SVC v1.3 (Maturity Level 5). Our partnerships with hosting and Cloud providers
and with end-user computing providers enables us to support the entire ICT infrastructure landscape of our
clients.
We have invested in building our capabilities in the areas of Cloud, data centres, application operations,
networking, end-user services and IT security. We have built our training infrastructure and training
programmes, encapsulated in our SCALE (Simulated Center for Accelerated Learning and Excellence)
laboratory.
We have provided our employees with the requisite technical proficiencies required to service our clients. We
also have a shared service delivery platform that showcases our capabilities in IMS tooling.
Testing
Our comprehensive end-to-end testing service portfolio is divided into three areas: core testing, test advisory
services and specialised testing services. Along with such portfolio, we have technology as well as domain
centric frameworks and accelerators developed in-house, which are in addition to off-the-shelf products, to
deliver efficiencies and effectiveness to our clients in terms of “speed to market” and enhanced product quality.
This service line contributed 10.0% and 9.5% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months
ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively.
Core testing services are most widely performed for our clients in relation to quality assurance. Our range of
core testing services includes: functional testing; system testing; acceptance testing support; integration testing
and regression testing. We also offer performance engineering services as part of a premium package to address
the key performance parameters of our clients, such as speed, scalability, availability and capacity. Our suite of
performance engineering solutions comprises of managing performance test life cycle activities, defining
standards and processes, and consulting.
Our test advisory service includes a testing function assessment based on best industry practices using our
current state assessment framework. Such services assist our clients to establish testing COEs and to develop
favourable economics for testing as a function.
Specialised testing services cover areas such as test automation, performance, security, data centric testing,
mobility testing and product validation.
Digital Solutions
We define our digital business as solutions and services offered to clients through the fusion of “new age”
technologies for disruptive business transformations. Such transformations are enabled by creating innovative
business models leading to enhancing client experiences and greater operational efficiencies. Some of the
technologies that we consider as “new age” include: SMAC, Big Data, ioT, Enterprise Integration, Business
Process Digitisation, User Experience and Cognitive Computing. Our digital solutions service line contributed
11.2% and 9.5% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and
Financial Year 2015, respectively and includes the following services:
Analytics and Information Management
Our AIM service sub-line offers DW, AIM services to clients across various business verticals. Our AIM
service portfolio includes end-to-end BI/DW implementation and support, application re-architecting and
technology upgrades, data management and quality services, and data visualisation. We provide strategy and
consulting services covering industry-specific BI/DW strategy and roadmaps, architecture definitions,
establishment of information management competency centers, master data management strategy and
architecture services. Our BI solutions are typically customised or pre-built on enterprise information platforms
136

137
for web reporting and analysis, which enables users to perform ad hoc analysis and generate reports through the
use of dashboards.
Enterprise Integration
Our enterprise process integration service sub-line offers consulting, implementation, support and maintenance
services covering all enterprise integration requirements, including BPM, business process automation
(including robotic process automation), enterprise application integration, application programming interface
management, business-to-business integration and enterprise content management. We provide a range of
enterprise integration services based on industry-specific experience across various technologies. We also offer
certain industry-specific solutions, across various business verticals.
Mobility
Our mobility service line delivers end-to-end solutions and services on diverse technologies and platforms. We
have developed solutions using “new age” technologies, in addition to developing various frameworks and
accelerators for rapid application development.
Our in-house developed platform facilitates omni channel application development enabling integration with
heterogeneous backend systems. We have developed a suite of applications targeted for different business
verticals, including banking and financial services, insurance, energy and process, consumer product goods,
retail and pharmaceuticals. These applications cover a wide spectrum of devices and technologies, such as iOS,
Android, Windows and Blackberry.
The front-end engineering services that we offer have helped clients re-architect their existing desktop
applications into responsive applications with enhanced user experiences. We utilise our global delivery model
in developing applications for clients (see “Our Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139) in
order to deliver value to our clients in terms of reduced cost and higher efficiency.
Platform-Based Solutions
Our BI solutions provide enterprise information platform-based solutions for web reporting and analysis,
enabling our clients to streamline reporting requirements. This service line contributed 3.9% and 4.1% of our
revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015,
respectively. We also provide a number of solutions designed specifically for the investment fund and asset
management industries based on the Unitrax® platform, with several modules that further expand its
functionality. In addition, our product line includes Investortrax and Advisortrax, which provide investors and
advisors with convenient, web-based, secure and encrypted access to real-time account information.
Notable Developments
As part of a business restructuring exercise conducted by the L&T group, all engineering services businesses of
the L&T group have been consolidated under a separate subsidiary of the L&T group, LTTSL. As part of this
restructuring, on January 1, 2014 we sold and transferred the assets and liabilities of our PES Business to
LTTSL by way of slump sale. Our PES Business was responsible for the operations of our telecom cluster,
providing IT services and solutions to our clients in the telecommunications sector. The IP business of our PES
Business was conducted by our wholly-owned subsidiary, GDA USA, and the German operations of our PES
Business was conducted by our wholly-owned subsidiary, L&T Infotech GmbH.
The sale and transfer of all of the assets and liabilities of our PES Business housed in GDA USA became
effective on January 1, 2014 for a total purchase consideration of ₹4,895.27 million. GDA USA was wound-up
on March 28, 2014. As part of the restructuring, we acquired the Indian incorporated subsidiary of GDA USA,
GDA Technologies Limited, for a purchase consideration of ₹322.76 million (which was based on a fair
valuation carried out by external chartered accountants).
In accordance with the requirements of German law applicable to the sale and transfer of our PES Business to
LTTSL, together with the sale and transfer of all of the assets and liabilities of our PES Business housed in L&T
Infotech GmbH, became effective on September 1, 2014, for a total purchase consideration of ₹129.20 million
(which was based on a fair valuation carried out by an external valuer in Germany). The purchase consideration
was determined based on the discounted cash flow method of business valuation. See (Annexure IV (C) (6) to
our restated consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and Financial Year
137

138
2015 in “Financial Statements” from pages 285 to 287 for a description of the assets and liabilities of our PES
Business sold and transferred to LTTSL.
As a result of the transactions described above, we have recognised profits on the sale and transfer of our
Product and Engineering Services Business in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and Financial Years
2015 and 2014 as extraordinary items, which has not occurred in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and
will not recur in Financial Year 2016 or in other future financial periods. In addition, we have also recognised
revenues from the discontinued operations of our Product and Engineering Services Business for the nine
months ended December 31, 2014 and Financial Years 2015 and 2014, which we have not recognised for the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 and will not recognise in Financial Year 2016 or for other future
financial periods. Accordingly, the results of operations presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may not
be comparable. For further details, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations – Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations” on page 326.
Global Delivery Model
We have an integrated global delivery model that allows us to deliver on-site and offshore-based IT services to
our clients. Our on-site delivery is performed through a combination of employees based at client premises and
our Delivery Centres.
Percentage of export revenues

Nine months ended
December 31, Financial Year
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
Onsite 52.5% 51.9% 51.8% 53.9% 53.3%
Offshore ..................................................................................
47.5% 48.1% 48.2% 46.1% 46.7%
Our Delivery Centres are premises from which we provide services to our clients around the world.
As of December 31, 2015, we had ten Delivery Centres (all of which act as sales offices) in India as further
described in the table below:
Location Number of Delivery Centres

Pune ........................................................................... 3
Bengaluru .................................................................. 2
Chennai ...................................................................... 2
Navi Mumbai ............................................................. 2
Mumbai...................................................................... 1
As of December 31, 2015, we had 12 Delivery Centres outside of India (some of which also act as sales offices)
as further described in the table below:
Number of
Delivery
Country Centres City
United States .................................................... 6 Bakersfield (California); Edison (New
Jersey); Hartford (Connecticut); Houston
(Texas); Jupiter (Florida); Tampa (Florida)
Canada ............................................................. 1 Mississauga (Ontario)
Costa Rica 1 San Jose
Philippines ....................................................... 1 Manila
Singapore ......................................................... 1 Singapore
South Africa..................................................... 1 Johannesburg
United Kingdom .............................................. 1 Belfast
We view our global delivery model as a competitive strength that enables us to derive maximum benefit from:
 ready access to a large pool of highly skilled IT professionals;

 access to specialists who are part of our different business verticals and service lines;
138

139
 the ability to optimally manage our bench strength;

 a 24-hour execution capability across multiple time zones;
 the ability to accelerate the delivery times of large projects by simultaneously processing project
components;
 readily available, highly secure and modern infrastructure;
 physical and operational separation of client projects to provide enhanced security;
 systems and processes that are designed to provide high quality and cost-effective services across
geographic regions;
 built-in redundancies to ensure uninterrupted services; and
 a knowledge management system that enables us to reuse solutions where appropriate.
We manage and staff our projects with the objective of efficiently meeting project objectives. Our project
management skills have been strengthened through our client engagements, especially our extensive work on
large, end-to-end and multi-location projects. We have digitised comprehensive software-based process for
managing the global delivery of projects, which enables the effective allocation of resources, tracks profitability
and timing in relation to specified deliverables, as well as key milestones, in each case, for those projects. If our
projects require specific skills that are not available within our organisation at a particular point in time, we
insource personnel from our Promoter in India as well as internationally.
Our quality control processes and programmes are designed to minimise defects and ensure adherence to pre-
determined project parameters. Additionally, software quality advisers help individual teams establish
appropriate processes for projects and adhere to multi-level testing plans. Each project manager is responsible
for tracking metrics, including the actual effort spent versus initial estimates, project budgeting and estimating
the remainder of efforts required on a project.
Our global delivery model mitigates client risks associated with offshore IT services. For our communication
needs, we use multiple service providers and leased lines with alternate routing. Internationally, we rely on
multiple leased lines to connect our Delivery Centres with network hubs in the rest of the world. We also
provide business continuity and disaster recovery plans to our clients, which are enhanced by the geographic
spread of our Delivery Centres located outside India. Furthermore, we use redundant systems for our critical
technical and communication infrastructure that enable us to plan for rapid recovery from unplanned outages,
and have a disaster recovery center located in Chennai, India.
As part of our global delivery model, we provide productivity gains, faster service delivery, reusability and high
quality work to our clients.
Geographies
We are a global company operating out of North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, India, the Middle East and
South Africa. In each of our geographic segments, we have sales managers, sales hunters, account managers,
overlay sales managers, solution architects, sales, pre-sales, delivery and consulting professionals who service
our clients. We believe that this structure enables us to develop a better understanding of local requirements and
service our clients more effectively.
The following table presents the percentage contribution of our geographic segments to our revenue from
continuing operations for the periods indicated:
Percentage of revenue from continuing operations

Nine months ended
Geographic segments 2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
North America ........................................................................ 69.4% 68.0% 68.6% 67.3% 69.9%
Europe ....................................................................................
17.1% 18.3% 17.9% 20.1% 18.2%
Asia Pacific .............................................................................
2.2% 2.3% 2.4% 2.6% 2.3%
5.1%
India ........................................................................................ 4.0% 4.2% 3.4% 3.7%
Rest of World* ........................................................................
6.2% 7.4% 6.9% 6.6% 5.9%
100.0%
Total ....................................................................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
* Middle East, Australia and South Africa
139

140
North America
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, the North America segment contributed
69.4% and 68.6% of our revenue from continuing operations, respectively. The United States is our largest
market in North America and contributed 66.1% and 65.3% of our revenue from continuing operations in the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively. The IT services market in the
United States is highly competitive and mature.
As of December 31, 2015, we had 14 sales offices in North America:
Number of sales
U.S. State/Canadian Province offices City
California ............................................................................... 2 Irvine; San Jose
Texas ..................................................................................... 2 Houston; Plano
Connecticut ............................................................................ 1 Hartford
Florida ................................................................................... 1 Tampa
Georgia .................................................................................. 1 Alpharetta
Illinois .................................................................................... 1 Schaumburg
Michigan ................................................................................ 1 Southfield

New Jersey............................................................................. 1 Edison
Ohio ....................................................................................... 1 Cincinnati
Canada ................................................................................... 3 Mississauga, Toronto,
Montreal
As of December 31, 2015, we had eight (six in the U.S., one in Costa Rica, and one in Canada) Delivery Centres
in North America as further described in “Our Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139 to
assist our North American clients.
Europe
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, the Europe segment contributed 17.1%
and 17.9% of our revenue from continuing operations, respectively. Our European operations are geographically
segmented into four sub-regions: (1) the United Kingdom, (2) France and the Benelux region (Belgium, the
Netherlands and Luxembourg), (3) the Nordic region (Denmark, Sweden, Norway and Finland) and (4) the
DACH region (Germany, Austria and Switzerland). The Nordic region is our largest market in Europe and
contributed 11.1% and 12.0% of our revenue from continuing operations in the nine months ended December
31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively. We are strengthening our local language expertise in order to
target certain markets more effectively, particularly France and Germany.
As of December 31, 2015, we had eleven sales offices in Europe, as further described in the table below:
Number of sales
Country offices City
Germany ................................................................................ 3 Frankfurt; Leipzig,
Stuttgart
Belgium ................................................................................. 1 Brussels
Denmark ................................................................................ 1 Copenhagen
Finland ................................................................................... 1 Espoo
France .................................................................................... 1 Paris
The Netherlands ..................................................................... 1 Amsterdam
Norway .................................................................................. 1 Oslo
Sweden .................................................................................. 1 Stockholm
United Kingdom .................................................................... 1 London
As of December 31, 2015, we had one Delivery Centre in Europe as further described in “Our Business – Global
Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139 to service our European clients.
Asia Pacific
140

141
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, the Asia Pacific segment contributed
2.2% and 2.4% of our revenue from continuing operations, respectively. We are expanding our Asia Pacific
operations to address the growth opportunities that we see in this region.
As of December 31, 2015, we had two sales offices in the Asia Pacific region, as further described in the table
below:
Number of sales
Japan ...................................................................................... 1 Yokohama
Singapore ............................................................................... 1 Singapore
As of December 31, 2015, we had two Delivery Centres in the Asia Pacific as further described in “Our
Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139 to assist our Asian clients.
India
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, India contributed 5.1% and 4.2% of our
revenue from continuing operations, respectively. We are currently focusing our India operations on certain
industries that we view as important for the long-term, which include power, defense, railways, transportation,
banking and financial services, insurance, and media and entertainment. We are also participating in the
Government’s “smart cities” initiative, which seeks to address the substantial urbanisation currently taking place
in India. In pursuing this initiative, we are utilising the L&T group’s exposure in this space.
As of December 31, 2015, we had ten Delivery Centres (all of which act as sales offices) in India as further
described in “Our Business – Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139.
Rest of World
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, other geographies contributed 6.2% and
6.9% of our revenue from continuing operations, respectively.
Middle East: We are expanding our Middle East operations to address the growth opportunities that we see in
this region. We aim to leverage our Promoter’s experience and strong presence in Middle East and grow our
operations there. As of December 31, 2015, we had four sales offices in the Middle East region, as further
described in the table below:
Number of sales
United Arab Emirates ............................................................ 2 Abu Dhabi; Dubai
Kuwait ................................................................................... 1 Kuwait City
Saudi Arabia .......................................................................... 1 Dammam
South Africa: In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, South Africa contributed
4.0% and 4.6% of our revenue from continuing operations, respectively. In Financial Year 2013, we expanded
our presence in South Africa to market and leverage our existing business. We partnered with a local South
African entity to form a joint venture in the name of Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary)
Limited. We are expanding our South African operations to address the growth opportunities that we see in this
region and view our operations in South Africa as a gateway to commencing operations in other countries in
Africa.
As of December 31, 2015, we had one delivery centre in South Africa as further described in “Our Business –
Global Delivery Model” from pages 138 to 139 to assist our South African clients.
Australia: We are expanding our Australia operations to address the growth opportunities that we see in this
region. As of December 31, 2015, we had three sales offices in the Australia region, as further described in the
table below:
Country Number of sales offices City

Australia ................................................................................ 3 Melbourne; Perth;
141

142
Sydney
Our Clients
Client Relationships
We believe that the quality and breadth of our client relationships is critical to our business. During Financial
Year 2015, we had 232 active clients, including 41 Fortune Global 500 companies. During the nine months
ended December 31, 2015, we had 250 active clients, including 43 Fortune Global 500 companies.
The table below demonstrates the profiles of our clients in terms of contribution to our revenue from continuing
operations for the indicated periods:
Number of clients in Financial Year

Revenues 2015 2014 2013
>USD 1 million ....................................................................... 82 84 74
> USD 5 million ...................................................................... 33 33 27
> USD 10 million .................................................................... 20 19 14
> USD 20 million .................................................................... 8 7 6
> USD 50 million .................................................................... 3 3 3
The table below demonstrates the concentration of our revenue from continuing operations among our top
clients:
Percentage of revenue from continuing operations in
Nine months ended

Revenue Concentration 2015 2015 2014 2013
Top Client ................................................................................ 15.5% 14.1% 13.1% 16.3%
Top 5 Clients ........................................................................... 37.7% 37.2% 36.3% 38.6%
Top 10 Clients ......................................................................... 52.8% 50.5% 47.5% 48.5%
Top 20 Clients ......................................................................... 68.4% 66.6% 65.3% 64.5%
The table below demonstrates the number of active and new clients and the percentage of our revenue from
continuing operations that was contributed by repeat business and new clients:
Number of clients and percentage of revenue from

continuing operations
Nine months ended
2015 2015 2014 2013
(1)
Active Clients ....................................................................... 250 232 204 198
New Clients(2) .......................................................................... 51 57 54 58
Revenues from new clients ...................................................... 2.1% 1.9% 3.1% 2.5%
Revenues from repeat business(3) ............................................. 97.9% 98.1% 96.9% 97.5%
____________________________________
(1) Clients who contributed to our revenues in the indicated period and/or the preceding financial year.
(2) Clients who contributed to our revenues during the indicated period but not in the preceding financial year.
(3) Revenues excluding revenues from new clients.
We have established long-standing relationships with many of our clients. We believe that our ability to
establish and strengthen client relationships will be an important factor in our future growth.
142

143
Key Client Relationships
Citibank and Chevron have been two of our largest clients for over ten years. In addition, Barclays and Time
Warner are two of our largest clients. We consider these relationships as very important to our business.
Our relationship with Citibank
We have had an ongoing relationship with Citibank since 2001. This client was our largest in the nine months
ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015 and contributed 15.5% and 14.1% of our revenue from
continuing operations in such periods, respectively.
Our relationship with Chevron
We have had an ongoing relationship with Chevron since 2004. This client was one of our largest in the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015 and contributed 5.9% and 7.0% of our revenue from
Our relationship with Barclays
We have had an ongoing relationship with Barclays since 2007. This client was one of our largest in the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015 and contributed 3.1% and 3.4% of our revenue from
Our relationship with Time Warner
We have had an ongoing relationship with Time Warner since 2013. This client was one of our largest in the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015 and contributed 1.4% and 1.3% of our revenue
from continuing operations in such periods, respectively.
In addition to our relationships with Citibank, Chevron, Barclays and Time Warner, we also have a number of
other important clients for our business, including large American insurance companies specialising in property,
casualty and personal insurance and a USA-based multinational medical devices, pharmaceutical and consumer
packaged goods manufacturer, and a USA-based multinational conglomerate serving clients in commercial
aerospace, defense and building industries.
Competition
The IT services market that we operate in is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Our competitors include:
 Indian IT services companies, such as Tata Consultancy Services Limited, Infosys Limited, Wipro
Limited, HCL Technologies Limited and Tech Mahindra Limited;
 International IT services companies, such as Accenture Limited (“Accenture”), Cognizant Technology

Solutions, Computer Sciences Corporation and divisions of large multinational technology firms such
as IBM Corporation (“IBM”), Hewlett-Packard Company and CapGemini S.A. (“CG”); and
 Other international, national, regional and local firms from a variety of market segments, including
major international accounting firms, systems consulting and implementation firms, applications
software firms, service groups of computer equipment companies, general management consulting
firms, technology firms, programming companies, and in-house IT departments of large corporations.
Some of our international competitors, such as Accenture, IBM and CG, have expanded their operations in
India, which has resulted in increased competition for our IT services. While we expect these competitive
pressures to continue, we believe our domain and technology capabilities, and our client base and success in
attracting and retaining highly skilled employees will enable us to compete effectively in our industry.
The IT services industry is also witnessing competition from countries and regions such as China, the
Philippines, Eastern Europe and Latin America, which have labour costs similar to India. Clients that presently
outsource a significant proportion of their IT service requirements to vendors in India may seek to reduce their
dependence on one country and outsource work to other offshore destinations.
Our Pricing Model and Contractual Terms
143

144
Pricing
We price our IT services on multiple models: a time-and-materials or a fixed-price. For fixed-price projects, we
typically take responsibility for end-to-end project execution. We use extensive modeling based on the processes
and employees that we plan to use and our past project experience, to estimate the effort and risks involved with
individual client engagements.
The table below demonstrates the contribution of these pricing models to our services’ revenue from continuing
operations for the periods indicated:
Percentage of services’ revenue from continuing

operations
Nine months ended
Pricing Model 2015 2015 2014 2013
Time-and-materials ..................................................................55.8% 59.7% 63.0% 62.3%
Fixed-Price (1) ...........................................................................44.2% 40.3% 37.0% 37.7%
Total ........................................................................................100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
_______________
(1) Revenue is recognised either on the percentage of completion method or as the services are rendered and
costs are incurred based on the underlying economic substance of the contract. The duration of our fixed-
price contracts is typically less than five years.
Contractual Terms
We typically enter into MSAs with our clients. These agreements tend to either have a specified term or
continue indefinitely until terminated, while containing general rights and obligations governing our relationship
with the applicable client. The MSAs generally incorporate a broad scope of work and do not include any
minimum purchase commitment on the part of the client.
For each project, we usually enter into separate work orders with the client, which specify the types of services
we are required to provide to the client and the pricing terms of the engagement. Although some of our MSAs
contain billing rates for time-and-materials work orders, for most of our IT services the separately agreed work
order contains the pricing terms.
Our MSAs typically contain the following terms:
 description of services and deliverables to be provided;
 termination rights in favour of the client, in some instances with cause, and in other instances without
cause, and in some instances with, and in other instances without, notice;
 roles and responsibilities of the parties;
 pricing terms;
 representations and warranties covering, among other things, the services we perform;
 confidentiality provisions;
 provisions protecting the IP of our clients, our pre-existing IP and any IP rights developed under the
MSA;
 certain security obligations, including maintaining network security and back-up and user data,
ensuring that our and our clients’ networks are virus free and verifying the integrity of employees who
work with our clients by conducting background verifications;
 obligations to obtain approvals, compliance with laws and insurance policies;
144

145
 indemnification provisions;
 limitation of liabilities; and
 reciprocal non-solicitation of employees subject to local law requirements.
The MSAs typically do not stipulate that we are the preferred supplier for our clients and do not provide
entitlements to any minimum amount of work or revenues from them.
Some of our client contracts contain benchmarking and most favoured customer provisions. The benchmarking
provisions allow a customer in certain circumstances to request a study prepared by an agreed-upon third party,
typically an industry expert, comparing our pricing, performance and efficiency gains for delivered contract
services against the comparable services of an agreed-upon list of other service providers. Based on the results
of the benchmark study and depending on the reasons for any unfavourable variance, we may be required to
reduce our pricing for future services or to improve the quality of services to be performed for the remainder of
the contract term or impose higher service levels. Most favoured customer provisions require us to give existing
customers updated terms in the event that we enter into more competitive agreements with certain other
customers for similar services. As of December 31, 2015, 15 contracts entered into by our Company have
clauses with benchmarking provisions. These contracts contributed ₹9,340.0 million and ₹11,212.6 million in
the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, respectively, representing 21.8% and
22.6% of our revenue from continuing operations for such periods respectively. As of December 31, 2015, 21
contracts entered into by our Company have clauses with most favoured provisions. These contracts contributed
₹12,973.4 million and ₹15,738.9 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015,
respectively, representing 30.2% and 31.7% of our revenue from continuing operations for such periods
respectively. See also, “Risk Factors – Some of our client contracts contain benchmarking and most favoured
customer provisions which, if triggered, could result in lower contractual revenues and profitability in the
future.” on page 26.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing strategy seeks to gain new business from identified accounts through multiple business
development channels and repeat business from existing clients through concerted account management efforts
at building and sustaining client loyalty. As of December 31, 2015, we had a total of 221 employees in sales and
marketing.
New Business Development. We use a cross-functional, integrated sales approach where our sales managers
(who address a particular region, country and/or business vertical, and typically report to the heads of the
respective geographic segments or business verticals, as the case may be), account/engagement managers (who
are dedicated to our strategic clients), sales hunters (who are dedicated to originate new clients), overlay sales
managers (who are responsible for promoting service lines), solution architects (who are responsible for
devising solutions to clients), the supervisors thereof and our marketing team, which assists in brand building
and other corporate level marketing efforts, analyze potential opportunities and collaboratively develop
strategies to sell our IT services and solutions to potential clients. Our sales professionals located throughout the
world proactively contact potential clients through different channels. We also work closely with industry
analysts and advisors to identify opportunities worth pursuing. For larger projects, we typically bid against other
IT service providers in response to requests for proposals.
Promoting Client Loyalty. We constantly seek to expand the nature and scope of our engagements with existing
clients by increasing the volume of our business and extending the breadth of services offered. For existing
clients, our on-site project and account managers proactively identify client needs and work with our sales team
to structure solutions to address those needs.
We have adopted a collaborative sales and marketing model where our sales, solutions and delivery teams
participate in the sales process. Members of our executive management team are actively involved in business
development and in managing key client relationships through targeted interaction with clients’ senior
management, which enables us to demonstrate our organisational commitment and remain acquainted with
emerging industry trends. Our sales organisation includes dedicated sales managers, account/engagement
managers, sales hunters, overlay sales managers and solution architects, and, in each case, the supervisors
thereof. Our sales efforts are complemented by our marketing team. We build and execute marketing
145

146
programmes that include media interactions, industry and analyst events, sponsorship of and participation in
targeted industry conferences and trade shows.
In addition to our own global sales capabilities, we also work with various technology/product players like SAP,
Oracle, Microsoft and other niche players. We jointly evolve “go to market” strategies with identified roles and
responsibilities in specific markets to develop new business.
Quality Processes
We attribute a high emphasis to quality. Quality has become a core value of our business, which helps us qualify
through the strict scrutiny of international clients and prospects. Some of the certifications received over the
years are stated below:
Certifications awarded by Bureau Veritas:
 ISO 9001:2008: This certification focuses on quality management systems, client focus, requirements
management and process improvements.
 ISO/ IEC 27001:2013: This certification is for information security management systems and
encompasses all of our information processing assets and information in addition to those of our clients
with respect to software design, development and implementation, maintenance, production support,
testing, consultancy, system integration and IT infrastructure services.
 ISO/ IEC 20000-1:2011: This certification is for IT service management system internal infrastructure
support, remote infrastructure management services to external clients, application support services for
clients and IT infrastructure services to business units of our Company.
 ISO 14001:2004: This certification is for environmental management systems. These aim to reduce the
environmental footprint of a business and to decrease the pollution and waste produced.
 BS OHSAS 18001:2007: This certification is for IT services including IT infrastructure management

services, IT operations support, application software development, maintenance and support, package
implementation and support, system integration and software testing services.
Certifications awarded by QAI:
 CMMI-SVC v1.3 (Maturity Level 5): This certification is for projects providing application
maintenance services and projects providing application support and IMS support.
 CMMI for SVC+SSD v1.3 (Maturity Level 3): This certification is for application maintenance
projects, support projects (including IMS) and associated support functions (PET and Metrics,
Strategy).
 CMMI for Development v1.3 (Maturity Level 5): This certification is for development, testing, ERP
and large maintenance projects.
Research and Development
Our R&D initiatives are run by our technology cell and client-specific R&D functions are run by the respective
business verticals and service lines. Our areas of research are focused on automation tools for application
development, testing, migration and re-engineering, as well as to build an array of industry-specific accelerators,
frameworks, platforms and solutions. We have an enterprise business solution laboratory which tests innovative
business ideas and adds value to clients. It also introduces prototype solutions to reduce implementation time
and costs associated with our IT services.
Intellectual Property
In the course of our R&D and consulting activities, we create a range of IP, which we brand and protect through
trademarks, copyrights and patent laws, and through trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual
provisions. We typically require independent contractors and, whenever possible, sub-contractors, to enter into
confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements typically
146

147
provide that any confidential or proprietary information developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential.
These agreements also provide that any confidential or proprietary information disclosed to third parties in the
course of our business be kept confidential by such third parties.
We regard our trade name, trademarks, service marks and domain names as important to our success. We rely
on the law to protect our proprietary rights to them, and we have taken steps to enhance our rights by filing
trademark applications where appropriate.
The “L&T” trademark is registered in favour of our Promoter. Pursuant to the Trademark License Agreement,
we have been granted a global non-exclusive, non-transferrable license to use the “L&T” trademark in return for
certain consideration. For further details on our use of the “L&T” trademark, see “Risk Factors - We do not own
the “L&T” trademark and logo. Our Trademark License Agreement may be terminated under certain
circumstances. In addition, we may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property since a number of
our trademarks, logos and other intellectual property rights may not be registered and therefore do not enjoy any
statutory protection. Further, we may be subject to claims alleging breach of third party intellectual property
rights” on page 39.
Acquisitions and Strategic Investments
We are open to effecting acquisitions that will further develop a business vertical, a geography or platform with
a view to enhancing revenues and leveraging existing brands and clients who believe in us. In recent years, we
have made the following acquisitions and strategic investments that have been strategically important to us.
Information Systems Resource Centre
In October 2014, our Company acquired ISRC from Otis Elevator Company USA and Otis Elevator Company
(India) Limited, units of United Technologies Corporation. ISRC was a provider of software development work
for OTIS group companies.
This acquisition has helped us leverage the technology capability and experience of ISRC in order to enhance its
value-added service portfolio.
In Financial Year 2015, ISRC had total income of approximately ₹565 million and net income of approximately
₹130 million. It had 287 employees as of March 31, 2015. Pursuant to a court approved scheme of merger dated
October 17, 2014, ISRC was merged into our Company with effect from September 21, 2015.
L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc.
In 2011, we acquired a 100% shareholding in a company from Citigroup Fund Services Canada. This company
is now known as LTIFST.
LTIFST’s service offerings include a range of industry-specific proprietary software products and solutions to
its clients. Its BI solutions provide an enterprise information platform for web reporting and analysis, enabling
its clients to streamline their reporting requirements.
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, LTIFST had total income of
approximately ₹1,668 million and ₹2,048 million, respectively and net profit of approximately ₹60 million and
net loss of approximately ₹177 million, respectively. It had 138 employees as of December 31, 2015.
For further details on our acquisitions and strategic investments, see “Financial Statements” beginning on page
206.
Human Resources
Our success depends to a great extent on our ability to recruit, train and retain high quality IT professionals.
Accordingly, we place special emphasis on the human resources function in our organisation. We focus on
hiring, engaging and retaining key talent. We seek to align talent engagement, competency development, role
and career progression, benchmarked compensation and benefits for our employees worldwide. This has helped
us attract and retain high quality talent internationally as well as build a pipeline of leaders to meet our future
requirements.
147

148
We believe that our strong brand name, industry leadership position, growth opportunities, focus on professional
development and performance-linked compensation give us significant advantages in attracting and retaining
highly skilled employees.
We strive to instill our values of integrity, excellence, respect for the individual, continuous learning and sharing
and leading change in our employees through our organisational culture and training initiatives. Our people
development processes encompass technical, behavioral and leadership development programmes designed for
various levels, which seek to continuously upgrade the competencies of and prepare our employees for greater
responsibilities and enhanced performances.
Employee Profiles
We encourage our employees to develop software engineering and technology skills through formal or informal
means, which provides them scope for taking on additional responsibilities and enhancing their career prospects.
In the process of doing so, this also allows us to offer differentiated expertise to our clients.
We are an equal opportunity employer with a diverse employee base. Additionally, we have recruited local
nationals at certain of our Delivery Centres, such as South Africa, to enhance our understanding of the local
markets as well as to enhance our ability to interact with and deliver solutions to our clients in local languages.
Utilisation
The following table illustrates the combined average utilisation of our employees across our onsite and offshore
locations over the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and the past three Financial Years:
Nine months ended

Employee Utilisation (Average) 2015 2015 2014 2013
Including Trainees ................................................ 73.0% 73.4% 71.6% 71.3%
Excluding Trainees ............................................... 75.2% 75.8% 73.6% 71.9%
Recruiting
We build our global talent pool by recruiting recent graduates as well as experienced lateral hires from the
market. In the case of our graduate recruits, we typically recruit from academic institutions with a reputation for
excellence. In respect of our lateral hires, we source candidates through multiple channels and our HR networks.
We rely on a rigorous selection process involving a series of aptitude tests and interviews to identify the best
applicants. This selection process is continually assessed and refined based on performance tracking of past
recruits. Our reputation as a preferred employer enables us to select from a large pool of qualified applicants.
We plan our recruitment needs through our annual human resources business plan, which is based on expected
growth in business from existing clients and prospects, expected changes in the business mix especially relating
to changes in the proportion of offshore delivery, and the requirements of our large clients. This exercise helps
us formalise our recruitment requirements for experienced professionals as well as trainees.
In order to maintain our brand image and attract the best students from campus, we maintain relationships with
these institutions through campus interactions, joint participation with the institutes in areas of R&D,
establishment of excellence centers and sponsoring academic and cultural events.
Training
We place special emphasis on the training of our employees to enable them to develop their skills and to meet
our changing requirements. We focus on an initial learning programmes for our trainees as well as continuous
learning programmes for all our employees.
For the purpose of training employees, our Promoter set up an exclusive training facility at Lonavala, Pune,
India, called “The Leadership Development Academy”. The academy has lodging, a well-equipped library,
148

149
modern IT facilities and infrastructure as well as a range of amenities for our employees. In addition to in-house
faculty members (whom we call “talent gurus”), we invite visiting faculty that includes senior management,
senior employees and recognised academics. In addition to this centralised facility, we conduct technical and
soft skills training programmes at our major Delivery Centres.
All employees from technical institutes who have joined us with less than one year of industry experience are
required to attend an intensive three-month full-time training programme that is industry-specific and/or service
line-specific, which helps us develop professionals knowledgeable on our entire organisation. The training
programme in part covers technology training and software engineering training. We also conduct continuous
learning programmes that address the project-specific, technology and soft skills learning needs of our
employees.
We believe that well-trained project managers are key enablers for the efficient growth of our operations and our
ability to manage large, complex projects. We are specifically focused on developing project management
competencies among our employees so as to be able to assume higher responsibilities going forward.
We offer our employees a choice of various standardised behavioral training programmes. The selection of a
specific programme is made in light of discussions between the employee and their relevant career development
manager, during which the employee’s career development plans for the following year are set out. The training
programme selected is then intended to cater to the employee’s career development needs. The training is
provided on a monthly basis throughout the year, and aims to help build the employee’s individual
communication, interpersonal, client relations, conflict resolution, negotiation, work-life balance, inter-cultural
and language skills.
In addition, we also offer leadership programme to those employees embarking upon the leadership journey and
who are transitioning between various levels of seniority. These programmes are aimed towards developing our
employees on leadership qualities in four key areas of competency: business development, client relations,
interpersonal skills and self-awareness. As well as developing these four competencies, our leadership
programmes also offer training which is specific to the employee’s organisational and business unit.
Our training programmes have received several accolades in recent years. Notably, in 2015, we won five awards
from the World HRD Congress in relation to our Indian operations, including training organisation of the year,
best leadership development for middle management, best leadership development programme for top
management, and most innovative use of training and development as an HR initiative for OD.
Employee Retention and Care
We have several structured processes, including employee mentoring, grievance management and corporate
ethics programmes, which are intended to facilitate a friendly and cohesive organisational culture. Such
processes are supplemented by our internal policies, which are also aimed at fostering a positive atmosphere and
establishing common ethical values within the work place. Such policies include our policy for the protection of
women’s rights and our whistle blower policy. We conduct an employee satisfaction survey, which provides us
with valuable insights on how we can further streamline individual performances. The attrition rate of
employees globally for the nine months period ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Years 2015, 2014 and
2013 was 18.5%, 19.5%, 13.2% and 12.3%, respectively. In 2015, NASSCOM ranked us among the top 20 IT
BPM employers in India.
Performance Management and Compensation
We have an objective-based performance management system which involves goal-setting, periodic reviews and
project-end reviews in addition to annual reviews. The review sessions impress upon several aspects of the
employees’ careers, such as career and competency development, financial rewards and recognition. We
endeavor to link careers to competencies, individual preferences and organisational needs. We also allow our
employees sufficient flexibility and opportunities to rotate across streams and geographic locations.
Our compensation has a fixed component that is benchmarked to the industry and a variable component that is
linked to the company’s and individual’s performance.
Our Company has granted 12,935,449 options (after adjustment for the split of equity shares of our Company
from face value of ₹5 each to ₹1 each) to the eligible employees under the Existing Employee Stock Option
Plans. The objective of the ESOP Scheme, 2000 is to reward those employees who contribute significantly to
our Company’s profitability and shareholder’s value as well as encourage improvement in performance and
149

150
retention of talent. As of date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the total options outstanding under the
ESOP Scheme, 2000 are 2,432,766 (after adjustment for the split of equity shares of our Company from face
value of ₹5 each to ₹1 each.)
The main objective of the U.S Sub-Plan, 2006 is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide
additional incentive to the employees of our Company, its holding company and its subsidiaries to promote the
success of our Company’s business and to enable the employees to share in the growth and prosperity of our
Company by providing them with an opportunity to purchase stock in our Company. As of date of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus, the total options outstanding under the U.S Sub-Plan, 2006 are 143,650 after
adjustment for the split of equity shares of our Company from face value of ₹5 each to ₹1 each.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, 8,566,188 options have been exercised by the employees
and former employees of our Company under the ESOP Scheme, 2000 and U.S Sub-Plan, 2006.
Our Company has also instituted ESOP Scheme, 2015 to reward our employees for their contributions to us. As
of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, no options have been granted under the ESOP Scheme, 2015.
The issue of Equity Shares pursuant to the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans and ESOP Scheme, 2015 will
be subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including the securities laws of foreign
jurisdictions. As of the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, no options have been granted under the ESOP
Scheme, 2015.
For further details, see “Capital Structure” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations” from pages 91 to 96 and 329, respectively.
Property
We have leased and/or licensed our offices and Delivery Centres from our Promoter and certain third parties,
and own and/or lease certain residential premises for providing accommodations to our employees in various
locations in and outside of India. Our Registered Office is located in Mumbai, India. Our corporate office is
located in Mumbai, India, which we occupy on a leasehold basis. For further details, see “Our Business –
Geographies” from pages 139 to 141.
Insurance
We have insurance policies to cover our assets against losses from fire and other risks to our properties. We also
maintain insurance policies against third party liabilities, including a commercial general liability policy and a
cyber risk protector policy and a policy against errors and omissions, each with worldwide coverage, in addition
to group insurance and medical insurance policies for the benefit of our employees, employment practices
liability insurance, and such other insurance policies as required by applicable law and/or contract. In addition,
we may obtain project-specific insurance coverage for higher risk projects. We are also covered for directors’
and officers’ liability insurance procured by our Promoter.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved in certain legal proceedings, which are described in “Outstanding Litigation and Other Material
Developments” beginning on page 358.
150

151
REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
The following description is a summary of certain sector specific key laws and regulations in India, which are
applicable to our Company and our Subsidiaries. The information detailed in this section has been obtained
from publications available in the public domain. The regulations set out below may not be exhaustive, and are
only intended to provide general information to the investors and are neither designed nor intended to be a
substitute for professional legal advice. The section also lists out certain other laws in India which are not
specific to our Company or to our Subsidiaries.
Software Technology Parks Scheme
The STPI Scheme was introduced by the Government with the objective of encouraging, promoting and
boosting the software exports from India. The STPI Scheme, which is a 100% export oriented scheme, provides
benefits such as data communication facilities, operational space, common amenities, single window clearances
and approvals including project approvals, import certification and other facilities to boost software exports
from India.
In order to avail the benefits as envisaged by the Government, a company is required to register itself with the
appropriate authorities. The principal compliance required of a company accorded approval under the STPI
Scheme is the fulfilment of the export obligation. The letters of permission may contain other conditions.
Additionally, the unit is required to file monthly, quarterly and annual returns to STPI in the nature of a
performance report indicating the export performance.
The Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 and Special Economic Zone Rules, 2006
SEZs are established, regulated and governed by the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005, as amended (the “SEZ
Act”). The SEZ Act was enacted for the establishment, development and management of SEZs for the
promotion of exports. An SEZ is a specifically delineated duty free enclave, deemed to be a foreign territory for
the purposes of trade operations as well as duties and tariffs. A board of approval (“SEZ Board”) has been set up
under the SEZ Act, which is responsible for promoting SEZs and ensuring their orderly development. The SEZ
Board has a number of powers including the authority to approve (i) proposals for the establishment of SEZs,
(ii) the operations to be carried out in the SEZ by the developer and (iii) foreign collaborations and foreign
direct investments in the SEZ for its development, operations and maintenance.
The Special Economic Zone Rules, 2006 (the “SEZ Rules”) have been enacted to effectively implement the
provisions of the SEZ Act. The SEZ Rules provide a simplified procedure for a single window clearance from
central and state governments for setting up SEZs and “units” in SEZs. The SEZ Rules also prescribe the
procedure for the operation and maintenance of an SEZ, the setting up of an SEZ and conducting business
within SEZs, including by way of “self-certification”. The SEZ Rules also provide for the terms and conditions
subject to which entrepreneurs and developers shall be entitled to exemptions, drawbacks, concessions and
certain other benefits. The SEZ Rules stipulate the minimum area requirement for various categories of SEZs.
Export Oriented Unit Scheme
The Ministry of Commerce, Government introduced the Export Oriented Unit (the “EOU”) Scheme on
December 31, 1980. There is no specially earmarked zone under the EOU scheme and an EOU may be set up
anywhere in India subject to operation under the customs bond. They are typically required to fulfil certain
criteria such as achievement of positive net foreign exchange over a period of five years. EOUs are units which
must export their entire production. They may be engaged in the rendering of services, development of software
and manufacture of goods, including repair, remaking, reconditioning and re-engineering. EOUs are allowed to
import or locally procure, duty free, all types of goods including capital goods required for export production.
Other Indian laws
In addition to the above, our Company and our Subsidiaries in India are also governed by laws in relation to
Indian Foreign Trade Policy, 2015-20, under which no export or import can be made by a person without an IEC
number unless such person is specifically exempted. We are also governed by foreign exchange related laws and
the regulations applicable on investments outside India including the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999
and the rules made thereunder.
151

152
Certain laws relating to intellectual property rights such as patent protection under the Patents Act, 1970,
copyright protection under the Copyright Act, 1957 and trademark protection under the Trade Marks Act, 1999
are also applicable to us. In addition to the domestic laws, India is a party to several international intellectual
property related instruments including the Patent Co-operation Treaty, 1970, the Paris Convention for the
Protection of Industrial Property, 1883, the International Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic
Works adopted at Berne in 1886, the Universal Copyright Convention adopted at Geneva in 1952, the Rome
Convention for the Protection of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organisations, 1961,
and as a member of the World Trade Organisation is a signatory to the Agreement on Trade Related aspects of
Intellectual Property Rights which became effective on January 1, 1995.
Additionally, certain IT-related laws such as the Information Technology Act, 2000, which provides legal
recognition to electronic records and creates a mechanism for authentication of electronic documentation
through digital signatures, the Information Technology (Reasonable Security Practices and Procedures and
Sensitive Personal Data or Information) Rules, 2011, and certain state specific laws such as Information
Technology and Information Technology Enabled Services Policy, 2015 framed by State of Maharashtra are
also applicable to us.
The tax related laws that are pertinent include the Central Excise Act, 1944, the Value Added Tax 2005, the
Income Tax Act, the Customs Act, 1962, the Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 and various service tax notifications.
Further, certain legislations such as the Shops and Commercial Establishments Acts of various states and certain
state specific laws are applicable to our Company and our Subsidiaries.
A wide variety of labour laws are also applicable to our Company and our Subsidiaries, including the Contract
Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, the Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions
Act, 1952, the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948, the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 and the Industrial
Disputes (Central) Rules, 1957, the Maternity Benefit Act, 1961, the Minimum Wages Act, 1948, the Payment
of Bonus Act, 1965, the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, the Payment of Wages Act, 1936, Equal Remuneration
Act, 1976 and the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923.
Laws applicable for operations outside India
Our Company operates in various jurisdictions, including North America, Europe, Australia, Singapore and
South Africa through our Subsidiaries and branch offices. The relevant laws in these jurisdictions are applicable
to our Subsidiaries and branch offices, which relate to incorporation or registration as applicable, labour,
immigration, intellectual property, data protection, taxation, and other business related laws.
152

153
HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS
Brief history of our Company
Our Company was incorporated as L&T Information Technology Limited on December 23, 1996 at Mumbai as
a public limited company under the Companies Act, 1956. Our Company received the certificate of
commencement of business on March 25, 1997. Subsequently, the name of our Company was changed to Larsen
& Toubro Infotech Limited pursuant to a special resolution passed by our Shareholders at the EGM held on June
11, 2001. The name of our Company was changed to convey our vision for our global brand and to draw
strength from our Promoter. Pursuant to the change of name, a fresh certificate of incorporation was issued to
our Company by the RoC on June 25, 2001.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has 853 Shareholders (including five
additional folios held by certain Shareholders of our Company).
For information on our Company’s profile, activities, services, market, growth, technology, managerial
competence, standing with reference to prominent competitors, major vendors and suppliers, see “Our
Management”, “Our Business” and “Industry Overview” beginning on pages 164, 123 and 110 respectively.
Changes in the Registered Office
There has been no change in the Registered Office since our Company’s incorporation.
Main Objects of our Company
The main objects contained in the Memorandum of Association of our Company are as follows:
“1. To carry on business of analyzing, designing, maintaining, converting, porting, debugging; coding,
outsourcing and programming ‘software’ to be used on computer or any microprocessor based device or
any other kind of electronic and electromechanical devices or any other such hardware within or outside
India.
2. To purchase, acquire, develop, enhance, improve, compress, experiment with, supply, distribute,
customise, import, export, trade, act as agents / dealers of all kinds of software products.
3. To carry on in India or elsewhere business of data collection, compilation, feeding, converting,

processing, analysis, testing or any kind of database management for both analog and digital data
including CAD/CAM and digitization services for any individual, company or any authority, government
or otherwise.
4. To acquire, design, develop, sell, maintain, upgrade any kind of application which uses voice, image,
binary or any other kind of data and any type of man-machine interface.
5. To make or give services for making animation films using computer software for any person or company
or authority, government or otherwise.
6. To carry on in India or elsewhere business of providing professional services including system analysis,
design and implementation, turnkey project execution, reengineering, process analysis and redesigning,
management consultancy in the areas of finance, marketing, manufacturing, distribution, administration,
human resource management and any such business related area.
7. To design, develop, maintain, operate, expand, upgrade, lease out any kind of communications network
consisting of computer, peripherals and electronic devices including telecommunication equipment,
connected through any kind of link with or without cables and to provide value added services on such a
network within or outside India.
8. To carry on business of preparing, distributing, selling, importing, exporting, trading, modifying all
kinds of educational and entertainment software on any kind of storage devices.
153

154
9. To carry on in India or elsewhere any engineering and/or contracting business, and in particular to
arrange, procure, give on hire or loan for consideration or otherwise, the services of skilled personnel
for software and consultancy.”
The main objects as contained in the Memorandum of Association enable our Company to carry on the business
presently being carried out.
Amendments to our Memorandum of Association
Set out below are the amendments to our Memorandum of Association since the incorporation of our Company.
Date of Particulars
Shareholders’
Resolution/
effective date
March 30, 2002 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect sub-division of
equity shares of ₹ 10 each into equity shares of ₹ 5 each with effect from March 31,
2002.
May 6, 2003 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect increase in the
authorised share capital of our Company from ₹ 150,000,000 divided into 30,000,000
equity shares of ₹ 5 each to ₹ 152,500,000 divided into 30,500,000 equity shares of ₹5
each with effect from June 1, 2003.
December 7, 2006 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect increase in the
equity shares of ₹ 5 each to ₹ 163,750,000 divided into 32,750,000 equity shares of ₹ 5
each.
June 22, 2015 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect sub-division of
equity shares of ₹ 5 each into Equity Shares of ₹ 1 each.
June 22, 2015 Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect increase in the
Equity Shares of ₹ 1 each to ₹ 200,000,000 divided into 200,000,000 Equity Shares of ₹1
each.
September 21, Clause V of the Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect increase in the
2015 authorised share capital of our Company from ₹ 200,000,000 divided into 200,000,000
Equity Shares of ₹ 1 each to ₹ 240,000,000 divided into 240,000,000 Equity Shares of ₹
1 each with effect from September 21, 2015, being the effective date of the ISRC
Scheme, pursuant to the approval by the Bombay High Court vide its order dated
September 4, 2015.
Major events and milestones of our Company
The table below sets forth the key events in the history of our Company:
Financial Particulars
Year
1997 Incorporation of our Company
2002 Our Company was assessed at the Optimizing Level 5 of the Capability Maturity Model for
Software, Version 1.1 by the Software Engineering Institute, Carnegie Mellon University, USA
for the Mumbai, Navi Mumbai, Pune, Chennai, Bangalore and Mysore development centres.
2007 Our Company acquired GDA USA, an electronic design services company.
2008 Our Company established business in South Africa.
2010 Our Company was appraised at Maturity Level 5 (Optimizing) of CMMI ® for Development v1.2
for the units at Mumbai, Navi Mumbai, Pune, Bangalore, Mysore and Chennai.
154

155
Financial Particulars
Year
2011 Our Company acquired transfer agency business unit of Citigroup Fund Services Canada Inc.
and renamed it as LTIFST
2013 Our business verticals were re-cast into two clusters- industrials and services.
2014 Our Company transferred our PES Business unit to LTTSL.
2015 Our Company acquired ISRC from Otis Elevator Company, USA and Otis Elevator Company
(India) Limited, units of United Technologies Corporation.
Our Company was assessed at maturity Level 5 CMMI-SVC v1.3 for the units at Mumbai, Navi
2016
Mumbai, Pune, Bangalore and Chennai.
2016 Our Company is positioning to cater to “Smart Cities” opportunities that we have identified.
For details on certain acquisitions, see “Our Business- Acquisitions and Strategic Investments” on page 147 and
“Financial Statements” beginning on page 206. Further, for details on discontinuance of our PES Business, see
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Financial
Statements” and “Our Business” on page 330, 285-287, 137, respectively.
Awards and Accreditations
1. Our Company’s internal newsletter “Ping” received Bronze Award at Association of Business
Communicators India’s 55th Awards ceremony held in March 2016.
2. Company’s internal digital magazine “All Go Rhythm” received Gold Award at Association of Business
Communicators India’s 55th Awards ceremony held in March 2016.
3. Our Company has won three awards during the World Innovation Congress, 2015 in relation to (i) Financial
Crime EDD Automation Solution, which provides automated financial crime enhanced due diligence
processes, for being the best innovation in information technology, (ii) MediaHub, which provides cloud
based storage and media conversion, for being the most promising new product technology and (iii) MyCar,
which connects users to their cars and enables them to manage information in relation to their cars, for
being the most innovative product of the year.
4. Our Company was ranked in the leadership zone for broadcasting sector in Zinnov’s Global Service
Providers Rating, 2015.
5. Our Company, being the implementation partner for the L&T Metro Rail Hyderabad project, was awarded
the SAP ACE Award, 2015 in Strategic HR and Talent Management.
6. Our Company was awarded the Big Data & Business Analytics Award for Best Analytics Services/
Solution Provider in Predictive Modelling presented to autoMATIC (a telematics based advanced analytics
solution) at the World Marketing Congress.
7. Our Company was conferred with the “Innovation in Big Data” Award by the NetApp Innovation Awards
in the year 2015.
8. Our Company was conferred with the three awards at the World Innovation Congress, 2015 in the
Technology, Innovators and Entrepreneurs categories and five awards from the World HRD Congress, 2015
in relation to our Indian operations, including training organisation of the year, best leadership development
for middle management, best leadership development program for top management, and most innovative
use of training and development as an HR initiative for OD.
9. Our Company was awarded the Honda North America 2014 Performance Excellence Award in the year
2014.
10. Our Company has won two awards during the World Innovation Congress 2014 in relation to Sapphire TM,
an open source-based social media analysis solution for being the Most Promising New Product-
Information Technology and in relation to Campus Next TM, a Cloud enterprise solution for academic
institutes for the Best Innovative On-Line Service in the year 2014.
155

156
11. Our Company was awarded with the Edge Award for implementation of 1-View, a customisable master
data management solution, at INTEROP-2013 conference in the year 2013.
Schemes of arrangement
1. Scheme of amalgamation entered into between ISRC and our Company.
On October 17, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a scheme of amalgamation under Sections 391 to
394 of the Companies Act, 1956 for amalgamation of ISRC with our Company, with the appointed date
as October 17, 2014. From the effective date (as defined under the ISRC Scheme) of the ISRC Scheme,
the entire business and undertaking of ISRC including all its assets, liabilities, rights, duties, and
obligations shall be transferred to our Company. In accordance with the ISRC Scheme, the authorised
share capital of ISRC will be added to the authorised share capital of our Company and accordingly, the
authorised share capital of our Company shall be ₹ 240,000,000. There shall be no issue of Equity Shares
under the ISRC Scheme. On September 4, 2015, the Bombay High Court approved the ISRC Scheme
(the “ISRC Order”). On September 21, 2015, the ISRC Order was filed with the RoC and the same shall
be considered as the effective date under the ISRC Scheme.
2. Scheme of amalgamation entered into between GDA Technologies and our Company, which has
been filed with the Bombay High Court and the Madras High Court.
On October 17, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a scheme of amalgamation under Sections 391 to
394 of the Companies Act, 1956 for amalgamation of GDA Technologies with our Company, with the
appointed date as earlier of April 1, 2016 or the effective date of the GDA Scheme, or such other date as
may be approved. Upon the GDA Scheme being effective, the share capital of GDA Technologies shall
stand automatically cancelled. The entire undertaking of GDA Technologies including all its assets,
liabilities, rights, duties, and obligations shall be transferred to our Company. There shall be no issue of
Equity Shares under the GDA Scheme. There shall be no effect on the authorised share capital of our
Company. The Bombay High Court and the Madras High Court have admitted the petition to sanction
the GDA Scheme on January 8, 2016 and October 14, 2015 respectively. Further, on April 1, 2016, the
Bombay High Court has approved the GDA Scheme and it is currently pending for approval before the
Madras High Court.
Certain other agreements are specified below:
1. Share subscription and shareholders’ agreement dated October 11, 2012, as amended (the South
Africa SHA) entered into amongst Befula Investments, L&T Infotech South Africa and our
Company.
Pursuant to the South Africa SHA, our Company formed a joint venture with Befula Investments, a
company incorporated in South Africa, with the holding of our Company and Befula Investments being
74.9% and 25.1%, respectively, in L&T Infotech South Africa. Our Company was required to subscribe
to 629 equity shares of ZAR 1 each. The South Africa SHA is valid until July 11, 2016.
2. Business transfer agreement dated December 16, 2013 (the “Business Transfer Agreement”)
entered into between LTTSL and our Company, as amended by addendum dated March 31, 2014
and addendum no. 1 dated June 19, 2014.
Pursuant to the Business Transfer Agreement, our Company sold our PES Business to LTTSL for an
aggregate consideration of ₹ 5,024.50 million as a going concern in a slump sale on an as-is-where-is
basis. The sale of our PES Business includes all rights and interest in the assets exclusively pertaining to
our PES Business, services of the then employees of our Company and all records pertaining to our PES
Business. Subsequently, by addendum dated March 31, 2014, the parties established their understanding
that the consideration of ₹ 5,024.50 million includes consideration of sale of our PES Business of our
Company operating in Germany amounting to ₹ 129.20 million. Thereafter, the parties entered into an
addendum no. 1 dated June 19, 2014 which stipulates the details of assets and liabilities of LTTSL as on
December 31, 2013.
156

157
Our Holding Company
Our Promoter is our holding company. For details of our holding company, see “Our Promoter and Promoter
Group” from pages 180 to 181.
Our Subsidiaries
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has nine Subsidiaries. For details regarding
our Subsidiaries, see “Our Subsidiaries” beginning on page 158.
Capital raising activities through equity or debt
For details regarding our capital raising activities through equity and debt, see “Capital Structure”, “Financial
Statements” and “Financial Indebtedness” beginning on pages 84, 206 and 324, respectively.
Injunctions or restraining order against our Company
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no injunctions or restraining orders against our
Company.
Financial and Strategic Partners
Our Company does not have a financial or a strategic partner as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
157

158
OUR SUBSIDIARIES
Unless otherwise specified, all information in this section is as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company has the following subsidiaries:
Subsidiaries of our Company
1. L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc.;
2. Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH;
3. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Canada Ltd.;
4. Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited;
5. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH;
6. L&T Information Technology Spain, Sociedad Limitada;
7. Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC;
8. L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co. Limited; and
9. GDA Technologies Limited.
Details of the Subsidiaries
1. L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc.
Corporate Information:
LTIFST was incorporated as CF L&T FTServ Financial Services Technologies Inc. on November 19,
2010, under the laws of Canada, in Canada and acquired by our Company on January 1, 2011.
Subsequently, the name of CF L&T FTServ Financial Services Technologies Inc. was changed to
LTIFST on January 1, 2011. LTIFST is involved in the business of providing IT services.
Capital Structure:
No. of common shares at no par value

Authorised capital 1,000,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital 1,000,000
Shareholding Pattern:
The shareholding pattern of LTIFST is as follows:
Sr. Name of the shareholder No. of common shares Percentage of total

No. at no par value equity holding (%)
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 1,000,000 100
Total 1,000,000 100
There are no accumulated profits or losses of LTIFST not accounted for by our Company for the
Financial Year 2015.
2. Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH
L&T Infotech GmbH was incorporated as L&T Information Technology GmbH on June 14, 1999
under the laws of Germany, at Leipzig, Germany. Subsequently, the name of L&T Information
Technology GmbH was changed to L&T Infotech GmbH on July 17, 2001. L&T Infotech GmbH is
158

159
involved in the business of rendering consulting services in the field of IT and trade with goods and
rights of all kinds, especially with installations, equipment, and fixture for IT and software.
Capital Structure:
No. of equity shares of Euro 25,000

Authorised capital 1
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital 1
The shareholding pattern of L&T Infotech GmbH is as follows:
Sr. Name of the shareholder No. of equity shares of Percentage of total

No. Euro 25,000 equity holding (%)
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 1 100
Total 1 100
There are no accumulated profits or losses of L&T Infotech GmbH not accounted for by our Company
for the Financial Year 2015.
3. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Canada Ltd.
L&T Infotech Canada was incorporated as Larsen & Toubro Information Technology Canada Ltd. on
April 25, 2000, under the laws of Canada, at Ontario, Canada, which was acquired by our Company on
October 14, 2005. Subsequently, the name of Larsen & Toubro Information Technology Canada Ltd.
was changed to L&T Infotech Canada on April 22, 2008. L&T Infotech Canada is involved in the
business of software development and consultancy services.
Capital Structure:
No. of common shares of CAD 1 each

Authorised capital unlimited
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital 100
The shareholding pattern of L&T Infotech Canada is as follows:
Sr. Name of the shareholder No. of common shares Percentage of total

No. of CAD 1 each equity holding (%)
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 100 100
Total 100 100
There are no accumulated profits or losses of L&T Infotech Canada not accounted for by our Company
4. Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
L&T Infotech South Africa was incorporated as Seven Wood Trading 99 Proprietary Limited on April
5, 2011, under the laws of Republic of South Africa, at Cape Town, South Africa. Subsequently, the
name was changed from Seven Wood Trading 99 Proprietary Limited to its present name, L&T
Infotech South Africa on July 24, 2012. L&T Infotech South Africa is involved in the business of
providing IT services including business process outsourcing and IT enabled services, outsourcing
support and allied services. On July 25, 2012, our Company acquired the entire existing shareholding in
L&T Infotech South Africa and made it our wholly owned subsidiary. For the purposes of expansion of
our Company’s presence in South Africa and to market and leverage our existing business, we
159

160
partnered with Befula Investments, a company incorporated in South Africa, to form a joint venture
with a shareholding of our Company and Befula Investments in the ratio of 74.9: 25.1. For further
details on our arrangement with Befula Investments, see “History and Certain Corporate Matters- Share
subscription and shareholders’ agreement dated October 11, 2012 entered into amongst Befula
Investments, L&T Infotech South Africa and our Company” on page 156.
Capital Structure:
No. of ordinary shares at no par value

Authorised capital 450,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital 443,725
The shareholding pattern of L&T Infotech South Africa is as follows:
Sr. Name of the shareholder No. of ordinary Percentage of total

No. shares at no par value equity holding (%)
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 332,350 74.9
2. Befula Investments 111,375 25.1
Total 443,725 100
There are no accumulated profits or losses of L&T Infotech South Africa not accounted for by our
Company for the Financial Year 2015.
5. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH
L&T Infotech Austria was incorporated on June 18, 2015, under the laws of Austria, at Vienna,
Austria. L&T Infotech Austria is authorised to do the business of providing services in the field of
automatic data processing and IT, IT consulting and IT related services, including outsourcing support
and allied services. L&T Infotech Austria has not yet commenced its operations.
Capital Structure:
Share capital
Authorised capital Euro 35,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital Euro 35,000
The shareholding pattern of L&T Infotech Austria is as follows:
Sr. Name of the shareholder Percentage of total holding (%)

No.
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 100
Total 100
There are no accumulated profits or losses of L&T Infotech Austria not accounted for by our Company
6. L&T Information Technology Spain, Sociedad Limitada
L&T Infotech Spain was incorporated on February 1, 2016, under the laws of Spain, at Madrid, Spain.
L&T Infotech Spain is authorised to do the business of providing IT and outsourcing support and all
other related IT services. L&T Infotech Spain has not yet commenced its operations.
Capital Structure:
Share capital
160

161
Share capital
Authorised capital Euro 50,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital Euro 50,000
The shareholding pattern of L&T Infotech Spain is as follows:

No.
Total 100
L&T Infotech Spain was incorporated on February 1, 2016 and hence there are no accumulated profits
or losses of L&T Infotech Spain not accounted for by our Company for the Financial Year 2015.
7. Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC
L&T Infotech LLC was incorporated on July 21, 2009, under the laws of the State of Delaware, in the
USA. L&T Infotech LLC is involved in the business of IT related services. L&T Infotech LLC is
incorporated as a limited liability company and our Company is its sole shareholder. The laws of State
of Delaware, USA permit a single shareholder to form a business structure without the need of making
contribution of share capital in the form of cash.
The shareholding pattern of L&T Infotech LLC is as follows:

No.
Total 100
There are no accumulated profits or losses of L&T Infotech LLC not accounted for by our Company
8. L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co. Limited
L&T Infotech Shanghai was incorporated on June 28, 2013 under the laws of the People’s Republic of
China, at Shanghai. L&T Infotech Shanghai is involved in the business of inter alia, technology
services, computer software (excluding audio visual products and publications) design, development
and production, sales of own products and after sale services, commission agency (excluding auction)
in relation to computer software and hardware, engineering and technical consulting. Investment in
L&T Infotech Shanghai is not denominated in number of equity shares as per the laws of the People’s
Republic of China.
Capital Structure:
Total investment and registered capital

Registered capital USD 175,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital USD 175,000
The shareholding pattern of L&T Infotech Shanghai is as follows:
161

162
Sr. Name of the shareholder Value of Percentage of total paid up capital

No. holding
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited USD 175,000 100
Total USD 175,000 100
There are no accumulated profits or losses of L&T Infotech Shanghai not accounted for by our
Company for the Financial Year 2015.
9. GDA Technologies Limited
GDA Technologies was incorporated on October 22, 1997 under the Companies Act, 1956, at
Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu and became our Subsidiary on March 15, 2007 through the acquisition of
GDA Technologies Inc. GDA Technologies is involved in the business of inter alia, designing,
developing and manufacturing of hardware and software, providing consultancy services in the areas of
system definition, maintenance and distribution of products in India and abroad and designing and
developing technologies in the area of software, animation, graphics and internet. In accordance with
the GDA Scheme, GDA Technologies shall be amalgamated with our Company. For further details of
the GDA Scheme, see “History and Certain Corporate Matters- Scheme of amalgamation entered into
between GDA Technologies and our Company, which has been filed with the Bombay High Court and
the Madras High Court” on page 156.
Capital Structure:
No. of equity shares of ₹ 10 each

Authorised capital 400,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up capital 168,197
The shareholding pattern of GDA Technologies is as follows:
Sr. Name of the shareholder No. of equity shares of Percentage of total

No. ₹ 10 each equity holding (%)
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 167,234 99.43
2. N. Hariharan* 900 0.50
3. Vaishali Desai* 18 0.02
4. Subodh Shetty* 18 0.02
5. Prasad V. Shanbhag* 9 0.01
6. A. K. Sonthalia* 9 0.01
7. Kedar Gadgil* 9 0.01
Total 168,197 100.00
*Equity shares held jointly as nominees on behalf of our Company.
There are no accumulated profits or losses of GDA Technologies not accounted for by our Company
Other Confirmations
None of our Subsidiaries have made any public or rights issue in the last three years.
None of our Subsidiaries are listed on any stock exchange in India or abroad.
Interest of the Subsidiaries in our Company
None of our Subsidiaries hold any Equity Shares in our Company.
None of our Subsidiaries have any business interest in our Company except as stated in the “Our Business” and
“Related Party Transactions” beginning on pages 123 and 204, respectively.
162

163
Material Transactions
There are no sales or purchases between any of the Subsidiaries and our Company where such sales or
purchases exceed in value in the aggregate 10% of the total sales or purchases of our Company.
Common Pursuits
Our Company undertakes its business through its Subsidiaries and accordingly, there are certain common
pursuits amongst our Subsidiaries and our Company.
163

164
OUR MANAGEMENT
In terms of the Articles of Association, our Company is required to have not less than three directors and not
more than 15 Directors. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Board comprises of eight
Directors.
The following table sets forth details regarding our Board:
Name, Father’s Name, Designation, Address, Age Other Directorships

Occupation, Nationality, Term and DIN (in years)
A. M. Naik 73  Larsen & Toubro Limited;
 L&T Realty Limited; and
Father’s name: Late Manibhai Naik  L&T Technology Services Limited.
Designation: Non-Executive Chairman
Address: High Trees, 54 Pali Hill, Bandra (W),

Mumbai 400 050
Occupation: Service
Nationality: Indian
Term: Liable to retire by rotation
DIN: 00001514
Sanjay Jalona 47 None
Father’s name: Shyam Kumar Jalona
Designation: Chief Executive Officer and

Managing Director
Address: 79/9, Sunny Brooks, Sarjapur Road,

Bengaluru 560 035
Occupation: Service
Nationality: Indian
Term: For a period of five years from August 10,

2015 to August 9, 2020, subject to approval of
our Shareholders in the next AGM
DIN: 07256786
S. N. Subrahmanyan 56  Larsen & Toubro Limited

 Construction Skill Development
Father’s name: Sekharipuram Subrahmanyan Council of India;
Narayanan  L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited;
and
Designation: Non-Executive Director
 L&T Technology Services Limited.
th
Address: E-116, 16 Cross Street, Besant Nagar,
Chennai 600 090, Tamil Nadu
Occupation: Service
Nationality: Indian
Term: Liable to retire by rotation
164

165

DIN: 02255382
R. Shankar Raman 57  Larsen & Toubro Limited;

 L&T Finance Holdings Limited;
Father’s name: Late Erukoor Dhandapani  L&T General Insurance Company
Ramamurthi Limited;
 L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering
Designation: Non-Executive Director
Limited;
Address: Flat no. 123, 12th Floor, Kalpataru  L&T Infrastructure Development
Royale, Plot no. 110, Road no. 29, Off Sion Projects Limited;
Circle, Sion (East), Mumbai 400 022  L&T Investment Management
Limited;
Occupation: Service  L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited
 L&T Realty Limited; and
Nationality: Indian  L&T Seawoods Limited.
Term: Appointed up to the next AGM with effect
from October 28, 2015
DIN: 00019798
Samir Desai 69 L&T Technology Services Limited
Father’s Name: Thakorbhai R. Desai
Designation: Independent Director
Address: 7050 NW 126 Terrace, Parkland,

Florida 33076, United States of America
Occupation: Professional (Retired)
Nationality: Citizen of United States of America
Term: For a period of three years from April 1,

2014 to March 31, 2017
DIN: 01182256
M. M. Chitale 66  Larsen & Toubro Limited;

 Asrec (India) Limited;
Father’s Name: Manohar Govind Chitale  Atul Limited;
 Essel Propack Limited;
 ITZ Cash Card Limited;
Address: 4/46, Vishnuprasad Society, Shahaji  L&T General Insurance Company
Raje Marg, Vile Parle (East), Mumbai 400 057 Limited;
 ONGC Mangalore Petrochemicals
Occupation: Chartered Accountant Limited;
 ONGC Petro Additions Limited;
Nationality: Indian  Principal Pnb Asset Management
Company Private Limited; and
Term: For a period of three years from April 1,  Ram Ratna Wires Limited.
2014 to March 31, 2017
DIN: 00101004
Vedika Bhandarkar 48  Tata Autocomp Systems Limited;

 Tata Investment Corporation Limited;
 Tata Motors Finance Limited;
165

166

Father’s Name: Late Upendra Nath Upadhyaya  Tata Motors Finance Solutions Limited;
and
Designation: Independent Director  Tata Sky Limited.
Address: B-8, Sea Face Park, 50 Bhulabhai Desai
Road, Mumbai 400 026
Occupation: Professional
Nationality: Indian
Term: For a period of five years from March 16,

2015 to March 15, 2020.
DIN: 00033808
Arjun Gupta 55  L&T Technology Services Limited;

 Calient Technologies Inc.;
Father’s Name: Late Satish Chandra Gupta  Jumpstart Games Inc.; and
 Nexant Inc.
Address: 980 East Hopkins Avenue, Aspen

Colorado 81611, United States of America
Occupation: Venture Capitalist
Nationality: Citizen of United States of America
Term: For a period of 5 years from October 28,

2015 to October 27, 2020, subject to approval of
our Shareholders in the next AGM
DIN: 07320919
Note:
Sanjay Jalona, Samir Desai, M. M. Chitale, Vedika Bhandarkar and Arjun Gupta, who have been appointed for a fixed term, are not liable
to retire by rotation.
Relationship between our Directors
None of our Directors are related to each other.
Brief Biographies of Directors
A. M. Naik is the Non-Executive Chairman of our Company. He obtained his graduate degree in mechanical
engineering from the Birla Vishvakarma Mahavidyalaya, Sardar Patel University of Gujarat. He has been
associated with our Promoter for over five decades. He rapidly rose to secure the position of Managing Director
& CEO, followed by Chairman in 2004 and culminating in Group Executive Chairman in 2012. He is the Hon.
Consul General for Denmark in Mumbai and was awarded the Order of the Dannebrog as Knight 1st Class by
Queen Margrethe of Denmark. He has been awarded an Honorary Degree of Doctor of Letters from Veer
Narmad South Gujarat University. He has made several contributions for social upliftment and has contributed
to the setting up of certain educational facilities and hospitals such as the Kharel Education Society, the
Manibhai Nichhabhai Naik Higher Secondary School, the Anil Naik Technical Training Centre, the Nirali
Memorial Radiation Centre and the Bharat Cancer Hospital & Research Centre. He has secured several global,
national and professional honours, including the “Padma Bhushan”, “Gujarat Garima Award” – Gujarat’s
highest civilian honour, “Asia Business Leader of the Year Award” and “India’s Business Leader of the Year
Award” by CNBC Asia, “Business Leader of the Year (Building India) Award” by NDTV Profit and “Business
Leader of the Year Award” by the Economic Times. He has been a Director of our Company since December
23, 1996.
166

167
Sanjay Jalona is the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of our Company. He has obtained a
degree of Master of Science (Technology) in computer science from the Birla Institute of Technology and
Science, Pilani. He has over 25 years of experience in the IT industry. Prior to joining our Company, he worked
at Infosys Limited as the Executive Vice President and Global Head of High-Tech, Manufacturing and
Engineering Services. He also served as a member of the Board of Lodestone Holding AG, the management
consulting subsidiary of Infosys in Europe and has also chaired the Board of Infosys Technologies (China)
Company Limited and Infosys Technologies (Shanghai) Company Limited. He was appointed as a Director of
our Company with effect from August 10, 2015 as an Additional Director.
S. N. Subrahmanyan is a Non-Executive Director of our Company. He has obtained a graduate degree in civil
engineering from the Kurukshetra University, Haryana and has completed a post-graduate course in business
administration from Symbiosis Institute of Business Management, Pune. He has over 30 years of experience in
the infrastructure and construction industry. He joined the L&T group in 1984. He is a member of the
Governing Council of the Construction Skill Development Council of India. He is also a member of the Board
of Governors of the National Institute of Construction Management and Research. Mr. Subrahmanyan is a
Fellow of the Institution of Civil Engineers- United Kingdom. He was the Chairman of the CII Gulf Committee
for the Financial Year 2012 and was a member of the Working Committee, Projects Exports Promotion Council.
Mr. Subrahmanyan was awarded the “Leadership Award” by the Qatar Contractors Forum in 2014. He was
ranked 36th in the “2014 Construction Week Power 100” in the global construction sector in a survey by
international publication the Construction Week, in its issue dated June 22, 2014. In 2012, he was awarded with
the “Outstanding Contribution to Industry (Infrastructure)” by the Construction Week Magazine. He was
appointed as Director of our Company on January 10, 2015.
R. Shankar Raman is a Non-Executive Director of our Company. He is a qualified Chartered Accountant. He

has over 28 years of experience in various capacities in the field of finance. Mr. Shankar Raman joined the L&T
group on November 14, 1994 for incorporating L&T Finance Limited. He was appointed as the chief financial
officer of L&T in September 2011 and subsequently elevated to the board of directors of L&T on October 1,
2011. He presently oversees the finance functions in L&T. Mr. Shankar Raman holds the position of director in
several companies within the L&T group. He was ranked amongst the top three CFOs in Asia by the
Institutional Investor magazine in the infrastructure sector in 2013 and in the industrials sector in 2014 and
2015. In 2013, Mr. Shankar Raman won CNBC TV18’s ‘CFO of the Year Award’ and Business Today’s Best
CFO Award for Consistent Liquidity Management under Large Companies category. He ceased to be the
Director of our Company on September 26, 2015 and was re-appointed on October 28, 2015 as an Additional
Director.
Samir Desai is an Independent Director of our Company. He has obtained a post-graduate degree in electrical
engineering from the Illinois Institute of Technology. He also holds a post-graduate degree in business
administration from Loyola University, Chicago. Mr. Desai has over 30 years of experience in management.
Prior to joining our Company, he worked at Motorola for over 30 years and has also served as a chief
information officer at Motorola. He has also served as general manager of iDEN® Networks & Devices. He was
appointed as a Director of our Company on January 27, 2007.
M. M. Chitale is an Independent Director of our Company. He has obtained a graduate degree in commerce
from the University of Mumbai. He is a qualified Chartered Accountant. He has over 40 years of experience as a
Chartered Accountant in practice. He has been a fellow member of the ICAI and has served as the President of
ICAI in the year 1997-98. He was also associated as a member of governing council of Banking Codes and
Standards Board of India. Mr. Chitale was also the Chairman of the Ethics Committee of the Stock Exchange,
Mumbai. He was a member of Advisory Board on Bank, Commercial and Financial Frauds. He was also a
member of the group for Amalgamation of Urban Co-operative Banks. He was a member of the Working Group
on Restructuring of Weak Public Sector Banks appointed by RBI (Verma Committee) and the Committee on
Procedures and Performance Audit of Public Services appointed by RBI (Dr. Tarapore Committee) as well. He
was appointed as the Chairman of National Advisory Committee on Accounting Standards. He was appointed as
a Director of our Company on October 17, 2011.
Vedika Bhandarkar is an Independent Director of our Company. She has obtained her graduate degree in
science from the Mohanlal Sukhadia University, Udaipur and completed a two year post-graduate programme in
management from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad. She has over 25 years of experience in the
financial services industry. Prior to joining our Company, she held the position of the Managing Director and
Vice-Chairman, India, of Credit Suisse Securities (India) Private Limited (“Credit Suisse”). She has served as
the head of Indian investment banking and global markets solution group, India, at Credit Suisse from July 2010
167

168
to February 2015. She has also worked with JP Morgan India Private Limited in India as the Managing Director
from May 1998 to July 2010. She was appointed as a Director of our Company with effect from March 16,
2015.
Arjun Gupta is an Independent Director of our Company. He has obtained a graduate degree (Phi Beta Kappa)
and a post graduate degree in computer science from Washington State University and a post graduate degree in
business administration from Stanford University. He was also an Advanced Leadership Fellow from Harvard
University and a 2001 Henry Crown Fellow from the Aspen Institute. Prior to moving to USA, he had obtained
a graduate degree in economics (Honors) from St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University. He is the managing
partner of TeleSoft Partners, a special situations venture capital firm he founded in 1997. He has over 27 years
of experience working with technology companies in venture capital, consulting and engineering roles. He was
ranked by Forbes Magazine in the Top-100 technology venture investors on the 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009
Midas Lists. He serves on the boards of various companies in USA such as Calient Technologies Inc., Jumpstart
Games Inc. (formerly Knowledge Adventure) and Nexant Inc.; and he is an advisor of DocuSign. He was
appointed as an Additional Director of our Company on October 28, 2015.
Confirmations
None of our Directors is or was a director of any listed company during the last five years preceding the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, whose shares have been or were suspended from being traded on the BSE or
the NSE, during the term of their directorship in such company.
None of our Directors is or was a director of any listed company which has been or was delisted from any stock
exchange.
Terms of appointment of the Executive Director
Sanjay Jalona was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of our Company pursuant to
the resolution passed by our Board on July 27, 2015, for the period commencing from August 10, 2015 up to
and including August 9, 2020. Pursuant to the employment agreement dated August 26, 2015, entered into
between Sanjay Jalona and our Company (the “Employment Agreement”), he shall be entitled to the following
remuneration as given hereunder (1):
Particulars Indian remuneration USA remuneration

(based in India) (based in USA)
(in ₹) (in USD)
Base pay 1.875 million per month 750,000 per annum
Variable compensation(2) Upto 7.5 million per annum Upto 180,000 per annum
Retention bonus(3) 2.5 million per annum 300,000 per annum
Commission on profit 0.2% of the standalone PAT, calculated as per the Companies Act, 2013
Stock compensation Mr. Jalona will be eligible to receive employee stock options having a
market value of USD 2 million at the time of grant under our Company’s
employee stock ownership scheme
Notes:
(1) The Indian remuneration shall be applicable when Mr. Jalona is based in India. Upon obtaining a valid work permit
to work in the U.S.A and commencing such work, USA remuneration shall become applicable. The remuneration for
the Financial Year 2016 would be paid on pro-rata basis.
(2) Variable compensation will be based on the achievement of the milestones/goals, laid out in the variable
compensation plan as set out annually.
(3) Mr. Jalona will have an option to convert the retention bonus in part or full into employee stock options.
(4) The definition of profit for the purpose of commission will be the operating net PAT, for and from the Financial Year
2016 and excluding extraordinary/exceptional profits or losses arising from sale of business/assets, sale of shares in
any of our subsidiaries and associate companies/special purpose vehicles/joint ventures and also from sale of
strategic investments/adjustment in valuation of strategic investments. The commission on PAT and conversion rate
of USD and Rupee figures, for such computations shall be as on day when that accounts are approved for the
pertinent Financial Year, in accordance with the Companies Act, 2013.
Other benefits provided under the Employment Agreement include (i) coverage under the Larsen & Toubro
Officers and Supervisory Staff Provident Fund Scheme, (ii) medical benefits and health insurance, (iii)
employee benefit programs, (iv) leave encashment and (v) reimbursement of expenses.
168

169
Sanjay Jalona shall not be entitled to sitting fees for attending the meetings of our Board or committees of our
Company from the date of his appointment.
In case of termination of the Employment Agreement by our Company, Sanjay Jalona will be entitled to twelve
months’ base pay if the Employment Agreement is terminated within the first year of service, and if the
Employment Agreement is terminated after the first year of service, he will be entitled to six months’ base pay
or, in case of non-performance or low performance, three months’ full base pay and three months’ half base pay.
Payment or benefit to Directors of our Company
The sitting fees/other remuneration paid to our Directors in Financial Year 2015 are as follows:
1. Remuneration to Executive Director:
No remuneration has been paid to Sanjay Jalona, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, in
the Financial Year 2015 as he has been appointed by our Company with effect from August 10, 2015.
During the nine months period ended December 31, 2015, Sanjay Jalona was paid a remuneration of ₹
9.89 million.
2. Remuneration to Non-Executive Directors:
The aggregate value of the remuneration paid to the existing Non-Executive Directors in the Financial
Year 2015 is ₹ 3.45 million.
The details of the remuneration and sitting fees paid to the existing Non-Executive Directors of our
Company in the Financial Year 2015 are set forth in the table below:
Sr. Name of the Director Sitting Fees (in ₹ Commission (in ₹ Total (in ₹ million)
No. million) million)
1. Samir Desai 0.38 2.77 3.15
2. M. M. Chitale 0.30 Nil 0.30
3. A. M. Naik Nil Nil Nil
4. S. N. Subrahmanyan Nil Nil Nil
5. R. Shankar Raman Nil Nil Nil
6. Vedika Bhandarkar Nil Nil Nil
7. Arjun Gupta Nil Nil Nil
The details of the remuneration and sitting fees paid to the existing Non-Executive Directors of our
Company for the nine months period ended December 31, 2015 are set forth in the table below:
Sr. Name of the Director Sitting Fees (in ₹ Commission (in ₹ Total (in ₹ million)
No. million) million)
1. Samir Desai 0.43 3.00 3.43
2. M. M. Chitale 0.45 Nil 0.45
3. A. M. Naik Nil Nil Nil
4. S. N. Subrahmanyan Nil Nil Nil
5. R. Shankar Raman Nil Nil Nil
6. Vedika Bhandarkar 0.20 Nil 0.20
7. Arjun Gupta 0.05 Nil 0.05
In addition to the above, certain Directors have also been granted employee stock options. For further details,
see “Capital Structure” on page 96.
Except as disclosed in “Related Party Transactions” on page 204, none of the beneficiaries of loans, and
advances and sundry debtors are related to the Directors of our Company. Further, except statutory benefits
upon termination of their employment in our Company or retirement, other than Sanjay Jalona (as disclosed
above), none of our Directors are entitled to any benefits upon termination of employment.
No remuneration has been paid, or is payable, by our Subsidiaries to the Directors of our Company.
169

170
Except for Sanjay Jalona (as disclosed above), none of the Directors are a party to any bonus or profit sharing
plan of our Company.
Arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others
There is no arrangement or understanding with the major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant
to which any of our Directors was appointed on the Board or member of senior management.
Shareholding of Directors in our Company:
The shareholding of our Directors as of the date of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is set forth below:
Name of Director Number of Equity Shares held % of the pre-Offer shareholding

A. M. Naik 871,875 0.51
Our Articles of Association do not require our Directors to hold any qualification shares.
Shareholding of Directors in Subsidiaries
Our Directors do not hold any equity shares in our Subsidiaries.
Appointment of relatives of Directors to any office or place of profit
None of the relatives of our Directors currently hold any office or place of profit in our Company.
Interest of Directors
All Independent Directors may be deemed to be interested to the extent of sitting fees payable to them for
attending meetings of our Board and Committees thereof, and reimbursement of expenses payable to them under
our Articles of Association and commission payable to them as approved by our Board of Directors. Our
Executive Director may be deemed to be interested to the extent of other remuneration and reimbursement of
expenses payable to him under our Articles of Association and to the extent of remuneration paid to him for
services rendered as an officer of our Company.
Our Directors may also be regarded as interested in the Equity Shares or employee stock options held by them
or that may be subscribed or Allotted, pursuant to the Offer, to the companies, firms and trusts, in which they
are interested as directors, members, partners, trustees and promoters.
Except as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, no amount or benefit has been paid or given within the
two preceding years or is intended to be paid or given to any of our Directors except the normal remuneration
for services rendered as Directors.
Our Directors have no interest in the promotion of our Company other than in the ordinary course of business.
Further, our Directors have no interest in any property acquired within two years from the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus or proposed to be acquired by our Company.
Except as stated in “Related Party Transactions” on page 204, our Directors do not have any other interest in our
business.
No loans have been availed by our Directors or the Key Management Personnel from our Company.
Changes in the Board in the last three years
Name Date of Appointment/ Change/ Reason

Cessation
V.K. Magapu October 1, 2012(1) Appointed as Managing Director
K.R.L. Narasimham April 8, 2013(2) Re-appointed as Executive Director
R. Shankar Raman May 3, 2013(3) Appointed as Non-Executive Director
Y. M. Deosthalee May 7, 2013 Ceased to be Non-Executive Director
V.K. Magapu October 1, 2013(1) Re-appointed as Managing Director
K.R.L. Narasimham April 8, 2014(2) Re-appointed as Executive Director
170

171
Name Date of Appointment/ Change/ Reason

Cessation
Keshab Panda April 30, 2014 Ceased to be Non-Executive Director
Chandrashekara Kakal July 21, 2014(4) Appointed as Executive Director
V.K. Magapu October 1, 2014 Re-appointed as Managing Director
Vivek Chopra December 31, 2014 Ceased to be Executive Director
S. N. Subrahmanyan January 10, 2015(5) Appointed as Non-Executive Director
Sunil Pande January 10, 2015(5) Appointed as Executive Director
Mukesh Aghi February 28, 2015 Ceased to be Executive Director
Vedika Bhandarkar March 16, 2015(5) Appointed as Independent Director
Rama Iyer April 1, 2015 Ceased to be Independent Director
K.R.L. Narasimham April 8, 2015 Ceased to be Executive Director
Sanjay Jalona August 10, 2015(6) Appointed as Chief Executive Officer
and Managing Director
Sunil Pande August 26, 2015 Ceased to be Executive Director
Chandrashekara Kakal August 27, 2015 Ceased to be Executive Director
V.K. Magapu September 26, 2015 Ceased to be Managing Director
R. Shankar Raman September 26, 2015 Ceased to be Non-Executive Director
Arjun Gupta October 28, 2015(7) Appointed as Independent Director
R. Shankar Raman October 28, 2015(7) Appointed as Non-Executive Director
(1) The Shareholders of our Company approved appointment of V.K. Magapu as the Managing Director on September
13, 2012 and consequent re-appointments on August 19, 2013 and September 10, 2014.
(2) The Shareholders of our Company approved the re-appointment of K.R.L. Narasimham as Executive Director on
January 25, 2013 and subsequently on March 31, 2014.
(3) The Shareholders approved appointment of R. Shankar Raman as a director on August 26, 2013.
(4) The Shareholders approved appointment of Chandrashekara Kakal as a director on September 10, 2014. Further,
Rama Iyer, M. M. Chitale and Samir Desai were appointed as Independent Directors under the Companies Act,
2013 for a fixed term on September 10, 2014.
(5) The Shareholders approved appointment of S. N. Subrahmanyan, Sunil Pande and Vedika Bhandarkar as directors
on June 12, 2015.
(6) The Shareholders approved appointment of Sanjay Jalona as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
on September 14, 2015.
(7) The Board of Directors have appointed Arjun Gupta and R. Shankar Raman as Additional Directors and their
appointments are subject to approval by the Shareholders.
Borrowing Powers of Board
Our Board of Directors is authorised to borrow any sum or sums of money from time to time which together
with monies already borrowed by our Company do not exceed the aggregate of the paid-up capital of our
Company and its reserves, apart from temporary loans obtained from our Company’s bankers in the ordinary
course of business.
Management Organisation Chart
171

172
Key Management Personnel
Brief Biographies of Key Management Personnel
For details in relation to biographies of Sanjay Jalona, see “Our Management- Brief Biographies of Directors”
on page 167.
A. K. Sonthalia, aged 47 years, is the Chief Financial Officer of our Company. He joined our Company on
August 26, 2015. He is a Chartered Accountant. He has over 24 years of experience in the areas of strategic
financial planning, treasury and finance and accounts in various industry verticals. Previously, he has worked at
senior finance positions in L&T Power IC, Greaves Cotton Limited and Tata Group Companies- Tata Inc.
(USA), and Tata Chemicals Limited. He completed one year management programme for Tata Steel officers
from XLRI, Jamshedpur. In our Company, he has overall responsibility for the finance function. Since he was
appointed after the Financial Year 2015, he has not received any compensation from our Company during the
Financial Year 2015. He received a compensation of ₹6.94 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2015. In addition to the same, he is also entitled to variable compensation for the nine months ended December
31, 2015 and shall be paid accordingly.
S. K. Bhatt, aged 63 years, is the Company Secretary of our Company. He joined our Company on August 26,
2015. He holds a graduate degree in law from University of Mumbai and a post graduate degree in commerce
and financial management from University of Mumbai. He is a fellow member of the ICSI. He has over 44 years
of experience in various fields such as banking, corporate finance, legal and corporate compliance. He has
worked for 16 years in Bank of India followed by over three years with Chemical Terminal Trombay Limited, a
subsidiary of Tata Power Company Limited as the Company Secretary and Finance Manager. Post this, he has
worked at Godrej Industries Limited as the Executive Vice-President (Corporate Services) and Company
Secretary. He was appointed by our Promoter as the Chief Legal Advisor on May 2, 2009, a position he holds
currently. As Chief Legal Advisor of our Promoter, he is responsible for all corporate related matters and he also
supervises legal matters. Since he was appointed after the Financial Year 2015, he has not received any
compensation from our Company during the Financial Year 2015. He received a compensation of ₹ 1.35 million
for the nine months ended December 31, 2015. In addition to the same, he is also entitled to variable
compensation for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and shall be paid accordingly.
172

173
Aftab Ullah, aged 45 years is the Chief Operating Officer of our Company. He joined our Company on
February 9, 2016. He has obtained a graduate degree in engineering from Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi
(designated as an Indian Institute of Technology since 2012). He has over 20 years of experience in the IT
industry. Previously, Mr. Ullah worked with BA Continuum India Private Limited in various capacities
including senior vice president and head, Global Delivery Centre of Expertise, India as well as Whole Time
Director. In our Company, he is responsible for global delivery, global operations and corporate services of our
Company. Since he was appointed after Financial Year 2015, he has not received any compensation from our
Company during the Financial Year 2015 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2015.
Except Sanjay Jalona, none of the appointment or deputation letters issued to the Key Management Personnel
specify the term of office of the Key Management Personnel. However, the appointment letters issued by our
Promoter to S. K. Bhatt, who is deputed by our Promoter to our Company, provide for his retirement on January
1, 2017.
Further, except statutory benefits upon termination of their employment in our Company or retirement, none of
our Key Management Personnel are entitled to any benefits upon termination of employment other than Sanjay
Jalona. For further details in relation to termination benefits of Sanjay Jalona, see “Our Management- Terms of
appointment of the Executive Director” from pages 168 to 169.
None of our Key Management Personnel are related to each other.
Except S. K. Bhatt who is deputed by our Promoter to our Company, all our Key Management Personnel are the
permanent employees of our Company. Our Promoter recovers from our Company, the remuneration paid to the
deputed Key Management Personnel.
Except S. K. Bhatt who is deputed by our Promoter to our Company, there are no arrangements or
understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any of our Key
Management Personnel were selected as a Director or a member of our senior management.
Shareholding of Key Management Personnel
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of the Key Management Personnel hold any Equity
Shares in our Company.
Bonus or profit sharing plan of the Key Management Personnel
Except for Sanjay Jalona and certain performance linked incentives and retention pay set out in the respective
appointment letters of the Key Management Personnel, our Company does not have any bonus or profit sharing
plan for the Key Management Personnel. For further details in relation to entitlement under profit sharing plan
for Sanjay Jalona, see “Our Management-Terms of appointment of the Executive Director” from pages 168 to
169.
Interests of Key Management Personnel
None of our Key Management Personnel have any interests in our Company other than to the extent of the
remuneration or benefits to which they are entitled to as per their terms of appointment, reimbursement of
expenses incurred by them during the ordinary course of business, the Equity Shares held and the employee
stock options held, if any.
Changes in our Key Management Personnel
The changes in our Key Management Personnel in the last three years are as follows:
Name Date of change Reason for change

Chandrashekara Kakal May 26, 2014 Appointed as Chief Operating Officer
Angna Arora May 8, 2015 Ceased to be Company Secretary and Re-
designated as Head- Secretarial
Pramod S. Kapoor May 8, 2015 Appointed as Chief Financial Officer and
Company Secretary
Pramod S. Kapoor August 26, 2015 Ceased to be a Chief Financial Officer and
173

174
Name Date of change Reason for change

Company Secretary
A. K. Sonthalia August 26, 2015 Appointed as Chief Financial Officer
S. K. Bhatt August 26, 2015 Appointed as Company Secretary
Chandrashekara Kakal August 27, 2015 Ceased to be Chief Operating Officer
Aftab Ullah February 9, 2016 Appointed as Chief Operating Officer
In addition to the changes in our Key Management Personnel set out above, for details in relation to changes in
our Directors who are also our Key Management Personnel, see “Our Management- Changes in the Board in the
last three years” from pages 170 to 171.
Payment or Benefit to officers of our Company
Except for the payment of remuneration or commission for services rendered by our officers, no amount or
benefit has been paid or given within the two preceding years or intended to be paid or given to any officer and
consideration for payment of giving of the benefit.
Our Company has granted options to certain employees of our Company. For details, see “Capital Structure” on
page 96.
Corporate Governance
The provisions of the Listing Regulations with respect to corporate governance will be applicable to us
immediately upon the listing of the Equity Shares with the Stock Exchanges. We are in compliance with the
requirements of the applicable regulations, including the Listing Regulations, the Companies Act, 2013 and the
SEBI Regulations, in respect of corporate governance including constitution of the Board and committees
thereof. The corporate governance framework is based on an effective independent Board, separation of the
Board’s supervisory role from the executive management team and constitution of the Board Committees, as
required under law.
Our Board has been constituted in compliance with the Companies Act, 2013 and the Listing Regulations. The
Board functions either as a full board or through various committees constituted to oversee specific functions.
Our executive management provides our Board detailed reports on its performance periodically.
Currently, our Board has eight Directors. In compliance with the requirements of the Listing Regulations, we
have a Non-Executive Chairman, one Executive Director and six Non-Executive Directors including four
Independent Directors, on our Board. Further, in compliance with the Listing Regulations and the Companies
Act, 2013, we have a woman director on our Board.
Committees of the Board
In addition to the committees of the Board detailed below, our Board of Directors may, from time to time,
constitute committees for various functions.
Audit Committee
The members of the Audit Committee are:
1. M. M. Chitale, Independent Director (Chairman),
2. Samir Desai, Independent Director, and
3. S. N. Subrahmanyan, Non-Executive Director.
The Audit Committee was re-constituted by a meeting of our Board held on August 26, 2015. Our Audit
Committee met five times during the preceding Financial Year. The scope and function of the Audit Committee
is in accordance with Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 18(3) of the Listing Regulations
and its terms of reference include the following:
1. Oversight of the company’s financial reporting process and the disclosure of its financial information to
ensure that the financial statement is correct, sufficient and credible;
174

175
2. Recommendation for appointment, re-appointment and replacement, remuneration and terms of

appointment of auditors of the company;
3. Approval of payment to statutory auditors for any other services rendered by the statutory auditors;
4. Reviewing, with the management, the annual financial statements and auditor’s report thereon before
submission to the board for approval, with particular reference to:
a) Matters required to be included in the Director’s Responsibility Statement to be included in

the Board’s report in terms of clause (c) of sub-section 3 of Section 134 of the Companies
Act, 2013;
b) Changes, if any, in accounting policies and practices and reasons for the same;
c) Major accounting entries involving estimates based on the exercise of judgment by

management;
d) Significant adjustments made in the financial statements arising out of audit findings;
e) Compliance with listing and other legal requirements relating to financial statements;
f) Disclosure of any related party transactions;
g) Modified opinion(s) in the draft audit report.
5. Reviewing, with the management, the quarterly financial statements before submission to the board for
approval;
6. Reviewing, with the management, the statement of uses / application of funds raised through an issue
(public issue, rights issue, preferential issue, etc.), the statement of funds utilised for purposes other than
those stated in the offer document / prospectus / notice and the report submitted by the monitoring
agency monitoring the utilisation of proceeds of a public or rights issue, and making appropriate
recommendations to the Board to take up steps in this matter;
7. Review and monitor the auditor’s independence and performance, and effectiveness of audit process;
8. Approval or any subsequent modification of transactions of the Company with related parties;
9. Scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments;
10. Valuation of undertakings or assets of the company, wherever it is necessary;
11. Evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems;
12. Reviewing, with the management, performance of statutory and internal auditors, adequacy of the
internal control systems;
13. Reviewing the adequacy of internal audit function, if any, including the structure of the internal audit
department, staffing and seniority of the official heading the department, reporting structure coverage and
frequency of internal audit;
14. Discussion with internal auditors of any significant findings and follow up there on;
15. Reviewing the findings of any internal investigations by the internal auditors into matters where there is
suspected fraud or irregularity or a failure of internal control systems of a material nature and reporting
the matter to the board;
16. Discussion with statutory auditors before the audit commences, about the nature and scope of audit as
well as post-audit discussion to ascertain any area of concern;
175

176
17. To look into the reasons for substantial defaults in the payment to the depositors, debenture holders,
shareholders (in case of non-payment of declared dividends) and creditors;
18. To establish and review the functioning of the Whistle Blower mechanism;
19. Approval of appointment of the chief financial officer (i.e., the whole-time Finance Director or any other
person heading the finance function or discharging that function) after assessing the qualifications,
experience and background, etc. of the candidate; and
20. Carrying out any other function as is mentioned in the terms of reference of the Audit Committee and
any other terms of reference as may be decided by the Board or specified/provided under the Companies
Act, 2013 or by the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 or by
any other regulatory authority.
Nomination and Remuneration Committee
The members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are:
1. Samir Desai, Independent Director (Chairman),
2. A. M. Naik, Non- Executive Chairman,
3. S. N. Subrahmanyan, Non-Executive Director, and
4. M. M. Chitale, Independent Director.
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee was re-constituted by the Board on August 26, 2015. The scope
and function of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee is in accordance with Section 178 of the
Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 19(4) of the Listing Regulations. The terms of reference of the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee include the following:
1. Formulation of the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a
director and recommend to the Board a policy, relating to the remuneration of the directors, key
managerial personnel and other employees;
2. Formulation of criteria for evaluation of Independent Directors and the Board of directors;
3. To consider and approve Employee Stock Option Schemes and to administer and supervise the same;
4. Devising a policy on diversity of Board of Directors;
5. Identifying persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior
management in accordance with the criteria laid down, and recommend to the Board their appointment
and removal;
6. To consider whether to extend or continue the term of appointment of the independent director, on the
basis of the report of performance evaluation of independent directors;
7. Performing such other activities as may be delegated by the Board or specified/ provided under the
Companies Act, 2013 or by the SEBI (Listing Regulations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
2015 or by any other regulatory authority.
Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee
The members of the Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee are:
1. S. N. Subrahmanyan, Non- Executive Director (Chairman),
2. Vedika Bhandarkar, Independent Director, and
3. Sanjay Jalona, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director.
176

177
The Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee was re-constituted by our Board on August 26, 2015. This
committee is responsible for the redressal of shareholder grievances.
The scope and function of the Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee is in accordance with Section 178 of the
Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 20(4) of the Listing Regulations.
The terms of reference of the Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee of our Company include the following:
1. To redress grievances of shareholders, debenture holders and other security holders;
2. Investigating complaints relating to allotment of shares, approval of transfer or transmission of shares,

debentures or any other securities;
3. Issue of duplicate certificates and new certificates on split/consolidation/renewal;
4. To consider and resolve grievances related to non-receipt of declared dividends, annual report of the
Company or any other documents or information to be sent by the Company to its shareholders; and
5. Carrying out any other function as may be decided by the Board or specified/provided under the
Companies Act, 2013 or SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 or
by any other regulatory authority.
Corporate Social Responsibility Committee:
The members of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee are:
1. S. N. Subrahmanyan, Non-Executive Director (Chairman),
2. Sanjay Jalona, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, and
3. M. M. Chitale, Independent Director.
The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee was re-constituted by our Board on August 26, 2015. The scope
and functions of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee is in accordance with Section 135 of the
Companies Act, 2013.
The terms and reference of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee include the following:
a) To formulate and recommend to the Board, a Corporate Social Responsibility Policy which shall indicate
the activities to be undertaken by the Company as specified in Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013
including any amendments thereto;
b) To recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred on the activities referred to in clause (a); and
c) To monitor CSR policy of the Company including instituting a transparent monitoring mechanism for
implementation of CSR projects or programs or activities undertaken by the Company.
Risk Management Committee
The members of the Risk Management Committee are:
1. S. N. Subrahmanyan, Non-Executive Director- (Chairman),
2. Sanjay Jalona, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, and
3. A. K. Sonthalia, Chief Financial Officer.
The Risk Management Committee was re-constituted by our Board on August 26, 2015. The Risk Management
Committee has been authorised to do all the acts, deeds and things on such terms and conditions as laid before
the Board and in such manner as they deem fit. The roles of the Risk Management Committee are the following:
1. Framing, implementing, reviewing and monitoring the risk management plan for the Company;
177

178
2. Laying down risk assessment and minimization procedures and the procedures to inform Board of the
same;
3. Oversight of the risk management policy/ enterprise risk management framework (identification, impact
assessment, monitoring, mitigation & reporting);
4. Review key strategic risks at domestic/international, macro-economic & sectoral level (including market,
competition, political & reputational issues);
5. Review significant operational risks; and
6. Performing such other activities as may be delegated by the Board or specified/ provided under the
Companies Act, 2013 or by the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
2015 or statutorily prescribed under any other law or by any other regulatory authority.
IPO Committee
The members of the IPO Committee are:
1. A. M. Naik, Non- Executive Chairman (Chairman),
2. S. N. Subrahmanyan, Non-Executive Director, and
3. Sanjay Jalona, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director.
The IPO Committee was re-constituted by our Board on September 26, 2015. The terms and reference of the
IPO Committee include the following:
a. To make applications in consultation with the Selling Shareholder, where necessary, to such authorities
as may be required and accept on behalf of the Board such conditions and modifications as may be
prescribed or imposed by any of them while granting such approvals, permissions and sanctions as may
be required;
b. To approve and file in consultation with the Selling Shareholder where applicable, the draft red herring
prospectus with SEBI, the red herring prospectus and prospectus with the Registrar of Companies and to
make necessary amendments or alterations, therein;
c. To decide along with the Selling Shareholder on the timing, pricing, reservation and discount if any, to
any class of investors as allowed under applicable law and all the terms and conditions of the Offer,
including the price band, opening and closing of Offer, size of the offer in terms of number of Equity
Shares or amount, Offer price, Offer size and to accept any amendments, modifications, variations or
alterations thereto;
d. To appoint and enter into arrangements in consultation with the Selling Shareholder where applicable,
with the book running lead managers, underwriters to the Offer, syndicate members to the Offer, advisors
to the Offer, brokers to the Offer, stabilising agent, escrow collection bankers to the Offer, refund banks
to the Offer, public issue account bankers to the Offer, registrar to the Offer, legal advisors to the
Underwriters and to the Company, international legal advisors and any other agencies or persons or
intermediaries to the Offer and to negotiate and finalise the terms of their appointment;
e. To negotiate, finalise, settle and to execute in consultation with the Selling Shareholder where applicable
and deliver or arrange the delivery of the draft red herring prospectus, the red herring prospectus, the
prospectus, the preliminary and final international wraps, offer agreement, share escrow agreement,
syndicate agreement, underwriting agreement, cash escrow agreement, agreements with the registrar and
the advertising agency and all other documents, deeds, agreements and instruments and any notices,
supplements and corrigenda thereto, as may be required or desirable in relation to the Offer;
f. To open with the bankers to the Offer such accounts as may be required by the regulations issued by
SEBI;
178

179
g. To open and operate bank accounts in terms of the escrow agreement with a scheduled bank to receive
applications along with application monies, handling refunds and for the purposes set out in Section
40(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 in respect of the Offer, and to authorise one or more officers of the
Company to execute all documents/deeds as may be necessary in this regard;
h. To approve suitable policies on insider trading, whistle-blowing, risk management, and any other policies
as may be required under applicable laws and the listing agreement to be entered into by the Company
with the relevant stock exchanges;
i. To issue allotment letters/confirmation of allotment notes with power to authorise one or more officers of
the Company to sign all or any of the aforestated documents;
j. To do all such acts, deeds, matters and things and execute all such other documents, etc. in consultation
with the Selling Shareholder where applicable, deem necessary or desirable for such purpose, including
without limitation, finalise the basis of allocation and to allot the shares to the successful allottees as
permissible in law, issue of share certificates in accordance with the relevant rules;
k. To do all such acts, deeds and things as may be required to dematerialise the Equity Shares and to sign
agreements and/or such other documents as may be required with the National Securities Depository
Limited, the Central Depository Services (India) limited and such other agencies, authorities or bodies as
may be required in this connection;
l. To make applications to such authorities as may be required for the Offer;
m. To make applications for listing of the equity shares of the Company in one or more stock exchange(s)
and to execute and to deliver or arrange the delivery of the listing agreement(s) or necessary
documentation to the concerned stock exchange(s) and to select the Designated Stock Exchange;
n. To settle all questions, difficulties or doubts that may arise in regard to such issues or allotment and
matters incidental thereto as it may, in consultation with the Selling Shareholder, where applicable, deem
fit and to undertake any action in relation to the Offer as required including withdrawal of the Offer and
to delegate such of its powers as may be deemed necessary to the officials of the Company.
179

180
OUR PROMOTER AND PROMOTER GROUP
Our Promoter
The Promoter of our Company is L&T. Our Promoter currently holds 161,250,000 Equity Shares, equivalent to
94.96% of the pre-Offer issued, subscribed and paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company.
Our Promoter
Our Promoter was incorporated on February 7, 1946 at Mumbai. The registered office address of our Promoter
is located at L&T House, Ballard Estate, Mumbai 400 001. Our Promoter was set up as a partnership in 1938 by
two Danish engineers after whom the company is named - Henning Holck-Larsen and Soren Kristian Toubro.
The partnership supplied Indian industry with equipment made in Europe and subsequently began manufacture
of primary equipment for dairy and other industries. In 1946, the partnership was incorporated as a private
limited company, and in 1950, got converted to a public limited company. Our Promoter established a reputation
for quality, reliability and customer-orientation, and rapidly expanded its capabilities. It manufactured
equipment and executed projects that served critical sectors of the economy - chemical plants, refineries,
mining, nuclear, aerospace and infrastructure. In an early phase of expansion beyond its works at Powai,
Mumbai, our Promoter set up manufacturing facilities at other locations including Chennai (then Madras),
Kansbahal (near Rourkela), Faridabad and Bengaluru (then Bangalore).
Our Promoter entered the business of cement manufacturing in the early 1980s. Setting up a number of cement
plants in succession, it emerged within a couple of decades as one of the country’s major manufacturers of
premium quality cement.
In 1987, our Promoter set up a waterfront facility at Hazira, capable of fabricating over-dimensioned equipment
and platforms for the offshore oil industry. Additionally, our Promoter strengthened its manufacturing capability
by setting up new facilities, including those at Ahmednagar and Talegaon in Maharashtra, Mysore in Karnataka
and Coimbatore in Tamil Nadu. Currently, our Promoter’s manufacturing footprint extends across India, the
Middle East, South East Asia, Australia and the U.K.
Our Promoter has also taken steps to augment its engineering and design capabilities. In addition to an entire
campus - ‘Knowledge City’ at Vadodara, our Promoter has design facilities and ‘Technology Centres’ in
Faridabad, Mumbai, Bengaluru, Mysore and Chennai. Across the decades, our Promoter’s profile and portfolio
have changed in line with its strategic vision. It has either discontinued or divested stake in business lines not
integral to its core strengths in engineering and construction. Businesses from which it has exited include
equipment for the food processing industry, packaging equipment, glass containers, tractors, medical equipment
and plastics processing. The cement business was de-merged in 2004.
With an emphasis on scalable businesses, our Promoter has set its sight on business lines which draw on its core
strengths. The Hazira facility has been expanded to include manufacture of advanced equipment for supercritical
power plants, in collaboration with a Japanese major. Hazira also incorporates a shipyard and a large forge shop,
set up in 2012, for the manufacture of nuclear grade steel and heavy forgings for the nuclear and hydrocarbon
industry. At Kattupalli near Chennai, our Promoter set up a major shipyard in 2012 and minor port,
commissioned in 2013. A facility at Talegaon is dedicated to the manufacture of defence related equipment.
Extending its comprehensive capabilities in the power sector, our Promoter set up its own power plant at
Rajpura, Punjab, commissioned in 2013.
Selected business verticals have been formed into subsidiary companies in order to create a dedicated structure
and achieve sharper focus. In 2013, L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited was formed as a subsidiary
company. Other subsidiaries include L&T Valves Limited and L&T Construction Equipment Limited.
Across the decades, change at our Promoter has been in step with continuity. Our Promoter continues to be a
company engaged in the core sector of the economy. It is augmenting its presence in infrastructure, defence and
technology sectors and sees an expansive role in building of smart cities and communications. Corporate social
responsibility and sustainability remain central to its vision, as evidenced in the number of community health
centres and skill training centre it has set up. Our Promoter helps in the industry-wide propagation of knowledge
through its Leadership Development Academy at Lonavala, Project Management Institute in Vadodara and
Switchgear Training Centres around the country.
180

181
Our Promoter does not have any identifiable promoters and is widely held and is a professionally managed
company.
There has been no change in control or management of our Promoter in the last three years.
Board of directors of our Promoter
The board of directors of our Promoter as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are as set out below:
Sr. Name of the director Designation

No.
1. A. M. Naik Group Executive Chairman
2. S.N. Subrahmanyan Deputy Managing Director and President
3. R. Shankar Raman Whole-time Director and Chief Financial Officer
4. Shailendra N. Roy Whole-time Director and Senior Executive Vice President
(Power, Heavy Engineering and Defence)
5. D.K. Sen Whole-time Director and Senior Executive Vice President
(Infrastructure)
6. M. V. Satish Whole-time Director & Senior Executive Vice President
(Buidings, Minerals & Metals)
7. Subramanian Sarma Non-Executive Director
8. M.M. Chitale Independent Director
9. Subodh Bhargava Independent Director
10. M. Damodaran Independent Director
11. Vikram Singh Mehta Independent Director
12. Adil Siraj Zainulbhai Independent Director
13. Akhilesh Krishna Gupta Independent Director
14. Bahram N. Vakil Independent Director
15. Thomas Mathew T. Independent Director
16. Ajay Shankar Independent Director
17. Naina Lal Kidwai Independent Director
18. Sushobhan Sarker Nominee of Life Insurance Corporation of India
19. Swapan Dasgupta Nominee of the Administrator of the Specified
Undertaking of the Unit Trust of India
20. Sunita Sharma Nominee of Life Insurance Corporation of India
Shareholding pattern of our Promoter
The shareholding pattern of our Promoter as on December 31, 2015 is as follows:
181

182
Categor Category No. of No. of fully No. of No. of Total No. Shareholding as Number of Voting rights held in each class of No. of Shareholdin Number of Number of Number of
y of shareho paid-up partly shares shares held a % of total no. securities (IX) Shares g, as a % locked in shares shares equity shares
sharehold lders equity paid-up underlying of shares Underlyin assuming pledged or
(I) er (II) (III) shares held equity Depository (VII)” (calculated as g full (XII) otherwise held in
(IV) shares Receipts (IV)+(V)+ per Outstandi conversion encumbered dematerialize d
held (VI) (VI) SCRR.1957) of (XIII) form (XIV)
ng
(V) (VIII) As a % convertibl
of (A+B+C2) No. of voting Rights Total as a convertible Number As a% of Numb As a
e securities total % of
securities er
% of (including (as a (a) shares total
(A+B+C) Warrants) percentage held(b) shar
of diluted (a) es
(X) share held(
Class-X Class Total Total as a b)
eg :y capital)
% of (XI)=(VI
(A+B+C) I)+(X)
As a %
of
(A+B+C
2)
(A) Promoter 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 NA 0
& -
Promoter -
-
Group
(B) Public 995,406 910,582,515 0 0 910,582,515 100.00 910,582,515 0 910,582,515 100.00 13,732,874 1.45 111,606,174 11.99 NA 890,732,871
(C) Non 1 0 0 20,632,222 20,632,222 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NA 20,632,222

promoter-
Non
Public
(C1) Shares 1 0 0 20,632,222 20,632,222 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 NA 20,632,222

underlyin
g
DRs
(C2) Shares 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 NA 0
held by
Employee
Trusts
Total 995,407 910,582,515 0 20,632,222 931,214,737 100.00 910,582,515 0 910,582,515 100.00 13,732,874 1.45 111,606,174 11.99 911,365,093
182

183
Our Company confirms that the PAN, bank account numbers, the company registration number and address of
the registrar of companies where our Promoter is registered shall be submitted to the Stock Exchanges at the
time of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Interest of our Promoter
Our Promoter is interested in our Company to the extent it has promoted our Company and to the extent of its
shareholding and the dividends payable if any and certain services provided in the ordinary course of business,
including licensing of “L&T” trademark pursuant to the Trademark Licensing Agreement and human resources’
services and shared services in respect of employees’ pay roll. For details regarding the shareholding of our
Promoter in our Company, see “Capital Structure” on page 86.
Our Promoter has entered into agreements with our Company to lease office space in respect of properties
situated at Chennai, Bengaluru and Powai. Our Promoter receives rent from our Company in respect of these
properties on an arm’s length basis. Our Promoter has no interest in any property acquired or proposed to be
acquired by our Company within the two years from the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, or in any
transactions by our Company for acquisition of land, construction of building or supply of machinery.
Our Promoter recovers from our Company the remuneration paid to the deputed Key Management Personnel.
Except as stated in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not entered into any contracts,
agreements or arrangements during the preceding two years from the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
or proposes to enter into any such contract in which our Promoter is directly or indirectly interested and no
payments have been made to our Promoter in respect of the contracts, agreements or arrangements which are
proposed to be made with it other than in ordinary course of business. For further details of related party
transcations, as per Accounting Standard 18, see “Related Party Transactions” on page 204.
Except for LTTSL and its subsidiaries L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited (“L&T Thales”) and
L&T Technology Services LLC (“L&T Technology”), our Promoter does not have any interest in any venture
that is involved in any activities similar to those conducted by our Company. LTTSL, a wholly owned
subsidiary of our Promoter, is involved in the IT services and products business. LTTSL is involved in the
business of engineering services. Specific services LTTSL offer include mechanical engineering, embedded
systems, engineering process services and product lifecycle management, as well as proprietary solutions in
engineering data analytics, power electronics, machine-to-machine and the ioT. L&T Thales and L&T
Technology are involved in the business of software development services.
For details of related party transactions entered into by our Company with its Subsidiaries, as per Accounting
Standard 18, the nature of transactions and the cumulative value of transactions, see “Related Party
Transactions” on page 204
Except as disclosed in “Related Party Transactions” on page 204, our Promoter is not related to any sundry
debtors of our Company.
Payment or Benefits to our Promoter
Except as stated otherwise in “Related Party Transactions” which provides the related party transactions, as per
Accounting Standard 18 and in “Our Promoter and Promoter Group- Interests of our Promoter” on pages 204
and 183, respectively, there has been no payment or benefit to our Promoter or Promoter Group during the two
years prior preceding filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus nor is there any intention to pay or give any
benefit to our Promoter or Promoter Group as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Confirmations
Our Promoter has not been declared as wilful defaulter by the RBI or any other government authority.
SEBI has issued notices to our Promoter and one of our Directors, A. M. Naik, in relation to alleged violation of
the SEBI Act and the SEBI Insider Trading Regulations for delay in reporting obligations in connection with
certain trades in shares of our Promoter. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material
Developments- Litigation involving our Directors - Litigation against our Directors” and “Outstanding
Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our Directors- Litigation against our Directors”
page 384.
183

184
Further, SEBI has issued summons to our Promoter and S. N. Subrahmanyan, in his capacity of director of our
Promoter, in furtherance of the ongoing investigation proceedings initiated by SEBI against Sharepro Services
(India) Private Limited. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments - Litigation
involving our Promoter - Actions taken by regulatory and statutory authorities - Actions taken by SEBI” on page
364.
Except as disclosed herein, there are no violations of securities laws committed by our Promoter in the past and
no proceedings for violation of securities laws are pending against our Promoter.
Our Promoter and Promoter Group entities have not been debarred or prohibited from accessing or operating in
capital markets under any order or direction passed by SEBI or any other regulatory or governmental authority.
There is no litigation or legal action pending or taken by any ministry, department of the Government or
statutory authority during the last five years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus against our
Promoter, except as disclosed under “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments” on page 369.
Our Promoter is not and has never been a promoter, director or person in control of any other company which is
debarred or prohibited from accessing or operating in capital markets under any order or direction passed by
SEBI or any other regulatory or governmental authority.
Companies with which our Promoter has disassociated in the last three years
Except as provided below, our Promoter has not disassociated itself from any of the companies during the
preceding three years:
Sr. Name of the disassociated entity Reasons and circumstances Date of disassociation
No. leading to the
disassociation and terms of
disassociation*
1. AIC Structural Steel Construction (India) Sale of shares May 27, 2013
Private Limited
2. L&T Chennai Projects Private Sale of shares October 3, 2013
Limited
3. L&T Bangalore Airport Hotel Sale of shares January 24, 2014
Limited
4. L&T Tech Park Limited Sale of shares May 22, 2014
5. L&T Tejomaya Limited Sale of shares May 22, 2014
6. The Dhamra Port Company Sale of shares June 23, 2014
Limited
7. NAC Infrastructure Equipment Sale of shares August 1, 2014
Limited
8. Salzer Electronics Limited Sale of shares August 5, 2015
9. CSJ Infrastructure Private Limited Sale of shares November 13, 2015
10. Rishi Consfab Private Limited Sale of shares December 21, 2015
11. JSK Electricals Private Limited Sale of shares March 29, 2016
12. Hyderabad International Trade Sale of shares March 31, 2016
Expositions Limited
13. L&T Hitech City Limited Sale of shares March 31, 2016
14. L&T Infocity Limited Sale of shares March 31, 2016
15. Vizag IT Park Limited Sale of shares March 31, 2016
*Disassociation does not include merger, amalgamation and liquidation of entities with which our Promoter was associated.
Promoter Group
Persons constituting the Promoter Group of our Company in terms of Regulation 2(1)(zb) of the SEBI
Regulations are set out below:
1. Bhilai Power Supply Company Limited;

2. Chennai Vision Developers Private Limited;
3. Consumer Financial Services Limited;
4. EWAC Alloys Limited;
184

185
5. Family Credit Limited;

6. Feedback Infrastructure Services Private Limited;
7. GDA Technologies Limited;
8. Henikwon Corporation Sdn. Bhd;
9. Hi-Tech Rock Products & Aggregate Limited;
10. Indiran Engineering Projects And Systems Kish (LLC);
11. International Seaports (Haldia) Private Limited;
12. Kana Controls General Trading & Contracting Company WLL;
13. Kesun Iron And Steel Company Private Limited;
14. Kudgi Transmission Limited;
15. L&T Chiyoda Limited;
16. L&T - Gulf Private Limited;
17. L&T Access Distribution Services Limited;
18. L&T Ahmedabad-Maliya Tollway Limited;
19. L&T Arunachal Hydropower Limited;
20. L&T Asian Realty Project LLP;
21. L&T Aviation Services Private Limited;
22. L&T BPP Tollway Limited;;
23. L&T Camp Facilities LLC;
24. L&T Capital Company Limited;
25. L&T Capital Markets Limited;
26. L&T Cassidian Limited;
27. L&T Chennai Tada Tollways Limited;
28. L&T Construction Equipment Limited;
29. L&T Cutting Tools Limited;
30. L&T Deccan Tollways Limited;
31. L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited;
32. L&T Electrical & Automation FZE;
33. L&T Electrical And Automation Saudi Arabia Company Limited LLC;
34. L&T Electricals And Automation Limited;
35. L&T Finance Holdings Limited;
36. L&T Finance Limited;
37. L&T Fincorp Limited;
38. L&T Geostructure LLP;
39. L&T General Insurance Company Limited;
40. L&T Global Holding Limited;
41. L&T Halol-Shamlaji Tollway Limited;
42. L&T Himachal Hydropower Limited;
43. L&T Housing Finance Limited;
44. L&T Howden Private Limited;
45. L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited;
46. L&T IDPL Trustee Manager Pte. Ltd.;
47. L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.;
48. L&T Information Technology Spain, Sociedad Limitada;
49. L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc;
50. L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited;
51. L&T Infra Investment Partners Advisory Private Limited;
52. L&T Infra Investment Partners Trustee Private Limited;
53. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Lanka (Private) Limited;
54. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited;
55. L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited;
56. L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited;
57. L&T Interstate Road Corridor Limited;
58. L&T Investment Management Limited;
59. L&T Kobelco Machinery Private Limited;
60. L&T Krishnagiri Thopur Toll Road Limited;
61. L&T Krishnagiri Walajahpet Tollway Limited;
62. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited;
63. L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC;
64. L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited;
185

186
65. L&T Natural Resources Limited;

66. L&T Overseas Projects Nigeria Limited;
67. L&T Panipat Elevated Corridor Limited;
68. L&T Parel Project LLP
69. L&T Port Kachchigarh Limited;
70. L&T Power Development Limited;
71. L&T Power Limited;
72. L&T Powergen Limited;
73. L&T Rajkot-Vadinar Tollway Limited;
74. L&T Realty FZE;
75. L&T Realty Limited;
76. L&T Samakhiali Gandhidham Tollway Limited;
77. L&T Sambalpur - Rourkela Tollway Limited;
78. L&T Sapura Offshore Private Limited;
79. L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited;
80. L&T Seawoods Limited;
81. L&T Shipbuilding Limited;
82. L&T Solar Limited;
83. L&T South City Projects Limited;
84. L&T Special Steels And Heavy Forgings Private Limited;
85. L&T Technology Services Limited;
86. L&T Technology Services LLC;
87. L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited;
88. L&T Transportation Infrastructure Limited;
89. L&T Trustee Company Private Limited;
90. L&T Uttaranchal Hydropower Limited;
91. L&T Vadodara Bharuch Tollways Limited;
92. L&T Valves Limited;
93. L&T Vision Ventures Limited;
94. L&T Vrindavan Properties Limited;
95. L&T Western Andhra Tollways Limited;
96. L&T Western India Tollbridge Limited;
97. L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited;
98. L&T-MHPS Turbine Generators Private Limited;
99. L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited;
100. L&T-Valdel Engineering Limited;
101. Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) Sdn. Bhd;
102. Larsen & Toubro (T&D) SA (Proprietary) Limited;
103. Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudia Company LLC;
104. Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC;
105. Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC;
106. Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon International Limited LLC;
107. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH;
108. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Canada Limited;
109. Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH;
110. Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC;
111. Larsen & Toubro International FZE;
112. Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Company, With Limited Liability;
113. Larsen & Toubro LLC;
114. Larsen & Toubro Oman LLC;
115. Larsen & Toubro Qatar & HBK Contracting LLC;
116. Larsen & Toubro Qatar LLC;
117. Larsen & Toubro Readymix and Asphalt Concrete Industries LLC;
118. Larsen & Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC;
119. Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Pty) Limited;
120. Larsen Toubro Arabia LLC;
121. LTH Milcom Private Limited;
122. Magtorq Private Limited;
123. Marine Infrastructure Developer Private Limited;
124. Mudit Cement Private Limited;
186

187
125. Nabha Power Limited;

126. PNG Tollway Limited;
127. PT TAMCO Indonesia;
128. PT. Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon Engineering Indonesia;
129. Raykal Aluminium Company Private Limited;
130. Servowatch Systems Limited;
131. Spectrum Infotech Private Limited;
132. TAMCO Electrical Industries Australia Pty Ltd;
133. TAMCO Switchgear (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd; and
134. Thalest Limited.
187

188
GROUP COMPANIES
Our Board has approved that other than companies which constitute part of the related parties of our Company
in accordance with the applicable accounting standards (Accounting Standard 18) as per the restated
consolidated financial statements of our Company in the last five financial years and nine months ended
December 31, 2015, there are no material group companies of our Company. Accordingly, we have set out
below the details of our Group Companies which have also been disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
in “Financial Statements” from pages 313 to 317. Our Board has also approved that other than the companies
disclosed below, there are no other material group companies of our Company.
1. Family Credit Limited;

2. L&T BPP Tollway Limited;
3. L&T Construction Equipment Limited;
4. L&T Cutting Tools Limited;
5. L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited;
6. L&T Electrical & Automation FZE;
7. L&T Electrical & Automation Saudi Arabia Company Limited LLC;
8. L&T Finance Limited;
9. L&T General Insurance Company Limited;
10. L&T Howden Private Limited;
11. L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited;
12. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited;
13. L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited;
14. L&T Investment Management Limited;
15. L&T Kobelco Machinery Private Limited;
16. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited;
17. L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC;
18. L&T Power Development Limited;
19. L&T Power Limited;
20. L&T Realty Limited;
21. L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited;
22. L&T Seawoods Limited;
23. L&T Technology Services Limited;
24. L&T Technology Services LLC;
25. L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited;
26. L&T Valves Limited;
27. L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited;
28. L&T-MHPS Turbine Generators Private Limited;
29. L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited;
30. L&T-Valdel Engineering Limited;
31. Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) SDN. BHD;
32. Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudia LLC;
33. Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC;
34. Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC;
35. Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon International Limited LLC;
36. Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Company, With Limited Liability;
37. Larsen & Toubro LLC;
38. Larsen and Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC;
39. Nabha Power Limited; and
40. TAMCO Switchgear (Malaysia) SDN. BHD.
A. Details of the five largest Group Companies (based on turnover):
1. L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited
188

189
Corporate Information
L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited (“L&T HEL”) was incorporated on April 2, 2009 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T HEL is involved in the business of designing, building, operating
and maintaining engineering, procurement and construction of projects and products on a turnkey basis.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity and preference share capital of L&T
HEL.
Financial Information
The operating results of L&T HEL for the last three Financial Years are as follows:
(in ₹ million, except per share data)

Particulars For the year ended
March 31, 2015 March 31, 2014 March 31, 2013
Equity Capital (including share 10,000.50 10,000.50 0.50
application money)
Reserves (excluding revaluation (6,122.30) (194.10) (0.07)
reserves) and surplus
Income including other income 57,407.00 87,167.90 -
Profit / (Loss) after tax (6,541.20) 1,057.30 (0.01)
Basic EPS (in ₹ ) (6.54) 0.97 (0.24)
Diluted EPS (in ₹ ) (6.54) 0.97 (0.24)
Net asset value per share (in ₹) 3.88 9.81 8.60
2. Nabha Power Limited
Nabha Power Limited (“Nabha Power”) was incorporated on April 9, 2007 under the Companies Act,
1956 at Chandigarh. Nabha Power is involved in the business of construction, operation and maintenance
of electricity system and acting as consultant and technical advisors of public and private sector
enterprise.
Our Promoter, through its wholly owned subsidiary L&T Power Development Limited, holds 100% of
the total issued and paid up equity and preference share capital of Nabha Power.
The operating results of Nabha Power for the last three Financial Years are as follows:

Equity Capital (including share 26,880.00 23,250.00 13,730.00
application money)
Reserves (excluding revaluation 750.84 (1,153.43) (922.70)
Income including other income 31,799.39 28,372.54 32,647.92
Profit / (Loss) after tax 1,904.28 (230.73) (970.78)
Basic EPS (in ₹ ) 0.82 (0.15) (0.97)
Diluted EPS (in ₹ ) 0.74 (0.13) (0.94)
189

190
3. L&T Technology Services Limited
L&T Technology Services Limited (“LTTSL”) was incorporated on June 14, 2012 under the Companies
Act, 1956 at Mumbai. LTTSL is involved in the business of engineering services.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity and preference share capital of LTTSL.
The operating results of LTTSL for the last three Financial Years are as follows:

Equity Capital (including advance 3,000.00 1,027.20 0.50
towards equity commitment
Reserves (excluding revaluation 67.43 (178.16) (0.03)
Income including other income 25,856.22 1,222.01 -
Profit / (Loss) after tax 3,151.77 62.14 (0.03)
Basic EPS (in ₹ ) 11.88 0.21 (0.74)
Diluted EPS (in ₹ ) 11.88 0.21 (0.74)
4. L&T Finance Limited
L&T Finance Limited (“L&T Finance”) was incorporated on November 22, 1994 under the Companies
Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T Finance is an NBFC – asset finance company providing entire gamut of
retail financing.
Our Promoter, through its subsidiary L&T Finance Holdings Limited, holds 100% of the total issued and
paid up equity share capital of L&T Finance.
The operating results of L&T Finance for the last three Financial Years are as follows:

Equity Capital (including share 2,384.22 2,384.22 2,384.22
application money)
Reserves (excluding revaluation 20,533.11 19,546.12 18,704.69
Profit / (Loss) after tax 2,556.05 2,012.27 2,110.29
Basic EPS (in ₹ ) 10.72 8.44 8.85
Diluted EPS (in ₹ ) 10.72 8.44 8.85
190

191
5. L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited (“L&T IFCL”) was incorporated on April 18, 2006 under
the Companies Act, 1956 at Chennai. L&T IFCL is an NBFC- infrastructure finance company providing
entire gamut of infra and wholesale financing.
Our Promoter, through its subsidiary L&T Finance Holdings Limited, holds 100% of the total issued and
paid up equity share capital of L&T IFCL.
The operating results of L&T IFCL for the last three Financial Years are as follows:

Equity Capital (including advance 8,292.33 8,292.33 8,292.33
towards equity commitment)
Reserves (excluding revaluation 17,182.53 16,395.29 14,735.57
Profit / (Loss) after tax 2,254.67 2,921.30 3,442.14
Basic EPS (in ₹ ) 2.72 3.52 4.28
Diluted EPS (in ₹ ) 2.72 3.52 4.28
B. Details of Group Companies with negative net worth
1. Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudia LLC
Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudia LLC (“L&T ATCO LLC”) was incorporated on July 8, 2007 in Saudi
Arabia. L&T ATCO LLC is involved in the business of undertaking general contracting works including
electromechanical construction and civil works in project of oil and gas.
Our Promoter, through its wholly owned step down subsidiary Larsen & Toubro International FZE, holds
75% interest in L&T ATCO LLC.
The operating results of L&T ATCO LLC for the last three financial years (being calendar years) are as
follows:

December 31, December 31, December 31,
2015 2014 2013
Equity Capital (including share application 10.82 10.82 10.82
money)
Reserves (excluding revaluation reserves) (4,366.49) (2,017.89) (66.98)
and surplus
191

192

Profit / (Loss) after tax (2,179.65) (1,994.55) (32.45)
Basic EPS (in ₹) (2,179,647.68) (1,994,548.76) (32,446.00)
Diluted EPS (in ₹) (2,179,647.68) (1,994,548.76) (32,446.00)
Net asset value per share (in ₹) (4,355,668.91) (2,007,068.82) (56,158.39)
2. Larsen and Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC
Larsen & Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC (“L&T Saudi Arabia LLC”) was incorporated on June 22, 1999 in
Saudi Arabia. L&T Saudi Arabia LLC is involved in the business of offering turnkey solutions in civil,
mechanical and electrical engineering for petrochemicals, infrastructure, buildings, factories, power
transmission and distribution and telecommunication projects.
Our Promoter directly holds 4.35% interest and through its wholly owned step down subsidiary Larsen &
Toubro International FZE holds 95.65% in L&T Saudi Arabia LLC.
The operating results of L&T Saudi Arabia LLC for the last three financial years (being calendar years)
are as follows:

December 31, December 31, December
2015 2014 31, 2013
Equity Capital (including advance against 222.28 186.43 186.43
share capital)
Reserves (excluding revaluation reserves) (1,596.54) (1,498.69) (1,290.69)
and surplus
Profit / (Loss) after tax 90.19 (568.13) (397.42)

Basic EPS (in ₹) 6,274.04 (142,031.32) (99,354.85)
Diluted EPS (in ₹) 6,274.04 (142,031.32) (99,354.85)
Net asset value per share (in ₹) (95,600.68) (328,064.74) (276,065.11)
3. Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC
Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC (“L&T Electromech LLC”) was incorporated on November 17, 1976
in Oman. L&T Electromech LLC is involved in the business of engaging in the hydrocarbon and power
sector through civil, mechanical, electrical and instrumentation works for oil and gas, refinery,
petrochemicals and chemicals, pipelines and gas based power projects.
65% interest in L&T Electromech LLC.
The operating results of L&T Electromech LLC for the last three financial years (being calendar years)
are as follows:
192

193

2014 2013 31, 2012
share capital)
Reserves (excluding revaluation reserves) (738.76) 1,082.53 1,604.66

and surplus
Profit / (Loss) after tax (1,788.42) (683.33) 305.89
Basic EPS (in ₹) (5,961.41) (2,277.75) 1,019.64
Diluted EPS (in ₹) (5,961.41) (2,277.75) 1,019.64
Net asset value per share (in ₹) (2,344.01) 3,726.96 5,467.39
4. L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC
L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC (“L&T MFY LLC”) was incorporated on July 5, 2006 in Oman.
L&T MFY LLC is involved in the business of fabricating jackets and decks, floating production storage
and offloading systems rigs and any other offshore structure inputs.
65% interest in L&T MFY LLC.
The operating results of L&T MFY LLC for the last three financial years (being calendar years) are as
follows:
2015 2014 31, 2013
share capital)
Reserves (excluding revaluation reserves) (1,388.61) (975.53) 270.12
and surplus
Income including other income 3,573.59 853.21 3,490.04
Profit / (Loss) after tax (369.68) (1,248.44) (534.99)
Basic EPS (in ₹) (128.16) (432.79) (185.46)
Diluted EPS (in ₹) (128.16) (432.79) (185.46)
Net asset value per share (in ₹) (201.82) (224.65) 207.17
5. Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC
Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC (“L&T HE LLC”) was incorporated on April 7, 2008 in
Oman. L&T HE LLC is involved in the business of manufacture of heavy engineering goods.
70% interest in L&T HE LLC.
193

194
The operating results of L&T HE LLC for the last three financial years (being calendar years) are as
follows:
2014 2013 31, 2012
share capital)
Reserves (excluding revaluation reserves) (831.07) (1,195.44) (1,109.55)
and surplus
Basic EPS (in ₹) 55.82 (5.57) (58.15)
Diluted EPS (in ₹) 55.82 (5.57) (58.15)
Net asset value per share (in ₹) (25.81) (90.13) (74.97)
6. Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon International Limited LLC
Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon International Limited LLC (“L&T HIL”) was incorporated on June 17,
2013 at Saudi Arabia. L&T HIL is involved in the business of maintaining and operating oil and gas
plants.
Our Promoter directly holds 90% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T HIL and
through its wholly owned step down subsidiary Larsen & Toubro International FZE, holds 10% of the
total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T HIL.
The operating results of L&T HIL for the last two financial years (being calendar years) are as follows:

2015 2014 31, 2013
share capital)
Reserves (excluding revaluation reserves) (8.08) (13.04) (9.88)
and surplus
Income including other income 14.30 17.60 -
Basic EPS (in ₹) 10,156.08 (6,056.23) (19,975.00)
Diluted EPS (in ₹) 10,156.08 (6,056.23) (19,975.00)
Net asset value per share (in ₹) (1,011.94) (10,914.59) (4,608.29)
7. L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited
L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited (“L&T Thales”) was incorporated on April 4, 2006
under the Companies Act, 1956 at Chennai. L&T Thales is involved in the business of providing
software development services.
194

195
Our Promoter, through its wholly owned subsidiary LTTSL, holds 76% of the total issued and paid up
equity share capital of L&T Thales.
The operating results of L&T Thales for the last three Financial Years are as follows:

Equity Capital (including advance 20.55 20.55 20.55
towards equity commitment)
Reserves (excluding revaluation (33.90) (29.17) (97.82)
Income including other income 249.61 294.31 274.5
Profit / (Loss) after tax 4.65 68.65 44.66
Basic EPS (in ₹ ) 2.26 33.41 21.73
Diluted EPS (in ₹ ) 2.26 33.41 21.73
Net asset value per share (in ₹) (6.50) (4.19) (37.60)
8. L&T Technology Services LLC
L&T Technology Services LLC (“L&T Technology”) was incorporated on June 26, 2014 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at United States of America. L&T Technology is involved in the business of
software development services.
Our Promoter, through its wholly owned subsidiary LTTSL, holds 100% of the interest in L&T
Technology.
The operating results of L&T Technology for the last Financial Year are as follows:

Particulars For the year ended March 31,
2015*
Equity Capital (including share application money) 0.62
Reserves (excluding revaluation reserves) and surplus (48.93)
Income including other income 449.37
Profit / (Loss) after tax (47.88)
Net asset value (48.32)
* L&T Technology was incorporated in the Financial Year 2015 and accordingly, details of operating results of L&T Technology
for the last Financial Year have been disclosed. Further, L&T Technology does not have equity share capital and accordingly,
details of basic EPS and diluted EPS have not been disclosed above .
C. Details of other Group Companies
1. Family Credit Limited
195

196
Family Credit Limited (“Family Credit”) was incorporated on November 24, 1993, under the Companies
Act, 1956 at Kolkata. Family Credit is an NBFC company dealing in automobile financing, corporate and
term loans.
Our Promoter through its subsidiary L&T Finance Holdings Limited, holds 100% of the total issued and
paid up equity share capital of Family Credit.
2. L&T BPP Tollway Limited
L&T BPP Tollway Limited (“L&T BTL”) was incorporated on May 25, 2011 under the Companies Act,
1956 at Chennai. L&T BTL is involved in the business of construction of roads.
Our Promoter, through its subsidiary L&T IDPL, holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share
capital of L&T BTL.
3. L&T Construction Equipment Limited
L&T Construction Equipment Limited (“L&T CEL”) was incorporated on July 29, 1997 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T CEL is involved in the business of manufacturing hydraulic
excavators and high pressure hydraulic systems and components.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T CEL.
4. L&T Cutting Tools Limited
L&T Cutting Tools Limited (“L&T CTL”) was incorporated on September 18, 1952 under the
Companies Act, 1913 at Mumbai. L&T CTL is involved in the business of trading industrial cutting
tools.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T CTL.
5. L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited
L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited (“L&T DHTL”) was incorporated on April 27, 2010 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Chennai. L&T DHTL is involved in the business of construction of roads on
design build finance operate transfer basis.
Our Promoter, through its subsidiary L&T IDPL, holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share
capital of L&T DHTL.
6. L&T Electrical & Automation FZE
196

197
L&T Electrical & Automation FZE (“L&T FZE”) was incorporated on April 7, 2008 at Dubai, UAE.
L&T FZE is involved in the business of manufacture of control and automation components.
100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T FZE.
7. L&T Electrical & Automation Saudi Arabia Company Limited LLC
L&T Electrical & Automation Saudi Arabia Company LLC (“L&T EA LLC”) was incorporated on
August 22, 2006 at Saudi Arabia. L&T EA LLC is involved in the business of manufacturing
switchboards and related solutions in Saudi Arabia.
75% of interest in L&T EA LLC and through Tamco Switchgear, one of our Group Companies, holds
25% of interest in L&T EA LLC. For details of our Promoter’s interest in Tamco Switchgear, see “Our
Group Companies- Details of other Group Companies - TAMCO Switchgear (Malaysia) SDN. BHD” on
page 200.
8. L&T General Insurance Company Limited
L&T General Insurance Company Limited (“L&T GICL”) was incorporated on December 27, 2007
under the Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T GICL is involved in the business of general insurance.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T GICL.
9. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited
L&T IDPL was incorporated on February 26, 2001 under the Companies Act, 1956 at Chennai. L&T
IDPL is involved in the business of infrastructure development.
Our Promoter holds 97.45% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T IDPL.
10. L&T Howden Private Limited
L&T Howden Private Limited (“L&T HPL”) was incorporated on June 17, 2010 under the Companies
Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T HPL is involved in the business of designing, engineering, manufacturing,
marketing, selling, and supplying rotary air pre-heaters (excluding for the avoidance of any doubt rotary
gas pre-heaters) and variable pitch axial fans.
Our Promoter holds 50.1% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T HPL.
11. L&T Investment Management Limited
197

198
L&T Investment Management Limited (“L&T IML”) was incorporated on April 25, 1996 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T IML is an asset management company to L&T Mutual Fund,
registered with SEBI, and is also involved in the business of portfolio management services.
Our Promoter, through its subsidiary, L&T Finance Holdings Limited, holds 100% of the total paid up
equity share capital of L&T IML.
12. L&T Kobelco Machinery Private Limited
L&T Kobelco Machinery Private Limited (“L&T KMPL”) was incorporated on November 25, 2010
under the Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T KMPL is involved in the business of designing,
engineering, manufacturing, import, export, marketing, sales, distribution and after sales service of
rubber processing machinery and spares.
Our Promoter holds 51% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T KMPL.
13. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited
L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited (“L&T MRHL”) was incorporated on August 24, 2010 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Hyderabad. L&T MRHL is involved in the business of designing, building,
financing, operating and transferring the Hyderabad metro rail project together with the development of
transit oriented development activities.
Our Promoter directly holds 1% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T MRHL and
through its subsidiary, L&T IDPL, holds 99% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T
MRHL.
14. L&T Power Development Limited
L&T Power Development Limited (“L&T PDL”) was incorporated on September 12, 2007 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T PDL is involved in the business of developing, acquiring,
operating power generation projects of all types.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T PDL.
15. L&T Power Limited
L&T Power Limited (“L&T Power”) was incorporated on March 9, 2006 under the Companies Act, 1956
at Mumbai. L&T Power is involved in the business of execution of power projects and laying down
thermal power plants and stations.
Our Promoter holds 99.99% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T Power.
16. L&T Realty Limited
198

199
L&T Realty Limited (“L&T Realty”) was incorporated on November 30, 2007 under the Companies Act,
1956 at Mumbai. L&T Realty is involved in the business of the development of real estate.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T Realty.
17. L&T Seawoods Limited
L&T Seawoods Limited (“L&T Seawoods”) was incorporated on March 13, 2008 under the Companies
Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T Seawoods is involved in the business of developing the Seawoods – Darave
railway station at Navi Mumbai and the integrated commercial complex.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity and preference share capital of L&T
Seawoods.
18. L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited
L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited (“L&T SLL”) was incorporated on May 5, 1995 under the Companies
Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T SLL is involved in the business of engineering services.
Our Promoter holds 50.01% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T SLL.
19. L&T-Valdel Engineering Limited
L&T-Valdel Engineering Limited (“L&T Valdel”) was incorporated on November 25, 2004 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Bangalore. L&T Valdel is involved in the business of engineering consultancy.
Our Promoter, through its wholly owned subsidiary, L&T HEL, holds 100% of the total issued and paid
up equity share capital of L&T Valdel.
20. L&T Valves Limited
L&T Valves Limited (“L&T Valves”) was incorporated on November 23, 1961 under the Companies
Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T Valves is involved in the business of manufacturing industrial valves, safety
systems and equipment and pneumatic actuators and accessories.
Our Promoter holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T Valves.
21. Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) SDN. BHD
199

200
Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) SDN. BHD (“L&T East Asia”) was incorporated on June 13, 1996 in
Malaysia. L&T East Asia is involved in the business of engineering and construction activities.
Our Promoter, through its wholly owned step down subsidiary, Larsen & Toubro International FZE,
holds 30% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital and 100% of the total voting power of L&T
East Asia.
22. Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Company, With Limited Liability
Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Company, With Limited Liability (“L&T
Kuwait”) was incorporated on November 29, 2006 in Kuwait. L&T Kuwait is involved in the business of
construction projects in oil and gas, power and infrastructure with primary focus on electro-mechanical
construction.
holds 49% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital and 75% of the total voting power of L&T
Kuwait.
23. Larsen & Toubro LLC
Larsen & Toubro LLC (“L&T LLC”) was incorporated on January 2, 2001 in the USA. L&T LLC is
involved in the business of a trading company.
Our Promoter directly holds 95% of interest in L&T LLC and through its wholly owned subsidiary, L&T
CTL, holds 5% of interest in L&T LLC.
24. TAMCO Switchgear (Malaysia) SDN. BHD
TAMCO Switchgear (Malaysia) SDN. BHD (“Tamco Switchgear”) was incorporated on May 29, 2007
in Malaysia. Tamco Switchgear is involved in the business of manufacturing of switchgear components.
holds 100% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of Tamco Switchgear.
25. L&T-MHPS Turbine Generators Private Limited
L&T-MHPS Turbine Generators Private Limited (“L&T MTGPL”) was incorporated on December 27,
2006 under the Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T MTGPL is involved in the business of designing,
engineering, manufacturing and selling super critical steam turbines and generators.
Our Promoter holds 51% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T MTGPL.
26. L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited
200

201
L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited (“L&T MBPL”) was incorporated on October 9, 2006 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Mumbai. L&T MBPL is involved in the business of design and engineering of
subcritical/supercritical once through boilers and pulverizers in India.
Our Promoter holds 51% of the total issued and paid up equity share capital of L&T MBPL.
27. L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited
L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited (“L&T SSPL”) was incorporated on September 2, 2010 under the
Companies Act, 1956 at Chennai. L&T SSPL is involved in the business of owning, purchasing, holding,
hiring, chartering, contracting for, acquiring, selling, taking in exchange, letting or otherwise operating,
engaging, managing, trading in or with ships.
Our Promoter, through its wholly owned subsidiary company L&T HEL , holds 60% of the total issued
and paid up equity share capital of L&T SSPL.
Nature and Extent of Interest of Group Companies
 In the promotion of our Company
None of our Group Companies have any interest in the promotion or any business interest or other
interests in our Company.
 In the properties acquired or proposed to be acquired by our Company in the past two years
before filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with SEBI
None of our Group Companies is interested in the properties acquired or proposed to be acquired by our
Company in the two years preceding the filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
 In transactions for acquisition of land, construction of building and supply of machinery
None of our Group Companies is interested in any transactions for the acquisition of land, construction
of building or supply of machinery involving our Company.
Interest of our Promoter in the Group Companies
Other than as disclosed in “Group Companies” beginning on page 188, our Promoter has certain transactions
with the Group Companies in the ordinary course of business which are typically in the nature of inter alia
purchase or sale of goods, sale of fixed assets, inter-corporate deposits, services rendered, software
development, rent or commission or interest received or paid and issue of corporate and performance
guarantees.
Common Pursuits among the Group Companies with our Company
Other than as disclosed in “Promoter and Promoter Group- Interest of our Promoter” and “Risk Factors” on
pages 183 and 38, respectively, there are no common pursuits between any of our Group Companies and our
Company.
Related Business Transactions within the Group Companies and significance on the financial
performance of our Company
Other than as disclosed in “Related Party Transactions” on page 204, there are no related business transactions
within the Group Companies and significance on the financial performance of our Company.
201

202
Significant Sale/Purchase between Group Companies and our Company
Other than as disclosed in “Financial Statements” beginning on page 206, none of our Group Companies are
involved in any sales or purchase with our Company where such sales or purchases exceed in value in the
aggregate of 10% of the total sales or purchases of our Company.
Business Interest of Group Companies
Other than as disclosed in “Our Business” and “Related Party Transactions” beginning on pages 123 and 204
respectively, none of our Group Companies have any business interest in our Company.
Defunct Group Companies
There are no Group Companies whose name have been struck off by the registrar of companies, during the last
five years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Loss Making Group Companies
The following tables set forth the details of our Group Companies which have incurred loss in the last Financial
Year and provides details of profit/(loss) made by them in the last three Financial Years, on the basis of latest
audited financial statements available:
Sr. Profit/( Loss ) after tax ₹ million

No. Name of Group Company March 31, March 31, 2014 March 31,
2015 2013
1. L&T HEL (6,541.20) 1,057.30 (0.01)
2. L&T - MHPS Turbine Generators Private (1,324.55) (855.11) (894.66)
Limited
3. L&T General Insurance Company Limited (941.70) (1,001.80) (932.80)
4. L&T Investment Management Limited (648.75) (699.20) (584.92)
5. L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited (148.02) (29.86) 15.61
6. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited (141.07) (2.23) 12.86
7. L&T Realty Limited (14.87) (582.33) (1,404.58)
8. L&T Seawoods Limited (14.11) 54.29 6.24
9. L&T BPP Tollway Limited (0.97) (20.61) (2.12)
10. L&T Technology Services LLC(1) (47.88) - -
11. Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudia LLC(2) (2,179.65) (1,994.55) (32.45)
12. Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC(2) (1,788.42) (683.33) 305.89
13. L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC(3) (369.68) (1,248.44) (534.99)
14. Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction (370.17) 13.99 66.20
General Contracting Company, WLL(2)
15. Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) SDN. BHD(2)(4) - 2.00 0.40
16. Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon International (3.03) (9.99) -
Limited LLC (2)(5)
(1) The company was incorporated in the Financial Year 2015.
(2) The three years are the calendar years 2014, 2013 and 2012.
(3) The three years are the calendar years 2015, 2014 and 2013.
(4) The last audited financials are for the calendar years 2013 and 2012.
(5) The company was incorporated in the Financial Year 2013.
None of our Group Companies have their equity shares listed on any stock exchanges and none of our Group
Companies have made any public or rights issue of securities in the preceding three years. The following Group
Companies have issued debt securities which are listed on the stock exchanges:
 L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited;

 L&T Finance Limited;
 L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited;
 L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited;
202

203
 Nabha Power Limited; and

 Family Credit Limited.
For further details, see “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures” beginning on page 389.
None of the Group Companies have been debarred from accessing the capital market for any reasons by SEBI or
any other authorities.
None of our Group Companies fall under the definition of sick companies under SICA and none of them is
under winding up.
None of the Group Companies have been identified as wilful defaulters by the RBI or other authorities.
203

204
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
For details of the related party transactions during the last five Financial Years and nine months ended
December 31, 2015, as per the requirements under Accounting Standard 18 “Related Party Disclosures”, see
“Financial Statements - Annexure XXII - Restated Unconsolidated Statement of Related Parties” and “Financial
Statements - Annexure XXII - Restated Consolidated Statement of Related Parties” from pages 252 to 253 and
313 to 317, respectively.
204

205
DIVIDEND POLICY
The declaration and payment of dividends will be recommended by the Board of Directors and approved by the
Shareholders, at their discretion, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association and applicable law,
including the Companies Act. The dividend, if any, will depend on a number of factors, including but not
limited to the earnings, capital requirements, contractual obligations, applicable legal restrictions and overall
financial position of our Company. Our Company has no formal dividend policy. The amounts paid as dividends
in the past are not necessarily indicative of our Company’s dividend policy or dividend amounts, if any, in the
future. The details of dividend paid by our Company in the last five Financial Years are given below:
2016(1) 2015(1) 2014(1) 2013(1) 2012(1)

No. of equity shares of - 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000
face value of ₹ 5 each
No. of equity shares of 499,981,924(2) - - - -
face value of ₹ 1 each
Dividend per equity share - 149.00 171.00 94.00 79.00
of face value of ₹ 5 each
(in ₹)
Dividend per equity share 32.65 - - - -
of face value of ₹ 1 each
(in ₹)
Rate of dividend on - 2,980 3,420 1,880 1,580
equity share of face value
of ₹ 5 each (%)
Rate of dividend on 3,265 - - - -
equity share of face value
of ₹ 1 each (%)
Total dividend on equity - 5,711.57 6,451.98 3,527.67 2,961.07
share of face value of ₹ 5
each (in ₹million)(3)
Total dividend on equity 6,516.01 - - - -
share of face value of ₹ 1
each (in ₹million)(3)
(1) Dividend was paid by way of interim dividends during the Financial Year.
(2) The interim dividends were paid which had record dates as June 24, 2015, December 25, 2015 and January 22, 2016
involving 161,250,000, 168,915,736 and 169,816,188 Equity Shares respectively.
(3) This includes dividend distribution tax.
205

206
SECTION V: FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

L&T House
Ballard Estate
Mumbai 400 001
Dear Sirs,
1 We have examined the restated unconsolidated summary statement of assets and liabilities of Larsen &
Toubro Infotech Limited (‘the Company’) as at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, 2014,
2013, 2012 and 2011 and also the restated unconsolidated summary statement of profits and losses and
restated unconsolidated summary statement of cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2015
and 2014 and the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, together with the notes and
annexures thereto (collectively ‘the restated unconsolidated summary statements’) annexed to this report
for the purpose of inclusion in the offer document to be issued by the Company in connection with the
proposed Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’) of its equity shares.
2 The restated unconsolidated summary statements are prepared by management of the Company from the
audited financial statements of the respective nine months period / years, in accordance with the
requirements of section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with the Companies (Prospectus
and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014 (‘the Rules’) and the requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2009 as amended
(‘the Regulations’), and have been approved by the Company’s board of directors on 10 April 2016.
3 We have examined the restated unconsolidated summary statements in accordance with:
(a) the terms of reference vide our engagement letter dated 15 July 2015 to carry out work on such
financial information included in the offer document of the Company in connection with its IPO;
and
(b) the Guidance Notes on Reports in Company Prospectus (Revised) issued by the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India.
4 On the basis of our examination we are of the opinion that:
(a) the restated unconsolidated summary statement of assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2015
and 2014 and March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (Annexure I), read together with notes
on material adjustments (Annexure IV A) and with the related significant accounting policies
(Annexure IV B) and other notes on accounts (Annexure IV C), are on the basis of the financial
statements audited by us for the respective nine months period / years after making such
adjustments as are required by the Regulations;
(b) the restated unconsolidated summary statement of profits and losses for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Annexure II), read together with the notes on material adjustments (Annexure IV A) and with the
related significant accounting policies (Annexure IV B) and other notes on accounts (Annexure IV
C), are on the basis of the financial statements audited by us for the respective years after making
such adjustments as are required by the Regulations;
(c) the restated unconsolidated summary statement of cash flows for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Annexure III), read together with the notes on material adjustments (Annexure IV A) and with
the related significant accounting policies (Annexure IV B) and other notes on accounts
(Annexure IV C), are on the basis of the financial statements audited by us for the respective nine
months period / years after making such adjustments as are required by the Regulations; and
206

207
(d) do not contain any extraordinary items that need to be disclosed separately other than those
presented in the restated unconsolidated summary statements and also do not contain any audit
qualifications requiring adjustment.
Other financial information
5 We have also examined the following financial information proposed to be included in the offer
document:
(a) Restated unconsolidated statement of share capital (Annexure V)
(b) Restated unconsolidated statement of reserves and surplus (Annexure VI)
(c) Restated unconsolidated statement of long-term borrowings (Annexure VII)
(d) Restated unconsolidated statement of deferred tax (Annexure VIII)
(e) Restated unconsolidated statement of other long-term liabilities and long-term provisions
(Annexure IX)
(f) Restated unconsolidated statement of short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term
borrowings (Annexure X)
(g) Restated unconsolidated statement of trade payables, other current liabilities and short-term
provisions (Annexure XI)
(h) Restated unconsolidated statement of investments (Annexure XII)
(i) Restated unconsolidated statement of long-term loans and advances (Annexure XIII)
(j) Restated unconsolidated statement of current investments (Annexure XIV)
(k) Restated unconsolidated statement of trade receivables (Annexure XV)
(l) Restated unconsolidated statement of unbilled revenue, cash and bank and short-term loans and
advances (Annexure XVI)
(m) Restated unconsolidated statement of other income (Annexure XVII)
(n) Restated unconsolidated statement of other expenses (Annexure XVIII)
(o) Restated unconsolidated statement of finance cost (Annexure XIX)
(p) Restated unconsolidated statement of provision for taxes (Annexure XX)
(q) Restated unconsolidated statement of contingent liabilities (Annexure XXI)
(r) Restated unconsolidated statement of related parties (Annexure XXII)
(s) Statement of restated unconsolidated accounting ratios (Annexure XXIII)
(t) Restated unconsolidated capitalisation statement (Annexure XXIV)
(u) Restated unconsolidated statement of dividend paid (Annexure XXV)
(v) Restated unconsolidated tax shelter statement (Annexure XXVI)
6 In our opinion, the other financial information read with the notes on material adjustments (Annexure IV
A) and with the significant accounting policies (Annexure IV B) are prepared in accordance with the
requirements of the Act and of the Regulations.
7 This report should not in any way be construed as a reissuance or re-dating of any of the previous reports
issued by us nor should it be construed as a new opinion on any of the financial statements referred to
herein.
207

208
8 We have no responsibility to update our report for events and circumstances occurring after the date of
the report.
9 This report is intended solely for your information and for inclusion in the offer document in connection
with the proposed IPO of the Company and is not to be used, referred to or distributed for any other
purpose without our written consent.
Sharp & Tannan

Firm’s registration no. 109982W
by the hand of
Firdosh D. Buchia
Partner
Membership no. 38332
Mumbai
10 April 2016
208

209
Annexure I: Restated Unconsolidated Summary Statement of Assets and Liabilities
₹ Million
Particulars Annexures As at 31 December As at 31 March
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
EQUITY AND
LIABILITIES
Share capital V 168.92 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
Reserves and surplus VI 19,476.21 16,727.09 19,093.28 14,522.83 12,168.69 10,116.06 11,003.34
Total equity 19,645.13 16,888.34 19,254.53 14,684.08 12,329.94 10,277.31 11,164.59
Share application 7.60 - - - - - -

money pending
allotment
Long-term borrowings VII - 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
Deferred tax liabilities VIII 926.03 260.66 76.84 180.34 - - -
(net)
Other long-term IX 1,089.02 710.37 538.35 729.11 1,256.88 2,022.19 815.66
liabilities
Long-term provisions IX 116.61 109.44 103.71 131.06 94.30 51.25 36.23
2,131.66 1,220.55 857.79 1,306.80 1,713.08 2,525.66 851.89
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings X 344.81 1,583.69 1,897.48 673.84 1,582.93 1,976.84 2,378.47
Current maturities of X 147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
long- term borrowings
Trade payables XI 3,389.59 2,712.52 2,528.52 2,255.70 1,891.40 1,720.74 1,719.29
Other current liabilities XI 3,947.80 2,552.36 1,599.53 3,632.68 2,472.89 1,652.98 745.40
Short-term provisions XI 3,467.28 2,685.59 2,791.97 2,371.85 1,782.82 1,604.69 2,118.98
11,296.49 9,674.24 8,956.39 9,067.21 7,850.67 7,011.78 6,962.14
TOTAL EQUITY AND 33,080.88 27,783.13 29,068.71 25,058.09 21,893.69 19,814.75 18,978.62
LIABILITIES
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Fixed assets
Tangible assets 2,752.51 2,514.53 2,617.02 2,610.36 2,225.54 2,170.15 1,662.76
Intangible assets 567.01 502.90 755.47 332.21 316.14 301.47 253.84
Intangible assets under 237.34 420.34 195.37 418.27 321.15 210.07 113.90
development
3,650.28 3,614.74 3,615.49 3,448.97 3,324.89 2,756.02 2,113.34
Non-current investments XII 3,150.32 3,953.11 3,953.11 3,146.15 4,019.29 4,037.28 4,077.67
Deferred tax asset (net) VIII - - - - 57.93 20.29 57.48
Long-term loans and XIII 3,914.67 2,384.39 2,387.26 2,534.84 1,931.57 1,355.39 1,783.75
advances
10,715.27 9,952.24 9,955.86 9,129.96 9,333.68 8,168.98 8,032.24
Current assets
Current investments XIV 504.56 624.05 622.32 1,402.11 217.30 355.59 1,030.75
Trade receivable XV 9,450.67 7,890.22 10,314.39 8,495.82 7,233.99 6,266.71 4,661.99
Unbilled revenue XVI 4,190.47 3,290.32 1,434.59 1,064.61 1,014.02 821.66 1,142.06
Cash and bank XVI 2,777.93 1,351.55 1,334.34 1,455.40 1,135.87 1,229.35 1,312.75
Short-term loans and XVI 5,441.98 4,674.75 5,407.21 3,510.19 2,958.83 2,972.46 2,798.83
advances
22,365.61 17,830.89 19,112.85 15,928.13 12,560.01 11,645.77 10,946.38
209

210

2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
TOTAL ASSETS 33,080.88 27,783.13 29,068.71 25,058.09 21,893.69 19,814.75 18,978.62
As per our report attached For and on behalf of the Board

SHARP & TANNAN
Firm’s Registration No.109982W
By the hand of
A. M. Naik R. Shankar Raman
Chairman Director
Firdosh D. Buchia Ashok Kumar Sonthalia Subramanya Bhatt

Partner Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary
Place: Mumbai Place: Mumbai
Date : 10 April 2016 Date : 10 April 2016
210

211
Annexure II : Restated Unconsolidated Summary Statement of Profits and Losses
₹ Million
Particulars Annexures Apr’15 - Apr’14 - 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Income
Revenue from 40,942.49 34,977.05 47,444.03 46,439.40 36,134.21 29,595.55 22,837.41
operations
Other income XVII 2,603.77 528.95 887.80 (810.92) 167.35 89.99 710.09
Total income 43,546.26 35,506.00 48,331.83 45,628.48 36,301.56 29,685.54 23,547.50
Expenses
Employee benefit XVIII 25,167.06 20,982.76 28,064.72 26,456.57 21,085.73 17,700.80 14,153.66
expenses
Operating expenses XVIII 4,506.44 3,263.09 4,605.35 4,207.52 2,877.76 2,233.79 1,928.47
Sales, administration XVIII 4,511.14 3,823.22 5,224.97 5,123.26 4,125.00 3,466.23 3,091.93
and other expenses
34,184.64 28,069.07 37,895.04 35,787.35 28,088.49 23,400.82 19,174.06
Finance cost XIX 116.77 82.49 104.18 297.69 197.67 358.03 92.56
assets
Amortisation of 284.04 159.32 247.41 180.23 169.70 157.77 209.70
intangible assets
885.75 712.88 1,011.48 980.60 820.14 923.87 687.55
Profit before 8,475.87 6,724.05 9,425.31 8,860.53 7,392.93 5,360.85 3,685.89
extraordinary items
and tax
Tax expense for
Current tax XX 1,113.64 1,211.55 1,602.82 1,650.04 1,621.05 1,276.01 603.04
Deferred tax 471.71 30.59 92.87 238.27 (37.65) 37.19 (46.31)
1,585.35 1,242.14 1,695.69 1,888.31 1,583.40 1,313.20 556.73
Profit from IV (C) (9) - - - 577.95 767.89 - -
discontinued
Tax expense for
Current tax XX - - - 127.05 193.83 - -
Profit from - - - 450.90 574.06 - -
discontinued
extraordinary item
Extraordinary item (net IV (C) (9) - - - 2,177.88 - - -
of tax)
Net profit after tax 6,890.52 5,481.91 7,729.62 9,023.05 5,615.70 4,047.65 3,129.16
before restatement
adjustments
Restatement
adjustment:
Change in accounting
211

212

Dec’15 Dec’14
policy
Amortisation of cost of IV (A) - 6.35 6.35 9.52 (15.87) 11.62 33.08
long-term projects
restated
Extraordinary item - - - 2,177.88 - - -
(net of tax) as restated
restated

SHARP & TANNAN
By the hand of
Chairman Director

212

213
Annexure III : Restated Unconsolidated Summary Statement of Cash Flows
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
activities
restated (excluding
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and 768.98 630.39 907.30 682.91 622.47 565.84 594.99
amortisation
amortised
Interest (net) 30.22 4.54 38.23 10.34 45.54 29.67 (1.99)
Unrealised foreign exchange (958.38) (399.69) (558.20) (536.06) (700.13) (362.69) (409.84)
loss (gain)
investments
investment
Dividend received (176.07) - - - - - -
(Profit)/loss on sale of fixed 0.50 0.05 3.16 (3.46) (2.88) (3.39) (12.23)
assets
receivables
receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade 1,941.91 450.66 1,016.45 1,333.56 390.03 160.16 1,112.49
& other payables
(Increase)/decrease in 608.07 (994.48) (1,254.83) (701.29) (394.88) (1,256.84) (400.77)
working capital
operations
activities (excluding

activities
Purchase of fixed assets (804.52) (824.01) (1,114.24) (957.94) (1,244.81) (1,232.17) (907.94)
investments(net)
Disinvestment in subsidiary - - - 1,202.97 - - -
Investment in subsidiaries (4.17) (806.96) (806.96) (329.83) (2.01) - (2,806.32)
Dividend received from 176.07 - - - - - -
subsidiary
Net cash (used in)/from (361.60) (743.39) (978.81) (970.55) (906.01) (359.97) (2,976.46)
213

214

Dec’15 Dec’14
extra-ordinary items
Extraordinary Items
Proceeds from sale of PES - - - 3,796.97 - -
business (net)
Loss on winding up of - - - (1,202.97) - -
subsidiary
Net cash (used in)/from (361.60) (743.39) (978.81) 1,623.45 (906.01) (359.97) (2,976.46)
extra ordinary items

activities
Proceeds from issue of share 58.45 - - - - - -
capital (including share
application money)
Proceeds from/(repayment) (1,717.76) 717.90 1,040.09 (984.57) (445.38) 64.28 1,947.66
of borrowings
Interest paid (44.35) (16.68) (56.22) (94.52) (87.23) (76.85) (62.89)
Dividend paid (2,987.99) (3,499.13) (4,805.25) (5,514.75) (3,031.50) (2,547.75) (1,515.75)
Net cash (used in)/from (4,952.62) (3,365.18) (4,946.94) (7,434.79) (4,016.67) (2,972.96) 64.13
Net increase in cash and 1,425.13 (103.85) (121.06) 319.53 (93.48) (83.40) (226.96)
cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents 1,334.34 1,455.40 1,455.40 1,135.87 1,229.35 1,312.75 1,539.71
at 31 March of previous
year
Increase in Cash and Cash 18.46 - - - - - -
Equivalents on
amalgamation as on 1st
April 2015
Cash and cash equivalents 2,777.93 1,351.55 - - - - -
at 31 December
Cash and cash equivalents - - 1,334.34 1,455.40 1,135.87 1,229.35 1,312.75
at 31 March
Notes:
1. Cash flow statement has been prepared under the indirect method as set out in the Accounting Standard
(AS) 3: “Cash Flow Statements” as specified in the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
2. Purchase of fixed assets includes movements of capital work-in-progress between the beginning and
end of the year.
3. Cash and cash equivalents represent cash and bank balances.
4. Bank balances include revaluation loss/(gain) as follows:
₹ Million
Year Apr’15- Apr’14 - 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Revaluation loss/ (2.05) (6.99) (3.44) (75.62) (40.81) (86.91) (16.30)
(gain)

SHARP & TANNAN
214

215
By the hand of
Chairman Director

215

216
Annexure IV: Notes to restated unconsolidated summary financial statements
Annexure IV A: Notes on material adjustments
(a) Change in accounting policy
The cost incurred on long term projects mainly comprise of legal and employee related costs to secure
long term projects. The Company was amortising the cost over the period of two years from the year in
which it was incurred. The Company revised its accounting policy for amortisation of cost incurred for
long term projects and the same is charged to the statement of profit and loss in the year in which it was
incurred for more appropriate presentation of financial statements. Consequently in restated financial
statement, the Company has debited ₹ 44.71 Mn to opening profit and loss as on 1 April 2010. Further,
the Company has credited ₹ 33.08 Mn for the year ended 31 March 2011, ₹ 11.62 Mn for the year
ended 31 March 2012, debited ₹ 15.87 Mn for the year ended 31 March 2013, credited ₹ 9.52 for the
year ended 31 March 2014, ₹ 6.35 Mn for the year ended 31 March 2015, nil for the nine months
period ended 31 December 2015 and ₹ 6.35 Mn for the nine months period ended 31 December 2014,
to respective restated statement of profit and loss.
Annexure IV B: Significant accounting policies
1. Preparation of financial statements
The restated unconsolidated financial statements are prepared from the audited financials for the nine
months period ended 31 December 2015, 31 December 2014 and the years ended 31 March 2015, 31
March 2014, 31 March 2013, 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2011, in accordance with the requirements
of section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with Companies (Prospectus and Allotment
Securities) Rules, 2014 (‘the Rules’) and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Board of
India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulation, 2009 as amended (‘the Regulations’).
Accordingly, these restated unconsolidated financial statements are prepared for the purpose of
inclusion in the offer document in connection with the proposed IPO of the Company.
2. Revenue recognition
a) Revenue from contracts priced on time and material basis are recognised when services are
rendered and related costs are incurred.
Revenue from services performed on “fixed-price” basis is recognised using the proportionate
completion method.
Unbilled revenue represents value of services performed in accordance with the contract terms
but not billed.
b) Other income
i. Interest income is accrued at applicable interest rate.
ii. Dividend income is accounted in the period in which the right to receive the same is
established.
iii. Other items of income are accounted as and when the right to receive arises.
3. Employee benefits
a) Short-term employee benefits
All employee benefits falling due wholly within twelve months of rendering the service are
classified as short- term employee benefits. The benefits like salaries, wages, short term
compensated absences and performance incentives are recognised in the period in which the
employee renders the related service.
216

217
b) Post-employment benefits
i) Defined contribution plan:
The Company’s superannuation fund and state governed provident fund scheme are
classified as defined contribution plans. The contribution paid / payable under the
schemes is recognised during the period in which the employee renders the related
service.
ii) Defined benefit plans:
The provident fund scheme managed by trust, employees gratuity fund scheme
managed by LIC and post-retirement medical benefit scheme are the Company’s
defined benefit plans. Wherever applicable, the present value of the obligation under
such defined benefit plans is determined based on actuarial valuation using the
Projected Unit Credit Method, which recognises each period of service as giving rise
to additional unit of employee benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately
to build up the final obligation.
The obligation is measured at the present value of the estimated future cash flows.
The discount rates used for determining the present value of the obligation under
defined benefit plans, is based on the market yields on government bonds as at the
balance sheet date, having maturity periods approximating to the terms of related
obligations. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of
profit and loss. In case of funded plans, the fair value of the plan assets is reduced
from the gross obligation under the defined benefit plans to recognise the obligation
on net basis.
Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of any defined benefit plan are
recognised when the curtailment or settlement occurs. Past service cost is recognised
as expense on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become
vested.
(iii) Long-term employee benefits:
The obligation for long-term employee benefits like long-term compensation absences is
recognised in the similar manner as in the case of defined benefit plans as mentioned in (b)
(ii) above.
4. Fixed assets
Tangible
Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Intangible
Computer software and internally developed software is capitalized at cost.
5. Investments
Long-term investments are stated at cost, less provision for other than temporary diminution in value, if
any. Current investments are stated at the lower of cost or market value, determined on the basis of
specific identification.
6. Leases
Finance lease
Assets acquired under leases where the Company has substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership are classified as finance leases. Such assets are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the
lower of the fair value and the present value of minimum lease payments and a liability is created for
217

218
an equivalent amount. Each lease rental paid is allocated between the liability and the interest cost, so
as to obtain a constant periodic rate of interest on the outstanding liability for each period.
Operating lease
Assets acquired under lease where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are
retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Lease rentals are charged to the statement of
profit and loss on accrual basis.
7. Depreciation
Tangible - owned assets
The company has provided depreciation on assets based on useful life prescribed in schedule II to the
Companies Act, 2013 for the nine months period ended 31 December 2015, 31 December 2014 and for
the year ended 31 March 2015, except for the leasehold improvements which is depreciated over the
lease period.
For the years ended 31 March 2014, 31 March 2013, 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2011, depreciation
on all assets is calculated using straight line method at rates prescribed by schedule XIV to the
Companies Act, 1956 from time to time except for the following:
 Plant and machinery 4.75%-20 %
 Computers 25-30 %
 Servers 25 %
 Furniture and fixtures 10 %
 Office equipments 20%-33.33 %
 Motor cars 14.14 %
Tangible - leased assets
Assets acquired under finance leases are depreciated at the rates applicable to similar assets owned by
the Company as there is reasonable certainty that the Company shall obtain ownership of the assets at
the end of the lease term.
 Leasehold land Over the residual period of the lease
Intangible assets
The basis of amortisation of intangible assets is as follows:
 Computer software 33.33 %
 Intellectual property rights (IPR) 33.33 %
 Business rights Over a period of five years
Depreciation / amortisation on additions / disposals are calculated pro-rata from / to the month of
additions / disposals.
8. Investment
Trade investments comprise investments in subsidiary companies.
Investments, which are readily realisable and are intended to be held for not more than one year from
the date of acquisition, are classified as current investments. All other investments are classified as
long-term investments.
218

219
9. Employee stock ownership schemes
In respect of stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s stock option schemes, the excess of fair
value of the share over the exercise price of the option is treated as discount and accounted as
employee compensation cost over the vesting period.
10. Foreign currency transactions
a) Foreign currency transactions are initially recorded at the rates prevailing on the date of the
transaction. At the balance sheet date, foreign currency monetary items are reported using the
closing rate. Non-monetary items which are carried at historical cost denominated in foreign
currency are reported using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.
Translation of foreign currency transaction of overseas branches is as under:
 Revenue items at the average rate for the period;
 Fixed assets and investments at the rates prevailing on the date of the transaction; and
 Other assets and liabilities at year end rates
Exchange difference on settlement / year end conversion is adjusted to statement of profit and
loss.
b) Forward contracts other than those entered into to hedge foreign currency risk on unexecuted
firm commitments or of highly probable forecast transactions, are treated as foreign currency
transactions and accounted accordingly. Exchange differences arising on such contracts are
recognised in the period in which they arise and the premium paid / received is accounted as
expense / income over the period of the contract. Profit or loss on such forward contracts is
accounted as income or expense for the period.
c) All the other derivative contracts, including forward contracts entered into to hedge foreign
currency risks on unexecuted firm commitments and highly probable forecast transactions are
recognised in the financial statements at fair value as on the balance sheet date. In pursuance
of the announcement of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) dated March
29, 2008 on accounting of derivatives, the Company has adopted Accounting Standard 30 for
applying the test of hedge effectiveness of the outstanding derivative contracts. Accordingly,
the resultant gains or losses on fair valuation of such contracts are recognised in the statement
of profit and loss or balance sheet as the case may be.
11. Taxes on income
Tax on income for the current period is determined on the basis of taxable income and tax credits
computed in accordance with the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and based on the expected
outcome of assessments/appeals.
Deferred tax is recognised on timing differences between the income accounted in financial statements
and the taxable income for the year, and quantified using the tax rates and laws enacted or
substantively enacted as on the balance sheet date.
Other deferred tax assets are recognised and carried forward to the extent that there is a reasonable
certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets
can be realised.
12. Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs include interest, commitment charges, finance charges in respect of assets acquired on
finance lease and exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings, to the extent they are
regarded as an adjustment to interest costs.
13. Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
219

220
Provisions are recognised for liabilities that can be measured only by using a substantial degree of
estimation, if
a) the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event;
b) a probable outflow of resources is expected to settle the obligation; and
c) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated
Reimbursement expected in respect of expenditure required to settle a provision is recognised only

when it is virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received.
Contingent liability is disclosed in the case of
a) a present obligation arising from a past event when it is not probable that an outflow of
resources will be required to settle the obligation; or
b) a possible obligation unless the probability of outflow of resources is remote.
Contingent assets are neither recognised nor disclosed.
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date.
14. Segment accounting
Segment accounting policies are in line with the accounting policies of the Company. In addition, the
following specific accounting policies have been followed for segment reporting:
i. Segment revenue includes sales and other income directly identifiable with/allocable to the
segment.
ii. Expenses that are directly identifiable with/allocable to segments are considered for
determining the segment result. Expenditure which relate to the Company as a whole and not
allocable to segments are included under “unallocable corporate expenditure”.
iii. Income which relates to the Company as a whole and not allocable to segments is included in
“unallocable corporate income”.
iv. Fixed assets used and liabilities contracted for performing the Company’s business have not
been identified to any of the above reported segments as the fixed assets and services are used
interchangeably among segments.
15. Cash flow statement
Cash flow statement is prepared segregating the cash flows from operating, investing and financing
activities. Cash flow from operating activities is reported using indirect method. Under the indirect
method, the net profit is adjusted for the effects of:
i. transactions of a non-cash nature
ii. any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments; and
iii. items of income or expense associated with investing or financing cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents (including bank balances) are reflected as such in the cash flow statement.
16. Share application money pending allotment
220

221
The amount received from employees on exercise of stock options is accounted as share application
money pending allotment. Upon allotment, the amount received corresponding to the shares allotted
against the options exercised is transferred to share capital and securities premium account (if
applicable).
Annexure IV C: Other notes on accounts:
1. Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account (net of advances) and not
provided for are as follows:
₹ Million
As at As at As at As at As at As at As at
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Estimated amount 149.11 312.28 310.76 269.43 167.44 234.59 230.48
2. In line with the Company’s financial risk management policy, financial risks relating to changes in the
exchange rates, are hedged by using a combination of forward and options contracts, besides the
natural hedges. The loss on fair valuation of the derivative contracts which are designated and are
effective as hedges, has been accounted in retained earnings in balance sheet as follows:
3.
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Loss on fair valuation 2,628.81 2,052.71 366.96 2,923.11 2,694.38 2,663.11 658.42
The loss/ (gain) on settlement of the options/forwards is recognised in statement of profit and loss is as
follows:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Loss/(gain) on settlement (991.53) 107.58 (243.04) 1,839.30 747.27 1,074.47 (179.27)
The particulars of derivative contracts entered into for hedging foreign currency risks outstanding are
as under:
₹ Million
Sr. Category of Notional amount
derivative Apr’15- Apr’14- As at As at As at As at As at
instruments Dec’15 Dec’14 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03 31-03-
2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
1 Forward contracts for 53,492.44 74,459.45 58,583.85 29,493.37 34,906.68 24,887.27 16,516.52
receivables
2 Option contracts - - - 480.00 1,954.26 3,663.00 5,351.40
Un-hedged foreign currency exposures are as under:
₹ Million
Sr. Un-hedged foreign As at As at As at As at As at As at As at
currency exposures 31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
1 Receivables including 32,293.72 28,944.30 30,001.71 49,989.21 36,877.48 41,528.92 24,612.73
firm commitments
221

222
Sr. Un-hedged foreign As at As at As at As at As at As at As at

currency exposures 31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
and highly probable
forecast transactions
2 Payables including 24,495.85 23,194.37 24,474.66 33,388.42 30,283.47 28,868.62 18,455.74
firm commitments
and highly probable
4. The Company has made provision, as required under the applicable law or accounting standard for
material foreseeable losses on long term derivative contracts.
5. Expenditure in foreign currency:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Overseas staff costs 14,858.46 12,473.86 16,661.19 15,464.68 11,471.24 9,473.58 7,366.85
Foreign travel 229.72 235.99 305.56 330.67 224.57 109.91 71.75
Agency commission 1.77 0.62 0.62 1.45 1.78 6.13 -
Subcontracting expenses 2,335.81 2,213.54 2,923.75 3,010.64 2,103.93 1,472.05 1,180.16
Overseas office expenses 1,977.39 1,411.30 1,928.01 1,638.26 1,147.66 890.33 759.77
(including others)
Total 19,403.15 16,335.31 21,819.13 20,445.70 14,949.18 11,952.00 9,378.53
6. Earnings in foreign currency:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Software exports 38,744.38 33,529.73 45,368.13 44,148.43 34,015.81 27,838.75 21,336.69
Other income 182.28 18.36 27.32 8.71 21.69 53.71 501.91
Total 38,926.66 33,548.09 45,395.45 44,157.14 34,037.50 27,892.46 21,838.60
7. Leases
Finance leases
In accordance with Accounting Standard 19 “Leases” issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India, the assets acquired under finance leases on or after April 1, 2001 are capitalised and a loan
liability is recognised for an equivalent amount. Consequently depreciation is provided on such leases.
Lease rentals paid are allocated to the liability and the interest is charged to statement of profit and loss.
Operating leases
The Company has taken employee used cars under non-cancellable operating leases. The rental
expense in respect of operating leases and the future rentals payable are as follows:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Rental expense of 0.16 1.09 1.21 19.49 26.89 23.92 39.05
operating lease
Minimum lease payments
- Payable not later than 1 - 0.28 0.16 0.99 10.62 21.41 51.21
year
- Payable after 1 year but - - - 0.08 1.56 11.98 38.90
222

223
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
not later than 5 years
Total - 0.28 0.16 1.07 12.18 33.39 90.11
8. Segmental reporting
The Company had 3 business segments. Services cluster includes Banking & Financial services,
Insurance, Media & Entertainment, Travel & Logistics and Healthcare. Industrials cluster includes Hi
Tech and Consumer Electronics, Consumer, Retail & Pharma, Energy & Process, Automobile &
Aerospace, Plant Equipment & Industrial Machinery, Utilities and Engineering & Construction.
Telecom segment refers to Product Engineering Services (PES) which is a part of discontinued
business (refer annexure IV C (9)). The Company has presented its segment results accordingly.
(i) Revenues represented along industry classes comprise the primary basis of segmental
information set out in these financial statements. The revenue and operating profit by segment
is as under:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Revenue
Services cluster 21,598.99 17,970.06 24,468.34 20,191.11 15,564.56 12,635.40 9,683.65
Industrials cluster 19,343.50 17,006.99 22,975.69 22,577.48 16,380.09 13,421.46 10,037.65
Telecom - - - 3,670.81 4,189.56 3,538.69 3,116.11
Revenue from 40,942.49 34,977.05 47,444.03 46,439.40 36,134.21 29,595.55 22,837.41
operations
Segmental profit
Telecom - - 870.02 1,256.94 1,053.59 700.82
Segmental operating 10,130.22 8,457.57 11,487.96 12,710.07 10,303.02 8,775.94 5,987.36
profit
Unallocable expenses 3,372.37 1,549.59 1,938.97 2,058.02 2,257.30 2,581.21 2,324.01
(net)
Other income 2,603.77 528.95 887.80 (810.92) 167.35 89.99 710.09
Finance cost 116.77 82.49 104.18 297.69 197.67 358.03 92.56
Depreciation 484.94 471.07 659.89 502.68 452.77 408.07 385.29
Amortisation of 284.04 159.32 247.41 180.23 169.70 157.77 209.70
intangible assets
Profit before 8,475.87 6,724.05 9,425.31 8,860.53 7,392.93 5,360.85 3,685.89
extraordinary items and
tax
Restatement adjustments - 6.35 6.35 9.52 (15.87) 11.62 33.08
Restated profit before 8,475.87 6,730.40 9,431.66 8,870.05 7,377.06 5,372.47 3,718.97
tax
(ii) Segmental reporting of revenues on the basis of the geographical location of the customers is as
under:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14 Continuing Discontinued Total Continuing Discontinued Total
business business business business
North 28,240.06 23,466.65 32,024.48 28,188.42 1,741.53 29,929.95 21,805.83 1,782.00 23,587.83 20,006.20 15,377.83
America
223

224
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14 Continuing Discontinued Total Continuing Discontinued Total
business business business business
Europe 7,039.14 6,503.37 8,839.21 8,931.63 183.73 9,115.36 6,096.46 128.92 6,225.38 4,648.99 3,400.75
Asia 928.18 852.13 1,198.13 1,155.89 982.37 2,138.26 825.45 1,398.26 2,223.71 1,832.37 1,543.64
Pacific
India 2,198.11 1,447.32 2,075.90 1,530.53 760.45 2,290.98 1,248.95 869.45 2,118.40 1,756.79 1,500.73
Rest of the 2,537.00 2,707.58 3,306.31 2,962.12 2.73 2,964.85 1,967.96 10.93 1,978.89 1,351.20 1,014.46
world
Revenue 40,942.49 34,977.05 47,444.03 42,768.59 3,670.81 46,439.40 31,944.65 4,189.56 36,134.21 29,595.55 22,837.41
from
operations
Fixed assets used and liabilities contracted for performing the Company’s business have not been
identified to any of the above reported segments as the fixed assets and services are used
9. Based on the information and records available with the Company, there are no amounts payable to
micro and small enterprises as defined in the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act,
2006.
10. As part of business restructuring undertaken within Larsen & Toubro Group, it was decided to
consolidate the engineering services businesses under a separate subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro
Limited, called L&T Technology Services Limited (LTTSL). Pursuant to this, the Company initiated
and completed the transfer of its Product Engineering Services (PES) Business Unit to LTTSL
effective 1 January, 2014. The PES business was transferred by way of slump sale for total purchase
consideration of ₹ 4,895.27 Mn based on fair valuation carried out by external chartered accountants.
The purchase consideration was determined based on the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) method of
valuation of business. GDA Technologies Inc., USA (GDA Inc.), a wholly owned subsidiary of Larsen
& Toubro Infotech Limited was a part of PES business with synergy in terms of the end customers they
serve, primarily the semiconductor companies. Over last few years, the performance of GDA Inc. was
affected due to the recession which impacted the end customers resulting in falling revenues and
operational losses. Subsequent to the transfer of PES business, it was therefore decided to wind up this
subsidiary. Accordingly, certain IP (Intellectual properties) owned by GDA Inc. were transferred to
LTTSL at a fair valuation carried out by external chartered accountants.
The Indian subsidiary of GDA Inc. called GDA Technologies Limited., India was taken over by Larsen
& Toubro Infotech Limited based on fair valuation carried out by external chartered accountants.
Consequently GDA Inc. was wound up in USA with effect from 28 March 2014.
The following assets and liabilities have been transferred to L&T Technology Services Limited.:
₹ Million
Tangible assets 76.61
Intangible assets 26.47
Long term loans and advances 90.45
Current assets 1,126.04
Current liabilities and provisions (479.64)
Net current assets 646.40
Total assets transferred 839.93

Less:
Other long term liabilities 130.34
Hedging reserve (389.15)
Net assets transferred 1,098.74
The results of discontinued business are as under:
224

225
₹ Million
For the period April FY 2012-13
2013-Dec 2013
Total revenues 3,670.81 4,189.56
Total expenses (3,092.86) (3,421.67)
Profit before taxes 577.95 767.89
Income taxes (127.05) (193.83)
Profit after tax 450.90 574.06
Extra -ordinary item
The above has given rise to extraordinary items being recognised in the financial statements for the
year ended 31 March 2014.
₹ Million
i. Profit on sale of PES business unit to L&T Technology Services Limited 3,796.97
ii. Capital loss arising from disinvestment and winding up of the wholly (1,202.97)
owned subsidiary GDA Technologies Inc, USA
iii. Extra-ordinary gain 2,594.00
iv. Capital gains tax on extraordinary items (416.12)
v. Extra-ordinary gain (net of tax) 2,177.88
10(i) During the year ended 31 March, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with Citigroup Fund
Services Canada (CFSC) Inc. to purchase its business of providing Information Technology platform.
With this transaction, the company acquired the IT platform to bolster its ability to provide end -to-end
technology services to its clients. To give effect to this acquisition, a wholly owned subsidiary “CF
L&T FTServ Financial Technologies Services Inc.” was incorporated by CFSC Inc. under Canada
Business Corporation Act and the company acquired 100% stake in the same for total cash
consideration of ₹ 2,806.32 Mn on 1 January, 2011. After acquisition the name of the company has
been changed to “L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc.”
10(ii) The Company has acquired equity share capital of Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa
(Proprietary) Limited on 25 July 2012.
10(iii) The Company has formed a new entity “L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co.
Limited” in People’s Republic of China on 28 June 2013. Investment in this entity is not denominated
in number of shares as per laws of the People’s Republic of China.
10(iv) On October 16, 2014, the Company acquired entire share capital of Information Systems Resource
Centre Private Limited (‘ISRC’), thereby making it a wholly owned subsidiary. Larsen & Toubro
Infotech Limited is engaged in software development & related services. ISRC is engaged in software
services with respect to application development, information technology support and maintenance
services to OTIS Elevator Company Inc. (OTIS) and certain other group companies of OTIS, which are
part of United Technologies Corporation (UTC) group. The Company believes that acquisition will
strengthen its relationship with UTC group. The acquisition was executed through a share purchase
agreement for a consideration of ₹ 806.96 Mn.
The Board of Directors of the Company and ISRC have approved the scheme of amalgamation of
ISRC with the Company on October 17, 2014 and December 04, 2014, respectively, with October 17,
2014 as the appointed date. Accordingly, a petition for sanctioning the scheme of amalgamation had
been filed with the Hon’ble High Court of Judicature at Bombay.
The Scheme has been sanctioned by the Hon’ble High Court of Judicature at Bombay vide its order
dated 04 September 2015. The Scheme was filed with the Registrar of the Companies on 21 September
2015 and came into effect on that day with appointed date being October 17, 2014. Pursuant thereto,
the entire business and all the assets and liabilities, duties and obligations of ISRC have been
transferred to and vested in the Company with effect from October 17, 2014. In accordance with the
Scheme, the investment held in the subsidiary has been cancelled and ISRC being a wholly owned
225

226
subsidiary of the Company, no equity shares were exchanged to effect the amalgamation in respect
thereof.
The amalgamation is accounted in accordance with ‘pooling of interest method’ as per Accounting
Standard 14 ‘Accounting for Amalgamations’ and in accordance with scheme approved by the Hon’ble
High Court of Bombay.
1) All assets and liabilities (including contingent liabilities), reserves , benefits under income-tax,
benefits for under special economic zone registrations, duties and obligations of ISRC have
been recorded in the books of account of the Company at their carrying amounts.
2) The amount of share capital of IRSC has been adjusted against the corresponding investment
balance held by the Company in the amalgamating company and the excess of share capital
over the investment has been adjusted against general reserve.
3) Accordingly, the amalgamation has resulted in transfer of assets and liabilities as on 17

October 2014 in accordance with the terms of the Scheme at the following summarized
values:
₹ Million
Particulars Amount Amount
Non-current Assets
Fixed assets (net) 37.58
Deferred tax asset (set-off against deferred tax liabilities) 6.07
Long-term loans and advances 23.09
Current assets
Trade receivables 120.39
Cash and cash equivalents 35.89
Short-term loans and advances 22.43 178.71
Total assets 245.45
Long-term provisions 6.29
Current Liabilities
Trade payables 26.54
Other current liabilities 2.21
Short-term provisions 18.00 46.75
Total liabilities 53.04
Net assets 192.41
The following balances as on 17 October 2014 have been added to the respective opening
balances of the Company:
₹ Million
Capital reserve 0.42
General reserve 56.40
Profit & loss balance 100.58
The amount charged against general reserve of the Company pursuant to amalgamation is as
follows:
₹ Million
Investment in the amalgamating company 806.96
Share capital taken over from the amalgamating company 35.00
Amount charged against general reserve 771.96
226

227
Pursuant to scheme of amalgamation, the appointed date of amalgamation being 17 October,

2014, net profit after tax of ISRC for the period 17 October 2014 to 31 March 2015 has been
transferred to Statement of profit & loss account in the books of the company upon
amalgamation.
Profit and loss account for the period 17 October 2014 to 31 March 2015 is as below:
₹ Million
Particulars Amount
Revenue from services 191.00
Other income 2.77
Total revenue 193.77
Expenses:
(a) Employee benefits expense 81.32
(b) Operating and other expenses 66.99
(c) Depreciation and amortisation expense 6.06
Total expenses 154.37
Profit before tax 39.40
Tax expense:
(a) Current tax 14.12
(b) Deferred tax (2.08)
Net profit after tax 27.36
As the scheme has become effective from 21 September 2015, the figures for the period ended
31 December 2015 are after giving effect to the merger, hence are not comparable with
corresponding period of earlier year as well as for the period ended 31 December 2014.
10 (v) The Company has formed a new entity “Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH” in Austria on 18
June 2015.
227

228
Annexure V: Restated unconsolidated statement of share capital
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
(a) Authorised :
240,000,000 equity shares of 240.00 - - - - - -
₹ 1 each
(32,750,000 equity shares of ₹ - 163.75 163.75 163.75 163.75 163.75 163.75
5 each)
Issued, paid up and
subscribed
168,915,736 equity shares for 168.92 - - - - - -
₹ 1 each
(32,250,000 equity shares of ₹ - 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
5 each)
EQUITY SHARE 168.92 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
CAPITAL
The Company has split shares of face value of ₹ 5 to face value of ₹ 1 and the Company has increased
authorised share capital by ₹ 36.25 Mn (36,250,000 equity shares of ₹ 1 each) on 22 June 2015. Also,
authorised share capital of the Company has increased by ₹ 40 Mn (40,000,000 equity shares of ₹ 1 each) due to
amalgamation of ISRC [Refer annexure IV C (10) (iv)] with the Company effective from 21 September 2015.
(b) Terms/rights attached to equity shares
The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of ₹ 1 per share. Each holder of
equity shares is entitled to one vote per share. The Company declares and pays dividend in Indian
rupees.
The amount of interim dividend distributed to equity shareholder was as follows:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Dividend per share 18.05** 108.50* 149* 171* 94* 79* 47*
* Face value of shares is ₹ 5
** Face value of shares is ₹ 1
(c) Shareholders holding more than 5% of equity shares as at the end of the period:
95.5% of the equity shares are held by Larsen & Toubro Limited, the holding company
(d) Reconciliation of the number of equity shares & share capital:
Due to allotment of shares on exercise of stock options by employees, there was a movement is share
capital for the period ended 31 December 2015. But there was no movement in the number of equity
shares during the five years ended 31 March 2015, 31 March 2014, 31 March 2013, 31 March 2012, 31
March 2011 and period ended 31 December 2014.
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Issued, subscribed and 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
fully paid up equity
shares outstanding at the
228

229
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
beginning
Add: Shares issued on 7.67 - - - - - -
exercise of employee
stock options
end
(e) Shares reserved for issue under options outstanding as at the end of the year on un-issued share
capital :
Particulars Exercise As at As at As at As at As at
Price 31-03-2015 31-03-2014 31-03-2013 31-03-2012 31-03-2011
Number of equity shares of face value of ₹ 5 to be issued as
fully paid
#Employee stock options ₹ 25 393,003 393,003 393,003 393,003 393,003
granted and outstanding ₹ 10 1,873,467 1,880,484 2,155,197 2,179,953 2,203,092
under Employee Stock
Ownership Scheme
“ESOS Plan”
Employees Stock $12 90,100 90,100 90,100 90,100 83,700
Ownership Scheme –
2006 U.S. Stock Option
Sub-Plan (‘Sub-Plan’)
The Company has split its equity shares from face value of ₹ 5 to face value of ₹ 1 per equity share on
22 June 2015. Consequently, exercise price has been adjusted for the year ended March 2015 & earlier
years to reflect this change.
Particulars Exercise As at As at As at As at As at
Price 31-03-2015 31-03-2014 31-03-2013 31-03-2012 31-03-2011
fully paid
#Employee stock options ₹ 5 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
granted and outstanding ₹ 2 9,367,335 9,402,420 10,775,985 10,899,765 11,015,460
under
Employee Stock
Ownership Scheme
“ESOS Plan”
Employees Stock $2.4 450,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 418,500
22 June 2015. Consequently, exercise price has been adjusted for the nine months period ended
December 2014 to reflect this change.
Particulars Exercise As at As at
Price 31-12-2015 31-12-2014
Number of equity shares of face
value of ₹ 1 to be issued as fully
paid
#Employee stock options granted and outstanding ₹5 268,090 1,965,015
under Employee Stock Ownership Scheme ₹2 2,968,893 9,388,605
229

230
Particulars Exercise As at As at
Price 31-12-2015 31-12-2014
“ESOS Plan”
Employees Stock Ownership Scheme – 2006 U.S. $2.4 249,500 450,500
Stock Option Sub-Plan (‘Sub-Plan’)
# Refer annexure no. V (h) (1)
(f) The aggregate number of equity shares allotted as fully paid up by way of bonus shares in immediately
preceding five years ended March 31, 2015 and nine months period ended December 31, 2014 and
period ended December 31, 2015 are Nil.
(g) The aggregate number of equity shares issued pursuant to contract, without payment being received in
cash in immediately preceding five years ended March 31, 2015 and nine months period ended
December 31, 2014 and period ended December 31, 2015 – Nil.
(h) Stock option plans
1. Employee Stock Ownership Scheme (‘ESOS Plan’)
Under the Employee Stock Ownership Scheme (ESOS), options outstanding at face value of ₹ 1 per
equity share is as follows:
Year As at As at As at As at As at As at As at
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Number of options 3,236,983 11,353,620 11,332,350 11,367,435 12,741,000 12,864,780 12,980,475
The grant of options to the employees under ESOS is on the basis of their performance and other
eligibility criteria. Each option entitles the holder to exercise the right to apply for and seek allotment
of one equity share of ₹ 1 each.
All vested options can be exercised on the first exercise date. The Nomination & Remuneration
Committee has decided 28 September 2015 as first exercise date.
The details of the grants under the aforesaid scheme are summarised below:-
ESOP Series I,II & III

Apr’15 - Apr’14 - 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
1 Grant price (₹) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2 Options granted and 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
outstanding at the
beginning of the year
3 Options reinstated during 3,500
the year *
4 Options granted during - - - - - - -
the year
5 Options cancelled/ 34,000 - - - - - -
lapsed during the year
6 Options exercised and 1,666,425 - - - - - -
shares allotted during the
year
7 Options granted and 268,090 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
outstanding at the end of
the year
of which -
Options vested 268,090 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
Options yet to vest - - - - - - -
ESOP Series IV-XXI

Apr’15 - Apr’14 - 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
230

231
ESOP Series IV-XXI

Apr’15 - Apr’14 - 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
1 Grant price (₹) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
outstanding at the
beginning of the year
3 Options reinstated 454,580
during the year *
4 Options granted during - - - - - - 175,000
the year
5 Options cancelled/ 1,054,711 13,815 35,085 1,373,565 123,780 115,695 116,820
lapsed during the year
6 Options exercised and 5,798,311 - - - - - -
shares allotted during the
year
outstanding at the end of
the year
of which -
Options vested 949,838 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585
Options yet to vest 2,019,055 4,534,020 4,512,750 4,547,835 5,921,400 6,045,180 6,160,875
* The Company had lapsed unvested options with the employees who had resigned from the
Company. Based on the legal advice, the Company has exercised its discretion in determining that
the former employees in the United States will be allowed to exercise their deferred options and
accordingly, 258,080 options at face value of ₹ 1 (51,616 options at face value of ₹ 5) exercisable
by such former employees have been re-instated and vested.
* The Company had erroneously lapsed 200,000 options at face value of ₹1 (40,000 options at face
value of ₹ 5). Subsequently, the Company has decided that these options be restored and vested.
2. Employees Stock Ownership Scheme – 2006 U.S. Stock Option Sub-Plan (‘Sub-Plan’)
The Company had instituted the Employees Stock Ownership Scheme – 2006 U.S. Stock Option Sub-
Plan (‘Sub-Plan’) for the employees and Directors of its erstwhile subsidiary, GDA Technologies, Inc,
USA. The term of option was 5 years from the date of grant. As per vesting schedule, the options had
to vest over a period of five years, subject to fulfilment of certain conditions specified in the respective
non-statutory stock option agreement. Each option entitles the holder to exercise the right to apply for
and seek allotment of one equity share of ₹ 1 each at an exercise price of USD 2.4 per share. Under the
said plan, options granted, outstanding and vested as at the end of the year are as follows:
Year As at As at 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

31-12- 31-12-
2015 2014
Number of options 249,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 418,500
With effect from 1 April 2010, all employees of GDA Technologies Inc. have been transferred to the
rolls of Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited and deputed to GDA Technologies Inc. Hence the liability
towards stock option amounting to ₹ 27.70 Mn (₹ 23.22 Mn transferred to general reserve and ₹ 4.48
Mn was charged to statement of profit & loss) was created in the books in FY 2010-11.
3. Employees stock options granted and outstanding as at the end of the year on unissued share capital
represent options as follows:
Year As at As at 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

31-12- 31-12-
2015 2014
Number of options 3,486,483 11,804,12 11,782,85 11,817,93 13,191,50 13,315,28 13,398,97
(Face value of share ₹ 0 0 5 0 0 5
1)
231

232
Annexure VI: Restated unconsolidated statement of reserves and surplus
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
1. General reserve
As per last balance sheet 4,486.78 4,486.78 4,486.78 3,576.78 2,976.78 2,476.78 2,100.00
Less : ESOP liability of - - - - - - 23.22
GDA Technologies Inc.
charged to general reserve on
transfer of employees to
Larsen & Toubro Infotech
Limited payroll
Add: general reserve of 56.40 - - - - - -
ISRC on amalgamation (refer
annexure IVC (10)(iv))
Add : transferred from - - - 910.00 600.00 500.00 400.00

statement of profit and loss
Less: amalgamation 771.96 - - - - - -

adjustment (refer annexure
IVC (10)(iv))
Add: transferred from 0.05 - - - - - -
Employee stock options
outstanding
3,771.27 4,486.78 4,486.78 4,486.78 3,576.78 2,976.78 2,476.78
2. Capital Reserve
As per last balance sheet - - - - - - -
Add: capital reserve of ISRC 0.42 - - - - - -
on amalgamation (refer
annexure IVC (10)(iv))
0.42 - - - - - -
3. Hedging reserve (net of
tax)
Opening balance (366.96) (2,923.11) (2,923.11) (2,694.39) (2,663.11) (658.42) (595.85)
(2,261.85) 870.40 2,556.15 (228.72) (31.28) (2,004.69) (62.57)
Deduction/(addition) during
the year
(2,628.81) (2,052.71) (366.96) (2,923.11) (2,694.39) (2,663.11) (658.42)
4. Security premium reserve
Opening balance 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24
Addition during the year 168.59 - - - - - -
1,349.83 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24
5. Profit and loss account

Opening balance 13,453.81 11,439.51 11,439.51 9,768.92 8,292.39 7,694.19 6,699.46
Add: profit for the year 6,890.52 5,488.26 7,735.97 9,032.57 5,599.83 4,059.27 3,162.24
Add: profit and loss account 100.58 - - - - - -
of ISRC on amalgamation
(refer annexure IVC (10)(iv))
Add: transfer due to 27.36 - - - - - -
amalgamation (pertaining to
period 17 October 14 to 31
March 2015 (refer annexure
IVC (10)(iv))
Less: depreciation charged - 12.27 12.27 - - - -
against retained earnings
232

233
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Add: deferred tax charged - 2.17 2.17 - - - -
against retained earnings
20,472.27 16,917.67 19,165.38 18,801.49 13,892.22 11,753.46 9,861.70
Less: appropriation
(a) General reserve - - 910.00 600.00 500.00 400.00
(b) Interim dividend 2,987.99 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1,515.75
(c) Tax on dividend 572.44 645.17 906.32 937.23 491.80 413.32 251.76
Balance to be carried 16,911.84 12,773.37 13,453.81 11,439.51 9,768.92 8,292.39 7,694.19
forward
6. Employee stock options
outstanding
As per last balance sheet 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.74 339.07 278.68
Add : addition during the - - - - - 61.05
year
Less : deductions during the 266.70 - - - 0.33 0.33 0.66
year
Less: transferred to general 0.05
reserve
71.66 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.74 339.07
7. Deferred employee
compensation expense
As per last balance sheet - - - (2.27) (9.98) (29.52) (35.38)
Add : addition during the - - - - - - (61.05)
year
Less : deductions during the - - - (2.27) (7.71) (19.54) (66.91)
year
- - - - (2.27) (9.98 ) (29.52)
RESERVES AND 19,476.21 16,727.09 19,093.28 14,522.83 12,168.69 10,116.06 11,003.34
SURPLUS
233

234
Annexure VII: Restated unconsolidated statement of long-term borrowings
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Long-term borrowings
Secured loans*
Term loans from bank - 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
- 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
*Details of secured loans – long term
Nature of term Rate of Repayment terms Prepayment Security offered

loan interest charges
External USD LIBOR Repayable in equal half-yearly No charges Secured against
commercial (3 months) + instalments of USD 1.11 million applicable on hypothecation of the
borrowings 2.5% each commencing from 19 prepayment Company’s movable
(ECB) October 2012 and ending on 14 fixed assets
October 2016.
There are no long-term borrowings from related parties.
234

235
Annexure VIII: Restated unconsolidated statement of deferred tax
₹ Million
Deferred tax asset/(liability)
31-12- 31-12- 31-03 31-03- 31-03 31-03 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation / amortisation 15.27 17.58 (15.34) 1.66 (0.29) (29.26) (41.66)
Gain on derivative transactions (222.73) (166.59) (304.09) - - - -
Branch profit tax (400.85) (295.46) (323.40) (234.68) - - -
Premia on derivative (526.42)
transactions
Others - - - - (1.85) (2.48) (2.48)
Total (1,134.73) (444.47) (642.83) (233.02) (2.14) (31.74) (44.14)
Deferred tax asset
Provision for doubtful debts and 29.82 5.75 7.19 3.04 15.75 9.04 56.70
advances
Provision for employee benefits 96.74 63.37 60.50 49.64 44.32 42.99 35.21
Loss on derivative transactions 31.31 114.69 498.30 - - - -
Realised gain on derivative 50.83 -
transactions
Others - - - - - - 9.71
Total 208.70 183.81 565.99 52.68 60.07 52.03 101.62
Net deferred tax (926.03) (260.66) (76.84) (180.34) 57.93 20.29 57.48
asset/(liability)
(Add)/less : Amount charged (471.71) (30.59) (92.87) 37.65 (37.19) 46.31
to statement of profit and loss (238.27)
(Add)/less : Amount charged (385.63) (51.90) 194.21 - - - -
to hedge reserve
(Add)/less : Deferred tax asset 8.15 - - - - - -
taken over pursuant to
amalgamation of ISRC
(Add)/less : Charged against - 2.17 2.17 - - - -
retained earnings
235

236
Annexure IX: Restated unconsolidated statement of other long-term liabilities and long-term provisions
(A) Other long-term liabilities
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Forward contract 986.35 635.18 447.46 673.91 1,170.19 1,955.48 768.69
payable
Other payables 102.67 75.19 90.89 55.20 86.69 66.71 46.97
1,089.02 710.37 538.35 729.11 1,256.88 2,022.19 815.66
(B) Long-term provisions
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Provisions for
employee benefits
Post retirement 116.61 109.44 103.71 88.63 90.69 42.10 36.23
medical benefits
Provision for - - - 42.43 3.61 9.15 -
interest rate guarantee
(PF)
116.61 109.44 103.71 131.06 94.30 51.25 36.23
236

237
Annexure X: Restated unconsolidated statement of short-term borrowings and current maturities of

long-term borrowings
(A) Short-term borrowings
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Secured loans*
Other loans from 146.35 383.67 600.00 - 828.65 1,232.71 589.33
banks
Unsecured loans
Other loans from 198.46 1,200.02 1,297.48 673.84 754.28 744.13 565.68
banks
Inter corporate - - - - 1,223.46
borrowings
344.81 1,583.69 1,897.48 673.84 1,582.93 1,976.84 2,378.47
₹ Million
*Details of secured loans – short-term
Nature of Amount Rate of Repayment terms Prepayment Security offered

term loan outstanding as interest charges
on 31 December
2015
Packing 132.31 USD Full amount None Secured against
credit LIBOR (3 payable on hypothecation of the
months) + maturity alongwith Company’s accounts
0.50% interest for the receivable
period.
Overdraft 14.04 10.50% NA NA
Out of the total inter-company borrowings, ₹ 1,000 Mn is from holding company and balance ₹ 223.46
Mn is from GDA Technologies Limited. Except as on 31 March 2011, there are no short-term
borrowings from holding company (subsequently repaid). There are no borrowings from other related
parties.
(B) Current maturities of long-term borrowings
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Long-term
borrowings
Secured loans*
Term loans from bank 147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
Refer annexure VII for security and other terms and conditions of the loan.
237

238
Annexure XI: Restated unconsolidated statement of trade payables, other current liabilities and short-
term provisions
(A) Trade payables
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Trade payables
Due to holding - 178.83 174.23 190.79 583.19 358.64 507.76
company
Due to fellow - - - 117.68 -
subsidiaries
Due to others 3,389.59 2,533.69 2,354.29 1,947.23 1,308.21 1,362.10 1,211.53
3,389.59 2,712.52 2,528.52 2,255.70 1,891.40 1,720.74 1,719.29
(B) Other current liabilities
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Forward contract 1,684.22 1,308.89 89.22 2,289.49 1,642.22 985.59 167.70
payable
Interest accrued but 0.98 1.40 2.41 2.29 2.95 4.10
not due on borrowings
Other payables 2,262.60 1,242.07 1,507.90 1,340.90 827.72 663.29 577.70
3,947.80 2,552.36 1,599.53 3,632.68 2,472.89 1,652.98 745.40
(C) Short-term provisions
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Provisions for
employee benefits
Gratuity 60.16 85.57 92.42 29.39 88.01 140.68 53.69
Compensated absences 490.41 449.49 453.57 393.89 330.37 267.13 233.61
Post retirement 0.24 0.17 0.24 0.16 0.12 0.08 0.12
medical benefits
Others 2,677.61 2,139.66 2,235.04 1,765.02 1,353.62 1,186.10 938.51
3,228.42 2,674.89 2,781.27 2,188.46 1,772.12 1,593.99 1,225.93
Other provisions
Income-tax 228.16 - - 172.69 - - 882.35
Others* 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70
238.86 10.70 10.70 183.39 10.70 10.70 893.05
Total 3,467.28 2,685.59 2,791.97 2,371.85 1,782.82 1,604.69 2,118.98
* Disclosure pursuant to Accounting Standard (AS) 29 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and

Contingent Assets”
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
1 Provision for sales 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
tax
2 Provision for others 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70
238

239
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Total provision 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70
Nature of provisions:
i) Provision for sales tax pertains to claim made by the authorities on certain transaction of
capital nature for the year 2002-03.
ii) Provision for others represents liabilities relating to matters in dispute.
239

240
Annexure XII: Restated unconsolidated statement of investments
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Non-current
investments
Trade investments
Long term investment in
subsidiaries
1 fully paid equity share 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14
of Euro 25,000 in Larsen
& Toubro Infotech
GmbH
100 fully paid equity 6.61 6.61 6.61 6.61 6.61 6.61 6.61
shares of CAD 1 each in
Larsen & Toubro
Infotech Canada Ltd.
10 Common Stock at no - - - - 1,202.97 1,202.97 1,202.97
par value in GDA
Technologies Inc., USA*
168,197 equity shares of 323.00 323.00 323.00 323.00 0.24 0.24 0.24
₹ 10 each in GDA
Technologies Limited*
1,000,000 equity shares 2,806.32 2,806.32 2,806.32 2,806.32 2,806.32 2,806.32 2,806.32
at no par value in L&T
Infotech Financial
Services Technologies
Inc.**
332,350 equity shares at 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 - -
no par value Investment
in Larsen And Toubro
Infotech South Africa
(Proprietary) Limited.**
Investment in L&T 10.89 7.07 7.07 7.07 - - -
Information Technology
Services (Shanghai) Co.
Limited.**
3,500,000 equity shares - 806.96 806.96 - - - -
of ₹ 10 each in
Information Systems
Resource Centre Private
Limited.**
1 fully paid equity share 0.35 - - - - - -
of Euro 5,000 in Larsen
& Toubro Infotech
Austria GmbH**
Non trade investments
Investments in mutual - - - - - 20.00 60.39
funds
Total non-current 3,150.32 3,953.11 3,953.11 3,146.15 4,019.29 4,037.28 4,077.67
investments
* Refer annexure IV C (9)
** Refer annexure IV C (10)
240

241
Annexure XIII: Restated unconsolidated statement of long-term loans and advances
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Considered good
Premia on forward contracts 1,117.45 870.60 874.90 768.15 823.03 479.04 1,001.23
Advances towards equity 3.65 - - - - - -
commitments
Deposits 458.16 329.83 359.38 378.28 207.52 290.29 238.84
Capital advances 5.63 5.28 6.64 42.10 82.19 12.15 46.34
Advances recoverable in cash or 2,329.78 1,178.68 1,146.34 1,346.31 818.83 573.91 497.34
in kind
3,914.67 2,384.39 2,387.26 2,534.84 1,931.57 1,355.39 1,783.75
There are no long-term loans and advances given to related parties including directors and holding company.
241

242
Annexure: XIV: Restated unconsolidated statement of current investments
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Investment in mutual funds 504.56 624.05 622.32 1,402.11 217.30 355.59 1,030.75
Details of quoted investments
₹ Million
Particulars As at As at As at As at As at As at As at
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Aggregate amount of quoted
current investments and market
value thereof;
Book value 504.56 624.05 622.32 1,402.11 217.30 355.59 1,030.78
Market value 504.56 663.46 623.96 1,420.45 218.65 362.10 1,030.75
242

243
Annexure: XV: Restated unconsolidated statement of trade receivables
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Trade receivables
Unsecured
Debts outstanding for a period
exceeding six months
Considered good 317.70 139.11 64.46 23.77 63.52 51.49 92.88
Considered doubtful 140.48 61.61 69.27 34.33 89.98 47.36 180.24
458.18 200.72 133.73 58.10 153.50 98.85 273.12
Other debts
Considered good
- Due from holding company 375.38 - - - - - -
- Due from subsidiaries 346.20 94.89 195.22 86.53 453.43 82.12 117.57
- Due from fellow subsidiaries 123.44 17.16 84.67 - 28.09 17.19 62.03
- Others 8,287.95 7,639.06 9,970.04 8,385.52 6,688.95 6,115.91 4,389.51
9,591.15 7,951.83 10,383.66 8,530.15 7,323.97 6,314.07 4,842.23
Less : Allowance for bad and (140.48) (61.61) (69.27) (34.33) (89.98) (47.36) (180.24)
doubtful debts
9,450.67 7,890.22 10,314.39 8,495.82 7,233.99 6,266.71 4,661.99
There are no receivables from holding company (except as on 31 December 2015) and directors.
243

244
Annexure XVI: Restated unconsolidated statement of unbilled revenue, cash and bank and short-term
loans and advances
(A) Unbilled revenue
Unbilled revenues comprise revenue recognised in relation to services performed in accordance with
contract terms but not billed.
(B) Cash and bank balances
₹ Million
Cash and Bank 31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Cash on hand 0.63 0.71 0.65 0.55 0.76 0.72 0.37
Balances with banks
- in current accounts
Overseas 2,337.13 781.12 650.14 751.22 591.42 607.63 376.09
Domestic 263.90 151.53 217.48 231.52 18.65 184.19 91.65
Remittances in transit 3.16 68.76 221.58 140.02 423.24 124.26 255.17
Fixed deposits (maturity less 148.10 230.05 125.12 212.72 - 100.00 377.00
than 3 months)
2,752.92 1,232.17 1,214.97 1,336.03 1,034.07 1,016.80 1,100.28
Other bank balance
Fixed deposit with bank with - - - 150.00 210.00
more than 3 months but less than
12 months maturity
Cash and bank balance not 25.01 119.38 119.37 119.37 101.80 62.55 2.47
available for immediate use*
2,777.93 1,351.55 1,334.34 1,455.40 1,135.87 1,229.35 1,312.75
* Other bank balance not available for immediate use being in nature of security for guarantees issued by
bank on behalf of the Company, collaterals etc.
(C) Short-term loans and advances
₹ Million
31-12- 31-12- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03- 31-03-
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
Considered good
Loans against mortgage of 0.03 0.12 0.10 0.20 0.54 0.23 0.42
house property
Premia on forward contracts 2,532.91 1,557.11 1,723.63 1,146.85 594.63 1,025.41 168.09
Interest receivable 0.54 20.94 6.67 8.47 5.14 12.77 28.87
Loans to subsidiary - - - - 271.43 262.01 240.81
Deposits 89.53 102.55 123.96 56.39 142.85 35.10 67.55
Advance tax current year (net of - - 159.95 - 15.66 14.42 -
provision)
Advances recoverable in cash or
in kind
-Considered good 2,818.97 2,994.03 3,392.90 2,298.28 1,928.58 1,622.52 2,293.09
-Considered doubtful 3.69 4.85 6.06 4.85 4.85 10.27 13.98
Less : Allowance for doubtful (3.69) (4.85) (6.06) (4.85) (4.85) (10.27) (13.98)
advances
5,441.98 4,674.75 5,407.21 3,510.19 2,958.83 2,972.46 2,798.83
There are no short-term loans and advances given to directors and holding company.
244

245
Annexure XVII: Restated unconsolidated statement of other income
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Income from current investment 41.15 81.86 119.62 60.48 84.47 82.42 106.66
in mutual funds
Profit on sale of fixed assets - - - 3.46 2.88 3.39 12.23
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 2,324.37 390.76 685.56 (1,003.40) (40.99) (119.33) 479.17
Provision for doubtful debts no 1.08 0.23 - - - 3.44 2.33
longer required
Dividend from subsidiary 176.07 - - - - - -
Miscellaneous income 46.97 43.96 64.63 44.36 79.30 72.89 44.82
2,603.77 528.95 887.80 (810.92) 167.35 89.99 710.09
245

246
Annexure XVIII: Restated unconsolidated statement of other expenses
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
A. Employee benefit expenses
Salaries including overseas 24,190.22 20,083.01 26,889.46 25,127.39 19,926.15 16,537.25 13,218.70
staff expenses
Staff welfare 622.09 601.63 790.11 933.34 756.78 693.16 604.47
Contribution to provident 255.69 171.56 247.01 320.42 252.37 233.69 183.79
and other funds
Contribution to 39.91 40.99 44.71 38.67 56.35 89.94 86.92
superannuation fund
Contribution to gratuity fund 59.15 85.57 93.43 36.75 94.08 146.76 59.78
25,167.06 20,982.76 28,064.72 26,456.57 21,085.73 17,700.80 14,153.66
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
B. Operating expenses
Communication expenses 133.53 115.57 151.27 142.62 104.61 104.59 88.55
Consultancy charges 2,989.22 2,519.92 3,366.86 3,167.46 2,199.27 1,665.57 1,400.94
Cost of software packages 292.67 282.70 344.47 349.17 302.79 235.41 183.43
for own use
Cost of bought-out items for 1,091.02 344.90 742.75 548.27 271.09 228.22 255.55
resale
4,506.44 3,263.09 4,605.35 4,207.52 2,877.76 2,233.79 1,928.47
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
C. Sales, administration and
other expenses
Travelling and conveyance 1020.49 832.70 1,155.63 1,165.74 976.15 847.13 781.50
Rent and establishment 1134.07 1,050.98 1,381.30 1,390.90 1,330.43 1,087.13 887.05
expenses
Telephone charges and 271.13 257.40 330.87 342.58 303.96 270.84 252.09
postage
Legal and professional 388.52 349.43 517.62 609.00 255.91 216.68 216.79
charges
Printing and stationery 17.72 21.33 28.06 24.51 24.93 28.11 25.61
Advertisement 81.81 67.71 89.94 66.30 36.36 48.46 36.83
Entertainment 47.83 40.80 54.43 48.36 31.92 24.82 22.78
Recruitment expenses 112.58 118.35 129.61 96.12 71.42 81.44 77.53
Repairs to building 137.78 102.29 134.90 104.47 105.14 93.85 68.28
Repairs to computers 50.38 66.06 85.02 70.67 76.11 73.69 70.94
General repairs and 237.93 177.20 250.51 234.78 152.59 111.71 80.88
maintenance
Power and fuel 259.23 216.82 287.19 309.20 282.84 237.20 267.72
Equipment hire charges 11.95 5.15 10.15 7.62 7.80 11.00 13.48
Insurance charges 127.05 122.22 161.64 111.90 111.55 73.99 62.98
Rates and taxes 292.00 224.56 330.67 206.30 104.06 103.17 75.84
Allowance for doubtful debts 70.64 28.71 74.07 8.33 78.76 20.05 14.56
and advances
Bad debts 4.90 3.06 39.13 200.24 29.55 178.50 26.91
Less : Provision written back (4.90) (3.06) (39.13) (66.65) (29.55) (178.50) (26.91)
Commission paid 5.30 - 0.62 18.15 13.69 6.13 0.38
Books, periodicals and 11.74 10.99 27.43 10.34 26.18 12.53 8.47
246

247
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
subscriptions
Directors fees 1.13 0.75 0.93 0.40 0.52 3.18 0.58
Commission to director 3.00 2.81 3.60 3.73 4.46 - -
Loss on sale of fixed assets 0.50 0.05 3.16 - -
Miscellaneous expenses 228.36 120.56 161.27 150.75 127.05 103.50 94.56
Amortisation of cost of long - 6.35 6.35 9.52 3.17 11.62 33.08
term projects *
4,511.14 3,823.22 5,224.97 5,123.26 4,125.00 3,466.23 3,091.93
* Cost incurred for long term projects mainly comprise of legal and employee related costs to secure long
term projects.
247

248
Annexure XIX: Restated unconsolidated statement of finance cost
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Interest paid on
Fixed loans 26.70 16.14 46.94 91.56 86.50 37.90 24.18
On others 17.65 0.54 9.28 2.93 0.73 38.55 38.26
Lease finance charges - - - 0.03 - 0.40 0.45
44.35 16.68 56.22 94.52 87.23 76.85 62.89
Exchange (gain)/loss on 72.42 65.81 47.96 203.17 110.44 281.18 29.67
borrowings (net)
116.77 82.49 104.18 297.69 197.67 358.03 92.56
248

249
Annexure XX: Restated unconsolidated statement of provision for taxation
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Current tax on continuing 1,937.39 1,569.19 2,117.82 1,946.96 1,675.50 1,544.54 840.68
operations#
MAT credit entitlement for (842.16) (350.34) (505.04) (188.42) - - (278.48)
current year
MAT credit entitlement for - - - (277.91) -
earlier years
Provision for earlier 18.41 (7.30) (9.96) (108.50) (54.45) 9.38 40.84
year/(excess provision) for
earlier year written back
Total current taxes (a) 1,113.64 1,211.55 1,602.82 1,650.04 1,621.05 1,276.01 603.04
Current tax on discontinued - - - 127.05 193.83 - -

operations (b)
Capital gains tax on sale of PES - - - 592.68 - - -

business unit
MAT credit entitlement on - - - (176.56) - - -
capital gains tax for current year
Capital gain tax on sale of PES - - - 416.12

business (c)
Current tax (a) + (b) + (c) 1,113.64 1,211.55 1,602.82 2,193.21 1,814.88 1,276.01 603.04
# The current tax charge includes taxes payable outside India as follows:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Taxes payable outside India 358.03 337.54 405.29 654.37 407.56 295.62 255.43
249

250
Annexure XXI: Restated unconsolidated statement of contingent liabilities
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Income-
1. tax liability that 1,507.60 910.03 1,164.82 910.03 48.22 44.31 47.77
may arise in respect of
which the Company is in
appeal*
Corporate
2. guarantee given 5,745.57 5,789.81 5,395.70 5,681.29 5,445.98 3,572.98 3,173.80
on behalf of subsidiary**
Service
3. tax refund 10.82 - 4.52 - - - -
disallowed, in respect of
which the company is in
process of filing appeal #
Sales
4. tax liability in respect 1.28 - - - - - -
of which company is in
appeal
Bill
5. discounted with banks - - - - 59.71 157.62 -
Legal
6. notice served by a 0.02 - - - - - -
vendor for unpaid dues,
disputed by the Company
7,265.29 6,699.84 6,565.04 6,591.32 5,553.91 3,774.91 3,221.57
* Out of contingent tax liability for the period April’15-Dec’15 ₹1,443.56 Mn (including interest of ₹ 263.81
Mn), for the period April’14-Dec’14 ₹ 866.26 Mn (including interest of ₹ 24.06 Mn) for FY 2014-15,
₹1,099.79 Mn (including interest of ₹ 263.71 Mn), for FY 2013-14, ₹ 866.26 Mn (including interest of ₹
240.57 Mn), for FY 2012-13, ₹ 29.63 Mn (including interest of ₹ 18.59 Mn), for FY 2011-12, ₹ 25.72 Mn
(including interest of ₹ 18.59 Mn), for FY 2010-11, ₹ 31.85 Mn (including interest of ₹15.92 Mn) pertains
to the tax demand arising on account of disallowance of exemption under section 10A on profits earned by
STPI Units on onsite export revenue. The Company is pursuing appeal against these demands before the
relevant Appellate Authorities.
The Company believes that its position is likely to be upheld by Appellate Authorities and considering the
facts, the ultimate outcome of these proceedings is not likely to have material adverse effect on the results
of operations or the financial position of the Company.
** (a) The Company has given a corporate guarantee on behalf of its wholly owned subsidiary, L&T Infotech
Financial Services Technologies Inc., Canada. The guarantee is for performance of all obligations by L&T
Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc., Canada in connection with the long term annuity services
contracts obtained by them. The obligation under this guarantee is limited in aggregate to the amount of
CAD 70,000,000.
(i) The Company has given a corporate guarantee on behalf of its subsidiary, Larsen And Toubro Infotech
South Africa (Proprietary) Limited. The guarantee is for performance of all obligations by Larsen And
Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited in connection with the Application Testing Service
contract. The obligation under this guarantee is limited in aggregate to the amount of USD 31,414,785.
(ii) The Company has given a corporate guarantee on behalf of its subsidiary, Larsen And Toubro Infotech
South Africa (Proprietary) Limited. The guarantee is for performance of all obligations by Larsen And
Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited in connection with software development services
and related services. The obligation under this guarantee is limited in aggregate to the amount of USD
5,000,000.
# The Company had filed refund of accumulated service tax credit in accordance with relevant CENVAT
credit Rules. However, the department has disallowed certain portion of such refunds considering the same
as ineligible, as not related with export and output services. The Company is in process of filing appeal
against these disallowances before the relevant Authorities and hopeful of getting a favourable order.
For FY 2011-12
250

251
Two terminated employees in USA had initiated litigation against the Company in FY 2011-12. The processes
of the litigations were at the initial stages. While the Company’s management believed that it had a valid
defense against the allegations made, management was neither able to predict the final outcome of the
proceedings nor was it possible to estimate the monetary impact of an adverse decision. Management, however,
did not reasonably expect that these litigations, when concluded and determined, will have any material and
adverse effect on the operations or the financial position of the Company. The matter has since been concluded.
251

252
Annexure XXII: Restated unconsolidated statement of related parties
(A) List of related parties over which control exists/exercised:
Name Relationship
Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH Wholly owned subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Infotech Canada Ltd. Wholly owned subsidiary
GDA Technologies Limited (Refer annexure IV C (9)) Wholly owned subsidiary
GDA Technologies Inc (Refer annexure IV C (9)) Wholly owned subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC Wholly owned subsidiary
L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc (Refer annexure IV C Wholly owned subsidiary
(10)(i))
Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited (Refer Subsidiary
annexure IV C (10)(ii))
L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co. Limited ((Refer Wholly owned subsidiary
annexure IV C (10)(iii))
Information Systems Resource Centre Private Limited (Refer annexure IV Wholly owned subsidiary
C (10)(iv))
Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH (Refer annexure IV C (10) (v)) Wholly owned subsidiary
(B) Key management personnel:
Name Status
Mr. V K Magapu Managing Director *
Mr. Sanjay Jalona Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director **
Mr. Chandrashekara Kakal Chief Operating Officer & Executive Director ***
Mr. K R L Narasimham Executive Director #
Mr. Vivek Chopra Chief Executive (Industrials Cluster) & Executive Director $
Dr. Mukesh Aghi Chief Executive (Services Cluster) & Executive Director ^
Mr. Sunil Pande Executive Director ^^
* Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of September 25, 2015
** Appointed as Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director w.e.f. August 10, 2015
*** Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of August 26, 2015
# Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of April 7, 2015
$ Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of December 31, 2014
^ Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of February 28, 2015
^^
Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of August 25, 2015
(C) List of related parties with whom there were transactions during nine months period ended April 2015
to December 2015 and April 2014 and December 2014 and any of the five years FY 2014-15, FY
2013-14, FY 2012-13, FY 2011-12, FY 2010-11
Name Relationship
Larsen & Toubro Limited Holding Company
Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH Wholly owned subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Infotech Canada Ltd. Wholly owned subsidiary
GDA Technologies Limited [Refer annexure IV C (9)] Wholly owned subsidiary
GDA Technologies Inc [Refer annexure IV C (9)] Wholly owned subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC Wholly owned subsidiary
L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc [Refer annexure IV C Wholly owned subsidiary
(10)(i)]
Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited [Refer Subsidiary
annexure IV C (10)(ii)]
252

253
Name Relationship
L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co. Limited [Refer Wholly owned subsidiary
annexure IV C (10)(iii)]
Information Systems Resource Centre Private Limited [Refer annexure IV Wholly owned subsidiary
C (10)(iv)]
Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH [Refer annexure IV C (10)(v)] Wholly owned subsidiary
L&T MHPS Turbine Generators Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Seawoods Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T - MHPS Boilers Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) SDN.BHD Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Howden Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T-Valdel Engineering Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudia LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited* Fellow Subsidiary
TAMCO Switchgear (Malaysia) SDN. BHD Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Electricals and Automation Saudi Arabia Company Limited LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Finance Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T General Insurance Company Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Power Development Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Power Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Realty Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T BPP Tollway Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Company, Fellow Subsidiary
With Limited Liability
Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Kobelco Machinery Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Cutting Tools Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Technology Services Limited** Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon International Limited LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Valves Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Investment Management Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Construction Equipment Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen and Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC Fellow Subsidiary
Nabha Power Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Electrical & Automation FZE Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Family Credit Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Technology Services LLC Fellow Subsidiary
* This company was demerged from Larsen & Toubro Limited into new entity named L&T
Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited effective April 2013. Transactions from 1 April 2010 to 31
March 2013 are including under holding company whereas transactions from 1 April 2013 to 31
March 2015 are shown separately as fellow subsidiary.
** Integrated Engineering Services (IES) unit from Larsen & Toubro Limited was transferred to L&T
Technology Services Limited effective April 2014. Transactions from 1 April 2010 to 31 March
2014 are including under holding company whereas transactions for FY 2014-15 are shown
separately as fellow subsidiary.
253

254
(D) Restated unconsolidated statement of related party transactions:
₹ Million
Transaction Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Sale of services /
products
Holding company 614.47 216.20 352.00 635.68 422.83 345.81 430.78
- Larsen & Toubro 614.47 216.20 352.00 635.68 422.83 345.81 430.78
Limited
Subsidiaries 1,147.26 1,031.81 1,500.90 1406.82 1,149.90 773.40 346.80
- Larsen &Toubro 371.30 300.08 421.96 422.01 387.62 356.64 312.94
Infotech GmbH
- L&T Infotech 251.71 227.36 292.25 330.93 377.17 294.45 -
Financial Services
Technologies Inc.
- Larsen And Toubro 332.34 442.76 627.42 499.48 242.06 - -
(Proprietary) Limited
- Larsen & Toubro 187.69 61.61 159.27 152.02 130.59 115.40 33.86
Fellow subsidiaries 305.42 274.18 324.91 221.91 150.80 168.41 212.90
- L&T Metro Rail 34.73 51.03 60.14 - - - -
(Hyderabad) Limited
- L&T Technology 40.73 31.00 53.12 7.01 - - -
Services Limited
- L&T Hydrocarbon 51.63 44.67 59.13 49.94 - - -
Engineering Limited
- L&T General 5.64 19.21 24.79 29.48 51.42 47.61 76.18
Insurance Company
Limited
- L&T Power Limited 3.05 28.71 - 30.41 33.93 49.56 27.34
- Larsen & Toubro 23.56 22.49 30.14 29.49 - - -
LLC
- L&T Finance 9.91 8.69 11.79 9.21 22.68 16.86 -
Limited
- L&T Construction 8.72 14.49 18.18 16.82 15.89 - -
Equipment Limited
- Larsen and Toubro - - 2.75 - - 3.72 35.75
Saudi Arabia LLC
- TAMCO Switchgear - - - - - - 29.07
(Malaysia) SDN. BHD
- L&T Modular - - - - 0.44 22.87 -
Fabrication Yard LLC
- L&T Thales 81.87 - - - - - -
Technology Services
Private Limited
Sale of assets -
Holding company - - - 17.13 30.52 23.66 68.06
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 17.13 30.52 23.66 68.06
Limited
Fellow subsidiaries - - - 11.73 - - -
- L&T Technology - - - 11.73 - - -
Services Limited
Purchase of services
Holding company 574.83 750.40 1,034.96 1,727.68 1,428.88 1078.96 799.81
- Larsen & Toubro 574.83 750.40 1,034.96 1,727.68 1,428.88 1078.96 799.81
Limited
254

255

Dec’15 Dec’14
Subsidiaries 252.49 285.03 454.97 618.00 488.02 350.39 427.74
- Information Systems - 61.55 143.59 - - - -
Resource Centre
Private Limited
- Larsen & Toubro 106.73 109.63 158.09 265.06 270.14 345.04 427.74
Infotech LLC
- Larsen &Toubro 131.23 91.31 128.16 148.03 - - -
- Larsen And Toubro - - - 64.14 14.46 - -
- Larsen &Toubro - - - 121.21 186.16 - -
Infotech GmbH
Fellow subsidiaries 509.35 469.14 686.46 234.22 - - 8.73
- L&T Technology 509.35 469.14 686.46 234.22 - - -
Services Limited
- L&T Valdel - - - - - - 8.73
Engineering Limited
Overheads charged
by
Holding company 96.04 72.22 125.82 205.06 219.22 245.80 168.25
- Larsen & Toubro 96.04 72.22 125.82 205.06 219.22 245.80 168.25
Limited
Subsidiaries 12.50 94.21 163.58 147.89 50.45 29.13 64.32
- Larsen & Toubro 10.10 7.48 46.11 64.72 5.49 0.01 46.45
Infotech GmbH
- Larsen And Toubro - 86.51 116.04 - - - -
- Larsen & Toubro 2.06 - - 0.08 - - 3.33
- L&T Infotech - - 0.07 50.31 - - 0.07
Financial Services
Technologies Inc.
- Larsen & Toubro 0.34 0.22 - - - 0.38 11.39
Infotech LLC
- GDA Technologies - - - 32.78 44.96 28.73 3.06
Inc.
- Larsen & Toubro 14.07 15.04 24.43 - 0.21 1.75 -
(East Asia) SDN.BDH
- L&T Electrical & 5.38 4.21 5.81 - - - -
Automation FZE
- Larsen &Toubro 5.42 8.52 10.76 10.19 5.41 3.44 -
Kuwait Construction
General Contracting
Company, With
Limited Liability
- Larsen &Toubro - - - 0.05 0.28 1.89 0.28
Electromech LLC
- L&T Power Limited - - - - 1.27 - -
- L & T Electricals and - - - 0.62 0.92 - -
Automation Saudi
Arabia Company
Limited LLC
- L & T Finance - - - 0.32 0.18 - 3.94
Limited
255

256

Dec’15 Dec’14
Overheads charged
to
Holding company 44.48 57.59 60.77 350.20 321.58 484.56 388.74
- Larsen & Toubro 44.48 57.59 60.77 350.20 321.58 484.56 388.74
Limited
Subsidiaries 81.06 112.64 99.64 174.03 155.49 154.46 67.48
- Larsen & Toubro 30.41 74.31 33.08 18.36 22.17 17.86 -
- Larsen & Toubro 45.36 36.12 50.98 63.29 25.01 26.60 -
Infotech GmbH
- GDA Technologies - - 72.15 73.00 94.42 67.48
Inc.
- L&T Infotech 0.10 0.11 8.43 19.21 5.09 -
Financial Services
Technologies Inc.
-Larsen & Toubro 3.82 8.17 10.01 11.67 10.49 -
Infotech LLC
-L&T information 1.48 0.47 0.47 - - -
Technology Services
(Shanghai) Co. Ltd
- L&T Technology 354.20 477.34 606.71 144.33 - - -
Services Limited
- L&T Hydrocarbon - 0.09 1.67 47.17 - - -
Engineering Limited
- L&T Power Limited - - - 0.90 0.13 0.06 2.04
- L&T Valdel - - - - - 8.13 2.76
Engineering Limited
- L&T Infrastructure - - - - - - 2.09
Development Projects
Limited
- L&T Power - - - - - - 1.02
Development Limited
Commission received
from
Holding company - - - 14.70 5.93 0.98 2.81
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 14.70 5.93 0.98 2.81
Limited
Subsidiaries 2.55 - - 7.84 4.71 3.81 -
- Larsen And Toubro 2.55 - - - - - -
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 7.84 4.71 3.81 -
Fellow subsidiaries 4.28 9.68 11.81 4.66 - - -
- L&T Technology 4.28 9.68 11.81 4.66 - - -
Services Limited
Lease rent paid
- L&T Finance 0.07 0.38 0.52 1.41 2.70 8.56 16.21
Limited
Commission paid to
Holding company - - - 16.70 11.70 - -
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 16.70 11.70 - -
Limited
Fellow subsidiaries 0.62 0.62 - - - -
- Larsen & Toubro 0.62 0.62 - - - -
256

257

Dec’15 Dec’14
Kuwait Construction
General Contracting
Company, With
Limited Liability
Interest paid
Holding company - - - 1.90 0.01 32.72 23.05
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 1.90 0.01 32.72 23.05
Limited
Subsidiaries - - - - - 14.87 1.33
- GDA Technologies - - - - - 14.87 1.33
Limited
Interest received
Holding company - - - 53.43 - - -
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 53.43 - - -
Limited
Subsidiaries - - - 11.51 12.17 12.84 7.03
- GDA technologies - - - 11.51 12.17 12.84 7.03
Inc
Unsecured loan given
to
Holding company - - - 4,500.00 - - -
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 4,500.00 - - -
Limited
Subsidiaries - - - - 271.43 262.01 240.81
GDA technologies Inc - - - - 271.43 262.01 240.81
Unsecured loan taken
from
Holding company - - - 400.00 - - 1,000.00
- Larsen & Toubro - - - 400.00 - - 1,000.00
Limited
Subsidiaries - - - - - - 233.46
- GDA Technologies - - - - - - 233.46
Limited
Investments
Subsidiaries 4.17 806.96 806.96 329.83 2.01 - 2806.32
- Information Systems - 806.96 806.96 - - - -
Resource Centre
Private Limited
- L&T Information 3.82 - - 7.07 - - -
Technology Services
(Shanghai) Co.
Limited
- Larsen And Toubro - - - - 2.01 - -
- GDA Technologies - - - 322.76 - - -
Limited
- Larsen & Toubro 0.35
Infotech Austria
GmbH
- L&T Infotech - - - - - - 2,806.32
Financial Services
Technologies Inc.
Trade receivables
Holding company 375.38
Subsidiaries 346.20 94.89 195.22 86.53 453.43 82.12 117.57
Fellow subsidiaries 123.44 17.16 84.67 - 28.09 17.19 62.03
257

258

Dec’15 Dec’14
Trade payables
Holding company - 178.83 174.23 190.79 583.19 358.64 507.76
Interim dividend 2,987.99 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1515.75
paid
Holding Company
- Larsen & Toubro 2910.56 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1515.75
Limited
Bad-debts written-off
Subsidiaries - - - 133.66 - - -
- GDA Technologies - - - 133.66 - - -
Inc
Dividend received
Subsidiaries 176.07 - - - 0.15 - -
- L&T Infotech 176.07 - - - - - -
Financial Services
Technologies Inc.
- GDA Technologies - - - - 0.15 - -
Limited
(E) Managerial remuneration
₹ Million
Particulars Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Total managerial 33.59 142.61 183.69 77.10 42.42 0.02 -
remuneration
Salaries and
perquisites
Mr. V K Magapu 7.35 11.34 15.12 - - - -
Mr. Sanjay Jalona 9.89 - - - - - -
Mr. Vivek Chopra - 68.52 68.52 38.51 21.73 - -
Dr. Mukesh Aghi - 42.58 68.56 38.59 20.69 - -
Mr. Chandrashekara 10.85 6.77 10.48 - - - -
Kakal
Mr. Sunil Pande 5.33 - 3.14 - - - -
Mr. K.R.L.N 0.17 13.40 17.87 - - 0.02 -
Narasimham
258

259
Annexure XXIII: Restated unconsolidated statement of accounting ratios
(A) Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) at face value of ₹ 5
Before extraordinary items
Basic earnings per Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
share Dec’15 Dec’14
Restated Profit after tax - 5,488.26 7,735.97 6,854.69 5,599.83 4,059.27 3,162.24
(₹ Million)
Weighted average number - 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000
of shares outstanding
Basic EPS (₹) - 170.18 239.88 212.55 173.64 125.87 98.05
Diluted earnings per Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Add : weighted average - 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,447,620
number of potential equity
shares on account of
employee options
Diluted EPS (₹) - 162.84 229.53 203.38 166.15 120.44 93.84
After extraordinary items
Basic earnings per share Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Restated Profit after tax (₹ - 5,488.26 7,735.97 9,032.57 5,599.83 4,059.27 3,162.24
Million)
Basic EPS (₹) - 170.18 239.88 280.08 173.64 125.87 98.05
Add : weighted average - 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,447,620
employee options
Diluted EPS (₹) - 162.84 229.53 268.00 166.15 120.44 93.84
(B) Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) at face value of ₹ 1

Dec’15 Dec’14
Restated Profit after tax (₹ 6,890.52 5,488.267,735.97 6,854.69 5,599.83 4,059.27 3,162.24
Million)
Weighted average number of 162,017,458 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000
shares outstanding
Basic EPS (₹) *42.53 *34.04 47.98 42.51 34.73 25.17 19.61
Diluted earnings per share Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
shares outstanding
Add : weighted average 1,127,952 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,238,100
259

260
Dec’15 Dec’14
employee options
shares outstanding
Diluted EPS (₹) *42.24 *32.57 45.91 40.68 33.23 24.09 18.77
Dec’15 Dec’14
Restated Profit after tax (₹ 6,890.52 5,488.26 7,735.97 9,032.57 5,599.83 4,059.27 3,162.24
Million)
shares outstanding
Basic EPS (₹) *42.53 *34.04 47.98 56.02 34.73 25.17 19.61
Dec’15 Dec’14
shares outstanding
Add : weighted average 1,127,952 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,238,100
employee options
shares outstanding
Diluted EPS (₹) *42.24 *32.57 45.91 53.60 33.23 24.09 18.77
* Earning per share for the nine months period April’15 to December’15 & April’14 to
December’14 is not annualised.
22 June 2015. Consequently disclosure of EPS is given both before and after the split for convenience
of readers.
(C) Net asset value per share at face value of ₹ 5
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
Net asset value per - 523.67 597.04 455.32 382.32 318.68 346.19
share
(D) Net asset value per share at face value of ₹ 1
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
Net asset value per 116.30 104.73 119.41 91.06 76.46 63.74 69.24
share
22 June 2015. Consequently disclosure of net asset value per share is given both before and after the
split for convenience of readers.
(E) Return on net worth
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
Restated Profit after tax 6,890.52 5,488.26 7,735.97 6,854.69 5,599.83 4,059.27 3,162.24
(₹ Million)
Average net worth 19,449.83 15,786.21 16,969.30 13,507.01 11,303.62 10,720.95 10,476.99
Return of net worth *35.43% *34.77% 45.59% 50.75% 49.54% 37.86% 30.18%
%
260

261
* The return on net worth for the nine months period April’15 to December’15 & April’14 to
December’14 is not annualised.
1) Earnings per share (Basic) = Net profit attributable to equity shareholders

Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding
during the year
2) Earnings per share (Diluted) = Net profit attributable to equity shareholders

Weighted average number of diluted equity shares
outstanding during the year
3) Net asset value per share = Net worth at the end of the year
Equity shares outstanding at the end of the year
4) Return on net worth = Net profit after tax

Average net worth
261

262
Annexure XXIV: Restated unconsolidated capitalisation statement
₹ Million
Particulars Pre issue as As adjusted for IPO
at 31 December 2015 (Refer note below)
Secured loans 293.36 293.36
Unsecured loans 198.46 198.46
Total debt 491.82 491.82
Share capital (A) 168.92 168.92
Reserves and surplus (B) 19,476.21 19,476.21
- General reserve 3,771.27 3,771.27
- Hedging reserve (2,628.81) (2,628.81)
- Securities premium reserve 1,349.83 1,349.83
- Profit and loss account 16,911.84 16,911.84
- Employee stock options outstanding 71.66 71.66
- Capital Reserve 0.42 0.42
Total shareholders’ funds (A) + (B) 19,645.13 19,645.13
Debt equity ratio 0.03 0.03
(Number of times)
Note: Larsen and Toubro Limited (the holding company) is proposing to offer the equity shares of the
Company to the public by way of an initial public offering. Hence there will be no change in the shareholders’
funds post issue.
262

263
Annexure XXV: Restated unconsolidated statement of dividend paid
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Dividend paid on equity
shares
Rate of dividend (%) (Face 1,805% - - - - - -
value of ₹ 1 per share)
Rate of dividend (%) (Face - 2,170% 2,980% 3,420% 1,880% 1,580% 940%
Dividend paid per share 18.05 - - - - - -
(Face value of ₹ 1 per
share)
Dividend paid per share - 108.50 149.00 171.00 94.00 79.00 47.00
(Face value of ₹ 5 per
share)
Dividend paid on equity 2,987.99 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1,515.75
shares
Tax on dividend paid 572.44 645.17 906.32 937.23 491.80 413.32 251.76
263

264
Annexure XXVI: Restated unconsolidated tax shelter statement
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Profit before tax, as 8,475.87 6,730.40 9,425.31 8,860.53 7,392.93 5,360.85 3,685.89
restated
Tax Rate 34.6080% 33.99% 33.99% 33.99% 32.445% 32.445% 33.2175%
Tax at notional rate 2,933.33 2,287.66 3,203.66 3,011.69 2,398.64 1,739.33 1,224.36
Adjustments on account
of:
Permanent differences:
Dividend income (37.64) (35.44) (63.32) (56.78) (74.58) (33.42) (1.09)
Deduction u/s 10A / 10AA (3,507.47) (3,779.88) (5,045.28) (3,957.86) (2,232.47) (750.70) (2,695.02)
Other permanent (47.63) 1.35 (13.11) 4.62 1.73 8.22 (30.00)
differences
(3,592.74) (3,813.97) (5,121.71) (4,010.02) (2,305.32) (775.90) (2,726.11)
Temporary differences:
Premia income on forward (2,054.80) - - - - - -
contracts (Refer note 3
below)
Difference between book (107.73) 2.04 (184.10) (16.56) 20.63 41.33 55.27
depreciation and tax
depreciation
Provision for doubtful 48.18 25.69 34.72 (57.59) 44.20 (161.89) 12.23
debts
Provision for retirement 36.98 189.33 156.17 63.52 63.24 33.52 23.61
benefits
(2,077.37) 217.06 6.79 (10.63) 128.07 (87.04) 91.11
Net adjustments (5,670.11) (3,596.91) (5,114.92) (4,020.65) (2,177.25) (862.94) (2,635.00)
Tax saving thereon (1,962.31) (1,222.59) (1,738.56) (1,366.62) (706.40) (279.98) (875.28)
Total taxation before 971.02 1,065.07 1,465.10 1,645.07 1,692.24 1,459.35 349.08
DIT relief
Less: DIT relief (233.82) (183.76) (257.61) (237.96) (230.46) (210.43) (42.31)
Total taxation (domestic) 737.20 881.31 1,207.49 1,407.11 1,461.78 1,248.92 306.77
Add: taxes paid in 358.03 337.54 405.29 478.48 407.56 295.62 255.43
overseas countries
Total tax charge 1,095.23 1,218.85 1,612.78 1,885.59 1,869.34 1,544.54 562.20
(domestic and overseas)
Add/Less: Provision for 18.41 (7.30) (9.96) (108.50) (54.46) (268.53) 40.84
earlier year/excess
provision for earlier year
written back
Total tax charge as per 1,113.64 1,211.55 1,602.82 1,777.09 1,814.88 1,276.01 603.04
books of accounts, as
restated
Notes:
1. The Company has determined Minimum Alternate Tax to be payable under Section 115JB of the
Income Tax Act, 1961 for the financial years ended 31 March 2015, 31 March 2014 and 31 March
2011 and nine months period ended 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014.
2. The current tax charge as per statement of profit and loss for FY 2013-14 includes tax charge for
continuing and discontinued operations.
3. The Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) has notified the Income Computation and Disclosure
Standards (ICDS) with effect from April 1, 2015 and shall accordingly apply for assessment year
264

265
2016-17 onwards. Under ICDS VI relating to the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates, premia
income on contracts outstanding as of 31st Dec 15 will be taxable only on settlement basis. This has
resulted in temporary difference.

SHARP & TANNAN
By the hand of
Chairman Director

265

266

L&T House
Ballard Estate
Mumbai 400 001
Dear Sirs,
1 We have examined the restated consolidated summary statement of assets and liabilities of Larsen &
Toubro Infotech Limited (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) as at December
31, 2015 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and also the restated consolidated
summary statement of profits and losses and restated consolidated summary statement of cash flows for
the nine months period ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014,
2013, 2012 and 2011, together with the notes and annexures thereto (collectively ‘the restated
consolidated summary statements’) annexed to this report for the purpose of inclusion in the offer
document to be issued by the Company in connection with the proposed Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’)
of its equity shares.
2 The restated consolidated summary statements are prepared by management of the Company from the
audited financial statements of the respective nine months period / years, in accordance with the
requirements of section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with the Companies
(Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014 (‘the Rules’) and the requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
2009 as amended (‘the Regulations’), and have been approved by the Company’s board of directors on
10 April 2016.
3 We have examined the restated consolidated summary statements in accordance with:
(a) the terms of reference vide our engagement letter dated 15 July 2015 to carry out work on
such financial information included in the offer document of the Company in connection with
its IPO; and
(b) the Guidance Notes on Reports in Company Prospectus (Revised) issued by the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India.
4 We did not audit the financial statements of any of the Company’s subsidiaries for any of the following
periods/years. The audit reports of the other auditors for these subsidiaries have been furnished to us by
management and on which we have relied, and our opinion, in so far as it relates to the amounts
included in the financial statements of the subsidiaries, is solely based on the reports of these auditors.
The total assets and revenues of the subsidiaries were as follows:
₹ Million
Total assets Total revenues
December 31, 2015 4,680.22 2,982.17
December 31, 2014 5,507.36 2,828.45
March 31, 2015 5,233.60 4,456.60
March 31, 2014 5,537.14 4,765.91
March 31, 2013 5,756.51 4,325.49
March 31, 2012 5,023.56 3,534.44
March 31, 2011 4,165.95 1,934.67
5 On the basis of our examination and on the basis of the reports of the auditors of the subsidiaries as
mentioned in paragraph 4 above, we are of the opinion that:
(a) the restated consolidated summary statement of assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2015
and 2014 and March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (Annexure I), read together with
the notes on material adjustments (Annexure IV A) and with the related significant accounting
policies (Annexure IV B) and other notes on accounts (Annexure IV C), are on the basis of the
financial statements audited by us for the respective nine months period / years after making
such adjustments as are required by the Regulations;
266

267
(b) the restated consolidated summary statement of profits and losses for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and
2011 (Annexure II), read together with the notes on material adjustments (Annexure IV A)
and with the related significant accounting policies (Annexure IV B) and other notes on
accounts (Annexure IV C), are on the basis of the financial statements audited by us for the
respective nine months period / years after making such adjustments as are required by the
Regulations;
(c) the restated consolidated summary statement of cash flows for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and
2011 (Annexure III), read together with the notes on material changes (Annexure IV A) and
with the related significant accounting policies (Annexure IV B) and other notes on accounts
(Annexure IV C), are on the basis of the financial statements audited by us for the respective
nine months period / years after making such adjustments as are required by the Regulations;
and
(d) do not contain any extraordinary items that need to be disclosed separately other than those
presented in the restated consolidated summary statements and also do not contain any audit
qualifications requiring adjustment.
Other financial information
6 We have also examined the following financial information proposed to be included in the offer
document:
(a) Restated consolidated statement of share capital (Annexure V)
(b) Restated consolidated statement of reserves and surplus (Annexure VI)
(c) Restated consolidated statement of long-term borrowings (Annexure VII)
(d) Restated consolidated statement of deferred tax (Annexure VIII)
(e) Restated consolidated statement of other long-term liabilities and long-term provisions
(Annexure IX)
(f) Restated consolidated statement of short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term
borrowings (Annexure X)
(g) Restated consolidated statement of trade payables, other current liabilities and short-term
provisions (Annexure XI)
(h) Restated consolidated statement of investments (Annexure XII)
(i) Restated consolidated statement of long-term loans and advances (Annexure XIII)
(j) Restated consolidated statement of current investments (Annexure XIV)
(k) Restated consolidated statement of trade receivables (Annexure XV)
(l) Restated consolidated statement of unbilled revenue, cash and bank and short-term loans and
advances (Annexure XVI)
(m) Restated consolidated statement of other income (Annexure XVII)
(n) Restated consolidated statement of other expenses (Annexure XVIII)
(o) Restated consolidated statement of finance cost (Annexure XIX)
(p) Restated consolidated statement of provision for taxes (Annexure XX)
(q) Restated consolidated statement of contingent liabilities (Annexure XXI)
267

268
(r) Restated consolidated statement of related parties (Annexure XXII)
(s) Statement of restated consolidated accounting ratios (Annexure XXIII)
(t) Restated consolidated capitalisation statement (Annexure XXIV)
(u) Restated consolidated statement of dividend paid (Annexure XXV)
7 In our opinion, the other financial information read with the notes on material adjustments (Annexure
IV A) and with the significant accounting policies in Annexure IV B are prepared in accordance with
the requirements of the Act and of the Regulations.
8 This report should not in any way be construed as a reissuance or re-dating of any of the previous
reports issued by us nor should it be construed as a new opinion on any of the financial statements
referred to herein.
9 We have no responsibility to update our report for events and circumstances occurring after the date of
the report.
10 This report is intended solely for your information and for inclusion in the offer document in
connection with the proposed IPO of the Company and is not to be used, referred to or distributed for
any other purpose without our written consent.
Sharp & Tannan

Firm’s registration no. 109982W
by the hand of
Firdosh D. Buchia
Partner
Membership no. 38332
Mumbai
10 April 2016
268

269
ANNEXURE I : RESTATED CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND

LIABILITIES
₹ Million
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital V 168.92 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
Reserves and surplus VI 20,959.66 18,191.71 20,102.23 15,941.68 13,226.74 10,892.35 11,196.48
Total equity 21,128.58 18,352.96 20,263.48 16,102.93 13,387.99 11,053.60 11,357.73
Share Application money pending Allotment 7.60 - - - - - -
Long-term borrowings VII - 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
Deferred tax liabilities VIII 1,108.10 455.88 238.03 413.85 207.20 118.28 27.42
Other long-term liabilities IX 1,089.02 710.37 538.35 729.11 1,256.88 2,022.19 815.66
Long-term provisions IX 116.61 113.92 103.71 131.06 94.30 51.25 36.23
2,313.73 1,420.25 1,018.98 1,540.31 1,920.28 2,643.94 879.31
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings X 344.81 1,583.69 1,897.48 700.70 1,853.88 2,179.62 2,157.23
Current maturities of long-term borrowings X 147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
Trade payables XI 3,507.37 2,943.61 2,719.47 2,414.80 2,065.18 2,015.02 2,079.83
Other current liabilities XI 4,041.68 2,676.31 1,723.48 3,735.89 2,520.34 1,712.33 836.66
Short-term provisions XI 3,580.68 2,742.55 2,815.44 2,376.64 1,786.04 1,618.44 2,127.06
11,621.55 10,086.24 9,294.76 9,361.17 8,346.07 7,581.94 7,200.78
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 35,077.07 29,862.80 30,581.10 27,006.39 23,655.55 21,279.48 19,437.82
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Fixed assets
Tangible assets 2,887.80 2,683.26 2,749.82 2,794.65 2,449.87 2,263.44 1,718.90
Intangible assets 3,528.58 4,242.36 4,084.52 3,693.11 4,540.84 4,058.70 3,514.13
Intangible assets under development 255.69 442.32 198.45 472.74 940.34 975.15 679.68
6,778.49 7,551.24 7,086.12 7,054.93 8,414.27 7,397.84 5,995.55
Non-current investments XII - - - - - 20.00 60.39
Deferred tax asset VIII 1.89 9.82 10.29 1.89 59.07 21.30 58.06
Long-term loans and advances XIII 3,914.67 2,407.60 2,439.79 2,534.84 1,931.57 1,366.79 1,794.73
10,695.05 9,968.66 9,536.20 9,591.66 10,404.91 8,805.93 7,908.73
Current assets
Current investments XIV 860.37 961.97 1,035.51 1,687.77 486.63 570.51 1,031.39
Inventory - - - - - - 3.08
Trade receivable XV 9,909.80 8,631.90 10,901.16 9,309.86 7,410.52 6,845.50 5,260.25
Unbilled revenue XVI 4,300.39 3,494.51 1,544.50 1,194.16 1,333.45 895.05 1,177.61
Cash and bank XVI 3,750.14 1,973.71 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09 1,462.41
Short-term loans and advances XVI 5,561.32 4,832.05 5,554.52 3,633.83 2,826.32 2,841.40 2,594. 35
24,382.02 19,894.14 21,044.90 17,414.73 13,250.64 12,473.55 11,529.09
TOTAL ASSETS 35,077.07 29,862.80 30,581.10 27,006.39 23,655.55 21,279.48 19,437.82

SHARP & TANNAN
by the hand of A. M. Naik R. Shankar Raman
Chairman Director

Place :Mumbai Place: Mumbai
269

270
ANNEXURE II : RESTATED CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF PROFITS AND LOSSES
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Income
Other income XVII 2,478.83 604.32 915.00 (833.18) 221.04 95.84 715.11
Total income 45,416.76 37,459.11 50,695.36 48,371.80 38,735.43 31,915.99 24,626.87
Expenses
Employee benefit XVIII 27,146.97 22,668.70 29,242.73 27,581.57 22,485.93 18,635.30 14,485.50
expenses
Operating expenses XVIII 3,673.73 2,789.25 4,885.63 4,891.51 2,920.00 2,575.28 2,217.97
Sales, administration and XVIII 4,659.93 4,143.57 5,607.43 5,259.07 4,403.55 3,711.94 3,270.19
other expenses
35,480.63 29,601.52 39,735.79 37,732.15 29,809.48 24,922.52 19,973.66
Finance cost XIX 116.77 82.50 104.19 305.34 208.12 342.42 96.48
assets
Amortisation of intangible 758.32 601.16 837.85 710.72 722.80 598.83 400.47
assets
1,425.93 1,215.11 1,683.59 1,605.09 1,439.80 1,391.05 903.23
Profit before 8,510.20 6,642.48 9,275.98 9,034.56 7,486.15 5,602.42 3,749.98
tax
Tax expense for
Current tax XX 1,133.74 1,214.70 1,630.45 1,681.03 1,631.00 1,289.27 641.48
Deferred tax 498.57 (11.61) 35.76 261.85 46.99 119.79 (54.27)
1,632.31 1,203.09 1,666.21 1,942.88 1,677.99 1,409.06 587.21
Profit from discontinued IV (C) (6) - 9.72 9.72 493.20 707.78 - -
Tax expense for
Current tax XX - 1.69 1.69 129.25 191.54 - -
Profit for the year before 6,877.89 5,437.70 7,608.08 6,962.43 5,616.62 4,193.36 3,162.77
minority interest
extraordinary item
Extraordinary item (net of IV (C) (6) - 79.08 79.08 3,002.42 - - -
tax)
Net profit after tax 6,876.16 5,515.41 7,685.26 9,964.08 5,616.07 4,193.36 3,162.77
before restatement
adjustments
Restatement
adjustments:
Changes in accounting
policies
Amortisation of goodwill IV (A) (i) - - - (85.08) 137.06 132.89 107.77

Provision for tax IV (A) (ii) - - - - - (6.39) 6.39
Amortisation of cost of IV (A) (iii) - 6.35 6.35 9.52 (15.87) 11.62 33.08
long- term projects
- 6.35 6.35 (75.56) 121.19 138.12 147.24
Extraordinary item
270

271

Dec’15 Dec’14
Goodwill written off IV (A) (i) - - - (605.10) - - -
restated
Extraordinary item (net - 79.08 79.08 2,397.32 - - -
of tax) as restated
restated

SHARP & TANNAN
Chairman Director

271

272
ANNEXURE III: RESTATED CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
activities
restated (excluding
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation 1,309.16 1,132.61 1,579.41 1,384.83 1,094.62 915.74 698.98
amortised
Interest (net) 25.97 (0.97) 33.42 27.26 67.70 26.66 (0.35)
Unrealised foreign exchange loss (888.31) (351.60) (568.72) (516.63) (202.23) (375.36) (444.51)
(gain)
investments
investment
(Profit)/loss on sale of fixed 0.51 - 7.18 (1.81) (2.98) (3.32) (12.23)
assets
Foreign currency translation (54.95) 96.54 (80.26) 51.72 524.13 (403.14) 75.45
reserve
receivables
(Increase)/decrease in inventory - - - - - 3.08 0.19
receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade & 1,884.98 470.24 1,164.84 1,332.60 (241.25) 79.21 1,260.40
other payables
(Increase)/decrease in working 617.78 (1,040.50) (922.44) (1,407.54) (819.40) (1,401.86) (318.35)
capital
operations
activities before extra-ordinary
item
activities
Purchase of fixed assets (1,078.84) (1,641.24) (1,964.04) (1,183.28) (2,535.83) (1,638.52) (3,758.50)
investments (net)
Net cash (used in)/from (801.12) (784.34) (1,122.58) (1,996.31) (2,241.75) (971.17) (3,017.66)
extraordinary items
Extraordinary item
Proceeds from sale of PES - 93.95 93.95 3,799.62 - - -
Business(net)
Net cash (used in)/from (801.12) (690.39) (1,028.63) 1,803.31 (2,241.75) (971.17) (3,017.66)
extraordinary items
activities
Issue of Share Capital(including 58.45 - - - - - -
272

273

Dec’15 Dec’14
share application)
Proceeds from/(repayment) of (1,717.76) 691.04 1,013.23 (1,228.66) (377.21) 488.31 1,489.98
borrowings
Interest paid (44.35) (16.70) (56.23) (102.17) (97.68) (61.25) (66.81)
Dividend paid (2,987.99) (3,499.13) (4,805.25) (5,514.75) (3,031.50) (2,547.75) (1,515.75)
Proceeds from issue of shares to - - - - 1.21 - -
minority shareholders
Net cash (used in)/from (4,952.62) (3,392.06) (4,973.81) (7,686.53) (3,962.11) (2,533.33) (397.47)
Net increase in cash and cash 1,740.93 384.60 420.10 395.39 (127.37) (141.32) (321.05)
equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09 1,462.41 1,783.46
31 March of previous year
Cash and cash equivalents at 3,750.14 1,973.71 - - - - -
31 December
Cash and cash equivalents at - 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09 1,462.41
31 March
Notes:
1. Cash flow statement has been prepared under the indirect method as set out in the Accounting Standard
(AS) 3: “Cash Flow Statements” as specified in the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006.
2. Purchase of fixed assets includes movements of capital work-in-progress between the beginning and
end of the year.
3. Cash and cash equivalents represent cash and bank balances.
4. Bank balances include revaluation loss/(gain) as follows:
₹ Million
Year Apr’15 - Apr’14 - 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Revaluation 5.00 (3.76) 2.73 (65.45) (37.01) (87.37) 16.53
loss/(gain)

SHARP & TANNAN
Chairman Director

273

274
Annexure IV: Notes to Restated Consolidated Summary Financial Statements
Annexure IV A: Notes on material adjustments
Change in accounting policy
(i) Goodwill arising on acquisition and consolidation as per Accounting Standard (AS) 21 “Consolidated
Financial Statements” is tested for impairment at every balance sheet date. The Company was
amortising goodwill over a period of ten years upto March 31, 2013. During the year ended March 31,
2014, the Company revised its accounting policy of amortisation of goodwill for more appropriate
presentation of financial statements. Accordingly, the goodwill is tested for impairment at every
balance sheet date. Consequently, in restated financial statements, the Company has credited ₹ 312.45
Mn to the opening profit & loss account as on April 01, 2010, being the amount of goodwill amortised
till March 31, 2010. Further the Company has credited ₹ 107.77 Mn for the year ended March 31,
2011, ₹ 132.89 Mn for the year ended March 31, 2012, ₹137.06 Mn for the year ended March 31,
2013, and debited ₹ 85.08 Mn for the year ended March 31, 2014, to respective restated statement of
profit and loss.
In the event of cessation of operations of a subsidiary, the unimpaired goodwill is written off fully.
During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company had written off unimpaired goodwill on
consolidation of GDA Technologies Inc. to the statement of profit and loss. As a result of restatement
of amortisation as above, the amount of unimpaired goodwill of ₹ 986.18 Mn. has been written off to
the restated statement of profit and loss and disclosed as an extra-ordinary item for FY 2014. (Refer
annexure IV (C) (6)).
(ii) During the year ended March 31, 2012, our subsidiary, L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies
Inc. revised its policy of accounting of income taxes for more appropriate presentation of financial
statements. Accordingly, the income taxes are recognised using future income taxes method.
Consequently, the restatement resulted in increase in profit by ₹ 6.39 Mn for FY 2010-11 and decrease
in profit by ₹ 6.39 Mn for FY 2011-12.
(iii) The cost incurred on long term projects mainly comprise of legal and employee related costs to secure
long term projects. The Company was amortising the cost over the period of two years from the year in
which it was incurred. The Company revised its accounting policy for amortisation of cost incurred for
long term projects and the same is charged to the statement of profit and loss in the year in which it was
incurred for more appropriate presentation of financial statements. Consequently in restated financial
statement, the Company has debited ₹ 44.71 Mn to opening profit and loss as on 1 April 2010. Further,
the Company has credited ₹ 33.08 Mn for the year ended 31 March 2011, ₹ 11.62 Mn for the year
ended 31 March 2012, debited ₹ 15.87 Mn for the year ended 31 March 2013, credited ₹ 9.52 for the
year ended 31 March 2014, ₹ 6.35 Mn for the year ended 31 March 2015 and nil for the nine months
period ended 31 December 2015 and ₹ 6.35 Mn for the nine months period ended 31 December 2014,
to respective restated statement of profit and loss.
Annexure IV B: Significant accounting policies
1. Preparation of financial statements
The restated consolidated financial statements are prepared from the audited financials for the nine
months period ended 31 December 2015, 31 December 2014 and the years ended 31 March 2015, 31
March 2014, 31 March 2013, 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2011, in accordance with the requirements
of section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with Companies (Prospectus and Allotment
Securities) Rules, 2014 (‘the Rules’) and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Board of
India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulation, 2009 as amended (‘the Regulations’).
Accordingly, these restated unconsolidated financial statements are prepared for the purpose of
inclusion in the offer document in connection with the proposed IPO of the Company.
2. Principles of consolidation
274

275
a) The financial statements of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries have been consolidated
on line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of the like items of the assets,
liabilities, income and expenses, after eliminating intra-group balances and the unrealised
profits/losses on intra-group transactions, and are presented to the extent possible, in the same
manner as the Parent Company’s independent financial statements.
b) Minority interest in the net assets of subsidiaries consists of the amount of equity attributable
to the minority shareholders at the date on which investment is made by company in the
subsidiary company and further movements in their share in the equity, subsequent to the date
of investment.
c) Goodwill on consolidation represents the difference between the Group’s share in the net
worth of a subsidiary and the cost of acquisition at each point of time of making the
investment in the subsidiary as per Accounting Standard (AS) 21 “Consolidated Financial
Statements”. For this purpose, the Group’s share of net worth is determined on the basis of the
latest financial statements, prior to the acquisition, after making necessary adjustments for
material events between the date of such financial statements and the date of respective
acquisition. Goodwill arising on consolidation as per Accounting Standard (AS) 21
“Consolidated Financial Statements” is tested for impairment at every balance sheet date. In
the event of cessation of operations of a subsidiary, the unimpaired goodwill is written off
fully.
3. Extraordinary items
Income or expenses that arise from events or transactions that are clearly distinct from the ordinary
activities of the Company are classified as extraordinary items. Specific disclosure of such
events/transactions is made in the financial statements. Similarly, any external event beyond the control
of the Company, significantly impacting income or expense, is also treated as extraordinary item and
disclosed as such.
4. Revenue recognition
a) Revenue from contracts priced on time and material basis are recognised when services are
rendered and related costs are incurred.
Revenue from services performed on “fixed-price” basis is recognised using the proportionate
completion method.
Unbilled revenue represents value of services performed in accordance with the contract terms
but not billed.
b) Other income
i. Interest income is accrued at applicable interest rate.
ii. Dividend income is accounted in the period in which the right to receive the same is
established.
iii. Other items of income are accounted as and when the right to receive arises.
5. Employee benefits
a) Short-term employee benefits
All employee benefits falling due wholly within twelve months of rendering the service are
classified as short-term employee benefits. The benefits like salaries, wages, short-term
compensated absences and performance incentives are recognised in the period in which the
employee renders the related service.
b) Post-employment benefits
i) Defined contribution plan:
275

276
The Company’s superannuation fund and state governed provident fund scheme are
classified as defined contribution plans. The contribution paid / payable under the
schemes is recognised during the period in which the employee renders the related
service.
ii) Defined benefit plans:
The provident fund scheme managed by trust, employees gratuity fund scheme
managed by LIC and post-retirement medical benefit scheme are the Company’s
defined benefit plans. Wherever applicable, the present value of the obligation under
such defined benefit plans is determined based on actuarial valuation using the
Projected Unit Credit Method, which recognises each period of service as giving rise
to additional unit of employee benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately
to build up the final obligation.
The obligation is measured at the present value of the estimated future cash flows.
The discount rates used for determining the present value of the obligation under
defined benefit plans, is based on the market yields on government bonds as at the
balance sheet date, having maturity periods approximating to the terms of related
obligations. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of
profit and loss. In case of funded plans, the fair value of the plan assets is reduced
from the gross obligation under the defined benefit plans to recognise the obligation
on net basis.
Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of any defined benefit plan are
recognised when the curtailment or settlement occurs. Past service cost is recognised
as expense on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become
vested.
(iii) Long-term employee benefits:
The obligation for long-term employee benefits like long-term compensation

absences is recognised in the similar manner as in the case of defined benefit plans as
mentioned in (b) (ii) above.
6. Fixed assets
Tangible
Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Intangible
Assets like customer relationship, computer software and internally developed software are stated at
cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortisation.
Goodwill on acquisition represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of net
identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that an impairment loss may have occurred.
7. Investments
Long-term investments are stated at cost, less provision for other than temporary diminution in value, if
any. Current investments are stated at the lower of cost or market value, determined on the basis of
specific identification.
8. Inventory
Inventory consists of boards and related parts held for sale to customer. Inventory is stated at the lower
of cost, determined using the first-in, first-out method, or market. The Company has provided a
provision for obsolete inventory, which it believes will not be sold.
276

277
9. Leases
Finance lease
Assets acquired under leases where the Company has substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership are classified as finance leases. Such assets are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the
lower of the fair value and the present value of minimum lease payments and a liability is created for
an equivalent amount. Each lease rental paid is allocated between the liability and the interest cost, so
as to obtain a constant periodic rate of interest on the outstanding liability for each period.
Operating lease
Assets acquired under lease where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are
retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Lease rentals are charged to the statement of
profit and loss on accrual basis.
10. Depreciation
A. Indian Companies :
I. Tangible - owned assets
The company has provided depreciation on assets based on useful life prescribed in schedule II to the
Companies Act, 2013 for the period ended 31 December 2014, 31 December 2015 and for the year
ended 31 March 2015, except for the leasehold improvements which are depreciated over the lease
period.
Depreciation / amortisation on additions / disposals are calculated pro-rata from / to the month of
additions / disposals.
For the years ended 31 March 2014, 31 March 2013, 31 March 2012 and 31 March 2011, depreciation
on all assets is calculated using straight line method at rates prescribed by schedule XIV to the
Companies Act, 1956, except for the following:
 Plant and machinery 4.75%-20%

 Computers 20%-30%
 Servers 25%
 Furniture and fixtures 10-20%
 Office equipment 20%-33.33%
 Motor cars 14.14%
II. Tangible - leased assets
Assets acquired under finance leases are depreciated at the rates applicable to similar assets owned by
the Company as there is reasonable certainty that the Company shall obtain ownership of the assets at
the end of the lease term.
Leasehold land Over the residual period of the lease
B. Foreign Subsidiaries
Depreciation has been provided on methods and at the rates required/permissible by the local laws so
as to write off the assets over their useful life.
11. Intangible Assets and amortisation

 Computer software Over a period of 3 years
 Intellectual property rights (IPR) Over a period of 3 years
 Acquired software Over a period of 10 years
277

278
 Internally developed software Over a period 1 to 5 years

 Business rights Over a period of 5 years
 Customer contracts Over a period of 10 years
12. Employee stock ownership schemes
In respect of stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s stock option schemes, the excess of fair
value of the share over the exercise price of the option is treated as discount and accounted as
employee compensation cost over the vesting period.
13. Foreign currency transactions
a) Foreign currency transactions are initially recorded at the rates prevailing on the date of the
transaction. At the balance sheet date, foreign currency monetary items are reported using the
closing rate. Non-monetary items which are carried at historical cost denominated in foreign
currency are reported using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.
Translation of foreign currency transaction of overseas branches & subsidiaries is as under:
 Revenue items at the average rate for the period;
 Fixed assets and investments at the rates prevailing on the date of the transaction; and
 Other assets and liabilities at year end rates
Exchange difference on settlement / year end conversion is adjusted to statement of profit and
loss.
b) Forward contracts other than those entered into to hedge foreign currency risk on unexecuted
firm commitments or of highly probable forecast transactions, are treated as foreign currency
transactions and accounted accordingly. Exchange differences arising on such contracts are
recognised in the period in which they arise and the premium paid / received is accounted as
expense / income over the period of the contract.
Profit or loss on such forward contracts is accounted as income or expense for the period.
c) All the other derivative contracts, including forward contracts entered into to hedge foreign
currency risks on unexecuted firm commitments and highly probable forecast transactions are
recognised in the financial statements at fair value as on the balance sheet date. In pursuance
of the announcement of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) dated March
29, 2008 on accounting of derivatives, the Company has adopted Accounting Standard 30 for
applying the test of hedge effectiveness of the outstanding derivative contracts. Accordingly,
the resultant gains or losses on fair valuation of such contracts are recognised in the statement
of profit and loss or balance sheet as the case may be.
14. Taxes on Income
Tax on income for the current period is determined on the basis of taxable income and tax credits
computed in accordance with the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and based on the expected
outcome of assessments/appeals.
Deferred tax is recognised on timing differences between the income accounted in financial statements
and the taxable income for the year, and quantified using the tax rates and laws enacted or
substantively enacted as on the balance sheet date.
Other deferred tax assets are recognised and carried forward to the extent that there is a reasonable
certainty that sufficient future taxable income will be available against which such deferred tax assets
can be realised.
Foreign Subsidiaries
278

279
Foreign Subsidiaries recognise current tax/ deferred tax liabilities and assets in accordance with the
applicable local laws.
15. Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs include interest, commitment charges, finance charges in respect of assets acquired on
finance lease and exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings, to the extent they are
regarded as an adjustment to interest costs.
16. Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Provisions are recognised for liabilities that can be measured only by using a substantial degree of
estimation, if
a) the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event;
b) a probable outflow of resources is expected to settle the obligation; and
c) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated
Reimbursement expected in respect of expenditure required to settle a provision is recognised only

when it is virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received.
Contingent liability is disclosed in the case of:
a) a present obligation arising from a past event when it is not probable that an outflow of
resources will be required to settle the obligation; or
b) a possible obligation unless the probability of outflow of resources is remote.
17. Segment accounting
Segment accounting policies are in line with the accounting policies of the Company. In addition, the
following specific accounting policies have been followed for segment reporting:
a) Segment revenue includes sales and other income directly identifiable with/allocable to the
segment.
b) Expenses that are directly identifiable with/allocable to segments are considered for
determining the segment result. Expenditure which relate to the Company as a whole and not
allocable to segments are included under “unallocable corporate expenditure”.
c) Income which relates to the Company as a whole and not allocable to segments is included in
“unallocable corporate income”.
d) Fixed assets used and liabilities contracted for performing the Company’s business have not
been identified to any of the reported segments as the fixed assets and services are used
18. Cash flow statement
Cash flow statement is prepared segregating the cash flows from operating, investing and financing
activities. Cash flow from operating activities is reported using indirect method. Under the indirect
method, the net profit is adjusted for the effects of:
i. transactions of a non-cash nature
ii. any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments; and
279

280
iii. items of income or expense associated with investing or financing cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents (including bank balances) are reflected as such in the cash flow statement.
19. Basis of preparation
The Consolidated financial statements (CFS), comprising the Company and its subsidiaries, are
prepared in accordance with Accounting Standard (AS) 21 – “Consolidated Financial Statements” as
specified by the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2014. Reference in these notes to “the
Company” shall mean Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited and “the Group” shall mean the Company
and its subsidiaries.
20. Share application money pending allotment
The amount received from employees on exercise of stock options is accounted as share application
money pending allotment. Upon allotment, the amount received corresponding to the shares allotted
against the options exercised is transferred to share capital and securities premium account (if
applicable).
21. The list of subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements is as under:-
Name of the subsidiary Country of Proportion of Proportion of ownership as at

company incorporation ownership as at March 31
December 31 (%)
(%)
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
1 Larsen & Toubro Canada 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
2 Larsen & Toubro Germany 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Infotech GmbH
3 GDA Technologies USA - - - - 100 100 100
Inc.*
4 Larsen & Toubro USA 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Infotech LLC
5 L&T Infotech Financial Canada 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Services Technologies
Inc.**
6 Larsen And Toubro South Africa 74.9 74.9 74.9 74.9 74.9 - -
(Proprietary)
Limited***
7 L&T Information China 100 100 100 100 - - -
Technology Services
(Shanghai) Co.
Limited.^
8 GDA Technologies India 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Limited^^
9 Information Systems India - 100 100 - - - -
Resource Centre Private
Limited#
10 Larsen & Toubro Austria 100 - - - - - -
Infotech Austria
GmbH##
* The company has been dissolved with effect from 28 March 2014.
**L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc. was formed in the year 2010-11 by purchase of
business of providing Information technology Platform from Citigroup Fund Services (CFSC) Inc.
280

281
***On 25 July 2012, the Company has acquired equity share capital of Larsen And Toubro Infotech
South Africa (Proprietary) Limited.
^ On 28 June 2013, the company was formed in People’s Republic of China.
^^The Company has purchased shares of GDA Technologies Limited from GDA Technologies Inc. in
during FY 2013-14, subsequently, GDA Technologies Limited has become direct subsidiary with
effect from 3 February 2014.
# Information Systems Resource Centre Private Limited (‘ISRC) was acquired on October 16, 2014,
consequent to which, it became wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Board of Directors of
the Company and ISRC have approved the scheme of amalgamation of ISRC with the Company on
October 17, 2014 and December 04, 2014, respectively, with October 17, 2014 as the appointed date.
Accordingly, a petition for sanctioning the scheme of amalgamation has been filed with the Hon’ble
High Court of Judicature at Bombay.
thereof.
## On 18 June 2015, the company was formed in Austria.
22. Additional disclosure as per schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013.
₹ Million
Name of the Apr’15 to Dec’15 Apr’14 to Dec’14
entity Net assets, i.e total assets Share in profit Net assets, i.e total Share in profit
minus total liabilities assets minus total
liabilities
As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount
amount consolidated amount consolidated
consolidated profit or loss consolidated profit or
net assets net assets loss
A- Parent
-Larsen & 92.98% 19,645.13 100.21% 6,890.52 92.02% 16,888.34 99.39% 5,488.26
Toubro Infotech
Limited
Subsidiaries
B – Indian
1. GDA 1.73% 365.56 0.19% 13.18 1.91% 350.64 0.31% 17.00
Technologies
Limited
2. Information - - - - 1.18% 217.21 0.45% 24.81
Systems
Resource Centre
Private Limited
(Refer annexure
IV (C) 10(iv))
Sub total 1.73% 365.56 0.19% 13.18 3.09% 567.85 0.76% 41.81
C-Foreign
1. Larsen & 1.22% 257.19 0.47% 32.19 1.45% 266.72 1.33% 73.19
Toubro Infotech
GmbH
2. Larsen & 0.43% 89.80 0.29% 20.24 0.46% 84.49 0.44% 24.30
Toubro Infotech
Canada Ltd.
3. Larsen & 0.53% 111.90 0.17% 11.75 0.54% 98.61 0.18% 9.97
Toubro Infotech
281

282
Name of the Apr’15 to Dec’15 Apr’14 to Dec’14

entity Net assets, i.e total assets Share in profit Net assets, i.e total Share in profit
minus total liabilities assets minus total
liabilities
As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount
amount consolidated amount consolidated
consolidated profit or loss consolidated profit or
net assets net assets loss
LLC
4. L&T Infotech 15.15% 3,201.66 0.87% 60.11 20.89% 3,834.59 (2.30)% (126.80)
Financial
Services
Technologies
Inc.
5. Larsen And 0.11% 22.37 0.10% 6.87 0.07% 13.37 0.10% 5.46
Toubro South
Africa
(Proprietary)
Limited
6. L&T 0.02% 4.69 0.03% 2.37 0.00% 0.49 (0.05)% (2.93)
Information
Technology
Services
(Shanghai) Co.
Limited
Sub total 17.46% 3,687.61 1.93% 133.53 23.41% 4,298.27 (0.30)% (16.81)
Total A+B+C 112.17% 23,698.30 102.33% 7,037.23 118.52% 21,754.46 99.85% 5,513.26
Less: CFS (12.17)% (2,569.72) (2.33)% (161.07) (18.52)% (3401.50) 0.15% 8.50
adjustments
and
eliminations
Total 100% 21,128.58 100% 6,876.16 100% 18,352.96 100% 5,521.76
Name of the entity FY 2014-15

Net assets, i.e total assets minus Share in profit
total liabilities
As % of amount Amount As % of consolidated Amount
consolidated net assets profit or loss
A - Parent
-Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 95.02% 19,254.53 100.58 7,735.97
Subsidiaries
B - Indian
1. GDA Technologies Limited 1.74% 352.38 0.24 18.75
2. Information Systems Resource 1.08% 219.34 0.36 27.36
Centre Private Limited
Sub total 2.82% 571.72 0.60 46.11
C-Foreign
1. Larsen & Toubro Infotech 1.11% 225.00 0.41 31.47
GmbH
2. Larsen & Toubro Infotech 0.34% 69.56 0.12 9.37
Canada Ltd.
3. Larsen & Toubro Infotech LLC 0.49% 100.15 0.15 11.51
4. L&T Infotech Financial 16.81% 3,406.72 (2.30) (176.86)
Services Technologies Inc.
5. Larsen And Toubro South 0.08% 15.50 0.10 7.58
Africa (Proprietary) Limited
6. L&T Information Technology (0.01)% (1.49) (0.06) (4.91)
Services (Shanghai) Co. Limited
Sub total 18.82% 3,815.44 (1.58)% (121.84)
282

283
Name of the entity FY 2014-15

Net assets, i.e total assets minus Share in profit
total liabilities
As % of amount Amount As % of consolidated Amount
consolidated net assets profit or loss
Total A+B+C 116.66% 23,641.69 99.60% 7,660.24

Less: CFS adjustments and (16.66)% (3,378.21) 0.40% 31.37
eliminations
Total 100% 20,263.48 100% 7,691.61
Annexure IV C: Other notes on accounts:
1. Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account (net of advances) and not
provided for is as follows:
₹ Million
As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Estimated 149.11 312.28 312.83 269.43 167.44 234.59 230.48
amount
2. In line with the Company’s financial risk management policy, financial risks relating to changes in the
exchange rates are hedged by using a combination of forward and options contracts, besides the natural
hedges. The loss on fair valuation of the derivative contracts which are designated and are effective as
hedges, has been accounted in retained earnings in balance sheet as follows:
₹ Million
As at 31- As at 31- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
12-2015 12-2014
Loss on fair valuation 2,628.81 2,052.71 366.96 2,923.11 2,694.38 2,663.11 658.42
The loss/ (gain) on settlement of the options/forwards is recognised in statement of profit and loss as
follows:
₹ Million
As at 31-12- As at 31- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
2015 12-2014
Loss/(gain) on (991.53) 107.58 (243.04) 1,839.30 747.27 1,074.47 (179.27)
settlement
The particulars of derivative contracts entered into for hedging foreign currency risks outstanding are
as under:
₹ Million
Sr. Category of Notional amount
derivative As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-
instruments 12-2015 12-2014 03- 2015 03-2014 03- 2013 03 2012 03-2011
a) Forward contracts 53,492.44 74,459.45 58,583.85 29,493.37 34,906.68 24,887.27 16,516.52
for receivables
b) Option contracts - - - 480.00 1,954.26 3,663.00 5,351.40
Un-hedged foreign currency exposures are as under:
₹ Million
Sr. Un-hedged foreign As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-
currency exposures 12-2015 12-2014 03- 2015 03-2014 03- 2013 03 2012 03-2011
1 Receivables 32,293.72 28,944.30 30,013.24 49,989.21 36,877.48 41,528.92 24,612.73
including firm
commitments and
highly probable
283

284
Sr. Un-hedged foreign As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-
currency exposures 12-2015 12-2014 03- 2015 03-2014 03- 2013 03 2012 03-2011
2 Payables including 24,495.85 23,194.37 24,474.93 33,388.42 30,283.47 28,868.62 18,455.74
firm commitments
and highly probable
3. The Company has made provision, as required under the applicable law or accounting standard for
material foreseeable losses on long term derivative contracts
4. Leases
Finance leases
In accordance with Accounting Standard 19 “Leases” issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India, the assets acquired under finance leases on or after April 1, 2001 are capitalised and a loan
liability is recognised for an equivalent amount. Consequently depreciation is provided on such leases.
Lease rentals paid are allocated to the liability and the interest is charged to statement of profit and loss.
Operating leases
The Company has taken employee used cars under non-cancellable operating leases. The rental
expense in respect of operating leases and the future rentals payable are as follows:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Rental expense of 41.99 49.80 134.79 179.63 108.18 23.92 39.05
operating lease
Minimum lease
payments
- Payable not later 56.51 64.85 73.43 167.38 147.27 158.75 115.95
than 1 year
- Payable after 1 year 353.02 467.56 474.16 865.59 442.80 202.92 399.91
but not later than 5
years
Total 409.53 532.41 547.59 1,032.97 590.07 361.67 515.86
5. Segmental reporting
The Company had 3 business segments. Services cluster includes Banking & Financial services,
Insurance, Media & Entertainment, Travel & Logistics and Healthcare. Industrials cluster includes Hi
Tech and Consumer Electronics, Consumer, Retail & Pharma, Energy & Process, Automobile &
Aerospace, Plant Equipment & Industrial Machinery, Utilities and Engineering & Construction.
Telecom segment refers to Product Engineering Services (PES) which is a part of discontinued
business (refer annexure IV C (6)). The Company has presented its segment results accordingly.
(i) Revenues represented along industry classes comprise the primary basis of segmental
information set out in these financial statements. The revenue and operating profit by segment
is as under:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Revenue
Telecom - 99.42 99.42 3,853.34 4,235.82 3,789.39 3,386.28
Revenue from 42,937.93 36,854.79 49,780.36 49,204.98 38,514.39 31,820.15 23,911.76
operations
Segmental profit
284

285
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
Telecom - 9.72 9.72 856.31 1,254.71 1,126.75 757.08
Segmental 10,427.57 8,496.41 11,589.51 13,241.72 10,728.59 9,525.68 6247.50
operating profit
Unallocable 2,970.27 1,243.14 1,544.94 1,768.89 2,023.68 2,628.05 2,309.40
expenses (net)
Other income 2,478.83 604.32 915.00 (833.18) 221.04 95.84 715.11
Finance cost 116.77 82.50 104.19 305.34 208.12 342.42 96.48
Depreciation 550.84 531.45 741.55 589.03 508.88 449.80 406.28
Amortisation of 758.32 601.16 837.85 710.72 722.80 598.83 400.47
intangible assets
Profit before 8,510.20 6,642.48 9,275.98 9,034.56 7,486.15 5,602.42 3,749.98
extraordinary
items and tax
Restatement - 6.35 6.35 (75.56) 121.19 138.12 147.24
adjustments
Restated profit 8,510.20 6,648.83 9,282.33 8,959.00 7,607.34 5,740.54 3,897.22
before
extraordinary
items and tax
(ii) Segmental reporting of revenues on the basis of the geographical location of the customers is
as under:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- Dec’14
Dec’15 Continuing Discontinued Total
business business
North America 29,788.17 24,999.17 - 24,999.17
Europe 7,352.60 6,733.42 99.42 6,832.83
Asia Pacific 935.90 853.51 - 853.51
India 2,198.11 1,447.32 - 1,447.32
Rest of the world 2,663.15 2,721.96 - 2,721.96
Revenue from operations 42,937.93 36,755.38 99.42 36,854.79
₹ Million
2014-15 2013-14 2012-13
Continuing Discontinued Total Continuing Discontinued Total Continuing Discontinued Total 2011-12 2010-11
business business business business business business
North 34,097.77 - 34,097.77 30,533.28 1,771.37 32,304.65 23,958.31 1,834.22 25,792.53 21,796.72 15,995.37
America
Europe 8,862.74 99.42 8,962.16 9,151.48 336.41 9,487.89 6,266.61 107.58 6,374.19 5,137.05 3,857.47
Asia 1,199.12 - 1,199.12 1,161.06 982.37 2,143.43 788.03 1,358.72 2,146.75 1,801.30 1,543.64
Pacific
India 2,075.90 - 2,075.90 1,530.53 760.45 2,290.98 1,252.25 924.27 2,176.52 2,112.21 1,500.83
Rest of 3,445.41 - 3,445.41 2,975.29 2.74 2,978.03 2,013.37 11.03 2,024.40 972.87 1,014.45
the world
Revenue 49,680.94 99.42 49,780.36 45,351.64 3,853.34 49,204.98 34,278.57 4,235.82 38,514.39 31,820.15 23,911.76
from
operations
Fixed assets used and liabilities contracted for performing the Company’s business have not been
identified to any of the above reported segments as the fixed assets and services are used
6. As part of business restructuring undertaken within Larsen & Toubro Group, it was decided to
consolidate the engineering services businesses under a separate subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro
Limited, called L&T Technology Services Limited (LTTSL). Pursuant to this, the Company initiated
and completed the transfer of its Product Engineering Services (PES) Business Unit to LTTSL
effective 1 January, 2014. The PES business was transferred by way of slump sale for total purchase
consideration of ₹ 4,895.27 Mn based on fair valuation carried out by external chartered accountants.
285

286
The purchase consideration was determined based on the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) method of
valuation of business. GDA Technologies Inc., USA (GDA Inc.), a wholly owned subsidiary of Larsen
& Toubro Infotech Limited was a part of PES business with synergy in terms of the end customers they
serve, primarily the semiconductor companies. Over last few years, the performance of GDA Inc. was
affected due to the recession which impacted the end customers resulting in falling revenues and
operational losses. Subsequent to the transfer of PES business, it was therefore decided to wind up this
subsidiary. Accordingly, certain IP (Intellectual properties) owned by GDA Inc. were transferred to
LTTSL at a fair valuation carried out by external chartered accountants.
The Indian subsidiary of GDA Inc. called GDA Technologies Limited, India was taken over by Larsen
& Toubro Infotech Limited based on fair valuation carried out by external chartered accountants.
Consequently GDA Inc. was wound up in USA with effect from 28 March 2014.
The Company’s subsidiary, Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH, also had PES business. PES business
transfer in Germany was dependent upon LTTSL registering its branch in Germany. The German
branch of LTTS became operational in the month of May, 2014. Since valuation of PES business in
Germany is required to be carried out as per German laws, Business Transfer Agreement was signed
between Larsen & Toubro Infotech GmbH and LTTSL, for transfer of PES business in Germany
effective September 1, 2014.
The PES business in Germany was transferred by way of slump sale for total purchase consideration of
₹ 129.20 Mn based on fair valuation carried out by external valuer based in Germany. The purchase
consideration was determined based on the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) method of valuation of
business.
The following assets and liabilities have been transferred to L&T Technology Services Limited.:
₹ Million
2014-15 2013-14
Tangible assets 76.61
Intangible assets 26.47
Long term loans and advances 90.45
Current assets 45.96 1,126.04
Current liabilities and provisions (10.71) (479.64)
Net current assets 35.25 646.40
Total assets transferred 35.25 839.93

Less:
Other long term liabilities - 130.34
Hedging reserve - (389.15)
Net Assets transferred 35.25 1,098.74
The results of discontinued business are as under:
₹ Million
For the period 2013-14 2012-13
April 2014-
August 2014
Total revenues 99.42 3,853.34 4,235.82
Total expenses (89.70) (3,360.14) (3,528.04)
Profit before taxes 9.72 493.20 707.78
Income taxes (1.69) (129.25) (191.54)
Profit after tax 8.03 363.95 516.24
Extra -ordinary item
The above has given rise to extraordinary items being recognised in the financial statements
286

287
₹ Million
2014-15 2013-14
a) Profit on sale of PES business unit to L&T Technology Services Limited 93.95 3,796.97
b) Goodwill arising out consolidation of GDA Technologies has been - (381.08)
written off due to winding up of GDA technologies Inc.
c) Residual amount on winding up of GDA Technologies Inc. - 2.65
d) Capital gains tax on extra ordinary items (14.87) (416.12)
e) Extra ordinary gain (net of tax) 79.08 3,002.42
f) Goodwill written off due to winding up of GDA Technologies Inc. - (605.10)
g) Net extra ordinary gain 79.08 2,397.32
7(i) During the year ended 31 March, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with Citigroup Fund
Services Canada (CFSC) Inc. to purchase its business of providing Information Technology platform.
With this transaction, the Company acquired the IT platform to bolster its ability to provide end -to-end
technology services to its clients. To give effect to this acquisition, a wholly owned subsidiary “CF
L&T FTServ Financial Technologies Services Inc.” was incorporated by CFSC Inc. under Canada
Business Corporation Act and the company acquired 100% stake in the same for total cash
consideration of ₹ 2,806.32 Mn on 1 January 2011. After acquisition the name of the company has
been changed to “L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc.”
7(ii) The Company has acquired equity share capital of Larsen And Toubro Infotech South Africa
(Proprietary) Limited on 25 July 2012.
7(iii) The Company has formed a new entity “L&T Information Technology Services (Shanghai) Co.
Limited” in People’s Republic of China on 28 June 2013. Investment in this entity is not denominated
in number of shares as per laws of the People’s Republic of China.
7(iv) On October 16, 2014, the Company acquired entire share capital of Information Systems Resource
Centre Private Limited (‘ISRC’), thereby making it a wholly owned subsidiary. ISRC is engaged in
software services with respect to application development, information technology support and
maintenance services to OTIS Elevator Company Inc. (OTIS) and certain other group companies of
OTIS, which are part of United Technologies Corporation (UTC) group. The Company believes that
acquisition will strengthen its relationship with UTC group. The acquisition was executed through a
share purchase agreement for a consideration of ₹ 806.96 Mn.
The Board of Directors of the Company and ISRC have approved the scheme of amalgamation of
ISRC with the Company on October 17, 2014 and December 04, 2014, respectively, with October 17,
2014 as the appointed date. Accordingly, a petition for sanctioning the scheme of amalgamation has
been filed with the Hon’ble High Court of Judicature at Bombay.
thereof.
The excess of purchase consideration over net assets at the time of acquisition is accounted as goodwill
amounting to ₹ 614.56 Mn.
7 (v) The Company has formed a new entity “Larsen & Toubro Infotech Austria GmbH” in Austria on 18
June 2015.
287

288
Annexure V: Restated consolidated statement of share capital
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
(a) Authorised :
240,000,000 equity 240.00 - - - - - -
shares of ₹ 1 each
(32,750,000 equity - 163.75 163.75 163.75 163.75 163.75 163.75
shares of ₹ 5 each)
Issued, paid up and
subscribed
equity shares for ₹ 1
each
168,915,736 equity 168.92 - - - - - -
shares for ₹ 1 each
(32,250,000 equity - 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
shares for ₹ 5 each)
EQUITY SHARE 168.92 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25 161.25
CAPITAL
The Company has split shares of face value of ₹ 5 to face value of ₹ 1 and the Company has increased
authorised share capital by ₹ 36.25 Mn (36,250,000 equity shares of ₹ 1 each) on 22 June 2015. Also,
authorised share capital of the Company has increased by ₹ 40 Mn (40,000,000 equity shares of ₹ 1
each) due to amalgamation of ISRC [Refer annexure IV C (7) (iv)] with the Company effective from
21 September 2015.
(b) Terms/rights attached to equity shares
The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of ₹ 5 per share. Each holder of
equity shares is entitled to one vote per share. The Company declares and pays dividend in Indian
rupees.
The amount of interim dividend distributed to equity shareholder was as follows:
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Dividend per share 18.05** 108.50* 149* 171* 94* 79* 47*
* Face value of shares is ₹ 5
** Face value of shares is ₹ 1
(c) Shareholders holding more than 5% of equity shares as at the end of the period:
95.5% of equity shares are held by Larsen & Toubro Limited, the holding company
(d) Reconciliation of the number of equity shares & share capital
Due to allotment of shares on exercise of stock options by employees, there was a movement is share
capital for the period ended 31 December 2015. But there was no movement in the number of equity
shares during the five years ended 31 March 2015, 31 March 2014, 31 March 2013, 31 March 2012, 31
March 2011 and period ended 31 December 2014.

12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
288

289

12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
beginning
Add: Shares issued on 7.67 - - - - - -
exercise of employee
stock options
end
(e) Shares reserved for issue under options outstanding as at the end of the year on un-issued share
capital:
Particulars Exercise As at 31-03-2015 As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-

Price 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Number of equity shares of face value of ₹ 5 to be issued as fully
paid
#Employee stock ₹ 25 393,003 393,003 393,003 393,003 393,003
options granted and
outstanding under
Employee Stock ₹ 10 1,873,467 1,880,484 2,155,197 2,179,953 2,203,092
Ownership Scheme
“ESOS Plan”
Employees Stock $ 12 90,100 90,100 90,100 90,100 83,700
Ownership Scheme
– 2006 U.S. Stock
Option Sub-Plan
(‘Sub-Plan’)
22 June 2015. Consequently, exercise price has been adjusted for the year ended March 2015 & earlier
years to reflect this change.
Particulars Exercise As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-

Price 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
fully paid
#Employee stock ₹5 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
options granted and
outstanding under
Employee Stock ₹2 9,367,335 9,402,420 10,775,985 10,899,765 11,015,460
Ownership Scheme
“ESOS Plan”
Employees Stock $ 2.4 450,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 418,500
22 June 2015. Consequently, exercise price has been adjusted for the nine months period ended
December 2014 to reflect this change.
Particulars Exercise As at 31-12-2015 As at 31-12-2014

Price Number of equity shares of face value of
₹ 1 to be issued as fully paid
#Employee stock options granted and ₹5 268,090 1,965,015
outstanding under
Employee Stock Ownership Scheme ₹2 2,968,893 9,388,605
289

290
Particulars Exercise As at 31-12-2015 As at 31-12-2014

Price Number of equity shares of face value of
₹ 1 to be issued as fully paid
“ESOS Plan”
Employees Stock Ownership Scheme – $ 2.4 249,500 450,500
2006 U.S. Stock Option Sub-Plan (‘Sub-
Plan’)
# Refer annexure no. V (h) (1)
(f) The aggregate number of equity shares allotted as fully paid up by way of bonus shares in immediately
preceding five years ended March 31, 2015 and the nine months period ended December 31, 2014 and
period ended December 31, 2015 are Nil.
(g) The aggregate number of equity shares issued pursuant to contract, without payment being received in
cash in immediately preceding five years ended March 31, 2015 and the nine months period ended
December 31, 2014 and period ended December 31, 2015 – Nil.
(h) Stock option plans
1. Employee Stock Ownership Scheme (‘ESOS Plan’)
Under the Employee Stock Ownership Scheme (ESOS), options outstanding at face value of ₹ 1 per
equity share are as follows:
Year As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-

12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Number of 3,236,983 11,353,620 11,332,350 11,367,435 12,741,000 12,864,780 12,980,475
options
The grant of options to the employees under ESOS is on the basis of their performance and other
eligibility criteria. Each option entitles the holder to exercise the right to apply for and seek allotment
of one equity share of ₹ 1 each.
All vested options can be exercised on the first exercise date. The Nomination & Remuneration
Committee has decided 28 September 2015 as first exercise date. The details of the grants under the
aforesaid scheme are summarised below:-

Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
1 Grant price (₹) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2 Options granted 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
and outstanding at
the beginning of
the year
3 Options reinstated 3,500
during the year *
4 Options granted - - - - - -
during the year
5 Options 34,000 - - - - - -
cancelled/ lapsed
during the year
6 Options exercised 1,666,425 - - - - - -
and shares
allotted during the
year
7 Options granted 268,090 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
and outstanding at
the end of the
290

291

Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
year
of which -
Options vested 268,090 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015 1,965,015
Options yet to - - - - - -
vest
ESOP Series IV-XXI

Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
1 Grant price 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(₹)
2 Options 9,367,335 9,402,420 9,402,420 10,775,985 10,899,765 11,015,460 10,957,280
granted and
outstanding at
the beginning
of the year
3 Options 454,580
reinstated
during the
year *
4 Options - - - - - - 175,000
granted
during the
year
5 Options 1,054,711 13,815 35,085 1,373,565 123,780 115,695 116,820
cancelled/
lapsed during
the year
6 Options 5,798,311 - - - - -
exercised and
shares allotted
during the
year
7 Options 2,968,893 9,388,605 9,367,335 9,402,420 10,775,985 10,899,765 11,015,460
granted and
outstanding at
the end of the
year
of which -
Options 949,838 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585 4,854,585
vested
Options yet to 2,019,055 4,534,020 4,512,750 4,547,835 5,921,400 6,045,180 6,160,875
vest
* The Company had lapsed unvested options with the employees who had resigned from the
Company. Based on the legal advice, the Company has exercised its discretion in determining that
the former employees in the United States will be allowed to exercise their deferred options and
accordingly, 258,080 options at face value of ₹ 1 (51,616 options at face value of ₹ 5) exercisable
by such former employees have been re-instated and vested.
* The Company had erroneously lapsed 200,000 options at face value of ₹ 1 (40,000 options at face
value of ₹ 5). Subsequently, the Company has decided that these options be restored and vested.
2. Employees Stock Ownership Scheme – 2006 U.S. Stock Option Sub-Plan (‘Sub-Plan’)
291

292
The Company had instituted the Employees Stock Ownership Scheme – 2006 U.S. Stock Option Sub-
Plan (‘Sub-Plan’) for the employees and Directors of its erstwhile subsidiary, GDA Technologies, Inc,
USA. The term of option was 5 years from the date of grant. As per vesting schedule, the options had
to vest over a period of five years, subject to fulfilment of certain conditions specified in the respective
non-statutory stock option agreement. Each option entitles the holder to exercise the right to apply for
and seek allotment of one equity share of ₹ 1 each at an exercise price of USD 2.4 per share. Under the
said plan, options granted, outstanding and vested as at the end of the year are as follows:
Year As at 31-12- As at 31-12- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

2015 2014
Number of options 249,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 450,500 418,500
With effect from 1 April 2010 all employees of GDA Technologies Inc. have been transferred to the
rolls of Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited and deputed to GDA Technologies Inc. Hence the liability
towards stock option amounting to ₹ 27.70 Mn (₹ 23.22 Mn transferred to general reserve and ₹ 4.48
Mn was charged to statement of profit and loss) was created in the books in FY 2010-11.
3. Employees stock options granted and outstanding as at the end of the year on unissued share capital
represent options as follows:
Year As at 31- As at 31- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

12-2015 12- 2014
Number of 3,486,483 11,804,120 11,782,850 11,817,935 13,191,500 13,315,280 13,398,975
options
(Face value
of share ₹ 1)
292

293
Annexure VI: Restated consolidated statement of reserves and surplus
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
1. General reserve
As per last balance sheet 4,490.26 4,490.26 4,490.26 3,580.26 2,976.78 2,476.78 2,100.00
Less : ESOP liability of - - - - - - 23.22
GDA Technologies Inc.
charged to general
reserve on transfer of
employees to Larsen &
Toubro Infotech Limited
payroll
Add : transferred from - - - 910.00 603.48 500.00 400.00
statement of profit and
loss
Add: transferred from 0.05
employee stock options
outstanding
4,490.31 4,490.26 4,490.26 4,490.26 3,580.26 2,976.78 2,476.78
2. Hedging reserve (net of
tax)
Opening balance (366.96) (2,923.11) (2,923.11) (2,694.39) (2,663.11) (658.42) (595.85)
Deduction/(addition) (2,261.85) 870.40 2,556.14 (228.72) (31.28) (2,004.69) (62.57)
during the year
(2,628.81) (2,052.71) (366.97) (2,923.11) (2,694.39) (2,663.11) (658.42)
3. Security premium
reserve
Opening balance 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24
Addition during the year 168.59 - - - - - -
1,349.83 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24 1,181.24
4. Profit and loss account
Opening balance 14,193.22 12,223.28 12,223.28 10,301.84 8,695.73 7,825.32 6,682.82
Add: profit for the year 6,876.16 5,521.76 7,691.61 9,283.42 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
Less: depreciation - 12.27 12.27 - - - -
charged against retained
earnings
Add : deferred tax - 2.17 2.17 - - - -
charged against retained
earnings
21,069.38 17,734.94 19,904.79 19,585.26 14,432.99 12,156.80 9,992.83
Less: appropriations
(a) General reserve - - - 910.00 603.48 500.00 400.00
(b) Interim dividend 2,987.99 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1,515.75
(c) Tax on dividend 572.44 645.17 906.32 937.23 496.17 413.32 251.76
Balance to be carried 17,508.95 13,590.64 14,193.22 12,223.28 10,301.84 8,695.73 7,825.32
forward
5. Foreign currency
translation reserve
Opening Balance 266.07 631.60 631.60 521.65 372.95 62.01 (13.46)
Add: transfer (98.35) 12.27 (365.53) 109.95 148.70 310.94 75.47
Closing balance 167.72 643.87 266.07 631.60 521.65 372.95 62.01
6. Employee stock
options outstanding
As per last balance sheet 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.74 339.07 278.68
Add: addition during the - - - - - - 61.05
year
293

294

12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Less : deductions during 266.70 - - - 0.33 0.33 0.66
the year
Less : transferred to 0.05 - - - - - -
general reserve
71.66 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.41 338.74 339.07
7. Deferred employee
compensation expense
As per last balance sheet - - - (2.27) (9.98) (29.52) (35.38)
Add: addition during the - - - - - - (61.05)
year
Less : deductions during - - - (2.27) (7.71) (19.54) (66.91)
the year
- - - - (2.27) (9.98) (29.52)
RESERVES AND 20,959.66 18,191.71 20,102.23 15,941.68 13,226.74 10,892.35 11,196.48
SURPLUS
294

295
Annexure VII: Restated consolidated statement of long-term borrowings
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Long-term
borrowings
Secured loans*
Term loans from - 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
bank
- 140.08 138.89 266.29 361.90 452.22 -
*Details of secured loans –long-term
Nature of term Rate of Repayment terms Prepayment Security offered

loan interest charges
External USD Repayable in equal half-yearly No charges Secured against
commercial LIBOR (3 instalments of USD 1.11 Million applicable on hypothecation of the
borrowings months) + each commencing from 19 October prepayment Company’s movable
(ECB) 2.5% 2012 and ending on 14 October fixed assets
2016.
295

296
Annexure VIII: Restated consolidated statement of deferred tax
(i) Deferred tax liabilities
₹ Million
Deferred tax asset/(liability)
Particulars As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at
12-2015 12-2014 03- 2015 03-2014 03- 2013 03 2012 31-03-
2011
Depreciation / amortisation (289.54) (452.95) (411.15) (528.30) (581.05) (504.63) (66.21)
Gain on derivative transactions (222.73) (166.59) (304.09) - - -
Branch profit tax (400.85) (295.46) (323.40) (234.68) - -
Premia on derivative transaction (526.42) - - - - - -
Total (1,439.54) (915.00) (1,038.64) (762.98) (581.05) (504.63) (66.21)
Deferred tax assets
Non capital losses and deferred expenses 122.73 275.30 234.65 296.44 - -
Provision for doubtful debts and advances 29.82 5.76 7.19 3.04 - -
Provision for employee benefits 96.74 63.37 60.50 49.64 - - 0.57
Loss on derivative transactions 31.31 114.69 498.30 - - -
Realised gain on derivative transaction 50.83
Others 0.01 - (0.03) 0.01 373.85 386.35 38.22
Total 331.44 459.12 800.61 349.13 373.85 386.35 38.79
Net deferred tax liability (1,108.10) (455.88) (238.03) (413.85) (207.20) (118.28) (27.42)
(ii) Deferred tax assets
₹ Million
Particulars Deferred tax asset/(liability)
12-2015 12-2014 03 2015 03-2014 03 2013 03 2012 03-2011
Depreciation / amortisation 0.68 0.76 0.69 0.76 0.58 (28.25) (41.08)
Allowance on Income received in advance (2.27) - (2.27) - - - -
Others - - (1.85) (2.47) (2.48)
Total (1.59) 0.76 (1.58) 0.76 (1.27) (30.72) (43.56)
Deferred tax assets
Provision for doubtful debts and advances - - 15.75 9.03 56.70
Provision for employee benefits 1.37 5.50 3.53 1.13 44.59 42.99 35.21
Income received in advance 2.36 - 2.34 - - - -
Depreciation / amortisation - 4.38 5.72 - - - -
Others (0.25) (0.82) 0.28 - - - 9.71
Total 3.48 9.06 11.87 1.13 60.34 52.02 101.62
Net deferred tax asset 1.89 9.82 10.29 1.89 59.07 21.30 58.06
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
(Add)/less Amount charged to statement (498.57) 11.61 (35.76) (261.85) (46.99) (119.79) 54.27
of Profit and loss
(Add)/less Charged to hedge reserve (385.63) (51.90) 194.21 - - - -
(Add)/less Exchange (gain)/loss on 5.73 (2.05) 17.53 (1.98) (4.16) (7.83) -
translation
(Add)/less Charged against retained - 2.17 2.17 - - - -
earnings
(Add)/less Deferred tax asset taken over - 6.07 6.07 - - - -
pursuant to amalgamation of
ISRC
296

297
Annexure IX: Restated consolidated statement of other long-term liabilities and long term provisions
(A) Other long-term liabilities
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Forward 986.35 635.18 447.46 673.92 1,170.20 1,955.48 768.69
contract
payable
Other 102.67 75.19 90.89 55.19 86.68 66.71 46.97
payables
1,089.02 710.37 538.35 729.11 1,256.88 2,022.19 815.66
(B) Long-term provisions
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Provisions for
employee benefits
Post retirement 116.61 113.92 103.71 88.63 90.69 42.10 36.23
medical benefits
Provision for interest - - - 42.43 3.61 9.15 -
rate guarantee(PF)
116.61 113.92 103.71 131.06 94.30 51.25 36.23
297

298
Annexure X: Restated consolidated statement of short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-
term borrowings
(A) Short-term borrowings
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Secured loans*
Other loans from 146.35 383.67 600.00 26.86 1,093.97 1,411.45 589.33
banks
Unsecured loans
Other loans from 198.46 1,200.02 1,297.48 673.84 759.91 768.17 567.90
banks
Inter corporate - - - - 1,000.00
borrowings (holding
company)
344.81 1,583.69 1,897.48 700.70 1,853.88 2,179.62 2,157.23
*Details of secured loans – short-term
₹ Million
Nature of Amount Rate of Repayment terms Prepayment Security offered
term loan outstanding as interest charges
on 31
December 2015
Packing 132.31 USD Full amount None Secured against
credit LIBOR (3 payable on hypothecation of the
months) + maturity alongwith Company’s movable
0.50% interest for the accounts receivable
period.
Overdraft 14.04 10.50% NA NA
Except as at 31 March 2011, there are no short-term borrowings from holding company (subsequently
repaid). There are no borrowings from other related parties.
(B) Current maturities of long-term borrowings
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Long-term
borrowings
Secured loans*
Term loans from 147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
bank
147.01 140.08 138.89 133.14 120.63 56.53 -
* Refer annexure VII for security and other terms and conditions of the loans.
298

299
Annexure XI: Restated consolidated statement of trade payables, other current liabilities and short-term
provisions
(A) Trade payables
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Trade
payables
Due to - 176.74 174.22 188.25 573.43 360.02 507.76
holding
company
Due to fellow - - - 117.45 - - -
subsidiaries
Due to others 3,507.37 2,766.87 2,545.25 2,109.10 1,491.75 1,655.00 1.572.07
3,507.37 2,943.61 2,719.47 2,414.80 2,065.18 2,015.02 2,079.83
(B) Other current liabilities
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Forward contract 1,684.22 1,308.89 89.22 2,289.49 1,642.22 985.59 167.70
payable
Interest accrued 0.98 1.40 2.41 2.29 2.96 4.10
but not due on
borrowings
Other payables 2,356.48 1,366.02 1,631.85 1,444.11 875.16 722.64 668.96
4,041.68 2,676.31 1,723.48 3,735.89 2,520.34 1,712.33 836.66
(C) Short-term provisions
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Provisions for
employee
benefits
Gratuity 60.16 89.46 97.33 29.39 88.01 140.68 53.69
Compensated 490.41 450.41 455.72 396.65 333.13 269.89 236.37
absences
Post retirement 0.24 0.17 0.24 0.16 0.12 0.09 0.12
medical benefits
Others 2,769.08 2,171.76 2,236.75 1,765.32 1,353.62 1,186.09 939.40
3,319.89 2,711.80 2,790.04 2,191.52 1,774.88 1,596.75 1,229.58
Other provisions
Income-tax 250.09 20.05 14.70 174.42 0.46 10.99 886.78
Others* 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70
Total 3,580.68 2,742.55 2,815.44 2,376.64 1,786.04 1,618.44 2,127.06
* Disclosure pursuant to Accounting Standard (AS) 29 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and

Contingent Assets”

12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
1 Provision for 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
sales tax
2 Provision for 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70 6.70
299

300

12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
others
Total 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70 10.70
provision
Nature of provisions:
i) Provision for sales tax pertains to claim made by the authorities on certain transaction of
capital nature for the year 2002-03.
ii) Provision for others represents liabilities relating to matters in dispute.
300

301
Annexure XII: Restated consolidated statement of investments
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Trade investments (at cost)
Long term investment
100,000 fully paid equity shares - - - - - - -
of USD 1 (₹ 53) in Pan Health,
USA
Non trade investments

Investments in mutual funds - - - - - 20.00 60.39
Total non current investments - - - - - 20.00 60.39
301

302
Annexure XIII: Restated consolidated statement of long-term loans and advances
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Considered good
Premia on forward 1,117.45 870.60 874.90 768.15 823.03 479.04 1,001.23
contracts
Advances towards 3.65 - - - - - -
equity commitments
458.16 342.81 372.39 378.28 207.53 290.29 238.85
Deposits
Capital advances 5.63 5.28 6.64 42.10 82.19 12.15 46.34
Advance tax current - 8.91 35.65 - - - -
year (net of
provision)
Advances 2,329.78 1,180.00 1,150.21 1,346.31 818.82 585.31 508.31
recoverable in cash or
in kind
3,914.67 2,407.60 2,439.79 2,534.84 1,931.57 1,366.79 1,794.73
There are no long-term loans and advances given to related parties including directors and holding company.
302

303
Annexure: XIV: Restated consolidated statement of current investments
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Investment in 860.37 961.97 1,035.51 1,687.77 486.63 570.51 1,031.39
mutual funds
Details of quoted investments:
₹ Million
Particulars As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Aggregate amount
of quoted current
investments and
market value thereof
Book value 860.37 961.97 1,035.51 1,687.77 486.63 570.51 1,031.76
Market value 860.79 1,001.38 1,037.02 1,706.11 487.98 577.02 1,031.39
303

304
Annexure XV: Restated consolidated statement of trade receivables
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Trade receivables
Unsecured
Debts outstanding for
a period exceeding
six months
Considered good 317.70 139.12 65.16 49.93 110.73 505.69 537.51
Considered doubtful 244.48 184.41 175.30 34.33 95.74 61.24 228.38
562.18 323.53 240.46 84.26 206.47 566.93 765.89
Other debts
Considered good
-Due from holding 375.44 - - - - - -
company
- Due from fellow 123.69 57.40 87.91 - 28.09 17.19 62.03
subsidiaries
- Others 9,092.97 8,435.38 10,748.09 9,259.93 7,271.70 6,322.62 4,660.71
10,154.28 8,816.31 11,076.46 9,344.19 7,506.26 6,906.74 5,488.63
Less : Allowance for (244.48) (184.41) (175.30) (34.33) (95.74) (61.24) (228.38)
bad and doubtful
debts
9,909.80 8,631.90 10,901.16 9,309.86 7,410.52 6,845.50 5,260.25
There are no receivables from holding company (except at 31 December 2015) and directors.
304

305
Annexure XVI: Restated consolidated statement of unbilled revenue, cash and bank and short-term loans
and advances
(A) Unbilled revenue
Unbilled revenues comprise revenue recognised in relation to services performed in accordance with
contract terms but not billed.
(B) Cash and bank balances
₹ Million
Cash and Bank As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31- As at 31-
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Cash on hand 0.63 0.73 0.67 0.56 0.76 0.73 0.37
Balances with banks
- in current accounts
Overseas 2,790.42 1,058.79 1,078.30 843.10 647.93 650.14 454.39
Domestic 263.98 165.42 235.72 236.18 18.80 184.91 93.91
Remittances in transit 3.16 68.76 221.58 177.02 423.24 124.26 255.17
Fixed deposits (maturity 666.83 560.07 125.57 212.89 1.18 148.50 445.99
less than 3 months )
3,724.39 1,853.04 1,661.84 1,469.75 1,091.91 1,108.54 1,249.83
Other bank balance
Fixed deposit with bank - - - - - 150.00 210.00
with more than 3 months
but less than 12 months
maturity
Cash and bank balance not 25.12 119.94 347.37 119.36 101.81 62.55 2.58
available for immediate
use*
3,750.14 1,973.71 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09 1,462.41
*Other bank balance not available for immediate use being in nature of security for guarantees issued
by bank on behalf of the Company, collaterals etc.
(C) Short-term loans and advances
₹ Million
12-2015 12-2014 03-2015 03-2014 03-2013 03-2012 03-2011
Considered good
Loans against 0.03 0.12 0.10 0.20 0.54 0.23 0.42
mortgage of house
property
Premia on forward 2,532.91 1,557.11 1,723.63 1,146.85 594.63 1,025.41 168.09
contracts
Interest receivable 1.17 21.34 6.86 8.47 5.14 12.77 28.87
Deposits 93.56 105.31 126.43 59.61 147.31 37.14 67.96
Advance tax current 4.42 16.46 163.04 6.71 27.06 20.33 -
year (net of
provision)
Advances recoverable
in cash or in kind
-Considered good 2,929.23 3,131.71 3,534.46 2,411.99 2,051.64 1,745.52 2,329.01
-Considered doubtful 3.69 4.85 6.06 4.85 4.85 10.27 13.98
Less : Allowance for (3.69) (4.85) (6.06) (4.85) (4.85) (10.27) (13.98)
doubtful advances
5,561.32 4,832.05 5,554.52 3,633.83 2,826.32 2,841.40 2,594.35
There are no short-term loans and advances given to related parties including directors and holding
company.
305

306
Annexure XVII: Restated consolidated statement of other income
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Income from current 55.51 97.87 141.26 79.58 103.75 87.03 106.66
investment in mutual funds
Profit on sale of fixed - - - 1.81 2.98 3.32 12.23
assets
Foreign exchange 2,359.42 427.24 667.81 (1,048.05) (19.25) (107.05) 480.62
gain/(loss)
Provision for doubtful 1.08 0.23 - - - 4.59 2.33
debts no longer required
Miscellaneous income 44.44 61.31 83.12 58.57 103.58 73.36 46.11
2,478.83 604.32 915.00 (833.18) 221.04 95.84 715.11
306

307
Annexure XVIII: Restated consolidated statement of other expenses
₹ Million
(A) Employee benefit Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
expenses Dec’15 Dec’14
Salaries including 26,168.16 21,763.43 28,056.30 26,246.94 21,323.31 17,467.94 13,549.39
overseas staff
expenses
Staff welfare 624.06 605.37 799.93 938.79 759.82 696.97 605.62
Contribution to 255.69 173.04 249.93 320.42 252.37 233.69 183.79
provident and other
funds
Contribution to 39.91 40.99 44.71 38.67 56.35 89.94 86.92
superannuation fund
Contribution to 59.15 85.87 91.86 36.75 94.08 146.76 59.78
gratuity fund
27,146.97 22,688.70 29,242.73 27,581.57 22,485.93 18,635.30 14,485.50
₹ Million
(B) Operating expenses Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Communication 141.50 126.14 168.11 176.54 117.52 108.99 121.21
expenses
Lease finance 40.58 84.27 112.16 108.92 110.44 133.73 -
charges
Consultancy charges 2,053.63 1,881.35 3,458.95 3,607.47 2,053.84 1,709.73 1,559.18
Cost of software 339.49 334.90 403.65 397.26 326.01 250.64 185.40
packages for own use
Cost of bought-out 1,098.53 362.59 742.76 548.28 272.10 249.58 276.73
items for resale
Raw materials - - - 53.04 40.09 122.61 75.45
consumed
3,673.73 2,789.25 4,885.63 4,891.51 2,920.00 2,575.28 2,217.97
₹ Million
(C) Sales, Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
administration and Dec’15 Dec’14
other expenses
Travelling and 1,036.63 866.56 1,202.05 1,198.54 999.71 866.01 790.71
conveyance
Rent and 1,181.06 1,109.64 1,459.43 1,458.28 1,419.26 1,163.27 940.69
establishment
expenses
Telephone charges 282.04 268.35 344.52 360.70 315.48 277.04 259.46
and postage
Legal and 425.82 387.24 562.58 657.06 326.00 315.37 279.66
professional charges
Printing and 18.32 22.32 29.21 25.97 25.54 28.26 25.85
stationery
Advertisement 82.80 71.33 92.69 68.94 36.71 49.73 39.30
Entertainment 49.32 42.80 57.29 50.34 32.12 26.57 24.16
Recruitment expenses 115.01 121.77 132.70 99.39 74.30 81.59 78.60
Repairs to building 137.78 102.60 135.43 104.47 105.14 93.85 68.63
Repairs to computers 54.63 73.09 93.16 96.34 101.55 86.72 70.95
General repairs and 239.31 179.17 253.51 242.63 165.79 113.86 83.86
maintenance
Power and fuel 259.29 218.38 290.26 309.52 283.10 237.29 267.88
Equipment hire 11.95 5.20 10.19 7.67 7.83 11.00 13.48
charges
307

308
(C) Sales, Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

administration and Dec’15 Dec’14
other expenses
Insurance charges 130.21 126.02 165.74 117.52 116.00 78.89 68.22
Rates and taxes 296.84 245.03 358.46 217.15 113.23 113.63 80.41
Allowance for 71.62 147.67 190.47 8.33 84.30 18.28 14.56
doubtful debts and
advances
Bad debts 4.90 3.06 39.13 66.58 42.72 178.50 33.68
Less : Provision (4.90) (3.06) (39.13) (66.58) (42.81) (179.06) (29.62)
written back
Commission paid 5.30 - 0.62 18.15 13.69 7.11 7.97
Books, periodicals 13.02 12.07 29.09 11.41 28.12 14.26 10.36
and Subscriptions
Directors fees 1.13 0.75 0.93 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.58
Commission to 3.00 2.81 3.60 3.73 4.46 2.56 -
director
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Loss on sale of fixed 0.51 - 7.18 - - - -
assets
Miscellaneous 244.34 134.42 181.97 193.01 147.62 114.97 107.72
expenses
Amortisation of cost - 6.35 6.35 9.52 3.17 11.62 33.08
of long term projects
*
4,659.93 4,143.57 5,607.43 5,259.07 4,403.55 3,711.94 3,270.19
* Cost incurred for long term projects mainly comprise of legal and employee related costs to secure long
term projects.
308

309
Annexure XIX: Restated consolidated statement of finance cost
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Interest paid on
Fixed loans 26.70 16.14 46.94 101.32 87.18 49.85 24.18
On others 17.65 0.56 9.29 0.82 10.50 11.00 42.18
Lease finance charges - - - 0.03 - 0.40 0.45
44.35 16.70 56.23 102.17 97.68 61.25 66.81
Exchange (gain)/loss on 72.42 65.80 47.96 203.17 110.44 281.17 29.67
borrowings (net)
116.77 82.50 104.19 305.34 208.12 342.42 96.48
309

310
Annexure XX: Restated consolidated statement of provision for taxation
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
Current tax on continuing 1,957.85 1,574.32 2,141.09 1,979.11 1,685.09 1,529.03 879.12
operations
MAT credit entitlement (842.16) (350.34) (505.04) (188.82) - - (278.48)
for current year
MAT credit entitlement - - - (2.09) - (277.90) -
for earlier years
Provision for earlier 18.05 (9.28) (5.60) (107.17) (54.09) 38.14 40.84
year/excess provision for
earlier year written back
Total current taxes (a) 1,133.74 1,214.70 1,630.45 1,681.03 1,631.00 1,289.27 641.48
Current tax on - 1.69 1.69 129.25 191.54 - -
(b)
*Capital gains tax on sale - 14.87 14.87 592.68 - - -

of PES business unit
MAT credit entitlement - - - (176.56) - - -
on capital gains tax for
current year
Capital gain tax on sale - 14.87 14.87 416.12 - - -

of PES business (c)
Current tax (a) +(b)+(c) 1,133.74 1,231.26 1,647.01 2,226.40 1,822.54 1,289.27 641.48
310

311
Annexure XXI: Restated consolidated statement of contingent liabilities
₹ Million
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Dec’15 Dec’14
1. Income-tax liability that may 1,507.60 912.69 1,167.47 910.03 48.22 44.31 47.77
arise in respect of which the
Company is in appeal*
2. Corporate guarantee given on 5,745.57 5,790.25 5,395.70 5,681.29 5,445.98 3,572.98 3,173.80
behalf of subsidiary**
3. Service tax refund disallowed, 10.82 4.52 - - - -
in respect of which the company
is in process of filing appeal #
4. Bill discounted with banks - - - 59.71 157.62 -
5. Sales tax liability, in respect of 1.28 1.28 1.28 - - - -
which the Company is in appeal
6. Legal notice served by a vendor 0.02 0.02 0.02
for unpaid dues, disputed by the
Company
7,265.29 6,704.24 6,568.99 6,591.32 5,553.91 3,774.91 3,221.57
* Out of contingent tax liability for the period April’15-Dec’15 ₹ 1,443.56 Mn (including interest of ₹ 263.81
Mn), for the period April’14-Dec’14 ₹ 866.26 Mn (including interest of ₹ 24.06 Mn) for FY 2014-15, ₹1,099.79
Mn (including interest of ₹263.71 Mn), for FY 2013-14, ₹ 866.26 Mn (including interest of ₹ 240.57 Mn), for
FY 2012-13, ₹ 29.63 Mn (including interest of ₹ 18.59 Mn), for FY 2011-12, ₹ 25.72 Mn (including interest of
₹ 18.59 Mn), for FY 2010-11, 31.85 Mn (including interest of ₹15.92 Mn) pertains to the tax demand arising on
account of disallowance of exemption under section 10A on profits earned by STPI Units on onsite export
revenue. The Company is pursuing appeal against these demands before the relevant Appellate Authorities.
The Company believes that its position is likely to be upheld by Appellate Authorities and considering the facts,
the ultimate outcome of these proceedings is not likely to have material adverse effect on the results of
operations or the financial position of the Company.
** (a)The Company has given a corporate guarantee on behalf of its wholly owned subsidiary, L&T Infotech
Financial Services Technologies Inc., Canada. The guarantee is for performance of all obligations by L&T
Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc., Canada in connection with the long term annuity services
contracts obtained by them. The obligation under this guarantee is limited in aggregate to the amount of CAD
70,000,000.
(b)The Company has given a corporate guarantee on behalf of its subsidiary, Larsen And Toubro Infotech South
Africa (Proprietary) Limited. The guarantee is for performance of all obligations by Larsen And Toubro
Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited in connection with the Application Testing Service contract. The
obligation under this guarantee is limited in aggregate to the amount of USD 31,414,785.
(c) The Company has given a corporate guarantee on behalf of its subsidiary, Larsen And Toubro Infotech
South Africa (Proprietary) Limited. The guarantee is for performance of all obligations by Larsen And Toubro
Infotech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited in connection with software development services and related
services. The obligation under this guarantee is limited in aggregate to the amount of USD 5,000,000.
# The Company had filed refund of accumulated service tax credit in accordance with relevant CENVAT credit
Rules. However, the department has disallowed certain portion of such refunds considering the same as
ineligible, as not related with export and output services. The Company is in process of filing appeal against
these disallowances before the relevant Authorities and hopeful of getting a favourable order.
For FY 2011-12
Two terminated employees in USA had initiated litigation against the Company in FY 2011-12. The processes
of the litigations were at the initial stages. While the Company’s management believed that it had a valid
defense against the allegations made, management was neither able to predict the final outcome of the
proceedings nor was it possible to estimate the monetary impact of an adverse decision. Management, however,
311

312
did not reasonably expect that these litigations, when concluded and determined, will have any material and
adverse effect on the operations or the financial position of the Company. The matter has since been concluded.
312

313
Annexure XXII: Restated consolidated statement of related parties
(A) Key management Personnel:
Name Status
Mr. V K Magapu Managing Director *
Mr. Sanjay Jalona Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director **
Mr. Chandrashekara Chief Operating Officer & Executive Director ***
Kakal
Mr. K R L Narasimham Executive Director #
Mr. Vivek Chopra Chief Executive (Industrials Cluster) & Executive Director $
Dr. Mukesh Aghi Chief Executive (Services Cluster) & Executive Director ^
Mr. Sunil Pande Executive Director ^^
* Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of September 25, 2015
** Appointed as Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director w.e.f. August 10, 2015
*** Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of August 26, 2015
# Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of April 7, 2015
$ Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of December 31, 2014
^ Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of February 28, 2015
^^
Ceased to be Director w.e.f. the close of working hours of August 25, 2015
(B) List of related parties with whom there were transactions during nine months period April 2015 to
December 2015 and April 2014 and December 2014 and any of the five years FY 2014-15, FY 2013-
14, FY 2012-13, FY 2011-12, FY 2010-11
Name Relationship
Larsen & Toubro Limited Holding Company
L&T MHPS Turbine Generators Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Seawoods Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T - MHPS Boilers Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro (East Asia) SDN.BDH Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Howden Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T-Valdel Engineering Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudia LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited* Fellow Subsidiary
TAMCO Switchgear (Malaysia) SDN. BHD Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Electricals and Automation Saudi Arabia Company Limited LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Finance Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T General Insurance Company Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Power Development Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Power Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T-Sargent & Lundy Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Realty Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T BPP Tollway Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Kuwait Construction General Contracting Company, Fellow Subsidiary
With Limited Liability
Larsen & Toubro Heavy Engineering LLC Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited Fellow Subsidiary
313

314
Name Relationship
L&T Kobelco Machinery Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Cutting Tools Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Technology Services Limited** Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Valves Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro Hydrocarbon International Limited LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Investment Management Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Construction Equipment Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen & Toubro LLC Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited Fellow Subsidiary
Larsen and Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC Fellow Subsidiary
Nabha Power Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Electrical & Automation FZE Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary
L&T Technology Services LLC Fellow Subsidiary
Family Credit Limited Fellow Subsidiary
* This company was demerged from Larsen & Toubro Limited into new entity named L&T
Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited effective April 2013. Transactions from 1 April 2010 to 31
March 2013 are including under holding company whereas transactions from 1 April 2013 to 31
March 2015 are shown separately as fellow subsidiary.
** Integrated Engineering Services (IES) unit from Larsen & Toubro Limited was transferred to L&T
Technology Services Limited effective April 2014. Transactions from 1 April 2010 to 31 March
2014 are including under holding company whereas transactions for FY 2014-15 are shown
separately as fellow subsidiary.
(C) Restated consolidated statement of related party transactions:
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Transaction
Sale of services / products 614.47 216.20 352.00 635.68 422.83 346.70 430.78
Holding Company
- Larsen & Toubro 614.47 216.20 352.00 635.68 422.83 346.70 430.78
Limited
- L&T General Insurance 5.64 19.21 24.79 29.49 51.42 47.61 76.18
Company Limited
- L&T Power Limited 3.05 28.71 - 30.41 33.93 49.56 27.34
- L&T Realty Limited - - - - - - -
- Larsen & Toubro LLC 23.56 22.49 30.14 29.48 - - -
- L&T Finance Limited 9.91 8.69 11.79 9.21 22.68 16.86 -
- L&T Construction 8.72 14.49 18.18 16.82 15.89 - -
Equipment Limited
- L&T Metro Rail 34.73 51.03 60.14 - - - -
(Hyderabad) Limited
- L&T Technology 40.73 31.00 53.12 7.01 - - -
Services Limited
- L&T Modular - - - - - 22.87 -
- Larsen and Toubro - - 2.75 - - 3.72 35.75
Saudi Arabia LLC
- TAMCO Switchgear - - - - - - 29.07
(Malaysia) SDN. BHD
- L&T Hydrocarbon 51.63 44.67 59.13 49.94 - - -
314

315

Dec’15 Dec’14
Engineering Limited
- L&T Modular - - - - 0.44 22.87 -
- L&T Thales 81.87 - - - - - -
Technology Services
Private Limited
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Sale of assets
Holding Company - - - 17.13 30.52 23.66 68.06
- Larsen & Toubro Limited - - - 17.13 30.52 23.66 68.06
- L&T Technology Services - - - 11.73 - - -
Limited
Purchase of services
Holding Company 574.83 750.40 1,034.96 1,754.22 1,428.88 1,079.56 842.00
- Larsen & Toubro Limited 574.83 750.40 1,034.96 1,754.22 1,428.88 1,079.56 842.00
Fellow subsidiaries 509.35 569.09 788.45 234.22 - - 8.73

- L&T Technology Services 509.35 569.09 788.45 234.22 - -
Limited
- L&T Valdel Engineering - - - - - - 8.73
Limited
Overheads charged by
Holding Company 96.04 72.22 125.82 212.29 220.11 253.40 168.25
- Larsen & Toubro Limited 96.04 72.22 125.82 212.29 220.11 253.40 168.25

- Larsen & Toubro (East 14.07 15.04 24.43 - 0.21 1.75 -
Asia) SDN.BDH
- L&T Electrical & 5.38 4.21 5.81 - - - -
Automation FZE
- Larsen & Toubro Kuwait 5.42 8.52 10.76 10.19 5.41 3.44 -
Construction General
Contracting Company, With
Limited Liability
- L&T Power Limited - - 1.27 - -
L&T Technology Services 0.25 0.39 0.39 - - - -
Limited
- Larsen &Toubro - - - 0.05 0.28 1.89 0.28
Electromech LLC
- L & T Electricals and - - - 0.62 0.92 - -
Automation Saudi Arabia
Company Limited LLC
- L&T Finance Limited - - - 0.32 0.18 - 3.94
Overheads charged to
Holding Company 44.48 62.42 65.57 373.21 341.52 513.56 390.26
- Larsen & Toubro Limited 44.48 62.42 65.57 373.21 341.52 513.56 390.26
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
- L&T Technology Services 370.50 572.11 707.93 144.57 - - -
315

316

Dec’15 Dec’14
Limited
- L&T Hydrocarbon - 0.09 1.67 47.17 - - -
Engineering limited
- L&T Power Limited - 0.02 - 0.90 0.13 0.06 2.04
- L&T Valdel Engineering - - - - - 8.13 2.76
Limited
- L&T Infrastructure - - - - - - 2.09
Development Projects
Limited
- L&T Power Development - - - - - - 1.02
Limited
Commission received
from
Holding Company - - - 14.70 5.93 0.98 4.82
- Larsen & Toubro Limited - - 14.70 5.93 0.98 4.82
Fellow subsidiaries 4.28 16.27 18.40 4.66 - - -

- L&T Technology Services 4.28 16.27 18.40 4.66 - - -
Limited
Lease rent paid
- L&T Finance Limited 0.07 0.38 0.52 1.41 2.70 8.56 16.21
Commission paid to
Holding Company - - - 16.70 11.70 - -
- Larsen & Toubro Limited - - - 16.70 11.70 - -
Fellow subsidiaries - 0.62 0.62 - - - -

- Larsen & Toubro Kuwait - 0.62 0.62 - - - -
Construction General
Contracting Company With
Limited Liability
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Interest paid
Holding Company - - - 1.90 0.01 32.72 23.05
- Larsen & Toubro Limited - - - 1.90 0.01 32.72 23.05
Interest received
Holding Company - - - 53.43 - - -
- Larsen & Toubro Limited - - - 53.43 - - -
Unsecured loan given to

Holding Company - - - 4,500.00 - - -
- Larsen & Toubro Limited - - - 4,500.00 - - -
Unsecured loan taken
from
Holding Company - - - 400.00 - - 1,000.00
- Larsen & Toubro Limited - - - 400.00 - - 1,000.00
Trade receivables
Holding Company 375.44 - 0.01 2.54 9.87 0.34 -
Trade payables
316

317

Dec’15 Dec’14
Holding Company - 176.74 174.23 190.79 583.30 360.36 507.76
Fellow subsidiaries - - 0.89 117.68 - - -
Interim dividend paid
Holding company 2,987.99 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1,515.75
- Larsen & Toubro Limited 2,910.56 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1,515.75
317

318
Annexure XXIII: Restated consolidated statement of accounting ratios
(A) Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) at face value of ₹ 5
Basic earnings Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

per share Dec’15 Dec’14
Restated profit - 5,442.68 7,612.53 6,886.10 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
after tax (₹
Million)
Weighted - 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000
average number
of shares
outstanding
Basic EPS (₹) - 168.77 236.05 213.52 177.90 134.31 102.64
Diluted earnings Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

per share Dec’15 Dec’14
Weighted - 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000
average number
of shares
outstanding
Add : weighted - 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,447,620
average number
of potential
equity shares on
account of
employee options
Weighted - 33,704,020 33,704,020 33,704,020 33,704,020 33,704,020 33,697,620
average number
of shares
outstanding
Diluted EPS (₹) - 161.48 225.86 204.31 170.22 128.52 98.23
Basic earnings per Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11
Restated profit after - 5,521.76 7,691.61 9,283.42 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
tax (₹ Million)
Weighted average - 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000
number of shares
outstanding
Basic EPS (₹) - 171.22 238.50 287.86 177.90 134.31 102.64
Weighted average - 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000 32,250,000
number of shares
outstanding
Add : weighted - 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,454,020 1,447,620
average number of
potential equity shares
on account of
employee options
Weighted average - 33,704,020
number of shares 33,704,020 33,704,020 33,704,020 33,704,020 33,697,620
outstanding
Diluted EPS (₹) - 163.83 228.21 275.44 170.22 128.52 98.23
318

319
(B) Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) at face value of ₹ 1
Basic Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

earnings per Dec’15 Dec’14
share
Restated profit 6,876.16 5,442.68 7,612.53 6,886.10 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
after tax (₹
Million)
Weighted 162,017,458 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000
average
number of
shares
outstanding
Basic EPS (₹) *42.44 *33.75 47.21 42.70 35.58 26.86 20.53
Diluted Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

share
Weighted 162,017,458 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000
average
number of
shares
outstanding
Add : weighted 1,127,952 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,238,100
average
number of
potential equity
shares on
account of
employee
options
Weighted 163,145,410 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,488,100
average
number of
shares
outstanding
Diluted EPS *42.15 *32.30 45.17 40.86 34.04 25.70 19.65
(₹)
Basic Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

share
Restated profit 6,876.16 5,521.76 7,691.61 9,283.42 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
after tax (₹
Million)
Weighted 162,017,458 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000
average
number of
shares
outstanding
Basic EPS (₹) *42.44 *34.24 47.70 57.57 35.58 26.86 20.53
Diluted Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

share
Weighted 162,017,458 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000 161,250,000
average number
of shares
outstanding
Add : weighted 1,127,952 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,270,100 7,238,100
average number
319

320
Diluted Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

share
of potential
equity shares
on account of
employee
options
Weighted 163,145,410 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,520,100 168,488,100
average number
of shares
outstanding
Diluted EPS *42.15 *32.77 45.64 55.09 34.04 25.70 19.65
(₹)
* Earning per share for the nine months period April 15 to December 15 & April 14 to December 14 is
not annualised.
22 June 2015. Consequently disclosure of EPS is given both before and after the split for convenience
of readers.
(C) Net asset value per share at face value of ₹ 5
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
Net asset value per - 569.08 628.32 499.32 415.13 342.75 352.18
share
(D) Net asset value per share at face value of ₹ 1
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
Net asset value per 125.08 113.82 125.66 98.86 83.03 68.55 70.44
share
22 June 2015. Consequently disclosure of net asset value per share is given both before and after the
split for convenience of readers.
(E) Return on net worth
Apr’15- Apr’14- 2014-15 2013-14 2012-13 2011-12 2010-11

Dec’15 Dec’14
Restated profit after 6,876.16 5,442.68 7,612.53 6,886.10 5,737.26 4,331.48 3,310.01
tax (₹ Million)
Average net worth 20,696.03 17,227.95 18,183.20 14,745.46 12,220.80 11,205.67 10,558.51
Return of net *33.22% *31.59% 41.87% 46.70% 46.95% 38.65% 31.35%
worth %
* The return on net worth for the nine months period April 15 to December 15 & April 14 to December
14 is not annualised.
1) Earnings per share (Basic) = Net profit attributable to equity shareholders

Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding
during the year
2) Earnings per share (Diluted) = Net profit attributable to equity shareholders

Weighted average number of diluted equity shares
outstanding during the year
320

321
3) Net asset value per share = Net worth at the end of the year
Equity shares outstanding at the end of the year
4) Return on net worth = Net profit after tax

Average net worth
321

322
Annexure XXIV: Restated consolidated capitalisation statement
₹ Million
Particulars Pre issue as As adjusted for IPO
at 31 December 2015 (Refer note below)
Secured loans 293.36 293.36
Unsecured loans 198.46 198.46
Total debt 491.82 491.82
Share capital (A) 168.92 168.92
Reserves and surplus (B) 20,959.66 20,959.66
- - General reserve 4,490.31 4,490.31
- - Hedging reserve (2,628.81) (2,628.81)
- - Securities premium reserve 1,349.83 1,349.83
- - Profit and loss account 17,508.95 17,508.95
- Employee stock options outstanding 71.66 71.66
- Foreign currency translation reserve 167.72 167.72
Total shareholders’ funds 21,128.58 21,128.58
(A) + (B)
Debt equity ratio 0.02 0.02
(Number of times)
Note: Larsen and Toubro Limited (the holding company) is proposing to offer the equity shares of the Company
to the public by way of an initial public offering. Hence there will be no change in the shareholders’ funds post
issue.
322

323
Annexure XXV: Restated consolidated statement of dividend paid
₹ Million
Dec’15 Dec’14
Dividend paid on equity shares
Rate of dividend (%) (Face value 1,805% - - - - - -
of ₹ 1 per share)
Rate of dividend (%) (Face value - 2,170% 2,980% 3,420% 1,880% 1,580% 940%
of ₹ 5 per share)
Dividend paid per share (Face 18.05 - - - - - -
Dividend paid per share (Face - 108.50 149.00 171.00 94.00 79.00 47.00
Dividend paid on equity shares 2,987.99 3,499.13 4,805.25 5,514.75 3,031.50 2,547.75 1,515.75
Tax on dividend paid 572.44 645.17 906.32 937.23 496.17 413.32 251.76

SHARP & TANNAN
Chairman Director

323

324
FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS
Our Company has availed loans in the ordinary course of business for the purposes of meeting working capital
requirements.
Set forth below is a brief summary of our aggregate borrowings as of December 31, 2015:
Category of borrowing Sanctioned Amount (in ₹ million) Outstanding amount (in ₹

million) as on December 31,
2015
Borrowings of our Company
A. Fund based borrowings
Term loans
Secured 490.66 147.01
Working capital loans
Secured 900.00 146.35
Unsecured 3,070.00 198.46
B. Non fund borrowings
Bank guarantees 2,020.00 1,435.54
Total 6,480.66 1,927.36
Borrowings of L&T Infotech Financial Services Technologies Inc.

Working capital loans
Secured 333.66* -
Total 333.66* -
*As on December 31, 2015, no amount of secured loan sanctioned to LTIFST has been availed by LTIFST.
Principal terms of the borrowings availed by us:
1. Interest: In terms of the loans availed by us, the interest rate is typically base rate plus basis points as
specified by a given lender.
2. Tenor: The tenor of the working capital limits typically ranges from three months to six months and five
years for the term loan.
3. Security: In terms of our borrowings where security needs to be created, we are typically required to create
security by way of hypothecation of book debts and receivables and charge on movable fixed assets of our
Company. There may be additional requirements for creation of security under the various borrowing
arrangements entered into by us.
4. Re-payment: The working capital facilities are typically repayable on maturity date. Some of our lenders
typically have a right to modify or cancel the facilities without prior notice and require immediate
repayment of all outstanding amounts. The repayment period for our term loan is in equal half yearly
instalments.
5. Covenants: Borrowing arrangements entered into by our Company contain certain covenants to be fulfilled
by our Company, including:
a) Submission of financial statements to our lenders, within a specified period;
b) Notification to our lenders upon entering into any amalgamation, consolidation, demerger, merger and
upon breach of any of the covenants of the borrowing arrangements;
c) Refraining from changing our financial year end from the date we have currently adopted, refraining
from reducing our Promoter’s shareholding in our Company to below 51%, refraining from selling,
letting out, transferring or disposing off all or substantial part of our assets without prior written
consent of our lender and refraining from declaring dividends or distributing profits except where the
instalments of principal and interest payable to a particular lender is being paid regularly and there are
no irregularities in relation thereto; and
324

325
d) Compliance of the financial covenants including in relation to maintenance of minimum net debt to
EBITDA ratio, minimum tangible net worth, minimum fixed asset cover and maximum net gearing.
6. Events of Default: Borrowing arrangements entered into by our Company contain standard events of
default, including:
a) Change in constitution of our Company which would in the opinion of the bank would adversely
affect the interest of the bank;
b) Cross defaults;
c) Material adverse change to the business, assets or condition of our Company which is likely to have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition of our Company; and
d) Breach of the obligations under any term of the relevant agreement or any other borrowing agreement
entered into by our Company.
This is an indicative list and there may be additional terms that may amount to an event of default under
the various borrowing arrangements entered into by us.
325

326
MANAGEMENT’ S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS

OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with our
restated consolidated financial information as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014
and the Financial Years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, including the notes thereto and reports thereon,
each included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, and our assessment of the factors that may affect our
prospects and performance in future periods. Our restated financial information included in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus is prepared under Indian GAAP, in accordance with requirements of the Companies Act,
2013, as amended, and restated in accordance with the SEBI Regulations, which differ in certain material
respects from IFRS, U.S. GAAP and GAAP in other countries. Accordingly, the degree to which our Restated
Financial Statements beginning on page 206 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will provide meaningful
information to a prospective investor in countries other than India is entirely dependent on the reader’s level of
familiarity with Indian GAAP. Further, with effect from April 1, 2016, we are required to prepare our financial
statements in accordance with Ind AS. Given that Ind AS is different in many respects from Indian GAAP under
which our financial statements are currently prepared, our financial statements for the period commencing from
April 1, 2016 may not be comparable to our historical financial statements. See also “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies” and
“Risk Factors - Public companies in India, including us, are required to prepare financial statements under Ind
AS and compute Income Tax under the Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (the “ICDS”). The
transition to Ind AS and ICDS in India is very recent and we may be negatively affected by such transition.” on
pages 353 and 43 - 44, respectively. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that
reflect our current views with respect to future events and our financial performance. Our actual results may
differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. As such, you should also read
“Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Statements” beginning on pages 19 and 18, respectively, which discuss
a number of factors and contingencies that could affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our Financial Year ends on March 31 of each year. Accordingly, all references to a particular Financial Year
are to the 12 months ended March 31 of that year.
The USD financial information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has not been audited but has
been reviewed by our auditors, and is based on internally generated information derived from our management
information systems. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that, had an audit been conducted in respect of
such USD financial information, the financial information presented therein would not have been materially
different, and investors should therefore construe such financial information accordingly.
Overview
largest Indian IT services company in terms of export revenues. We were amongst the top 20 IT service
providers globally in 2015 according to the Everest Group’s PEAK Matrix for IT service providers. Our clients
comprise some of the world’s largest and well-known organisations, including 43 of the Fortune Global 500
companies.
We offer an extensive range of IT services to our clients in diverse industries such as banking and financial
services, insurance, energy and process, consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals, media and
entertainment, hi-tech and consumer electronics and automotive and aerospace. Our range of services includes
application development, maintenance and outsourcing, enterprise solutions, infrastructure management
services, testing, digital solutions and platform-based solutions. We serve our clients across these industries,
leveraging our domain expertise, diverse technological capabilities, wide geographical reach, an efficient global
delivery model, thought partnership and “new age” digital offerings.
We were incorporated in 1996 and are headquartered in Mumbai, India. We leverage the strengths and heritage
of our Promoter, Larsen & Toubro Limited, a leading Indian conglomerate in engineering, construction,
manufacturing, finance and technology. The L&T group provides us with access to professionals with deep
industry knowledge in the sectors in which we do business. We have also inherited from the L&T group it’s
corporate and business culture and corporate governance practices, which in our view places us in good stead in
relation to our business. In addition, we benefit from our “Business-to-IT Connect” model, which we derive
from the commonality of business verticals with our Promoter. For further details, see “Our Business – Our
Competitive Strengths – Strong domain focus enabling Business-to-IT Connect” on page 124.
326

327
business. Besides India, we provide services globally and the percentage of our revenue from continuing
operations from North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and the rest of the world amounted to 69.4%, 17.1%, 2.2%
and 6.2% for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 68.6%, 17.9%, 2.4% and 6.9%, for Financial Year
2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, we had 22 Delivery Centres and 44 sales offices globally.
As part of a business restructuring exercise conducted by our Promoter, all engineering services businesses of
our Promoter have been consolidated under a separate subsidiary of our Promoter, LTTSL. As part of this
restructuring, on January 1, 2014, we sold and transferred the assets and liabilities of our PES Business to
LTTSL. Our PES Business was responsible for the operations of our telecom cluster, providing IT services and
solutions to our clients in the telecommunication sector. For further details on our PES Business, see “Our
Business – Notable Developments” on page 137.
Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations
As part of a business restructuring exercise conducted by the L&T group, our PES Business has been
consolidated under a separate subsidiary of our Promoter, LTTSL. For further details of the restructuring, see
“Our Business- Notable Developments” on page 137. As a result of this restructuring, and as a consequence of
the timing of the transfer of businesses in Germany being different from that in other countries, we have
recognised certain revenues and expenses relating to our PES Business for a nine-month period in Financial
Year 2014 (excluding the operations in Germany of our PES Business, which have been included in the
Restated Financial Statements for Financial Year 2014 for a full twelve-month period) and a five-month period
in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and in Financial Year 2015 (in relation to the operations in
Germany of our PES Business), as results of discontinued operations in our restated consolidated financial
information presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. We did not recognise any revenues and expenses on
account of such discontinued operations in our restated consolidated financial statements for the nine months
ended December 31, 2015 included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Our results of operations for Financial
Year 2013 reflect the recognition of revenues and expenses from our PES Business for a full twelve-month
period, results of which are shown as results of discontinued operations in Financial Year 2014. Moreover,
Financial Year 2013 demonstrates results of discontinued operations for comparative purposes only to Financial
Year 2014 notwithstanding the fact that there was no restructuring of our PES Business in Financial Year 2013.
In addition, while our restated consolidated financial information discloses summary results from these
discontinued operations as distinct from the results of our continuing operations, certain line items in our profit
and loss account do not draw this distinction. For example, our employee benefits expense, which is the most
significant item of expenditure in our profit and loss account, does not separately disclose those expenses
attributable to continuing operations and those expenses attributable to discontinued operations. As a result of
the foregoing, our total results of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the
three Financial Years presented herein are not comparable with one another.
Significant Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
Our results of operations have been, and will be, affected by many factors, some of which are beyond our
control. This section sets out certain key factors that our management believes have historically affected our
results of operations during the period under review, or which could affect our results of operations in the future.
Client relationships
Client relationships are at the core of our business. We have a history of high client retention and derive a
significant proportion of our revenues from repeat business (defined as repeat business generated in the
preceding Financial Year) built on our successful execution of prior engagements. In the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and in Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013, we generated 97.9%, 98.1%, 96.9% and
97.5%, respectively, of our revenue from continuing operations from existing clients. In addition, we are
dependent on certain key clients who may exert pricing pressure upon us. For further details, see “Our Business-
Our Competitive Strengths- Established long- term relationships with our clients”, “Our Business- Key Client
Relationships”, “Risk Factors- Our revenue depends to a large extent on a limited number of clients, and our
revenue could decline if we lose a major client.” from pages 55 - 56 and 27 - 28 respectively.
As a client relationship matures and deepens, we seek to maximise our revenues and profitability by expanding
the scope of IT services offered to that client with the objective of winning more business from our clients,
particularly in relation to our more substantive and value-added IT service offerings. To do this, we take part in
client analysis to identify opportunities with our portfolio of existing clients, and use our relevant industry and
327

328
service line experience to market additional offerings to our clients. We view this approach as important in order
to re-evaluate the relevance and criticality of our IT service offerings to our clients’ businesses as they grow and
evolve, as well as an opportunity to further strengthen and build long-term relationships with such clients. We
believe that our ability to establish and strengthen client relationships and expand the scope of IT services we
offer to clients will be an important factor in our future growth and our ability to continue increasing our
profitability.
Composition of revenue portfolio
Our ability to achieve growth in our revenues is dependent on composition of the proportion of work performed
onsite and offshore through our global delivery model (see “Our Business – Global Delivery Model”) from
pages 138 to 139.
Our offshore export revenues consist of revenues from IT services performed in our facilities in India. Our
onsite export revenues consist of revenues from software services performed at clients’ premises or from our
Delivery Centres outside India. Onsite export services typically generate higher revenues than the same services
performed offshore, and our profit margins are typically higher if work is performed offshore as compared to
onsite. Accordingly, the mix of IT services performed onsite and offshore has an impact on our ability to
achieve higher profit margins. We regularly monitor the proportion of work performed onsite and offshore on a
project-by-project, client-by-client basis and at an overall organisation level in order to achieve an optimal level
of revenues and margins.
The following table shows the proportionate contribution from our onsite and offshore export revenue for the
periods indicated:
Percentage of export revenue from continuing operations

Nine months ended December 31, Financial Year
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
Onsite 52.5% 51.9% 51.8% 53.9% 53.3%
Offshore 47.5% 48.1% 48.2% 46.1% 46.7%
In addition, our growth and margin performance will depend on the potential demand for IT services and
solutions in the business segments in which we operate and on the composition of our revenues across business
segments, including the geographic composition of revenues, the industrial vertical composition of revenues and
the IT service offerings composition of revenues. For example, our strategic focus on high growth IT service
offerings such as emerging technologies and IMS offerings. For further details, see “Our Business – Our
Business Strategies– Continue to focus on emerging technologies” and “Our Business – Expand our focus on
infrastructure management services” from pages 58 - 59 is likely to have an impact on our ability to generate
higher business in the future.
Further, a key part of our strategy is to focus on business verticals and geographical locations where we believe
IT spend is high, or will increase, in the future. With respect to our business verticals, we expect growth in
relation to our banking and financial services, insurance and energy and process business verticals. With respect
to our geographies, we are aiming to expand our presence outside of the United States and Europe (with certain
notable exceptions, including the Nordic region and Germany, where we intend to continue expanding our
presence) in markets that in our view offer high potential for our IT service offerings. These include Australia,
Singapore, Japan, South Africa, India and the Middle East. For further details, see “Our Business – Our
Business Strategies – Expand our geographical presence” from pages 127 to 128.
Our ability to sustain increasing revenues and margins will be dependent on our ability to maintain an optimal
mix of revenues generated onsite and offshore and from our business verticals, service lines and the geographies
in which we do business, and to successfully implement these strategies.
Employees and employee costs
A principal component of our ability to compete effectively is our ability to attract and retain qualified
employees. Our number of employees increased to 21,073 as of December 31, 2015 from 19,479 as of March
31, 2015 and 17,627 as of March 31, 2014 (in each case, excluding our PES Business).
The principal component of the overall cost of our sales is employee benefits expenses, which, in nine months
ended December 31, 2015 and in Financial Year 2015, constituted 59.8% and 57.7%, respectively of our total
328

329
income. Wage costs in India, including in the IT services industry, have historically been more competitive than
wage costs in the United States, Europe and other developed economies. However, if wage costs in India
continue to increase at a rate faster than in the United States, Europe and other developed economies due to
competitive pressures, we may experience a greater increase in our employee costs, thereby eroding one of our
principal cost advantages over competitors in the United States, Europe and other developed economies, as well
as other offshore services destinations such as China, the Philippines, Eastern Europe and Latin America. In
addition, our ability to manage our employee benefit expenses will also be heavily impacted by our onshore and
offsite export revenue mix, as well as our resource mix. Furthermore, we expect that the recent increases in visa
fees on the U.S. H-1B and L-1 visas will increase our employee costs. See also “Risk Factors – Challenges in
relation to immigration may affect our ability to compete for, and provide services to, clients in the United
States and/or other countries, partly because we may be required to hire locals instead of using our existing
work force, which could result in lower profit margins, delays in, or losses of, client engagements and otherwise
adversely affect our ability to meet our growth, revenue and profit projections. We cannot assure you that we
will not be subject to penalties in relation to employment visa violations in the future.” from pages 24 to 25.
In addition, as we continue to invest in the recruitment and retention of sales and administration staff in line
with our growth and expand our markets. For details, see “Our Business – Our Business Strategies – Expand our
geographical presence” from pages 127 to 128, we are likely to incur costs in relation to our market penetration,
sales and marketing initiatives, and for the recruitment of sales and administrative employees located in India
and overseas.
Our Company has granted 12,935,449 options (after adjustment for the split of equity shares of our Company
from face value of ₹5 each to ₹1 each) to the eligible employees under the Existing Employee Stock Option
Plans. The objective of the ESOP Scheme, 2000 is to reward those employees who contribute significantly to
our Company’s profitability and shareholder’s value as well as encourage improvement in performance and
retention of talent. As of date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the total options outstanding under the
ESOP Scheme, 2000 are 2,432,766 (after adjustment for the split of equity shares of our Company from face
value of ₹5 each to ₹1 each.)
The main objective of the U.S Sub-Plan, 2006 is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide
additional incentive to the employees of our Company, its holding company and its subsidiaries to promote the
success of our Company’s business and to enable the employees to share in the growth and prosperity of our
Company by providing them with an opportunity to purchase stock in our Company. As of date of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus, the total options outstanding under the U.S Sub-Plan, 2006 are 143,650 after
adjustment for the split of equity shares of our Company from face value of ₹5 each to ₹1 each.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, 8,566,188 options have been exercised by the employees
and former employees of our Company under the ESOP Scheme, 2000 and U.S Sub-Plan, 2006.
Our Company has also instituted ESOP Scheme, 2015 to reward our employees for their contributions to us. As
of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, no options have been granted under the ESOP Scheme, 2015.
The issue of Equity Shares pursuant to the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans and ESOP Scheme, 2015 will
be subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including the securities laws of foreign
jurisdictions. As of the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, no options have been granted under the ESOP
Scheme, 2015.
Foreign currency fluctuations
Since our key clients are foreign corporate and the majority of our revenues are generated outside of India (see
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of
Operations – Segmental Reporting – Geographic segmentation” below) we are exposed to translation and
transaction foreign exchange risks (see “Risk Factors – Exchange rate fluctuations in various currencies in
which we do business could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations” on
page 23). Although we partly benefit from a natural hedge for our foreign currency revenues against our foreign
currency expenses, we also have an exposure to foreign exchange rate risk in respect of revenues or expenses
entered into in a currency where corresponding expenses or revenues are denominated in different currencies.
Such transactions are generally denominated in USD, Euro, Canadian Dollars, British Pound Sterling and South
African Rand. For further details in relation to our unhedged receivables and payables, see Annexure IV (C) (2)
in our consolidated Restated Financial Statements in “Financial Statements” from pages 283 to 284. We
manage, in part, our foreign exchange risk by entering into forward contracts. In the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 and Financial Year 2015, we experienced net foreign exchange gain of ₹2,359.42 million
329

330
and ₹667.81 million, respectively and in Financial Years 2014 and 2013, we experienced net foreign exchange
loss of ₹1,048.05 million ₹19.25 million, respectively. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about
Market Risk - Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk” from pages 352 to 353.
In addition, the overall competitiveness of the Indian IT industry in the global market is also significantly
dependent on favourable exchange rates. Any significant appreciation of the Rupee against foreign currencies,
especially the USD and the Euro, is likely to have an impact on our ability to compete effectively with
international competitors, and maintain or grow our profit margin.
Tax benefits for Indian IT companies
We have historically benefited from the direct and indirect tax benefits given by the Government for the export
of IT services from SEZs, including for our business. As a result, a substantial portion of our profits is exempt
from income tax leading to a lower overall effective tax rate than that which we would otherwise enjoy if we
were doing business outside SEZs, and we will continue to enjoy these benefits in the near future. Our effective
tax rate was 19.2% and 18.0%, respectively in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and Financial Year
2015. For further details, see “Risk Factors – If there is a change in tax regulations, our tax liabilities may
increase and thus adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. We would indeed realise
lower tax benefits if the special tax holiday scheme for units set up in special economic zones is substantially
modified” from pages 31 to 32.
Until March 31, 2011, direct and indirect tax benefits were also available for the export of IT services from
software development centres registered under the STPI Scheme, including for our business. From April 1, 2011
onwards, we have enjoyed only indirect tax benefits for our business through software development centers
registered under the STPI Scheme.
The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business
For further information on the restructuring effected by the L&T group, see “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of
Operations”, “Our Business – Notable Developments” and Annexure IV (C) (6) to our consolidated Restated
Financial Statements for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and for Financial Year 2015 in “Financial
Statements” on page 327, 137 – 138 and 285 - 287, respectively.
As a result of the restructuring, we have recognised profit on the sale and transfer of our PES Business in the
nine months ended December 31, 2014 and Financial Years 2015 and 2014 as an extraordinary item, which has
not occurred in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and will not recur in Financial Year 2016 or in other
future financial periods. In addition, we have also recognised revenues from the discontinued operations of our
PES Business for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and for Financial Years 2015, 2014 and 2013,
which we have not recognised in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and will not recognise in Financial
Year 2016 or in other future financial periods. Accordingly, the results of operations presented herein may not
be comparable.
330

331
Results of Operations
The following table shows a breakdown of our results of operations (including results from our discontinued operations) and each item as a percentage of total income for the
periods indicated:
For the nine months ended December 31, For Financial Year
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
(₹millions) % of total (₹millions) % of total (₹millions) % of total (₹millions) % of total (₹millions) % of total
income income income income income
Income
Revenue from operations 42,937.93 94.5% 36,854.79 98.4% 49,780.36 98.2% 49,204.98 101.7% 38,514.39 99.4%
Other income 2,478.83 5.5% 604.32 1.6% 915.00 1.8% (833.18) (1.7)% 221.04 0.6%
Total Income 45,416.76 100.0% 37,459.11 100.0% 50,695.36 100.0% 48,371.80 100.0% 38,735.43 100.0%
Expenses
Employee benefit expenses 27,146.97 59.8% 22,668.70 60.5% 29,242.73 57.7% 27,581.57 57.0% 22,485.93 58.1%
Operating expenses 3,673.73 8.1% 2,789.25 7.4% 4,885.63 9.6% 4,891.51 10.1% 2,920.00 7.5%
Sales, administration and other 4,659.93 10.2% 4,143.57 11.1% 5,607.43 11.1% 5,259.07 10.9% 4,403.55 11.4%
expenses
Total Expenses 35,480.63 78.1% 29,601.52 79.0% 39,735.79 78.4% 37,732.15 78.0% 29,809.48 77.0%
Operating profit 9,936.13 21.9% 7,857.59 21.0% 10,959.57 21.6% 10,639.65 22.0% 8,925.95 23.0%
Finance costs 116.77 0.3% 82.50 0.2% 104.19 0.2% 305.34 0.6% 208.12 0.5%
Depreciation on tangible assets 550.84 1.2% 531.45 1.5% 741.55 1.5% 589.03 1.2% 508.88 1.3%
Amortisation of intangible assets 758.32 1.7% 601.16 1.6% 837.85 1.6% 710.72 1.5% 722.80 1.9%
1,425.93 3.2% 1,215.11 3.3% 1,683.59 3.3% 1,605.09 3.3% 1,439.80 3.7%
Profit before extraordinary items 8,510.20 18.7% 6,642.48 17.7% 9,275.98 18.3% 9,034.56 18.7% 7,486.15 19.3%
and tax
Profit from continuing operations 8,510.20 18.7% 6,632.76 17.7% 9,266.26 18.3% 8,541.36 17.7% 6,778.37 17.5%
before tax
Tax expenses for continuing

operations
- Current tax 1,133.74 2.5% 1,214.70 3.3% 1,630.45 3.2% 1,681.03 3.5% 1,631.00 4.2%
- Deferred tax 498.57 1.1% (11.61) (0.0%) 35.76 0.1% 261.85 0.5% 46.99 0.1%
1,632.31 3.6% 1,203.09 3.3% 1,666.21 3.3% 1,942.88 4.0% 1,677.99 4.3%
331

332
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
Profit from continuing operations 6,877.89 15.1% 5,429.67 14.5% 7,600.05 15.0% 6,598.48 13.7% 5,100.38 13.2%
after tax
Profit from discontinued operations - - 9.72 0.0% 9.72 0.0% 493.20 1.0% 707.78 1.8%
before tax
Tax expenses for discontinued
operations
- Current tax - - 1.69 0.0% 1.69 0.0% 129.25 0.3% 191.54 0.5%
Profit from discontinued operations - - 8.03 0.0% 8.03 - 0.0% 363.95 0.7% 516.24 1.3%
after tax
Profit for the year before minority 6,877.89 15.1% 5,437.70 14.5% 7,608.08 15.0% 6,962.43 14.4% 5,616.62 14.5%
interest
Minority Interest 1.73 0.0% 1.37 0.0% 1.90 0.004% 0.77 0.0% 0.55 0.0%
Net profit before extraordinary 6,876.16 15.1% 5,436.33 14.5% 7,606.18 15.0% 6,961.66 14.4% 5,616.07 14.5%
item
Extraordinary items (net of tax) - - 79.08 0.2% 79.08 0.2% 3,002.42 6.2% - -
Net profit after tax before 6,876.16 15.1% 5,515.41 14.7% 7,685.26 15.2% 9,964.08 20.6% 5,616.07 14.5%
Restatement adjustments:
- Amortisation of goodwill - - - - - - (85.08) (0.2%) 137.06 0.4%
- Provision for tax - - - - - - - - - -
- Amortisation of cost of long-term - - 6.35 0.0% 6.35 0.0% 9.52 0.0% (15.87) (0.1%)
projects
Extraordinary items:
- Goodwill written off - - - - - - (605.10) (1.2%) - -
Net profit before extraordinary 6,876.16 15.1% 5,442.68 14.5% 7,612.53 15.0% 6,886.10 14.2% 5,737.26 14.8%
items as restated
Extraordinary items (net of tax) as - - 79.08 0.2% 79.08 0.2% 2,397.32 5.0% - -
restated
332

333
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
Net profit after tax as restated 6,876.16 15.1% 5,521.76 14.7% 7,691.61 15.2% 9,283.42 19.2% 5,737.26 14.8%
Segmental Reporting
Our segmental reporting comprises business and geographic segmentation.
Business segmentation
We report our continuing business operations in two business segments, which we term “clusters”: an industrials cluster (comprising the business verticals of energy and
process, consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals, hi-tech and consumer electronics, automotive and aerospace, plant equipment, and utilities, engineering and
construction) and a services cluster (comprising the business verticals of banking and financial services, insurance, media and entertainment, travel and logistics and other
miscellaneous business verticals). The business units within each cluster include certain horizontals from an organisational structure perspective, which are responsible for
serving clients across both clusters. See “Our Business – Operations” beginning on page 129 for further information on our business clusters. In addition, our results of
operations presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus also include a third cluster, our telecom segment, which constitutes our discontinued operations. See
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations – The effect of the sale
and transfer of our PES Business” on page 330.
The following table shows a breakdown of our segmental revenue by our business clusters, with each item represented as a percentage of revenue from operations for the
periods indicated:
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
(₹millions) % of (₹millions) % of (₹millions) % of (₹millions) % of (₹millions) % of
revenue revenue revenue revenue revenue
from from from from from
operations operations operations operations operations
Revenue from operations
Industrials Cluster 19,660.06 45.8% 17,347.07 47.1% 23,391.05 47.0% 22,902.67 46.6% 16,609.06 43.1%
Services Cluster 23,277.87 54.2% 19,408.30 52.6%. 26,289.89 52.8% 22,448.97 45.6% 17,669.51 45.9%
Telecom Cluster1 - - 99.42 0.3% 99.42 0.2% 3,853.34 7.8% 4,235.82 11.0%
Total revenue from 42,937.93 100.0% 36,854.79 100.0% 49,780.36 100.0% 49,204.98 100.0% 38,514.39 100.0%
operations
333

334
1
Revenue from operations from our telecom cluster represents revenue from our discontinued operations, which was not recognised in the nine months ended December
31, 2015 and will not be recognised in future periods. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations – The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” above.
The following table shows a breakdown of our segmental operating profit by our business clusters, with each item represented as a percentage of total operating profit for the
periods indicated:
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
operating operating operating operating operating
profit profit profit profit profit
Segmental Profit
Industrials Cluster 5,211.23 50.0% 4,486.81 52.8% 6,123.58 52.8% 7,477.77 56.5% 5,378.29 50.1%
Services Cluster 5,216.34 50.0% 3,999.88 47.1% 5,456.21 47.1% 4,907.64 37.1% 4,095.59 38.2%
Telecom Cluster1 - - 9.72 0.1% 9.72 0.1% 856.31 6.4% 1,254.71 11.7%
Segmental Operating Profit 10,427.57 100.0% 8,496.41 100.0% 11,589.51 100.0% 13,241.72 100.0% 10,728.59 100.0%
1
Operating profit from our telecom cluster represents operating profit from our discontinued operations, which was not recognised in the nine months ended December
31, 2015 and will not be recognised in future periods. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant
Factors Affecting our Results of Operations – The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” above.
Geographic segmentation
Our revenues are generated from four main geographic markets: North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and India. We present our revenues by client location based on the
location of the specific client site that we serve, irrespective of the location of the headquarters of the client or the location of the Delivery Centre where the work is
performed. See “Our Business – Geographies” from pages 139 to 142 for further details of our clients.
The following tables show a breakdown of our revenue from continuing operations and discontinued operations separately, on the basis of the geographic location of our
clients, with each item represented as a percentage of revenue from continuing operations and revenue from discontinued operations, as applicable, for the periods indicated:
334

335
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
continuing continuing continuing continuing continuing
North America 29,788.17 69.4% 24,999.17 68.0% 34,097.77 68.6% 30,533.28 67.3% 23,958.31 69.9%
Europe 7,352.60 17.1% 6,733.42 18.3% 8,862.74 17.9% 9,151.48 20.1% 6,266.61 18.2%
Asia Pacific 935.90 2.2% 853.51 2.3% 1,199.12 2.4% 1,161.06 2.6% 788.03 2.3%
India 2,198.11 5.1% 1,447.32 4.0% 2,075.90 4.2% 1,530.53 3.4% 1,252.25 3.7%
Rest of the world 2,663.15 6.2% 2,721.96 7.4% 3,445.41 6.9% 2,975.29 6.6% 2,013.37 5.9%
Revenue from continuing 42,937.93 100.0% 36,755.38 100.0% 49,680.94 100.0% 45,351.64 100.0% 34,278.57 100.0%
operations (A)
1
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
discontinued discontinued discontinued discontinued discontinued
North America - - - - - - 1,771.37 46.0% 1,834.22 43.3%
Europe - - 99.42 100.0% 99.42 100.0% 336.41 8.7% 107.58 2.5%
Asia Pacific - - - - - - 982.37 25.5% 1,358.72 32.1%
India - - - - - - 760.45 19.7% 924.27 21.8%
Rest of the world - - - - - - 2.74 0.1% 11.03 0.3%
Revenue from discontinued - - 99.42 100.0% 99.42 100.0% 3,853.34 100.0% 4,235.82 100.0%
operations (B)
Revenue from Operations (A 42,937.93 - 36,854.79 - 49,780.36 - 49,204.98 - 38,514.39 -
+ B)
1
We did not recognise any revenue from discontinued operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and will not recognise in future periods.
335

336
Results of discontinued operations
Our consolidated restated financial statements for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and Financial
Years 2015, 2014 and 2013 include results of our discontinued operations, before the sale and transfer of our
PES Business to LTTSL (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations – Significant Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations - The effect of the sale and transfer of our
PES Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -
Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations” above). Our consolidated restated financial
statements for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 do not include results of discontinued operations. The
following table shows a summary breakdown of results of our discontinued operations, with each item
represented as a percentage of the total thereof for the periods indicated:
For the nine months ended For Financial Year

December 31,
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
(₹millions) (₹millions)1 (₹millions)1 (₹millions)2 (₹millions)3
Total revenues from operations - 99.42 99.42 3,853.34 4,235.82
Total expenses - (89.70) (89.70) (3,360.14) (3,528.04)
Profit before taxes - 9.72 9.72 493.20 707.78
Income taxes - (1.69) (1.69) (129.25) (191.54)
Profit after taxes - 8.03 8.03 363.95 516.24
1
Includes results of operations for five months, from April 1, 2014 to August 30, 2014. See “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant Factors Affecting
Our Results of Operations – The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” above.
2
Includes results of operations for nine months, from April 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013. See
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations – The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business”
above.
3
Includes results of operations for twelve months for Financial Year 2013. See “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant Factors Affecting Our Results
of Operations – The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” above.
Components of Income and Expenses
The components of our income and expenses are as set forth below:
Income
Our revenue comprises revenue from operations and other income.
Revenue from operations
Our revenue from operations comprises revenue from continuing operations and revenue from discontinued
operations.
Revenue from continuing operations
We generate revenue from our continuing operations through time-and-materials contracts and fixed-price
contracts by providing IT services and solutions to our clients in our industrials and services clusters.
Revenue from discontinued operations
Our revenue from discontinued operations comprises revenue generated by providing IT services and solutions
to our clients in our telecom cluster, which was sold and transferred to LTTSL. We did not record any revenue
from discontinued operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and will not record in future periods.
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations- Significant
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations – The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” on page
330.
336

337
Other income
Our other income primarily consists of income from foreign exchange gains (or losses), investments in mutual
funds, profit on sale of fixed assets, interest received and miscellaneous income.
Expenses
Our expenses comprise expenses attributable to continuing operations and expenses attributable to discontinued
operations.
Expenses attributable to continuing operations
Our expenses attributable to continuing operations include employee benefit expenses, operating expenses,
sales, administration and other expenses, finance costs, depreciation and amortisation and tax expenses.
Employee benefit expenses
Employee benefit expenses comprise salaries (including overseas staff expenses); staff welfare; contributions to
provident and other funds; contributions to superannuation funds and contributions to gratuity funds.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses comprise communication expenses; operating lease charges; consultancy charges; cost of
software packages for own use; insurance; and the cost of bought-out items for resale.
Sales, administration and other expenses
Sales, administration and other expenses primarily comprise rent and establishment expenses; travelling and
conveyance; legal and professional charges; telephone charges and postage; rates and taxes; power and fuel and
other miscellaneous expenses.
Finance costs
Finance costs comprise interest paid on fixed loans, external commercial borrowings and lease finance charges.
Exchange losses on borrowings are also accounted for as part of finance costs.
Depreciation and amortisation
Tangible and intangible assets are amortised over periods corresponding to their estimated useful lives. See “ –
Critical Accounting Policies – Depreciation and amortisation”, below.
Expenses attributable to discontinued operations
Our expenses attributable to discontinued operations comprise expenses incurred by our telecom cluster, before
the sale and transfer of our PES Business to LTTSL. We did not record any expenses attributable to
discontinued operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and will not record in future periods. See
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant Factors
Affecting Our Results of Operations - The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” on page 330.
Tax expense for continuing operations
Tax expenses for continuing operations comprise current tax and deferred tax. Current income tax is the amount
expected to be paid to the tax authorities in accordance with the applicable tax laws in relevant jurisdictions.
Deferred income tax reflects the impact of timing differences between taxable income and accounting income.
Tax expenses attributable to discontinued operations
Tax expenses attributable to discontinued operations comprise tax expenses incurred by our telecom cluster,
before the sale and transfer of our PES Business to LTTSL. We did not record any tax expenses attributable to
discontinued operations in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and will not record in future periods. See
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Significant Factors
Affecting Our Results of Operations - The effect of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” for further details
on page 330.
337

338
Nine Months ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Nine Months ended December 31, 2014
Income
Our total income increased by 21.2% to ₹45,416.76 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from
₹37,459.11 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase in the revenue
from continuing operations and other income primarily on account of foreign exchange gain. See also
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Note Regarding
Non-Comparability of Results of Operations” above for details in relation to the non–comparability of the
financial results for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 in light of the sale and transfer of our
PES Business.
Our revenue from continuing operations increased by 16.8% to ₹42,937.93 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 from ₹36,755.38 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a
result of growth in our revenues in our banking and financial services, insurance, automotive and aerospace,
media and entertainment and plant equipment business verticals, as well as our digital solutions, testing and IMS
service lines, which was partially offset by lower revenues from continuing operations in our energy and process
business vertical.
Revenue from continuing operations in North America increased by 19.2% to ₹29,788.17 million for the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹24,999.17 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014,
primarily as a result of growth in our banking and financial services, insurance and automotive and aerospace
business verticals. Revenue from continuing operations in Europe increased by 9.2% to ₹7,352.60 million for
the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹6,733.42 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2014, primarily as a result of increase in revenues from existing clients and revenues from new clients in
Germany, Austria, Switzerland, France and the United Kingdom. Revenue from continuing operations in Asia-
Pacific increased by 9.7% to ₹935.90 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹853.51
million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of growth in our banking and
financial services business vertical and IMS service line in Singapore. Revenue from continuing operations in
India increased by 51.9% to ₹2,198.11 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹1,447.32
million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of increase in revenue attributable to
new clients in the banking and financial services and plant equipment, in particular, in the defense business
verticals. Revenue from continuing operations in the rest of the world decreased by 2.2% to ₹2,663.15 million
for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹2,721.96 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2014, primarily as a result of currency devaluation of the South African Rand against the Indian Rupee which
negatively impacted our revenue from continuing operations in South Africa and due to the completion of
implementation of projects for few large clients in the Middle East.
Our USD revenue from continuing operations comprise revenues denominated in USD, in addition to amounts
in foreign currencies across our operations, that are converted into USD using the month-end/day-end exchange
rates for the relevant period. Such revenues increased by 9.4% to USD657.5 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015 from USD601.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result
of growth in our revenue from continuing operations from our banking and financial services, insurance,
automotive and aerospace, media and entertainment and plant equipment business verticals, as well as our
digital solutions, testing and IMS service lines.
We did not record any revenue from discontinued operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2015.
Our revenue from discontinued operations was ₹99.42 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014.
See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – The effect
of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” on page 330.
Other Income
Our other income increased to ₹2,478.83 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹604.32
million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014. This was primarily due to a foreign exchange gain of
₹2,359.42 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 compared with a foreign exchange gain of
₹427.24 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014.
338

339
In order to mitigate our foreign exchange risk, we have a long-term hedging policy. We hedge the major
currencies in which we transact business (for example, the US dollar and the Euro) by entering into forward
contracts. Our forward contracts are run on a net exposure basis, typically for a period of up to three years.
These forward contracts provide for payments by banks to us in the situations where the spot exchange rate on
maturity is lower than the rate at which forward contracts were entered and payment by us to the banks in
situations where the spot exchange rate on maturity is higher than the rate at which forward contracts were
entered. Such forward contracts are treated as foreign currency transactions and accounted for accordingly.
Exchange differences arising on such contracts are recognised in the period in which they arise and the premium
paid/received is accounted as expense/income over the period of the contract and the impact is reversed upon
maturity of the contract. For details, see “ - Critical Accounting Policies – Foreign Exchange Transactions” and
“Annexure IVB: Significant Accounting Policies – 13. Foreign Currency Transactions” in our consolidated
In the nine months ended December 31, 2015, the depreciation of major currencies in which we transact
business against the US dollar, was offset by the forward rates contracted with banks in the past. This, coupled
with higher volume of forward contracts entered into and maturing in this period, led to a higher gain on
settlement under our forward contracts and higher premia income, which we recognised as part of our other
income. As a result of this, our foreign exchange gain was ₹2,359.42 million in the nine months ended
December 31, 2015.
See also “Risk Factors - Exchange rate fluctuations in various currencies in which we do business could
negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.”
Expenses
Our total expenses increased by 19.9% to ₹35,480.63 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015
from ₹29,601.52 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of an increase in
employee benefit expenses, which was attributable to the growth of our continuing operations. See also
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Note Regarding
Non-Comparability of Results of Operations”, above.
Our entire expenses in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 were attributable to continuing operations.
See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – The effect
of the sale and transfer of our PES Business” on page 330.
In the nine months ended December 31, 2014, our expenses attributable to continuing operations was
₹29,511.82 million and our expenses attributable to discontinued operations was ₹89.70 million.
Our employee benefit expenses increased by 19.8% to ₹27,146.97 million for the nine months ended December
31, 2015 (which represented 59.8% of our total income for such period) from ₹ 22,668.70 million for the nine
months ended December 31, 2014 (which represented 60.5% of our total income for such period). This was
primarily as a result of a 20.2% increase in salaries including overseas staff expenses to ₹26,168.16 million in
the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹21,763.43 million in the nine months ended December 31,
2014, which is attributable to a 9.6% increase in the number of our employees to 21,073 employees as of
December 31, 2015 from 19,235 employees as of December 31, 2014.
Operating expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 31.7% to ₹3,673.73 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015
(which represented 8.1% of our total income for such period) from ₹2,789.25 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 2014 (which represented 7.4% of our total income for such period). This was primarily as a result
of an increase in the costs of bought-out items for resale (which relates to the purchase of hardware and software
license) to ₹1,098.53 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹362.59 million in the nine
months ended December 31, 2014 and a 9.2% increase in our consultancy charges to ₹2,053.63 million in the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹1,881.35 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014, in
both cases, primarily as a result of increase in services performed for clients requiring us to work with external
sub-contractors.
339

340
Our sales, administration and other expenses increased by 12.5% to ₹4,659.93 million for the nine months
ended December 31, 2015 (which represented 10.2% of our total income for such period) from ₹4,143.57
million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 (which represented 11.1% of our total income for such
period). This was primarily as a result of a 19.6% increase in travelling and conveyance expenses to ₹1,036.63
million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹866.56 million in the nine months ended December
31, 2014 in line with the growth in our continuing operations.
Finance costs
Our finance costs increased by 41.5% to ₹116.77 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from
₹82.50 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014. This was primarily as a result of an increase in
the interest payable on other loans to ₹17.65 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹0.56
million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 primarily owing to an increase in the interest payable on a
credit support agreement in relation to a derivative transaction which was payable for the full nine months ended
December 31, 2015 compared to only a part of the nine months ended December 31, 2014, as well as a 65.4%
increase in interest payable on fixed loans to ₹26.70 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from
₹16.14 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 primarily owing to the depreciation of the Indian
Rupee.
Our depreciation on tangible assets increased by 3.6% to ₹550.84 million for the nine months ended December
31, 2015 from ₹531.45 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 primarily as a result of an
increase in fixed assets such as furniture and fixtures and IT assets across our locations. Our amortisation of
intangible assets increased by 26.1% to ₹758.32 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from
₹601.16 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 primarily as a result of amortisation of certain
software purchased at the beginning of the nine months ended December 31, 2015 which were leased from third
parties during the nine months ended December 31, 2014 and consequently, we did not record any amortisation
relating to such software in our financial accounts for such period.
Profit before extraordinary items and tax
As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit before extraordinary items and tax was ₹8,510.20 million for the
nine months ended December 31, 2015 (which represented 18.7% of our total income for such period) and
₹6,642.48 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 (which represented 17.7% of our total income
for such period).
Profit from continuing operations before tax
As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit from continuing operations before tax increased by 28.3% to
₹8,510.20 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 (which represented 18.7% of our total income
for such period) from ₹6,632.76 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014 (which represented
17.7% of our total income for such period). None of our profit in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 was
attributable to discontinued operations although some of our profit in the nine months ended
December 31, 2014 was attributable to discontinued operations.
Tax expenses
Our current tax decreased by 6.7% to ₹1,133.74 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from
₹1,214.70 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily due to an
increase in the MAT credit entitlement to ₹842.16 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from
₹350.34 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2014, owing to reduction of current tax provision on
application of ICDS with effect from April 1, 2015. Under ICDS, tax treatment for premia earned on forward
contracts has changed and premia earned on forward contracts is taxable on settlement and not at the time of
earning. Prior to the application of ICDS, such premia were taxable when earned. See also “Financial
Statements” beginning on page 206. Due to this change, current tax provision is reduced (and MAT credit
entitlement has increased), with corresponding increase in deferred tax provision. Thus, there is no impact on
total tax provision (current plus deferred) due to application of ICDS.
340

341
Our deferred tax charge for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 was ₹498.57 million as against our
deferred tax credit for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 of ₹11.61 million owing to the application of
ICDS as explained above.
Our total tax expense has increased by 35.7% to ₹1,632.31 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2015 from ₹1,203.09 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to increase in profit
before tax by 28.3% to ₹8,510.20 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 from ₹6,632.76 million
for the nine months ended December 31, 2014.
Extraordinary items and profit from discontinued operations after tax
We did not record any gains or losses from extraordinary items (net of tax) from discontinued operations for the
nine months ended December 31, 2015. We earned gains from extraordinary items (net of tax) of ₹79.08 million
for the nine months ended December 31, 2014. We did not receive any profit or loss from discontinued
operations after tax for the nine months ended December 31, 2015. Our profit from discontinued operations after
tax was ₹8.03 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014.
Net profit before extraordinary items as restated
As a result of the foregoing factors, our net profit before extraordinary items as restated was ₹6,876.16 million
for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and ₹5,442.68 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2014.
Extraordinary items (net of tax) as restated
We did not record any gains or losses from extraordinary items (net of tax) as restated for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015. Our gains from extraordinary items (net of tax) as restated was ₹79.08 million for the nine
months ended December 31, 2014.
Net profit after tax, as restated
As a result of the foregoing factors, our net profit after tax as restated was ₹6,876.16 million for the nine months
ended December 31, 2015 and ₹5,521.76 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014.
Financial Year 2015 Compared to Financial Year 2014
Income
Our total income increased by 4.8% to ₹50,695.36 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹48,371.80 million for
Financial Year 2014, primarily due to an increase in our revenue from continuing operations. See “ – Note
Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations” for details in relation to the non-comparability of the
financial results for Financial Year 2014 and 2015 in light of the sale and transfer of our PES Business.
Our revenue from continuing operations increased by 9.5% to ₹49,680.94 million for Financial Year 2015 from
₹45,351.64 million for Financial Year 2014, primarily as a result of growth in our revenues in our banking and
financial services, insurance and consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals business verticals, as
well as our testing and IMS service lines, which was partially offset by lower revenues from continuing
operations in our energy and process business vertical.
Revenue from continuing operations in North America increased by 11.7% to ₹34,097.77 million for Financial
Year 2015 from ₹30,533.28 million for Financial Year 2014, primarily as a result of growth in our banking and
financial services and insurance business verticals. Revenue from continuing operations in Europe decreased by
3.2% to ₹8,862.74 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹9,151.48 million for Financial Year 2014, primarily
as a result of the completion of a large Oracle-related implementation project and the decisions of certain clients
to defer the usage of their IT-related budgets, in the Nordic region. Revenue from continuing operations in Asia-
Pacific increased by 3.3% to ₹1,199.12 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹1,161.06 million for Financial
Year 2014, primarily as a result of growth in our banking and financial services business vertical and IMS
service line in Singapore. Revenue from continuing operations in India increased by 35.6% to ₹2,075.90 million
for Financial Year 2015 from ₹1,530.53 million for Financial Year 2014, primarily as a result of our
341

342
engagement in certain government projects. Revenue from continuing operations in the rest of the world
increased by 15.8% to ₹3,445.41 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹2,975.29 million for Financial Year
2014, primarily as a result of growth in our banking and financial services business vertical and testing service
line in South Africa.
Our USD revenue from continuing operations comprise revenues denominated in USD, in addition to amounts
in foreign currencies across our operations, that are converted into USD using the month-end/day-end exchange
rates for the relevant period. Such revenues increased by 8.5% to USD809.9 million for Financial Year 2015
from USD746.6 million for Financial Year 2014, primarily as a result of growth in our revenue from continuing
operations in our banking and financial services, insurance and consumer packaged goods, retail and
pharmaceuticals business verticals.
Our revenue from discontinued operations was ₹99.42 million for Financial Year 2015 and ₹3,853.34 million
for Financial Year 2014. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations – Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations”, above for further details.
Other Income
Our other income increased to ₹915.00 million for Financial Year 2015 from a loss of ₹833.18 million for
Financial Year 2014. This was primarily due to a foreign exchange gain of ₹667.81 million in Financial Year
2015 compared with a foreign exchange loss of ₹1,048.05 million in Financial Year 2014, primary attributable
to gains and losses in relation to the settlement of forward contracts.
In line with our long-term hedging policy to hedge foreign exchange risk, forward contracts were entered to
hedge, against the US dollar, all major currencies in which we transact business (for example, the Indian Rupee
and the Euro). During Financial Year 2015, the depreciation of major currencies in which we transact business
against the US dollar was offset by higher forward rates contracted with banks in past. This, coupled with higher
volume of forward contracts, entered into and maturing in this period led to a higher gain on settlement under
our forward contracts and higher premia income, which we recognised as part of our other income. As a result
of this, our foreign exchange gain was ₹667.81 million in Financial Year 2015.
Expenses
Our total expenses increased by 5.3% to ₹39,735.79 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹37,732.15 million
for Financial Year 2014, primarily as a result of an increase in employee benefit expenses, which was
attributable to the growth of our continuing operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations”,
above for further details.
Our expenses attributable to continuing operations increased by 15.3% to ₹39,646.09 million for Financial Year
2015 from ₹34,372.01 million for Financial Year 2014, primarily as a result of an increase in employee benefit
expenses, which was attributable to the growth of our continuing operations.
Our expenses attributable to discontinued operations were ₹89.70 million for Financial Year 2015 and were
₹3,360.14 million in Financial Year 2014. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations – Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations” above for further
details.
Our employee benefit expenses increased by 6.0% to ₹29,242.73 million for Financial Year 2015 (which
represented 57.7% of our total income for such year) from ₹27,581.57 million for Financial Year 2014 (which
represented 57.0% of our total income for such year), primarily as a result of a 6.9% increase in salaries,
including overseas staff expenses, to ₹28,056.30 million from ₹26,246.94 million, which is attributable to an
increase of 10.3% in the number of our employees to 19,479 employees as of March 31, 2015 from 17,627
employees as of March 31, 2014 due to the growth of our operations, in addition to our further usage of local
hires. This increase was partially offset by a better resource mix in the way we provide our IT services and
solutions to clients.
342

343
Operating expenses
Our operating expenses decreased by 0.1% to ₹4,885.63 million for Financial Year 2015 (which represented
9.6% of our total income for such year) from ₹4,891.51 million for Financial Year 2014 (which represented
10.1% of our total income for such year), primarily as a result of changes in relation to our external sub-
contractors and consultant charges, which is largely attributable to such expenses for our PES Business being
incurred in Financial Year 2014 and not in Financial Year 2015. The cost savings were partially offset by an
increase of 35.5% in the cost of bought-out items for resale (which relates to the purchase of hardware and
software licenses), primarily as a result of certain clients requiring specific hardware and software licenses in
relation to the IT services and solutions that we provided to them.
Our sales, administration and other expenses increased by 6.6% to ₹5,607.43 million for Financial Year 2015
(which represented 11.1% of our total income for such year) from ₹5,259.07 million for Financial Year 2014
(which represented 10.9% of our total income for such year), primarily as a result of increases in allowance for
doubtful debts and advances attributable to a one-time provision for doubtful debts in relation to a large project
in our banking and financial services business vertical, higher tax rates and taxes payable in relation to the
growth of our operations and a non-recurring payment of California state taxes pursuant to a judicial order.
Finance costs
Our finance costs decreased by 65.9% to ₹104.19 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹305.34 million for
Financial Year 2014, primarily as a result of a 76.4% decrease in foreign exchange losses on borrowings to
₹47.96 million from ₹203.17 million, as well as a 53.7% decrease in interest payable on fixed loans to ₹46.94
million from ₹101.32 million, in each case, attributable to the repayment of loans.
Our depreciation on tangible assets increased by 25.9% to ₹741.55 million for Financial Year 2015 from
₹589.03 million for Financial Year 2014, and our amortisation of intangible assets increased by 17.9% to
₹837.85 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹710.72 million for Financial Year 2014. In accordance with
Schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013, as amended, we determined that the remaining useful life of our assets
based on a technical evaluation thereof resulted in additional depreciation of ₹69.21 million for Financial Year
2015.
As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit before extraordinary items and tax was ₹9,275.98 million for
Financial Year 2015 (which represented 18.3% of our total income for such year) and ₹9,034.56 million for
Financial Year 2014 (which represented 18.7% of our total income for such year).
₹9,266.26 million for Financial Year 2015 (which represented 18.3% of our total income for such year) from
₹8,541.36 million for Financial Year 2014 (which represented 17.7% of our total income for such year).
Tax expenses
Our current tax decreased by 3.0% to ₹1,630.45 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹1,681.03 million for
Financial Year 2014. This decrease was primarily due to an increase in the tax benefits on our taxable income
from SEZs.
Our deferred tax charge decreased by 86.3% to ₹35.76 million for Financial Year 2015 from ₹261.85 million
for Financial Year 2014. This decrease was primarily attributable to a one-time provision in Financial Year 2014
for future taxes payable on branch profits.
As a result of the foregoing factors, our total tax expense decreased by 14.2% to ₹1,666.21 million for Financial
Year 2015 from ₹1,942.88 million for Financial Year 2014.
343

344
We had an extraordinary gain (net of tax) of ₹79.08 million for Financial Year 2015 against ₹3,002.42 million
for Financial Year 2014, which pertains to profit from sale and transfer of our PES Business to LTTSL.
Similarly, our profit from discontinued operations after tax was ₹8.03 million for Financial Year 2015 as
compared to ₹363.95 million for Financial Year 2014. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations– Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations”
for details.
for Financial Year 2015 and ₹6,886.10 million for Financial Year 2014.
Our gains from extraordinary items (net of tax) as restated decreased to ₹79.08 million for Financial Year 2015
from ₹2,397.32 million for Financial Year 2014.
Net profit after tax, as restated
As a result of the foregoing factors, our net profit as restated was ₹7,691.61 million for Financial Year 2015 and
₹9,283.42 million for Financial Year 2014.
Financial Year 2014 Compared to Financial Year 2013
Income
Our total income increased by 24.9% to ₹48,371.80 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹38,735.43 million
for Financial Year 2013, due to an increase in revenue from continuing operations. See “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations– Note Regarding Non-Comparability
of Results of Operations” for details in relation to the non-comparability of the financial results for Financial
Years 2014 and 2015 in light of the sale and transfer of our PES Business.
Our revenue from continuing operations increased by 32.3% to ₹45,351.64 million for Financial Year 2014
from ₹34,278.57 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of growth in our revenue from continuing
operations in our energy and process, consumer packaged goods, retail and pharmaceuticals and insurance
business verticals, as well as our ERP and testing service lines, which was partially offset by muted growth in
our banking and financial services business vertical.
Revenue from continuing operations in North America increased by 27.4% to ₹30,533.28 million for Financial
Year 2014 from ₹23,958.31 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of growth in our energy and
process and insurance business verticals. Revenue from continuing operations in Europe increased by 46.0% to
₹9,151.48 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹6,266.61 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result
of growth in the Nordic region and France in relation to our energy and process and insurance business verticals.
Revenue from continuing operations in Asia-Pacific increased by 47.3% to ₹1,161.06 million for Financial Year
2014 from ₹788.03 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of growth in our energy and process
business vertical in Australia and Singapore. Revenue from our operations in India increased by 22.2% to
₹1,530.53 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹1,252.25 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result
of growth in our insurance and banking and financial services business verticals. Revenue from our operations
in the rest of the world increased by 47.8% to ₹2,975.29 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹2,013.37 million
for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of growth in South Africa as a result of a large new contract in
relation to banking and financial services testing.
Our USD revenue from continuing operations comprise amounts in foreign currencies across our operations,
excluding the United States, that are converted into USD using the month-end/day-end exchange rates for the
relevant period. Such revenues increased by 18.5% to USD746.6 million for Financial Year 2014 from
USD630.0 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of growth in our energy and process and
insurance business verticals.
344

345
Our revenue from discontinued operations was ₹3,853.34 million for Financial Year 2014 and ₹4,235.82
million for Financial Year 2013. For further details, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations– Note Regarding– Non Comparability of Results of Operations”, above.
Other income
We incurred a loss of ₹833.18 million for Financial Year 2014 as against a gain of ₹221.04 million for Financial
Year 2013. This was primarily due to an increase in a foreign exchange loss of ₹1,048.05 million in Financial
Year 2014 compared to a foreign exchange loss of ₹19.25 million in Financial Year 2013, which is primarily
attributable to gains and losses in relation to the settlement of forward contracts.
During Financial Year 2014, our foreign exchange loss was ₹1,048.05 million. We hedged our net foreign
exchange exposure in different currencies in line with our long-term hedging policy and also accounted for
premia income. During the year, Indian Rupee depreciated significantly against US dollar and we incurred
losses on certain long term contracts entered in the past (on account of the forward exchange rate agreed under
these contracts). However, our reported revenue, which is primarily billed in US Dollar and other foreign
currencies and translated into Indian Rupee for the purpose of reporting, benefited from the depreciation of the
Indian Rupee, which is reflected in the revenue line.
Expenses
Our total expenses increased by 26.6% to ₹37,732.15 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹29,809.48 million
for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of an increase in employee benefit expenses, which was
attributable to the growth of our continuing operations.
Our expenses attributable to continuing operations increased by 30.8% to ₹34,372.01 million for Financial Year
2014 from ₹26,281.44 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of an increase in employee benefit
expenses, which was attributable to the growth of our continuing operations.
Our expenses attributable to discontinued operations were ₹3,360.14 million for Financial Year 2014 and
₹3,528.04 million in Financial Year 2013. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations – Note Regarding Non-Comparability of Results of Operations” above for further
details.
Our employee benefit expenses increased by 22.7% to ₹27,581.57 million for Financial Year 2014 (which
represented 57.0% of our total income for such year) from ₹22,485.93 million for Financial Year 2013 (which
represented 58.1% of our total income for such year), primarily as a result of a 23.1% increase in salaries,
including overseas staff expenses, to ₹26,246.94 million from ₹21,323.31 million, which was attributable to the
growth of our operations and higher recruitment of sales and marketing personnel. Such increase is attributable
to an increase of 10.2% in the number of our employees to 17,627 employees at the end of Financial Year 2014
from 15,833 employees at the end of Financial Year 2013. This increase was partially offset by a better resource
mix in the way we provide our IT services and solutions to clients.
Operating expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 67.5% to ₹4,891.51 million for Financial Year 2014 (which represented
10.1% of our total income for such year) from ₹2,920.00 million for Financial Year 2013 (which represented
7.5% of our total income for such year), primarily as a result of an increase of 75.6% in consultancy charges
attributable to an increase in services performed for clients requiring us to work with external sub-contractors
and consultants in relation thereto, as well as an increase of 101.5% in the cost of bought-out items for resale,
which is generally in line with the increase in revenue generated through the resale of hardware and software
licenses in relation to the IT services and solutions that we provided to our clients, and an increase of 50.2% in
our communication expenses primarily for our Delivery Centres due to our growth of operations and
international expansion.
345

346
Our sales, administration and other expenses increased by 19.4% to ₹5,259.07 million for Financial Year 2014
(which represented 10.9% of our total income for such year) from ₹4,403.55 million for Financial Year 2013
(which represented 11.4% of our total income for such year), primarily as a result of increases in traveling and
conveyance and miscellaneous expenses; higher legal and professional charges; and tax rates and taxes payable
in line with growth in our operations.
Finance costs
Our finance costs increased by 46.7% to ₹305.34 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹208.12 million for
Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of an increase in foreign exchange losses on borrowings due to the
depreciation of the Rupee vis-a-vis the USD and the Euro in particular, and an increase in interest paid on fixed
loans attributable to our additional usage of indebtedness for the funding of our business.
Our depreciation on tangible assets increased by 15.8% to ₹589.03 million for Financial Year 2014 from
₹508.88 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily as a result of an increase in our asset base after the
expansion of certain of our facilities, IT assets and internally development of software, net of reductions in fixed
assets related to the transfer and sale of our PES Business to LTTSL. Our amortisation of intangible assets
decreased by 1.7% to ₹710.72 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹722.80 million for Financial Year 2013,
primarily as a result of a reduction in charges related to the intangible assets of our PES Business after the sale
and transfer of such business to LTTSL.
As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit before extraordinary items and tax increased by 20.7% to
₹7,486.15 million for Financial Year 2013 (which represented 19.3% of our total income for such year).
₹6,778.37 million for Financial Year 2013(which represented 17.5% of our total income for such year).
Tax expense
Our current tax increased by 3.1% to ₹1,681.03 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹1,631.00 million for
Financial Year 2013. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our current tax liability as a result of
growth in continuing operations, but was partially offset by an increase in the proportion of profits enjoying tax
benefits under SEZs in Financial Year 2014.
Our deferred tax charge increased to ₹261.85 million for Financial Year 2014 from ₹46.99 million for Financial
Year 2013. This increase was primarily a result of a one-time provision in Financial Year 2014 for future taxes
payable on branch profits.
As a result of the foregoing factors, our total tax expense increased by 15.8% to ₹1,942.88 million for Financial
Year 2014 from ₹1,677.99 million for Financial Year 2014.
Gains from extraordinary items were ₹3,002.42 million for Financial Year 2014 as against nil for Financial Year
2013 as a result of the recognition of profits from the sale and transfer of our PES Business to LTTSL.
Our profit from discontinued operations after tax decreased by 29.5% to ₹363.95 million for Financial Year
2014 from ₹516.24 million for Financial Year 2013, primarily because discontinued operations were carried out
for nine-month period during Financial Year 2014 as against a twelve-month period in Financial Year 2013.
346

347
for Financial Year 2014 and ₹5,737.26 million for Financial Year 2013.
Our gains from extraordinary items (net of tax) as restated were ₹2,397.32 million for Financial Year 2014 as
against nil for Financial Year 2013.
Total profit for the year, as restated
As a result of the foregoing factors, our total profit, as restated increased by 61.8% to ₹9,283.42 million for
Financial Year 2014 from ₹5,737.26 million for Financial Year 2013.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We have historically met our working capital and other capital expenditure requirements primarily from cash
generated by operating activities, short-term and long-term bank borrowings. We believe that we have adequate
working capital for our present requirements and that our net cash generated from operating activities, together
with cash and cash equivalents, will provide sufficient funds to satisfy our working capital requirements and
anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months following the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
We may, however, incur additional indebtedness to finance all or a portion of our capital expenditures or for any
other purposes depending on our capital requirements, market conditions and other factors.
Cash flows
The table below summarises our cash flows for the periods indicated:
Cash Flow Data For the nine months For Financial Year
ended December 31, (₹millions)
(₹millions)
2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
Net cash (used) / generated from operating 7,494.67 4,467.05 6,422.54 6,278.61 6,076.49
activities before extraordinary item (A)
Net cash from / (used) in investing activities (801.12) (690.39) (1,028.63) 1,803.31 (2,241.75)
(after extraordinary item) (B)
Net cash (used) in financing activities (C) ( 4,952.62) (3,392.06) (4,973.81) (7,686.53) (3,962.11)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash 1,740.93 384.60 420.10 395.39 (127.37)
equivalents (D = A+B+C)
Opening cash and cash equivalents (E) 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,589.11 1,193.72 1,321.09
Closing cash and cash equivalents (D + E) 3,750.14 1,973.71 2,009.21 1,589.11 1,193.72
Cash flow from operating activities
Net cash generated from our operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹7,494.67 million for the nine
months ended December 31, 2015. Our net profit before tax (excluding extraordinary items), as restated was
₹8,510.20 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015, which was adjusted mainly for depreciation
and amortisation of ₹1,309.16 million and unrealised foreign exchange gain of ₹888.31 million. As a result, our
operating profit before working capital changes was ₹8,705.78 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2015. This was further adjusted primarily for a decrease in our working capital of ₹617.78 million. The decrease
in our working capital was primarily attributable to an increase in trade and other payables of ₹1,884.98 million.
Cash generated from our operations was ₹9,323.56 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2015,
adjusted for direct taxes paid of ₹1,828.89 million. As a result, our net cash generated from operating activities
before extraordinary item was ₹7,494.67 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015.
Net cash generated from our operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹4,467.05 million for the nine
months ended December 31, 2014. Our net profit before tax (excluding extraordinary items), as restated was
₹6,648.83 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014, which was adjusted mainly for depreciation
and amortisation of ₹1,132.61 million and unrealised foreign exchange gain of ₹351.60 million. As a result, our
347

348
operating profit before working capital changes was ₹7,427.54 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2014. This was further adjusted primarily for an increase in our working capital of ₹1,040.50 million. The
increase in our working capital was primarily attributable to an increase in trade receivables of ₹1,576.63
million. Cash generated from our operations was ₹6,387.04 million in the nine months ended December 31,
2014, adjusted for direct taxes paid of ₹1,919.99 million. As a result, our net cash generated from operating
activities before extraordinary item was ₹4,467.05 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014.
Net cash generated from our operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹6,422.54 million for Financial
Year 2015. Our net profit before tax (excluding extraordinary items), as restated was ₹9,282.33 million for
Financial Year 2015, which was adjusted mainly for depreciation and amortisation of ₹1,579.41 million and
unrealised foreign exchange gain of ₹568.72 million. As a result, our operating profit before working capital
changes was ₹10,112.10 million for Financial Year 2015. This was further adjusted primarily for an increase in
our working capital of ₹922.44 million. The increase in our working capital was primarily attributable to
increases in trade receivables and other receivables of ₹1,979.71 million and ₹107.57 million, respectively,
which was partially offset by an increase in trade payables of ₹1,164.84 million. Cash generated from our
operations was ₹9,189.66 million in Financial Year 2015, adjusted for direct taxes paid of ₹2,767.12 million. As
a result, our net cash generated from operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹6,422.54 million for
Financial Year 2015.
Net cash generated from operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹6,278.61 million for Financial Year
2014. Our net profit before tax (excluding extraordinary items), as restated was ₹8,959.00 million for Financial
Year 2014, which was adjusted mainly for depreciation and amortisation of ₹1,384.83 million and unrealised
foreign exchange gains of ₹516.63 million. As a result, our operating profit before working capital changes was
₹9,827.07 million for Financial Year 2014. This was further adjusted primarily for an increase in our working
capital of ₹1,407.54 million. The increase in our working capital was primarily attributable to increases in trade
receivables and other receivables of ₹1,906.36 million and ₹833.78 million, respectively, which was partially
offset by an increase in trade and other payables of ₹1,332.60 million. Cash generated from our operations was
₹8,419.53 million in Financial Year 2014, adjusted for direct taxes paid of ₹2,140.92 million. As a result, our
net cash generated from operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹6,278.61 million for Financial Year
2014.
Net cash generated from operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹6,076.49 million for Financial Year
2013. Our net profit before tax (excluding extraordinary items), as restated was ₹7,607.34 million for Financial
Year 2013, which was adjusted mainly for depreciation and amortisation of ₹1,094.62 million and unrealised
foreign exchange gains of ₹202.23 million. As a result, our operating profit before working capital changes was
₹8,992.21 million for Financial Year 2013. This was further adjusted primarily for an increase in our working
capital of ₹819.40 million. This increase in our working capital was primarily attributable to an increase in trade
receivables of ₹1,048.97 million and a decrease in trade and other payables of ₹241.25 million, which was
partially offset by a decrease in other receivables of ₹470.82 million. Cash generated from our operations was
₹8,172.81 million in Financial Year 2013, adjusted for direct taxes paid of ₹2,096.32 million. As a result, our
net cash generated from operating activities before extraordinary item was ₹6,076.49 million for Financial Year
2013.
Cash flow used for/from investing activities
Net cash used for investing activities (after extraordinary items) was ₹801.12 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 2015, which was primarily attributable to our purchase of fixed assets amounting to ₹1,078.84
million. This was partially offset by proceeds from the sale of current investments of ₹230.65 million in the nine
Net cash used for investing activities (after extraordinary items) was ₹690.39 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 2014, which was primarily attributable to our purchase of fixed assets amounting to ₹1,641.24
million. This was partially offset by proceeds from the sale of current investments of ₹823.67 million and
proceeds from the sale and transfer of our PES Business to LTTSL amounting to ₹93.95 million in the nine
Net cash used for investing activities (after extraordinary items) was ₹1,028.63 million for Financial Year 2015,
which was primarily attributable to our purchase of fixed assets amounting to ₹1,964.04 million. This was
348

349
partially offset by proceeds from the sale of current investments of ₹793.52 million and proceeds from the sale
and transfer of our PES Business to LTTSL amounting to ₹93.95 million in Financial Year 2015.
Net cash generated from investing activities (after extraordinary items) was ₹1,803.31 million for Financial
Year 2014, which was primarily attributable to proceeds from the sale and transfer of our PES Business to
LTTSL amounting to ₹3,799.62 million and our sale of fixed assets for ₹233.62 million. This was partially
offset by our purchase of fixed assets amounting to ₹1,183.28 million and purchase of current investments
amounting to ₹1,121.56 million.
Net cash used for investing activities (after extraordinary items) was ₹2,241.75 million for Financial Year 2013,
which was primarily attributable to our purchase of fixed assets amounting to ₹2,535.83 million. This was
partially offset by cash generated from the sale of current investments amounting to ₹207.63 million and our
sale of fixed assets for ₹56.47 million.
For further details in relation to our fixed assets referenced above, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations– Capital Expenditures – Historical Capital Expenditures” on
Cash flow used in financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities was ₹4,952.62 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2015,
mainly consisting of the payment of dividends of ₹2,987.99 million, the repayment of borrowings of ₹1,717.76
million and the payment of dividend tax of ₹260.97 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was ₹3,392.06 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2014,
mainly consisting of payment of dividends of ₹3,499.13 million and the payment of dividend tax of ₹567.27
million. This was partially offset by proceeds from borrowings of ₹691.04 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was ₹4,973.81 million for Financial Year 2015, mainly consisting of the
payment of dividends of ₹4,805.25 million and dividend tax of ₹1,125.56 million. This was partially offset by
proceeds from borrowings of ₹1,013.23 million.
payment of dividends of ₹5,514.75 million, a dividend tax of ₹840.95 million and the repayment of borrowings
of ₹1,228.66 million.
payment of dividends of ₹3,031.50 million, a dividend tax of ₹456.93 million and the repayment of borrowings
of ₹377.21 million.
Borrowings
To fund our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, we enter into long-term and short-term credit
facilities. Our borrowings are a mix of Rupee and foreign currency borrowings.
The following table shows certain information about our borrowings as of December 31, 2015:
As of December 31, 2015

(₹millions)
Long-term borrowings:
Secured -
Unsecured -
Total -
Short-term borrowings:
Secured 146.35
Unsecured 198.46
Total 344.81
Current maturities of long-term borrowings:
349

350
As of December 31, 2015

(₹millions)
Secured 147.01
Unsecured -
Total 147.01
Total borrowings 491.82
Of our total outstanding borrowings of ₹491.82 million as of December 31, 2015, ₹14.04 million was
denominated in Rupees and ₹477.78 million was denominated in USD. The principal amounts outstanding
under the borrowings bear interest either at a fixed rate or at a floating rate. As of December 31, 2015, we had
outstanding loans of ₹477.78 million that bear interest at floating rates.
The interest rates on our Rupee-denominated loans are fixed and the interest rates on our foreign currency loans
are floating. Our floating rate borrowings are generally linked to the London interbank offer rate and base rates
of banks. For a description of indicative terms of our material indebtedness, see “Financial Indebtedness”
Contractual Obligations
The table below summarises our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2015 as
classified by maturity:
Payment due by period

Total Less than Between Later than
one year one and five years
five years
(₹in millions)
Short-term borrowings 344.81 344.81 nil nil
Long-term borrowings 147.01 147.01 nil nil
Lease obligations 409.53 56.51 353.02 nil
Trade payables 3,507.37 3,507.37 nil nil
Contracts on capital account 149.11 149.11 nil nil
Total 4,557.83 4,204.81 353.02 nil
Contingent Liabilities
Set forth below is a breakdown of our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31,
2015 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 as classified by maturity on the basis of our consolidated
Restated Financial Statements. For further details, see “Financial Statements- Restated consolidated statement of
contingent liabilities” from pages 311 to 312:
As of December 31, As of March 31,

2015 2014 2015 2014 2013
(₹in millions)
Contingent liabilities
Income tax demand dispute in appeal 1,507.60 912.69 1,167.47 910.03 48.22
Corporate guarantee given on behalf of subsidiary 5,745.57 5,790.25 5,395.70 5,681.29 5,445.98
Service tax demand dispute in appeal 10.82 - 4.52 - -
Bill discounted with banks - - - - 59.71
Others 1.30 1.30 1.30
Total 7,265.29 6,704.24 6,568.99 6,591.32 5,553.91
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Except as set forth above, we do not have any other off-balance sheet arrangements, derivative instruments or
other relationships with unconsolidated entities that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-
balance sheet arrangements.
Capital Expenditures
350

351
Historical Capital Expenditures
Historically, we have incurred capital expenditure in the normal course of our business in relation to the
expansion of our facilities, acquisition of hardware, software licensing rights and acquisition of businesses and
we expect to continue to incur such capital expenditure in the future.
Nine months ended December 31, 2015
During the nine months ended December 31, 2015, our capital expenditures were ₹1,078.84 million and
primarily comprised:
 Tangible assets: We incurred major capital expenditure on facilities and IT assets for the expansion of
the Delivery Centres in the SEZs located in Pune and Chennai, India and IT assets purchased for the
Delivery Centres in Canada; and
 Intangible assets: We incurred major software development expenses for the enhancement to our
product platform, Unitrax® in Canada and software purchased for the Delivery Centres located in India
and Canada.
Nine months ended December 31, 2014
During the nine months ended December 31, 2014, our capital expenditures were ₹1,641.24 million and
primarily comprised:
the Delivery Centres in the SEZs located in Airoli and Pune, India; and
 Intangible assets: As a result of our acquisition of ISRC, we acquired goodwill of ₹614.56 million.
Financial Year 2015
During Financial Year 2015, our capital expenditures were ₹1,964.04 million and primarily comprised:
Delivery Centres in SEZs located in Airoli and Pune, India; and
 Intangible assets: As a result of our acquisition of ISRC, we acquired goodwill of ₹614.56 million.
Financial Year 2014
Delivery Centres in SEZs located in Airoli, Pune, Chennai and Bengaluru, India; and
and Canada.
Financial Year 2013
Delivery Centres in SEZs located in Airoli, India, for the setting-up of a Delivery Centre in South
Africa, and for the setting-up of a Delivery Centre and sales office in Canada.
and Canada.
Planned Capital Expenditure
351

352
We expect to fund our future capital expenditure plans through funds generated from our operations in a manner
that is generally consistent with past practice in relation thereto.
Related Party Transactions
We have engaged in the past, and may engage in the future, in transactions with related parties, including our
affiliates on an arm’s length basis for the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and Financial Years
2013 to 2015. For further details, see “Related Party Transactions” on page 204.
Seasonality
Our results of operations do not generally exhibit seasonality. However, there may be variation in our quarterly
income or profit after tax as a result of various factors, including those described above under “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations– Factors Affecting Our Results of
Operations” and those described in “Risk Factors” beginning on pages 326 and 19.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
General
Market risk is attributable to all market-sensitive financial instruments, including foreign currency receivables
and payables. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, foreign
currency exchange rates, commodity, prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk
sensitive instruments. Our exposure to market risk is a function of our revenue generating activities and any
future borrowing activities in foreign currencies. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive
exposure of our earnings and equity to loss. Most of our exposure to market risk arises out of our foreign
currency accounts receivable.
Risk management procedures
We manage market risk through treasury operations, which include the management of cash resources,
implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures and ensuring compliance with market risk
limits and policies.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Although our Company’s reporting currency is in Rupees, we transact a significant portion of our business in
several other currencies. Approximately 94.9%, 95.8% and 95.3% of our revenue from operations in the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 and in Financial Years 2015 and 2014, respectively, were derived from sales
outside of India. Substantially, all of our non-Indian sales income is denominated in foreign currencies,
primarily in USD and Euro.
Further, we continue to incur in currencies other than in Rupee indebtedness in the form of external commercial
borrowings, which creates foreign currency exposure in respect of our cash flows and ability to service such
debt.
Therefore, our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, costs and other foreign
currency assets and liabilities to the extent that there is no natural hedge.
In order to mitigate our foreign exchange risk, we have a long-term hedging policy. We hedge, against the US
dollar, all major currencies in which we transact business (for example, the Indian Rupee and the Euro) by
entering into forward contracts. Our forward contracts are run on a net exposure basis, typically for a period of
up to three years. These forward contracts provide for payments by banks to us in the situations where the spot
exchange rate against the US dollar is lower than the forward contract rate against the US dollar and payment to
the banks by us when the spot exchange rate against the US dollar is higher than the forward contract rate
against the US dollar. Such forward contracts are treated as foreign currency transactions and accounted for
accordingly. Exchange differences arising on such contracts are recognised in the period in which they arise and
the premium paid/received is accounted as expense/income over the period of the contract.
Interest Rate Risk
352

353
We are exposed to market risk with respect to changes in interest rates related to our borrowings. Interest rate
risk exists with respect to our indebtedness that bears interest at floating rates tied to certain benchmark rates.
While we hedge the interest rates on certain of our indebtedness in currencies other than in Rupee, if the interest
rates for our existing or future borrowings increase significantly, our cost of servicing such debt will increase.
As at December 31, 2015, we had outstanding loans of ₹477.78 million that bear interest at floating rates.
Interest rate risk exists with respect to our indebtedness that bears interest at floating rates tied to certain
benchmark rates (such as LIBOR, in the case of our external commercial borrowings) as well as borrowings that
are generally announced through our credit policy measures issued twice a year. Moreover, our interest rate risk
is affected primarily by the short-term interest rates set by Indian banks.
Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit risk on monies owed to us by our clients. If our clients do not pay us promptly, or at
all, we may have to make provisions for, or write-off, such amounts. In the nine months ended December 31,
2015 and in Financial Years 2015 and 2014, our trade receivables were ₹9,909.80 million, ₹10,901.16 million
and ₹9,309.86 million, respectively.
Critical Accounting Policies
We have prepared our consolidated Restated Financial Statements (beginning on page 266) in accordance with
Indian GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Annexure IV (B) to our
consolidated Restated Financial Statements from pages 274 to 283. The preparation of our consolidated Restated
Financial Statements in conformity with Indian GAAP requires our management to make judgements, estimates
and assumptions as disclosed in Annexure IV (B) to our consolidated Restated Financial Statements from pages
274 to 283 that affects the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated Restated Financial Statements. The critical accounting
policies that our management believes to be the most significant are disclosed below.
Further, with effect from April 1, 2016, we are required to prepare our financial statements in accordance with
Ind AS. Given that Ind AS is different in many respects from Indian GAAP under which our financial
statements are currently prepared, our financial statements for the period commencing from April 1, 2016 may
not be comparable to our historical financial statements. Further, we have made no attempt to quantify or
identify the impact of the differences between Ind AS and Indian GAAP as applied to our financial statements
and there can be no assurance that the adoption of Ind AS will not affect our reported results of operations or
financial condition. See also, “Risk Factors – Public companies in India, including us, are required to prepare
financial statements under Ind AS and compute Income Tax under the Income Computation and Disclosure
Standards (the “ICDS”). The transition to Ind AS d AS and ICDS in India is very recent and we may be
negatively affected by such transition.” from pages 43 to 44.
Preparation of financial statements
Our Restated Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared from the audited financial statements for the nine
months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and Financial Years ended March 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and
2011, in accordance with the requirements of section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Companies
(Prospectus and Allotment Securities) Rules, 2014 (the “Rules”) and the requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulation, 2009 as amended (the
“Regulations”).
Revenue recognition
Revenues from contracts with our clients that are priced on a time-and-materials basis are recognised when
services are rendered and related costs are incurred.
Revenues from services performed on a fixed-price basis are recognised using the proportionate completion
method.
Unbilled revenue represents the value of services performed in accordance with the contract terms, but which
has not yet been billed to the customer.
353

354
Tangible owned assets
For the nine months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and Financial Year 2015, depreciation on assets is
provided based on the useful life prescribed in Schedule II to the Companies Act, 2013, as amended, except for
leasehold improvements which are depreciated over the lease period.
Depreciation/ amortisation on additions/ disposals are calculated pro-rata from/ to the month of additions/
disposals.
For Financial Years 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, depreciation on all assets was calculated using the straight line
method at rates prescribed by Schedule XIV to the Companies Act, 1956, as amended, except for plant and
machinery (at the rate of 4.75% to 20%), computers (at the rate of 20% to 30%), servers (at the rate of 25%),
furniture and fixtures (at the rate of 10% to 20%), office equipment (at the rate of 20% to 33.33%) and motor
vehicles (at the rate of 14.14%).
Tangible leased assets
Assets acquired under finance leases are depreciated at the rates applicable to similar assets owned by our
Company as there is reasonable certainty that our Company shall obtain ownership of the assets at the end of the
lease term. Leasehold land is depreciated over the residual period of the lease.
Foreign subsidiaries
Depreciation for the assets of foreign subsidiaries is provided using methods and at the rates required and/or
deemed permissible by the local laws, to which such foreign subsidiaries are subject, and so as to write off the
assets over their useful lives.
Intangible assets and amortisation
 Computer software: Over a period of 3 years;
 Intellectual property rights: Over a period of 3 years;
 Acquired software: Over a period of 10 years;
 Internally developed software: Over a period 1 to 5 years;
 Business rights: Over a period of 5 years; and
 Customer contracts: Over a period of 10 years.
Foreign currency transactions
Foreign currency transactions are initially recorded at the rates prevailing on the date of the transaction. At the
balance sheet date, foreign currency monetary items are reported using the closing rate. Non-monetary items
which are carried at historical cost denominated in foreign currency are reported using the exchange rate at the
date of the transaction.
The translation of foreign currency transactions by overseas branches and subsidiaries is as under:
 Revenue items: at the average rate for the period;
 Fixed assets and investments: at the rates prevailing on the date of the transaction; and
 Other assets and liabilities: at year-end rates.
Exchange differences on settlement and/or year-end conversions are adjusted and charged to the profit and loss
account.
Forward contracts other than those entered into to hedge foreign currency risk on unexecuted firm commitments
and/or of highly probable forecast transactions are treated as foreign currency transactions and accounted for
354

355
accordingly. Exchange differences arising on such contracts are recognised in the period in which they arise and
the premium paid/received is accounted as expense/income over the period of the contract.
Profit or loss on such forward contracts is accounted as income or expense for the period.
All the other derivative contracts, including forward contracts entered into to hedge foreign currency risks on
unexecuted firm commitments and highly probable forecast transactions, are recognised in our consolidated
Restated Financial Statements at fair value as on the balance sheet date. In pursuance of the announcement of
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) dated March 29, 2008 on accounting of derivatives, our
Company has adopted Accounting Standard 30 for applying the test of hedge effectiveness of the outstanding
derivative contracts. Accordingly, the resulting gains or losses on fair valuation of such contracts are recognised
in the profit and loss account or balance sheet, as the case may be.
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Provisions are recognised for liabilities that can be measured only by using a substantial degree of estimation, if
our Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event; a probable outflow of resources is expected to
settle the obligation; and the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated.
Reimbursement expected in respect of expenditure required to settle a provision is recognised only when it is
virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received.
Contingent liabilities are disclosed in the case of a present obligation arising from a past event when it is not
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; or a possible obligation unless the
probability of outflow of resources is remote.
Analysis of Certain Changes
Our Company has made certain changes to its accounting policies which have resulted in changes to its financial
statements for the years presented herein for the more appropriate presentation of financial statements.
First, goodwill arising on acquisition and consolidation was previously amortised over a period of ten years up
to Financial Year 2013. We revised the related accounting policy in Financial Year 2014 to test goodwill for
impairment at every balance sheet date.
Second, our subsidiary, LTIFST, revised its accounting policy in Financial Year 2012 in relation to income
taxes, which are now recognised using the future income taxes method.
Third, the cost incurred on long-term projects was amortised till Financial Year 2015 over a period of two years
from the year in which it was incurred. We revised the accounting policy to charge the same to the statement of
profit and loss in the year in which it was incurred.
Tax impact on restatement adjustments
Income tax has been computed on restatement adjustments made and has been adjusted in the restated profits for
the relevant nine-month periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and Financial Years ended March 31,
2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
Known trends or uncertainties
Our business has been impacted and we expect will continue to be impacted by the trends identified above in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations– Significant Factors
Affecting Our Results of Operations” and the uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” beginning on pages 327
and 19, respectively. To our knowledge, except as we have described in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there
are no known factors that we expect to have a material adverse impact on our revenues or income from
continuing operations.
355

356
Total turnover in each major industry segment
Other than as described in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, we do not report segments for our financial statements prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP.
Unusual or infrequent events or transactions
To our knowledge, except as disclosed in this Red Herring Prospectus, there have been no transactions or events
which, in our judgment, would be considered unusual or infrequent.
Future relationship between cost and revenue
Other than as described in the section “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19, there are no known factors that
might affect the future relationship between cost and revenue.
Significant developments subsequent to the last financial period
In the opinion of the Directors, other than as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there has not arisen,
since the date of the last financial statements set out herein, any circumstance that materially or adversely affects
or is likely to affect our profitability, taken as a whole, or the value of our consolidated assets or our ability to
pay our material liabilities over the next twelve months.
356

357
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The consolidated summary statement of operating profits and losses of our Company is set out below:
Particulars April, 2015- April, 2014-

December, 2015 December, 2014
(in ₹ million) (in ₹ million)
INCOME:
Revenue 42,937.93 36,854.79
Forex gain/(loss)
Other income 2,478.83 604.32
Less: other income other than forex gain/(loss) 112.42 120.06
Forex gain/(loss) 2,366.41 484.26
Total Income 45,304.34 37,339.05
EXPENSES:
Software Development Expenses
Employee benefit expenses 27,146.97 22,668.70
Operating expenses 3,673.73 2,789.25
Add: Travel expenses for billable employees 430.07 355.90
Less: Employee benefit expenses for marketing and support 3,523.56 3,009.06
Software Development Expenses 27,727.21 22,804.79
GROSS MARGIN 17,577.13 14,534.26

% to revenue from operations 38.8% 38.9%
Sales, General & administration expenses

Sales, General & administration expenses 4,659.93 4,143.57
Add: Employee benefit expenses for marketing and support 3,523.56 3,009.06
Less: Travel expenses for billable employees 430.07 355.90
Sales, General & administration expenses 7,753.42 6,796.73
OPERATING MARGIN 9,823.71 7,737.53

Add: other income other than forex gain/(loss) 112.42 120.06
OPERATING PROFIT (AS PER FINANCIALS) 9,936.13 7,857.59
Particulars April, 2015- April, 2014-

December, 2015 December, 2014
(in ₹ million) (in ₹ million)
Revenue 42,937.93 36,854.79
Forex gain/(loss) 2,366.41 484.26
Other income other than forex gain/(loss) 112.42 120.06
TOTAL INCOME (AS PER FINANCIALS) 45,416.76 37,459.11
Our operating margin has been derived from our statement of consolidated profit and loss for the nine months
ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 shown in the table above. Operating margin is not a standard
measure under Indian GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to cash
flows, net income or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of operating performance, liquidity,
profitability or cash flows generated by operating, investing or financing activities. Our operating margin
presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies, as not all
companies use the same definition.
357

358
SECTION VI: LEGAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
OUTSTANDING LITIGATION AND MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS

The details of the outstanding litigation or proceedings involving our Company, Subsidiaries, Promoter, Group Companies and Directors
are described in this section in the manner as detailed below.
Disclosure of litigation involving our Company and our Subsidiaries: We have disclosed all pending criminal litigation and actions taken
by regulatory or statutory authorities involving our Company and our Subsidiaries individually in this section. We have disclosed claims
relating to direct and indirect taxes involving our Company in a consolidated manner giving details of number of cases and total amount
involved in such claims. We have also disclosed details of any inquiry, inspections or investigations initiated or conducted against our
Company and our Subsidiaries under the Companies Act in the last five years, details of default and non-payment of statutory dues, details
of pending litigation involving our Company, whose outcome could have material adverse effect on the position of our Company, details of
acts of material frauds committed against our Company in the last five years and details of pending proceedings initiated against our
Company for economic offences, if any.
Our Board has approved that given the nature and extent of operations of our Company and our Subsidiaries, the outstanding litigation
involving our Company or any of our Subsidiaries which exceed the lower of one per cent of the consolidated revenue and five per cent of
the consolidated net profit of our Company in the last audited financial year would be considered material for our Company.
The consolidated revenue of our Company for the Financial Year 2015, was ₹ 50,695.3 million and the consolidated net profit of our
Company was ₹ 7,685.3 million. Accordingly, in addition to the above, we have disclosed all outstanding litigation involving our Company
and our Subsidiaries where the aggregate amount involved exceeds ₹ 375 million (being approximately five percent of consolidated net
profit of our Company in the Financial Year 2015 individually and the litigation involving an aggregate amount below ₹ 375 million
involving our Company and our Subsidiaries have been consolidated and disclosed in a summary and indicative manner in this section.
Our Board has also approved that dues owed by our Company to the small scale undertakings and other creditors exceeding five per cent of
our total dues owed to the small scale undertakings and other creditors would be considered as material dues for our Company and
accordingly, we have disclosed consolidated information of outstanding dues owed to small scale undertakings and other creditors,
separately giving details of number of cases and amount for all dues where each of the dues exceed ₹ 21 million (being approximately five
per cent of total dues owed by our Company to the small scale undertakings and other creditors as of December 31, 2015).
For details of the manner of disclosure of litigation involving our Promoter, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments –
Litigation involving our Promoter” from pages 361 to 362. Further, for details of the manner of disclosure of litigation involving our Group
Companies, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments – Litigation involving our Group Companies” on page 371. For
details of the manner of disclosure of litigation involving our Directors, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments –
Litigation involving our Directors” on page 384.
I. Litigation involving our Company
A. Litigation filed against our Company
Criminal matters
1. Suhas Ambade filed an FIR on behalf of Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company Limited
(“MSEDCL”) before the Kalyan Police Station against Nitin Patwardhan (the “Accused”), an employee
of our Company in his capacity as a representative of our Company, before the Court of Special Judge,
Thane, for alleged unauthorised use of electricity by our Company under Section 135 of the Electricity
Act, 2003. Our Company filed an application for compounding of the alleged offence with MSEDCL.
MSEDCL has approved our application for compounding the offence and our Company has paid an
amount of ₹ 0.35 million towards compounding charges. The matter is currently pending.
2. Certain officials and ex-officials of our Company, namely Munnawar Bux, Ghanshyam Mhatre, Ganesh
Apte and V. K. Magapu, and Chris Colaco (the “Petitioners”) have filed criminal writ petitions before the
Bombay High Court in relation to criminal proceedings initiated against the Petitioners. Krishnan
Subramanian had filed an FIR before the Powai police station against the Petitioners under Sections 34,
120B, 201, 406 and 420 of the IPC read with Sections 20 and 25 of the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 and
Sections 65, 66 and 85 of Information Technology Act, 2000 alleging illegal transfer of the international
calls and related losses to the Government and Tata Teleservices (Maharashtra) Limited amounting to ₹
6.45 million. Subsequently, the Petitioners filed discharge applications, which were rejected by the
Magistrate. Our Company had also filed two writ petitions before the Bombay High Court seeking
quashing of the FIR lodged. Our Company has withdrawn one of the writ petitions and the Bombay High
Court has disposed the other writ petition filed by our Company. The matter is currently pending.
Actions by regulatory/ statutory authorities
358

359
The Recovery Officer, Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (the “Recovery Officer”), issued an order to
our Company under Section 8F(2) of the EPF Act in relation to recovery of statutory dues owed by M/s. Marg
Constructions Limited (“Marg Constructions”) to the Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation which is alleged
to be recovered by our Company. Marg Constructions failed to remit statutory dues amounting to ₹ 5.65 million
between the period December 2006 to June 2013. The Recovery Officer has alleged that the aforesaid statutory
dues are to be recovered by our Company. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 5.65 million. Our Company
has replied to the Recovery Officer stating that it has no ongoing or past relationship with Marg Constructions.
The matter is currently pending.
Direct tax matters
17 direct tax matters involving our Company are pending before various forums such as CIT (Appeals), ITAT
the Bombay High Court and the Supreme Court involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 842.99 million, in relation
to inter alia partial disallowance of deductions claimed under Section 10A of the Income Tax Act, restriction of
deduction under Section 10A of the Income Tax Act to the extent of total income and disallowance of carried
forward unabsorbed depreciation, set-off of losses of ineligible units against profits of eligible units, increase in
taxable amount owing to transfer pricing adjustment and levy of tax for failure to deduct tax at source on bank
guarantee charges, and claim for employee stock option amortization expenses. The matters are currently
pending.
Indirect tax matters
31 indirect tax matters (including notices received by our Company) involving our Company are pending before
various forums such as the Maharashtra Sales Tax Tribunal, Assistant Commissioner of Service Tax, Assistant
Commissioner of Central Excise and CESTAT involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 256.22 million and rejection
of refunds claimed by our Company amounting to approximately ₹ 170.50 million, in relation to inter alia
payment of sales tax on purchase of goodwill, customs and excise duty violation on imported goods, payment of
service tax on reverse charge mechanism on import of services, availment of CENVAT credit, rejection of VAT
and service tax refund claims and levy of service tax on maintenance and repair services. The matters are
currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation against our Company exceeding ₹ 375 million.
Other matters filed against our Company where the aggregate amount is below ₹ 375 million relate to inter alia,
complaint filed by an ex-employee for wrongful termination of employment by our Company before the
Commissioner of Labour, Thane under Sections 2A and 25(f) of the Industrial Disputes Act, petition filed by
NHAI against our Company before the Delhi High Court under Section 34 of the Arbitration Act seeking setting
aside of an arbitral award in relation to a contract for software development entered into between our Company
and the NHAI, complaint filed against our Company before the Industrial Court, Maharashtra, in relation to
unfair labour practices such as non-payment of salary and alleged malafide transfer of an employee and
complaint filed against our Company in relation to alleged non-payment of fees by our Company to a
recruitment company, notices issued to our Company by inter alia employees of our Company including in
relation to non-refund of tax deducted at source by our Company, dismissal on grounds of insufficient
performance and alleged harassment by an employee of our Company. The matters are currently pending.
Notices
One of the former employees of our Company has issued a legal notice, through his attorney, indicating
intention of the former employee to file a civil action against our Company in the U.S. in relation to alleged (i)
entitlement of the former employee to receive options for certain number of employee stock options under the
Existing Employee Stock Option Plans, (ii) certain labour law related violations and (iii) visa related violations
by filing Qui Tam action to the U.S. Attorney General and U.S. District Attorney, if they do not receive a
communication from our Company within five days from the letter dated January 22, 2016. The process of
appointing mediators with respect to this notice is under progress. The matter is currently pending.
One of the other former employees of our Company has issued a legal notice, through his advocate, to our
Company in relation to his alleged entitlement to options rights for certain number of employee stock options
under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans during the course of his employment. Our Company has
replied to this notice. The matter is currently pending.
359

360
In addition to above, with effect from September 21, 2015 i.e. the effective date of ISRC Scheme, all
outstanding litigation involving ISRC set out below, shall be continued against our Company. For details in
relation to the ISRC Scheme, see “History and Certain Corporate Matters- Schemes of arrangement- Scheme of
amalgamation entered into between ISRC and our Company” on page 156.
Direct tax matters involving ISRC
Six income tax matters involving ISRC have been filed before various forums such as CIT (Appeals) and ITAT,
involving an amount aggregating to ₹ 4.61 million, in relation to inter alia reduction of certain deductions
claimed under Section 10A of the Income Tax Act and, increase in taxable amount owing to transfer pricing
adjustments. The matters are currently pending.
Indirect tax matters involving ISRC
Three indirect tax proceedings pending before various forums such as CESTAT and Deputy Commissioner of
Sales Tax, involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 1.95 million and a refund of ₹ 0.70 million, in relation to inter
alia disallowance of set-off claim and error in calculation of taxable sales and rejection of refund, in relation to
CENVAT credit claimed and rejection of adjustment of set off made of input VAT. The matters are currently
pending.
Actions by regulatory/statutory authorities involving ISRC
The Assistant Provident Fund Commissioner, Regional Office, Pune, has issued notices to ISRC in relation to
production of certain documents and appearance in person regarding an enquiry under Section 7-A of the EPF
Act. The matter is currently pending.
B. Litigation by our Company
Criminal matters
T. N. Srinivasan, assistant manager- administration of our Company, filed an FIR on behalf of our Company,
against Giridharan and Amitharaj (collectively the “Accused”), before the Mambalam police station, Chennai
under Sections 406 and 420 of the IPC in relation to fake recruitments by the Accused in the name of our
Company. The matter is currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation filed by our Company exceeding ₹ 375 million.
Other matters filed by our Company where the aggregate amount is below ₹ 375 million relate to inter alia,
arbitration proceedings initiated by our Company against our ex-employees before various courts such as
Additional District Judge, Indore and the Principal District Judge, Jammu, respectively in relation to letters of
appointment issued by our Company to the ex-employees and breach of the appointment letters by the ex-
employees.
Notices
Our Company issued notices to its employees from time to time in relation to various matters including inter
alia breach of appointment letters with reference to exit of employees from the employment of our Company
without serving the period stipulated under the respective appointment letters.
Small scale undertakings or any other creditors
Our Company does not owe any small scale undertakings any amounts exceeding ₹ 21 million as of December
31, 2015. There are no disputes with such entities in relation to payments to be made to them.
Our Company, in its ordinary course of business, has certain amounts aggregating ₹ 436.61 million or more
which are due towards other creditors. As of December 31, 2015, our Company owed an aggregate amount of ₹
117.20 million towards other creditors where dues to each creditor exceeded ₹ 21 million. The details pertaining
to amounts due towards such other creditors exceeding ₹ 21 million as of December 31, 2015 are available on
the website of our Company at the following link: www.lntinfotech.com/en-
360

361
us/AboutUs/Financials/Pages/ListCreditors.aspx. The details in relation to other creditors and amount payable to

each such creditor available on the website of our Company do not form a part of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
II. Litigation involving our Subsidiaries
1. Litigation involving LTIFST
Direct tax matters
The Canada Revenue Agency has completed the re-assessment proceedings in relation to payment of
income tax returns of LTIFST for the Financial Years 2011, 2012 and 2013 in relation to inter alia,
reallocation of purchase price for acquisition of shares, increase in the deduction of capital cost
allowance and eligible capital expenditures, certain items of expenditure being considered as general
reserves instead of specific reserves, and restriction on deduction of certain expenses. The aggregate
amount involved in the matter is ₹ 5.77 million. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
One of the employees of LTIFST has issued legal notices, through her attorney, to LTIFST, alleging
constructive dismissal and proposing a severance discussion. LTIFST has replied to the said notices. The
matter is currently pending.
2. Litigation involving GDA Technologies
Direct tax matters
Two income tax matters involving GDA Technologies are pending before the Assessing Officer, in
relation to reduction of certain deductions claimed under Section 10A of the Income Tax Act. The
matters are currently pending.
III. Litigation involving our Promoter
Disclosure of litigation involving our Promoter: Our Promoter is a major technology, engineering, construction, manufacturing and
financial services conglomerate, with global operations. Our Promoter has customers in over 30 countries and has several international
offices and a supply chain that extends around the world.
In the Financial Year 2015, the consolidated revenue of our Promoter was ₹ 920,045.8 million and the consolidated net profit of our
Promoter was ₹ 49,640.0 million.
In view of the nature of diverse business undertaken by our Promoter, our Promoter is involved in various litigation filed in India and
overseas from time to time.
The IPO committee of the board of our Promoter has approved that given the nature and extent of operations of our Promoter, the
outstanding litigation involving our Promoter which exceed the lower of one per cent of the consolidated revenue and five per cent of the
consolidated net profit of our Promoter in the last audited financial year would be considered material for our Company. Our Board has
approved of this threshold.
On the basis of the above, the litigation involving our Promoter has been disclosed in the following manner:
(i) all outstanding criminal proceedings involving our Promoter have been disclosed individually in this section other than criminal
proceedings initiated by our Promoter under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, which have been disclosed in a
consolidated manner;
(ii) all claims related to direct and indirect taxes, in a consolidated manner giving details of number of claims and total amount in this
section;
(iii) all actions taken by regulatory or statutory authorities against our Promoter which are currently under litigation and are
outstanding have been disclosed in this section;
(iv) all outstanding litigation involving our Promoter where the aggregate amount involved exceeds ₹ 2,500 million (being lower of one
per cent of consolidated revenue and five per cent of the consolidated net profit of our Promoter) have been disclosed in this
section and litigation below ₹ 2,500 million involving our Promoter have been consolidated and disclosed in a summary and
indicative manner in this section;
(v) with respect to litigation or legal action pending or taken by any ministry or government department or statutory authority against
our Promoter during the last five years, all such litigation or legal action aggregating above ₹ 2,500 million have been disclosed
361

362
individually and other litigation or legal action have been consolidated and disclosed in a summary and indicative manner in this
section; and
(vi) any other case which is non-quantifiable but are considered material by our Promoter.
Litigation against our Promoter
Criminal matters
1. CBI filed a criminal case against the officials of our Promoter and Oriental Insurance Company
Limited before the CBI Special Court, Chennai in relation to alleged conspiracy and bogus insurance
claims filed by our Promoter before Oriental Insurance relating to certain columns erected by our
Promoter in NTPC Simhadri coal handling plant job which collapsed due to instable soil. The matter is
currently pending.
2. Our Promoter filed a criminal revision petition against CBI before the Patna High Court seeking
quashing of criminal proceedings initiated by the CBI. CBI had filed a criminal case against our
Promoter and others before the Special Judge, CBI, Patna, under Sections 120B and 420 of the IPC and
Sections 13(2) and 13(1)(d) of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988. NHAI had awarded a contract
(the “Contract”) to L&T-HCC JV, a joint venture of our Promoter and Hindustan Construction
Company Limited to execute the golden quadrilateral project (the “Project”) in Delhi-Kolkata. NHAI
alleged sub-contracting of more than 10% of the total value of the Project in contravention of the
Contract causing a loss of ₹ 220 million to NHAI. Pursuant to the disputes between the parties, NHAI
initiated arbitration proceedings before the arbitral tribunal as well as initiated dispute resolution
proceedings before the dispute review board (the “DRB”). The arbitral tribunal and the DRB dismissed
the claims of NHAI. NHAI entered into a settlement with L&T-HCC JV. The Patna High Court has
granted a stay on framing of charges before the Special Judge, CBI, Patna. The matter is currently
pending.
3. Our Promoter and M.P. Sharma (the “Accused”) filed a discharge petition (the “Discharge Petition”)
before the Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate, Sherghati in relation to the criminal case initiated
against our Promoter and the Accused by the Labour Enforcement Officer (Central), Patna before the
Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate, Sherghati for alleged violation of sections 47, 48 and 49 of the
BCW Act. The Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate, Sherghati has allowed the Application and the
Discharge Petition. The matter is currently pending.
4. The State of Jammu (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against the officials of National Hydroelectric
Power Corporation (“NHPC”) and the officials of our Promoter (collectively the “Accused”), before
the CBI under Sections 120B and 420, 420A of the Ranbir Penal Code of Jammu and Kashmir, 1932
and Section 5 of Jammu and Kashmir Prevention of Corruption Act, 2006, alleging criminal conspiracy
and forgery of documents by the Accused. NHPC had awarded two contracts (the “NHPC Contract”) to
our Promoter to execute the work of rural electrification in Udhampur and Kathua district in Jammu. A
complaint was filed by a whistle blower within NHPC alleging irregularities by the officials of NHPC
in execution of the NHPC Contract. Pursuant to the same, the Central Bureau of Investigation filed
charge sheet alleging that the Accused furnished forged undertakings and also placed purchase orders
on various firms without the prior approval of NHPC, causing loss to the exchequer as the materials
were not supplied directly from the manufacturer. The matter is currently pending.
5. The Karnataka State Pollution Control Board filed a criminal complaint against our Promoter before
the JMFC, Devanahalli, Bengaluru for alleged violation of certain provisions of the Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and failure to disconnect power supply to the crusher plant of our
Promoter. The matter is currently pending.
6. Two criminal complaints (the “Complaints”) against our Promoter and others have been filed by the
Inspector, under the BCW Act, before the Karkardooma Court, Delhi in relation to alleged non-
compliance of certain provisions of the BCW Act pertaining to the green project site of DLF Limited.
Subsequently, our Promoter filed petitions (the “Petitions”) under Section 482 of the CrPC before the
Delhi High Court seeking quashing of the Complaints. The Delhi High Court disposed of one of the
Petitions and dispensed with appearance of the directors of the Promoter. The matters are currently
pending.
362

363
7. S. K. Poddar filed a criminal complaint against our Promoter before the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate,
Kolkata under Section 420 of the IPC alleging non-payment of brokerage relating to lease provided to
British Airways. The matter is currently pending.
8. The Labour Enforcement Officer filed a complaint against our Promoter before the Metropolitan
Magistrate Court, Patiala in relation to alleged violation of certain provisions of Contract Labour Act at
various construction sites. The matter is currently pending.
9. T. Malliah, a labour supply contractor filed a complaint against our Promoter before the Metropolitan
Magistrate Court, Miyapur for alleged non-payment of wages and alleged violation of certain
provisions of Contract Labour Act. The matter is currently pending.
10. G V Bapat, a food inspector (the “Complainant”) filed a complaint against our Promoter, the supplier
and buyer of food items used in the canteen of our Promoter before the Additional Chief Metropolitan
Magistrate, Mazgaon under Section 2 of the Prevention of Food Adulteration Act, 1954 in relation to
adulterated food being supplied. The matter is currently pending.
11. R. S. Manjrekar (the “Complainant”), a workman of our Promoter filed a miscellaneous criminal
complaint against our Promoter before the Labour Court, Bandra in relation to non-compliance of order
of re-instatement passed by the Labour Court. Our Promoter had terminated the services of the
Complainant. Subsequently, the Complainant filed an application before the Labour Court seeking re-
instatement of services which was granted by the Labour Court. Due to disputes between the
Complainant and our Promoter in relation to re-instatement, the Complainant filed the aforesaid
miscellaneous criminal complaint. The matter is currently pending.
12. Patekar, a retired workman of our Promoter filed a miscellaneous criminal complaint before the
Magistrate Court, Mumbai against our Promoter alleging criminal conspiracy and criminal intimidation
when he was in service. The matter is currently pending.
13. Kamaljeet Singh Shikawat (the “Complainant”), a customer of our Promoter, filed a criminal case
against our Promoter and Komatsu India Private Limited (“Komatsu”) before the Thana Mandan,
District Alwar, Rajashthan alleging that Komatsu failed to return the equipment belonging to the
Complainant. The matter is currently pending.
14. Our Promoter has filed an appeal against the order passed by the Directorate General of Inspection
before the Secretary, Labour Department, Government of India. For further details, see “Outstanding
Litigation and Material Developments - Litigation involving our Promoter – Actions by regulatory/
statutory authorities - Actions taken by authorities for building and construction workers” on page 367.
15. The Regional Officer, of Gujarat Pollution Control Board (the “GPCB”) filed a criminal complaint on
behalf of GPCB, against our Promoter and the directors of our Promoter, including A. M. Naik, S. N.
Subrahmanyan and R. Shankar Raman, before the Chief Judicial Magistrate First Class, Vadodara
under Section 15 read with Section 16 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 alleging that the
construction of flats and buildings was commenced without obtaining an environment clearance as
required under the notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests. The matter is
currently pending.
16. The Department of Mines and Geology has filed a complaint before the JMFC, Bangalore against our
Promoter in relation to alleged failure of our Promoter to comply with the provisions of the Karnataka
Regulation of Stone Crushers Act, 2011 and the rules framed thereunder. The matter is currently
pending.
17. The Labour Officer, State of Gujarat has filed three complaints against the Promoter and its employees
before the Judicial Magistrate, Vagra alleging certain non-compliances with the provisions of the
Contract Labour (Regulation of Employment and Abolition) Act, 1970 read with the rules framed
thereunder and the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 read with the rules framed thereunder on account of
irregularities, inter alia in the maintenance of attendance registers, pay sheets, overtime registers in
relation to construction work undertaken by our Promoter for Torrent Pharmaceuticals Limited at
Ahmedabad. The matters are currently pending.
363

364
Actions taken by SEBI
1. SEBI has issued summons to our Promoter (the “Summons”) in furtherance of the ongoing
investigation proceedings initiated by SEBI in connection with the order dated November 24, 2015
passed against Sharepro Services (India) Private Limited (“Sharepro”), seeking details and documents
in relation to, among others: (i) process of transfer of shares of our Promoter; (ii) whether Sharepro
informed and took approval for dematerialization of shares of our Promoter and the detailed procedure
regarding the same; (iii) whether Sharepro informed and took approval for rematerialization of shares
of our Promoter and the detailed procedure regarding to the same; and (iv) authority of Sharepro to sign
new share certificates of our Promoter. Our Promoter has filed a response to each of the queries raised
in the Summons. The matter is currently pending.
2. SEBI has issued notices to our Promoter and A. M. Naik in relation to alleged violation of the SEBI
Act and the SEBI Insider Trading Regulations for certain trade in shares of our Promoter. For further
details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our Directors” on
page 384.
Actions taken by authorities for stamp duty
1. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition before the Gujarat High Court against the order (the “Order”)
passed by the Collector and Additional Superintendent of Stamps, Gandhinagar (the “Collector”) for a
demand of stamp duty aggregating to ₹ 33.50 million against our Promoter. Our Promoter had applied
for de-notification from SEZ of certain units situated at Vadodara and accordingly was required to
obtain no objection certificates (“NOCs”) from various authorities including the stamp duty department
(the “Department”) of Gandhinagar. Accordingly, our Promoter had filed an application with the
Department for obtaining an NOC. However, the Collector, through the Order raised the aforesaid
demand. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 33.50 million. The writ petition was disposed of by the
Gujarat High Court and the Promoter has been directed to file an appeal before the Chief Controlling
Revenue Authority (“CCRA”). The CCRA has been directed by the Gujarat High Court to issue the
NOC, during the pendency of the appeal, subject to the Promoter depositing a percentage of stamp duty
amount and furnishing a corporate guarantee. This matter is currently pending.
2. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand made by the Sub-Registrar, Kodambakkam,
Chennai (the “Sub-Registrar”) before the Madras High Court relating to alleged deficiency of ₹ 44.92
million in the payment of stamp duty on a consortium agreement. Our Promoter had entered into a
consortium agreement with Alstom to form a consortium namely L&T Alstom and paid a stamp duty of
₹ 1,600 for execution of the consortium agreement. The Sub-Registrar issued a show cause notice to
our Promoter demanding payment of the aforesaid stamp duty. The amount involved in the matter is ₹
44.92 million. The Madras High Court has granted stay against the demand of the Sub-Registrar and
the matter is currently pending.
3. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand made by the Collector and District Registrar,
Hyderabad (the “Registrar”) before High Court of Hyderabad for the State of Telangana and the State
of Andhra Pradesh (the “Hyderabad High Court”) relating to alleged deficiency of ₹ 6,197.50 million in
the payment of stamp duty paid on the engineering, procurement and construction agreement entered
into with L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited (“LTMRHL”) and paid a stamp duty of ₹ 100 on the
same. The Registrar issued a show cause notice (the “Notice”) to our Promoter and LTMRHL
demanding payment of deficit stamp duty amounting to ₹ 6,197.50 million. The Hyderabad High Court
has suspended the Notice by way of an interim order. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 6,197.50
million. The matter is currently pending.
Actions taken by authorities for legal metrology
A notice against our Promoter was issued by the Inspector of Legal Metrology, Haveli-1, Pune (the “Inspector”)
including in relation to certain non-compliances of the provisions of the Legal Metrology Act, 2009 and the
rules framed thereunder due to non-disclosure of certain details required to be disclosed under Legal Metrology
Act. The matter is currently pending.
364

365
Actions taken by municipal corporations
1. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition before the Bombay High Court against the action taken by the
Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai of preventing our Promoter’s trucks from entering the
municipal limits of Mumbai. Our Promoter had entered into an agreement with Systems Application
and Products in Data Processing Private Limited (“SAP India”) for obtaining license to use proprietary
software (the “Software”) of SAP India. The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai had required
our Promoter to furnish certain documents for the purposes of investigating the use of Software in
Mumbai. Subsequently, the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai demanded an octroi of ₹ 2.36
million from our Promoter. Our Promoter raised objection to the same and paid an amount of ₹ 0.45
million under protest. Due to non-payment of the entire octroi amount, the Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai had prevented our Promoter’s trucks containing ready-mix cement from entering the
municipal limits of Mumbai. Due to the short life of ready-mix cement, the consignment of cement had
to be returned. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 2.36 million. The matter is currently pending.
2. The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai has filed an appeal against the order passed by the
Small Causes Court, Mumbai before the Bombay High Court against the ratable value fixed by the
Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai. The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai had issued
notices to our Promoter under the Mumbai Municipal Corporation Act, 1888 for fixation of the ratable
value of amenity with respect to a parcel of land held by our Promoter. The Small Causes Court passed
an order in favour of our Promoter, against which the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai filed
the aforesaid appeal. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 1.12 million. The matter is currently
pending.
3. Our Promoter has filed a petition against the rejection of certain claims by the Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai before the Bombay High Court. Our Promoter had filed several applications before
Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai seeking the approval from the Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai for commencement of various construction works. Our Promoter had paid an amount
of ₹ 3.07 million under protest as directed by the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai and
thereafter filed a claim before the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai for refund of certain
charges. The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai rejected the claim of our Promoter. The
amount involved in the matter is ₹ 3.07 million. The matter is currently pending.
4. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand (the “Demand”) made by the Tahasildar,
Ernakulam (the “Tahasildar”) before the Kerala High Court (the “Court”) relating to alleged damage to
cables caused while laying down pipe lines by our Promoter. The Court has granted a stay order on the
Demand. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 2.00 million. The matter is currently pending.
5. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand by the Tahasildar, Rajgangpur (the
“Tahasildar”) before the Orissa High Court relating to industrial water tax to be paid by our Promoter.
The Tahasildar issued notices to our Promoter demanding payment of industrial water tax (the
“Demand”) under the Orissa Irrigation (Amendment) Act, 1993 for lifting of water from River Sankh,
Orissa. Subsequently, the ADM, Sundargarh, issued an order to discontinue the water supply line
availed by our Promoter. Our Promoter has, accordingly, filed the aforesaid writ petition against the
Demand. The Orissa High Court has passed an interim order directing the Tahasildar to refrain from
discontinuing the water supply system subject to deposit of ₹ 2.40 million by our Promoter. Our
Promoter deposited an amount of ₹ 2.40 million. Our Promoter filed representation before the Principal
Secretary, Water Resources Department for calculation of water tax. Subsequently, the Under Secretary
Department, Orissa ordered the Engineer in Chief to finalise the calculations of the industrial water tax
payments. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 2.40 million. The matter is currently pending.
6. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the levy of property tax by the Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai before the Bombay High Court. The Mumbai Metropolitan Region Development
Authority (the “MMRDA”) had let out a land to the consortium named L&T-SCOMI Consortium for
the purpose of fabrication for the monorail project by L&T-SCOMI. The Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai issued a notice to our Promoter demanding an amount of ₹ 380.00 million (the
“Demand”). The Bombay High Court granted a stay order in favour of our Promoter for recovery of the
Demand. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 380.00 million. The matter is currently pending.
365

366
7. The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai has filed an appeal against the order passed by the
Small Causes Court, Mumbai before the Bombay High Court in relation to assessment of property tax
in favour of our Promoter. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 36.57 million. The matter is currently
pending.
8. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the recovery of amounts by the Panchayati Raj and Rural
Development, Andhra Pradesh (the “Authority”) before the Hyderabad High Court with respect to the
recovery proceedings initiated by the Authority for recovery of alleged excess payment on price
variation clause pertaining to the water supply projects at Anantapur, on the basis of a vigilance report.
The Hyderabad High Court has granted an interim stay on the recovery proceedings. The amount
involved in the matter is ₹ 837.80 million. The matter is currently pending.
Actions taken by pollution control boards
1. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand (the “Demand”) of water cess passed by the
Orissa State Pollution Control Board (the “Board”) before the Orissa High Court. The Board raised the
Demand against our Promoter in respect of construction work at Kansbahal for a certain period. During
such period, engineering industries were not included in the Schedule of the Water (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 0.08 million. The matter
is currently pending.
Actions taken by authorities for labour
1. Our Promoter has filed a civil miscellaneous application against the order passed by the Deputy
Director, Employee State Insurance Corporation (the “Deputy Director”) before the Court of District
Judge, Sundargadh. The Deputy Director had passed an order for contribution to be made by our
Promoter towards employee state insurance under the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948. The
Deputy Director had issued a show cause notice (the “Notice”) to our Promoter in relation to alleged
differential contribution made by our Promoter in respect of the contract labourers employed at
Kansbahal works. Our Promoter filed its reply to the Notice stating that there was no differential
contribution and requested the Deputy Director to cause an inspection of the contract labourers.
Subsequently, the Deputy Director conducted an inspection of the contract labourers and passed an
order demanding an amount of ₹ 0.13 million towards arrear of employee state insurance contribution
to be made by our Promoter. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 0.13 million. The matter is
currently pending.
2. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the action taken by the Labour Department, Chattisgarh
before the Chattisgarh High Court in relation to recovery of labour welfare cess pertaining to the project
for the Bharat Aluminium Company Limited. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 20.00 million.
3. A notice has been issued by National Commission for Scheduled Castes (the “Commission”) to our
Promoter seeking details with respect to a complaint received by the Commission from Dinesh Kumar
alleging wrongful termination of his services by the Promoter. Our Promoter has responded to the
queries by the Commission and refuted the allegations as being false and misleading. The matter is
currently pending.
Actions taken by authorities for building and construction workers
1. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the action taken by the Labour Department, Vizag before
the Hyderabad High Court in relation to demand of cess (the “Demand”) with respect to the project
constructed for the National Thermal Power Corporation, Simhadri under the Building & Other
Construction Workers Cess Act, 1996 (the “BCW Act”). The Hyderabad High Court has granted a stay
order in favour of our Promoter against recovery of the Demand. The amount involved in the matter is
₹ 10.40 million. The matter is currently pending.
2. Our Promoter has filed a review petition before the Hyderabad High Court against the order of
Hyderabad High Court allowing the appeal filed by State of Andhra Pradesh. Our Promoter had filed a
writ petition against the demand of cess (the “Demand”) made by Labour Department, Vizag before the
Hyderabad High Court under the BCW Act. The Labour Department, Vizag had raised the Demand
366

367
against our Promoter in relation to a project constructed for Steel Authority of India Limited, Vizag.
The Hyderabad High Court allowed the aforesaid writ petition in favour of our Promoter against
recovery of the Demand. The State of Andhra Pradesh had filed an appeal against the aforesaid order of
the Hyderabad High Court, which has been allowed by the Hyderabad High Court. Our Promoter, has
accordingly, filed the aforesaid review petition. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 25.30 million.
3. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand of cess (the “Demand”) made by the
Government of Chattisgarh under the BCW Act with respect to the steel plant of our Promoter located
at Bhilai, before the Chattisgarh High Court. The Chattisgarh High Court has granted a stay order in
favour of our Promoter against recovery of the Demand. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 16.12
million. The matter is currently pending.
4. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the Labour Department, Vizag before the Hyderabad
High Court (the “Court”) in relation to refund of the cess amount ordered by the Hyderabad High Court
(the “Refund Order”). Our Promoter had filed an application before the Labour Department, Vizag for
enforcement of the Refund Order. Upon failure of the Labour Department, Vizag in refunding the cess
amount, our Promoter has filed the aforesaid fresh writ petition. The amount involved in the matter is ₹
14.10 million. The matter is currently pending.
5. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand made by the Labour Department, Orissa
before the Orissa High Court in relation to demand of 1% of total contract value (the “Demand”) made
under the BCW Act in respect of contract awarded by Sterlite Energy Limited to our Promoter for
certain railway siding works. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 24.38 million. The matter is
currently pending.
6. Our Promoter has filed four writ petitions against the demand of cess (the “Demand”) made by the
Public Health Engineering Department, Barmer before the Rajasthan High Court under the BCW Act
for the Barmer project (SPR I and SPR II), Jodhpur undertaken by our Promoter. The Rajasthan High
Court has granted conditional stay on the Demand and has required the payment of 1% cess to be made
equally by our Promoter and the Government of Rajasthan. The matter is currently pending.
7. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand of cess and recovery of arrears (the
“Demand”) made by the Joint Commissioner of Labour and Assessing Officer, Government of
Telangana (the “Joint Commissioner”) before the Hyderabad High Court under the BCW Act with
respect to the metro rail project. The Hyderabad High Court has granted a stay order in favour of our
Promoter against recovery of the Demand. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 1,400 million. The
8. Our Promoter has filed an appeal against the order passed by the Directorate General of Inspection (the
“Directorate”) before the Secretary, Labour Department, Government of India imposing penalty for
contravention of certain provisions under the BCW Act with respect to Jharkhand road project. The
amount involved in the matter is ₹ 0.01 million. The matter is currently pending.
Actions taken by authorities for mines and minerals
1. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand of royalty (the “Demand”) made by the
Tahsildar cum certificate officer, Sundergadh (the “Authority”) before the Orissa High Court. The
Authority had raised the Demand on alleged royalty to be paid on minor minerals under the Orissa
Public Demand Recovery Act, 1963. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 1.54 million. The matter is
currently pending.
2. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand made by the Tahsildar (the “Authority”)
before the Jharkhand High Court for market price and interest on certain minerals with respect to
Jharkhand road project. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 3.88 million. The matter is currently
pending.
3. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against a notification passed by the Sub-divisional Land and
Land Reforms Officer (the “Officer”) before the Calcutta High Court relating to levy of royalty and
cess (the “Notification”). The Officer had levied cess and raised a demand of royalty (the “Demand”)
367

368
under the Notification on the basis of treatment of ordinary soil under minor mineral. The amount
involved in the matter is ₹ 0.40 million. The matter is currently pending.
4. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the fees demanded by the Government of Tamil Nadu
(the “Authority”) before the Madras High Court relating to the cost of mineral and seigniorage in
relation to Krishnagiri road project. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 70.50 million and has been
paid by our Promoter. The matter is currently pending.
5. Our Promoter has filed two appeals before the Director of Mines, Rajasthan against the demand (the
“Demand”) made by the Superintendent Mining Engineer (Vigilance) of the Mining and Geology
Department, Rajasthan (the “Superintendent”) relating to alleged mining operation undertaken by our
Promoter for the purposes of construction of Chabra Power Plant in Rajasthan. Our Promoter had filed
a writ petition against the Demand before the Rajasthan High Court. The Rajasthan High Court directed
the Director of Mines, Rajasthan to decide the aforesaid appeals and passed a stay on the Demand. The
aforesaid writ petition has been disposed of. The amount involved in the matters ₹ 207.89 million and ₹
5.25 million. The matter is currently pending.
6 The Commissioner of Geology & Mining and others, State of Gujarat (the “Commissioner”) has made
a demand for payment of ₹16.97 million alleging illegal excavation of ordinary clay, a minor mineral
by our Promoter in connection with construction of a portion of the road on National Highway No. 8A.
Our Promoter is in the process of filing a special civil application before the Gujarat High Court of
Gujarat against the demand made by the Commissioner. The matter is currently pending.
Actions taken by authorities for land and land revenue
1. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the acquisition of land (the “Acquisition”) by the
Government of Puducherry (the “Authority”) before Madras High Court under the Land Acquisition
Act, 1894 with respect to of approximately 17 acres of land owned by our Promoter. The Madras High
Court has granted a stay order against dispossession in respect of the Acquisition. The matter is
currently pending.
2. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the land reforms proceedings (the “Proceedings”) by the
Government of Puducherry (the “Government”) before the Madras High Court under the Pondicherry
Land Reforms (Fixing of Ceiling on Land) Act, 1973. The Government had issued summons against
our Promoter and treated the land owned by our Promoter as agricultural land instead of treating the
lands as falling under the industrial zone. The Madras High Court granted a stay order against the
Proceedings. The matter is currently pending.
3. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the resumption order passed by the Collector, Sundargarh
before the Orissa High Court challenging the applicability of the Orissa Land Reforms Act, 1973. The
Orissa High Court has granted a stay order against any further action of the Government of Orissa in
relation to resumption of land. The matter is currently pending.
Direct tax matters
39 income tax related matters involving our Promoter have been filed before High Courts, Income Tax
Appellate Tribunals and Commissioners of Income-Tax involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 16,664.47 million,
in relation to matters including inter alia provision for foreseeable losses; provision for warranty expenses;
deductions under Section 80-IA of the Income Tax Act; payments to clubs; estate maintenance expenses;
disallowance u/s 14A; expenses on employee compensation cost; community welfare and rural development
expenses; and provision for sales tax. The matters are currently pending.
463 indirect tax cases involving our Promoter have been filed before various departmental authorities, tribunals,
High Courts and Supreme Court, involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 35,474.47 million, in relation to matters
inter alia consisting of denial of CENVAT credit, disallowance of exemptions claimed for sale in transit, sub-
contractor turnover, labour and like charges, delay in submission of forms, disallowance of exemptions and
demand of service tax on mobilisation advances under reverse charge mechanism on various services received
from abroad, denial of various service tax exemptions claimed, penalty on differential excise duty paid against
368

369
supplementary invoices, non-payment of service tax, disallowance of export rebate, non-submissions of entry
permits. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters involving an amount above ₹ 2,500 million
1. Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand made by the Collector and District Registrar,
Hyderabad before High Court of Hyderabad for the State of Telangana and the State of Andhra Pradesh
relating to alleged deficiency of ₹ 6,197.50 million in the payment of stamp duty. For further details,
see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments - Litigation involving our Promoter – Actions
by regulatory/ statutory authorities - Actions taken by authorities for stamp duty” on page 364.
2. South City Group Housing Apartments Owners Association Bangalore (“Sugruha”), an association in
South City, Bangalore filed a consumer complaint (the “Complaint”) against our Promoter before the
National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission, Delhi (the “NCDRC”), in relation to deficiency
of services in construction by our Promoter in respect of the residential project built by our Promoter in
Bangalore. The amount involved in matter is ₹ 4,420 million. The matter is currently pending.
Other matters involving an amount below ₹ 2,500 million
In addition to the above, various litigation have been filed against our Promoter which are pending before
various forums and which individually aggregates to less than ₹ 2,500 million and matters typically pertain to
recovery of possession of property; arbitration with customers, business partners and employees; consumer
cases; suits for recovery of money; suits for reinstatement of services and compensation in case of termination
of employment; public interest litigation in relation to construction of dam; motor accidents’ claim; suits filed in
relation to fixation of rateable value of land under construction; compensation suit for loss of business
opportunities writ petitions filed by non-successful bidders under the tender where our Promoter is also
impleaded as successful bidder; labour cases filed by workmen, winding up matter, alleged harassment against
an employee and eviction proceedings. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation or legal action pending or taken by any ministry or government department or statutory
authority against our Promoter during the last five years
There are no litigation or legal action pending or taken by any ministry or government department or statutory
authority above ₹ 2,500 million against our Promoter during the last five years.
Litigation or legal action pending or taken by any ministry or government department or statutory authority
against our Promoter during the last five years include suit for eviction where our Promoter occupies the land as
a tenant; payment of property tax in relation to land under construction; payment of octroi on the license for use
of the software supplied by SAP India Systems Applications and Products in data processing. For details in
relation to actions taken by statutory or regulatory authorities against our Promoter which are outstanding as of
date, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments - Litigation involving our Promoter – Actions by
regulatory/ statutory authorities” from pages 364 to 368.
Litigation filed by our Promoter
Criminal matters
1. Our Promoter has filed a criminal complaint against Seshagiri Rao (the “Accused”), an ex-employee of
our Promoter before the Alandur Court, Chennai in relation to cheating and misappropriation of funds
by the Accused. Subsequently, the Accused filed a criminal writ petition before the Madras High
Court, which was dismissed by the Madras High Court. The matter is currently pending.
2. Our Promoter filed a criminal case against Ramesh Bhatt, an ex-employee of our Promoter, before the
Metropolitan Magistrate Court, Mumbai, for allegedly forging documents leading to misappropriation
of funds from our Promoter. The matter is currently pending.
3. Our Promoter filed a criminal complaint against a group of persons before the Court of the Executive
Magistrate, Rajgangpur for illegal trespass of approximately 17.72 acres of land of our Promoter near
the stadium in Kansbahal Para campus. The land under consideration is under resumption and the
matter of resumption is pending before the Orissa High Court. The matter is currently pending.
369

370
4. Our Promoter filed a criminal complaint against Sathish Kumar (the “Accused”), an assistant sales
manager in the construction and equipment business of our Promoter, before the Metropolitan
Magistrate Court, Coimbatore, in relation to diversion of funds and forging of documents by the
Accused pertaining to the construction and equipment business of our Promoter. The matter is currently
pending.
5. Our Promoter filed a criminal complaint against Manoj Mendon (the “Accused”), an ex-employee of
our Promoter before the Metropolitan Magistrate Court, Mumbai for forgery and criminal breach of
trust by the Accused for an amount of ₹ 2.9 million along with interest by the Accused. The matter is
currently pending.
6. Our Promoter filed a criminal complaint against T. K. Bandopadhyay (the “Accused”), an ex-employee
of our Promoter, before the Metropolitan Magistrate Court, Kolkata, for criminal conspiracy, falsifying
the accounts of our Promoter and illegally collecting monies from various companies. The matter is
currently pending.
7. Our Promoter filed a criminal revision petition before the Additional Chief Metropolitan Magistrate
against an order passed by the Principal City Civil and Session Court, Bangalore, dismissing a
complaint for defamation filed by our Promoter against Rajagopalan under Section 499 read with
Section 500 of IPC and Section 66A of the Information Technology Act, 2000. The matter is currently
pending.
8. There are 17 criminal complaints filed by our Promoter before various forums in relation to dishonour
of cheques under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act. The matters are currently pending.
1. Our Promoter initiated arbitration proceedings against Visa Power Limited (“Visa Power”) in relation
to the disputes arising out of contract entered into between Visa Power and our Promoter. Visa Power
had awarded a contract to our Promoter for balance of plant package for setting up of a 2x600 MW
Visa Raigarh Super Thermal Power Project at Devari and Dumarpali villages in the Raigarh District of
Chattisgarh. In terms of the contract, Visa Power was required to make payments to our Promoter and
our Promoter was required to furnish a bank guarantee in favour of Visa Power. The alleged failure of
Visa Power to make timely payments to our Promoter, resulted in termination of the contract.
Subsequently, Visa Power invoked the bank guarantee furnished by our Promoter. Therefore, our
Promoter initiated arbitration proceedings against Visa Power and filed a statement of claim seeking
for a total claim amount of ₹ 6,029.75 million along with interest of 18% per annum till realisation of
the same. Visa Power filed a counter claim of ₹ 18,298.70 million consisting mainly consequential
damages. The matter is currently pending.
2. Our Promoter initiated three arbitration proceedings against National Thermal Power Corporation
(“NTPC”) in relation to construction of 12 kms underground tunnel and head race tunnel for Tapovan
Vishnugad hydroelectric power project (the “Power Project”) of NTPC in Uttarakhand. L&T-AM JV, a
joint venture of our Promoter and Alpine Bau GmbH was formed for the purpose of executing the
Power Project. The claims involved in the three arbitration proceedings pertain to: (i) claims filed by
our Promoter for a period from November 2006 to December 2009 pertaining to alleged delays and
breaches committed by NTPC, including an amount aggregating to ₹ 2,510 million; (ii) claims filed by
our Promoter for a period from January, 2010 to May, 2012 pertaining to alleged delays and breaches
committed by NTPC, including an amount aggregating to ₹ 3,390 million; and (iii) claims filed by our
Promoter including claims in relation to invocation and encashment of bank guarantees by NTPC,
involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 9,126 million. The matter is currently pending.
3. Our Promoter, along with its consortium member, Scomi Engineering BHD, Malaysia initiated two
arbitration proceedings against the Mumbai Municipal Region Development Authority in relation to a
monorail project in Mumbai being executed by the consortium. The claims in the two arbitration
proceedings pertain to (i) interest on delayed payments aggregating to ₹2,236.50 million and (ii) price
adjustment claims aggregating to ₹1085.40 million. The matter is currently pending.
370

371
In addition to the above, our Promoter has initiated various litigation which are pending before various forums
which pertain to inter alia claims arising out of breach of contractual terms by customers/ business partners;
arbitration with customers, business partners and employees; suits including summary suits for recovery of
money; winding up petitions filed by our Promoter against customer for non-payment; writ petition in relation to
rejection to obtain mining lease; writ petition challenging the constitutional validity of the levy of extra water
and sewerage charges by Brihan Mumbai Mahanagarpalika, Mumbai; suits for infringement of trademark of our
Promoter; writ petition challenging the demand of octroi on license for use of software. The matters are
currently pending.
IV. Litigation involving our Group Companies
Litigation involving our Group Companies

Our Group Companies operate in diverse sectors in India and overseas. Our Board has approved that given the nature and extent of
operations of our Group Companies, the outstanding litigation involving our Group Companies which exceed the lower of one per cent of
the consolidated revenue and five per cent of the consolidated net profit of our Promoter in the last audited financial year would be
considered material for our Company.
On the basis of the above, the litigation involving our Group Companies has been disclosed in the following manner:
(i) all outstanding criminal proceedings and actions taken by regulatory or statutory authorities involving our Group Companies have
been disclosed individually in this section, other than criminal proceedings initiated by our Group Companies under Section 138 of
the Negotiable Instruments Act, which have been disclosed in a consolidated manner;
(ii) all claims related to direct and indirect taxes, in a consolidated manner giving details of number of cases and total amount in this
section;
(iii) all the litigation involving our Group Companies where the aggregate amount involved exceeds ₹ 2,500 million have been
disclosed individually in this section and litigation below ₹ 2,500 million, if any, involving our Group Companies have been
consolidated and disclosed in a summary and indicative manner in this section; and
(iv) any other case which is non-quantifiable but are considered material by our Group Companies.
Litigation involving L&T Kobelco Machinery Private Limited (“L&T KMPL”)
Three indirect tax matters involving L&T KMPL have been filed before forums such as Deputy Commissioner
Commercial Tax and Assistant Commissioner Central Sales Tax involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 55.31
million in relation to various issues including reversal of input tax credit and levy of differential tax for non-
submission of certain forms. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Limited (“L&T IDPL”)
Direct tax matters
Six direct tax appeals involving L&T IDPL have been filed before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals)
and ITAT involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 261.20 million, in relation to various issues including
disallowance of expenditure under Section 14A of the Income Tax Act. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T IDPL exceeding ₹ 2,500 million.
One appeal involving L&T IDPL has been filed before the Supreme Court in relation to a special civil
application filed by L&T IDPL against Gujarat Maritime Board and the Government of Gujarat before the
Gujarat High Court involving a bank guarantee issued by L&T IDPL for development of port at Kacchigadh.
Litigation involving L&T Power Development Limited (“L&T PDL”)
Direct tax matters
371

372
Four direct tax appeals involving L&T PDL have been filed before the ITAT and CIT (Appeals) involving an
aggregate amount of ₹ 47.1 million, in relation to various issues including disallowance of revenue expenditure
on account of non-commencement of business and disallowance under Section 14A of the Income Tax Act. The
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T PDL exceeding ₹ 2,500 million.
One matter involving L&T PDL relates to inter alia cancellation of over 50 memoranda of agreements executed
by Government of Arunachal Pradesh with various power developers. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Sapura Shipping Private Limited (“L&T Sapura”)
Direct tax matters
One direct tax matter involving L&T Sapura has been filed before the CIT (Appeals), involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 65.34 million, relating to the assessment order issued by the assessing officer questioning the
eligibility of L&T Sapura for computing income under the tonnage tax scheme despite L&T Sapura having
obtained tonnage tax approval and the ship of L&T Sapura being registered under the Merchant Shipping Act,
1958. The matter is currently pending.
One indirect tax matter involving L&T Sapura has been filed before the CESTAT, involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 1,425.98 million relating to the payment of custom duty and penalty on import of vessels. The
Litigation involving L&T Seawoods Limited (“L&T Seawoods”)
Direct tax matters
One direct tax appeal involving L&T Seawoods has been filed before the ITAT in relation to various issues
including characterising the revenue expense as capital expense on the ground that L&T Seawoods has not
conducted any business activity during the assessment year 2009-10. The matter is currently pending.
City and Industrial Development Corporation of Maharashtra (“CIDCO”) has issued a notice to L&T Seawoods
in relation to payments of certain amounts to be made by L&T Seawoods under a contract entered into between
CIDCO and L&T Seawoods for execution of a project (the “Project”) at Maharashtra. CIDCO claimed an
amount of ₹ 7,514 million towards alleged liquidated damages, additional premium and delayed payment
charges for three instalment and delay in overall completion of the Project. L&T Seawoods, vide its reply dated
September 23, 2014 (the “Reply”), has disputed amount claimed by CIDCO. There have been no further
developments in the matter pursuant to the Reply. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 7,514 million. The
One matter involving L&T Seawoods relates to inter alia a civil suit filed against L&T Seawoods, CIDCO and
others in relation to termination of contract for supply of machinery and materials for the project conducted by
L&T Seawoods. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Technology Services Limited (“LTTSL”)
Criminal matters
LTTSL has filed a criminal complaint against Rochem Green Energy Private Limited (“Rochem Green”) before
the Vadodara trial court, under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, in relation to dishonour of
cheques by Rochem Green. The matter is currently pending.
372

373
Two indirect tax matters involving LTTSL have been filed before the Commissioner of Service Tax, involving
an aggregate amount of ₹ 4.36 million in relation to rejection of service tax refunds. The matters are currently
pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving LTTSL exceeding ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving LTTSL relate to inter alia arbitration proceedings filed by LTTSL for breach of onsite
undertaking and recovery of related arbitration cost, arbitration proceedings filed by LTTSL in relation to
absconding of employees and breach of employment related terms and conditions, petition by ex-landlord and
claim by an ex-employee of LTTSL for back wages along with interest for producing certain documents for the
work undertaken by LTTSL for one of its clients and claims filed by ex-employees of LTTSL in relation to inter
alia unfair dismissal, discrimination and unpaid wages. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited (“L&T HEL”)
A summons was issued to L&T HEL in relation to an enquiry instituted against Aditya Builders and
Contractors, Musiri, for the failure of remittance of dues for employees under the EPF Act. The summons
directed the authorised representative of L&T HEL to appear before the Assistant Provident Fund
Commissioner at the Sub-Regional Office, Trichy along with relevant documents including details regarding
payment made to Aditya Builders and Contractors. The matter is currently pending.
Direct tax matters
Four direct tax matters involving L&T HEL have been filed before various forums such as ITAT, Assistant
Commissioner (TDS), CIT (Appeals), Director of Income Tax (International Taxation) involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 38.2 million, in relation to various issues including, tax not being deducted on bank guarantee
charges and internet charges and difference in rate of tax deducted at source. The matters are currently pending.
17 sales tax, customs and service tax related matters involving L&T HEL have been filed before various forums
such as Sales Tax Tribunal, Commissioner of Customs, CESTAT, Commissioner of Service Tax, Deputy
Commissioner of Sales Tax (Appeals), Additional Commissioner of Central Excise, High Court and Supreme
Court, involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 5,086.06 million, in relation to various issues including disallowance
of deemed inter state sales and non- submission of forms, disallowance of input tax credit, demand of excise
duty on fabrication of tanks, platforms and ladders, demand of service tax on manpower recruitment, service of
supply agency and software procurement and classification. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T HEL exceeding ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving L&T HEL relate to inter alia recovery for alleged loss suffered or non-payment of
invoices as well as interest thereon, recovery of payments made for supply of certain equipment, suit for
declaration in relation to alleged payment of service tax, withholding of 10% of the total lump sum price on
account of price adjustment relating to Naphtha Cracker Project due to delay in achieving mechanical
completion. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Realty Limited (“L&T Realty”)
Direct tax matters
373

374
Five direct tax matters involving L&T Realty have been filed before the ITAT involving an aggregate amount of
₹ 14.4 million, relating to disallowance of interest expenditure, cost of services paid to our Promoter and fees
paid to the registrar of companies. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T-Valdel Engineering Limited (“L&T Valdel”)
Direct tax matters
Three direct tax matters involving L&T Valdel have been filed before various forums such as CIT (Appeals),
ITAT Bangalore and High Court of Karnataka, respectively involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 192.00 million,
in relation to disallowances of the deduction under Section 10A of the Income Tax Act and other disallowance
of revenue expenses. The matters are currently pending.
One matter involving L&T Valdel has been filed before the Service Tax Department involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 1.62 million, in relation to exemption claimed by L&T Valdel from payment of service tax on the
services rendered outside India. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Sargent & Lundy Limited (“L&T SLL”)
One service tax related appeal involving L&T SLL has been filed before the CESTAT involving an amount of ₹
0.36 million, in relation to classification of service tax and exemption. The matter is currently pending.
L&T SSL has filed an appeal against the Collector and Superintendent of Stamps, Gandhinagar (the
“Collector”) before the Chief Controlling Revenue Authority against the demand made by the Collector in
relation to deficit payment of stamp duty by L&T SSL on the lease agreement executed between L&T SSL and
the developer. The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 4.17 million. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Construction Equipment Limited (“L&T CEL”)
Direct tax matters
Five direct tax appeals involving L&T CEL have been filed before the ITAT involving an aggregate amount of
₹ 148.91 million, in relation to additions to income on account of disallowance of warranty provision, addition
of CENVAT credit attributable to stock to income and disallowance of expenses incurred for scientific research.
The matters are currently pending.
25 indirect tax appeal matters involving L&T CEL have been filed before various tribunals such as CESTAT,
Joint Commissioner of Commercial Tax and Taxation Tribunal, West Bengal, involving an aggregate amount of
₹ 1,604.06 million, which relate to inter alia denial of CENVAT credit on service tax paid on sole selling
agency commission, denial of CENVAT credit on input services, penalty on reversal of CENVAT credit, denial
of exemption of central excise duty, interest on short payment, addition of turnover, application of differential
tax rate and differential tax levied for non-submission of declaration form. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T CEL exceeding ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving L&T CEL relate to consumer complaints pertaining to defective equipment being
supplied, failure of providing equipment compensation under the Consumer Protection Act, claim for
replacement of certain equipment- hydraulic excavator machine and damages for the same. The matters are
currently pending.
374

375
Litigation involving L&T Cutting Tools Limited (“L&T CTL”)
Direct tax matters
Four direct tax appeals involving L&T CTL have been filed before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals)
and ITAT involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 1.3 million, in relation to inter alia, disallowance of commission
expense and deduction under Section 35(1)(i) of the Income Tax Act. The matters are currently pending.
10 matters involving L&T CTL have been filed before various forums such as Joint Commissioner of Sales Tax
(Appeals), CESTAT, Commissioner of Central Excise and High Court involving an aggregate amount of ₹
361.19 million in relation to non-receipt of certain forms required to be filed, disallowance of labour charges
and input tax credit, incorrect availment and non-reversal of CENVAT credit and non-payment of octroi cess on
material used for work done at L&T CTL’s plant at Navi Mumbai. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T General Insurance Company Limited (“L&T GICL”)
Five show cause notices have been issued by various authorities such as the Commissioner of Service Tax and
the Assistant Commissioner of Service Tax to L&T GICL, involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 85.91 million in
relation to inter alia, non-payment of service tax on expenses recovered from co-insurers, reversal of
proportionate CENVAT credit for expenses pertaining to co-insurance premiums, availment of CENVAT credit
on reinsurance premium and non-payment of service tax on amount collected as standard deductibles from the
customers. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T GICL which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving L&T GICL relate to consumer complaints filed against L&T GICL in relation to
various alleged deficiencies of services, pertaining to inter alia motor insurance and health insurance provided
by L&T GICL, appeals filed in relation to claims pertaining to matters under the Motor Accidents
Compensation Act, 1999 and matters before the ombudsman in relation to demand of settlement of claim by the
insured in respect of the insurance policies of L&T GICL availed by the insured. The matters are currently
pending.
Litigation involving L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited (“L&T MHPS”)
Direct tax matters
One direct tax matter involving L&T MHPS has been filed before the CIT (Appeals) involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 450 million, in relation to various tax related issues, including disallowance of expense under
Section 14A of the Income Tax Act and foreseeable losses on construction contracts. The matters are currently
pending.
Two matters involving L&T MHPS have been filed before the Commissioner of Commercial Tax involving an
aggregate amount of ₹ 1.46 million, in relation to various issues including tax demand on account of pending
statutory forms, entry tax liability on purchases and interest on such payments. The matters are currently
pending.
Litigation involving L&T-MHPS Turbine Generators Private Limited (“L&T MTGPL”)
Direct tax matters
375

376
Two direct tax appeals involving L&T MTGPL have been filed before the CIT (Appeals) involving an
aggregate amount of ₹ 0.02 million, in relation to disallowance of foreseeable loss. The matters are currently
pending.
One matter involving L&T MTGPL has been filed before the Joint Commissioner of Customs (Appeals)
involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 22.4 million, in relation to imports from related parties and the cost
insurance freight loading on the imports. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T BPP Tollway Limited (“L&T BTL”)
Direct tax matters
One income tax matter involving L&T BTL is pending before the Assessing Officer involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 0.40 million in relation to disallowance of construction cost. The matter is currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T BTL which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
One writ petition involving L&T BTL has been filed before the Rajasthan High Court in relation to illegal
construction of toll plaza and alleged construction of access road by L&T BTL in violation of the guidelines
issued by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. The reliefs sought include amongst other things,
directions from the court to stop construction of the toll plaza. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC (“L&T Electromech LLC”)
Direct tax matters
Two direct tax matters involving L&T Electromech LLC have been filed with the Secretary General for
Taxation, Ministry of Finance in relation to the tax assessment order passed for the year 2008 and the tax
assessment order passed for the year 2009 disallowing exchange loss on forward contracts and staff food
expenses aggregating to USD 1.62 million (equivalent to ₹ 103.5 million as of the date of filing of objection).
The aggregate amount involved in the matter is USD 0.19 million (equivalent to ₹ 12.4 million as of the date of
filing of objection). The matter is currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T Electromech LLC which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving L&T Electromech LLC has been filed before the Court of Muscat in relation to
termination of employment by L&T Electromech LLC of certain employees and default in payment of
outstanding dues in relation to Salalah airport project. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Devihalli Hassan Tollway Limited (“L&T DHTL”)
Direct tax matters
One income tax matter involving L&T DHTL is pending before the Assessing Officer involving an aggregate
amount of ₹7.79 million in relation to disallowance of construction costs. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited (“L&T MRHL”)
One writ petition involving L&T MRHL has been filed before the Hyderabad High Court against the Greater
Hyderabad Municipal Corporation (“GHMC”) for the demand of payment of property tax on Metro Rail Depots
at Uppal and Miyapur and also on metro stations raised by GHMC from L&T MRHL. The Hyderabad High
Court has directed GHMC to not take coercive actions against L&T MRHL till further orders as L&T MRHL
376

377
being metro rail administration is exempt from payment of any tax in aid of funds of any local authority. The
Our Promoter has filed a writ petition against the demand made by the Collector and District Registrar,
Hyderabad before High Court of Hyderabad for the State of Telangana and the State of Andhra Pradesh relating
to alleged deficiency of ₹ 6,197.50 million in the payment of stamp duty paid on the engineering, procurement
and construction agreement entered into with L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited. For further details, see
“Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our Promoter – Litigation against our
Promoter- Actions by regulatory/ statutory authorities – Actions taken by authorities for stamp duty” on page
364.
One writ petition involving L&T MRHL has been filed before the Hyderabad High Court against the Principal
Secretary, Labour Employment, Training and Factories Department, State of Telangana for demand to pay
labour cess under Building and Other Construction Workers’ Welfare Cess Act, 1996. The Hyderabad High
Court has granted an injunction order in favour of L&T MRHL in this regard. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Modular Fabrication Yard LLC (“L&T MFY LLC”)
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T MFY LLC which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving L&T MFY LLC, relate to inter alia alleged wrongful termination of employment and a
matter of arbitration initiated against L&T MFY LLC by M/s. Lynemouth Drilling Limited (“Lynemouth”) in
which Lynemouth has claimed loss of profits, delay in delivery, variation orders and damages, costs and
expenses in relation to refurbishment and redelivery of a jack up rig by L&T MFY LLC to Lynemouth. The
Litigation involving Larsen & Toubro Saudi Arabia LLC (“L&T Saudi Arabia LLC”)
Direct tax matters
An appeal has been filed involving L&T Saudi Arabia LLC against a notice of the Department of Zakat and
Income Tax (DZIT) for payment of overdue taxes. L&T Saudia LLC has filed an appeal against the same before
the DZIT. The aggregate amount involved in the matter is SAR 13.9 million (equivalent to ₹ 227.46 million as
of the date of notice). The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving Nabha Power Limited (“Nabha Power”)
Litigation filed against Nabha Power
The Punjab & Haryana High court has on its own motion filed a civil writ petition to examine whether
adequate and effective health delivery system are in place in coal fired thermal power plants operating in
Punjab and whether there is any evaluation of occupational health status of the workers. The matter is
currently pending.
Direct tax matters
One direct tax appeal involving Nabha Power has been filed before the ITAT, involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 10.5 million, for allowing interest income to be set off against interest expenditure and not to
be taxed as “income from other sources”. The matter is currently pending.
377

378
One indirect tax appeal involving Nabha Power has been filed before CESTAT, involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 85.20 million, for demand of service tax and penalty on codal charges paid to the Indian
railways (the northern railway). The matter is currently pending.
There are no outstanding litigations against Nabha Power which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters
Two matters involving Nabha Power in relation to land acquisition for railway siding. The matters are
currently pending.
Litigation filed by Nabha Power
Nabha Power has filed an appeal before the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (“APTEL”) against an
order passed by the Punjab State Electricity Regulatory Commission (“PSERC”) disallowing
reimbursement of certain components of energy charges, such as surface transportation charges, costs
incurred in washing of coal, coal GCV loss, yield loss, transit and handling losses and capacity charges
for the period when capacity charge was claimed on alternate coal by Nabha Power from Punjab State
Power Corporation Limited (“PSPCL”). The amount involved in the matter is ₹ 6,400 million. The
Other matters
Other matters filed by Nabha Power before various regulatory authorities and courts including, inter alia,
PSERC, APTEL and Supreme Court, relate to, inter alia, increase in capital cost for railway siding, appeal to
claim adverse impact on station heat rate for Rajpura project, claim of fiscal benefits under foreign trade
policy/mega power policy and arbitration for extension of time in scheduled commercial operation date. The
Litigation involving L&T Finance Limited (“L&T Finance”)
Litigation filed against L&T Finance
Criminal matters
1. Battula Mahalakshmi (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against the employees of L&T Finance (the
“Accused”), before the Kakinada police station in relation to inter alia allegedly threatening the wife of
the Complainant by the Accused for non-payment of instalments which were due to be paid by the
Complainant. Subsequently, a criminal case has been initiated before the JMFC, Kakinada. The matter
2. Dinesh Yadav (the “Complainant”) filed a criminal complaint against the officers of L&T Finance
before the JMFC, Jamshedpur, in relation to inter alia alleged theft of documents and cash pertaining
to the truck finance availed by the Complainant from L&T Finance. The matter is currently pending.
3. Gopal Gorai (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against the employees of L&T Finance, before the
Sonamukhi police station, West Bengal, in relation to inter alia alleged theft of property of the
Complainant which was hypothecated by the Complainant to L&T Finance while availing loan from
L&T Finance. Subsequently, a criminal case has been initiated before the Additional Chief Judicial
Magistrate, Bishnupur. The matter is currently pending.
4. Madhumita Jaiswal (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against certain persons before the Barrackpore
Sub Division Police Station in relation to inter alia alleged criminal breach of trust by non-delivery of
vehicle to the Complainant. The Complainant further alleged that the non-delivery of vehicle was
according to the instructions of the employees of L&T Finance. The matter is currently pending.
5. Muttappa Hirekumbi (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against the employees of L&T Finance (the
“Accused”), before the Golgumbaj police station, Bijapur, in relation to inter alia charging exorbitant
378

379
interest under the Karnakata Prohibition of Excess Interest Act, 2004 by the Accused. Subsequently, a
criminal case has been initiated before the JMFC, Bijapur. The matter is currently pending.
6. Nagji Suthar (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against the employees of L&T Finance (the “Accused”),
before the Kareda district police station in relation to inter alia alleged theft of the Complainant’s
tractor by the Accused. Subsequently, a criminal case has been initiated before the Additional Chief
Judicial Magistrate, Mandal. The matter is currently pending.
7. M/s. Riya Stone Crusher (the “Complainant”) filed a criminal case against an employee of L&T
Finance (the “Accused”) before the Chief Judicial Magistrate Kamrup, Guwahati for alleged criminal
breach of trust and criminal conspiracy in relation to illegal re-possession of the assets of the
Complainant by the Accused. The matter is currently pending.
8. Sanjay Mishra (the “Complainant”) filed a criminal case against the managing director and officers of
L&T Finance (the “Accused”) before the Chief Judicial Magistrate, Jamshedpur for alleged theft of the
tractor of the Complainant by the Accused. The matter is currently pending.
9. Satish Kumar (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against the officers of L&T Finance (the “Accused”),
before the Torwa, Bilaspur police station in relation to inter alia alleged theft of asset financed through
L&T Finance. Subsequently, a criminal case has been initiated before the JMFC, Bilaspur. The matter
10. L&T Finance filed a revision petition against M/s. Yashoda Constructions (the “Complainant”) before
the Sessions Judge, Pune against the process orders issued by JMFC, Pune. The Complainant had filed
a criminal case against the officers of L&T Finance (the “Accused”) before the JMFC, Pune in relation
to re-possession of equipment by L&T Finance. The JMFC, Pune through its order issued process. The
11. Mohd. Junaid (the “Complainant”) filed a criminal case against an employee of L&T Finance (the
“Accused”) before the Additional Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, Delhi for alleged cheating and
forging of loan documentation in relation to loan availed of by the Complainant from L&T Finance.
12. Sk Nijamuddin filed a criminal case against the borrower (the “Accused”) of L&T Finance before the
Kharagpur police station for sale of hypothecated property without requisite permissions. The Accused
has filed a petition before the Calcutta High Court for quashing the drawing up of charge sheet against
the Accused and stay has been granted by the Calcutta High Court. The matter is currently pending.
13. Madhuri Devi (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against an officer of L&T Finance (the “Accused”),
before the Bhagwanpur Police Station in relation to inter alia alleged forcible re-possession of assets
by the Accused. Subsequently, a criminal case has been initiated before the CJ Vaishali, Hajipur. The
14. M/s. Srikant Tractors filed a criminal case against the borrower of L&T Finance (the “Accused”)
before the District Judge, Sagar, in relation to recovery of the margin amount towards the sale of the
tractor by the Accused. The matter is currently pending.
15. The Electricity Department, Purnea filed a criminal case against L&T Finance before the Chief Judicial
Magistrate, Purnea in relation to alleged theft of energy by L&T Finance. The matter is currently
pending.
16. Babban Giri (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against certain officials of L&T Finance (the “Accused”)
before the Ranhola, Delhi police station inter alia for alleged theft of vehicle and certain original
documents of the Complainant. The matter is currently pending.
17. Pushpendra Singh (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against certain officials of L&T Finance (the
“Accused”) before the Vidhayakpuri Police station inter alia for alleged forcible re-possession of assets
by the Accused. The matter is currently pending.
379

380
18. Subhash Zende (the “Complainant”) filed criminal case against L&T Finance before the District Court,
Pune, in relation to non-issuance of RC. The matter is currently pending.
19. Santosh Kumar (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against certain officials of L&T Finance (the
“Accused”) before the Harnaut police station inter alia for alleged forcible re-possession of assets by
the Accused. Subsequently, a criminal case has been initiated before the Chief Judicial Magistrate
Biharsharif at Nalanda. The matter is currently pending.
20. Chandra J (the “Complainant”) filed an FIR against certain officials of L&T Finance (the “Accused”)
before the Fariland police station inter alia for alleged forcible re-possession of assets by the Accused.
21. Sumith Kumar filed a criminal petition against L&T Finance before the Andhra Pradesh High Court, in
relation to alleged forcible re-possession of assets by the Accused. The matter is currently pending.
Direct tax matters
18 direct tax matters involving L&T Finance have been filed before various tribunals such as ITAT and CIT
(Appeals) and the Bombay High Court involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 267.16 million in relation to various
issues including disallowance of expenses in relation to exempt dividend income under Section 14A of the
Income Tax Act, disallowance of depreciation in respect of motor cars given under lease, short term capital gain
on sale of equity shares being treated as business income, taxation of securitisation gain and business income on
sale of business of L&T trade.com being treated as slump sale. The matters are currently pending.
55 indirect tax matters involving L&T Finance have been filed before various tribunals such as Commissioner
(Appeal) - Service Tax, Deputy Commissioner of Sales Tax (Appeal), Joint Commissioner of Sales Tax
(Appeal) and High Courts involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 184.66 million, in relation to service tax levied
on receipt of interest on delayed payment and finance charges in case of hire purchase finance deals and
foreclosure charges, inter-state exemption in case of deemed sale, claim of exemption for deemed sale by import
and refusal of input tax credit by the authorities. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation filed by L&T Finance
Criminal matters
There are various criminal complaints filed by L&T Finance before various forums in relation to dishonour of
cheques under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, criminal complaints in relation to cheating, fraud,
quashing of warrants, challenging stay of bail applications against customers of L&T Finance who cause
impediments in the recovery of loans financed by L&T Finance. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T Finance which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving L&T Finance include petitions with regard to setting aside of awards, application for
interim awards and consumer complaints. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited (“L&T IFCL”)
Litigation filed against L&T IFCL
Direct tax matters
Four direct tax matters involving L&T IFCL have been filed before various tribunals such as ITAT, CIT
(Appeals) involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 14.44 million, in relation to various issues including disallowance
of share issue expenses, expenses pertaining to earning exempt income, expenditure in relation to issuance of
debentures being treated as capital expenditure and disallowance of ESOP reimbursement expenses. The matters
are currently pending.
380

381
Two cases involving L&T IFCL have been filed before various tribunals such as Commissioner of Service Tax,
Additional Commissioner of Service Tax involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 46.52 million, in relation to
payment of service tax on upfront interest and for service tax proposed to be imposed on manpower supply for
projects. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation filed against L&T IFCL which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters filed against L&T IFCL relate to various issues including inter alia testamentary petition filed
against L&T IFCL, suit for declaration of right to passage of land filed against L&T IFCL. The matters are
currently pending.
Litigation filed by L&T IFCL
Criminal matters
L&T IFCL has filed a criminal complaint against Supreme Infrastructure India Limited before the 9 th Court of
Metropolitan Magistrate, Bandra, Mumbai, alleging cheating, criminal breach of trust and misappropriation of
property in relation to securities mortgaged in favour of L&T IFCL.
There are various criminal complaints filed by L&T IFCL before various forums in relation to dishonour of
cheques under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation filed by L&T IFCL which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters filed by L&T IFCL relate to various issues including, winding up petitions filed by L&T IFCL
against Avarsekar Realty Private Limited before the Bombay High Court, Get Power Private Limited before the
Madras High Court and VMC Systems Limited before the Hyderabad High Court, recovery of debt proceedings
initiated by L&T IFCL against inter alia IDEB, Get Power Private Limited, Hanjer Biotech, Sujana Tower
Limited, ICOMM Tele, C&C Western Expressway Limited and Unity Infra Projects Limited before various
debt recovery tribunal, suits filed for specific performance of contract and testamentary petitions. The matters
are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Investment Management Limited (“L&T IML”)
Direct tax matters
One direct tax matter involving L&T IML has been filed before the Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax,
involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 1.20 million, in relation to rectification of error in computation of demand
made by the income tax authority. The matter is currently pending.
One demand order has been issued by the Commissioner of Service Tax to L&T IML involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 0.07 million in relation to inter alia refusal to treat the services provided to M/s FIL Investment
Management (Hong Kong) as export of services. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T IML exceeding ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving L&T IML relate to inter alia consumer matters filed against L&T IML in relation to
claims pertaining to deficiency of services and certain matters in relation to transmission of units post death of
381

382
the investors, wherein L&T IML has been made a proforma party for the purposes of submission of evidence.
The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Valves Limited (“L&T Valves”)
Direct tax matters
Five direct tax petitions involving L&T Valves have been filed before various High Courts, ITAT and
Commissioner of Income Tax involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 31.9 million, in relation to various issues
including transfer pricing adjustments with respect to sales of valves to related parties, allowability of ESOP
expenses and transactions not entered by L&T Valves appearing in Form 26AS. The matters are currently
pending.
17 matters in relation to central excise, sales tax and customs involving L&T Valves have been filed before
various forums such as Commissioner of Excise (Appeals), CESTAT, Revisional Authority Delhi, Ministry of
Revenue, Commissioner of Customs, Joint Commissioner of Sales Tax, High Courts, Supreme Court involving
an aggregate amount of ₹ 36.23 million, in relation to various issues including availment of exemption,
classification of central excise, excise duty rebate, refund of VAT, input credit on manufacture of exempted
goods. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T Valves which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
One matter involving L&T Valves related to recovery proceedings initiated by the Canara Bank against L&T
Valves before the Debt Recovery Tribunal, Madurai in relation to discounting of bills by M/s. Valla Castings
Limited. The matter is currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Howden Private Limited (“L&T HPL”)
Two matters involving L&T HPL has been filed before the Additional Commissioner, Service Tax and
Superintendent of Service Tax (Surat), involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 0.75 million, in relation to non-
reversal of service tax credit and delay in filing of forms. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving L&T Thales Technology Services Private Limited (“L&T Thales”)
Direct tax matters
Four matters involving L&T Thales have been filed before the ITAT, Chennai, Dispute Resolution Panel,
Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax, involving an aggregate amount of ₹ 78.23 million, including in relation
to upward adjustment being made on account of transfer pricing, tax demand raised by the transfer pricing
officer after making adjustment to the arm’s length pricing and assessment proceeding under Section 143(2) of
the Income Tax Act. The matter is currently pending.
Two matters involving L&T Thales have been filed before the Commissioner of Central Excise and the
Principal Commissioner of Customs, involving an amount of ₹ 5.65 million, including in relation to taxability of
telecommunication services procured by Thales Service SAS, Thales Corporate Services SAS, Thales Global
Service SAS and determination of assessable value of imports. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation involving Larsen & Toubro ATCO Saudi LLC (“L&T ATCO LLC”)
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving L&T ATCO LLC exceeding ₹ 2,500 million.
382

383
Other matters involving L&T ATCO relate to payment of outstanding dues to former employees. The matter is
currently pending.
Litigation involving Family Credit Limited (“Family Credit”)
Litigation filed against Family Credit
Criminal matters
1. Sonali Ray (the “Complainant”) has filed a criminal case against Family Credit before the Executive
Magistrate, Howrah, under Section 107 of the Criminal Procedure Code in relation to alleged
misbehaviour of representatives of Family Credit with the Complainant. The matter is currently
pending.
2. Manish Sukhwasiya (the “Complainant”) has filed a criminal complaint against Family Credit before
the Indore police station under Section 379 of the Indian Penal Code, in relation to alleged re-
possession of asset by Family Credit. The matter is currently pending.
3. A criminal case has been filed against Family Credit before the Chief Judicial Magistrate, Alipore,
under Section 220(3) of the Companies Act, 1956, for violation of Section 220(1) of the Companies
Act, 1956, for not attaching the annual report with the balance sheet of March 31, 2012. Subsequently,
the prosecution has been filed with the Assistant Registrar of Companies, Kolkata. The matter is
currently pending.
Actions by regulatory/statutory authorities
The Registrar of Companies, Kolkata had undertaken an inspection of Family Credit in the Financial Year 2010
and subsequently, Family Credit was found in violation of Section 372A(3) of the Companies Act, 1956 in
relation to acceptance of inter corporate deposits. The matter is currently pending.
Direct tax matters
Two direct tax matters involving Family Credit have been filed before CIT (Appeals), involving an aggregate
amount of ₹ 40.77 million, which relate to disallowances of travelling and conveyance expenses, disallowances
of foreign exchange loss, and business loss due to filing of revised return. The matters are currently pending.
Three indirect tax matters involving Family Credit have been filed before various forums such as the Supreme
Court, the West Bengal Revision Board and the Senior Joint Commissioner for Service Tax involving an
aggregate amount of ₹ 18.33 million, which relate to inter alia levy of VAT on disposal of seized and
repossessed vehicles. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation filed against Family Credit which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving Family Credit, relate to consumer matters in relation to deficiency of goods and services
provided by Family Credit, allegations pertaining to collection pressure and issues relating to non issuance of
NOC provided by Family Credit after completion of payments of all EMI and, arbitration proceedings in
relation to default in payment of EMI. The matters are currently pending.
Litigation filed by Family Credit
Criminal matters
There are various criminal complaints filed by Family before various forums in relation to dishonour of cheques
under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act. The matters are currently pending.
Other matters
383

384
There is no outstanding litigation filed by Family Credit which exceed ₹ 2,500 million.
Other matters involving Family Credit, relate to arbitration proceedings in relation to default in payment of
EMIs.
V. Litigation involving our Directors

Disclosure of litigation involving our Directors:
We have disclosed all pending criminal litigation and actions taken by regulatory or statutory authorities involving our Directors
individually in this section. We have disclosed claims related to direct and indirect taxes involving our Directors in a consolidated manner
giving details of number of cases and total amount. We have disclosed details of inquiry or investigation conducted by SEBI against our
Directors.
Our Board has approved that given the nature and extent of operations of our Company and our Subsidiaries, the outstanding litigation
involving our Directors which exceed the lower of one per cent of the consolidated revenue or five per cent of the consolidated net profit of
our Company in the last audited financial year would be considered material for our Company. Accordingly, in addition to the above, we
have disclosed all outstanding litigation involving our Directors where the aggregate amount involved exceeds ₹ 375 million have been
disclosed individually and the litigation below ₹ 375 million involving our Directors have been consolidated and disclosed in a summary
and indicative manner in this section.
Litigation against our Directors
1. Litigation involving A. M. Naik
Criminal matters
1. One criminal complaint against our Promoter, A. M. Naik and others has been filed by the Inspector,
under the BCW Act, before the Karkardooma Court, Delhi. For further details, see “Outstanding
Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our Promoter- Litigation against our
Promoter- Criminal matters” on page 362.
2. The Regional Officer, of Gujarat Pollution Control Board filed a criminal complaint on behalf of
GPCB, against our Promoter and the directors of our Promoter, including A. M. Naik, S. N.
Subrahmanyan and R. Shankar Raman, before the Chief Judicial Magistrate First Class, Vadodara. For
further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our
Promoter- Litigation against our Promoter- Criminal matters” on page 363.
3. Patekar, a retired workman of our Promoter filed a miscellaneous criminal complaint before the
Magistrate Court, Mumbai against our Promoter including A.M. Naik alleging criminal conspiracy and
criminal intimidation when he was in service. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and
Material Developments - Litigation involving our Promoter – Criminal Matters” on page 363.
4. R. S. Manjrekar (the “Complainant”), a workman of our Promoter filed a miscellaneous criminal

complaint against our Promoter including A.M. Naik before the Labour Court, Bandra in relation to
non-compliance of order of re-instatement passed by the Labour Court. For further details, see
“Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments - Litigation involving our Promoter – Criminal
Matters” on page 363.
SEBI has issued notices to our Promoter and A. M. Naik in relation to alleged violation of the SEBI Act and the
SEBI Insider Trading Regulations for delay in reporting obligations in connection with certain trades in shares
of our Promoter. A. M. Naik has filed a reply to SEBI indicating inter alia that other than in the case of certain
trades where the delay was inadvertent or due to delays on account of a weekend or delivery by courier, the
other trades were reported within the prescribed time. Our Promoter has filed its reply to SEBI indicating inter
alia, that in case of certain trades undertaken by A. M. Naik there was one day delay in reporting primarily on
account of certain technical issues in accessing exchange portals on that day and hence, the disclosure was filed
on the next day. The matter is currently pending.
Other matters
There is no outstanding litigation involving A. M. Naik which exceed ₹ 375 million.
384

385
Other matters involving A. M. Naik where the aggregate amount involved is below ₹ 375 million include
complaint and contempt petition filed against A. M. Naik in relation to transfer of employee, alleged unfair
termination from employment of the employee and a consumer complaint.
2. Litigation involving S. N. Subrahmanyan
Criminal matters
1. Two criminal complaints against our Promoter, S. N. Subrahmanyan and others have been filed by the
Inspector, under the BCW Act, before the Karkardooma Court, Delhi. For further details, see
“Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our Promoter- Litigation
against our Promoter- Criminal matters” on page 362.
2. The Regional Officer, of Gujarat Pollution Control Board (the “GPCB”) filed a criminal complaint on
behalf of GPCB, against our Promoter and the directors of our Promoter, including A. M. Naik, S. N.
Subrahmanyan and R. Shankar Raman, before the Chief Judicial Magistrate First Class, Vadodara. For
further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our
Promoter- Litigation against our Promoter- Criminal matters” on page 363.
Actions taken by SEBI
SEBI issued summons to our Promoter and S. N. Subrahmanyan, in its capacity of director of our Promoter, in
furtherance of the ongoing investigation proceedings initiated by SEBI against Sharepro Services (India) Private
Limited. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our
Promoter- Actions taken by regulatory and statutory authorities – Actions taken by SEBI” on page 364.
3. Litigation involving R. Shankar Raman
Criminal matters
1. One criminal complaint against our Promoter, R. Shankar Raman, and others has been filed by the
Inspector, under the BCW Act, before the Karkardooma Court, Delhi. For further details, see
2. The Regional Officer, of Gujarat Pollution Control Board filed a criminal complaint on behalf of GPCB,
against our Promoter and the directors of our Promoter, including A. M. Naik, S. N. Subrahmanyan and
R. Shankar Raman before the Chief Judicial Magistrate First Class, Vadodara. For further details, see
Action initiated by SEBI against the Entities operating in the Securities Market with which Directors are
associated
1. SEBI has issued notices to our Promoter and A. M. Naik in relation to alleged violation of the SEBI Act
and the SEBI Insider Trading Regulations for certain trade in shares of our Promoter. For further details,
see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments- Litigation involving our Directors- Litigation
against our Directors” on page 384.
2. SEBI had initiated adjudicating proceedings against the Principal Mutual Fund, Principal PnB Asset
Management Company Private Limited (the “AMC”) in which M. M. Chitale is an independent director
and Principal Trustee Company Private Limited (the “Trustee”), to enquire and adjudge the alleged
violations of certain circulars issued by SEBI. SEBI levied a penalty of ₹ 1.00 million each on the AMC
and the Trustee, respectively under Section 15D(b) of the SEBI Act, which have been paid by the AMC
and the Trustee.
3. SEBI had initiated adjudicating proceedings against L&T Investment Management Limited (“L&T
IML”), in which R. Shankar Raman is a non-executive director, in relation to alleged violations of the
SEBI Act, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996 by L&T IML
as certain third parties were aware of the trading strategy of L&T IML. SEBI passed a consent order and
levied a penalty of ₹ 1.00 million on L&T IML, which have been paid by L&T IML.
385

386
VI. Material Developments
For details of material developments since last balance sheet date, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page 326.
386

387
GOVERNMENT AND OTHER APPROVALS
We have set out below an indicative list of material approvals obtained by our Company and our Subsidiaries.
The indicative approvals set out below are obtained by our Company and our Subsidiaries, as applicable (other
than the Offer and incorporation related approvals), for the purposes of undertaking their business. In view of
these approvals, our Company and our Subsidiaries can undertake this Offer and current business activities. We
have disclosed below pending approvals which have been applied for by our Company and our Subsidiaries and
approvals that are required but not obtained.
Approval for the Offer

For the approvals and authorisations obtained by our Company in relation to the Offer, see “Other Regulatory
and Statutory Disclosures- Authority for the Offer” on page 389.
Incorporation Details of our Company
1. Certificate of incorporation dated December 23, 1996 issued by the RoC to our Company.
2. Certificate for commencement of business dated March 25, 1997 issued by the RoC to our Company.
3. Fresh certificate of incorporation consequent upon change in name dated June 25, 2001 issued by the RoC
to our Company.
Business Related Approvals

Our Company requires various approvals for us to carry on our business in India and overseas. The approvals
that we require include the following:
(a) General approvals and registrations in India
1. Consent from the various pollution control boards in relation to consent in discharge of effluents
under the Water Pollution Act and Air Pollution Act;
2. Licence in relation to importation and storage of petroleum issued by the Petroleum and Explosives
Safety Organisation, Ministry of Commerce;
3. Shops and Establishments certificate issued under relevant laws of state we operate; and
4. Certificate of importer-exporter code issued by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry.

(b) General approvals and registrations outside India
We have several branches operating overseas and some of our Subsidiaries are incorporated outside India.
Accordingly, we obtain various registrations, including certificate of registration of incorporation,
commercial registrations to carry on business and registrations in the trade register with the local
authorities.
(c) Approvals related to STPI and SEZ units
1. Letter of Permission from the Special Economic Zone, Office of the Development Commissioner,
Government for extension of all the facilities and entitlements admissible to units in a special
economic zone subject to the provisions of the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 and rules made
thereunder for establishment of a unit in a sector specific SEZ for inter alia IT/ITES, software
development, consulting and training.
2. Letter of Permission from the STPI, Department of Electronic and Information Technology,
Ministry of Communications & Information Technology, for setting up of an EOU under the STPI
scheme of the GoI.
3. Approval from the Office of the Commissioner of Customs, Ministry of Finance, Government
under the Customs Act, 1962 and Warehouse Regulations, 1966 for manufacture of software
development and export of the same from the unit set up under the EOU scheme.
(d) Employees and Labour related approval
387

388
Registration certificate issued by the Assistant Commissioner of Labour for ‘principal employer’ under the
Contract Labour Act, 1970.
(e) Property related approvals
Our Company has leased land and set-up an EOU unit in Mahape, Maharashtra and our Company has
obtained various approvals in relation to the aforesaid building including inter alia occupancy certificate,
building completion certificate and drainage certificate from the Maharashtra Industrial Development
Corporation. Further, in relation to property occupied by us on leasehold basis from our Promoter and third
parties, approvals are obtained by our Promoter and third parties, as applicable.
(f) Tax Related Approvals and Other Registrations
Our Company and our Subsidiaries have obtained various tax related approvals including, permanent
account number, registration under the Central Excise Act, 1944, service tax registration issued by the
Central Board of Excise and Customs, registration for local body tax under the Maharashtra Municipal
Corporations Act, 1949, approvals and registrations, our Company also maintains registration for VAT and
sales tax in the states where our Company operates.
Pending approvals
1. Application dated January 22, 2016 for obtaining trade license filed by L&T Infotech Austria, one of our
recently incorporated subsidiaries is pending.
2. Application dated April 6, 2016 for renewal of the private bonded warehouse license and inbound
manufacturing sanction order for the premises leased by our Company at Mount Poonamallee Road,
Manapakkam, Chennai.
Approvals required but not obtained
1. Commercial registration certificate dated August 17, 2010 valid up to August 16, 2015 pertaining to the
branch of our Company located at Oman; and
2. VAT registration is yet to be applied for by one of our recently incorporated Subsidiaries, L&T Infotech
Austria.
388

389
OTHER REGULATORY AND STATUTORY DISCLOSURES
Authority for the Offer
Our Board of Directors has approved the Offer pursuant to the resolution passed at their meeting held on June
16, 2015.
The Offer for Sale has been authorised by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to resolution passed by its board of
directors on July 31, 2015.
The Selling Shareholder has confirmed that it has held the Equity Shares proposed to be offered and sold in the
Offer for Sale for at least one year prior to the date of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and the Equity
Shares proposed to be offered and sold by the Selling Shareholder are free from any lien, charge, encumbrance
or contractual transfer restrictions. The Selling Shareholder has also confirmed that it is the legal and beneficial
owner of the Equity Shares being offered under the Offer for Sale.
Our Company received in-principle approvals from the BSE and the NSE for the listing of the Equity Shares
pursuant to letters dated [●] and [●], respectively.
Prohibition by SEBI or other Governmental Authorities
Our Company, our Promoter, our Directors, the Promoter Group, the Group Companies and the Selling
Shareholder have not been debarred from accessing or operating in capital markets under any order or direction
passed by SEBI or any other regulatory or governmental authority.
The companies, with which our Promoter or Directors are or were associated as promoter, directors or persons
in control have not been debarred from accessing in capital markets under any order or direction passed by SEBI
or any other regulatory or governmental authority.
Other than M. M. Chitale and R. Shankar Raman, none of our Directors are associated with the securities
market. Except as disclosed in “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments” on page 385, there are no
violations of securities laws committed by any of our Directors in the past or are pending against them.
Prohibition by RBI
Neither our Company, nor our Promoter, Directors, Group Companies, or the Selling Shareholder have been
identified as wilful defaulters by the RBI or any other governmental authority.
Eligibility for the Offer
Our Company is eligible for the Offer in accordance with the Regulation 26(1) of the SEBI Regulations as
explained below:
 Our Company has had net tangible assets of at least ₹ 30 million in each of the preceding three full
years (of 12 months each). As the Offer is being made entirely through an offer for sale, the limit of not
more than 50% of net tangible assets being monetary assets, is not applicable;
 Our Company has a minimum average pre-tax operating profit of ₹ 150 million calculated on a
consolidated restated basis, during the three most profitable years out of the immediately preceding five
years;
 Our Company has a net worth of at least ₹ 10.0 million in each of the three preceding full years (of 12
months each);
 The aggregate size of the proposed Offer and all previous issues made in the same financial year is not
expected to exceed five times the pre-Offer net worth as per the audited balance sheet of our Company
for the year ended March 31, 2015; and
 Our Company has not changed its name within the last one year.
389

390
Our Company’s pre-tax operating profit, as restated, net worth and net tangible assets derived from the Restated
Financial Statements included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as at, and for the last five years ended March
31 are set forth below:
(In ₹ million, unless otherwise stated)
Particulars Financial year ended Financial year ended Financial year ended Financial year ended Financial year ended
31 March 2015 31 March 2014 31 March 2013 31 March 2012 31 March 2011
Standalon Consolida Standalon Consolida Standalon Consolida Standalon Consolida Standal Consolida
e ted e ted e ted e ted one ted
Net tangible 2,617.02 2,749.82 2,610.36 2,794.65 2,225.54 2,449.87 2,170.15 2,263.44 1,662.76 1,718.90
assets
Pre-tax 10,443.14 10,965.92 9,850.65 10,649.17 8,197.20 8,910.08 6,296.34 7,005.09 4,406.52 4,686.29
Operating
Profit
Net Worth 19,254.53 20,263.48 14,684.08 16,102.93 12,329.94 13,387.99 10,277.31 11,053.60 11,164.5 11,357.73
9
Notes:
i) Net Tangible Assets’ means tangible fixed assets excluding capital work in progress.
ii) ‘Pre – tax Operating Profits’ means operating profit as restated for change in accounting policy.
iii) ‘Net Worth’ means shareholders funds.
Further, in accordance with Regulation 26(4) of the SEBI Regulations, our Company shall ensure that the
number of prospective Allottees to whom the Equity Shares will be Allotted will be not less than 1,000 failing
which the entire application monies shall be refunded forthwith.
Our Company is in compliance with the conditions specified in Regulation 4(2) of the SEBI Regulations, to the
extent applicable.
DISCLAIMER CLAUSE OF SEBI
AS REQUIRED, A COPY OF THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS HAS BEEN SUBMITTED
TO SEBI. IT IS TO BE DISTINCTLY UNDERSTOOD THAT SUBMISSION OF THE DRAFT RED
HERRING PROSPECTUS TO SEBI SHOULD NOT, IN ANY WAY, BE DEEMED OR CONSTRUED
THAT THE SAME HAS BEEN CLEARED OR APPROVED BY SEBI. SEBI DOES NOT TAKE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY EITHER FOR THE FINANCIAL SOUNDNESS OF ANY SCHEME OR THE
PROJECT FOR WHICH THE OFFER IS PROPOSED TO BE MADE OR FOR THE CORRECTNESS
OF THE STATEMENTS MADE OR OPINIONS EXPRESSED IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS. THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS
INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED, KOTAK MAHINDRA CAPITAL COMPANY LIMITED AND ICICI
SECURITIES LIMITED HAVE CERTIFIED THAT THE DISCLOSURES MADE IN THIS DRAFT
RED HERRING PROSPECTUS ARE GENERALLY ADEQUATE AND ARE IN CONFORMITY
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA (ISSUE OF CAPITAL AND
DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS) REGULATIONS, 2009 IN FORCE FOR THE TIME BEING. THIS
REQUIREMENT IS TO FACILITATE INVESTORS TO TAKE AN INFORMED DECISION FOR
MAKING AN INVESTMENT IN THE PROPOSED OFFER.
IT SHOULD ALSO BE CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD THAT WHILE THE COMPANY IS PRIMARILY

RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECTNESS, ADEQUACY AND DISCLOSURE OF ALL RELEVANT
INFORMATION IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS AND THE SELLING
SHAREHOLDER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE ONLY FOR THE STATEMENTS SPECIFICALLY
CONFIRMED OR UNDERTAKEN BY IT IN THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS IN
RELATION TO ITSELF FOR THE EQUITY SHARES OFFERED BY IT BY WAY OF THE OFFER
FOR SALE, THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS ARE EXPECTED TO EXERCISE DUE
DILIGENCE TO ENSURE THAT THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER
DISCHARGE THEIR RESPONSIBILITY ADEQUATELY IN THIS BEHALF AND TOWARDS THIS
PURPOSE, THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS HAVE FURNISHED TO SEBI, A DUE
DILIGENCE CERTIFICATE DATED APRIL 12, 2016 WHICH READS AS FOLLOWS:
WE, THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS TO THE ABOVE MENTIONED FORTHCOMING
OFFER, STATE AND CONFIRM AS FOLLOWS:
1. WE HAVE EXAMINED VARIOUS DOCUMENTS INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO

LITIGATION LIKE COMMERCIAL DISPUTES, PATENT DISPUTES, DISPUTES WITH
COLLABORATORS, ETC. AND OTHER MATERIAL DOCUMENTS IN CONNECTION
390

391
WITH THE FINALISATION OF THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS PERTAINING

TO THE OFFER;
2. ON THE BASIS OF SUCH EXAMINATION AND THE DISCUSSIONS WITH THE COMPANY,
ITS DIRECTORS AND OTHER OFFICERS, OTHER AGENCIES, AND INDEPENDENT
VERIFICATION OF THE STATEMENTS CONCERNING THE OBJECTS OF THE OFFER,
PRICE JUSTIFICATION AND THE CONTENTS OF THE DOCUMENTS AND OTHER
PAPERS FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER, WE
CONFIRM THAT:
(A) THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA (“SEBI”) IS IN CONFORMITY WITH THE
DOCUMENTS, MATERIALS AND PAPERS RELEVANT TO THE OFFER;
(B) ALL THE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE OFFER AS ALSO THE
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES, INSTRUCTIONS, ETC. FRAMED/ISSUED BY THE
SEBI, THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT AND ANY OTHER COMPETENT
AUTHORITY IN THIS BEHALF HAVE BEEN DULY COMPLIED WITH; AND
(C) THE DISCLOSURES MADE IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS ARE
TRUE, FAIR AND ADEQUATE TO ENABLE THE INVESTORS TO MAKE A WELL
INFORMED DECISION AS TO THE INVESTMENT IN THE PROPOSED OFFER
AND SUCH DISCLOSURES ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS
OF THE COMPANIES ACT, 1956 AND THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013, AS
APPLICABLE, THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA (ISSUE OF
CAPITAL AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS) REGULATIONS, 2009, AS
AMENDED (“SEBI REGULATIONS”) AND OTHER APPLICABLE LEGAL
REQUIREMENTS.
3. WE CONFIRM THAT BESIDES OURSELVES, ALL THE INTERMEDIARIES NAMED IN

THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS ARE REGISTERED WITH SEBI AND THAT
TILL DATE SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE VALID.
4. WE HAVE SATISFIED OURSELVES ABOUT THE CAPABILITY OF THE UNDERWRITERS

TO FULFIL THEIR UNDERWRITING COMMITMENTS. - NOTED FOR COMPLIANCE
5. WE CERTIFY THAT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM THE PROMOTER HAS BEEN

OBTAINED FOR INCLUSION OF EQUITY SHARES AS PART OF PROMOTER’S
CONTRIBUTION SUBJECT TO LOCK-IN AND THE EQUITY SHARES PROPOSED TO
FORM PART OF PROMOTER’S CONTRIBUTION SUBJECT TO LOCK-IN SHALL NOT BE
DISPOSED/SOLD/TRANSFERRED BY THE PROMOTER DURING THE PERIOD STARTING
FROM THE DATE OF FILING THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS WITH THE SEBI
UNTIL THE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF LOCK-IN PERIOD AS STATED IN THE
DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS.
6. WE CERTIFY THAT REGULATION 33 OF THE SEBI REGULATIONS, WHICH RELATES

TO EQUITY SHARES INELIGIBLE FOR COMPUTATION OF PROMOTER’S
CONTRIBUTION, HAS BEEN DULY COMPLIED WITH AND APPROPRIATE
DISCLOSURES AS TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE SAID REGULATION HAVE BEEN MADE
IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS. – COMPLIED WITH AND NOTED FOR
COMPLIANCE
7. WE UNDERTAKE THAT SUB-REGULATION (4) OF REGULATION 32 AND CLAUSE (C)

AND (D) OF SUB-REGULATION (2) OF REGULATION 8 OF THE SEBI REGULATIONS
SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH. WE CONFIRM THAT ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN
MADE TO ENSURE THAT PROMOTER’S CONTRIBUTION SHALL BE RECEIVED AT
LEAST ONE DAY BEFORE THE OPENING OF THE OFFER. WE UNDERTAKE THAT
AUDITORS’ CERTIFICATE TO THIS EFFECT SHALL BE DULY SUBMITTED TO SEBI.
WE FURTHER CONFIRM THAT ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ENSURE
THAT PROMOTER’S CONTRIBUTION SHALL BE KEPT IN AN ESCROW ACCOUNT
391

392
WITH A SCHEDULED COMMERCIAL BANK AND SHALL BE RELEASED TO THE

COMPANY ALONG WITH THE PROCEEDS OF THE PUBLIC OFFER. NOT APPLICABLE
8. WE CERTIFY THAT THE PROPOSED ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY FOR WHICH THE
FUNDS ARE BEING RAISED IN THE PRESENT OFFER FALL WITHIN THE ‘MAIN
OBJECTS’ LISTED IN THE OBJECT CLAUSE OF THE MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OR OTHER CHARTER OF THE COMPANY. NOT APPLICABLE.
AND THAT THE ACTIVITIES WHICH HAVE BEEN CARRIED OUT UNTIL NOW ARE
VALID IN TERMS OF THE OBJECT CLAUSE OF ITS MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION.
9. WE CONFIRM THAT NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE MADE TO ENSURE THAT

THE MONEYS RECEIVED PURSUANT TO THE OFFER ARE KEPT IN A SEPARATE BANK
ACCOUNT AS PER THE PROVISIONS OF SUB SECTION (3) OF SECTION 73 OF THE
COMPANIES ACT, 1956 AND THAT SUCH MONEYS SHALL BE RELEASED BY THE SAID
BANK ONLY AFTER PERMISSION IS OBTAINED FROM ALL THE STOCK EXCHANGES
MENTIONED IN THE PROSPECTUS. WE FURTHER CONFIRM THAT THE AGREEMENT
TO BE ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE BANKERS TO THE OFFER, THE COMPANY AND
THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER SPECIFICALLY CONTAINS THIS CONDITION. - NOTED
FOR COMPLIANCE. ALL MONIES RECEIVED OUT OF THE OFFER SHALL BE
CREDITED/TRANSFERRED TO A SEPARATE BANK ACCOUNT AS REFERRED TO IN
SUB-SECTION (3) OF SECTION 40 OF THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013.
10. WE CERTIFY THAT A DISCLOSURE HAS BEEN MADE IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS THAT THE INVESTORS SHALL BE GIVEN AN OPTION TO GET THE
SHARES IN DEMAT OR PHYSICAL MODE. NOT APPLICABLE. UNDER SECTION 29 OF
THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013, EQUITY SHARES IN THE OFFER HAVE TO BE ISSUED IN
DEMATERIALISED FORM ONLY.
11. WE CERTIFY THAT ALL THE APPLICABLE DISCLOSURES MANDATED IN THE SEBI
REGULATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE IN ADDITION TO DISCLOSURES WHICH, IN OUR
VIEW, ARE FAIR AND ADEQUATE TO ENABLE THE INVESTOR TO MAKE A WELL
INFORMED DECISION.
12. WE CERTIFY THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURES HAVE BEEN MADE IN THE
DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS:
(A) AN UNDERTAKING FROM THE COMPANY THAT AT ANY GIVEN TIME,

THERE SHALL BE ONLY ONE DENOMINATION FOR THE EQUITY SHARES OF
THE COMPANY; AND
(B) AN UNDERTAKING FROM THE COMPANY THAT IT SHALL COMPLY WITH

SUCH DISCLOSURE AND ACCOUNTING NORMS SPECIFIED BY THE SEBI
FROM TIME TO TIME.
13. WE UNDERTAKE TO COMPLY WITH THE REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO

ADVERTISEMENT IN TERMS OF THE SEBI REGULATIONS WHILE MAKING THE
OFFER. – NOTED FOR COMPLIANCE
14. WE ENCLOSE A NOTE EXPLAINING HOW THE PROCESS OF DUE DILIGENCE HAS
BEEN EXERCISED BY US IN VIEW OF THE NATURE OF CURRENT BUSINESS
BACKGROUND OF THE COMPANY, SITUATION AT WHICH THE PROPOSED BUSINESS
STANDS, THE RISK FACTORS, PROMOTER’S EXPERIENCE, ETC.
15. WE ENCLOSE A CHECKLIST CONFIRMING REGULATION-WISE COMPLIANCE WITH

THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE SEBI REGULATIONS, CONTAINING DETAILS
SUCH AS THE REGULATION NUMBER, ITS TEXT, THE STATUS OF COMPLIANCE,
PAGE NUMBER OF THE DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS WHERE THE
REGULATION HAS BEEN COMPLIED WITH AND OUR COMMENTS, IF ANY.
392

393
16. WE ENCLOSE A STATEMENT ON ‘PRICE INFORMATION OF PAST ISSUES HANDLED

BY THE MERCHANT BANKERS (WHO ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRICING THE OFFER)’,
AS PER FORMAT SPECIFIED BY THE SEBI THROUGH CIRCULAR.
17. WE CERTIFY THAT PROFITS FROM RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS HAVE ARISEN
FROM LEGITIMATE BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS. – COMPLIED WITH TO THE EXTENT
OF THE RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS OF THE COMPANY, AS PER THE
ACCOUNTING STANDARD 18 AND INCLUDED IN THE DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS.
18. WE CERTIFY THAT THE ENTITY IS ELIGIBLE UNDER 106Y (1) (A) OR (B) (AS THE CASE
MAY BE) TO LIST ON THE INSTITUTIONAL TRADING PLATFORM, UNDER CHAPTER
XC OF THE SEBI REGULATIONS (IF APPLICABLE) - NOT APPLICABLE.
The filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus does not, however, absolve our Company from any liabilities
under Section 34 or Section 36 of the Companies Act, 2013 or from the requirement of obtaining such statutory
or other clearances as may be required for the purpose of the Offer. SEBI further reserves the right to take up, at
any point of time, with the BRLMs any irregularities or lapses in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Red
Herring Prospectus, and the Prospectus.
The filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus does not absolve the Selling Shareholder from any liabilities to
the extent of the statements made by it in respect of the Equity Shares offered by the Selling Shareholder, as part
of the Offer for Sale, under Section 34 or Section 36 of the Companies Act, 2013.
All legal requirements pertaining to the Offer will be complied with at the time of filing of the Red Herring
Prospectus with the RoC in terms of Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013. All legal requirements pertaining
to the Offer will be complied with at the time of registration of the Prospectus with the RoC in terms of Sections
26, 30 and 32 of the Companies Act, 2013.
Caution - Disclaimer from our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the BRLMs
Our Company, the Directors, the Selling Shareholder and the BRLMs accept no responsibility for statements
made otherwise than in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or in the advertisements or any other material issued
by or at our Company’s instance and anyone placing reliance on any other source of information, including our
Company’s website www.lntinfotech.com or the respective websites of our Promoter, Promoter Group or Group
Companies, would be doing so at his or her own risk.
The Selling Shareholder, its directors, affiliates (other than our Company), associates and officers accept/
undertake no responsibility for any statements made other than those made in relation to the Selling Shareholder
and to the Equity Shares offered by the Selling Shareholder, by way of the Offer for Sale.
The BRLMs accept no responsibility, save to the limited extent as provided in the Offer Agreement and the
Underwriting Agreement to be entered into between the Underwriters, the Selling Shareholder and our
Company.
All information shall be made available by our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the BRLMs to the public
and investors at large and no selective or additional information would be available for a section of the investors
in any manner whatsoever, including at road show presentations, in research or sales reports, at Bidding Centers
or elsewhere.
None among our Company, the Selling Shareholder or any member of the Syndicate is liable for any failure in
uploading the Bids due to faults in any software/ hardware system or otherwise.
Investors who Bid in the Offer will be required to confirm and will be deemed to have represented to our
Company, the Selling Shareholder, Underwriters and their respective directors, officers, agents, affiliates, and
representatives that they are eligible under all applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to
acquire the Equity Shares and will not issue, sell, pledge, or transfer the Equity Shares to any person who is not
eligible under any applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to acquire the Equity Shares. Our
Company, the Selling Shareholder, Underwriters and their respective directors, officers, agents, affiliates, and
representatives accept no responsibility or liability for advising any investor on whether such investor is eligible
to acquire the Equity Shares.
393

394
Our existing customers (including the largest customer and others among the top ten customers) include
affiliates of certain of the BRLMs, comprising Citi and Kotak. In the past, in 2011, our Company also acquired
shares of LTIFST pursuant to an agreement with Citigroup Fund Services Canada Inc. as part of a transaction
where Citigroup Fund Services Canada Inc. transferred, inter-alia, assets to LTIFST pursuant to an asset
purchase agreement (see the Notes to the Financial Statements in the section “Financial Statements” beginning
on page 206 for additional information on this transaction). The BRLMs and their respective associates and
affiliates may engage in transactions with, and perform services for, our Company, the Selling Shareholder and
their respective group companies, affiliates or associates or third parties in the ordinary course of business and
have engaged, or may in the future engage, in commercial banking and investment banking transactions with or
become customers to our Company, the Selling Shareholder and their respective group companies, affiliates or
associates or third parties, for which they have received, and may in the future receive, compensation. As used
herein, the term ‘affiliate’ means any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common
control with another person or entity.
394

395
Price information of past issues handled by the BRLMs
A. Citi
Table: 1 Price information of past issues handled by Citi
Sr. Issue Name Issue Issue Listing Opening +/- % change in closing +/- % change in closing +/- % change in closing
No. Size Price Date Price on price, [+/- % change in price, [+/- % change in price, [+/- % change in
(₹ Cr.) (₹) listing date closing benchmark]- closing benchmark]- closing benchmark]-
30th calendar days from 90th calendar days 180th calendar days
listing from listing from listing
1. Just Dial Limited.(3) 919.14 530.00 June 5, 2013 590.00 +23.39% [(-)0.94%] +28.33% [(-)9.83%] +129.28% [+4.96%]
2. UFO Moviez India 600.00 625.00 May 14, 2015 600.00 (-)11.68% [(-)2.93%] (-) 5.54% [+1.52%] (-) 18.27% [(-)3.76%]
Ltd.
3. Coffee Day 1,150.00 328.00 November 2, 317.00 (-) 21.42% [(-)1.19%] -19.73% [(-)6.05%] NA
Enterprise Limited 2015
(4)
4. InterGlobe Aviation 3,008.50 765.00 November 10, 855.80 +32.39% [(-)2.20%] +7.76% [(-)5.09%] NA
Limited (5) 2015
5. Dr. Lal Pathlabs 631.91 550.00 December 23, 720.00 +32.54% [(-)7.49%] +66.95% [(-)2.06%] NA
Limited (6) 2015
Source: www.nseindia.com
Notes:
1. Nifty is considered as the benchmark index.
2. In case 30th/ 90th/180th day is not a trading day, closing price on the BSE of a trading day immediately prior to the 30th/ 90th/180th day, is considered
3. A discount of ₹ 47 per Equity Share was offered to Retail Individual Bidders in the IPO.
4. Since the listing date of Coffee Day Enterprise Limited was November 02, 2015, information relating to closing prices and benchmark index as on 90th / 180th calendar
day from listing date is not available.
5. Since the listing date of InterGlobe Aviation Limited was November 10, 2015, information relating to closing prices and benchmark index as on 90th / 180th calendar
day from listing date is not available.
6. Since the listing date of Dr. Lal Pathlabs Limited was December 23, 2015, information relating to closing prices and benchmark index as on 30th / 90th / 180th
calendar day from listing date is not available.
395

396
Table 2: Summary statement of disclosure
Financial Total no. Total No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at
Year of IPOs amount of discount - 30th calendar days premium - 30th discount - 180th calendar premium - 180th
funds from listing calendar days from days from listing calendar days from
raised (₹ listing listing
Cr.)
Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less
50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than
25% 25% 25% 25%
2016(1) (2) (3) 4 5,390.41 - - 2 - 2 - - - 1 - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2014 1 919.14 - - - - - 1 - - - 1 - -
1. Since the listing date of Coffee Day Enterprise Limited was November 02, 2015, information relating to closing prices and benchmark index as on 30 th calendar day and
180th calendar day from listing date is not available.
2. Since the listing date of InterGlobe Aviation Limited was November 10, 2015, information relating to closing prices and benchmark index as on 30 th calendar day and
180th calendar day from listing date is not available.
3. Since the listing date of Dr. Lal Pathlabs Limited was December 23, 2015, information relating to closing prices and benchmark index as on 30 th calendar day and 180th
calendar day from listing date is not available
B. Kotak Mahindra Capital Company Limited
Table 1: Price information of past issues handled by Kotak
Sr. Issue Name Issue Size Issue Listing Date Opening +/- % change in closing +/- % change in closing +/- % change in
No. (₹ Cr.) Price (₹) Price on price, [+/- % change in price, [+/- % change in closing price, [+/-
listing date closing benchmark]- 30th closing benchmark]- 90th % change in
(₹) calendar days from listing calendar days from listing closing
benchmark]-
180th calendar
1. HealthCare Global 649.64 218 March 30, 2016 210.20 - - - listing
days from
Enterprises Limited
2. Dr. Lal PathLabs Limited 631.91 550 December 23, 720.00 +32.54%[-7.49%] +66.95% [-2.06%] -
2015
3. S H Kelkar and Company 508.17 180 November 16, 223.70 +21.69%[-1.35%] +20.78%[-10.58%] -
Limited 2015
4. Interglobe Aviation 3,008.50 765 November 10, 855.80 +32.39%[-2.20%] +7.76%[-5.09%] -
Limited 2015
396

397
Sr. Issue Name Issue Size Issue Listing Date Opening +/- % change in closing +/- % change in closing +/- % change in
No. (₹ Cr.) Price (₹) Price on price, [+/- % change in price, [+/- % change in closing price, [+/-
listing date closing benchmark]- 30th closing benchmark]- 90th % change in
(₹) calendar days from listing calendar days from listing closing
benchmark]-
180th calendar
5. Coffee Day Enterprises 1,150.00 328 November 2, 2015 317.00 -21.42%[-1.19%] -19.73%[-6.05%] - listing
days from
Limited
6. Sadbhav Infrastructure 491.66 103 September 16, 111.00 -2.28% [+3.55%] -5.63%[-3.15%] -12.67% [-4.92%]
Project Limited 2015
7. Power Mech Projects 273.22 640 August 26, 2015 600.00 -9.36% [+0.98%] -4.63%[+0.74%] -10.65% [-7.15%]
Limited
8. Manpasand Beverages 400.00 320 July 9, 2015 300.00 +23.20% [+2.83%] +36.53% [-2.11%] +58.34% [-6.45%]
Limited
9. Adlabs Entertainment 374.59 180 April 6, 2015 162.20 -18.36% [-3.87%] -12.08% [-2.02%] -38.39% [-8.19%]
Limited
10. Ortel Communications 173.65 181 March 19, 2015 160.05 -3.67% [-0.33%] -5.91% [-6.80%] +12.21% [-8.83%]
Limited
Notes:
1. In Adlabs Entertainment Limited, the issue price to retail individual investor was ₹ 168 per equity share after a discount of ₹ 12 per equity share. The Anchor Investor
Issue price was ₹ 221 per equity share.
2. In Dr. LalPathlabs Limited, the issue price to retail individual investor was ₹ 535 per equity share after a discount of ₹ 15 per equity share.
3. In the event any day falls on a holiday, the price/index of the immediately preceding working day has been considered.
4. Nifty is considered as the benchmark index.
Table 2: Summary statement of disclosure
Financia Total no. of Total amount No. of IPOs trading at discount - No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at
l Year IPOs of funds 30th calendar days from listing premium - 30th calendar discount - 180th calendar premium - 180th calendar
raised (₹ Cr.) days from listing days from listing days from listing
Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less
50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than
25% 25% 25% 25%
2016 9 7,487.79 - - 4 - 2 2 - 1 2 1 - -
2015 1 173.65 - - 1 - - - - - - - - 1
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
397

398
C. I- Sec
Table 1: Price information of past issues handled by I-Sec
Sr. Issue Name Issue Size Issue Listing Date Opening Price +/- % change in closing +/- % change in +/- % change in
No. (₹ Cr.) Price (₹) on Listing Date price, [+/- % change in closing price, [+/- % closing price, [+/- %
closing benchmark]- 30th change in closing change in closing
calendar days from listing benchmark]- 90th benchmark]- 180th
calendar days from calendar days from
listing listing
1 Shemaroo 120.00 170.00 (1) October 1, 2014 180.00 -5.74%, [+2.81%] -5.88%, [+3.79%] +5.85%, [+6.88%]
Entertainment Limited
2 Wonderla Holidays 181.25 125.00 May 9, 2014 160.00 +72.92%, [+11.60%] +78.96%, [+11.86%] +162.32%, [+21.57%]
Limited
3 VRL Logistics Limited 467.88 205.00 April 30, 2015 288.00 +50.90%, [+3.08%] +85.49%, [+1.90%] +100.90%, [+0.97%]
4 PNC Infratech Limited 488.44 378.00 May 26, 2015 387.00 +0.32%, [+0.26%] +14.66%, [-6.36%] +42.72%,[-5.88%]
5 Manpasand Beverages 400.00 320.00 July 9, 2015 300.00 +23.20%, [+2.83%] +36.53%, [-2.11%] +58.34%,[-6.45%]
Limited
6 Sadbhav Infrastructure 491.66 103.00 September 16, 111.00 -2.28%, [+3.55%] -5.63, [-3.15] -14.56%,[-4.56%]
Project Limited 2015
7 Teamlease Services 423.68 850.00 February 12, 2016 860.00 15.34%, [+7.99%] - -
Limited
8 Quick Heal 451.25 321.00 February 18, 2016 305.00 -31.56%, [+5.74%] - -
Technologies Limited
(1)
Discount of ₹ 17 per equity share offered to retail investors. All calculations are based on issue price of ₹ 170.00 per equity share
Notes:
1. All data sourced from www.nseindia.com
2. Benchmark index considered is NIFTY
3. 30th, 90th, 180th calendar day from listed day have been taken as listing day plus 29, 89 and 179 calendar days, except wherever 30 th, 90th, 180th calendar day is a
holiday, in which case we have considered the closing data of the next trading day
Table 2: Summary statement of price information of past issues handled by I-Sec
Financial Total Total No. of IPOs trading at discount No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at
Year no. of amount - 30th calendar days from premium - 30th calendar days discount - 180th calendar days premium - 180th calendar
IPOs of funds listing from listing from listing days from listing
398

399
raised Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less
(₹ Mn.) 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than
25% 25% 25% 25%
2017 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2016 6 27,229.06 - 1 1 1 - 3 - - 1 2 1 -
2015 2 3,012.50 - - 1 1 - - - - - 1 - 1
Track record of past issues handled by the BRLMs
For details regarding the track record of the BRLMs, as specified in Circular reference CIR/MIRSD/1/2012 dated January 10, 2012 issued by SEBI, see the websites of the
BRLMs, as set out in the table below:
Sr. No Name of the BRLM Website

1. Citi http://www.online.citibank.co.in/rhtm/citigroupglobalscreen1.htm
2. Kotak http://www.investmentbank.kotak.com
3. I-Sec http://www.icicisecurities.com
399

400
Disclaimer in respect of Jurisdiction
This Offer is being made in India to persons resident in India (including Indian nationals resident in India who
are competent to contract under the Indian Contract Act, 1872, HUFs, companies, corporate bodies and societies
registered under the applicable laws in India and authorised to invest in shares, Indian Mutual Funds registered
with SEBI, Indian financial institutions, commercial banks, regional rural banks, co-operative banks (subject to
RBI permission), or trusts under applicable trust law and who are authorised under their constitution to hold and
invest in shares, insurance companies registered with the IRDAI, permitted provident funds and pension funds,
insurance funds set up and managed by the army, navy or air force of the Union of India and insurance funds set
up and managed by the Department of Posts, India) and to FIIs, Eligible NRIs, FPIs and other eligible foreign
investors (viz. bilateral and multilateral development financial institution). This Draft Red Herring Prospectus
does not, however, constitute an invitation to subscribe to shares offered hereby in any jurisdiction other than
India to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or invitation in such jurisdiction. Any person into
whose possession this Draft Red Herring Prospectus comes is required to inform himself or herself about, and to
observe, any such restrictions. Any dispute arising out of the Offer will be subject to the jurisdiction of
appropriate court(s) in Mumbai only.
No action has been, or will be, taken to permit a public offering in any jurisdiction where action would be
required for that purpose, except that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been filed with SEBI for its
observations. Accordingly, the Equity Shares represented thereby may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, and this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may not be distributed, in any jurisdiction, except in
accordance with the legal requirements applicable in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of our Company, the Subsidiaries or the Selling Shareholder since the date hereof
or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to this date.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act, and may not be
offered or sold within the United States except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities
laws. Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold (i) within the United States to persons
reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities
Act) pursuant to Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act and (ii) outside the United States in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable laws of the
jurisdictions where such offers and sales occur.
Disclaimer Clause of BSE
As required, a copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been submitted to BSE. The disclaimer clause as
intimated by BSE to our Company, post scrutiny of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, shall be included in the
Red Herring Prospectus prior to the RoC filing.
Disclaimer Clause of the NSE
As required, a copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been submitted to NSE. The disclaimer clause as
intimated by NSE to our Company, post scrutiny of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, shall be included in the
Red Herring Prospectus prior to the RoC filing.
Filing
A copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been filed with SEBI at Corporate Finance Department, Plot
No.C4-A, ‘G’ Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051.
A copy of the Red Herring Prospectus, along with the documents required to be filed under Section 32 of the
Companies Act, 2013 would be delivered for registration to the RoC and a copy of the Prospectus to be filed
under Section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 would be delivered for registration with RoC at the Office of the
Registrar of Companies, 100, Everest, Marine Drive, Mumbai 400 002.
Listing
Applications have been made to the Stock Exchanges for permission to deal in and for an official quotation of
the Equity Shares. [●] will be the Designated Stock Exchange with which the Basis of Allotment will be
finalised.
400

401
If the permissions to deal in and for an official quotation of the Equity Shares are not granted by any of the
Stock Exchanges mentioned above, our Company and the Selling Shareholder shall forthwith repay, without
interest, all moneys received from the Bidders / Applicants in pursuance of the Red Herring Prospectus / the
Prospectus. If such money is not repaid within the prescribed time after our Company and the Selling
Shareholder become liable to repay it, then our Company and every Director of our Company who is an officer
in default may, on and from such expiry of such period, be liable to repay the money, with interest, as disclosed
in the Red Herring Prospectus or the Prospectus.
Our Company and the Selling Shareholder shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the necessary
formalities for listing and commencement of trading at all Stock Exchanges mentioned above are taken within
six Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date. Further, the Selling Shareholder confirms that it shall
provide assistance to our Company and, the BRLMs, as may be reasonably required and necessary, for the
completion of the necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading at all the Stock Exchanges
where the Equity Shares are proposed to be listed within six Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date.
If our Company does not Allot Equity Shares pursuant to the Offer within six Working Days from the Bid/Offer
Closing Date or within such timeline as prescribed by SEBI, it shall repay, without interest, all monies received
from Bidders, failing which interest shall be due to be paid to the Bidders at the rate of 15% per annum for the
delayed period.
The Selling Shareholder confirms that it shall reimburse our Company for any interest payments made by our
Company on behalf of the Selling Shareholder in this regard.
Consents
Consents in writing of the Selling Shareholder, our Directors, our Company Secretary and Compliance Officer,
our Chief Financial Officer, legal advisors, Banker/Lenders to our Company, and the BRLMs, the Syndicate
Members, the Escrow Collection Banks, Refund Bank and the Registrar to the Offer to act in their respective
capacities, have been obtained / will be obtained prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC and
filed along with a copy of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC as required under the Companies Act and
such consents shall not be withdrawn up to the time of delivery of the Red Herring Prospectus for registration
with the RoC.
In accordance with the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI Regulations, our Statutory Auditors, Sharp &
Tannan, Chartered Accountants have given their written consent to the inclusion of its audit reports dated April
10, 2016 on unconsolidated Restated Financial Statements and consolidated Restated Financial Statements and
the statement of tax benefits dated April 9, 2016 included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and such
consents have not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Experts to the Offer
Except as stated below, our Company has not obtained any expert opinions:
Our Company has received written consent from our Statutory Auditors, Sharp & Tannan, Chartered
Accountants, to include their names as required under Section 26(1)(a)(v) of the Companies Act, 2013 in this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as “expert” as defined under section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013 in
respect of the audit reports dated April 10, 2016 on unconsolidated Restated Financial Statements and
consolidated Restated Financial Statements and the statement of tax benefits dated April 9, 2016 and such
consents have not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. As the Equity Shares in
the Offer will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act, any references to the term “expert” herein and the
Statutory Auditor’s consent to be named as an “expert” to the Offer are not in the context of a U.S. registered
offering of securities.
Offer Expenses
The expenses of this Offer include, among others, underwriting and management fees, selling commissions,
printing and distribution expenses, legal fees, statutory advertisement expenses, registrar and depository fees
and listing fees. For further details of Offer expenses, see “Objects of the Offer” from pages 99 - 100.
The Offer related expenses will be paid by the Selling Shareholder.
Fees Payable to the Syndicate
401

402
The total fees payable to the Syndicate (including underwriting commission and selling commission and
reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expense) will be as per the engagement letter dated April 11, 2016 with
the BRLMs and the Syndicate Agreement. For further details of Offer expenses, see “Objects of the Offer” from
pages 99 - 100.
Commission payable to SCSBs, Registered Brokers, RTAs and CDPs
For details of the commission payable to SCSBs, Registered Brokers, RTAs and CDPs, see “Objects of the
Offer” from pages 99 - 100.
Fees Payable to the Registrar to the Offer
The fees payable by our Company and the Selling Shareholder to the Registrar to the Offer for processing of
application, data entry, printing of Allotment Advice/CAN/refund order, preparation of refund data on magnetic
tape, printing of bulk mailing register will be as per the agreement dated April 9, 2016 entered into, between our
Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Registrar to the Offer, a copy of which will be available for
inspection at the Registered Office.
The Registrar to the Offer will be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses including cost of stationery,
postage, stamp duty and communication expenses. Adequate funds will be provided to the Registrar to the Offer
to enable it to send refund orders or Allotment advice by registered post/speed post.
Particulars regarding public or rights issues by our Company during the last five years
Our Company has not made any public or rights issues during the five years preceding the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
Previous issues of Equity Shares otherwise than for cash
Our Company has not issued any Equity Shares for consideration otherwise than for cash.
Commission and Brokerage paid on previous issues
Since this is the initial public issue of Equity Shares, no sum has been paid or has been payable as commission
or brokerage for subscribing to or procuring or agreeing to procure subscription for any of the Equity Shares
since our Company’s inception.
Previous capital issue during the previous three years by listed Group Companies and subsidiaries of our
Company
None of our Group Companies or Subsidiaries have their equity shares listed on any stock exchange.
Performance vis-à-vis objects – Public/rights issue of our Company and/or listed Group Companies and
associates of our Company
Other than as disclosed in “Capital Structure”, on page 85, our Company has not undertaken any previous public
or rights issue. None of our Group Companies or our Subsidiaries have undertaken any public or rights issue of
their equity shares in the last ten years preceding the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Outstanding Debentures or Bonds
There are no outstanding debentures or bonds issued by our Company as of the date of filing this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
Outstanding Preference Shares or other convertible instruments issued by our Company
Other than employee stock options issued under the Existing Employee Stock Option Plans, our Company does
not have any outstanding preference shares or other convertible instruments as on date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
Partly Paid-up Shares
402

403
Our Company does not have any partly paid-up Equity Shares as on the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
Stock Market Data of Equity Shares
This being an initial public offer of our Company, the Equity Shares are not listed on any stock exchange.
Redressal of Investor Grievances
The agreement between the Registrar to the Offer, our Company and the Selling Shareholder dated April 9,
2016 provides for retention of records with the Registrar to the Offer for a period of at least three years from the
last date of despatch of the letters of Allotment, demat credit and refund orders to enable the investors to
approach the Registrar to the Offer for redressal of their grievances.
All grievances may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer with a copy to the relevant Designated
Intermediary with whom the Bid cum Application Form was submitted. The Bidder should give full details such
as name of the sole or first Bidder, Bid cum Application Form number, Bidder DP ID, Client ID, PAN, date of
submission of the Bid cum Application Form, address of the Bidder, number of the Equity Shares applied for
and the name and address of the Designated Intermediary where the Bid cum Application Form was submitted
by the Bidder.
Further, the investor shall also enclose a copy of the Acknowledgment Slip duly received from the Designated
Intermediaries in addition to the documents/information mentioned hereinabove.
Disposal of Investor Grievances by our Company
Our Company estimates that the average time required by our Company or the Registrar to the Offer or the
Designated Intermediary, for the redressal of routine investor grievances shall be 10 Working Days from the
date of receipt of the complaint. In case of non-routine complaints and complaints where external agencies are
involved, our Company will seek to redress these complaints as expeditiously as possible.
Our Company has constituted a Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee comprising of (i) S.N. Subrahmanyan
(Chairman), (ii) Vedika Bhandarkar and (iii) Sanjay Jalona. For details, see “Our Management- Committees of
the Board- Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee” on page 176.
Our Company has also appointed S. K. Bhatt, as the Compliance Officer for the Offer and he may be contacted
in case of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related problems at the following address:
S. K. Bhatt
L&T Technology Center,

Powai
Mumbai 400 072
Tel: (91 22) 6776 6776
Fax: (91 22) 2858 1130
Investor grievance mechanism and investor complaints for the listed companies (whose equity shares are
listed on stock exchanges) under the same management within the meaning of section 370 (1B) of the
Companies Act, 1956
L&T Finance Holdings Limited (“L&T Finance Holdings”) has arrangements and mechanisms in place for
redressal of investor grievance. L&T Finance Holdings received 31 investor complaints during the three years
preceding this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and all the investor complaints since then have been disposed off.
There are no investor complaints pending as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The average time
taken in resolving the complaints is seven to 10 working days.
Investor grievance mechanism and investor complaints for our Promoter
403

404
Our Promoter has arrangements and mechanisms in place for redressal of investor grievance. The number of
investor complaints received during the three years preceding this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and the number
of complaints disposed off during that period are as follows:
Period Complaints received Complaints disposed off

Financial Year 2016 50 48*
Financial Year 2015 62 62
Financial Year 2014 91 91
Total 203 201
* Out of the two pending complaints, which were received on March 31, 2016, our Promoter has redressed one
complaint and sent a response to the other complaint.
The average time taken in resolving the complaints is three Working Days.
Changes in auditors
There has been no change in our Auditors for the last three years.
Capitalisation of Reserves or Profits
Our Company has not capitalised its reserves or profits at any time during the last five years.
Revaluation of Assets
Except as disclosed in “Financial Statements” beginning on page 206, there has been no revaluation of assets by
our Company.
404

405
SECTION VII: OFFER INFORMATION
TERMS OF THE OFFER
The Equity Shares being Offered pursuant to the Offer shall be subject to the provisions of the Companies Act,
the SEBI Regulations, SCRA, SCRR, the Memorandum and Articles of Association, the terms of the Red
Herring Prospectus, the Prospectus, the abridged prospectus, Bid cum Application Form, the Revision Form, the
CAN, the Allotment Advice and other terms and conditions as may be incorporated in the Allotment Advices
and other documents/certificates that may be executed in respect of the Offer. The Equity Shares shall also be
subject to laws, as applicable, guidelines, rules, notifications and regulations relating to the offer of capital and
listing and trading of securities issued from time to time by SEBI, the Government, the FIPB, the Stock
Exchanges, the RBI, RoC and/or other authorities, as in force on the date of the Offer and to the extent
applicable or such other conditions as may be prescribed by SEBI, the RBI, the Government, the FIPB, the
Stock Exchanges, the RoC and any other authorities while granting their approval for the Offer.
Offer for Sale
All expenses with respect to the Offer will be borne by the Selling Shareholder. Payments, if any, made by our
Company in relation to the Offer shall be on behalf of the Selling Shareholder and such payments will be
reimbursed by the Selling Shareholder to our Company.
Ranking of the Equity Shares
The Equity Shares being offered pursuant to the Offer shall be subject to the provisions of the Companies Act
and the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association and shall rank pari passu in all respects with
the existing Equity Shares including rights to receive dividend. The Allottees, upon Allotment, of the Equity
Shares under the Offer, will be entitled to dividend and other corporate benefits, if any, declared by our
Company after the date of Allotment. For further details, see “Main Provisions of the Articles of Association”
Mode of Payment of Dividend
Our Company shall pay dividends, if declared, to the Shareholders in accordance with the provisions of
Companies Act, the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association and provisions of the Listing
Regulations. For further details in relation to dividends, see “Dividend Policy” and “Main Provisions of the
Articles of Association” beginning on pages 205 and 458, respectively.
Face Value and Offer Price
The face value of each Equity Share is ₹ 1 per Equity Share and the Offer Price is ₹ [●] per Equity Share. The
Anchor Investor Offer Price is ₹ [●] per Equity Share.
The Price Band and the minimum Bid Lot will be decided by our Company and the Selling Shareholder in
consultation with the BRLMs and will be advertised in [●] editions of the English national newspaper [●], [●]
editions of the Hindi national newspaper [●], and [●] edition of the Marathi newspaper [●] (Marathi being the
regional language of Maharashtra, where the Registered Office is located), each with wide circulation at least
five Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date with the relevant financial ratios calculated at the Floor
Price and at the Cap Price and such advertisement shall be made available to the Stock Exchanges for the
purpose of uploading the same on their websites.
At any given point of time there shall be only one denomination of Equity Shares.
Compliance with disclosure and accounting norms
Our Company shall comply with all disclosure and accounting norms as specified by SEBI from time to time.
Rights of our Shareholders
Subject to applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines and the Articles of Association, our Shareholders
shall have the following rights:
405

406
 Right to receive dividends, if declared;

 Right to attend general meetings and exercise voting rights, unless prohibited by law;
 Right to vote on a poll either in person or by proxy, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies
Act;
 Right to receive offers for rights shares and be allotted bonus shares, if announced;
 Right to receive surplus on liquidation, subject to any statutory and preferential claim being satisfied;
 Right of free transferability, subject to applicable laws including any RBI rules and regulations; and
 Such other rights, as may be available to a shareholder of a listed public company under the Companies
Act, the terms of the Listing Regulations and the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of
Association of our Company.
For a detailed description of the main provisions of the Articles of Association of our Company relating to
voting rights, dividend, forfeiture and lien, transfer, transmission and/or consolidation/splitting, see “Main
Provisions of Articles of Association” beginning on page 458.
Option to Receive Securities in Dematerialised Form
In terms of Section 29 of the Companies Act, 2013, the Equity Shares shall be Allotted only in dematerialised
form. As per the SEBI Regulations, the trading of the Equity Shares shall only be in dematerialised form. In this
context, our Company had entered into agreements with Sharepro Services (India) Private Limited (“Sharepro”)
and each of NSDL and CDSL dated July 27, 2015 for dematerialization of the Equity Shares. The Equity Shares
are currently admitted with NSDL and CDSL. Our Company has entered into a tripartite agreement dated April
8, 2016 with CDSL and the Registrar to the Offer. Our Company is currently in the process of executing a
tripartite agreement with NSDL and the Registrar to the Offer.
Market Lot and Trading Lot
Since trading of the Equity Shares is in dematerialised form, the tradable lot is one Equity Share. Allotment in
the Offer will be only in electronic form in multiples of one Equity Share subject to a minimum Allotment of []
Equity Shares.
Nomination Facility to Bidders
In accordance with Section 72 of the Companies Act, 2013, the sole Bidder, or the first Bidder along with other
joint Bidders, may nominate any one person in whom, in the event of the death of sole Bidder or in case of joint
Bidders, death of all the Bidders, as the case may be, the Equity Shares Allotted, if any, shall vest. A person,
being a nominee, entitled to the Equity Shares by reason of the death of the original holder(s), shall be entitled
to the same advantages to which he or she would be entitled if he or she were the registered holder of the Equity
Share(s). Where the nominee is a minor, the holder(s) may make a nomination to appoint, in the prescribed
manner, any person to become entitled to equity share(s) in the event of his or her death during the minority. A
nomination shall stand rescinded upon a sale of Equity Share(s) by the person nominating. A buyer will be
entitled to make a fresh nomination in the manner prescribed. Fresh nomination can be made only on the
prescribed form available on request at our Registered Office or to the registrar and transfer agents of our
Company.
Any person who becomes a nominee by virtue of Section 72 of the Companies Act, 2013, shall upon the
production of such evidence as may be required by the Board, elect either:
a) to register himself or herself as the holder of the Equity Shares; or

b) to make such transfer of the Equity Shares, as the deceased holder could have made.
Further, the Board may, at any time, give notice requiring any nominee to choose either to be registered himself
or herself or to transfer the Equity Shares, and if the notice is not complied with within a period of 90 days, the
Board may, thereafter, withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the
Equity Shares, until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.
Since the Allotment of Equity Shares in the Offer will be made only in dematerialised form, there is no need to
make a separate nomination with our Company. Nominations registered with respective depository participant
406

407
of the applicant would prevail. If the Bidders require changing of their nomination, they are requested to inform
their respective depository participant.
Period of operation of subscription list
See “Offer Structure – Bid/Offer Programme” from pages 410 to 411.
Minimum Subscription
The requirement of minimum subscription is not applicable to the Offer in accordance with the SEBI
Regulations. However, if our Company does not make the minimum Allotment for at least 10% of the post-
Offer equity share capital of our Company in terms of Rule 19(2)(b)(iii) of the SCRR, including devolvement of
Underwriters, if any, within 60 days from the date of Bid/Offer Closing Date, our Company and the Selling
Shareholder shall forthwith refund the entire subscription amount received. If there is a delay beyond the
prescribed time, our Company and the Selling Shareholder shall pay interest prescribed under the applicable
law.
Further, our Company and the Selling Shareholder shall ensure that the number of prospective Allottees to
whom the Equity Shares will be Allotted shall not be less than 1,000 in compliance with Regulation 26(4) of the
SEBI Regulations.
Arrangement for Disposal of Odd Lots
There are no arrangements for disposal of odd lots.
Restrictions on Transfer and Transmission of Equity Shares
Except for lock-in of the pre-Offer Equity Share capital of our Company, the minimum Promoter’s contribution
and the Anchor Investor lock-in of Equity Shares as detailed in “Capital Structure” from pages 86 - 87 and
except as provided in the Articles of Association, there are no restrictions on transfer of Equity Shares. Further,
there are no restrictions on transmission of Equity Shares and on their consolidation or splitting, except as
provided in the Articles of Association. For details, see “Main Provisions of the Articles of Association”
407

408
OFFER STRUCTURE
Public Offer of up to 17,500,000 Equity Shares for cash at a price of ₹ [●] per Equity Share (including share
premium of ₹ [●] per Equity Share) aggregating up to ₹ [●] million by way of the Offer of Sale by the Selling
Shareholder. The Offer will constitute [●] % of the post-Offer paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company.
The Offer is being made through the Book Building Process.
Particulars QIBs(1) Non Institutional Retail Individual Bidders

Bidders
Number of Equity Shares Not more than Not less than Not less than 6,125,000 Equity
available for 8,750,000 Equity 2,625,000 Equity Shares or Offer less allocation
Allotment/allocation(2) Shares Shares or Offer less to QIB Bidders and Non
allocation to QIB Institutional Bidders shall be
Bidders and Retail available for allocation
Individual Bidders
shall be available for
allocation
Percentage of Offer Size Not more than 50% Not less than 15% of Not less than 35% of the Offer
available for of the Offer the Offer or the Offer or Offer less allocation to QIB
Allotment/allocation less allocation to QIB Bidders and Non Institutional
However at least 5% Bidders and Retail Bidders shall be available for
of the QIB Portion Individual Bidders allocation
net of the Anchor shall be available for
Investor Portion allocation
(“Net QIB Portion”)
shall be available for
allocation
proportionately to
Mutual Funds only.
Mutual Funds
participating in the
5% reservation in the
Net QIB Portion will
also be eligible for
allocation in the
remaining QIB
Portion.
Unsubscribed portion
in the Mutual Fund
Portion will be added
to the Net QIB
Portion.
Basis of Allotment/ Proportionate as Proportionate Proportionate, subject to
allocation if respective follows (excluding minimum Bid Lot. For details
category is oversubscribed the Anchor Investor see, “Offer Procedure – Part B
Portion): up to – Allotment Procedure and
175,000 Equity Basis of Allotment –
Shares shall be Allotment to RIIs” on page
available for 444.
allocation on a
proportionate basis to
Mutual Funds only
and 3,325,000 Equity
Shares shall be
available for
allocation on a
proportionate basis to
all other QIBs.
408

409

Bidders
Up to 5,250,000
Equity Shares may be
allocated on a
discretionary basis to
Anchor Investors
Minimum Bid Such number of Such number of [●] Equity Shares and in
Equity Shares that the Equity Shares that the multiples of [●] Equity Shares
Bid Amount exceeds Bid Amount exceeds thereafter
₹ 200,000 and in ₹ 200,000 and in
multiples of [●] multiples of [●]
Equity Shares Equity Shares
thereafter thereafter
Maximum Bid Such number of Such number of Such number of Equity Shares
Equity Shares not Equity Shares not so that the Bid Amount does
exceeding the Offer exceeding the Offer not exceed ₹200,000
size, subject to size, subject to
applicable limits applicable limits
Bid Lot [●] Equity Shares and in multiples of [●] Equity Shares thereafter
Mode of Allotment Compulsorily in dematerialised form
Allotment Lot A minimum of [●] Equity Shares and thereafter in multiples of [●] Equity Share
Trading Lot One Equity Share
Who can apply(3) Public financial Resident Indian Resident Indian individuals,
institutions as individuals, Eligible Eligible NRIs and HUFs (in
specified in Section NRIs, HUFs (in the the name of Karta)
2(72) of the name of Karta),
Companies Act, companies, corporate
2013, scheduled bodies, societies and
commercial banks, trusts, Category III
multilateral and Foreign Portfolio
bilateral development Investors, sub-
financial institutions, accounts of FIIs
mutual fund which are foreign
registered with SEBI, corporate or foreign
FPIs other than individuals
Category III Foreign
Portfolio Investors,
VCFs, AIFs, FVCIs,
state industrial
development
corporation,
insurance company
registered with
IRDAI, provident
fund with minimum
corpus of ₹250
million, pension fund
with minimum
corpus of ₹250
million, in
accordance with
applicable law and
National Investment
Fund set up by the
Government,
insurance funds set
up and managed by
army, navy or air
force of the Union of
409

410

Bidders
India and insurance
funds set up and
managed by the
Department of Posts,
India
Terms of Payment Full Bid Amount shall be blocked by the SCSBs in the bank account of the
ASBA Bidder that is specified in the ASBA Form at the time of submission of
the ASBA Form.(4)
(1) Our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Category to Anchor
Investors on a discretionary basis. One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject to
valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the price at which allocation is being made to other Anchor
Investors. For details, see “Offer Procedure” beginning on page 413.
(2) Subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. In terms of Rule 19(2)(b)(iii) of the SCRR, this is an Offer for atleast
10% of the post Offer paid up equity share capital of our Company. The Offer is being made through the Book Building Process
wherein not more than 50% of the Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to QIBs, provided that our Company
and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Category to Anchor Investors on a
discretionary basis. 5% of the QIB Category (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion) shall be available for allocation on a
proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only, and the remainder of the QIB Category shall be available for allocation on a proportionate
basis to all QIB Bidders (other than Anchor Investors), including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the
Offer Price. Further, not less than 15% of the Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Non-Institutional
Bidders and not less than 35% of the Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual Bidders in accordance with the SEBI
Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price.
(3) In case of joint Bids, the Bid cum Application Form should contain only the name of the first Bidder whose name should also appear
as the first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names. The signature of only such first Bidder would be required in the Bid
cum Application Form and such first Bidder would be deemed to have signed on behalf of the joint holders.
(4) Full Bid Amount shall be payable by the Anchor Investors at the time of submission of the Anchor Investor Application Forms. For
details of terms of payment applicable to Anchor Investors, see “Offer Procedure – Part B - Section 7: Allotment Procedure and Basis
of Allotment” from pages 445 to 446.
Under-subscription, if any, in any category except the QIB Category, would be met with spill-over from the
other categories at the discretion of our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs
and the Designated Stock Exchange.
Withdrawal of the Offer
Our Company and the Selling Shareholder, in consultation with the BRLMs, reserve the right not to proceed
with the Offer after the Bid/Offer Opening Date but before the Allotment. In such an event, our Company shall
issue a public notice in the newspapers in which the pre-Offer advertisements were published, within two days
of the Bid/Offer Closing Date, or such other time as may be prescribed by SEBI, providing reasons for not
proceeding with the Offer. The BRLMs, through the Registrar to the Offer, shall notify the SCSBs to unblock
the bank accounts of the ASBA Bidders within one Working Day from the date of receipt of such notification.
Our Company shall also inform the same to the Stock Exchanges on which the Equity Shares are proposed to be
listed.
If our Company and the Selling Shareholder withdraw the Offer after the Bid/Offer Closing Date and thereafter
determine that they will proceed with a fresh issue and/or offer for sale of the Equity Shares, our Company shall
file a fresh draft red herring prospectus with SEBI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Offer is also subject to
obtaining (i) the final listing and trading approvals of the Stock Exchanges, which our Company shall apply for
after Allotment, and (ii) the final RoC approval of the Prospectus after it is filed with the RoC.
Bid/Offer Programme
BID/OFFER OPENS ON [●](1)

BID/OFFER CLOSES ON [●](2)
(1) Our Company and the Selling Shareholder, may, in consultation with the BRLMs, consider participation by
Anchor Investors. The Anchor Investor Bid/Offer Period shall be one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer
Opening Date in accordance with the SEBI Regulations.
410

411
(2) Our Company and the Selling Shareholder may, in consultation with the BRLMs, consider closing the
Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI
Regulations.
An indicative timetable in respect of the Offer is set out below:
Event Indicative Date

Finalisation of Basis of Allotment with the Designated Stock Exchange On or about [●]
Initiation of refunds (if any, for Anchor Investors)/unblocking of funds On or about [●]
from ASBA Account
Credit of Equity Shares to demat accounts of Allottees On or about [●]
Commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges On or about [●]
The above timetable, other than the Bid/Offer Closing Date, is indicative and does not constitute any
obligation on our Company or the Selling Shareholder or the BRLMs.
While our Company and the Selling Shareholder shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the
necessary formalities for the listing and the commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock
Exchanges are taken within six Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the timetable may change
due to various factors, such as extension of the Bid/Offer Period by our Company and the Selling
Shareholder, revision of the Price Band or any delay in receiving the final listing and trading approval
from the Stock Exchanges. The commencement of trading of the Equity Shares will be entirely at the
discretion of the Stock Exchanges and in accordance with the applicable laws. The Selling Shareholder
confirms that it shall extend complete co-operation required by our Company and the BRLMs for the
completion of the necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading of the Equity Shares at
the Stock Exchanges within six Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date.
Bids (other than Bids from Anchor Investors):
Bid/Offer Period (except the Bid/Offer Closing Date)

Submission and Revision in Bids Only between 10.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. (Indian
Standard Time (“IST”)
Bid/Offer Closing Date
Submission and Revision in Bids Only between 10.00 a.m. and 3.00 p.m. (Indian
Standard Time (“IST”)
On the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Bids shall be uploaded until:
(i) 4.00 p.m. IST in case of Bids by QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders, and
(ii) until 5.00 p.m. IST or such extended time as permitted by the Stock Exchanges, in case of Bids by Retail
Individual Bidders.
On Bid/Offer Closing Date, extension of time will be granted by Stock Exchanges only for uploading Bids
received by Retail Individual Bidders after taking into account the total number of Bids received and as reported
by the BRLMs to the Stock Exchanges.
It is clarified that Bids not uploaded on the electronic bidding system or in respect of which the full Bid
Amount is not blocked by SCSBs would be rejected.
Due to limitation of time available for uploading the Bids on the Bid/Offer Closing Date, Bidders are advised to
submit their Bids one day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date and, in any case, no later than 1.00 p.m. IST on
the Bid/Offer Closing Date. Bidders are cautioned that, in the event a large number of Bids are received on the
Bid/Offer Closing Date, as is typically experienced in public offerings, some Bids may not get uploaded due to
lack of sufficient time. Such Bids that cannot be uploaded will not be considered for allocation under the Offer.
Bids will be accepted only on Business Days i.e. Monday to Friday (excluding any public/bank holiday). Our
Company, the Selling Shareholder and the members of Syndicate are not liable for any failure in uploading Bids
due to faults in any software/hardware system or otherwise. Any time mentioned in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus is Indian Standard Time.
411

412
In case of any discrepancy in the data entered in the electronic book vis-à-vis the data contained in the physical
Bid cum Application Form, for a particular Bidder, the Registrar to the Offer shall ask for rectified data.
Our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs, reserve the right to revise the Price
Band during the Bid/Offer Period, provided that the Cap Price shall be less than or equal to 120% of the Floor
Price and the Floor Price shall not be less than the face value of the Equity Shares. The revision in the Price
Band shall not exceed 20% on either side i.e. the Floor Price can move up or down to the extent of 20% of the
Floor Price and the Cap Price will be revised accordingly.
In case of any revision to the Price Band, the Bid/Offer Period will be extended by at least three
additional Working Days after such revision of the Price Band, subject to the Bid/Offer Period not
exceeding 10 Working Days. Any revision in the Price Band and the revised Bid/Offer Period, if
applicable, will be widely disseminated by notification to the BSE and the NSE, by issuing a press release,
and also by indicating the change on the websites of the BRLMs and at the terminals of the Syndicate
Members.
412

413
OFFER PROCEDURE
All Bidders should review the General Information Document for Investing in Public Issues prepared and issued
in accordance with the circular (CIR/CFD/DIL/12/2013) dated October 23, 2013 notified by SEBI (the
“General Information Document”) and including SEBI circular bearing number CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/
2015 dated November 10, 2015 and SEBI circular bearing number SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL/CIR/P/2016/26 dated
January 21, 2016 included below under “Part B – General Information Document”, which highlights the key
rules, processes and procedures applicable to public issues in general in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act, the SCRA, the SCRR and the SEBI Regulations. The General Information Document has been
updated to reflect the enactments and regulations, to the extent applicable to a public issue. The General
Information Document is also available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges and the BRLMs. Please refer to
the relevant provisions of the General Information Document which are applicable to the Offer.
Our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the BRLMs do not accept any responsibility for the completeness
and accuracy of the information stated in this section and are not liable for any amendment, modification or
change in the applicable law which may occur after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Bidders are
advised to make their independent investigations and ensure that their Bids are submitted in accordance with
applicable laws and do not exceed the investment limits or maximum number of the Equity Shares that can be
held by them under applicable law or as specified in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
PART A
Book Building Procedure
The Offer is being made through the Book Building Process wherein not more than 50% of the Offer shall be
available for allocation to QIBs on a proportionate basis, provided that our Company and the Selling
Shareholder, in consultation with the BRLMs, may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Category to Anchor Investors
on a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI Regulations of which one-third shall be reserved for
domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from them at or above the Anchor Investor
Allocation Price. 5% of the QIB Category (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion) shall be available for
allocation on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only, and the remainder of the QIB Category shall be
available for allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIB Bidders (other than Anchor Investors), including
Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. Further, not less than 15% of the
Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Non-Institutional Bidders and not less than
35% of the Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual Bidders in accordance with the SEBI
Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price.
Under-subscription, if any, in any category, except in the QIB Category, would be allowed to be met with spill
over from any other category or combination of categories, at the discretion of our Company and the Selling
Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs and the Designated Stock Exchange.
The Equity Shares, on Allotment, shall be traded only in the dematerialised segment of the Stock Exchanges.
Investors should note that the Equity Shares will be Allotted to all successful Bidders only in
dematerialised form. The Bid cum Application Forms which do not have the details of the Bidders’
depository account, including DP ID, Client ID and PAN, shall be treated as incomplete and will be
rejected. Bidders will not have the option of being Allotted Equity Shares in physical form.
Bid cum Application Form
Copies of the ASBA Form and the abridged prospectus will be available with the Designated Intermediaries at
Bidding Centers and the Registered Office. An electronic copy of the ASBA Form will also be available for
download on the websites of the NSE (www.nseindia.com) and the BSE (www.bseindia.com), at least one day
prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
Copies of the Anchor Investor Application Form will be available at the offices of the BRLMs.
All Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) shall mandatorily participate in the Offer only through the ASBA
process. Anchor Investors are not permitted to participate in the Offer through the ASBA process.
ASBA Bidders must provide bank account details and authorisation to block funds in the relevant space
provided in the ASBA Form and the ASBA Forms that do not contain such details will be rejected.
413

414
ASBA Bidders shall ensure that the Bids are made on ASBA Forms bearing the stamp of the Designated
Intermediary, submitted at the Bidding Centers only (except in case of electronic ASBA Forms) and the ASBA
Forms not bearing such specified stamp are liable to be rejected.
The prescribed colour of the Bid cum Application Form for the various categories is as follows:
Category Colour of Bid cum

Application Form*
Resident Indians and Eligible NRIs applying on a non-repatriation basis White
Non-Residents including Eligible NRIs, FIIs, their sub-accounts (other than sub- Blue
accounts which are foreign corporates or foreign individuals Bidding under the QIB
Category), FPI or FVCIs, registered multilateral and bilateral development financial
institutions applying on a repatriation basis
Anchor Investors White
*
Excluding electronic Bid cum Application Form
Designated Intermediaries (other than SCSBs) shall submit/deliver the ASBA Forms to respective SCSBs where
the Bidder has a bank account and shall not submit it to any non-SCSB or any Escrow Collection Bank.
Participation by Promoter, Promoter Group, BRLMs, Syndicate Members and persons related to them
The BRLMs and the Syndicate Members shall not be allowed to purchase Equity Shares in this Offer in any
manner, except towards fulfilling their underwriting obligations. However, the associates and affiliates of the
BRLMs and the Syndicate Members may Bid for Equity Shares in the Offer, either in the QIB Category or in
the Non-Institutional Category as may be applicable to such Bidders, where the allocation is on a proportionate
basis and such subscription may be on their own account or on behalf of their clients. All categories of investors,
including associates or affiliates of the BRLMs and Syndicate Members, shall be treated equally for the purpose
of allocation to be made on a proportionate basis.
The BRLMs and any persons related to the BRLMs (other than Mutual Funds sponsored by entities related to
the BRLMs) and the Promoter, Promoter Group and any persons related to the Promoter and Promoter Group
cannot apply in the Offer under the Anchor Investor Portion.
Bids by Mutual Funds
With respect to Bids by Mutual Funds, a certified copy of their SEBI registration certificate must be lodged
along with the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company and the Selling Shareholder reserve the
right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids made by asset management companies or custodians of Mutual Funds shall specifically state names of the
concerned schemes for which such Bids are made.
In case of a Mutual Fund, a separate Bid can be made in respect of each scheme of the Mutual Fund
registered with SEBI and such Bids in respect of more than one scheme of the Mutual Fund will not be
treated as multiple Bids provided that the Bids clearly indicate the scheme concerned for which the Bid
has been made.
No Mutual Fund scheme shall invest more than 10% of its net asset value in equity shares or equity
related instruments of any single company provided that the limit of 10% shall not be applicable for
investments in case of index funds or sector or industry specific schemes. No Mutual Fund under all its
schemes should own more than 10% of any company’s paid-up share capital carrying voting rights.
Bids by Eligible NRIs
Eligible NRIs may obtain copies of Bid cum Application Form from the Designated Intermediaries. Eligible
NRI Bidders bidding on a repatriation basis by using the Non-Resident Forms should authorize their SCSB to
block their Non-Resident External (“NRE”) accounts, or Foreign Currency Non-Resident (“FCNR”) Accounts,
and eligible NRI Bidders bidding on a non-repatriation basis by using Resident Forms should authorize their
SCSB to block their Non-Resident Ordinary (“NRO”) accounts for the full Bid Amount, at the time of the
submission of the Bid cum Application Form.
414

415
Eligible NRIs Bidding on non-repatriation basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form for residents
(white in colour).
Eligible NRIs Bidding on a repatriation basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form meant for Non-
Residents (blue in colour).
Bids by FPIs (including FIIs)
In terms of the SEBI FPI Regulations, an FII which holds a valid certificate of registration from SEBI shall be
deemed to be a registered FPI until the expiry of the block of three years for which fees have been paid as per
the SEBI FII Regulations. Accordingly, such FIIs can participate in this Offer in accordance with Schedule 2 of
the FEMA Regulations. An FII shall not be eligible to invest as an FII after registering as an FPI under the SEBI
FPI Regulations.
In terms of the SEBI FPI Regulations, the issue of Equity Shares to a single FPI or an investor group (which
means the same set of ultimate beneficial owner(s) investing through multiple entities) must be below 10% of
our post-Offer Equity Share capital. Further, in terms of the FEMA Regulations, the total holding by each FPI
shall be below 10% of the total paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company and the total holdings of all FPIs
put together shall not exceed 24% of the paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company. The aggregate limit of
24% may be increased up to the sectoral cap by way of a resolution passed by the Board of Directors followed
by a special resolution passed by the Shareholders of our Company and subject to prior intimation to RBI. In
terms of the FEMA Regulations, for calculating the aggregate holding of FPIs in a company, holding of all
registered FPIs as well as holding of FIIs (being deemed FPIs) shall be included.
The existing individual and aggregate investment limits for an FII or sub account in our Company is 10% and
24% of the total paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company, respectively.
FPIs are permitted to participate in the Offer subject to compliance with conditions and restrictions which may
be specified by the Government from time to time.
Subject to compliance with all applicable Indian laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals in terms of
Regulation 22 of the SEBI FPI Regulations and circulars issued in this regard, an FPI, other than Category III
Foreign Portfolio Investors and unregulated broad based funds, which are classified as Category II Foreign
Portfolio Investors by virtue of their investment manager being appropriately regulated, may issue, subscribe or
otherwise deal in offshore derivative instruments (as defined under the SEBI FPI Regulations as any instrument,
by whatever name called, which is issued overseas by a FPI against securities held by it that are listed or
proposed to be listed on any recognised stock exchange in India, as its underlying) directly or indirectly, only if
(i) such offshore derivative instruments are issued only to persons who are regulated by an appropriate
regulatory authority; and (ii) such offshore derivative instruments are issued after compliance with ‘know your
client’ norms. An FPI is also required to ensure that no further issue or transfer of any offshore derivative
instrument is made by, or on behalf of, it to any persons that are not regulated by an appropriate foreign
regulatory authority.
Bids by SEBI registered VCFs, AIFs and FVCIs
The SEBI FVCI Regulations and the SEBI AIF Regulations inter-alia prescribe the investment restrictions on
the VCFs, FVCIs and AIFs registered with SEBI.
The holding by any individual VCF registered with SEBI in one venture capital undertaking should not exceed
25% of the corpus of the VCF. Further, VCFs and FVCIs can invest only up to 33.33% of the investible funds
by way of subscription to an initial public offering.
The category I and II AIFs cannot invest more than 25% of the investible funds in one investee company. A
category III AIF cannot invest more than 10% of the investible funds in one investee company. A venture
capital fund registered as a category I AIF, as defined in the SEBI AIF Regulations, cannot invest more than
1/3rd of its corpus by way of subscription to an initial public offering of a venture capital undertaking.
Additionally, the VCFs which have not re-registered as an AIF under the SEBI AIF Regulations shall continue
to be regulated by the SEBI VCF Regulations until the existing fund or scheme managed by the fund is wound
up.
All non-resident investors should note that refunds (in case of Anchor Investors), dividends and other
distributions, if any, will be payable in Indian Rupees only and net of bank charges and commission.
415

416
Bids by limited liability partnerships
In case of Bids made by limited liability partnerships registered under the Limited Liability Partnership Act,
2008, a certified copy of certificate of registration issued under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008,
must be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company and the Selling Shareholder
reserves the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids by banking companies
In case of Bids made by banking companies registered with RBI, certified copies of: (i) the certificate of
registration issued by RBI, and (ii) the approval of such banking company’s investment committee are required
to be attached to the Bid cum Application Form, failing which our Company and the Selling Shareholder
reserves the right to reject any Bid by a banking company without assigning any reason.
The investment limit for banking companies in non-financial services companies as per the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949, as amended (the “Banking Regulation Act”), and the Master Circular dated July 1, 2015 – Para-
banking Activities, is 10% of the paid-up share capital of the investee company or 10% of the banks’ own paid-
up share capital and reserves, whichever is less. Further, the investment in a non-financial services company by
a banking company together with its subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, entities directly or indirectly
controlled by the bank and mutual funds managed by asset management companies controlled by the banking
company cannot exceed 20% of the investee company’s paid-up share capital. A banking company may hold up
to 30% of the paid-up share capital of the investee company with the prior approval of the RBI provided that the
investee company is engaged in non-financial activities in which banking companies are permitted to engage
under the Banking Regulation Act.
Bids by SCSBs
SCSBs participating in the Offer are required to comply with the terms of the SEBI circulars dated September
13, 2012 and January 2, 2013. Such SCSBs are required to ensure that for making applications on their own
account using ASBA, they should have a separate account in their own name with any other SEBI registered
SCSBs. Further, such account shall be used solely for the purpose of making application in public issues and
clear demarcated funds should be available in such account for such applications.
Bids by insurance companies
In case of Bids made by insurance companies registered with the IRDAI, a certified copy of certificate of
registration issued by IRDAI must be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company and
the Selling Shareholder reserve the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof.
The exposure norms for insurers, prescribed under the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority
(Investment) Regulations, 2000 as amended are broadly set forth below:
(a) equity shares of a company: the lower of 10% of the outstanding Equity Shares (face value) or 10% of
the respective fund in case of life insurer or 10% of investment assets in case of general insurer or
reinsurer;
(b) the entire group of the investee company: not more than 15% of the respective fund in case of a life
insurer or 15% of investment assets in case of a general insurer or reinsurer or 15% of the investment
assets in all companies belonging to the group, whichever is lower; and
(c) the industry sector in which the investee company belong to: not more than 15% of the fund of a life
insurer or a general insurer or a reinsurer or 15% of the investment asset, whichever is lower.
The maximum exposure limit, in the case of an investment in equity shares, cannot exceed the lower of an
amount of 10% of the investment assets of a life insurer or general insurer and the amount calculated under (a),
(b) and (c) above, as the case may be.
Insurance companies participating in this Offer shall comply with all applicable regulations, guidelines and
circulars issued by IRDAI from time to time.
Bids by provident funds/pension funds
416

417
In case of Bids made by provident funds/pension funds, subject to applicable laws, with minimum corpus of
₹250 million, a certified copy of a certificate from a chartered accountant certifying the corpus of the provident
fund/pension fund must be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company and the Selling
Shareholder reserve the right to reject any Bid, without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids under Power of Attorney
In case of Bids made pursuant to a power of attorney or by limited companies, corporate bodies, registered
societies, Eligible FPIs (including FIIs), Mutual Funds, insurance companies, insurance funds set up by the
army, navy or air force of the India, insurance funds set up by the Department of Posts, India or the National
Investment Fund and provident funds with a minimum corpus of ₹250 million (subject to applicable law) and
pension funds with a minimum corpus of ₹250 million, a certified copy of the power of attorney or the relevant
resolution or authority, as the case may be, along with a certified copy of the memorandum of association and
articles of association and/or bye laws must be lodged along with the Bid cum Application Form, as the case
may be. Failing this, our Company and the Selling Shareholder reserve the right to accept or reject any Bid in
whole or in part, in either case, without assigning any reason thereof.
Our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs in their absolute discretion, reserve
the right to relax the above condition of simultaneous lodging of the power of attorney along with the Bid cum
Application Form.
The above information is given for the benefit of the Bidders. Our Company, the Selling Shareholder, and
the BRLMs are not liable for any amendments or modification or changes in applicable laws or
regulations, which may occur after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Bidders are advised to
make their independent investigations and ensure that any single Bid from them does not exceed the
applicable investment limits or maximum number of the Equity Shares that can be held by them under
applicable law or regulation or as specified in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
General Instructions
Do’s:
1. Check if you are eligible to apply as per the terms of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and under
applicable law, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals;
2. Ensure that you have Bid within the Price Band;
3. Read all the instructions carefully and complete the Bid cum Application Form, in the prescribed form;
4. Ensure that the details about the PAN, DP ID and Client ID are correct and the Bidders depository
account is active, as Allotment of the Equity Shares will be in the dematerialised form only;
5. Ensure that your Bid cum Application Form bearing the stamp of a Designated Intermediary is submitted
to the Designated Intermediary at the Bidding Center within the prescribed time;
6. If the first applicant is not the bank account holder, ensure that the Bid cum Application Form is signed
by the account holder. Ensure that you have mentioned the correct bank account number in the Bid cum
Application Form;
7. Ensure that the signature of the First Bidder in case of joint Bids, is included in the Bid cum Application
Forms;
8. Ensure that the name(s) given in the Bid cum Application Form is/are exactly the same as the name(s) in
which the beneficiary account is held with the Depository Participant. In case of joint Bids, the Bid cum
Application Form should contain the name of only the First Bidder whose name should also appear as the
first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names;
9. Ensure that you request for and receive a stamped acknowledgement of the Bid cum Application Form
for all your Bid options from the concerned Designated Intermediary;
417

418
10. Ensure that you have funds equal to the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account maintained with the SCSB
before submitting the Bid cum Application Form under the ASBA process to the respective member of
the Syndicate (in the Specified Locations), the SCSBs, the Registered Broker (at the Broker Centres), the
RTA (at the Designated RTA Locations) or CDP (at the Designated CDP Locations);
11. Submit revised Bids to the same Designated Intermediary, through whom the original Bid was placed
and obtain a revised Acknowledgment Slip;
12. Except for Bids (i) on behalf of the Central or State Governments and the officials appointed by the
courts, who, in terms of the SEBI circular dated June 30, 2008, may be exempt from specifying their
PAN for transacting in the securities market, and (ii) Bids by persons resident in the state of Sikkim,
who, in terms of the SEBI circular dated July 20, 2006, may be exempted from specifying their PAN for
transacting in the securities market, all Bidders should mention their PAN allotted under the IT Act. The
exemption for the Central or the State Government and officials appointed by the courts and for investors
residing in the State of Sikkim is subject to (a) the Demographic Details received from the respective
depositories confirming the exemption granted to the beneficiary owner by a suitable description in the
PAN field and the beneficiary account remaining in “active status”; and (b) in the case of residents of
Sikkim, the address as per the Demographic Details evidencing the same. All other applications in which
PAN is not mentioned will be rejected;
13. Ensure that the Demographic Details are updated, true and correct in all respects;
14. Ensure that thumb impressions and signatures other than in the languages specified in the Eighth
Schedule to the Constitution of India are attested by a Magistrate or a Notary Public or a Special
Executive Magistrate under official seal;
15. Ensure that the category and the investor status is indicated;
16. Ensure that in case of Bids under power of attorney or by limited companies, corporates, trust etc.,
relevant documents are submitted;
17. Ensure that Bids submitted by any person outside India should be in compliance with applicable foreign
and Indian laws;
18. Bidders should note that in case the DP ID, Client ID and PAN mentioned in their Bid cum Application
Form and entered into the online IPO system of the Stock Exchanges by the relevant Designated
Intermediary, as the case may be, matches with the DP ID, Client ID and PAN available in the
Depository database;
19. Ensure that you have correctly signed the authorisation/undertaking box in the Bid cum Application
Form, or have otherwise provided an authorisation to the SCSB via the electronic mode, for blocking
funds in the ASBA Account equivalent to the Bid Amount mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form,
as the case may be, at the time of submission of the Bid;
20. Ensure that you have mentioned the correct ASBA Account number in the Bid cum Application Form;
and
The Bid cum Application Form, is liable to be rejected if the above instructions, as applicable, are not complied
with.
Don’ts:
1. Do not Bid for lower than the minimum Bid size;
2. Do not Bid/revise Bid Amount to less than the Floor Price or higher than the Cap Price;
3. Do not pay the Bid Amount in cheques, demand drafts, by cash, money order, by postal order or by stock
invest;
4. Do not send Bid cum Application Forms by post; instead submit the same to the Designated Intermediary
only;
418

419
5. Do not Bid at Cut-off Price (for Bids by QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders);
6. Do not instruct your respective banks to release the funds blocked in the ASBA Account under the
ASBA process;
7. Do not Bid for a Bid Amount exceeding ₹200,000 (for Bids by Retail Individual Bidders);
8. Do not fill up the Bid cum Application Form such that the Equity Shares Bid for exceeds the Offer size
and/or investment limit or maximum number of the Equity Shares that can be held under the applicable
laws or regulations or maximum amount permissible under the applicable regulations or under the terms
of the Red Herring Prospectus;
9. Do not submit Bid for an amount more than funds available in your ASBA Account;
10. Do not submit Bids on plain paper or on incomplete or illegible Bid cum Application Forms or on Bid
cum Application Forms in a colour prescribed for another category of Bidder;
11. Do not submit a Bid in case you are not eligible to acquire Equity Shares under applicable law or your
relevant constitutional documents or otherwise;
12. Do not Bid if you are not competent to contract under the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (other than minors
having valid depository accounts as per Demographic Details provided by the depository);
13. Do not submit more than five Bid cum Application Forms per ASBA Account;
14. Anchor Investors should not bid through the ASBA process; and
15. Do not Bid on another Bid cum Application Form and the Anchor Investor Application Form, as the case
may be, after you have submitted a Bid to any of the Designated Intermediaries.
The Bid cum Application Form is liable to be rejected if the above instructions, as applicable, are not complied
with.
Payment into Escrow Account for Anchor Investors
Our Company and the Selling Shareholder in consultation with the BRLMs will decide the list of Anchor
Investors to whom the CAN will be sent, pursuant to which the details of the Equity Shares allocated to them in
their respective names will be notified to such Anchor Investors. For Anchor Investors, the payment instruments
for payment into the Escrow Account should be drawn in favour of:
(a) In case of resident Anchor Investors: “[●]”
(b) In case of Non-Resident Anchor Investors: “[●]”
Pre- Offer Advertisement
Subject to Section 30 of the Companies Act, 2013, our Company shall, after registering the Red Herring
Prospectus with the RoC, publish a pre-Offer advertisement, in the form prescribed by the SEBI Regulations, in
[●] editions of the English national newspaper [●], [●] editions of the Hindi national newspaper [●], and [●]
edition of the Marathi newspaper [●], each with wide circulation.
Signing of the Underwriting Agreement and the RoC Filing
(a) Our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Syndicate intend to enter into an Underwriting
Agreement after the finalisation of the Offer Price.
(b) After signing the Underwriting Agreement, an updated Red Herring Prospectus will be filed with the
RoC in accordance with applicable law, which then would be termed as the ‘Prospectus’. The
419

420
Prospectus will contain details of the Offer Price, the Anchor Investor Offer Price, Offer size, and
underwriting arrangements and will be complete in all material respects.
Impersonation
Attention of the applicants is specifically drawn to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 38 of the
Companies Act, 2013, which is reproduced below:
“Any person who:
(a) makes or abets making of an application in a fictitious name to a company for acquiring, or
subscribing for, its securities; or
(b) makes or abets making of multiple applications to a company in different names or in different
combinations of his name or surname for acquiring or subscribing for its securities; or
(c) otherwise induces directly or indirectly a company to allot, or register any transfer of, securities to
him, or to any other person in a fictitious name, shall be liable for action under Section 447.”
The liability prescribed under Section 447 of the Companies Act, 2013 includes imprisonment for a term which
shall not be less than six months extending up to 10 years (provided that where the fraud involves public
interest, such term shall not be less than three years) and fine of an amount not less than the amount involved in
the fraud, extending up to three times of such amount.
Undertakings by our Company
Our Company undertakes the following:
 the complaints received in respect of the Offer shall be attended to by our Company expeditiously and
satisfactorily;
 all steps for completion of the necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading at all the
Stock Exchanges where the Equity Shares are proposed to be listed are taken within six Working Days
of the Bid/Offer Closing Date will be taken;
 the funds required for making refunds (to the extent applicable) as per the mode(s) disclosed shall be
made available to the Registrar to the Offer by our Company;
 Allotment is not made within the prescribed time period under applicable law, the entire subscription
amount received will be refunded/unblocked within the time prescribed under applicable law. If there is
delay beyond the prescribed time, our Company shall pay interest prescribed under the Companies Act,
2013, the SEBI Regulations and applicable law for the delayed period;
 where refunds (to the extent applicable) are made through electronic transfer of funds, a suitable
communication shall be sent to the applicant within six Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing
Date, giving details of the bank where refunds shall be credited along with amount and expected date of
electronic credit of refund;
 intimation of the credit of securities/refund orders to Eligible NRIs shall be despatched within specified
time;
 no further Issue of the Equity Shares shall be made till the Equity Shares offered through the Red
Herring Prospectus are listed or until the Bid monies are refunded/unblocked in ASBA Account on
account of non-listing, under-subscription, etc.; and
 adequate arrangements shall be made to collect all Bid cum Application Forms by Bidders.
Undertakings by the Selling Shareholder
The Selling Shareholder undertakes that:
420

421
 it shall deposit its Equity Shares offered in the Offer in an escrow account opened with the Registrar to
the Offer at least one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date;
 it shall not have any recourse to the proceeds of the Offer for Sale until final listing and trading
approvals have been received from the Stock Exchanges;
 it shall take all steps and provide all assistance to our Company and the BRLMs, as may be required for
the completion of the necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading at all the stock
exchanges where the Equity Shares are proposed to be listed within six Working Days from the
Bid/Offer Closing Date of the Offer, failing which it shall forthwith repay without interest all monies
received from Bidders to the extent of the Offered Shares. In case of delay, interest as per applicable
law shall be paid by the Selling Shareholder;
 it shall not offer, lend, pledge, charge, transfer or otherwise encumber, sell, dispose off any of the
Equity Shares held by it except the Equity Shares being offered in the Offer for Sale until such time
that the lock-in remains effective save and except as may be permitted under the SEBI Regulations;
 it shall ensure that the Equity Shares being offered by it in the Offer, shall be transferred to the
successful Bidders within the time specified under applicable law; and
 it shall give appropriate instructions for dispatch of the refund orders or Allotment Advice to successful
Bidders within the time specified under applicable law.
Utilisation of Offer Proceeds
The Selling Shareholder along with our Company declare that all monies received out of the Offer shall be
credited/ transferred to a separate bank account other than the bank account referred to in sub-section (3) of
Section 40 of the Companies Act, 2013.
421

422
PART B
General Information Document for Investing in Public Issues
This General Information Document highlights the key rules, processes and procedures applicable to public
issues in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, the SCRA, the SCRR and the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. Bidders/Applicants should not construe the contents of this General Information Document as
legal advice and should consult their own legal counsel and other advisors in relation to the legal matters
concerning the issue. For taking an investment decision, the Bidders/Applicants should rely on their own
examination of the issuer and the issue, and should carefully read the Red Herring Prospectus/Prospectus
before investing in the issue.
SECTION 1: PURPOSE OF THE GENERAL INFORMATION DOCUMENT (GID)
This document is applicable to the public issues undertaken through the Book-Building Process as well as to the
Fixed Price issues. The purpose of the “General Information Document for Investing in Public Issues” is to
provide general guidance to potential Bidders/Applicants in IPOs and FPOs, on the processes and procedures
governing IPOs and FPOs, undertaken in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board
of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2009 (“SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009”).
Bidders/Applicants should note that investment in equity and equity related securities involves risk and
Bidder/Applicant should not invest any funds in the Issue unless they can afford to take the risk of losing their
investment. The specific terms relating to securities and/or for subscribing to securities in an Issue and the
relevant information about the Issuer undertaking the Issue are set out in the Red Herring Prospectus
(“RHP”)/Prospectus filed by the Issuer with the Registrar of Companies (“RoC”). Bidders/Applicants should
carefully read the entire RHP/Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form/Application Form and the
Abridged Prospectus of the Issuer in which they are proposing to invest through the Issue. In case of any
difference in interpretation or conflict and/or overlap between the disclosure included in this document and the
RHP/Prospectus, the disclosures in the RHP/Prospectus shall prevail. The RHP/Prospectus of the Issuer is
available on the websites of stock exchanges, on the website(s) of the BRLM(s) to the Issue and on the website
of Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) at www.sebi.gov.in.
For the definitions of capitalized terms and abbreviations used herein Bidders/Applicants may see “Glossary
and Abbreviations”.
SECTION 2: BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO IPOs/FPOs
2.1 Initial public offer (IPO)
An IPO means an offer of specified securities by an unlisted Issuer to the public for subscription and
may include an Offer for Sale of specified securities to the public by any existing holder of such
securities in an unlisted Issuer.
For undertaking an IPO, an Issuer is inter-alia required to comply with the eligibility requirements of
in terms of either Regulation 26(1) or Regulation 26(2) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009. For
details of compliance with the eligibility requirements by the Issuer, Bidders/Applicants may refer to
the RHP/Prospectus.
2.2 Further public offer (FPO)
An FPO means an offer of specified securities by a listed Issuer to the public for subscription and may
include Offer for Sale of specified securities to the public by any existing holder of such securities in a
listed Issuer.
For undertaking an FPO, the Issuer is inter-alia required to comply with the eligibility requirements in
terms of Regulation 26/ Regulation 27 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009. For details of compliance
with the eligibility requirements by the Issuer, Bidders/Applicants may refer to the RHP/Prospectus.
2.3 Other Eligibility Requirements:
In addition to the eligibility requirements specified in paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2, an Issuer proposing to
undertake an IPO or an FPO is required to comply with various other requirements as specified in the
422

423
SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009, the Companies Act, 2013, the Companies Act, 1956 (to the extent
applicable), the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957 (the “SCRR”), industry-specific
regulations, if any, and other applicable laws for the time being in force.
For details in relation to the above Bidders/Applicants may refer to the RHP/Prospectus.
2.4 Types of Public Offers – Fixed Price Offers and Book Built Offers
In accordance with the provisions of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009, an Issuer can either determine
the Issue Price through the Book Building Process (“Book Built Issue”) or undertake a Fixed Price
Issue (“Fixed Price Issue”). An Issuer may mention Floor Price or Price Band in the RHP (in case of a
Book Built Issue) and a Price or Price Band in the Draft Prospectus (in case of a fixed price Issue) and
determine the price at a later date before registering the Prospectus with the Registrar of Companies.
The cap on the Price Band should be less than or equal to 120% of the Floor Price. The Issuer shall
announce the Price or the Floor Price or the Price Band through advertisement in all newspapers in
which the pre-issue advertisement was given at least five Working Days before the Bid/Issue Opening
Date, in case of an IPO and at least one Working Day before the Bid/Issue Opening Date, in case of an
FPO.
The Floor Price or the Issue price cannot be lesser than the face value of the securities.
Bidders/Applicants should refer to the RHP/Prospectus or Issue advertisements to check whether the
Issue is a Book Built Issue or a Fixed Price Issue.
2.5 ISSUE PERIOD
The Issue may be kept open for a minimum of three Working Days (for all category of
Bidders/Applicants) and not more than ten Working Days. Bidders/Applicants are advised to refer to
the Bid cum Application Form and Abridged Prospectus or RHP/Prospectus for details of the Bid/Issue
Period. Details of Bid/Issue Period are also available on the website of the Stock Exchange(s).
In case of a Book Built Issue, the Issuer may close the Bid/Issue Period for QIBs one Working Day
prior to the Bid/Issue Closing Date if disclosures to that effect are made in the RHP. In case of revision
of the Floor Price or Price Band in Book Built Issues the Bid/Issue Period may be extended by at least
three Working Days, subject to the total Bid/Issue Period not exceeding 10 Working Days. For details
of any revision of the Floor Price or Price Band, Bidders/Applicants may check the announcements
made by the Issuer on the websites of the Stock Exchanges, and the advertisement in the newspaper(s)
issued in this regard.
2.6 FLOWCHART OF TIMELINES
A flow chart of process flow in Fixed Price and Book Built Issues is as follows. Bidders/Applicants
may note that this is not applicable for Fast Track FPOs:
 In case of Issue other than Book Built Issue (Fixed Price Issue) the process at the following of
the below mentioned steps shall be read as:
i. Step 7: Determination of Issue Date and Price
ii. Step 10: Applicant submits ASBA Form with any of the Designated Intermediaries.
423

424
SECTION 3: CATEGORY OF INVESTORS ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE IN AN ISSUE
Each Bidder/Applicant should check whether it is eligible to apply under applicable law. Furthermore, certain
categories of Bidders/Applicants, such as NRIs, FIIs, FPIs and FVCIs may not be allowed to Bid/Apply in the
Issue or to hold Equity Shares, in excess of certain limits specified under applicable law. Bidders/Applicants are
requested to refer to the RHP/Prospectus for more details.
Subject to the above, an illustrative list of Bidders/Applicants is as follows:
 Indian nationals resident in India who are competent to contract under the Indian Contract Act, 1872, in
single or joint names (not more than three);
 Bids/Applications belonging to an account for the benefit of a minor (under guardianship);
 Hindu Undivided Families or HUFs, in the individual name of the Karta. The Bidder/Applicant should
specify that the Bid is being made in the name of the HUF in the Bid cum Application Form/Application
Form as follows: “Name of sole or first Bidder/Applicant: XYZ Hindu Undivided Family applying through
XYZ, where XYZ is the name of the Karta”. Bids/Applications by HUFs may be considered at par with
Bids/Applications from individuals;
 Companies, corporate bodies and societies registered under applicable law in India and authorised to invest
in equity shares;
 Scientific and/or industrial research organisations authorised in India to invest in the Equity Shares;
 QIBs;
 NRIs on a repatriation basis or on a non-repatriation basis, subject to applicable law;
 Indian Financial Institutions, regional rural banks, co-operative banks (subject to RBI regulations and the
SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009 and other laws, as applicable);
 FIIs and sub-accounts registered with SEBI, other than a sub-account which is a foreign corporate or
foreign individual, bidding under the QIBs category;
424

425
 Sub-accounts of FIIs registered with SEBI, which are foreign corporates or foreign individuals Bidding
only under the Non Institutional Investors (“NIIs”) category;
 FPIs other than Category III foreign portfolio investors, Bidding under the QIBs category;
 FPIs which are Category III foreign portfolio investors, Bidding under the NIIs category;
 Trusts/societies registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860, or under any other law relating to
trusts/societies and who are authorised under their respective constitutions to hold and invest in equity
shares;
 Limited liability partnerships registered under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008;
 Any other person eligible to Bid/Apply in the Issue, under the laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and
policies applicable to them and under Indian laws; and
 As per the existing regulations, OCBs are not allowed to participate in an Issue.
SECTION 4: APPLYING IN THE ISSUE
Book Built Issue: Bidders/Applicants should only use the specified ASBA Form (or in case of Anchor
Investors, the Anchor Investor Application Form) either bearing the stamp of any of the Designated
Intermediary, as available or downloaded from the websites of the Stock Exchanges. Bid cum Application
Forms are available with the Designated Intermediaries at the Bidding Centers and at the registered office of the
Issuer. Electronic Bid cum Application Forms will be available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges at least
one day prior to the Bid/Issue Opening Date. For further details, regarding availability of Bid cum Application
Forms, Bidders/Applicants may refer to the RHP/Prospectus.
Fixed Price Issue: Applicants should only use the specified Bid cum Application Form bearing the stamp of the
relevant Designated Intermediaries, as available or downloaded from the websites of the Stock Exchanges.
Application Forms are available with the Designated Branches of the SCSBs and at the Registered and
Corporate Office of the Issuer. For further details, regarding availability of Application Forms, Applicants may
refer to the Prospectus.
Bidders/Applicants should ensure that they apply in the appropriate category. The prescribed colour of the Bid
cum Application Form for various categories of Bidders/Applicants is as follows:
Category Colour of the Bid cum

Application Form
Resident Indian, Eligible NRIs applying on a non repatriation basis White
NRIs, FVCIs, FIIs, their sub-accounts (other than sub-accounts which are foreign Blue
corporate(s) or foreign individuals bidding under the QIB), FPIs, on a repatriation
basis
Anchor Investors (where applicable) & Bidders/Applicants Bidding/applying in the As specified by the Issuer
reserved category
Securities issued in an IPO can only be in dematerialised form in accordance with Section 29 of the Companies
Act, 2013. Bidders/Applicants will not have the option of getting the Allotment of specified securities in
physical form. However, they may get the specified securities rematerialised subsequent to Allotment.
4.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING THE BID CUM APPLICATION FORM/APPLICATION

FORM
Bidders/Applicants may note that forms not filled completely or correctly as per instructions provided
in this GID, the RHP and the Bid cum Application Form/Application Form are liable to be rejected.
Instructions to fill each field of the Bid cum Application Form can be found on the reverse side of the
Bid cum Application Form. Specific instructions for filling various fields of the Resident Bid cum
Application Form and Non-Resident Bid cum Application Form and samples are provided below. The
samples of the Bid cum Application Form for resident Bidders/Applicants and the Bid cum Application
Form for non-resident Bidders/Applicants are reproduced below:
425

426
Application Form – For Residents
426

427
Application Form – For Non – Residents
427

428
4.1.1 FIELD NUMBER 1: NAME AND CONTACT DETAILS OF THE SOLE/FIRST

BIDDER/APPLICANT
(a) Bidders/Applicants should ensure that the name provided in this field is exactly the same as
the name in which the Depository Account is held.
(b) Mandatory Fields: Bidders/Applicants should note that the name and address fields are
compulsory and e-mail and/or telephone number/mobile number fields are optional.
Bidders/Applicants should note that the contact details mentioned in the Bid cum Application
Form/Application Form may be used to dispatch communications in case the communication
sent to the address available with the Depositories are returned undelivered or are not
available. The contact details provided in the Bid cum Application Form may be used by the
Issuer, the Designated Intermediaries and the Registrar to the Issue only for correspondence(s)
related to an Issue and for no other purposes.
(c) Joint Bids/Applications: In the case of Joint Bids/Applications, the Bids/Applications should
be made in the name of the Bidder/Applicant whose name appears first in the Depository
account. The name so entered should be the same as it appears in the Depository records. The
signature of only such first Bidder/Applicant would be required in the Bid cum Application
Form/Application Form and such first Bidder/Applicant would be deemed to have signed on
behalf of the joint holders.
(d) Impersonation: Attention of the Bidders/Applicants is specifically drawn to the provisions of

sub-section (1) of Section 38 of the Companies Act, 2013 which is reproduced below:
“Any person who:
(a) makes or abets making of an application in a fictitious name to a company for

acquiring, or subscribing for, its securities; or
(b) makes or abets making of multiple applications to a company in different names or

in different combinations of his name or surname for acquiring or subscribing for
its securities; or
(c) otherwise induces directly or indirectly a company to allot, or register any transfer
of, securities to him, or to any other person in a fictitious name,
shall be liable for action under Section 447.”
The liability prescribed under Section 447 of the Companies Act, 2013 includes imprisonment
for a term which shall not be less than six months extending up to 10 years (provided that
where the fraud involves public interest, such term shall not be less than three years) and fine
of an amount not less than the amount involved in the fraud, extending up to three times of
such amount.
(e) Nomination Facility to Bidder/Applicant: Nomination facility is available in accordance

with the provisions of Section 72 of the Companies Act, 2013. In case of Allotment of the
Equity Shares in dematerialised form, there is no need to make a separate nomination as the
nomination registered with the Depository may prevail. For changing nominations, the
Bidders/Applicants should inform their respective CDP.
4.1.2 FIELD NUMBER 2: PAN OF SOLE/FIRST BIDDER/APPLICANT
(a) PAN (of the sole/first Bidder/Applicant) provided in the Bid cum Application
Form/Application Form should be exactly the same as the PAN of the person(s) in whose sole
or first name the relevant beneficiary account is held as per the Depositories’ records.
(b) PAN is the sole identification number for participants transacting in the securities market
irrespective of the amount of transaction except for Bids/Applications on behalf of the Central
or State Government, Bids/Applications by officials appointed by the courts and
Bids/Applications by Bidders/Applicants residing in Sikkim (“PAN Exempted
Bidders/Applicants”). Consequently, all Bidders/Applicants, other than the PAN Exempted
428

429
Bidders/Applicants, are required to disclose their PAN in the Bid cum Application
Form/Application Form, irrespective of the Bid/Application Amount. Bids/Applications by
the Bidders/Applicants whose PAN is not available as per the Demographic Details available
in their Depository records, are liable to be rejected.
(c) The exemption for the PAN Exempted Bidders/Applicants is subject to (a) the Demographic
Details received from the respective Depositories confirming the exemption granted to the
beneficiary owner by a suitable description in the PAN field and the beneficiary account
remaining in “active status”; and (b) in the case of residents of Sikkim, the address as per the
Demographic Details evidencing the same.
(d) Bid cum Application Forms which provide the GIR Number instead of PAN may be rejected.
(e) Bids by Bidders/Applicants whose demat accounts have been ‘suspended for credit’ are liable
to be rejected pursuant to the circular issued by SEBI on July 29, 2010, bearing number
CIR/MRD/DP/22/2010. Such accounts are classified as “Inactive demat accounts” and
Demographic Details are not provided by depositories.
4.1.3 FIELD NUMBER 3: BIDDERS/APPLICANTS DEPOSITORY ACCOUNT DETAILS
(a) Bidders/Applicants should ensure that DP ID and the Client ID are correctly filled in the Bid
cum Application Form. The DP ID and Client ID provided in the Bid cum Application Form
should match with the DP ID and Client ID available in the Depository database, otherwise,
the Bid cum Application Form is liable to be rejected.
(b) Bidders/Applicants should ensure that the beneficiary account provided in the Bid cum
Application Form is active.
(c) Bidders/Applicants should note that on the basis of the DP ID and Client ID as provided in the
Bid cum Application Form, the Bidder/Applicant may be deemed to have authorized the
Depositories to provide to the Registrar to the Issue, any requested Demographic Details of
the Bidder/Applicant as available on the records of the depositories. These Demographic
Details may be used, among other things, for unblocking of ASBA Account or for other
correspondence(s) related to an Issue.
(d) Bidders/Applicants are, advised to update any changes to their Demographic Details as
available in the records of the Depository Participant to ensure accuracy of records. Any delay
resulting from failure to update the Demographic Details would be at the Bidders’/Applicants’
sole risk.
4.1.4 FIELD NUMBER 4: BID OPTIONS
(a) Price or Floor Price or Price Band, minimum Bid Lot and Discount (if applicable) may be
disclosed in the Prospectus/RHP by the Issuer. The Issuer is required to announce the Floor
Price or Price Band, minimum Bid Lot and Discount (if applicable) by way of an
advertisement in at least one English, one Hindi and one regional newspaper, with wide
circulation, at least five Working Days before Bid/Issue Opening Date in case of an IPO, and
at least one Working Day before Bid/Issue Opening Date in case of an FPO.
(b) The Bidders/Applicants may Bid at or above Floor Price or within the Price Band for
IPOs/FPOs undertaken through the Book Building Process. In the case of Alternate Book
Building Process for an FPO, the Bidders/Applicants may Bid at Floor Price or any price
above the Floor Price (For further details Bidders/Applicants may refer to (Section 5.6 (e))
(c) Cut-Off Price: Retail Individual Investors or Employees or Retail Individual Shareholders
can Bid at the Cut-off Price indicating their agreement to Bid for and purchase the Equity
Shares at the Issue Price as determined at the end of the Book Building Process. Bidding at the
Cut-off Price is prohibited for QIBs and NIIs and such Bids from QIBs and NIIs may be
rejected.
(d) Minimum Application Value and Bid Lot: The Issuer in consultation with the BRLMs may
decide the minimum number of Equity Shares for each Bid to ensure that the minimum
429

430
application value is within the range of ₹10,000 to ₹15,000. The minimum Bid Lot is
accordingly determined by an Issuer on basis of such minimum application value.
(e) Allotment: The Allotment of specified securities to each RII shall not be less than the
minimum Bid Lot, subject to availability of shares in the RII category, and the remaining
available shares, if any, shall be Allotted on a proportionate basis. For details of the Bid Lot,
Bidders/Applicants may to the RHP/Prospectus or the advertisement regarding the Price Band
published by the Issuer.
4.1.4.1 Maximum and Minimum Bid Size
(a) The Bidder/Applicant may Bid for the desired number of Equity Shares at a specific price.
Bids by Retail Individual Investors, Employees and Retail Individual Shareholders must be for
such number of shares so as to ensure that the Bid Amount less Discount (as applicable),
payable by the Bidder/Applicant does not exceed ₹200,000.
(b) In case the Bid Amount exceeds ₹200,000 due to revision of the Bid or any other reason, the
Bid may be considered for allocation under the Non-Institutional Category (with it not being
eligible for Discount, if any), then such Bid may be rejected if it is at the Cut-off Price.
(c) For NRIs, a Bid Amount of up to ₹200,000 may be considered under the Retail Category for
the purposes of allocation and a Bid Amount exceeding ₹200,000 may be considered under the
Non-Institutional Category for the purposes of allocation.
(d) Bids by QIBs and NIIs must be for such minimum number of shares such that the Bid Amount
exceeds ₹200,000 and in multiples of such number of Equity Shares thereafter, as may be
disclosed in the Bid cum Application Form and the RHP/Prospectus, or as advertised by the
Issuer, as the case may be. Non-Institutional Investors and QIBs are not allowed to Bid at Cut-
off Price.
(d) In case the Bid Amount reduces to ₹200,000 or less due to a revision of the Price Band, Bids
by the Non-Institutional Investors who are eligible for allocation in the Retail Category would
be considered for allocation under the Retail Category.
(e) For Anchor Investors, if applicable, the Bid Amount shall be least ₹10 crores. One-third of the
Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids
being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the price at which allocation is being
done to other Anchor Investors. Bids by various schemes of a Mutual Fund shall be
aggregated to determine the Bid Amount. A Bid cannot be submitted for more than 60% of the
QIB Category under the Anchor Investor Portion. Anchor Investors cannot withdraw their
Bids or lower the size of their Bids (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount)
at any stage after the Anchor Investor Bid/Issue Period and are required to pay the Bid
Amount at the time of submission of the Bid. In case the Anchor Investor Issue Price is lower
than the Issue Price, the balance amount shall be payable as per the pay-in-date mentioned in
the revised CAN. In case the Issue Price is lower than the Anchor Investor Issue Price, the
amount in excess of the Issue Price paid by the Anchor Investors shall not be refunded to
them.
(f) A Bid cannot be submitted for more than the Issue size.
(g) The maximum Bid by any Bidder/Applicant including QIB Bidder/Applicant should not
exceed the investment limits prescribed for them under the applicable laws.
(h) The price and quantity options submitted by the Bidder/Applicant in the Bid cum Application
Form may be treated as optional bids from the Bidder/Applicant and may not be cumulated.
After determination of the Issue Price, the highest number of Equity Shares Bid for by a
Bidder/Applicant at or above the Issue Price may be considered for Allotment and the rest of
the Bid(s), irrespective of the Bid Amount may automatically become invalid. This is not
applicable in case of FPOs undertaken through Alternate Book Building Process (For details
of Bidders/Applicants may refer to (Section 5.6 (e))
430

431
4.1.4.2 Multiple Bids
(a) Bidder/Applicant should submit only one Bid cum Application Form. Bidder/Applicant shall
have the option to make a maximum of three Bids at different price levels in the Bid cum
Application Form and such options are not considered as multiple Bids.
Submission of a second Bid cum Application Form to either the same or to another
Designated Intermediary and duplicate copies of Bid cum Application Forms bearing the same
application number shall be treated as multiple Bids and are liable to be rejected.
(b) Bidders/Applicants are requested to note the following procedures may be followed by the
Registrar to the Issue to detect multiple Bids:
i. All Bids may be checked for common PAN as per the records of the Depository. For
Bidders/Applicants other than Mutual Funds and FII sub-accounts, Bids bearing the
same PAN may be treated as multiple Bids by a Bidder/Applicant and may be
rejected.
ii. For Bids from Mutual Funds and FII sub-accounts, submitted under the same PAN,
as well as Bids on behalf of the PAN Exempted Bidders/Applicants, the Bid cum
Application Forms may be checked for common DP ID and Client ID. Such Bids
which have the same DP ID and Client ID may be treated as multiple Bids and are
liable to be rejected.
(c) The following Bids may not be treated as multiple Bids:
i. Bids by Reserved Categories Bidding in their respective Reservation Portion as well

as bids made by them in the Issue portion in public category.
ii. Separate Bids by Mutual Funds in respect of more than one scheme of the Mutual
Fund provided that the Bids clearly indicate the scheme for which the Bid has been
made.
iii. Bids by Mutual Funds, and sub-accounts of FIIs (or FIIs and its sub-accounts)
submitted with the same PAN but with different beneficiary account numbers, Client
IDs and DP IDs.
iv. Bids by Anchor Investors under the Anchor Investor Portion and the QIB Category.
4.1.5 FIELD NUMBER 5: CATEGORY OF BIDDERS/APPLICANTS
(a) The categories of Bidders/Applicants identified as per the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009 for
the purpose of Bidding, allocation and Allotment in the Issue are RIIs, NIIs and QIBs.
(b) Up to 60% of the QIB Category can be allocated by the Issuer, on a discretionary basis subject
to the criteria of minimum and maximum number of Anchor Investors based on allocation
size, to the Anchor Investors, in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009, with one-
third of the Anchor Investor Portion reserved for domestic Mutual Funds subject to valid Bids
being received at or above the Issue Price. For details regarding allocation to Anchor
Investors, Bidders/Applicants may refer to the RHP/Prospectus.
(c) An Issuer can make reservation for certain categories of Bidders/Applicants as permitted
under the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009. For details of any reservations made in the Issue,
Bidders/Applicants may refer to the RHP/Prospectus.
(d) The SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009, specify the allocation or Allotment that may be made to
various categories of Bidders/Applicants in an Issue depending upon compliance with the
eligibility conditions. Details pertaining to allocation are disclosed on reverse side of the
Revision Form. For Issue specific details in relation to allocation Bidder/Applicant may refer
to the RHP/Prospectus.
4.1.6 FIELD NUMBER 6: INVESTOR STATUS
431

432
(a) Each Bidder/Applicant should check whether it is eligible to apply under applicable law and
ensure that any prospective Allotment to it in the Issue is in compliance with the investment
restrictions under applicable law.
(b) Certain categories of Bidders/Applicants, such as NRIs, FPIs and FVCIs may not be allowed
to Bid in the Issue or hold Equity Shares exceeding certain limits specified under applicable
law. Bidders/Applicant are requested to refer to the RHP/Prospectus for more details.
(c) Bidders/Applicants should check whether they are eligible to apply on non-repatriation basis
or repatriation basis and should accordingly provide the investor status. Details regarding
investor status are different in the Resident Bid cum Application Form and Non-Resident Bid
cum Application Form.
(d) Bidders/Applicant should ensure that their investor status is updated in the Depository records.
4.1.7 FIELD NUMBER 7: PAYMENT DETAILS
(a) The full Bid Amount (net of any Discount, as applicable) shall be blocked in the ASBA
Account based on the authorisation provided in the ASBA Form. If the Discount is applicable
in the Issue, the RIIs should indicate the full Bid Amount in the Bid cum Application Form
and the funds shall be blocked for Bid Amount net of Discount. Only in cases where the
RHP/Prospectus indicates that part payment may be made, such an option can be exercised by
the Bidder/Applicant. In case of Bidders/Applicant specifying more than one Bid Option in
the Bid cum Application Form, the total Bid Amount may be calculated for the highest of
three options at net price, i.e. Bid price less Discount offered, if any.
(b) Bidders/Applicant who Bid at Cut-off Price shall deposit the Bid Amount based on the Cap
Price.
(c) All Bidders/Applicants (except Anchor Investors) have to participate in the Issue only through
the ASBA mechanism.
(d) Bid Amount cannot be paid in cash, through money order or through postal order.
4.1.7.1 Instructions for Anchor Investors:
(a) Anchor Investors may submit their Bids with a Book Running Lead Manager.
(b) Payments should be made either by RTGS, direct credit or NEFT.
(c) The Escrow Collection Banks shall maintain the monies in the Escrow Account for and on
behalf of the Anchor Investors until the Designated Date.
4.1.7.2 Payment instructions for ASBA Bidders/Applicants:
(a) Bidders/Applicants may submit the ASBA Form either
i. in electronic mode through the internet banking facility offered by an SCSB

authorizing blocking of funds that are available in the ASBA account specified in the
Bid cum Application Form, or
ii. in physical mode to any Designated Intermediary.
(b) Bidders/Applicants must specify the Bank Account number in the Bid cum Application Form.
The Bid cum Application Form submitted by Bidder and which is accompanied by cash,
money order, postal order or any mode of payment other than blocked amounts in the ASBA
Account maintained with an SCSB, will not be accepted.
(c) Bidders/Applicants should ensure that the Bid cum Application Form is also signed by the
ASBA Account holder(s) if the Bidder is not the ASBA Account holder;
(d) Bidders/Applicants shall note that for the purpose of blocking funds under ASBA facility
clearly demarcated funds shall be available in the account.
432

433
(e) From one ASBA Account, a maximum of five Bids cum Application Forms can be submitted.
(f) Bidders/Applicants should submit the Bid cum Application Form only at the Bidding Centers,
i.e. to the respective member of the Syndicate at the Specified Locations, the SCSBs, the
Registered Broker at the Broker Centres, the RTA at the Designated RTA Locations or CDP
at the Designated CDP Locations.
(g) Bidders/Applicants bidding through a Registered Intermediary (other than an SCSB) should
note that ASBA Forms submitted to them may not be accepted, if the SCSB where the ASBA
Account, as specified in the ASBA Form, is maintained has not named at least one branch at
that location for such Designated Intermediary to deposit ASBA Forms.
(h) Bidders/Applicants bidding directly through the SCSBs should ensure that the ASBA is
submitted to a Designated Branch of a SCSB where the ASBA Account is maintained.
(i) Upon receipt of the ASBA Form, the Designated Branch of the SCSB may verify if sufficient
funds equal to the Bid Amount are available in the ASBA Account, as mentioned in the
ASBA Form.
(j) If sufficient funds are available in the ASBA Account, the SCSB may block an amount
equivalent to the Bid Amount mentioned in the ASBA Form and for application directly
submitted to SCSB by investor, may enter each Bid option into the electronic bidding system
as a separate Bid.
(k) If sufficient funds are not available in the ASBA Account, the Designated Branch of the
SCSB may not accept such Bids and such bids are liable to be rejected.
(l) Upon submission of a completed ASBA Form each Bidder may be deemed to have agreed to
block the entire Bid Amount and authorized the Designated Branch of the SCSB to block the
Bid Amount specified in the ASBA Form in the ASBA Account maintained with the SCSBs.
(m) The Bid Amount may remain blocked in the aforesaid ASBA Account until finalisation of the
Basis of Allotment and consequent transfer of the Bid Amount against the Allotted Equity
Shares to the Public Issue Account, or until withdrawal or failure of the Issue, or until
withdrawal or rejection of the Bid, as the case may be.
(n) SCSBs bidding in the Issue must apply through an Account maintained with any other SCSB;
else their Bids are liable to be rejected.
4.1.7.2.1 Unblocking of ASBA Account
(a) Once the Basis of Allotment is approved by the Designated Stock Exchange, the Registrar to
the Issue may provide the following details to the controlling branches of each SCSB, along
with instructions to unblock the relevant bank accounts and for successful applications
transfer the requisite money to the Public Issue Account designated for this purpose, within
the specified timelines: (i) the number of Equity Shares to be Allotted against each Bid, (ii)
the amount to be transferred from the relevant bank account to the Public Issue Account, for
each Bid, (iii) the date by which funds referred to in (ii) above may be transferred to the
Public Issue Account, and (iv) details of rejected Bids, if any, to enable the SCSBs to unblock
the respective bank accounts.
(b) On the basis of instructions from the Registrar to the Issue, the SCSBs may transfer the
requisite amount against each successful Bidder to the Public Issue Account and may unblock
the excess amount, if any, in the ASBA Account.
(c) In the event of withdrawal or rejection of the ASBA Form and for unsuccessful Bids, the
Registrar to the Issue may give instructions to the SCSB to unblock the Bid Amount in the
relevant ASBA Account within six Working Days of the Bid/Issue Closing Date.
4.1.7.3 Discount (if applicable)
(a) The Discount is stated in absolute rupee terms.
433

434
(b) Bidders/Applicants applying under RII category, Retail Individual Shareholder and employees
are only eligible for discount. For Discounts offered in the Issue, Bidders/Applicants may
refer to the RHP/Prospectus.
(c) The Bidders/Applicants entitled to the applicable Discount in the Issue may block the Bid
Amount less Discount.
Bidder may note that in case the net amount blocked (post Discount) is more than two lakh Rupees, the
Bidding system automatically considers such applications for allocation under Non-Institutional
Category. These applications are neither eligible for Discount nor fall under RII category.
4.1.8 FIELD NUMBER 8: SIGNATURES AND OTHER AUTHORISATIONS
(a) Only the First Bidder is required to sign the Bid cum Application Form. Bidders/Applicants
should ensure that signatures are in one of the languages specified in the Eighth Schedule to
the Constitution of India.
(b) If the ASBA Account is held by a person or persons other than the Bidder, then the Signature
of the ASBA Account holder(s) is also required.
(c) The signature has to be correctly affixed in the authorisation/undertaking box in the ASBA
Form, or an authorisation has to be provided to the SCSB via the electronic mode, for
blocking funds in the ASBA Account equivalent to the Bid Amount mentioned in the ASBA
Form.
(d) Bidders/Applicants must note that Bid cum Application Form/Application Form without
signature of Bidder and/or ASBA Account holder is liable to be rejected.
4.1.9 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND FUTURE COMMUNICATION
(a) Bidders/Applicants should ensure that they receive the Acknowledgement Slip duly signed
and stamped by the Designated Intermediary, as applicable, for submission of the ASBA
Form.
(b) All communications in connection with Bids made in the Issue may be addressed to the
Registrar to the Issue with a copy to the relevant Designated Intermediary to whom the Bid
cum Application Form was submitted. The Bidder should give full details such as name of the
sole or first Bidder/Applicant, Bid cum Application Form number, Bidders’/Applicants’ DP
ID, Client ID, PAN, date of the submission of Bid cum Application Form, address of the
Bidder, number of the Equity Shares applied for and the name and address of the Designated
Intermediary where the Bid cum Application Form was submitted by the Bidder.
(c) Further, the investor shall also enclose a copy of the Acknowledgment Slip duly received from
the Designated Intermediaries in addition to the information mentioned hereinabove.
For further details, Bidder may refer to the RHP/Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form.
4.2 INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING THE REVISION FORM
(a) During the Bid/Issue Period, any Bidder (other than QIBs and NIIs, who can only revise their
bid upwards) who has registered his or her interest in the Equity Shares at a particular price
level is free to revise his or her Bid within the Price Band using the Revision Form, which is a
part of the Bid cum Application Form.
(b) RII may revise their bids or withdraw their Bids till the Bid/Issue Closing Date.
(c) Revisions can be made in both the desired number of Equity Shares and the Bid Amount by
using the Revision Form.
(d) The Bidder can make this revision any number of times during the Bid/Issue Period. However,
for any revision(s) in the Bid, the Bidders/Applicants will have to use the services of the same
Designated Intermediary through which such Bidder had placed the original Bid.
434

435
Bidders/Applicants are advised to retain copies of the blank Revision Form and the Bid(s)
must be made only in such Revision Form or copies thereof.
A sample revision form is reproduced below:
435

436
436

437
Instructions to fill each field of the Revision Form can be found on the reverse side of the Revision
Form. Other than instructions already highlighted at paragraph 4.1 above, point wise instructions
regarding filling up various fields of the Revision Form are provided below:
4.2.1 FIELDS 1, 2 AND 3: NAME AND CONTACT DETAILS OF SOLE/FIRST BIDDER, PAN OF
SOLE/FIRST BIDDER & DEPOSITORY ACCOUNT DETAILS OF THE BIDDER
Bidders/Applicants should refer to instructions contained in paragraphs 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3.
4.2.2 FIELD 4 & 5: BID OPTIONS REVISION ‘FROM’ AND ‘TO’
(a) Apart from mentioning the revised options in the Revision Form, the Bidder must also
mention the details of all the bid options given in his or her Bid cum Application Form or
earlier Revision Form. For example, if a Bidder has Bid for three options in the Bid cum
Application Form and such Bidder is changing only one of the options in the Revision Form,
the Bidder must still fill the details of the other two options that are not being revised, in the
Revision Form. The Designated Intermediaries may not accept incomplete or inaccurate
Revision Forms.
(b) In case of revision, Bid options should be provided by Bidders/Applicants in the same order as
provided in the Bid cum Application Form.
(c) In case of revision of Bids by RIIs, Employees and Retail Individual Shareholders, such
Bidders/Applicants should ensure that the Bid Amount, subsequent to revision, does not
exceed ₹200,000. In case the Bid Amount exceeds ₹200,000 due to revision of the Bid or for
any other reason, the Bid may be considered, subject to eligibility, for allocation under the
Non-Institutional Category, not being eligible for Discount (if applicable) and such Bid may
be rejected if it is at the Cut-off Price. The Cut-off Price option is given only to the RIIs,
Employees and Retail Individual Shareholders indicating their agreement to Bid for and
purchase the Equity Shares at the Issue Price as determined at the end of the Book Building
Process.
(d) In case the total amount (i.e., original Bid Amount plus additional payment) exceeds
₹200,000, the Bid will be considered for allocation under the Non-Institutional Category in
terms of the RHP/Prospectus. If, however, the RII does not either revise the Bid or make
additional payment and the Issue Price is higher than the cap of the Price Band prior to
revision, the number of Equity Shares Bid for shall be adjusted downwards for the purpose of
allocation, such that no additional payment would be required from the RII and the RII is
deemed to have approved such revised Bid at Cut-off Price.
(e) In case of a downward revision in the Price Band, RIIs and Bids by Employees under the
Reservation Portion, who have bid at the Cut-off Price could either revise their Bid or the
excess amount paid at the time of Bidding may be unblocked after the Allotment is finalised.
4.2.3 FIELD 6: PAYMENT DETAILS
(a) All Bidders/Applicants are required to authorise blocking of the full Bid Amount (less
Discount (if applicable) along with the Bid Revision Form. In case of Bidders specifying more
than one Bid Option in the Bid cum Application Form, the total Bid Amount may be
calculated for the highest of three options at net price, i.e. Bid price less discount offered, if
any.
(b) Bidder may issue instructions to block the revised amount based on cap of the revised Price
Band (adjusted for the Discount (if applicable) in the ASBA Account, to the same Designated
Intermediary through whom such Bidder had placed the original Bid to enable the relevant
SCSB to block the additional Bid Amount, if any.
(c) In case the total amount (i.e., original Bid Amount less discount (if applicable) plus additional
payment) exceeds ₹200,000, the Bid may be considered for allocation under the Non-
Institutional Category in terms of the RHP/Prospectus. If, however, the Bidder does not either
revise the Bid or make additional payment and the Issue Price is higher than the cap of the
Price Band prior to revision, the number of Equity Shares Bid for may be adjusted downwards
437

438
for the purpose of Allotment, such that additional amount is required blocked and the Bidder
is deemed to have approved such revised Bid at the Cut-off Price.
(d) In case of a downward revision in the Price Band, RIIs, Employees and Retail Individual
Shareholders, who have bid at the Cut-off Price, could either revise their Bid or the excess
amount paid at the time of Bidding may be unblocked after finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
4.2.4 FIELDS 7 : SIGNATURES AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Bidders may refer to instructions contained at paragraphs 4.1.8 and 4.1.9 for this purpose.
4.3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING APPLICATION FORM IN ISSUES MADE OTHER THAN
THROUGH THE BOOK BUILDING PROCESS (FIXED PRICE ISSUE)
4.3.1 FIELDS 1, 2, 3 NAME AND CONTACT DETAILS OF SOLE/FIRST BIDDER, PAN OF

SOLE/FIRST BIDDER & DEPOSITORY ACCOUNT DETAILS OF THE BIDDER
Applicants should refer to instructions contained in paragraphs 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3.
4.3.2 FIELD 4: PRICE, APPLICATION QUANTITY & AMOUNT
(a) The Issuer may mention Issue Price or Price Band in the draft Prospectus. However, a
prospectus registered with RoC contains one price or coupon rate (as applicable).
(b) Minimum Application Value and Bid Lot: The Issuer in consultation with the Lead
Managers may decide the minimum number of Equity Shares for each Bid to ensure that the
minimum application value is within the range of ₹10,000 to ₹15,000. The minimum Lot size
is accordingly determined by an Issuer on basis of such minimum application value.
(c) Applications by RIIs, Employees and Retail Individual Shareholders, must be for such number
of shares so as to ensure that the application amount payable does not exceed ₹200,000.
(d) Applications by other investors must be for such minimum number of shares such that the
application amount exceeds ₹200,000 and in multiples of such number of Equity Shares
thereafter, as may be disclosed in the application form and the Prospectus, or as advertised by
the Issuer, as the case may be.
(e) An application cannot be submitted for more than the Issue size.
(f) The maximum application by any Applicant should not exceed the investment limits
prescribed for them under the applicable laws.
(g) Multiple Applications: An Applicant should submit only one Application Form. Submission
of a second Application Form to either the same or other SCSB and duplicate copies of
Application Forms bearing the same application number shall be treated as multiple
applications and are liable to be rejected.
(h) Applicants are requested to note the following procedures may be followed by the Registrar to
the Issue to detect multiple applications:
i. All applications may be checked for common PAN as per the records of the
Depository. For Applicants other than Mutual Funds and FII sub-accounts, Bids
bearing the same PAN may be treated as multiple applications by a Bidder and may
be rejected.
ii. For applications from Mutual Funds and FII sub-accounts, submitted under the same
PAN, as well as Bids on behalf of the PAN Exempted Applicants, the Application
Forms may be checked for common DP ID and Client ID. In any such applications
which have the same DP ID and Client ID, these may be treated as multiple
applications and may be rejected.
(i) The following applications may not be treated as multiple Bids:
438

439
i. Applications by Reserved Categories in their respective reservation portion as well as

that made by them in the Issue portion in public category.
ii. Separate applications by Mutual Funds in respect of more than one scheme of the
Mutual Fund provided that the Applications clearly indicate the scheme for which the
Bid has been made.
iii. Applications by Mutual Funds, and sub-accounts of FIIs (or FIIs and its sub-
accounts) submitted with the same PAN but with different beneficiary account
numbers, Client IDs and DP IDs.
4.3.3 FIELD NUMBER 5 : CATEGORY OF APPLICANTS
(a) The categories of applicants identified as per the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009 for the
purpose of Bidding, allocation and Allotment in the Issue are RIIs, individual applicants other
than RII’s and other investors (including corporate bodies or institutions, irrespective of the
number of specified securities applied for).
(b) An Issuer can make reservation for certain categories of Applicants permitted under the SEBI
ICDR Regulations, 2009. For details of any reservations made in the Issue, applicants may
refer to the Prospectus.
(c) The SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009 specify the allocation or Allotment that may be made to
various categories of applicants in an Issue depending upon compliance with the eligibility
conditions. Details pertaining to allocation are disclosed on reverse side of the Revision Form.
For Issue specific details in relation to allocation applicant may refer to the Prospectus.
4.3.4 FIELD NUMBER 6: INVESTOR STATUS
Applicants should refer to instructions contained in paragraphs 4.1.6.
4.3.5 FIELD 7: PAYMENT DETAILS
(a) All Applicants (other than Anchor Investors) are required to make use ASBA for applying in
the Issue.
(b) Application Amount cannot be paid in cash, through money order or through postal order or
through stock invest.
4.3.5.1 Payment instructions for Applicants
Applicants should refer to instructions contained in paragraph 4.1.7.2
4.3.5.2 Unblocking of ASBA Account
Applicants should refer to instructions contained in paragraph 4.1.7.2.1
4.3.5.3 Discount (if applicable)
Applicants should refer to instructions contained in paragraph 4.1.7.2.3
4.3.6 FIELD NUMBER 8: SIGNATURES AND OTHER AUTHORISATIONS &

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND FUTURE COMMUNICATION
Applicants should refer to instructions contained in paragraphs 4.1.8 & 4.1.9.
4.4 SUBMISSION OF BID CUM APPLICATION FORM/REVISION FORM
4.4.1 Bidders may submit completed Bid cum application form/Revision Form in the following
manner:-
Mode of Application Submission of Bid cum Application Form
439

440
Mode of Application Submission of Bid cum Application Form
Anchor Investors 1) To the Book Running Lead Managers at the locations mentioned in
Application Form the Anchor Investor Application Form
ASBA Form (a) To members of the Syndicate in the Specified Locations or

Registered Brokers at the Broker Centres or the RTA at the
Designated RTA Location or the CDP at the Designated CDP
Location
(b) To the Designated Branches of the SCSBs
(a) Bidders/Applicants should submit the Revision Form to the same Designated Intermediary
through which such Bidder/Applicant had placed the original Bid.
(b) Upon submission of the Bid cum Application Form, the Bidder/Applicant will be deemed to
have authorized the Issuer to make the necessary changes in the RHP and the Bid cum
Application Form as would be required for filing Prospectus with the RoC and as would be
required by the RoC after such filing, without prior or subsequent notice of such changes to
the relevant Bidder/Applicant.
(c) Upon determination of the Issue Price and filing of the Prospectus with the RoC, the Bid cum
Application Form will be considered as the application form.
SECTION 5: ISSUE PROCEDURE IN BOOK BUILT ISSUE
Book Building, in the context of the Issue, refers to the process of collection of Bids within the Price Band or
above the Floor Price and determining the Issue Price based on the Bids received as detailed in Schedule XI of
SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009. The Issue Price is finalised after the Bid/Issue Closing Date. Valid Bids
received at or above the Issue Price are considered for allocation in the Issue, subject to applicable regulations
and other terms and conditions.
5.1 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
(a) During the Bid/Issue Period, Bidders/Applicants may approach any of the Designated
Intermediaries to register their Bids. Anchor Investors who are interested in subscribing for
the Equity Shares should approach the Book Running Lead Manager, to register their Bid.
(b) In case of Bidders/Applicants (excluding NIIs and QIBs) Bidding at Cut-off Price, the Bidders
may instruct the SCSBs to block Bid Amount based on the Cap Price less discount (if
applicable).
(c) For Details of the timing on acceptance and upload of Bids in the Stock Exchanges Platform
Bidders/Applicants are requested to refer to the RHP.
5.2 ELECTRONIC REGISTRATION OF BIDS
(a) The Designated Intermediary may register the Bids using the on-line facilities of the Stock
Exchanges. The Designated Intermediaries can also set up facilities for off-line electronic
registration of Bids, subject to the condition that they may subsequently upload the off-line
data file into the on-line facilities for Book Building on a regular basis before the closure of
the issue.
(b) On the Bid/Issue Closing Date, the Designated Intermediaries may upload the Bids till such
time as may be permitted by the Stock Exchanges and as disclosed in the Red Herring
Prospectus.
(c) Only Bids that are uploaded on the Stock Exchanges Platform are considered for
allocation/Allotment. The Designated Intermediaries are given till 1:00 pm on the next
Working Day following the Bid/Issue Closing Date to modify select fields uploaded in the
440

441
Stock Exchange Platform during the Bid/Issue Period after which the Stock Exchange(s) send
the bid information to the Registrar to the Issue for further processing.
5.3 BUILD UP OF THE BOOK
(a) Bids received from various Bidders/Applicants through the Designated Intermediaries may be
electronically uploaded on the Bidding Platform of the Stock Exchanges’ on a regular basis.
The book gets built up at various price levels. This information may be available with the
BRLMs at the end of the Bid/Issue Period.
(b) Based on the aggregate demand and price for Bids registered on the Stock Exchanges
Platform, a graphical representation of consolidated demand and price as available on the
websites of the Stock Exchanges may be made available at the Bidding Centers during the
Bid/Issue Period.
5.4 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
(a) RIIs can withdraw their Bids until Bid/Issue Closing Date. In case a RII wishes to withdraw
the Bid during the Bid/Issue Period, the same can be done by submitting a request for the same
to the concerned Designated Intermediary who shall do the requisite, including unblocking of
the funds by the SCSB in the ASBA Account.
(b) The Registrar to the Issue shall give instruction to the SCSB for unblocking the ASBA
Account upon or after finalisation of Basis of Allotment. QIBs and NIIs can neither withdraw
nor lower the size of their Bids at any stage.
5.5 REJECTION & RESPONSIBILITY FOR UPLOAD OF BIDS
(a) The Designated Intermediaries are individually responsible for the acts, mistakes or errors or
omission in relation to:
i. the Bids accepted by the Designated Intermediary,
ii. the Bids uploaded by the Designated Intermediary, and
iii. the Bid cum application forms accepted but not uploaded by the Designated
Intermediary.
(b) The BRLMs and their affiliate Syndicate Members, as the case may be, may reject Bids if all
the information required is not provided and the Bid cum Application Form is incomplete in
any respect.
(c) The SCSBs shall have no right to reject Bids, except in case of unavailability of adequate
funds in the ASBA account or on technical grounds.
(d) In case of QIB Bidders/Applicants, only the (i) SCSBs (for Bids other than the Bids by
Anchor Investors); and (ii) BRLMs and their affiliate Syndicate Members (only in the
Specified Locations) have the right to reject bids. However, such rejection shall be made at the
time of receiving the Bid and only after assigning a reason for such rejection in writing.
(e) All bids by QIBs, NIIs & RIIs can be rejected on technical grounds listed herein.
5.5.1 GROUNDS FOR TECHNICAL REJECTIONS
Bid cum Application Forms can be rejected on the below mentioned technical grounds either at the
time of their submission to any of the Designated Intermediaries, or at the time of finalisation of the
Basis of Allotment. Bidders/Applicants are advised to note that the Bids/Applications are liable to be
rejected, inter-alia, on the following grounds, which have been detailed at various placed in this GID:-
a. Bid by persons not competent to contract under the Indian Contract Act, 1872, as amended,
(other than minors having valid Depository Account supported by guardian as per
Demographic Details provided by Depositories);
441

442
b. Bids by OCBs;
c. In case of partnership firms, Bid for Equity Shares made in the name of the firm. However, a
limited liability partnership can apply in its own name;
d. In case of Bids under power of attorney or by limited companies, corporate, trust etc., relevant
documents are not being submitted along with the Bid cum Application Form;
e. Bids by persons prohibited from buying, selling or dealing in the shares directly or indirectly
by SEBI or any other regulatory authority;
f. Bids by any person outside India if not in compliance with applicable foreign and Indian laws;
g. PAN not mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form, except for Bids by or on behalf of the
Central or State Government and officials appointed by the court and by the investors residing
in the State of Sikkim, provided such claims have been verified by the Depository Participant;
h. In case no corresponding record is available with the Depositories that matches the DP ID, the
Client ID and the PAN;
i. Bids for lower number of Equity Shares than the minimum specified for that category of
investors;
j. Bids at a price less than the Floor Price and Bids at a price more than the Cap Price;
k. Bids at Cut-off Price by NIIs and QIBs;
l. The amounts mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form do not tally with the amount
payable for the value of the Equity Shares Bid for;
m. Bids for amounts greater than the maximum permissible amounts prescribed by the
regulations;
n. Submission of more than five ASBA Forms as through a single ASBA Account;
o. Bids for number of Equity Shares which are not in multiples Equity Shares which are not in
multiples as specified in the RHP;
p. Multiple Bids as defined in this GID and the RHP/Prospectus;
q. Inadequate funds in the bank account to block the Bid Amount specified in the Bid cum
Application Form at the time of blocking such Bid Amount in the bank account;
r. Where no confirmation is received from SCSB for blocking of funds;
s. Bids by Bidders/Applicants (other than Anchor Investors) not submitted through ASBA
process;
t. Bids submitted to Designated Intermediaries at locations other than the Bidding Centers or to
the Escrow Collection Banks (assuming that such bank is not a SCSB where the ASBA
Account is maintained), to the issuer or the Registrar to the Issue;
u. Bids not uploaded on the terminals of the Stock Exchanges;
v. Bids by SCSBs wherein a separate account in its own name held with any other SCSB is not
mentioned as the ASBA Account in the Bid cum Application Form; and
w. Bids not uploaded in the Stock Exchanges bidding system.
5.6 BASIS OF ALLOCATION
442

443
(a) The SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009 specify the allocation or Allotment that may be made to
various categories of Bidders/Applicants in an Issue depending on compliance with the
eligibility conditions. Certain details pertaining to the percentage of Issue size available for
allocation to each category is disclosed overleaf of the Bid cum Application Form and in the
RHP/Prospectus. For details in relation to allocation, the Bidder may refer to the
RHP/Prospectus.
(b) Under-subscription in any category (except QIB Category) is allowed to be met with spill-
over from any other category or combination of categories at the discretion of the Issuer and
in consultation with the BRLMs and the Designated Stock Exchange and in accordance with
the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009. Unsubscribed portion in QIB Category is not available for
subscription to other categories.
(c) In case of under subscription in the Issue, spill-over to the extent of such under-subscription
may be permitted from the Reserved Portion to the Issue. For allocation in the event of an
under-subscription applicable to the Issuer, Bidders/Applicants may refer to the RHP.
(d) Illustration of the Book Building and Price Discovery Process
Bidders/Applicants should note that this example is solely for illustrative purposes and is not
specific to the Issue; it also excludes Bidding by Anchor Investors.
Bidders/Applicants can bid at any price within the price band. For instance, assume a price
band of ₹20 to ₹24 per share, issue size of 3,000 equity shares and receipt of five bids from
Bidders/Applicants, details of which are shown in the table below. The illustrative book given
below shows the demand for the equity shares of the issuer at various prices and is collated
from bids received from various investors.
Bid quantity Bid amount (₹) Cumulative quantity Subscription

500 24 500 16.67%
1,000 23 1,500 50.00%
1,500 22 3,000 100.00%
2,000 21 5,000 166.67%
2,500 20 7,500 250.00%
The price discovery is a function of demand at various prices. The highest price at which the
issuer is able to issue the desired number of equity shares is the price at which the book cuts
off, i.e., ₹22.00 in the above example. The issuer, in consultation with the book running lead
managers, may finalise the issue price at or below such cut-off price, i.e., at or below ₹22.00.
All bids at or above this issue price and cut-off bids are valid bids and are considered for
allocation in the respective categories.
(e) Alternate Method of Book Building
In case of FPOs, Issuers may opt for an alternate method of Book Building in which only the
Floor Price is specified for the purposes of Bidding (“Alternate Book Building Process”).
The Issuer may specify the Floor Price in the RHP or advertise the Floor Price at least one
Working Day prior to the Bid/Issue Opening Date. QIBs may Bid at a price higher than the
Floor Price and the Allotment to the QIBs is made on a price priority basis. The
Bidder/Applicant with the highest Bid Amount is allotted the number of Equity Shares Bid for
and then the second highest Bidder/Applicant is Allotted Equity Shares and this process
continues until all the Equity Shares have been allotted. RIIs, NIIs and Employees are Allotted
Equity Shares at the Floor Price and Allotment to these categories of Bidders/Applicants is
made proportionately. If the number of Equity Shares Bid for at a price is more than available
quantity then the Allotment may be done on a proportionate basis. Further, the Issuer may
place a cap either in terms of number of specified securities or percentage of issued capital of
the Issuer that may be Allotted to a single Bidder/Applicant, decide whether a
Bidder/Applicant be allowed to revise the bid upwards or downwards in terms of price and/or
quantity and also decide whether a Bidder/Applicant be allowed single or multiple bids.
443

444
SECTION 6: ISSUE PROCEDURE IN FIXED PRICE ISSUE
Applicants may note that there is no Bid cum Application Form in a Fixed Price Issue. As the Issue Price
is mentioned in the Fixed Price Issue therefore on filing of the Prospectus with the RoC, the Application so
submitted is considered as the application form.
Applicants may only use the specified Application Form for the purpose of making an Application in terms of
the Prospectus which may be submitted through the Designated Intermediary.
Applicants may submit an Application Form either in physical form to the any of the Designated Intermediaries
or in the electronic form to the SCSB or the Designated Branches of the SCSBs authorising blocking of funds
that are available in the bank account specified in the Application Form only (“ASBA Account”). The
Application Form is also made available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges at least one day prior to the
Bid/Issue Opening Date.
In a fixed price Issue, allocation in the net offer to the public category is made as follows: minimum fifty per
cent to Retail Individual Investors; and remaining to (i) individual investors other than Retail Individual
Investors; and (ii) other Applicants including corporate bodies or institutions, irrespective of the number of
specified securities applied for. The unsubscribed portion in either of the categories specified above may be
allocated to the Applicants in the other category.
For details of instructions in relation to the Application Form, Bidders/Applicants may refer to the relevant
section of the GID.
SECTION 7: ALLOTMENT PROCEDURE AND BASIS OF ALLOTMENT
The Allotment of Equity Shares to Bidders/Applicants other than Retail Individual Investors and Anchor
Investors may be on proportionate basis. For Basis of Allotment to Anchor Investors, Bidders/Applicants may
refer to RHP/Prospectus. No Retail Individual Investor will be Allotted less than the minimum Bid Lot subject
to availability of shares in Retail Individual Investor Category and the remaining available shares, if any will be
Allotted on a proportionate basis. The Issuer is required to receive a minimum subscription of 90% of the Issue
(excluding any Offer for Sale of specified securities). However, in case the Issue is in the nature of Offer for
Sale only, then minimum subscription may not be applicable.
7.1 ALLOTMENT TO RIIs
Bids received from the RIIs at or above the Issue Price may be grouped together to determine the total
demand under this category. If the aggregate demand in this category is less than or equal to the Retail
Category at or above the Issue Price, full Allotment may be made to the RIIs to the extent of the valid
Bids. If the aggregate demand in this category is greater than the allocation to in the Retail Category at
or above the Issue Price, then the maximum number of RIIs who can be Allotted the minimum Bid Lot
will be computed by dividing the total number of Equity Shares available for Allotment to RIIs by the
minimum Bid Lot (“Maximum RII Allottees”). The Allotment to the RIIs will then be made in the
following manner:
(a) In the event the number of RIIs who have submitted valid Bids in the Issue is equal to or less
than Maximum RII Allottees, (i) all such RIIs shall be Allotted the minimum Bid Lot; and (ii)
the balance available Equity Shares, if any, remaining in the Retail Category shall be Allotted
on a proportionate basis to the RIIs who have received Allotment as per (i) above for the
balance demand of the Equity Shares Bid by them (i.e. who have Bid for more than the
minimum Bid Lot).
(b) In the event the number of RIIs who have submitted valid Bids in the Issue is more than
Maximum RII Allottees, the RIIs (in that category) who will then be Allotted minimum Bid
Lot shall be determined on the basis of draw of lots.
7.2 ALLOTMENT TO NIIs
Bids received from NIIs at or above the Issue Price may be grouped together to determine the total
demand under this category. The Allotment to all successful NIIs may be made at or above the Issue
Price. If the aggregate demand in this category is less than or equal to the Non-Institutional Category at
or above the Issue Price, full Allotment may be made to NIIs to the extent of their demand. In case the
444

445
aggregate demand in this category is greater than the Non-Institutional Category at or above the Issue
Price, Allotment may be made on a proportionate basis up to a minimum of the Non-Institutional
Category.
7.3 ALLOTMENT TO QIBs
For the Basis of Allotment to Anchor Investors, Bidders/Applicants may refer to the SEBI ICDR
Regulations, 2009 or RHP/Prospectus. Bids received from QIBs Bidding in the QIB Category (net of
Anchor Portion) at or above the Issue Price may be grouped together to determine the total demand
under this category. The QIB Category may be available for Allotment to QIBs who have Bid at a price
that is equal to or greater than the Issue Price. Allotment may be undertaken in the following manner:
(a) In the first instance allocation to Mutual Funds for up to 5% of the QIB Category may be
determined as follows: (i) In the event that Bids by Mutual Fund exceeds 5% of the QIB
Category, allocation to Mutual Funds may be done on a proportionate basis for up to 5% of
the QIB Category; (ii) In the event that the aggregate demand from Mutual Funds is less than
5% of the QIB Category then all Mutual Funds may get full Allotment to the extent of valid
Bids received above the Issue Price; and (iii) Equity Shares remaining unsubscribed, if any
and not allocated to Mutual Funds may be available for Allotment to all QIBs as set out at
paragraph 7.4(b) below;
(b) In the second instance, Allotment to all QIBs may be determined as follows: (i) In the event of
oversubscription in the QIB Category, all QIBs who have submitted Bids above the Issue
Price may be Allotted Equity Shares on a proportionate basis for up to 95% of the QIB
Category; (ii) Mutual Funds, who have received allocation as per (a) above, for less than the
number of Equity Shares Bid for by them, are eligible to receive Equity Shares on a
proportionate basis along with other QIBs; and (iii) Under-subscription below 5% of the QIB
Category, if any, from Mutual Funds, may be included for allocation to the remaining QIBs on
a proportionate basis.
7.4 ALLOTMENT TO ANCHOR INVESTOR (IF APPLICABLE)
(a) Allocation of Equity Shares to Anchor Investors at the Anchor Investor Issue Price will be at
the discretion of the issuer in consultation with the Selling Shareholder and the BRLMs,
subject to compliance with the following requirements:
i. not more than 60% of the QIB Category will be allocated to Anchor Investors;
ii. one-third of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual
Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above
the price at which allocation is being done to other Anchor Investors; and
iii. allocation to Anchor Investors shall be on a discretionary basis and subject to:
 a maximum number of two Anchor Investors for allocation up to ₹100

million;
 a minimum number of two Anchor Investors and maximum number of 15

Anchor Investors for allocation of more than ₹100 million and up to ₹2,500
million subject to minimum Allotment of ₹50 million per such Anchor
Investor; and
 a minimum number of five Anchor Investors and maximum number of 15

Anchor Investors for allocation more than ₹2,500 million, and an additional
10 Anchor Investors for every additional ₹ 2,500 million or part thereof,
subject to minimum Allotment of ₹50 million per such Anchor Investor.
(b) An Anchor Investor shall make an application of a value of atleast ₹ 100 million in the Issue.
(c) A physical book is prepared by the Registrar on the basis of the Anchor Investor Application
Forms received from Anchor Investors. Based on the physical book and at the discretion of
445

446
the issuer in consultation with the BRLMs, selected Anchor Investors will be sent a CAN and
if required, a revised CAN.
(d) In the event that the Issue Price is higher than the Anchor Investor Issue Price: Anchor
Investors will be sent a revised CAN within one day of the Pricing Date indicating the number
of Equity Shares allocated to such Anchor Investor and the pay-in date for payment of the
balance amount. Anchor Investors are then required to pay any additional amounts, being the
difference between the Issue Price and the Anchor Investor Issue Price, as indicated in the
revised CAN within the pay-in date referred to in the revised CAN. Thereafter, the Allotment
Advice will be issued to such Anchor Investors.
(e) In the event the Issue Price is lower than the Anchor Investor Issue Price: Anchor
Investors who have been Allotted Equity Shares will directly receive Allotment Advice.
7.5 BASIS OF ALLOTMENT FOR QIBs (OTHER THAN ANCHOR INVESTORS), NIIs AND
RESERVED CATEGORY IN CASE OF OVER-SUBSCRIBED ISSUE
In the event of the Issue being over-subscribed, the Issuer may finalise the Basis of Allotment in
consultation with the Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations,
2009.
The allocation may be made in marketable lots, on a proportionate basis as explained below:
(a) Bidders/Applicants may be categorized according to the number of Equity Shares applied for;
(b) The total number of Equity Shares to be Allotted to each category as a whole may be arrived
at on a proportionate basis, which is the total number of Equity Shares applied for in that
category (number of Bidders/Applicants in the category multiplied by the number of Equity
Shares applied for) multiplied by the inverse of the over-subscription ratio;
(c) The number of Equity Shares to be Allotted to the successful Bidders/Applicants may be
arrived at on a proportionate basis, which is total number of Equity Shares applied for by each
Bidder/Applicant in that category multiplied by the inverse of the over-subscription ratio;
(d) In all Bids where the proportionate Allotment is less than the minimum Bid Lot decided per
Bidder/Applicant, the Allotment may be made as follows: the successful Bidders/Applicants
out of the total Bidders/Applicants for a category may be determined by a draw of lots in a
manner such that the total number of Equity Shares Allotted in that category is equal to the
number of Equity Shares calculated in accordance with (b) above; and each successful
Bidder/Applicant may be Allotted a minimum of such Equity Shares equal to the minimum
Bid Lot finalised by the Issuer;
(e) If the proportionate Allotment to a Bidder/Applicant is a number that is more than the
minimum Bid Lot but is not a multiple of one (which is the marketable lot), the decimal may
be rounded off to the higher whole number if that decimal is 0.5 or higher. If that number is
lower than 0.5 it may be rounded off to the lower whole number. Allotment to all
Bidders/Applicants in such categories may be arrived at after such rounding off; and
(f) If the Equity Shares allocated on a proportionate basis to any category are more than the
Equity Shares Allotted to the Bidders/Applicants in that category, the remaining Equity Shares
available for Allotment may be first adjusted against any other category, where the Allotted
Equity Shares are not sufficient for proportionate Allotment to the successful
Bidders/Applicants in that category. The balance Equity Shares, if any, remaining after such
adjustment may be added to the category comprising Bidders/Applicants applying for
minimum number of Equity Shares.
7.6 DESIGNATED DATE AND ALLOTMENT OF EQUITY SHARES
(a) Designated Date: On the Designated Date, the Escrow Collection Banks shall transfer the
funds represented by allocation of Equity Shares to Anchor Investors from the Escrow
Account, as per the terms of the Escrow Agreement, into the Public Issue Account with the
Bankers to the Issue. The balance amount after transfer to the Public Issue Account shall be
446

447
transferred to the Refund Account. Payments of refund to the Bidders/Applicants applying in

the Anchor Investor Portion shall be made from the Refund Account as per the terms of the
Escrow Agreement and the RHP. On the Designated Date, the Registrar to the Issue shall
instruct the SCSBs to transfer funds represented by allocation of Equity Shares from ASBA
Accounts into the Public Issue Account.
(b) Issuance of Allotment Advice: Upon approval of the Basis of Allotment by the Designated
Stock Exchange, the Registrar shall upload the same on its website. On the basis of the
approved Basis of Allotment, the Issuer shall pass necessary corporate action to facilitate the
Allotment and credit of Equity Shares. Bidders/Applicants are advised to instruct their
Depository Participant to accept the Equity Shares that may be allotted to them pursuant to the
Issue.
Pursuant to confirmation of such corporate actions, the Registrar will dispatch Allotment
Advice to the Bidders/Applicants who have been Allotted Equity Shares in the Issue.
(c) The dispatch of Allotment Advice shall be deemed a valid, binding and irrevocable contract.
(d) Issuer will ensure that: (i) the Allotment of Equity Shares; and (ii) credit of shares to the
successful Bidders/Applicants Depository Account will be completed within six Working
Days of the Bid/Issue Closing Date.
SECTION 8: INTEREST AND REFUNDS
8.1 COMPLETION OF FORMALITIES FOR LISTING & COMMENCEMENT OF TRADING
The Issuer shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the necessary formalities for listing and
commencement of trading at all the Stock Exchanges are taken within six Working Days of the
Bid/Issue Closing Date. The Registrar to the Issue may initiate corporate action for credit to Equity
Shares the beneficiary account with Depositories, within six Working Days of the Bid/Issue Closing
Date.
8.2 GROUNDS FOR REFUND
8.2.1 NON RECEIPT OF LISTING PERMISSION
An Issuer makes an application to the Stock Exchange(s) for permission to deal in/list and for an
official quotation of the Equity Shares. All the Stock Exchanges from where such permission is sought
are disclosed in RHP/Prospectus. The Designated Stock Exchange may be as disclosed in the
RHP/Prospectus with which the Basis of Allotment may be finalised.
If the Issuer fails to make application to the Stock Exchange(s) or obtain permission for listing of the
Equity Shares, in accordance with the provisions of Section 40 of the Companies Act, 2013, the Issuer
shall be punishable with a fine which shall not be less than ₹5 lakhs but which may extend to ₹50 lakhs
and every officer of the Issuer who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term
which may extend to one year or with fine which shall not be less than ₹50,000 but which may extend
to ₹3 lakhs, or with both.
If the permissions to deal in and for an official quotation of the Equity Shares are not granted by any of
the Stock Exchange(s), the Issuer may forthwith take steps to refund, without interest, all moneys
received from Bidders/Applicants.
If such money is not refunded to the Bidders/Applicants within the prescribed time after the Issuer
becomes liable to repay it, then the Issuer and every director of the Issuer who is an officer in default
may, on and from such expiry of such period, be liable to repay the money, with interest at such rate, as
disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus.
8.2.2 NON RECEIPT OF MINIMUM SUBSCRIPTION
If the Issuer does not receive a minimum subscription of 90% of the Net Issue (excluding any offer for
sale of specified securities), including devolvement to the Underwriters, the Issuer may forthwith, take
steps to unblock the entire subscription amount received within six Working Days of the Bid/Issue
447

448
Closing Date and repay, without interest, all moneys received from Anchor Investors. In case the Issue
is in the nature of Offer for Sale only, then minimum subscription may not be applicable. In case of
under-subscription in the Issue involving a Fresh Issue and the Offer for Sale, the Equity Shares in the
Fresh Issue will be issued prior to the sale of Equity Shares in the Offer for Sale.
If there is a delay beyond the prescribed time after the Issuer becomes liable to pay the amount
received from Bidders/Applicants, then the Issuer and every director of the Issuer who is an officer in
default may on and from expiry of 15 Working Days, be jointly and severally liable to repay the
money, with interest at the rate of 15% per annum in accordance with the Companies (Prospectus and
Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014, as amended.
8.2.3 MINIMUM NUMBER OF ALLOTTEES
The Issuer may ensure that the number of prospective Allottees to whom Equity Shares may be
Allotted may not be less than 1,000 failing which the entire application monies may be refunded
forthwith.
8.2.4 IN CASE OF ISSUES MADE UNDER COMPULSORY BOOK BUILDING
In case an Issuer not eligible under Regulation 26(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009 comes for
an Issue under Regulation 26(2) of SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, 2009 but fails to Allot at least 75% of
the Net Issue to QIBs, in such case full subscription money is to be refunded.
8.3 MODE OF REFUND
(a) In case of ASBA Bids: Within six Working Days of the Bid/Issue Closing Date, the Registrar
to the Issue may give instructions to SCSBs for unblocking the amount in ASBA Account on
unsuccessful Bid and also for any excess amount blocked on Bidding.
(b) In case of Anchor Investors: Within six Working Days of the Bid/Issue Closing Date, the
Registrar to the Issue may dispatch the refund orders for all amounts payable to unsuccessful
Anchor Investors.
(c) In case of Anchor Investors, the Registrar to the Issue may obtain from the depositories, the
Bidders’/Applicants’ bank account details, including the MICR code, on the basis of the DP
ID, Client ID and PAN provided by the Anchor Investors in their Anchor Investor Application
Forms for refunds. Accordingly, Anchor Investors are advised to immediately update their
details as appearing on the records of their depositories. Failure to do so may result in delays
in dispatch of refund orders or refunds through electronic transfer of funds, as applicable, and
any such delay may be at the Anchor Investors’ sole risk and neither the Issuer, the Registrar
to the Issue, the Escrow Collection Banks, or the Syndicate, may be liable to compensate the
Anchor Investors for any losses caused to them due to any such delay, or liable to pay any
interest for such delay. Please note that refunds shall be credited only to the bank account
from which the Bid Amount was remitted to the Escrow Collection Bank.
8.3.1 Electronic mode of making refunds for Anchor Investors
The payment of refund, if any, may be done through various electronic modes as mentioned below:
(a) NEFT—Payment of refund may be undertaken through NEFT wherever the branch of the
Anchor Investors’ bank is NEFT enabled and has been assigned the Indian Financial System
Code (“IFSC”), which can be linked to the MICR of that particular branch. The IFSC Code
may be obtained from the website of RBI as at a date prior to the date of payment of refund,
duly mapped with MICR numbers. Wherever the Anchor Investors have registered their nine-
digit MICR number and their bank account number while opening and operating the demat
account, the same may be duly mapped with the IFSC Code of that particular bank branch and
the payment of refund may be made to the Anchor Investors through this method. In the event
NEFT is not operationally feasible, the payment of refunds may be made through any one of
the other modes as discussed in this section;
(b) Direct Credit—Anchor Investors having their bank account with the Refund Banker may be
eligible to receive refunds, if any, through direct credit to such bank account;
448

449
(c) RTGS—Anchor Investors having a bank account at any of the centres notified by SEBI where
clearing houses are managed by the RBI, may have the option to receive refunds, if any,
through RTGS; and
Please note that refunds through the abovementioned modes shall be credited only to the bank account
from which the Bid Amount was remitted to the Escrow Collection Bank.
For details of levy of charges, if any, for any of the above methods, Anchor Investors may refer to
RHP/Prospectus.
8.4 INTEREST IN CASE OF DELAY IN ALLOTMENT OR REFUND
The Issuer may pay interest at the rate of 15% per annum, if the Allotment is not made and refund
instructions have not been given to the clearing system in the disclosed manner. Instructions for
unblocking of funds in the ASBA Account are not dispatched within the 15 days of the Bid/Issue
Closing Date.
The Issuer may pay interest at 15% per annum for any delay beyond 15 days from the Bid/Issue
Closing Date, if Allotment is not made.
SECTION 9: GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS
Unless the context otherwise indicates or implies, certain definitions and abbreviations used in this document
may have the meaning as provided below. References to any legislation, act or regulation may be to such
legislation, act or regulation as amended from time to time.
Term Description
Allotment/Allot/Allotted The allotment of Equity Shares pursuant to the Issue to successful

Bidders/Applicants
Allotment Advice Note or advice or intimation of Allotment sent to the Bidders/Applicants who
have been Allotted Equity Shares after the Basis of Allotment has been
approved by the designated Stock Exchanges
Allottee An Bidder/Applicant to whom the Equity Shares are Allotted
Anchor Investor A Qualified Institutional Buyer, applying under the Anchor Investor Portion in
accordance with the requirements specified in SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009
and the Red Herring Prospectus.
Anchor Investor The form used by an Anchor Investor to make a Bid in the Anchor Investor
Application Form Portion and which will be considered as an application for Allotment in terms
of the Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus
Anchor Investor Portion Up to 60% of the QIB Category which may be allocated by the Issuer in
consultation with the BRLMs, to Anchor Investors on a discretionary basis.
One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion is reserved for domestic Mutual
Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or
above the price at which allocation is being done to Anchor Investors
Application Supported by An application, whether physical or electronic, used by Bidders/Applicants,

Blocked Amount /ASBA other than Anchor Investors, to make a Bid and authorising an SCSB to block
the Bid Amount in the specified bank account maintained with such SCSB
ASBA Form Application form, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA

Bidders/Applicants, which will be considered as the application for Allotment
in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus
449

450
Term Description
ASBA Account Account maintained with an SCSB which may be blocked by such SCSB to the
extent of the Bid Amount of the Bidder/Applicant
ASBA Bidder/Applicant All Bidders/Applicants except Anchor Investors
Banker(s) to the Banks which are clearing members and registered with SEBI as Banker to the
Issue/Escrow Collection Issue with whom the Escrow Account(s) for Anchor Investors may be opened,
Bank(s)/Collecting Banker and as disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus and Bid cum Application Form of the
Issuer
Basis of Allotment Basis on which the Equity Shares may be Allotted to successful
Bidders/Applicants under the Issue
Bid An indication to make an offer during the Bid/Issue Period by a prospective

Bidder/Applicants pursuant to submission of Bid cum Application Form or
during the Anchor Investor Bid/Issue Period by the Anchor Investors, to
subscribe for or purchase the Equity Shares of the Issuer at a price within the
Price Band, including all revisions and modifications thereto. In case of issues
undertaken through the fixed price process, all references to a Bid should be
construed to mean an Application
Bid Amount The highest value of the optional Bids indicated in the Bid cum Application
Form and payable by the Bidder/Applicants upon submission of the Bid (except
for Anchor Investors), less discounts (if applicable). In case of issues
undertaken through the fixed price process, all references to the Bid Amount
should be construed to mean the Application Amount
Bid Anchor Investor Application Form or the ASBA Form, as the context requires
Bid/Issue Closing Date Except in the case of Anchor Investors (if applicable), the date after which the
Designated Intermediaries may not accept any Bids for the Issue, which may be
notified in an English national daily, a Hindi national daily and a regional
language newspaper at the place where the registered office of the Issuer is
situated, each with wide circulation. Bidders/Applicants may refer to the
RHP/Prospectus for the Bid/Issue Closing Date
Bid/Issue Opening Date The date on which the Designated Intermediaries may start accepting Bids for
the Issue, which may be the date notified in an English national daily, a Hindi
national daily and a regional language newspaper at the place where the
registered office of the Issuer is situated, each with wide circulation.
Bidders/Applicants may refer to the RHP/Prospectus for the Bid/Issue Opening
Date
Bid/Issue Period Except in the case of Anchor Investors (if applicable), the period between the
Bid/Issue Opening Date and the Bid/Issue Closing Date inclusive of both days
and during which prospective ASBA Bidders/Applicants can submit their Bids,
inclusive of any revisions thereof. The Issuer may consider closing the
Bid/Issue Period for QIBs one working day prior to the Bid/Issue Closing Date
in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009. Bidders/Applicants may
refer to the RHP/Prospectus for the Bid/Issue Period
Bidder/Applicant Any prospective investor who makes a Bid pursuant to the terms of the
RHP/Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form. In case of issues
undertaken through the fixed price process, all references to a Bidder/Applicant
should be construed to mean an Applicant
450

451
Term Description
Book Built Process/Book The book building process as provided under SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009, in
Building Process/Book terms of which the Issue is being made
Building Method
Broker Centres/ Broker centres notified by the Stock Exchanges, where Bidders/Applicants can
submit the ASBA Forms to a Registered Broker. The details of such broker
centres, along with the names and contact details of the Registered Brokers are
available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges.
BRLM(s)/Book Running The Book Running Lead Manager to the Issue as disclosed in the
Lead Manager(s)/Lead RHP/Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form of the Issuer. In case of
Manager/LM issues undertaken through the fixed price process, all references to the Book
Running Lead Manager should be construed to mean the Lead Manager or LM
Business Day Monday to Saturday (except 2nd and 4th Saturday of a month and public
holidays)
CAN/ Confirmation of Notice or intimation of allocation of Equity Shares sent to Anchor Investors,
Allocation Note who have been allocated Equity Shares, after the Anchor Investor Bid/ Issue
Period
Cap Price The higher end of the Price Band, above which the Issue Price and the Anchor
Investor Issue Price may not be finalised and above which no Bids may be
accepted
Client ID Client Identification Number maintained with one of the Depositories in

relation to demat account
Collecting Depository A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act, 1996, registered
Participant or CDPs with SEBI and who is eligible to procure Bids at the Designated CDP
Locations in terms of circular no. CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated
November 10, 2015 issued by SEBI
Cut-off Price Issue Price, finalised by the Issuer in consultation with the Book Running Lead
Manager(s), which can be any price within the Price Band. Only RIIs, Retail
Individual Shareholders and employees are entitled to Bid at the Cut-off Price.
No other category of Bidders/Applicants are entitled to Bid at the Cut-off Price
DP Depository Participant
DP ID Depository Participant’s Identification Number
Depositories National Securities Depository Limited and Central Depository Services (India)
Limited
Demographic Details Details of the Bidders/Applicants including the Bidders’/Applicants’ address,

name of the Applicant’s father/husband, investor status, occupation and bank
account details
Designated Branches Such branches of the SCSBs which may collect the Bid cum Application Forms
used by Bidders/Applicants (excluding Anchor Investors) and a list of which is
available on
http://www.sebi.gov.in/cms/sebi_data/attachdocs/1316087201341.html
451

452
Term Description
Designated CDP Locations Such locations of the CDPs where Bidders/Applicants can submit the ASBA
Forms to Collecting Depository Participants.
The details of such Designated CDP Locations, along with names and contact
details of the Collecting Depository Participants eligible to accept ASBA
Forms are available on the websites of the respective Stock Exchanges
(www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com)
Designated Date The date on which funds are transferred by the Escrow Collection Bank(s) from
the Escrow Account and the amounts blocked by the SCSBs are transferred
from the ASBA Accounts, as the case may be, to the Public Issue Account or
the Refund Account, as appropriate, after the Prospectus is filed with the RoC,
following which the board of directors may Allot Equity Shares to successful
Bidders/Applicants in the Fresh Issue may give delivery instructions for the
transfer of the Equity Shares constituting the Offer for Sale
Designated Intermediaries Members of the Syndicate, Sub-Syndicate/Agents, SCSBs, Registered Brokers,

Brokers, the CDPs and RTAs, who are authorized to collect Bid cum
Application Forms from the Bidders/Applicants, in relation to the Issue
Designated RTA Locations Such locations of the RTAs where Bidders/Applicants can submit the ASBA
Forms to RTAs.
The details of such Designated RTA Locations, along with names and contact
details of the RTAs eligible to accept ASBA Forms are available on the
websites of the respective Stock Exchanges (www.bseindia.com and
www.nseindia.com)
Designated Stock The designated stock exchange as disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus of the
Exchange Issuer
Discount Discount to the Issue Price that may be provided to Bidders/Applicants in

accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009.
Draft Prospectus The draft prospectus filed with SEBI in case of Fixed Price Issues and which
may mention a price or a Price Band
Employees Employees of an Issuer as defined under SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009 and
including, in case of a new company, persons in the permanent and full time
employment of the promoting companies excluding the promoters and
immediate relatives of the promoters. For further details, Bidder/Applicant may
refer to the RHP/Prospectus
Equity Shares Equity Shares of the Issuer
Escrow Account Account opened with the Escrow Collection Bank(s) and in whose favour the
Anchor Investors may transfer money through NEFT, direct credit or RTGS in
respect of the Bid Amount when submitting a Bid
Escrow Agreement Agreement to be entered into among the Issuer, the Registrar to the Issue, the
Book Running Lead Manager(s), the Syndicate Member(s), the Escrow
Collection Bank(s) and the Refund Bank(s) for collection of the Bid Amounts
from Anchor Investors and where applicable, remitting refunds of the amounts
collected to the Anchor Investors on the terms and conditions thereof
Escrow Collection Bank(s) Refer to definition of Banker(s) to the Issue
FCNR Account Foreign Currency Non-Resident Account
452

453
Term Description
First Bidder/Applicant The Bidder/Applicant whose name appears first in the Bid cum Application
Form or Revision Form
FII(s) Foreign Institutional Investors as defined under the SEBI (Foreign Institutional
Investors) Regulations, 1995 and registered with SEBI under applicable laws in
India
Fixed Price Issue/Fixed The Fixed Price process as provided under SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009, in
Price Process/Fixed Price terms of which the Issue is being made
Method
Floor Price The lower end of the Price Band, at or above which the Issue Price and the
Anchor Investor Issue Price may be finalised and below which no Bids may be
accepted, subject to any revision thereto
FPIs Foreign Portfolio Investors as defined under the Securities and Exchange Board
of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2014
FPO Further public offering
Foreign Venture Capital Foreign Venture Capital Investors as defined and registered with SEBI under
Investors or FVCIs the SEBI (Foreign Venture Capital Investors) Regulations, 2000
IPO Initial public offering
Issue Public issue of Equity Shares of the Issuer including the Offer for Sale if
applicable
Issuer/Company The Issuer proposing the initial public offering/further public offering as
applicable
Locations Bidding centers where the syndicate shall accept ASBA Forms from
Bidders/Applicants
Maximum RII Allottees The maximum number of RIIs who can be Allotted the minimum Bid Lot. This
is computed by dividing the total number of Equity Shares available for
Allotment to RIIs by the minimum Bid Lot.
MICR Magnetic Ink Character Recognition - nine-digit code as appearing on a cheque

leaf
Mutual Fund A mutual fund registered with SEBI under the SEBI (Mutual Funds)
Regulations, 1996
Mutual Funds Portion 5% of the QIB Category (excluding the Anchor Investor Portion) available for
allocation to Mutual Funds only, being such number of equity shares as
disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus and Bid cum Application Form
NEFT National Electronic Fund Transfer
NRE Account Non-Resident External Account
NRI NRIs from such jurisdictions outside India where it is not unlawful to make an
offer or invitation under the Issue and in relation to whom the RHP/Prospectus
constitutes an invitation to subscribe to or purchase the Equity Shares
NRO Account Non-Resident Ordinary Account
Net Issue The Issue less reservation portion
453

454
Term Description
Non-Institutional Investors All Bidders/Applicants, including sub accounts of FIIs registered with SEBI
or NIIs which are foreign corporates or foreign individuals and FPIs which are
Category III foreign portfolio investors, that are not QIBs or RIBs and who
have Bid for Equity Shares for an amount of more than ₹200,000 (but not
including NRIs other than Eligible NRIs)
Non-Institutional Category The portion of the Issue being such number of Equity Shares available for
allocation to NIIs on a proportionate basis and as disclosed in the
RHP/Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form
Non-Resident A person resident outside India, as defined under FEMA and includes Eligible
NRIs, FPIs and FVCIs registered with SEBI
OCB/Overseas Corporate A company, partnership, society or other corporate body owned directly or
Body indirectly to the extent of at least 60% by NRIs including overseas trusts, in
which not less than 60% of beneficial interest is irrevocably held by NRIs
directly or indirectly and which was in existence on October 3, 2003 and
immediately before such date had taken benefits under the general permission
granted to OCBs under FEMA
Offer for Sale Public offer of such number of Equity Shares as disclosed in the
RHP/Prospectus through an offer for sale by the Selling Shareholder
Other Investors Investors other than Retail Individual Investors in a Fixed Price Issue. These
include individual applicants other than retail individual investors and other
investors including corporate bodies or institutions irrespective of the number
of specified securities applied for
Issue Price The final price, less discount (if applicable) at which the Equity Shares may be
Allotted to Bidders/Applicants other than Anchor Investors, in terms of the
Prospectus. Equity Shares will be Allotted to Anchor Investors at the Anchor
Investor Issue Price The Issue Price may be decided by the Issuer in
consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager(s)
PAN Permanent Account Number allotted under the Income Tax Act, 1961
Price Band Price Band with a minimum price, being the Floor Price and the maximum
price, being the Cap Price and includes revisions thereof. The Price Band and
the minimum Bid lot size for the Issue may be decided by the Issuer in
consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager(s) and advertised, at least
five working days in case of an IPO and one working day in case of FPO, prior
to the Bid/Issue Opening Date, in English national daily, Hindi national daily
and regional language at the place where the registered office of the Issuer is
situated, newspaper each with wide circulation
Pricing Date Date on which the Issuer in consultation with the Book Running Lead
Manager(s), finalise the Issue Price
Prospectus Prospectus to be filed with the RoC in accordance with Section 26 of the
Companies Act, 2013 after the Pricing Date, containing the Issue Price, the size
of the Issue and certain other information
Public Issue Account Bank account opened with the Banker to the Issue to receive monies from the
Escrow Account and from the ASBA Accounts on the Designated Date
QIB Category The portion of the Issue being such number of Equity Shares to be Allotted to
QIBs on a proportionate basis
454

455
Term Description
Qualified Institutional As defined under SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009

Buyers or QIBs
RTGS Real Time Gross Settlement
Red Herring The red herring prospectus issued in accordance with Section 32 of the
Prospectus/RHP Companies Act, 2013, which does not have complete particulars of the price at
which the Equity Shares are offered and the size of the Issue. The RHP may be
filed with the RoC at least three days before the Bid/Issue Opening Date and
may become a Prospectus upon filing with the RoC after the Pricing Date. In
case of issues undertaken through the fixed price process, all references to the
RHP should be construed to mean the Prospectus
Refund Account(s) The account opened with Refund Bank(s), from which refunds to Anchor
Investors, if any, of the whole or part of the Bid Amount may be made
Refund Bank(s) Refund bank(s) as disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus and Bid cum Application
Form of the Issuer
Registrar and Share Registrar and share transfer agents registered with SEBI and eligible to procure
Transfer Agents or RTAs Bids at the Designated RTA Locations in terms of circular no.
CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015 issued by SEBI
Registered Broker Stock Brokers registered with the Stock Exchanges having nationwide
terminals, other than the members of the Syndicate
Registrar to the Issue/RTO The Registrar to the Issue as disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus and Bid cum
Application Form
Reserved Categories of persons eligible for making application/Bidding under reservation

Category/Categories portion
Reservation Portion The portion of the Issue reserved for such category of eligible
Bidders/Applicants as provided under the SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2009
Retail Individual Investors who applies or bids for a value of not more than ₹200,000
Investors/RIIs
Retail Individual Shareholders of a listed Issuer who applies or bids for a value of not more than
Shareholders ₹200,000.
Retail Category The portion of the Issue being such number of Equity Shares available for
allocation to RIIs which shall not be less than the minimum Bid Lot, subject to
availability in RII category and the remaining shares to be Allotted on
proportionate basis.
Revision Form The form used by the Bidders/Applicants in an issue through Book Building
Process to modify the quantity of Equity Shares and/or bid price indicated
therein in any of their Bid cum Application Forms or any previous Revision
Form(s)
RoC The Registrar of Companies
SEBI The Securities and Exchange Board of India constituted under the Securities
and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992
SEBI ICDR Regulations, The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
2009 Requirements) Regulations, 2009
455

456
Term Description
Self Certified Syndicate A bank registered with SEBI, which offers the facility of ASBA and a list of
Bank(s) or SCSB(s) which is available on
http://www.sebi.gov.in/cms/sebi_data/attachdocs/1316087201341.html
Stock Exchanges/SE The stock exchanges as disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus of the Issuer where
the Equity Shares Allotted pursuant to the Issue are proposed to be listed
Specified Locations Bidding centers where the Syndicate shall accept Bid cum Application Forms
Syndicate The Book Running Lead Manager(s) and the Syndicate Member
Syndicate Agreement The agreement to be entered into among the Issuer, and the Syndicate in
relation to collection of ASBA Forms by Syndicate Members
Syndicate Member(s)/SM The Syndicate Member(s) as disclosed in the RHP/Prospectus
Underwriters The Book Running Lead Manager(s) and the Syndicate Member(s)
Underwriting Agreement The agreement amongst the Issuer, and the Underwriters to be entered into on
or after the Pricing Date
Working Day All days other than second and fourth Saturday of the month, Sunday or a
public holiday, on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business;
provided however, with reference to (a) announcement of Price Band; and (b)
Bid/Issue Period, shall mean all days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and public
holidays, on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business; and (c)
the time period between the Bid/Issue Closing Date and the listing of the
Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges, shall mean all trading days of Stock
Exchanges, excluding Sundays and bank holidays, as per the SEBI Circular
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL/CIR/P/2016/26 dated January 21, 2016
456

457
RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES
Foreign investment in Indian securities is regulated through the Industrial Policy, 1991 of the Government, the
FDI Policy (as defined below) and FEMA. The government bodies responsible for granting foreign investment
approvals are FIPB and the RBI.
The Government has from time to time made policy pronouncements on FDI through press notes and press
releases. The DIPP, issued the consolidated FDI Policy by way of circular no. D/o IPP F. No. 5(1)/2015-FC-1
dated May 12, 2015 (“FDI Policy”), which with effect from May 12, 2015, consolidates and supersedes all
previous press notes, press releases and clarifications on FDI issued by the DIPP that were in force and effect as
on May 11, 2015. However, Press Note 4 of 2015 dated April 24, 2015 regarding policy on foreign investment
in pension sector, continues to remain effective. The Government proposes to update the consolidated circular
on FDI Policy once every year and therefore, FDI Policy will be valid until the DIPP issues an updated circular.
The transfer of shares between an Indian resident and a non-resident does not require the prior approval of the
FIPB or the RBI, provided that (i) the activities of the investee company are under the automatic route under the
foreign direct investment (“FDI”) Policy and transfer does not attract the provisions of the Takeover
Regulations; (ii) the non-resident shareholding is within the sectoral limits under the FDI policy; and (iii) the
pricing is in accordance with the guidelines prescribed by SEBI and RBI.
As per the existing policy of the Government, OCBs cannot participate in this Issue.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act, and may not be
offered or sold within the United States except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities
laws. Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold (i) within the United States to persons
reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities
Act) pursuant to Rule 144A of the U.S. Securities Act and (ii) outside the United States in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable laws of the
jurisdictions where such offers and sales occur.
The above information is given for the benefit of the Bidders/Applicants. Our Company, the Selling
Shareholder and the BRLMs are not liable for any amendments or modification or changes in applicable
laws or regulations, which may occur after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Bidders/Applicants are advised to make their independent investigations and ensure that the number of
Equity Shares Bid for do not exceed the applicable limits under laws or regulations.
457

458
SECTION VIII: MAIN PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
Capitalised terms used in this section have the meaning that has been given to such terms in the Articles of
Association of our Company. Pursuant to Schedule I of the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI Regulations, the
main provisions of the Articles of Association of our Company are detailed below:
Share Capital
Article 3 provides that “The authorised share capital of the Company is or shall be such amount as stated in
Clause V of the Memorandum of Association, for the time being or as may be varied from time to time with the
power to increase or reduce such Capital from time to time in accordance with the regulations of the Company
and the legislative provisions for the time being in force in this behalf and with the power also to divide the
shares in the Capital for the time being into equity share capital and preference share capital and to attach
thereto respectively any preferential, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions.”
Article 4 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles, the shares in the capital of the
Company shall be under the control of Directors who may issue, allot or otherwise dispose of the same or any of
the same or any of them to such persons, in such proportion and on such terms and conditions and either at a
premium or at par and at such time as they may from time to time think fit. Provided that option or right to call
of shares shall not be given to any person or persons without the sanction of the Company in General Meeting.
Board shall not issue any shares at a discount except issue of such class of shares as may be permitted by the
Act.”
Article 5 provides that “The Company may issue equity shares with voting right and/or with differential voting
rights as to dividend, voting or otherwise and preference shares in accordance with these Articles, the Act, the
Rules and other applicable laws.”
Increase, reduction, alteration in capital and buy back of shares
Article 62 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may, by resolution prescribed under
the Act, increase its Share Capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount or such class, as may
be specified in the resolution.”
Article 63 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may, by resolution prescribed under
the Act:-
(a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;
(b) convert all or any of its fully paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into fully paid up shares
of any denomination;
(c) sub-divide its existing shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the
memorandum;
(d) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be
taken by any person.”
Article 65 provides that “The Company may, by resolution prescribed under the Act reduce in any manner and
with, and subject to, any incident authorized and such consent as may be required by law:-
a) its share capital;
b) any capital redemption reserve account;
c) any share premium account; or
d) any other reserve in the nature of capital.”
Article 71 provides that “Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles but subject to all applicable
provisions of the Act or any other law for the time being in force, the Company may purchase its own shares or
other specified securities.”
Payment of commission and brokerage
458

459
Article 20 provides that “The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Act,
to any person in connection with subscription to its shares, debentures or debentures stock of the Company,
provided that the rate per cent or the amount of the commission paid or agreed to be paid shall be in accordance
with the provisions of the Act and the Rules and shall be disclosed in the manner required therein. The rate or
amount of the commission shall not exceed the rate or amount as prescribed in the rules made under subsection
(6) of section 40 of the Act. The commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of fully or
partly paid Shares or partly in the one way and partly in the other. The Company may pay brokerage to the
extent and in the manner prescribed under the Act in connection with subscription to its securities.”
Calls
Article 27 provides that “The Board may, from time to time, make calls upon the Members in respect of any
moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium)
and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times. Each member shall, subject to
receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment, pay to the Company,
at the time or times and place so specified, the amount called on his shares. The Board may, from time to time,
at its discretion, extend the time fixed for the payment of any call in respect of one or more members as the
Board may deem appropriate in any circumstances. A call may be revoked or postponed at the discretion of the
Board.”
Article 28 provides that “A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board
authorising the call was passed and may be required to be paid by installments.”
Article 29 provides that “All calls shall be made on a uniform basis on all shares falling under the same class.”
Further, an explanation to Article 29 provides that “Shares of the same nominal value on which different
amounts have been paid-up shall not be deemed to fall under the same class.”
Article 30 provides that “If by the conditions of allotment of any shares, the whole or part of the amount of issue
price thereof shall be payable by installments, then every such installment shall, when due, be paid to the
Company by the person, who for the time being and from time to time, is or shall be the registered holder of the
share or the legal representative of a deceased registered holder.”
Article 31 provides that “The joint-holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in
respect thereof.”
Article 32 provides that “Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at
any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall, for the
purposes of these Articles, be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which by the terms of
issue such sum becomes payable. In case of non-payment of such sum, all the relevant provisions of these
Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become
payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.”
Article 33 provides that “If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for
payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest thereon from the day appointed for
payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate as may be fixed by the Board. The Board shall be at
liberty to waive payment of any such interest wholly or in part.”
Article 34 provides that “Neither a judgment nor a decree in favour of the Company for calls or other moneys
due in respect of any shares nor any part payment or satisfaction thereof nor the receipt by the Company of a
portion of any money which shall from time to time be due from any Member in respect of any share either by
way of principal or interest nor any indulgence granted by the Company in respect of payment of any such
money shall preclude the forfeiture of such shares as herein provided.”
Article 35 provides that “The provisions of these Articles relating to calls shall mutatis mutandis apply to any
other securities including debentures of the Company.”
Article 36 provides that “The Board:-
(a) may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, all or any part of the moneys
uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him; and
459

460
(b) upon all or any of the moneys so advanced, may (until the same would, but for such advance, become
presently payable) pay interest at such rate as may be fixed by the Board. Nothing contained in this clause
shall confer on the Member (a) any right to participate in profits or dividends or (b) any voting rights in
respect of the moneys so paid by him until the same would, but for such payment, become presently
payable by him.”
Forfeiture, surrender and lien
Article 37 provides that “If any Member fails to pay any call, or installment of a call, on the day appointed for
payment thereof, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of the call or installment
remains unpaid or a judgment or decree in respect thereof remains unsatisfied in whole or in part, serve a notice
on him requiring payment of so much of the call or installment as is unpaid, together with any interest which
may have accrued and all the expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of non-
payment.”
Article 38 provides that “The notice aforesaid shall:-
(a) name a further day (not being earlier than the expiry of fourteen days from the date of service of the
notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made; and
(b) state that, in the event of non-payment on or before the day so named, the shares in respect of which
the call was made shall be liable to be forfeited.”
Article 39 provides that “If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in
respect of which the notice has been given may, at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the
notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect.”
Article 40 provides that “Neither the receipt by the Company for a portion of any money which may from time
to time be due from any Member in respect of his shares, nor any indulgence that may be granted by the
Company, in respect of payment of any such money, shall preclude the Company from thereafter proceeding to
enforce a forfeiture in respect of such shares as herein provided. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends
declared or any other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the
forfeiture.”
Article 41 provides that “When any share shall have been so forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be given to
the defaulting Member and an entry of the forfeiture with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the
Register of Member but no forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect or any failure to give such
notice or make such entry as aforesaid.”
Article 42 provides that “A duly verified declaration in writing that the declarant is a director, the manager or
secretary of the Company, and that share(s) in the Company have been duly forfeited on a date stated in the
declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled
to the share(s). The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share(s) on any sale, re-
allotment or disposal thereof and may execute a transfer of share in favour of the person to whom the share
is/are sold or disposed of. The transferee shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share. The transferee
shall not be bound to see the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share(s) be
affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale, re-allotment or
disposal of share(s).”
Article 43 provides that “A forfeiture of share shall be deemed to be the property of the Company and may be
sold or re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was before such forfeiture the holder
thereof or entitled thereto or to any other person on such terms and in such manner as the Board thinks fit. At
any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposal as aforesaid, the Board may cancel the forfeiture on such terms
as it thinks fit.”
Article 44 provides that “A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the
forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding the forfeiture, remain liable to pay, and shall pay, to the Company all
moneys which, at the date of forfeiture, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares.
All such moneys payable shall be paid together with interest thereon at such rate as the Board may determine,
from the time of forfeiture until payment or realisation. The Board may, if it thinks fit, but without being under
any obligation to do so, enforce the payment of the whole or any portion of the moneys due, without any
allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or waive payment in whole or in part. The liability
460

461
of such person shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in
respect of the shares.”
Article 45 provides that “The forfeiture of share shall involve extinction at the time of forfeiture, of all interest
in and all claims and demands against the Company, in respect of the share and all other rights incidental to the
share.”
Article 46 provides that “Upon any sale after forfeiture or for enforcing a lien in exercise of the powers
hereinabove given, the Board may, if necessary, appoint some person to execute an instrument for transfer of the
shares sold and cause the purchaser’s name to be entered in the Register of Members in respect of the shares
sold and after his name has been entered the Register of Members in respect of such shares, the validity of the
sale shall not be impeached by any person.”
Article 47 provides that “Upon any sale, re-allotment or other disposal under the provisions of the preceding
Articles, the certificate(s), if any, originally issued in respect of the respective shares shall (unless the same shall
on demand by the Company has been previously surrendered to it by the defaulting Member) stand cancelled
and become null and void and be of no effect, and the Board shall be entitled to issue a duplicate certificate(s) in
respect of the said shares to the person(s) entitled thereto.”
Article 48 provides that “The Board, may, subject to the provisions of the Act, accept a surrender of any share
from or by any Member desirous of surrendering the same on such terms as it may think fit.”
Articles 49 provides that “The provisions of these regulations as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-
payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on
account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a
call duly made and notified.”
Article 50 provides that “The provisions of these Articles relating to forfeiture of shares shall mutatis mutandis
apply to any other securities including debentures of the Company.”
Article 21 provides that “The Company shall have a first and paramount lien :–
a) on every share (not being a fully paid share), for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called, or
payable at a fixed time, in respect of that share; and
b) on all shares (not being fully paid shares) standing registered in the name of a Member, for all moneys
presently payable by him or his estate to the Company:
Provided that the Board of Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the
provisions of this clause. The fully paid shares shall be free from all lien.
The Company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all dividends payable and bonuses declared from time to
time in respect of such shares for any money owing to the Company.
Unless otherwise agreed by the Board, the registration of a transfer of shares shall operate as a waiver of the
Company’s lien, if any, on such shares.”
Articles 22 provides that “The Company may sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares on which
the Company has a lien. Provided that no sale shall be made:
a) unless a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable; or
b) until the expiration of 7 days after a notice in writing stating and demanding payment of such part of the
amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder
for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or insolvency.”
Article 23 provides that “To give effect to any such sale, the Board may authorize one of their Members or any
other Officer of the Company to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The receipt of the Company
for the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale thereof shall (subject, if necessary, to execution of
an instrument of transfer or a transfer by relevant system, as the case may be) constitute a good title to the share
and the purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the share comprised in any such transfer. The purchaser
461

462
shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by
any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.”
Article 24 provides that “The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of
such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable. The residue, if any, shall,
subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale, be paid to the
person entitled to the shares, at the date of the sale.”
Article 25 provides that “In exercising the lien, the Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of
any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not (except as ordered by any statute) be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether a
creditor of the registered holder or otherwise. The Company’s lien shall prevail notwithstanding that it has
received notice of any such claim.”
Article 26 provides that “The provisions of these Articles relating to lien shall mutatis mutandis apply to any
other securities including debentures issued by the Company from time to time.”
Transfer and transmission of shares
Article 51 provides that “The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing and all the provisions of the
Act, and of any statutory modification thereof for the time being shall be duly complied with in respect of all
transfer of shares and registration thereof. The instrument of transfer of any share in the Company shall be
executed by or on behalf of both the transferor and transferee. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder
of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members in respect thereof. The
Company shall use a common form of transfer, subject to the provisions of the Act. In case of transfer of shares,
where the Company has not issued any certificates and where the shares are held in dematerialized form, the
provisions of the Depositories Act, 1996 shall apply. No fee shall be charged for registration of transfer,
transmission, probate, succession certificate and letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power
of attorney or similar other document.”
Article 52 provides that “The Board may, subject to the right of appeal conferred by the Act and subject to the
provisions of the Act, the Rules, Listing Agreement and any other applicable law decline to register:-
a) the transfer of a share, not being a fully paid share, to a person of whom they do not approve;
b) any transfer of shares on which the Company has a lien;
c) any transfer of shares where any statutory prohibition or any attachment or prohibitory order of a competent
authority restrains the Company from transferring the shares out of the name of the transferor; or
d) any transfer of shares where the transferor objects to the transfer provided he serves on the Company within
a reasonable time a prohibitory order of a court of competent jurisdiction.”
Article 53 provides that “The Board may decline to recognize any instrument of transfer unless:-
a) the instrument of transfer is in the form as prescribed in rules made under the Act;
b) the instrument of transfer is accompanied by the certificate of the shares to which it relates, and such other
evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; and
c) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares.
Provided that the registration of a transfer shall not be refused on the ground of the transferor being either alone
or jointly with any other person or persons indebted to the Company on any account whatsoever except where
the Company has a lien on shares.”
In addition, Article 53(2) provides that “The Company shall send notice containing the reasons thereof within
the time stipulated under the Act.”
Article 54 provides that “On giving not less than seven days’ previous notice in accordance with the Act, the
registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Board may from time to
462

463
time determine: Provided that such registration shall not be suspended for more than thirty days at any one time
or for more than forty-five days in the aggregate in any year.”
Article 57 provides that “On the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the Member was a joint
holder, and his nominee or nominees and in absence of nominees the legal representatives where he was a sole
holder, shall be the only persons recognized by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares.
Nothing in this clause shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share
which had been jointly held by him with other persons.”
Article 58 provides that “Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or insolvency of a
Member may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the Board
and subject as hereinafter provided, elect, either:-
a) to be registered himself as holder of the share; or
b) to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or insolvent Member could have made.
The Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had, if the
deceased or insolvent Member had transferred the share before his death or insolvency. The Company shall be
fully indemnified by such person from all liability, if any, by action taken by the Board to give effect to such
registration or transfer.”
Article 60 provides that “A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or insolvency of the
holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the
registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the
share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by Membership in relation to meetings of the
Company. Provided that the Board may, at any time, give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be
registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within ninety days, the Board
may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share, until
the requirements of the notice have been complied with.”
Borrowing Powers
Article 127 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act and the Rules, the Board of directors may, from
time to time at its discretion by a resolution passed at a Meeting of the Board, accept deposits from Members,
either in advance or calls or otherwise, and generally raise or borrow or secure the payment of any sum or sum
of moneys for the purpose of the Company not exceeding the aggregate of the Paid-up capital of the Company
and its reserves. Provided, however, where the moneys to be borrowed together with moneys already borrowed
(apart from temporary loans obtained from the Company’s bankers in the ordinary course of business) exceed
the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves as defined under the Act, the Directors shall not borrow such
monies without the consent of the Company in general meeting by way of resolution prescribed under the Act.”
Article 128 provides that “The payment or re-payment of moneys borrowed aforesaid may be secured in such
manner and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as the Board of Directors may think fit, and in
particular by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board (and not by circular resolution).”
Article 129 provides that “The Board may, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the
Rules, issue debentures or debenture stocks or any other securities for borrowing moneys by the Company
(secured or unsecured) and such debentures, debenture stocks and securities may be made assignable free from
any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.”
Article 130 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act, any debenture, debenture stock may be issued at
a discount, premium or otherwise and may be issued on condition that they shall be convertible into shares of
any denomination, and with any privileges and conditions as the Board may think fit including the terms related
to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, appointment of Directors and otherwise. However,
debentures with the right to conversion into or allotment of shares shall be issued only with the consent of the
Company in General Meeting or through Postal Ballot by a special resolution.”
Conversion of shares into stock
463

464
Article 64 provides that “The directors, with the sanction of a Resolution of the Company in Ordinary General
Meeting may convert any paid-up shares into stock and may re-convert any stock into paid-up shares of any
denomination. Where shares are converted into stock:-
a) the holders of stock may transfer the same or any part thereof in the same manner as, and subject to the
same regulations under which, the shares from which the stock arose might before the conversion have been
transferred, or as near thereto as circumstances admit. Provided that the Board may, from time to time, fix
the minimum amount of stock transferable, so, however, that such minimum shall not exceed the nominal
amount of the shares from which the stock arose.
b) the holders of stock shall, according to the amount of stock held by them, have the same rights, privileges
and advantages as regards dividends, voting at meetings of the Company, and other matters, as if they held
the shares from which the stock arose; but no such privilege or advantage (except participation in the
dividends and profits of the Company and in the assets on winding up) shall be conferred by an amount of
stock which would not, if existing in shares, have conferred that privilege or advantage.
c) such of these Articles as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to stock and the words “share” and
“shareholder” in those regulations shall include “stock” and “stock-holder” respectively unless the context
otherwise requires.”
Convening General Meeting
Article 72 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act, an Annual General Meeting of the Members of the
Company shall be held every year within six months after the expiry of each financial year, provided that not
more than 15 months shall elapse between the date of one Annual General Meeting and that of the next. Nothing
contained in the foregoing provisions shall be taken as affecting the right conferred upon the Registrar under the
provisions of the Act to extend the time within which any Annual General Meeting may be held. Every Annual
General Meeting shall be called during business hours, that is, between such time as prescribed in the Act, on
any day that is not a National Holiday and shall be held either at the registered office of the Company or at some
other place within the city, town or village in which the registered office of the Company is situated.”
Article 73 provides that “All General Meetings other than Annual General Meetings shall be called Extra-
ordinary General Meetings.”
Article 74 provides that “The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, call an Extra-ordinary General Meeting.”
Article 75 provides that “No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of members is
present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. No business shall be discussed or transacted at any
General Meeting except election of Chairperson whilst the chair is vacant. Save as otherwise provided herein,
the quorum for the General Meetings shall be as prescribed in the Act.”
Certain matters not to be included in Minutes
Article 80 (2) provides that “There shall not be included in the minutes any matter which, in the opinion of the
Chair person of the meeting-
a) is, or could reasonably be regarded as defamatory of any person; or
b) is irrelevant or immaterial to the proceedings; or
c) is detrimental to the interests of the Company.”
Votes of Members
Article 84 provides that “Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes
of shares:-
a) on a show of hands, every Member present in person shall have one vote; and
b) on a poll, the voting rights of Members shall be in proportion to his share in the paid-up equity share
capital of the Company.”
464

465
Article 85 provides that “A Member may exercise his vote at a meeting by electronic means in accordance
with the provisions of the Act and the Rules and shall vote only once.”
Article 86 provides that “In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in
person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders. For this purpose,
seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.”
Article 90 provides that “No Member shall be entitled to vote at any General Meeting unless all calls or other
sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.”
Article 79 provides that “On any business at any General Meeting, in case of equality of votes, whether on show
of hands or electronically or on a poll, the Chairperson shall have a second or casting vote.”
Proxies
Article 94 provides that “Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a General Meeting may do so either
personally or through his constituted attorney or through another person as a proxy on his behalf for that
meeting. The instrument appointing a proxy and the power-of-attorney or other authority, if any, under which it
is signed or a notarized copy of that power or authority, shall be deposited at the registered office of the
Company not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the
person named in the instrument proposes to vote, or, in the case of a poll, not less than 24 hours before the time
appointed for the taking of the poll; and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid.”
Article 95 provides that “An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the form as prescribed in the Act and the
Rules.”
Article 96 provides that “A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid,
notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or the revocation of the proxy or of the authority
under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the shares in respect of which the proxy is given.
Provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer shall have been received by
the Company at its office before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the proxy is
used.”
Directors
Article 97 provides that “Unless otherwise determined by the Company in General Meeting, the number of
directors shall not be less than 3(three) and shall not be more 15.”
Article 103 provides that “The remuneration of the directors shall, in so far as it consists of a monthly payment,
be deemed to accrue from day-to-day. The remuneration, if any, payable by the Company to each director
including Non-Executive Director by way of fixed salary or commission on profits of the Company, etc.,
whether in respect of his services as a Managing Director or a Director in the whole or part time employment of
the Company or otherwise shall be determined in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act. In
addition to the remuneration payable to them in pursuance of the Act, the directors may be paid sitting fees as
may be decided by the Board of Directors within the limit prescribed under the Act and all travelling, hotel and
other expenses properly incurred by them:-
a) in attending and returning from meetings of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof or General
Meetings of the Company;
b) in connection with the business of the Company.
If any Director shall be called upon to perform extra services or to make any special exertion or efforts for any
of the purposes of the Company or to give special attention to the business of the Company, which expression,
shall include work done as a member of a Committee of the Board, the Board may, subject to the provisions of
Sections 197 and 188 of the Act, remunerate the Director so doing, either by a fixed sum or otherwise; and such
remuneration may be either in addition to or in substitution for any other remuneration to which he may be
entitled.”
Article 104 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board shall have power at any time, and from
time to time, to appoint a person as an additional director, provided the number of the directors and additional
465

466
directors together shall not at any time exceed the maximum strength fixed for the Board by the Articles. Such
person shall hold office only up to the date of the next annual general meeting of the company but shall be
eligible for appointment by the Company as a Director at that meeting subject to the provisions of the Act.”
Article 105 provides that “The Board may appoint an alternate director to act for a director (hereinafter in this
Article called “the Original Director”) during his absence for a period of not less than three months from India.
No person shall be appointed as an alternate director for an independent director unless he is qualified to be
appointed as an independent director under the provisions of the Act. An alternate director shall not hold office
for a period longer than the permissible to the Original Director in whose place he has been appointed and shall
vacate the office if and when the Original Director returns to India.”
Key Managerial Personnel/Managing Director/Whole-Time Director
Article 124 provides that “In accordance with the provisions of the Act and the Rules, the Company shall have
Key Managerial Personnel as mentioned in the Act. The appointment of Key Managerial Personnel shall be in
accordance with the provisions of the Act and Rules, if any.
Article 125 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act:-
a) A Chief Executive Officer, Manager, Company Secretary or Chief Financial Officer may be appointed by
the Board for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as it may think fit; and any Chief
Executive Officer, Manager, Company Secretary or Chief Financial Officer so appointed may be removed
by means of a resolution of the Board;
b) A director may be appointed as Chief Executive Officer, Manager, Company Secretary or Chief Financial
Officer.
c) A Key Managerial Personnel can be appointed as a director of any company, subject to compliance with the
provisions of the Act.”
Proceedings of the Board
Article 113 provides that “The Board shall meet together at least four times in a year in such manner that not
more than One hundred and twenty days shall intervene between two consecutive meetings. Not less than seven
days’ notice of every meeting of the Board shall be given in writing to every Director whether in or outside
India. In the case of Directors residing outside India, notice shall be sent by electronic mode. A meeting of the
Directors may be held after giving a shorter notice as per the provisions of the Act. Subject to the provisions of
the Act, the Board of directors may meet for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its
meetings, as it thinks fit. The Chairperson or any other director with the previous consent of the Board may, and
the Company Secretary on the direction of the Chairperson shall, at any time, summon a meeting of the Board.
The quorum for a Board Meeting shall be as provided in the Act. The participation of directors in a meeting of
the Board may be either in person or through video conferencing or audio visual means or teleconferencing, as
may be prescribed by the Rules or permitted under Law.”
Article 121 provides that “Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, a resolution in writing, signed
whether manually or by secure electronic mode, by a majority of the Members of the Board or of a Committee
thereof, for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board or Committee, shall be valid and
effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board or Committee, duly convened and held.”
Dividends
Article 131 provides that “The Company in General Meeting may declare dividends, but no dividend shall
exceed the amount recommended by the Board but the Company in General Meeting may declare a lesser
dividend.”
Article 134(1) provides that “Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to
dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the
shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid, but if and so long as nothing is paid upon any of the shares in the
Company, dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares.”
466

467
Article 133 provides that “The Board may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of
the Company such sums as it thinks fit as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be
applied for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, including provision for
meeting contingencies or for equalizing dividends; and pending such application, may, at the like discretion,
either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the
Company) as the Board may, from time to time, thinks fit. The Board may also carry forward any profits
which it may consider necessary not to divide, without setting them aside as a reserve.”
Article 132 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may from time to time pay to the
Members such interim dividends as appear to it to be justified by the profits of the Company.”
Capitalisation of Profits
Article 69(1) provides that “The Company in general meeting may, upon recommendation of the Board,
resolve:-
a) that it is desirable to capitalize any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of
the Company’s reserve accounts, or to the credit of the profit and loss account, or otherwise available for
distribution; and
b) that such sum be accordingly set free for distribution in the manner specified in clause (2) amongst the
Members who would have been entitled thereto, if distributed by way of dividend.”
In addition, Article 69(2) provides that “The sum aforesaid shall not be paid in cash but shall be applied subject
to the provision as contained in the Act, either in or towards:-
a) paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such Members respectively;
b) paying up in full, unissued shares of the Company to be allotted and distributed, credited as fully paid-up,
to and amongst such Members in the proportions aforesaid;
c) partly in the way specified in sub-clause (a) and partly in that specified in sub-clause (b);
d) issuing fully paid-up bonus shares;
e) A securities premium account and a capital redemption reserve account or any other permissible reserve
account may, for the purposes of these Articles, be applied in the paying up of unissued shares to be
issued to Members of the Company as fully paid bonus shares; and
f) The Board shall give effect to the resolution passed by the Company in pursuance of this regulation.”
Winding up
Article 151 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act and the Rules:-
a) If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, in accordance with the provisions of the Act,
divide amongst the Members, in specie or kind, the whole or any part of the assets of the Company,
whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not.
b) For the purpose aforesaid, the liquidator may set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be
divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members
or different classes of Members.
c) The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such
trusts for the benefit of the contributories if he considers necessary, but so that no Member shall be
compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.”
Indemnity and Insurance
467

468
Article 156 provides that “Subject to the provisions of the Act, every Director, Managing Director, Whole-time
Director, Manager, Company Secretary and other officer of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company
out of the funds of the Company, to pay all costs, losses and expenses(including travelling expenses) which such
Director, Managing Director, Whole-time Director, Manager, Company Secretary and any other officer of the
Company may incur or become liable for by reason of any contract entered into or act or deed done by him in
his capacity as such Director, Managing Director, Whole-time Director, Manager, Company Secretary or any
other officer or in any way in the discharge of his duties in such capacity including expenses.
Subject as aforesaid, every Director, Managing Director, Whole-time Director, Manager, Company Secretary
and other officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability
incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his
favour or in which he is acquitted or in which relief is granted to him by the court or the Tribunal.
The Company may take and maintain any insurance as the Board may think fit on behalf of its present and/or
former Directors and Key Managerial Personnel for indemnifying all or any of them against any liability for any
acts in relation to the Company for which they may be liable but have acted honestly and reasonably.”
468

469
SECTION IX: OTHER INFORMATION
MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION
The copies of the following contracts which have been entered or are to be entered into by our Company (not
being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business carried on by our Company or contracts entered
into more than two years before the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus) which are or may be deemed
material will be attached to the copy of the Red Herring Prospectus which will be delivered to the RoC for
registration. Copies of the abovementioned contracts and also the documents for inspection referred to
hereunder, may be inspected at the Registered Office between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. on all Working Days from the
date of the Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/Offer Closing Date.
A. Material Contracts for the Offer
1. Offer Agreement dated April 12, 2016 between our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the
BRLMs.
2. Agreement dated April 9, 2016 between our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the
Registrar to the Offer.
3. Escrow Agreement dated [●] between our Company, the Selling Shareholder, the Registrar to
the Offer, the BRLMs, the Syndicate Members and the Escrow Collection Bank.
4. Share Escrow Agreement dated [●] between the Selling Shareholder, the BRLMs, our
Company and the Escrow Agent.
5. Syndicate Agreement dated [●] between our Company, the Selling Shareholder, the BRLMs
and the Syndicate Members.
6. Underwriting Agreement dated [●] between our Company, the Selling Shareholder and the
Underwriters.
B. Material Documents
1. Certified copies of the updated Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of

our Company as amended from time to time.
2. Certificate of incorporation dated December 23, 1996.
3. Certificate for commencement of business dated March 25, 1997.
4. Fresh certificate of incorporation consequent upon change in name dated June 25, 2001.
5. Resolution of the Board of Directors dated June 16, 2015 in relation to the Offer.
6. Resolution of the board of directors of our Promoter dated July 31, 2015 approving the Offer
for Sale.
7. Copies of the annual reports of our Company for the Financial Years 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012
and 2011.
8. The audit reports of the Statutory Auditors dated April 10, 2016 in relation to our Company’s
unconsolidated Restated Financial Statements and consolidated Restated Financial Statements,
included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
9. The Statement of Tax Benefits dated April 9, 2016 from the Statutory Auditors.
10. Consent of the Directors, the BRLMs, Domestic Legal Counsel to our Company, Domestic
Legal Counsel to the BRLMs, International Legal Counsel to the BRLMs, Registrar to the
Offer, Bankers to our Company, Company Secretary and Compliance Officer and Chief
Financial Officer as referred to in their specific capacities.
469

470
11. Consent letter dated April 10, 2016 from the Statutory Auditors for inclusion of their name as
experts.
12. Employment agreement dated August 26, 2015 entered into between our Company and Sanjay
Jalona.
13. Scheme of amalgamation entered into between ISRC and our Company, and order dated
September 4, 2015 of the Bombay High Court approving the Scheme of the Amalgamation.
14. Scheme of amalgamation entered into between GDA Technologies and our Company, which
has been filed with the Bombay High Court and the Madras High Court on August 7, 2015
and August 26, 2015 respectively.
15. Share subscription and shareholders’ agreement dated October 11, 2012 entered into amongst
Befula Investments, L&T Infotech South Africa and our Company.
16. Business transfer agreement dated December 16, 2013 entered into between LTTSL and our
Company, as amended by addendum dated March 31, 2014 and addendum no. 1 dated June
19, 2014.
17. Due Diligence Certificate dated April 12, 2016 addressed to SEBI from the BRLMs.
18. In principle listing approvals dated [●] and [●] issued by BSE and NSE respectively.
19. Tripartite agreement dated [●] entered into our Company, NSDL and the Registrar to the
Offer.
20. Tripartite agreement dated April 8, 2016 entered into between our Company, CDSL and the
Registrar to the Offer.
21. List of Equity Shares allotted pursuant to conversion of employee stock options into Equity
Shares under the ESOP Scheme, 2000.
Any of the contracts or documents mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may be amended or modified
at any time if so required in the interest of our Company or if required by the other parties, subject to
compliance of the provisions contained in the Companies Act and other relevant statutes.
470

471
DECLARATION
The undersigned Selling Shareholder hereby certifies that all statements made by the Selling Shareholder in this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus about or in relation to itself in connection with the Offer for Sale, and the Equity
Shares offered by it in the Offer for Sale, are true and correct.
Signed by the Selling Shareholder
For Larsen & Toubro Limited
Date: April 12, 2016
Place: Mumbai
471

472
DECLARATION
We hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act and the guidelines issued by the
Government or the regulations or guidelines issued by SEBI, established under Section 3 of the SEBI Act, as the
case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, the SCRA, the SEBI Act or rules or regulations made thereunder or
guidelines issued, as the case may be. We further certify that all the statements in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTORS OF OUR COMPANY
A. M. Naik
(Chairman, Non-Executive Director)
_______________________
Sanjay Jalona
(Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director)
_______________________
S. N. Subrahmanyan
(Non-Executive Director)
_______________________
R. Shankar Raman
(Non-Executive Director)
_______________________
Samir Desai
(Independent Director)
_______________________
M. M. Chitale
_______________________
Vedika Bhandarkar
_______________________
Arjun Gupta
_______________________
SIGNED BY THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF OUR COMPANY
A. K. Sonthalia
________________________ (Chief Financial Officer)
Date: April 12, 2016
Place: Mumbai
472

Larsen Toubro Infotech Limited 2015 DRHP PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Larsen Toubro Infotech Limited 2015 DRHP PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Larsen Toubro Infotech Limited 2015 DRHP PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS

LARSEN & TOUBRO INFOTECH LIMITED

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Company Related Terms

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Offer Related Terms

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Technical/ Industry Related Terms/ Abbreviations

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Conventional and General Terms or Abbreviations

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

CERTAIN CONVENTIONS, PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL, INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Currency and Units of Presentation

All references to:

 “CAD” are to Canadian Dollar, the official currency of Canada;

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Industry and Market Data

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

 pricing pressure due to intense competition in the market for IT services;

 exchange rate fluctuations in the various currencies in which we do business;

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

SECTION II: RISK FACTORS

INTERNAL RISK FACTORS

Risks related to our Company and our industry

Litigation against our Company

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Nature of the cases No. of cases outstanding Amount involved

Litigation against our Subsidiaries

Nature of the cases No. of cases outstanding Amount involved

Litigation against our Directors

Nature of the cases No. of cases outstanding Amount involved

Litigation against our Promoter

Nature of the cases No. of cases outstanding Amount involved

Litigation against our Group Companies

Nature of the cases No. of cases outstanding Amount involved

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Nature of the cases No. of cases outstanding Amount involved

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

 loss or reduction of business from clients;

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016

Modified Date: 15-Apr-2016